TECHNICALMEMORANDUMX-881

1 FEBRUARY1964

APOLLOSYSTEMS
DESCRIPTION
VOLUMEII

SATURNLAUNCHVEHICLES
MARSHALL SPACE FLIGHT CENTER

APPROVED:

DIRECTOR,

PROPULSION

DIRECTOR,

RESEARCH

DIRECTOR,

AND

AND

VEHICLE

DEVELOPMENT

lABORATORY

OPERATIONS

"

INDUSTRIAL

OPERATIONS

_lassifi:__u._

_te_
(THIS

ENGINEERING

DOCUMENT

IS

NOT

._.....
_
_oL_eS

N0_--/'_-

-.

_-C-_'J....
A

SPECIFICATION)
iii

iv

-o

LIST

i through

.........

OF

EFFECTIVE

PAGES

16-1

through

16-14

1-1

through

1-4

17-1

through

17-34

2-1

through

2-6

18-1

through

18-6

3-1

through

3-12

19-1

through

19-32

4-1

through

4-12

20-1

through

20-178

5-1

through

5-24

21-1

through

21-32

6-1

through

6-100

22-1

through

22-46

7-1

through

7-30

23-1

through

23-26

8-1

through

8- 50

24-1

through

24-34

9-1

through

9-46

25-1

through

25-8

10-1

through

10-42

26-1

through

26-4

11-1

through

11-6

27-1

through

27-4

12-1

through

12-24

28-1

through

28-4

13-1

through

13-16

A-1

through

A-6

14-1

through

14-12

B-1

through

B-16

15-1

through

15-8

Distribution

List

NOTICE

side
with

of a4
the additional

containing
classified
information
are marked
Unclassified
pages appea_as
the reverse
l_L
page are marked_
notation
"This
page is not classflied".

vi

........

ew

w
ee

.
w

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER

INTRODUCTION

SATURN

I LAUNCH

SATURN

IB LAUNCH

VEHICLE

CHAPTER

SATURN

V LAUNCH

VEHICLE

CHAPTER

FACILITIES

AND

VEHICLE

LOGISTICS

CHAPTER

CHAPTER

BIBLIOGRAPHY

A LP'_AB4ET.iCAla

DISTRIBUTION

INDEX

LIST

vii

"

Vlll

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER

INTRODUCTION
Page

SECTION

I.

GENERAL

SECTION

II.

HISTORY

SECTION

Ill.

SATURN-APOLLO

SECTION

IV.

PROGRAM

CHAPTER
SECTION

V.

..................

1-1

OF SATURN

PROGRAM

SPACE

PLAbl

VEHICLES

2-1
.....

3-1

..............

SATURN

INTRODUC

.......

4-1

I LAUNCH

VEHICLE

TION ................

5-1

SEC TION VI.

ASTRIONICS

SECTION

VII.

STRUCTURES

................

7-1

SECTION

VIII.

PROPU

................

8-1

SECTION

IX.

MECHANICAL

SECTION

X.

GROUND

SECTION

XI.

STAGE

CHAPTER

.................

LSION

6-1

SYSTEMS

SUPPORT

...........

EQUIPMENT

CONFIGURATIONS

9-1
.......

10-1

SATURN

...........

IB

11-1

LAUNCH

VEHICLE

SECTION

XII.

INTRODUC

SECTION

XIII.

ASTRIONICS

SECTION

XIV.

STRUCTURES

................

14-1

SECTION

XV.

PROPU

................

15-1

SECTION

XVI.

MECHANICAL

SECTION

XVII.

GROUND

SECTION

XV]II.

STAGE

CHAPTER

TION

...............

.................

LSION

13-1

SYSTEMS

SUPPORT

...........

EQUIPMENT

CONFIGURATIONS

SATURN

SECTION

IX.

INTRODUC

SECTION

_.

ASTRIONICS

SEC TION

XXI:

STRUCTURES

12-1

TION

16-1
........

...........

V LAUNCH
...............

.................
................

17-1
18-1

VEHICLE
19-1
20-1
21-1

ix

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT'D)

Page
SECTION

XXII.

SECTION

XXTTT. MECHANICAL

SECTION

XXIV.

GROUND

SECTION

XXV.

STAGE

CHAPTER

PROPULSION

................
SYSTEMS

SUPPORT

22-1
...........

EQUIPMENT

CONFIGURATIONS

FACILITIES
...............

23-1
........

24-1

...........

AND

25-1

LOGISTICS

SECTION

XXVI.

INTRODUCTION

26-1

SECTION

XXVII.

FACILITIES

.................

27-1

SECTION

XXVIII.

LOGISTICS

.................

28-1

CHAPTER
SECTION

1
I

GENERAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1-1.

DEFINITION

1-2.

METHOD

AND
OF

SCOPE

COVERAGE

Page

.................

1-3

................

1-3

I-1

1-2

9 t
.

b_

SECTION

GENERAL

1-1.

DEFINITION

The

Apollo

based

system

support

tion

stage,

volume

The

contains

Apollo

the

of the

2,

Chapter

each

is made

in turn

stage

and

of the Saturn

I, IB and

coverage

of this

to the

consists

Saturn

of which

are

earth-

lunar

explora-

vehicle

and

of an S-IC
unit.

first

The

Apollo

IB vehicles.

V launch

vehicles.

described

below:

volume,

Saturn-Apollo

the

V launch

an instrument

I and

contents

crew,

in manned

up of a Saturn

vehicle

third

an introduction

flight

and

contains

vehicle

The

a history

configuration,

plan.

I, IB and
launch

5 contains

is divided

and

the

of the Saturn

the

scope

3 and 4 contain

Saturn

for

chapters,

the

Project,

program

Chapters

an S-IVB

vehicle,

to be employed

V launch

a description

into

space

crews

vehicle

Saturn

stage,

1 describes

of the

space

on the development

is divided

Chapter

the ground

Apollo

second

volume

of the Apollo

and

spacecraft.

depends

This

one

The

an S-II

system

consists

systems

missions.

the Apollo

and

AND SCOPE.

into

respectively

V launch

vehicle

a description

vehicles.

Each

of the functional

chapter

is divided

systems

into sections,

system.

a description

two sections;

of the Saturn
one

contains

launch

vehicle

a description

facilities.

The

facilities,

the other,

of the

chapter

logistics.

1-2.
This
The

METHOD

OF COVERAGE.

document
material

is a condensed
is arranged

operation

of the

many

Coverage

of functions

Marshall

Space

Flight

version

so that
systems

and

an aerospace

that

systems

Center

of a complete

except

make

engineer

up the Saturn

is limited
for any

description

to those
related

of the

Saturn

can understand

the

systems.
functional

System.

under
areas

the
that

jurisdiction
are

necessary

of the
to

1-3

understand the operation of a Saturn system.

The general mode of system description is to relate eachsystem for a Saturn launch
vehicle configuration to its basic flight mission for the reader to understand the requirements, operations, and interfaces. This "why" and"how" becomes the introduction to the hardware description.

1-4

vw

i,_

wug

wt

wo

CHAPTER
SECTION
HISTORY

oo

.....

lww

OF

.....

I
II

SATURN

PROGRAM

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2-I.

MANNED

2-2.

MARSHALL

2-3.

PLANNED

FLIGHT
SPACE

PROGRAM
FLIGHT

DEVELOPMENT

................
CENTER
.................

2-3
DEVELOPMENT

.....

2-4
2-4

2-I

2-2

;'"

-..;

ii:.........

--

SECTION
HISTORY

2-1.

MANNED

The

exploration

framework

PROGRAM.

of space

is the

of the

ing of age.

broad

The

recognized

need

for

the

outset

from

Group

concurrently

Space

Administration.

The

cumulative

will

establish

of manned

technology

spaceflight

engineering

Gemini

provides

the

to the

developed
descent
than

to land

manned

lunar

The

manned

July

1960.

decision
total

advances
marshalled

with

the

is just

com-

program

of the

Space

Aeronautics

space-station

flight.

The

in the

Mercury

ground-operations

was
Task

and

operations

initial

experience

Project.

crews

This

but

also

in all

made

during

the

also

the

will

Mercury

the

flights

spacecraft.

the

during

Similarly,

by guiding

longer

in which

be computed

mission.

point
allows

in space

the

the

more

It is a major

flight

capability

spacecraft

and

magnitude
in resis being

in reentry

complex

and

experiments

introductory

step

to

landing.

segment
In the

in May

technical

changes

created

Gemini

possible

and

and

Within

space-flight

National

Apollo

obtained

flight

organization

civilian

at maneuvering

at a predetermined

attitudes.

were

attempts

velocity

situation

in the

interplanetary

to flight

manned

by the

Gemini,

program.

and management.

first

of the

for

successfully

not only

pilots

of the

manned

been

of design

ponse

for

has

is important

direction

provided

of Mercury,

phases

and

was

space

program,

of human

establishment

base

in our

space-research

and
the

PROGRAM

mission

participation

with

a sound

experience

dominant

national

II

OF SATURN

FLIGHT

.......

em

of the
months

1961

since

it has

competence

it requires
to carry

lunar-landing

and

President

rapidly
of the

the

program
Kennedy

unfolded
nation,

industrial

was

into

through
and

named

made

the

a program
the

management

Project

Apollo

in

lunar

landing

timetable

which

measures

the

engineering
capabilities

and

scientific
that

must

be

it out.

2-3

2-2.

MARSHALL

The Saturn
large

launch

boosters
(ABMA)

present

Marshall

studies

a launch
able

vehicle

space

conducted

Flight

begun

after

ed between

ARPA

in August,

1958,

Command
booster

for

the

and

transfer

part

the Saturn

of ABMA's

personnel,

(NASA).
pending

Huntsville

facility

was

1960,

formal

transfer

by President

2-3.

PLANNED

A large

number

ious

of NASA

The

accomplishment
and the

of

Missile

nucleus

for

the

to the

Mrs.

booster

and

to be

nation's

the

outer
follow-

vehicle,

Ordnance

and

Missile

thrust,

clustered-engine

became

the

direction
of the
C.

announced

missions,

to the

first

in the

decisions

Aeronautics

of Saturn

was

program

from

Space

to
for

and

assumed

The

Center

It was

Space

by NASA

the Army.

Flight

Arsenal.

C. Marshall

his

and responsibility

National

Marshall

at Redstone
George

were

Discussions

Army
pound

need

1958,

of a suitable

Eisenhower

monitorship

George

the

would

program.

facilities

the

for

of Defense.

This

transfer

country

In February,

development

14-59

States

NASA

in March,

formally

in September

in

dedicated

of that

year.

organizations

throughout

of the Apollo
Department

the

objectives.

of Defense,

United

These

but also

States

include

many

are

work-

not only

universities

varand

contractors.

NASA organization

is structured

responsibilities

which

their

the

2-4

studies

Ballistic

the

if this

a 1.5-million

ceremonies

of participating

the

industrial

No.

technical

named

and

the

DEVELOPMENT.

ing toward
parts

the

program.

formal

Eisenhower

the United

Department

President

Army
The

that

responsible

the Saturn-Apollo

of 1959

1959,

with

vehicle

from

provided

projects.

(ARPA),

to develop

for

from

by the Army

development,

exploration

Order

November

Administration

under

by the

issued

vehicles

stem

later

concluded

concerning

ABMA

program,

November,

then

established

and ABMA

volume

in 1957

which

had

Agency

multi-stage

of launch

In October

any

in space

ARPA

in this

at Huntsville

ABMA

than

authorizing

described

Center.

Projects
was

DEVELOPMENT.

organization

Space

Research

CENTER

are

pioneering

effectively

program,

series

were

larger

to engage

Advanced

that

the

were

FLIGHT

vehicles

that

Agency

The

SPACE

analyses,

must

design,

to integrate

the

many

be integrated

into

the whole

development,

and

fabrication

areas

include

of effort.
flight

of launch

missions

vehicles,

Major
and
spacecraft,

ground based mission support equipment, and launch facilities, and all other direct
and indirect activities and equipment.
The Office of MannedSpaceFlight (OMSF)provides program management, planning
and coordination of the effort. The MannedSpacecraft Center (MSC)at Houston is
charged with spacecraft developmentand support of mannedspace flight missions.
The MannedSpacecraft Center also provides a training center for the Apollo flight
crews. The Launch Operation Center (LOC) is responsible for developinglaunchfacilities andfor conductingthe launch of Apollo program space vehicles. The Marshall
SpaceFlight Center

(MSFC)

the Apollo

together

The

final

logical
and

program,

and

test

equipment
expeditious
program

objectives

and

planned

techniques

already

to the
been

for providing

the

support

equipment.

associated

program

will

development

is structured

manner
have

with

of the Apollo

carefully

program

is responsible

to develop

and

flight

the

launch

in "buildup"

missions

final

lunar

Apollo

accomplished

be achieved

which
landing

in the

early

test

launch

as the

vehicles

culmination

program.

vehicle,
progress
mission.
Saturn

needed

This

spacecraft,

of a

development
ground

in a reasonable
First
launches

for

flights
and

and
in the

spacecraft

tests.

2-5

2-6

.......

:.

:':

.."

- _ .

CHAPTER 1
SECTION
SATURN-APOLLO

III

SPACE

VEHICLES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

3--i.

MISSIONS

.........................

3-2.

SATURN

LAUNCH

3-7.

APOLLO

SPACECRAFT

3-3

VEHICLE

CONFIGURATIONS

CONFIGURATION

........

3-4

...........

3-7

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

3--1.

Configurations

of Saturn-Apollo

3-2.

Launch

Vehicle

3-3.

Launch

Configuration

Axes

Space

Vehicles

.........

3-5

.....................
of Apollo

3-8
Spacecraft

...........

3-9

LIST OF TABLES

3-1.

Numbering

System

for

Saturn

Launch

Vehicles

and Stages

.....

3-6

3-1

3-2

SECTION
SATURN-APOLLO

3-1.

mission

of Apollo

orbital

flights;

return.

The

launch

vehicle

The

plans

then

earth.

The

Three

VEHICLES

lunar

techniques

I, IB and

in eccentric

earth

payload

operations

will

are

used

I flights

are

where

capability

ultravelocity

re-entry

flights
for

of each

each

based

on the

the

and

for
for

moon

landing

using

and

and

the

Saturn

progression

of

circular

lb.

Saturn

I are

development

Saturn

to place
of the

to
is

practice

the
flights

IB and

Saturn

micrometeroid

Saturn

Saturn
for

V boostsatellities

I is to place

a 22,500-

orbit.

vehicle

and

in a 105-nautical

of the Saturn-Apollo

decade,

missions;

spacecraft

earth-orbital

circumlunar

return

and permit

Saturn-Apollo

operation

safe

experience.

earth

launch

his

in this

vehicles,

the larger

capability

up vehicle
then

space

in the

extended-duration

build

earth-

lunar

on an orderly

scheduled

the

is 32,500

will

section

missions

develop

finally

be accomplished

of operational

used

mile

and

is to be accomplished

prove

a 100-nautical

V missions

ductory

which

nominal

point

missions

landing

being

that

The Saturn

Individual

in man

The

IB missions

payload

are

The

Saturn

orbits.

into

to the

Nominal

are

vehicles.

ten

will

missions

that

be extended-duration

mode.

accumulation

systems

Two of the

Saturn

the

configurations

vehicle

missions

landing,
flights

and

V launch

launch

pound

culminate

will

flights;

orbit-rendezvous

Saturn-Apollo

manned

there

exploratory

landing

a lunar

that

Saturn

ers.

lunar

by development

of flight

First,

circumlunar

and

for the

preceded

is threefold.

manned

accomplishments

The

SPACE

MISSIONS.

The

the

III.

flights
mile

through
flights

vehicles

prior
are

systems
are

circular

Command
to the
described

and

successful.
earth

Module
ultimate
in the

orbit.

(CM)
mission.
intro-

chapter.

3-3

3-2.

SATURN

LAUNCH

The systems

VEHICLE

CONFIGURATION.

descriptions in subsequent chapters of this volume

cover the Saturn I,

Saturn IB and Saturn V launch vehicles. An Apollo payload is termed

a spacecraft.

A spacecraft and a launch vehicle in combination are collectivelytermed

a space

vehicle. The configurations of the Saturn I, Saturn IB and Saturn V launch vehicles
are shown in Figure 3-I.
graphs below.

The salient features of these vehicles are noted in the para-

Detailed descriptions, including dimensions,

are given in Chapters 2,

3 and 4.

3-3.
The

SATURN
Saturn

instrument
have
are

I launch

mounted

The

flight

path.

(four

stub

S-IV

stage,

For
fins

with

engines

four

is an S-I

stage,

them

as required
stability,

larger

of two propulsion
with

1,500,000

permit

six gimballed

and

development

the various

configuration
first

vehicle

designated
stage

fins).
RL10A-3

eight

H-1

pounds.

rocket

the

space

four

the first

stage

is fitted

second

stage

of the

which

vehicle

have

and

along

a desired
fixed

vehicle

a combined

engines

control

eight

launch

which

outboard
and

with

an

engines

A guidance

to steer

engines

stages

The

to be pivoted.

The

vehicles.
and

Each

consists

(R&D)

Saturn

components
as the

without

and an R&D payload.

fins

is an

thrust

of

fins,

The

other

vehicles

to be flown.

Saturn

I Block

a dummy

S-IV

six R&D

of a finned

I launch

S-I

I launch
second

vehicles

first

The

stage,

first

vehicle.
stage,

are

scheduled

for

four

of these

have

Each
a dummy

Saturn

a live

are

S-IV

I Block
stage,

consists
S-V

third

II launch

flighta
of
stage
launch

an instrument

a payload.

The numbering

system for the Saturn I launch vehicles and their individual stages is

included in Table 3-1.

3-4

consists

pounds.

testing

unit

which

aerodynamic

and

research

an S-I

stage

3-1,

of approximately

in gimbals
the

Figure

first

thrust

gimbals

90,000

vehicle,

unit.

a combined

system

Ten

I CONFIGURATION.

T
A PO
_:_Instrume nt Unit

LLO

Spacecraft

7 - 7if

S-IVB

A PO LLO

A POLLO

S-II

Stage

Stage

Spacecraft

Spacecraft
I

t IU'f"
S-IV

R&D
SA-

SATURN
10 Shown

S-IVB

Stage

S-I

Stage

S-IB

1
I

IU':'

SATURN

Stage

S-IC

Stage

Stage

IB

SATURN

3-2B

Figure

3-1.

Configurations

of Saturn-Apollo

Space

Vehicles

3-5

"2

od
!

_J
r_u_

c/_ cxl
!
0

0_-_ I

2;

!
0

Z_

_)
b_

Q
b_

o,-4

2;

2;

"0

P'l

_J
o
_J

_J
b_

_)

0
o

I
r_

r_

_J
b_

I---I

b_

r_
I

2:
_J

!
cO

r_

_J

r/l

l--t
!

r_
I

I
_J

Z_

rJl

r_

!
r_

2_

3-6

2:

3-4. SATURN IB
The

Saturn

IB launch

instrument

unit.

a combined

thrust

gimballed
stage

for

J-2

vehicle,

The

first

stage

directional

system

SATURN

consists

is an S-IB

Eight

pounds

with

The

H-1

Four

of the

fins

of equal

second

stage

that

stages

eight

pounds.

fixed

thrust

of two propulsion

stage,

1,600,000

stability.

of 200,000

size

engines

are

fitted

to the

are

an

which

engines

is an S-IVB

is gimballed

and

stage,

for directional

have

first

with

control.

for the Saturn IB launch vehicles and their individual stages

is included in Table 3-1.

3-5.

3-1,

control.

aerodynamic

engine

The numbering

Figure

of approximately

to provide

single

CONFIGURATION.

The firstSaturn IB is No. SA-201.

V CONFIGURATION.

The Saturn V launch vehicle, Figure 3-I, consists of three propulsion stages and an
instrument unit. The first stage is an S-IC stage, with five F-I engines which have
a combined

thrust of 7,500,000 pounds.

The four outboard engines are gimballed for

directional control. Four fixed fins of equal size are fittedto the first stage for aerodynamic

stability. The second stage is an S-II stage, with five J-2 engines which

have a combined

thrust of 1,000,000 pounds.

The third stage is an S-IVB

Four of these engines are gimballed.

stage with one gimballed J-2 engine of 200,000 pounds

thrust.

The

numbering

is included

3-6.

system
in Table

LAUNCH

for

3-1.

VEHICLE

the
The

Saturn
first

V launch
Saturn

vehicles

V is No.

and

theri

individual

stages

SA-501.

AXES.

The system of body axes used to described the attitudeand motion of a launch vehicle
about its center of gravity (CG) is shown

in Figure 3-2.

As is common

practice, the rotational"motions of the vehicle are termed

3-7.

APOLLO

The

launch

complete

of the
and

4,

crew
the

CRAFT

configuration
form,

is capable

SPACE

this

payloads

Apollo

spacecraft

to earth.
are

spacecraft

is a payload
a manned

In some

pitch, yaw and roll.

CONFIGURATION.

of the

of accomplishing

in aerodynamic

lunar

Saturn-Apollo

spacecraft

which

is shown

for

the

landing

Saturn

V launch

mission,

missions,
are

in Figure

incomplete

3-3.
vehicle,

including

as described

the

In its
and
safe

in Chapters

in varying.degrees,

return
2, 3

consistent

3-7

<

L_
>
,.c:

c_

..........

:-: . " "v _ _

Launch

Escape

System
(LES)

Comma

nd

Module
(CM)

Service

Module

(SMI

Lunar

Excursion

Module
(LEM)

Adapter

Launch
Vehicle

3-4A
Figure

3-3.

Launch

Configuration

of Apollo

Spacecraft

3-9

with

the

mission

The

spacecraft

module

the

is employed

mission,

of lifting

which

removal

pad

or during

rocket

vehicle

engines

motor

which

and

units

of flight

the

or modules
without

or ultimate

is capable
motor

spacecraft,

the

with

a thermal

shield

on land
the

CM does

purpose

The

not land

event

missions.

by jettisoning

quarters
part

and

the

that

and

provides

the

control

LES is
on the

LES contains

free

of the

second-stage

CM.

launch

are
them

protects

of the

space

vehicle

that

that

is the

crew

functions

and

parachutes

moon,

three-man

also,

it against

landing

on the

the

of the

of the

alone,

after

only part

protects

earth

LES,

capable

emergency

section

the

motor

LES.

3-3,

only

of a serious

forward

in-flight

system,

or on water.

The

shortly

the

living

CM is the

control

vehicle.

is fired

Figure

control,

a reaction

rocket

of lifting

crew-initiated

crew

escape

space

to jettison

in which

a launch

The

this

started,

contains

of a mission.

under

that

with a

exercised.
from
re-enters

is recovered

after

aerodynamic

heating

slow

only

it to a safe

landing

but remains

of the

in lunar

the

orbit

the

flight.
during

speed

for

CM during
during

lunar

operations.

SM contains

which

phase

command

be modified

to general

vehicles.

(LEM),

functional
can

each

launch

the

module

mission

for

in the

atmosphere

landing

(LES),

excursion

common

is attained

of the

system

of individual

vehicle

The

a mission;

concept

of the

the

environment.

impact

service

in-flight

the
the

crew

separated

service

equipment

the

CM prior

that

protection

and

and

capability

supplements

pro:2ulsion

access

from

propulsion

3-10

part

are

CM carries

mental

rest

early

CM provides

re-entry,

lunar

of systems

CM,

from

mission

center

earth's

The

of the

CM of the Apollo

space

the

escape

to a specfic

weight

of the

crew

the

a normal

The

is part

of the

During

The

The

the design

CM free

the

command

(SM),

peculiar

optimum

launch

capacities

units.

the

a smaller

of the

3-3).

systems

affecting

of expendable

LES,

the payload-carrying

module

(Figure

so that

substantially

The

service

adapter

In a given

and

(SC) is composed

(CM),

spacecraft

The

objectives

for

of the
for

crew

remains

the
CM.

system
of the

with

the

to re-entry
CSM (the

CM.

selected

equipment

It is unmanned,

CM during

and

lunar

is nonrecoverable.

provides

carries

does

operations.

CM and SM combination)

Its structure

all SM systems,

plus

all

a mounting
ground

and

not

require

SM provides

its reaction

surface
flight

stores

It is

The
and

and

loads,

and

control

environand

is

compatible with the over-all spacecraft structure.

The LEM serves as a vehicle for earring two of the three-man crew and a development and scientific payload from the CSM in luncar orbit to the lunar surface andback.
The LEM also provides a base for lunar operations and crew exploration in the vicinity
of the lunar touchdownpoint. The LEM is fitted with a multi-strut, wheelless landing
gear that helps to _bsorb the landing shock after the speed of descenthas been slowed
by the reverse thrust of a rocket engine. At liftoff from the moon, the LEM separates
into two sections. The lower section, which includes the landing gear, serves as a
launch platform for the upper section, or ascent stage, and remains in place on the
moon. The spacecraft adapter provides the physical bondwhich mates the launch
vehicle to the SM. For the lunar landing mission the spacecraft adapter housesthe
LEM.
To prepare the spacecraft for deployment of the LEM, the configuration shown in
Figure 3-3 (less the jettisoned LES) is altered in flight. This alteration is effected
after the last stage (the S-IVB stage) of the launch vehicle has propelled the configuration of Figure 3-3 (less the jettisoned LES) into the translunar trajectory, a
flight course that will transfer the spacecraft from earth orbit to lunar orbit. The
CSM separates from the LEM, instrument unit andS-IVB stage (collectively designated LEM/IU/S-IVB) and the adapter is jettisoned. While the S-IVB stage of the
launch vehicle stabilizes the LEM/IU/S-IVB, the CSMturns endfor end, lines up
with the LEM/IU/S-IVB and rejoins the LEM/IU/S-IVB, so that the nose of the CM
is coupled to the LEM. These evolutions are termed turn-around docking.
The S-IVB stage and instrument unit (collectively designatedS-IVB/IU) are then jettisoned. At this point the launch vehicle completes its part in the Saturn-Apollo mission
The spacecraft, which now consists of the CSM andthe LEM, continues along the
translunar trajectory, executing one or more midcourse corrections. As the spacecraft approachesthe moon, the propulsion engine in the SM (at the forward end of the
altered configuration) is fired to decrease the speedof the spacecraft permitting it to
enter the lunar orbit. While the spacecraft coasts in lunar orbit, two crew members
transfer from the CM to the LEM through connecting hatches. The LEM then separates from the CSM and descendsto the moon, while the CSMcontinues in lunar orbit
with the third crew member on board in the CM. Oncompletion of the lunar exploration, the ascent stage of the LEM rises on a course that intersects the orbital
3-11

path of

the

Rendezvous
the

LEM

Later,

faces

a drogue
chutes

3-12

engine
after
The

are

deployed

LEM

rejoined.

crew

remaining
of the
one

SM is fired
midcourse

is deployed

to stabilize
descent

to the
For
the

and

return

and
control

the earth's

slow

landing.

Lunar-Orbit

the ascent
of the

before
system,

atmosphere.

CM and

to an earth

CM,

CSM on an earth

corrections,

the

is termed

the

by its reaction

CM re-enters

the final

technique

orbit.

to place

the

for

returns

in lunar

or more

and

This

then

CM is maneuvered

forward,

parachute

two are

The

is jettisoned,

is jettisoned.
shield

and the

(LOR).

the propulsion
tory.

CSM,

it further,

stage

of

CM to earth,

transfer

trajec-

re-entry,

the

so that
After
and

its

SM
heat

re-entry
main

para-

CHAPTER 1
SECTION
PROGRAM

IV
PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

4-1.

SCHEDULES

.......................

4-2.

MANAGEMENT

4-6.

RELIABILITY

.......................

4-9

4-7.

TEST

.......................

4-10

PLAN

PLANS

4-3

...................

4-3

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

4-1.

Marshall

4-2.

Major Contractor
Responsibilities
in Saturn
Project
..........................

4-3.

Apollo

Space

Program

Flight Center

Organization

Coordination

Saturn

I,

IB

and

V Delivery

Launch

and

4-5

Vehicle
4-7

.................

LIST

4-1.

...........

4-8

OF TABLES

Launch

Schedule

........

4-4

4-1

4-2

S E C TION

IV.

PROGRAM

The

Marshall

needed

Space

for

the

To discharge
ment,

Apollo
these

checkout

4-1.

design

flight

is responsible
together

with

MSFC

the

providing

the

launch

support

functions

fabrication

and

the

associated

performs

and development,
modifications

for

and

construction

vehicles

equipment.
of project

assembly,

manage-

procurement

of facilities,

and

qualification,

testing.

SCHEDULES.

Presidential
c_lls

and

for

Congressional

a manned

stones.

The

vehicle

capable

mitting

the

lunar

Saturn

early

4-2.

MANAGEMENT
organization

The

present

to meet

be noted

that

the

now completed

To complete
established

sources

MSFC.

manufactured
vehicles
page

made

scope

of the

a schedule

This

Exploration
major

which

the prescribed

methods.

program

will

mile-

provide

time,

schedule

Program

a launch

while

also

is shown

per-

in

produced

Center

of revisions

effective

more

Manned

the

in Figure

August

dynamic,

Lunar
and

is illustrated

and

Landing

26,

more

Test

1963,

which

flexible,

Program.

Mississippi

4-1.

the

It will

also

Operations

have

buildup.

of the

the

The

a minimum
units
The

Saturn

Marshall

contractors.

instrument

Flight

Operations

of work

schedules,

is not_

as one

within

and

result

of the

resources

at MSFC.

are

mission

it stronger,

Michoud

as to require
The

to meet

Space

is the

the

of industrial

organized

Marshall

challenges

their

the

decade

Space

PLAN.

Center,

both

this

for a National

this

of components

of the

the

within

is organized

organization

streamlined
better

landing

project

testing

4-1.

The

authorization

of performing

Table

This

program,

items,

and

Center

responsibilities

engineering

of subcontracted

the

Flight

PLAN

for
first

at MSFC's

launch

Space

procurement

number

Michoud

Saturn

of the

project

Center
of the

of individual

all of the
stages

Flight

vehicle

is drawing
industrial

vehicles

operational

Saturn

(New

Orleans,

upon

by

designed

I, IB and

re-

is so

conducted
are

with

the

support

negotiations

launch

Operations

in accordance

and

V launch

Louisiana).
4-3

,"4

CXl

_e
"0

"0

U_

Cr_

I
_._

!
r_r_

,.-.4

4-4

!,

_cc
-=,

_z

Ei

ILl
t'-Z
LIJ
L.1

.-J

LC)
O

E:_o
t---

t'--

_rr
c-_

i,i

bl
o,-I

N_

I"-I-

!,

..J
I.i_

IaJ
N?
.,-.i

(/)
..J
.J

::3

.{E

_-J
o

-r

Q::

z
-p

,.....4

klJ
c:b

=E
(J

E-Z
i,i

I,I

ILl
0

O
i,i

-t

_z

L_J_I
X
LcJ

"r{:

LIJ
L

No

zL.

_o
,--t
I
t. .......

4-5

It will

be noted

or plants.

the

The

Industrial

other

responsibilities

participation

the total

budget.

ment

activities,

ville

based

The

the

research

and

to assist

Inspection

Office,

facilities

the

Center

(LOC).

This

Panel

Review

Board

supervises
The

Director

MSFC:

The

Director

and
and

The

Director

Deputy

OMSF

The

4-6

The
Deputy

consists

for

of a member

INTER-CENTER
are
MSC,

launch

panels

the

and

a review

Apollo

among

(MSC),

many

the

NASA

capability

for

and

spacecraft

and

the

the

Marshall

Space

the

Launch

Operations

Flight

by a formal

organization

as shown

of,

as an appeal

board

vehicle,
are

PRB

Director

are
the

for

Plans

serves
Center,

Director
and

(Programs).
Development

Operations.
and
and

and

Programs
Flight

Project

supports

and

the

Deputy

Operations.
Management.

as Chairman.
and

for,

as follows:

Research

Development

for

acts

Deputy

Industrial

Requirements

(Systems)
each

Director
for

for

and

and

The

Executive

Secretar-

tlhe PRB.

PANELS.

formed
and

of the

Director

from

activities

(Systems)

Mission

Assistant

Director

the

Deputy

Operations

LOC:

and

Center

members

Deputy

LOC

penetra-

at the

Office

Hunts-

BOARD.

The

panels

vehicles,

is accomplished

OMSF:

The

provide

and

of

manage-

out the

effort

NASA Audit

coordination

Spacecraft

coordination

Director

of the

launch

effective

Panels.

MSC:

4-4.

carry

technical

percent

project

the knowledge

the

the

ninety

4-2.

Center.

Manned

REVIEW

inter-Center

iat

influence

in Figure

industrial

Operations

provides

organizations,

than

at contract-

4-3.

PANEL

The

and,

produced

indicated

more
all

to NASA Headquarters,

necessitates

(MSFC),

the

Two

for

Development
and

are

are

consolidates

work

of the Saturn

Center

The

and

vehicles

accounts

Operations

monitor,

at this

interdependence

4-3.

contractors

major

development

reporting

Headquarters

in Figure

of the

Research

in,

organizations.

launch

launch

programs

Industrial

contractor

The

of the Saturn

in MSFC

while

tion-in-depth

NASA

stages

to make

their
the

responsible

available

contractors

for

spacecraft,
to the

the

technical

the solution

support
Panel

Review

facilities,
Board.

competence
of the

of OMSF,

interrelated

problems

and associated
Each

Panel

MSFC,

equipment.
has

the

authority

.w

-oB

......

_.

..

._.

-g

,...,
o..

<<, _

z
ua

_1<
,_

._

%)

,--

7
ff

e_

_>

6z

i H

lU

I b.

) i m ,._. I .<

II _1_
;_19
,,_o,:
c_
i

i .,e

_1
_o_1
rd'_ rd]

_9
M

_1 _
IM

z_l
o _1
I

[/]

,--1
_9

1,2

I_

a
Ila

%
o

k)
Z
<

Z
0
o

.....
I

ZZZ
_

ml

2-

_'-_
KG,_

_-

Z_I
D h,I
_Ki

_G"
_ Z,

_- :

<_1

I._

,
m

m_
C/

Xc_
,

,_. %q
i

<<
i

4-7

PANEL
REVIEW
B Oi\ I{ D

Executive

INTERCEN'FER

Secretariat

PANELS

Working
Level
Contacts
between
Centers
and Contractors

3-12

Figure

4-8

4-3.

Apollo

Program

Coordination

w
1

for

its

test

defined

and

Panels

area

presently

and

Operations

are

and resolve

problems

of design,

analysis,

as follows:

Systems

Integration

and

Dynamics

Flight

Evaluation

Coordination

Mission

Documentation

flight

The

present

Panel

Panel

Panel

Panel

of the working

groups

Industrial

Operations

and to validate

design,

development,

manufacture,

of stage

and

Control

GROUPS.

through

matters

and

Operations
J

WORKING

tractor

Panel

Panel

Control

purpose

Panel

Communication

Mechanics,

Safety

Panel

Panel

Flight

Crew

is to initiate

technical
the

direction
prime

to the prime

contractor

checkout,

test,

con-

activity

launch

in

preparation,

evaluation.
working

Electrical

groups

are:

Systems

Design

Integ_ration

Working

Group

Vehicle

Mechanical

Design

Integration

Working

Group

Vehicle

Instrumentation

Vehicle

Dynamics

Launch

Operations

Flight

Evaluation

Systems

Static

Working

and

Control

Working
Working

Checkout

Manufacturing

Working

Engineering

Firing

Working

Group
Working

Group

Group
Group
Group
Working

Group

Group

RELIABILITY.

The reliability

bility

action

Coordination

Instrumentation

the

initiate

Integration

Electrical

4-6.

may

constituted

Mechanical

The

operations.

Launch

4-5.

space

goals

vehicle

of all

systems

for

the

be suitable
of the

Saturn
for
launch

project
manned
vehicles

are
use.
and

consistent
MSFC
the

with

the

requirement

is responsible

associated

support

for

the

that
relia-

equipment.

4-9

The reliability effort for the Saturn systems is directed toward achieving design maturity early in the development periods, so that the reliability inherent in the design concepts for the systems can be approachedas the ultimate objectives. The reliability
goals are expressed where possible in terms of mean-times-to failure or safety margins, for given phasesof the project.
The activities that are undertakento achieve the reliability goals include mission profile examinations, design reviews, failure analyses, componentverification and system verification. Disciplines, facilities and controls for the rapid collection and dissemination of reliability data are established as a continuing effort. Reliability estimation models are developedto indicate the level of reliability that can be achieved
within the current state-of-the-art. Information is obtained both from laboratory test
results and from flight test results to determine the actual reliability that is being
achieved and to evaluate each equipment's performance in terms of over-all mission
success.

Other

areas

ment

maturity

ployed
ors

of activity
as

of the

MSFC

of the

same

in each

failure

may

occur

first

These
and

which

would

desig_q

in any

program

are

concerned

as possible.

which

most

quality

The

is produced

mature

intent

and

of this

be achieved

with

design

by MSFC

experienced
activity

if our

achieving

review

or one

system

of its

engineers

is to ensure
most

equip-

and
that

subcontractscientists

each

mature

scientists

analysis

of each

is em-

design

is

participated

activity.

activity
portion

is directed

of the

as possible.

at the

testing

detailed

program,

A concentrated

to correct

effort

is made

failure

deficiencies
to correct

that

as early

any

in

deficiency

it is detected.

reliability

achievement

TEST

PLANS.

success
that

techniques

activities

the

prehensive

4-10

by the

The

manufacturing

Mission

design

team.

proven

4-7.

program

rocket

time

ensure

in the
each

analysis

the program
the

for

in detail

detailed

The

reliability

early

to provide

a review

in the

carried

at Marshall

of the Saturn

and personnel
all launch

are

vehicle

safety

and

project

are

hardware,

out as an integral
in the plants
reliability

being

ensured

from

the

part

of each

of the design

subcontractor

to

goals.

by a test
smallest

program

part

so com-

to the largest

assembly is covered. Assurance of proper operation and adequatereliability is accomplished through implementation, in proper combination, of the conceptsdescribed
below.
Hardware criticality is determined by a failure effect analysis on each individual item.
Qualification testing and reliability demonstration testing have a mandatory dependency
on the hardware criticality. In addition, all other test planning must be cognizant of
and keyed to hardware criticality.
Design development tests are performed to establish the engineering design verification or provide design changeinformation. Where the design status is sufficiently
advanced, the test is devised to serve also as a qualification test.
As a general requirement, all flight hardware must be qualified by ground qualification
test prior to unmannedflight, andby flight qualification test prior to mannedflight.
Similarly, ground support systems hardware must be qualified prior to use with flight
hardware.
Another major objective of the testing program is the acquisition of information and
data for evaluation of hardware reliability. Hardware in the most severe criticality
categories is subjected to reliability demonstration tests.
Production hardware testing ensures acceptancefor fabrication and assembly of
hardware with satisfactory anduniform quality. This is accomplished by a production test program covering all testing phases of manufacturing, andquality control
activities from receiving tests to final acceptancetests. Tests are performed at all
hardware generation levels, from materials and piece parts to complete stages and
instrument untis. Premating checkout tests are conductedon each stage and instrument unit as they are progressively prepared for assembly into a launch vehicle,
and on the launch vehicle prior to assembly with the spacecraft.

4-11

4-12

CHAPTER

SECTION

INTRODUCTION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SATURN

I LAUNCH

5-2.

SATURN

I - APOLLO

5-3.

MISSION

PROFILE

5-4.

LAUNCH

VEHICLE

5--1.

..................

VEHICLE
MISSION

5-3

OBJECTIVES

..........

........................

5-3
5-6

REQUIREMENTS

..............

5-11

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Saturn

I Launch

Saturn

I - Apollo

Vehicle

.....................

Mission

Profile

5-4
................

5-9

LIST OF TABLES

5--3.

Saturn

I, SA-10

Saturn

I - Apollo

Description

Vehicle

Data

Mission

of Saturn

...................

Objectives
Flight

I - Apollo
Vehicle

5-5

and
Data

Mission
SA-10
Phase

............
.............
............

5-7/5-8
5-10

5--4.

Saturn

I Requirements,

l>relaunch

5-13

5-5.

Saturn

I Requirements,

Launch

Phase

..............

5-15

5-6.

Saturn

I Requirements,

Ascent

Phase

..............

5-19

5-7.

Saturn

I Requirements,

Orbital

Phase

..............

5-23

5-1

5-2

SECTION

-.

....

V.

INTRODUCTION

5-1.

SATURN

I LAUNCH

VEHICLE

NOTE
The material
in this chapter
was prepared
when vehicle
SA-10 had the space
vehicle
qualification
mission
in the Saturn
I program.
This mission
no longer
exists
and at
this time a new mission
has not been defined
for the vehicle.
Since the Saturn
I vehicle has the capability
for
sion has not been deleted.
vision
of this document.

The Saturn
first
ly,

for
for

I is the
research

development

I - Block

used

dummy

Saturn

I - Block

S-IV

second

spacecraft,

in the

earlier

Redstone

load

varies

attached

from

and

SA-6

section.

listed

in Table

craft

into

Saturn
and

earth

manned

orbit

by four
I - Block

eliminate
flights

Figure

nose

SA-10.
and

payload.

of the

first

first

Jupiter

stage

of an S-I

above

the

cone

SA-5

to an Apollo

carry

payload

second

Operational

data

second

The
stage,

stage.

an

The

payload

pay-

with

of a CM,

detection

for launch

S-IV

first

consists

a micrometeroid

Saturn

as payload.

mounted
for

second-

is based

four

dummy

cone

is composed

and

design
The

stage,

nose

Intended

booster

programs.

of an S-I

The Apollo

SA-9

family.

multi-stage

Jupiter

5-1,

unit

Jupiter

I-APOLLO
mission

omplished

vehicle

an SM,

capsule

vehicle

SA-10

with-

are

5-1.

SATURN
ultimate

vehicle,

SA-8

and

and a modified

through

SM as a secondary

The

stage,

launch

much

consisted

an instrument

in the

5-2.

flown,

a modified

LES for

an adapter

third

Saturn

of a multi-engine,

Apollo

II launch

stage

of the

development

already

S-V

mission,
the decriptive
material
on this misof SA-10 objectives
will be covered
by re-

of the

I vehicles,

stage,

generation

and

on components

and

first

the original
Redefinition

MISSION

of the
for

Saturn

manned

operational
I and

schedule
of the

six

I launch
flight

Saturn
Saturn

conflicts
Saturn

OBJECTIVES
vehicle

tests.

between

I vehicles

This

I manned

I - Block

was

flights

the

mission

have

been

was

preceded

II R&D flights.
the Saturn

placing

to have

been

by a series

To reduce

I and Saturn
cancelled.

of an Apollo

The primary

ac-

of four

program

IB programs,

space-

costs
all

mission
5-3

Launch Escape
System
A )ollo
Spacecraft

Payload
Instrument

Unit

S-IV

/ehicle
Space
(188 ft. )

Stage

Launch

S-I

Vehicle

Stage

lr

SA-10 Shown
3-13
Figure
5-4

5-1.

Saturn

I Launch

Vehicle

:." :.. -.....

Table 5-1. Saturn I, SA-10 Vehicle, Data
Item

Data

VEHICLE
Number of stages
Length - without spacecraft
Maximum diameter - without fins
- with fins
1Launch vehicle weight - at ground ignition
Payload Type
2Payload weight - at ground ignition
3Injection weight - Earth orbit
S-I STAGE
Prime contractor
Length
Maximum diameter - without fins
(across thrust structure)
- with fins
Stageweight - at ground ignition
Dry weight
Engines
Total nominal thrust (sealevel)
Propellants
Mainstage propellant weight
Mixture ratio (oxidizer to fuel)
Specific impulse (sealevel)
S-IV STAGE
Prime contractor

2
124.5 feet
22.8 feet
40.7 feet
1,165,000 pounds
Apollo Spacecraft
29,100 pounds
22,500 pounds

Chrysler Corporation
80.2 feet
22.8 feet
40.7

feet

1,016,000

pounds

103,000

pounds

Rocketdyne

H-1

1,500,000

pounds

LOX

and RP-1

880,000

pounds

2,26:1
256

seconds

Douglas

Aircraft

Length

41.4

feet

Diameter

18.3

feet

4Stage
4Dry

weight
weight

Engines

- at ground

ignition

(8)

114,000
13,000

Co.

pounds
pounds

Pratt
and Whitney
RL10A-3
(6)

5-5

Table

5-1.

Saturn

I, SA-10

Includes

two stages,

instrument

21ncludes

6600 pounds

for the IrESo

3100-nautical
4Excludes
Note:

mile

2100

circular

pounds

Weights

"Saturn

a 1,500,000-pound

arc:
thrust

development

booster

of liquid

and LES.

weights
Launch

which

from

Memorandum

No.

Specification

Weights

Vehicle

and

13, 1963.

of the

launch

remains

hydrogen

(Cont'd)

interstage

dated May

development

Data

only.

I, IB and V

Trajectories,"

remaining

and

orbit, payload

in this table are specification

Compatible

IB,

unit, payload

for the S-I/S-IV

M-P&VE-V-33,

objectives

Vehicle

vehicle

virtually

- liquid

oxygen

systems

required

unchanged

in the

propulsion

for

the

for
Saturn

second

stage.

Secondary
using

Apollo

SA-9.
data

is

in Table

5-3.

The

representative

The

the

exit

mierometeriod

Saturn

environmental

experime.nts

IApollo

mission

parameters
on

SA-8

and

and

flight

objectives

5-2.

profile,

(less
5-2.

are

The

mission

placed

of the

mission

can

be

purpose

of this

unit,
into

description

a.

Prelaunch-

b.

Launch

Event

events

for

ends

Saturn

the

6 of the
launch,

phases

are

Beginning

with

stage

- . Beginning

with

slart

mile

I launch

vehicle

circular

earth

along

chosen

as

SA-5

or

and

orbital

the

following

defined

by

testing

and

ending

_" countdown

and

orbit

is

are

listed

lesser

re-

SA-9.

Apollo

The

an

most

through

profile.

ascent,

the

of the

lifts

profile

Similar

separation

mission

the

being

I vehicles.

in missions

with

prelammh,
these

is

vehicle

No.

a Saturn

occurring

SA-10

of the

hmneh

vehicle

which

a 100-nautical

mission

profile

on the

divided

into

flight

launch

instrument

through

LFM)

Saturn/Apollo

mission

from

mission

in Figure

quirements

the

and

PROFILE

spaceeraft

illustrated

and

about

in Table

vehicle

Apollo

of launch

spacecraft,

summarized

SA-10

determination

information

MISSION

R&D

arc:

boilerplatc

Detailed

5-3.
The

objectives

spacecraft

launch

vehicle

phases.

For

the

limits:

with

start

of count--

down.
ending

with

liftoff.

.b

5-6

This

page

is

not

classified

g_

,I

LAUNCll

VEHICLE

NO.

MANNED/UNMANNED

MISSION
A.

t_

QB

SA- I

1 sA:, t

MISSION

OBJECTIVES

SATURN
LAUNCH
OBJ ECTIV
ES

VEHICLE

(LV)

1.

Structures.

"2.

Propulsion

(165

K engines).

1
B.

APOLLOSPACECRAET
OBJECTIVES

C.

SPACE
VEIIICLE
O[_J EC TIVES

D.

O'lql ER
OHJECTIVES

Non(,

(SC)

I
i

I_\UNCtt

VEItiCLE

CAPACITY

PA'_

I,OAD

(LBS.)

SPACECRAFT
FLI(;IIT

None

(SV)

ORBITAL

WEIGHT

(lbs.)*

DATA

A.

FLIG[IT

AZIMU'Itt

B.

FLIGHT

PROFILE

C.

NOMINAL

ORBIT

D.

MINIMUM

STAY

AMR

LAUNCH

100
Ballistic
ALTITUDE
TIME

COMPLEX

(naut.

mi.)

IN ORBIT
NO.

34

RECOVERY

None
P

Primary

*Does

not

objective
include

F0ttm_

of SV mission;
6,600

lb.

weight

S Secondary
ol

L:tunch

Escape

objectiv
Systt

""
"!

_.t

.....

:
pg,

e_

t*_

:'.:

eo

Tal_
SA-6

SA-5

Unmanned

P
_.
L
_.
[.

SA- 9

SA-7

Structures.
Propulsion
Guidance
S-I/S-IV
sel)ar

1.
2.
3.
4.

(188 K engines).
(Passengers).
Stage

ation.

Structures.
Propulsion.
Guidance
S-I/S-IV
separation.

I.
2.
3.
-I.

(active).
Stage

None
1.
2.

environment.

SC No.
BP-15

SC No.
BP-13

SC No.
BP-16

None

1.
2.

Physical
and
compatibility
Compatibility
communications
instrumentation
SV and

(active).
Stage

Launch
and exit
LES structural
characteristics.
LES jcttison.

3.

Structures.
Propulsion.
Guidance
S-I/S-IV
separ-ttion.

flight
ol LV and
of R&D
and
between

ground

SC.

stations.
s
1.

18,500

18,600

1_,600

12,360

Micromcteroid

, Ballast

to

16,600

12,360

18,600

105
Elliptical

I o 5
Orbit

Orbit

lOO/>

105

105
Orbit

Elliptical

Orbit
255/675

10o

t Day

1 Day

"I7B

lm

cxperime

1 Day

37B

34

None

None

1 Year
37B
No

ne
i

None
of SV

mission

0ettisoned

alter

second-sLaKe

ignition).

[OI.DOUT FRAME

o.

ile

5-2.

Saturn

I-Apollo
SA-

Mission

Objectives

and

Flight

SA-

Data

10

S
LV
1.
2.

Structures.
Propulsion.

3.

Guidance

4.

S-I/S-IV

(active).
Stage

QUAI,IHCATION

I.

St ru Ctllr

2.

Propu[sion.

3.

Guidance

4.

S-L/S-IV

separation.

(_'s.

(acti_e).StaRc

sel)at'a

tiol_.

L
i

S
Alternate
(xx ith
1.

SM

SC

Mission
BP-1S)

and

Adapter

st_'uctural

integrity

2.

CSM/Adapter

3.

Crew

separation.
salet3:.

SC

QUA

L11.'I(;A-I'I()N

I.

Structures.

2.

SC

systems.

3.

SM

propulsion

4.

CM

re-entry.

5.

LES

6.

SM-CM

7.

Cre_

'_.

Recovery

9.

Guidance

r('

st:trt)

3cttison.
st't)aration.
sa[ety.

No.

ssstcm.
and

SC

BP-26

(\_

Na\igati(,n.

No.

.\ FIlM

-009

P
SV QUA
Alternate

Mission

(x_ ith
1.

CSM<

BP-

LV

1 _)

separation,

l,I I"IC,\

1.

LV-SC

conllnittbilil

"2.

LV-SC

st, paration.

_.

[ns [ l'tl lllellla

(';Hiotls,

FI(

)N
3.

I iOll,

('()llllllUll

|'rlR'killg.

S
nt,

1.

Mierometeroid

experiment.

16,600

22,

ooo

12,360

'22.

000

105

Elliptical

72

Orbit

()rbiI

or

107)

Stll)-t)rl)it

255/675
1 Year
37B

3 t

Nonc

\\ att,r

5-7/5-8

i-

.r-.4

or-i
.r-i

,ml
0

r_

cd
I
L_

i,.-_

L"I
C'O

5-9

c.

Ascent

Beginning

with

liftoff

d.

Orbital

Beginning

with

orbit

and

ending

injection

with

and

orbit

injection.

ending

with payload

separa-

tion.

Table

Event
No. *

5-3.

Description

I-Apollo

Mission,

Approx.
Time
After
Liftoff
(Sec.)

Vehicle

SA-10

Event

Liftoff
launch

Start
Start

of Saturn
complex

I-Apollo
No. 34.

space

roll to align SV pitch

time tilt.
(By launch

18

Arrest

20

Activate
control

9O

Deactivate
accelerometer
control
system.

roll

(SV correctly

vehicle

with

control

flight

azimuth).

of LV guidance

control

and

of LV guidance

and

Arrest

150

Shut

156

Shut down outboard

for stage separation

156.3

Ignite second-stage
second
minimum

156.4

Separate
first
stage
from second
stage.
Transfer
control
functions
from first
to second
stage.
Ignite
first- stage retromotors.

158

Start

168

Jettison
spacecraft

Launch
Escape
(SC).

176.4

Jettison

second-stage

179

Start

Refers

to Figure

time
down

path

5-2.

tilt.

inboard

second-

AMR

plane with flight azimuth.

vehicle
(LV) systems.
)
aligned

accelerometer
system.

(SV) from

143

*No.

5-10

of Saturn

stage

guidance

(Major

first-stage

(S-I

first-stage
sequence.
(S-IV
duration

stage)

engines.

engines.

Start

stage)
ullage
of burning).

motors

timing

(3-

engines.
System

ullage

(LES)

motors.

mode.

events

indicated

only)

from

Apollo

Table 5-3. Description of Saturn I-Apollo Mission, Vehicle SA-10 (Cont'd)

Event
No. *

Approx. Time
After Liftoff
(Sec.)

Event

55O

Reachpath angle parallel to local horizontal, at altitude

of approximately 112naut. mi. (207km); continue to
pitch down.

630

Inject SC into 100-naut. mi. (185-km) circular earth

orbit. Shut down second-stageengines.

Separate second stage and instrument unit from SC,

ending LV mission.
Continue orbital coast of SC. Perform scheduled
mission exercises.
Jettison Service Module (SM)of SC from Command
Module (CM).
9

Orient CM in re-entry attitude.

10

Initiate CM re-entry.

11

Re-enter earth's atmosphere.

12

Deploy drogue parachute.

13

Jettison drogue parachute and deploy main parachutes.

14

Alight on water or on land.

*No. Refers to Figure 5-2. (Major events indicated only)

5-4.
The

LAUNCH
SA-10

vehicle

mile

circular

load

to altitude,
vertical)

requires

that

a.

orbit.

guide
and

Launch

To accomplish

impart

following
site

to inject

it so that

information

to the

REQUIREMENTS

is required

earth

to local

is subject

VEHICLE

the final

to it a final
on vehicle

a payload

of 22,500

this,

the

flight-path
velocity

performance

pounds

launch
angle

vehicle

into
must

is 90 degrees

of 25,581
be returned

ft/sec.

a 100-nautical
boost
(with

Its R&D

to earth.

The

the payrespect
mission
vehicle

constraints:
(Cape

Kennedy)

latitude

of 28 degrees,

30 minutes

which

intro-

5-11

duces a minimum orbital inclination of the same degree.

b.
Launch Facility, VLF 34, requires a launch azimuth of 100degrees.
c.
Vehicle visibility requirement for tracking andtelemetry networks restricts azimuth path to a sector from 70 degrees to 110 degrees.
d. RangeSafety limits flight azimuths to a sector from 45 degrees to 110degrees. Flights outside this sector endangerpopulated areas.
To optimize vehicle performance andincrease range safety, a minimum vehicle liftoff thrust to weight ratio of 1.25:1 is specified. Higher mission reliability is achieved
by a single engine out capability in either stage provided that the other stage functions
properly.
The primary vehicle requirements are accomplished by systems described in this
chapter as Astrionics, Structures, Propulsion, Mechanical, and GroundSupport
Equipment. Tables 5-4 through 5-7 list the basic requirements of each of these systems for the four phases of the launch vehicle mission.
The time function in the table is not to scale as it is intendedto indicate only relative
phasing of requirements. Although the table is primarily a listing of system requirements, certain major events are listed to show their relationship to the requirements.
Detailed information on the systems is presented in Sections VI through X. Inboard
profiles of each stage are included in Section XI.

5-12

This

page

is

not

classified

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

0
0

.o

._

"_

,_

0,-_

tO

o .<

O_

_
_ _
,._

,,
_
.0

r.) 0

_ =
_ o

-_

'o

_o=

__

_o

_
0

_
0

5-13

r-,

L_

I
I
I
I
!
I
I
I
!

I
!
!
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

i,
I
I
I

I
I
I

I
I

8.

.4
I

C.)

F_

,'_

._

_._L_

__

E
>

>,

_I o

bid

0_
>

,...,

'_

5-14

e..,

I
r_
o

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
,I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

O*

r-

.,._

Or]

L_

F*

,_

r)

.o

0
0

r_

_u

F*

5-15

"0

II

o
c_

0
"o
o
0
C'q
o

c_

"0

L_

c0

o
q

_Q

0
0

F_

_
.n.

cfl

N._

"C

o
o

5-16

0
0

_._o

m
_

Cxl

_
0

r
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I_
I
I
I
I
r
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
L

....

o _o
M

_
M

el

5-17

o
v

!
o

,.q

4_

i>
e-,

r.x.1

,--i

,,,,,-i

r.

'_

5-18

.<

c_

i
L_

5-19

L_
v

g_

eO

r_

0
0

F_

o_

.,--i

__._
_._

_._

e-

5-20

__o'_.
_

"F, _.

"_. _

_- __

_._
_

o_

"_

c_

ov
cD
c_
t-,

,<
d

d
0

5-21

|,

_4

n_

!
!
0

3
_4

.<

0
_P

00
0

22

r_

._

>

._

:-d

_2

_ .oo_ =

5-22

_ ._ _ _ _ _ o
c_

.......

......

(_

>

I
L_

e.,
>

_2

8_
cD

>

5-23

5-24

......

"..

: :"

.....

CHAPTER

SECTION

VI

ASTRIONICS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

6-5

6--1.

GENERA

............................

6-2.

COMMAND

6-5.

COMMUNICATION

6-11.

INSTRUMENTATION

6-18.

CHECKOUT

6-35.

ATTITUDE

6-38.

GUIDANCE

...........................

6-54

6-51.

TRACKING

...........................

6-65

6-64.

RANGE

6-71.

ELECTRICAL

FUNCTION

.....................

FUNCTION

6-5
6-11

.................

6-18

......................

6-32

...........................
CONTROL

SAFETY

AND

STABILIZATION

6-49

.........

6-87

........................
SYSTEM

6-97

.....................

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

6--1.

Launch

Phase

Command

Configuration,

Saturn

6-2.

Ascent

Phase

Command

Configuration,

Saturn

I ........

6-3.

AM_R Submarine

6-4.

Typical

6-5.

Measuring

6-6.

Typical

6-7.

PDM/FM

6-8.

PCM/FM/FM

6-9.

SS/FM

Telemetry

6-10.

Over-aU

Test

6-11.

Quality

Assurance
S-I

Stage

Cable

Subsystem

System

Link

Telemetry
Link
for

6-10

6-21
6-22

Telemetry

Telemetry

Setup

.............

......................

PAM/FM/FM

6-8

6-16

.....................

Instrumentation

.......

Link

.............

6-26

....................

6-28

Link

6-29

.................

6-30

.....................
S-I

Laboratory
Stage
Checkout

Stage

6-34

...............

Automated
Facility

............

6-36

6-1

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (CONT'D}

6-12.

Quality

Assurance

Laboratory
Stage

6-13.

Mechanical

6-14.

Computer

6-15.

Coordinate

6-16.

Vehicle

6-17.

Attitude

Assembly

Test

Complex

for

Systems,
Axes,

Saturn
I

and

Attitude

6-19.

Guidance

6-20.

Azusa

Antenna

Baselines

6-21.

ODOP

Tracking

System

6-22.

MISTRAM

6-23.

Radar

Altimeter

6-24.

Orbital

Path,

72

6-25.

Orbital

Path,

105

6-26.

Range

Safety

6-27.

Three

Coordinate

and

Unit

...........

6-39

...........

6-41

Test

.........

6-51

.................

6-52
Operation,
Saturn
I

Stabilization

...........

Implementation

Saturn

6-71
6-74

Configuration

6-76

............

........................

6-83

Azimuth

Degree

6-89

...............

6-91

.......................
of Saturn
Trajectory

6-28.

Range

Safety

Plots

6-29.

Range

Safety

Command

System

6-30.

AN/DRW-13

Command

Receiver

6-31.

Digital

6-32.

Electrical

Command

6-88

................

Azimuth

Projection

6-92

.............

6-93

.......................

System

System,

S-I

6-58
6-59

...............

....................

Degree

6-53
.......

..................

Station

Limits

6-46

.....................

Implementation,

Ground

Block
Diagram

Stabilization

6-18.

Control

Station

Instrument

Saturn

Control

Propulsion
Checkout

6-94

.................
................

6-95
6-96

....................

6-98

.....................

LIST OF TAGLES

6-2

6--1.

Communications

Stations

6-2.

Communication

Transmitters

6-3.

Typical

6-4.

Telemetry

6-5.

ST-124

Instrumentation
System
Stabilized

6-14

....................
and

Receivers

Measurements
Allocations
Platform

.........

6-19

............

6-31

.................
Characteristics

6-17

.........

6-60

.....

.-..-

LIST OF TABLES

..:"

_--

._

._

wu=

(CONT'D)

Page
6--6.

AZUSA

Data

6-7.

MISTRAM

6-8.

A N/F

6-9.

SST-102A

6-10.

Tracking

PS-

...........................
Data

16 Data
C-Band
Stations

6-70

.........................

6-77
6-80

........................
Transponder

Data

and

.................

Systems

..............

6-81
6-84

6-3

6-4

SECTION

VI.

ASTRIONICS

6-1.

GENERAL.

The
for

Astrionics
Saturn

system

I.

paragraphs,

are

a.

functions,

and

electrical

listed

below

utilizing

- Performs

events

and

the

accomplished

Command

operational
time

The

provides

and

and

described

both vehicle

management

sequences.

electronic

The

in detail

required

in the

and ground

of Saturn

issuance

functions

based

systems

following
subsystems.

by initiating

of commands

all

is dependent

on

events.
Communication

Do

systems.

This

- Transfers

intelligence

intelligence

is in four

forms:

within

voice,

and

digital,

among

the

discrete

Saturn

and

analog

signals.
C.

Instrumentation

to acquire

operational

d.
vehicle
e.
vehicle

and

Checkout
is capable

Control

gimballing

system

to maintain

in accordance

velocity

Tracking
during

h.
in the

vehicle

6-2.
The

pulsion,

assigned

guidance
and

systems

the

launch

phase

that

the

launch

mission.

and

thrust

to mission

a stable

vehicle

data.

during

Stabilization

- Obtains

Safety

of a vehicle
Electrical

cutoff

commands

to adjust

the

accomplishment.
- Provides

launch

vehicle

signals
motion

to the
and

engine

adjusts

this

commands.
records

the

launch

vehicle's

position

and private

property

are

and

- Insures

that

malfunction
System

life

during

- Supplies

the

and

ascent

distributes

and

orbital

the

not

endangered

phase.

electrical

power

required

operation.

COMMAND
Saturn

and

of launch

flight.

Range

event
i.

for

with

appraisal

steering

leading

Attitude

g.

its

- Provides

in a manner

performance

assurance

of performing

f.

motion

the

engineering

- Provides

Guidance
motion

- Monitors

FUNCTION.

I command
astrionics,

function
structures,

performs
mechanical

the

operational
and

ground

management
support

of the pro-

systems.

Because

6-5

of the quantity, priority and degree of decision involved in controlling the vehicle
operations, the command
the number

function is accomplished

of levels in the command

function and the relative responsibility of each

level varies to satisfy the command

The launch phase performance

in levels. During the mission,

requirements

peculiar to the mission phases.

of ground support, launch vehicle and payload sys-

tems is coordinated to meet a launch time parameter.

This performance

includes

launch vehicle checkout, alignment and physical preparations such as the loading of
pressurized gases and propellants.

During

the launch

phase,

accomplish

this

of system

stimuli.

the

The

initiated

respecting

system
the

A number

of significant

automatic

launch

checkout
and

and

sequences

evaluated

sequence.

are

prior

causes

the

A source

vehicle

of commands

modes

of operation

cutoff.

This

to ensure

THEORY
Saturn

from

the

jettisoning

the

ascent

safety

the

systems

and

evaluated.

volume

resulting
If a

action.

launch

the

the

systems

to the

sequence

When
is

flight

ascent

requires

property.

from

Various

of the

flight

A launch

propulsion,

the

events
mode

commit

astrionics

switch

as staging,
the

of the

being
command

phase.

commands

such

switched

modes.

to flight.

the

performance

are

performance

vehicle

These

and private

during

vehicle

committed

events

mission

of life

necessary

to begin

initiate

To

of a large

for corrective

automatic

systems

being

phase.

of the

the

engine

availability
(Refer

and

systems

to various

starting

and

of a range

safety

to Paragraph

mechanical

engine
command

6-64.

OF OPERATION

command
beginning
of the

mission

the

is provided

and

phase

the

The

6-6

vehicle

aligned.

requirements.

of operation

with

generation

excites

made

the

launch

to be released

during

levels;

initiated

out and

is assimulated
are

are

The

modes

to the

systems

6-3.

commands

alignment

which

is validated,
time

rapid

stimuli

decisions

mission

checked

the

of these
data

detected,

are

requires

application

is

of each

systems

time

of performance

malfunction

operation

vehicle

in a reasonable

in the acquisition
system

the

function
of the

S-IV/IU
control,

launch
stage.
launch

initiates
phase
Launch
control

launch
until

vehicle

operational

termination

phase
manned,

command
launch

events

of the orbital

and
phase

is accomplished
control

computer,

sequences
with

with
and

the

four

..........

-..."

"::

vehicle computer, Figure 6-1.

The mission control level imposes ready-to-launch time requirements on the ground
support, payload and launch vehicle. If a mission launch hold becomes necessary
for any reason, new ready-to-launch time requirements are imposed by mission
control. These time requirements ensure that all systems necessary for mission
completion are operating properly at launch time.
The launch control mannedlevel directs operation of the launch complex, payload
and launch vehicle systems. This command level can control the launch vehicle by
direct issuance of commandsor by selecting the modeof operation of the launch
control computer level. Modeof operation is defined as a sequenceof instructions
leading to the accomplishment of a particular systems performance. The launch
control mannedlevel, comprised of the test supervisor, test conductor and systems
personnel, monitors the launch control computer level and the launch vehicle. System
personnel monitor data displayed by consoles arranged in launch vehicle systems
oriented groups. These personnel are connectedby communications with the test
conductor and test supervisor resulting in the coordinated operation of launch vehicle
systems. To maintain manned command responsibility, the systems personnel have
the capability of issuing commandsthrough the system consoles to the vehicle.
The launch control computer level provides the means for generating a magnitude of
commands andpermits the assimulation and evaluation of a large amountof performance data in a limited time. This automatedcommand level issues launch vehicle
stimuli and performs operational evaluation of performance data within the parameters
of the mode of operation selected by the launch control mannedlevel. The computer
level filters out high priority data anddisplays this data to the mannedlevels. The
combination of mannedlevels of commandand a computer level of commandpermits
mannedresponsibility while providing the large amount of stimuli required by the
vehicle systems.
In performing the selected mode
interacts

with

levels

issue

These

stimuli

the

stimuli
are

vehicle
to the
in the

of operation,

computer

level

vehicle

systems

forms

of discrete

the

to control

launch
the

to accomplish
(on-off)

control
vehicle

computer
systems.

checkout

commands

and

level
These

and alignment.
analog

signals.

6-7

I
I

'11
,-.q

I I

r.)

fl

rj

e#3

.2

i
o

eD
r./3

r,.)
o

8
I

e,o
I

o
o
i
o

6-8

.."
During

the

vehicle

computer

issues

ascent

in the

The

flight

vehicle

phase,

form

impulses

bility
For

and

the

systems.

I missions,

Center.

the

This

signals
such

level

is tied

manned

level

and/or

as engine

control

to the

flight
start,

level

for

level

various

data

These
flight

steps

cutoff,

with
for

manned

elements

control

computer

the

levels
responsi-

and
John

of

and

command

at the

mission

sequencer.

sequencer

acquisition

is located

commands

a program

engine

is manned

and

contain

is accomplished

systems

control

stage

which

by the

performance
time.

the

to the

function

is provided

systems

variables

switches

hardware

mission

monitors

of stepping

mission

with

command

applied'to

command

The

is implemented

Saturn

Space

phase,

are

events

IMPLEMENTATION.

hardware

composed

: :

level

which

programmed

6-4.

."

on flight

of discrete

separation.

and

This

Application

stage

launch

.:"

operational

6-2.

of discrete

to initiate

the

Figure

are

:':

vehicle

dependent

operation.

During

:..

commands

sequencers

switches

"..

launch

level,

systems

are

:..

display.

F.

Kennedy

by a communication

network.

The

launch

control

are

located

in the

performance
command

The

lat[ach

control

systems

level

The

launch

personnel

the

is implemented

process

control

and

alignment.

checkout
permits

control

inputs

can be satisfied

the RCA

vehicle

Information

Ascent

phase

control

110 computer

computer

puter.

level

control

and hardware

of command

concerning

this

command

unit

is accomplished

safety

command.

The

safety

command

The

velticle

is provided

with

The

of command
manned

for

data

level
display

of the computer

vehicle

has

basis.

is implemented
may

be found

with

the

is utilized

because

Additional

their

information

20-4.

with

an ASC-15

in Paragraph

vehicle

range

system.

an automatic

systems

in Paragraph

computer

110 computer

computer

on a demand

by the

an RCA

capability

of several

is presented

level

of a range
range

site.

systems

which

for

launch

launch

interrupt

concerning

The

with

computer

operations,

to accomplish

needs

at the

the

acceptance.

launch

priority

house

is accomplished

and

During

block

and

safety

com-

6-46.

computer

is an ASC-15

digital

and the
digital

function.

availability

computer.
(Refer

to Para-

6-9

INSTRUMENTUNIT

Data

GSP-24
Guidance
Signal
Processor

ASC-15
Vehicle
Computer

Sequencer
Flight

Stage

Commands

S-IV

Flight
Sequencer

"-

"- Stag e C omman

...-

ds

ds

S-I
u

Flight
Sequencer

Stag e C omman

3-304

Figure

6-10

6-2.

Ascent

Phase

Command

Configuration,

Saturn

w
-

= w

..-,..'..,..,',.'',,

graph 6-64.)
6-5.

COMMUNICATION

Successful

FUNCTION.

completion

performance

of the Saturn

of the

supporting

vehicle

functions.

flow of administrative

stations

monitoring

locations.

The

the

for

launch,

ascent

readiness

function
and

and

tional

readiness

stations

communications

and

tracking,

pating

after

the prelaunch

to the

must

be delivered

6-6.

OPERATION.

status

world-wide

from

those

exist

all

of all

known

to the

to control

earth

of the

to the

network,

the

(prelaunch,

operational

launch

control

functions.

of telemetry-reception

tracking

and

mission

phases,

supporting

to

to world-wide

between

phases

its

function

stations

and launch

be made

supplied

operation

proper

Opera-

stations

as well

as the

and
integrity

network.

launch,

reference

locations.

delivered

During

includes

the

instrumentation

a zero-time

throughout

must

on the

information

must

is active

information
in the

of data
links

functions

and

control

its flight.

information

participating

During

flow

not only

a communication

during

orbital).

count-down

coordination

operational
and

control

of all supporting

center,

of the

and

is dependent

requires

communication

operational

communication

on the

coordination

mission,

Additionally,

vehicle

but also

This

provide

I mission

and

range

ensures

In support
four

communication

the
of the

command

rapidly

safety

one

functions.

synchronization
command

levels

from

function

for

supports

At lift-off,
of mission

function,

evaluation

command

actively

level

data

events
must

To accomplish the transfer of intelligence,ground-based

next

command,

transmission

and decisions.
to the

the

at all

of
partici-

be rapidly
Decisions

in turn,

as required.

command

levels are

interconnected with each other and with all other functions by a network of hardwire and radio frequency links, including voice, teletype and data transmission
channels.

The launch vehicle computer

is integrated with the network through a

command

receiver on board the vehicle which is linked to rf transmitters at the

command

transmitter sites on earth.

The

communication

function

supports

instrumentation

and

tracking

functions

through

6-11

transmission
where

of data

the

further

data

(e. g.,

Tracking
for

mitted

from

of the

vehicle

range

and

telemetry

of the

function

safety

vehicle

are

transmission

of the

command

function

monitoring

range

safety

with

from

into range.

tracking
network

performance

signal

and

trans-

acquisition

for

the range

purposes,

termination

transmitter,

then

as it comes

in by telephone

for

are

).

Flight

communications

stations

tied

Space

to enable

communication
the

etc.

times

antennas

through

termination

and
in order,

gain)

Other

its ascent

of flight

box to the

Saturn

I communication
The

major

Earth-Vehicle

earth

and

vehicle

mentation
in the

consist

operation

covering

facilities

those

receiver

safety

the

from

there

the

safety

communirange

to the

safety

vehicle.

decoder

are

facilities

existing

both

following

the Saturn

I,

systems

vehicle

and

earth-based

paragraphs.

communications

involved
These

from

listed

system

will

SA 8, 9,

commands,

Communications
network

in the

functions.

on the vehicles

functions

with

between

in tracking,

systems

are

instru-

described

functions.

and

of additional

Point-to-Point

of communications

frequency

and range

of on-board

communications

described

For

of radio

equipment

communication

are

is implemented

Communications.

command

developmental

function

systems

(telemetry)

sections

A digital

6-12

on the

officer.

information,

to Goddard

stations
(high

to locations

and disseminated

safety

positions

tracking

is delivered

safety

provides

6-8.

The

data

during

event

Predicted

is dependent

This

range

is transmitted

beamwidth

stations

IMPLEMENTATION.

systems.

6-9.

station

tracking

computation,

inputs,

of the

narrow

to the range

control

6-7.

each

to each

and

in real-time

computation.

data.

function

officer's

from

function

In the

cation

command

by their

launch

officer.

The

for

Goddard

display

receiving

used

trajectory

The

telemetry

is recorded,

information

Center

for

from

such
the

(Earth).

existing

at each

on the Atlantic

Missile

and

10.

as trajectory

command

in Table

be flown

as passenger

This

will

Stations
6-1.
station

Range

in the

transmission

(AMR)

and

on earth.

interconnected

Indicated
for

permit

corrections,

transmitters

or

for

table

in the
are

types

of information.

point-to-point

communications
variety

of equipment

radio,

troposeatter,

Cable.

Kennedy,

available

The

Cape

Island,
cable

band

duplex

oe
m

=e

.........

AMR

to Grand
and

cable,

for Saturn I.

high

frequency

cable,

Turk

Point

Figure

Island,

Jupiter,

with

Florida,

Mayeguana

6-3,

extends

from

communications
at Grand

and Grand

circuits

Bahama

Turk

Island,

Island.

A single

all stations.

of the

telephone

submarine

submarine

San Salvador,

links

width

including

implementation

and wire.

Florida

at the

Eleuthera

The

is used

microwave

Submarine

coaxial

are typical of the communications

A wide

Cape

submarine

circuits

cable

is 150 kc:

of 250-3100

transmission

of telemetry

data

transmission

is required,

three

cycles

up-range

it accommodates

and

a band

to Cape

channels

of 10,515

Kennedy.

of telephone

twelve
kc for

When

circuits

telemetry

up range

are

disconnected.

High

Frequency

long

range

Radio.

High-frequency,

communications

Cape

Kennedy,

Antigua

Each

link can

accomodate

transmitters

operate

Cape

Kennedy

five,

and

has

Pretoria

A low-power
communications

85,

exists

locked

The

rf

Ascension

voice,

three

These

2 to 30 mc

transmitters

between

Trinidad

Grand

bit-rate

with

an output

of this

type,

Antigua

for

interconnect
South

Africa.

The

associated

data.

range

single-sideband

to Cape

Turk

equipment

equipment

communications

systems

is used

and Pretoria,

or high

KW) high-frequency,

16 full-duplex

transmission

radio

Island,

teletype

power
has

of 45 KW.

four,

Ascension

teletype
in the

microwave
for

in the

and

provides

operates

Three

tropospheric

Island

the
area

East

scatter

Island,

channels

and

1000

spectrum

MISTRAM

mc

are

used

Grand

48-kc

provides

wideband

AN/MRCPhase3-kc

voice

channels.

at 10 kw.

at AMR:

Bahama

Rico.

of twenty-three

three

at Valkaria,

system,

Puerto

communications

links

around

transmitter

Kennedy.

A quadruple-diversity

Microwave.
data

Island,

in the

from

multiplex

channels,

water.

radio

two.

(2.5

Troposcatter.

over

single-sideband

one

for

operation

and

Florida;

one

for

inter-island

Island;

and

one

for tying

the

6-13

o
o
0

>

_o
0

O0

0
v,,_

0
r.4

r_

"H

o
,v,-4

o
0

I
0
b_
c_

F_

P..I

o
c_

o
0

6-14

Ixl lxl l_

lxl

.........

":

.."

: :,

_D
f9
O

o_"4

P--4

C9_9

(9

O
O

(9

O
9

co

_9

I
D

h_
_J
9

4.a

_9
O

_D
O

9
O

6-15

Legend:
Attended
O

Stations

Unattended Stations
Submarine Cable
Land Line

Cape

Florida

_ _

G.B.I.

--- -

R F Link

....

Troposcatter

Link

\
j

_-_

)'_ _,

Eleuthera
_jIsland

_
_

RF Links

with

Antigua,

Trinidad,

Ascension

and

Pretoria

_% -_Salvador
_"

Grand

'lurk

*o

Mayaguez
Dominican
Republic

3-305
Figure

range

The

communications

MISTRAM

a relay

6-16

station

leg.

Vertical

AFB

links,

system
at Patrick
polarization

and horizontal

into

6-3.

AMR

Ramey

extends

AFB

from

AFB.

polarization

'

Submarine

Cable

at Puerto

Valkaria,

Two carrier

is used

Mayague

in both

Rico.

Florida,

to Cape

frequencies

are

directions

on the

Patrick

on the
AFB

Kennedy,

assigned

Valkaria
- Cape

with
on each

- Patrick
Kennedy

links.

The

The

Cape

Kennedy

a.

Order

b.

Multiplex

c.

Timing

d.

24 voice

e.

Timing

wire:

carrier:

The

system

to Cape

The

Kennedy
and

at Grand

Rico

are

link

the

Puerto
AMR

Bahama

1.4
does

100-kc

and

1.6

not use
timing

mc

bursts

the

1.2-

signal;

the

and

1.4-mc

timing

4 to 16 kc band

is used

system,

between

to East

available

and

uses

frequency

diversity

with

two carrier

which

Ramey

is operated

AFB

and

by Ramey

Fort

Buchanan.

AFB,

supplies

A cable

then

5 channels
extends

these

Island.

at the

transmitters

Island

leg.

Air-Ground/Ship-Shore

craft

1.2,

transmission.

The

6-10.

following:

312 to 552 kc

bursts

on each

channels

the

100 kc

synchronization:

frequencies

to the

uses

..

60 kc

channels:

synchronization
data

link

we.

0 to4kc

carrier:

Valkaria

for

to Valkaria

Communications.
major

receivers

Communications

communications
used

are

stations

listed

using

by type

number,

to ships
HF-SSB,

and

VHF

and location

air-

and

UFH.

in Table

6-2.

Table

6-2.

Communication

Transmitters

HF/SSB
Location

Cape

Grand

No.

Kennedy

Bahama

San Salvador
Grand
Antigua

Turk
Island

Island
Island
Island

PEP

VHF
(kw)

10

2.5

and Receivers

No.

UHF

Power

(w)

No.

Power

50

12

50

2.5

50

50

2.5

50

50

2.5

50

50

10

50

50

2.5

(w)

6-17

Table 6-2. Communication Transmitters and Receivers (Cont'd)

HF/SSB

VHF

UHF

Location
No.

Ascension

Island

Pretoria

For

ship-to-shore

for

communication

and

distribution

Kennedy,

of range
and

I instrumentation

records

or displays

this

mission.

is initially

prelaunch

checkout

of the

with

(digital

From

Since

6-18

this

No.

(w)

is separated

into three

of frequencies,
three

Power

status

control

points

areas
maintenance,

are

Cape

data

phase,

in the

during

The

for the

for

checkout

as such

with

is made

Saturn

system,

launch
major

requirements

in

as required

to aid them

vehicle.
areas;

and transmits,

available

in the

for

in carrying

prelaunch

phase

and

The

tasks

assigned

many

checkout

support,

in-flight

analysis.

forms
can

data,

specific

data

post-flight

controlled).
and

operational

checkout

instrumentation

vehicle.

system,

This

in three

recording

and

in accordance

of mission

be grouped

status

a highly

important

be performed

Instrumentation
is capable

either

link

manually

is designed

of presenting

data

in

or auto-

to be compatible

all

major

data

channels

format.

liftoff,
the

range

The

vehicle

activated

computer

the checkout

in digital

until

can

the

matically

end

and

information.

functions

in the

collection,

entire

(w)

50

assignment

operation.

role

until

Power

the

vehicle
to other

to instrumentation

the

45

information

time

active

During

collects

of launch

Instrumentation

data

2.5

including

in real

remains

No.

Ascension.

Saturn

out their

10

test

INSTRUMENTATION.

display

control,

Antigua

phase

(kw)

communication,

6-11.

each

PEP

end

when
of the

is the

all physical
mission,

only

means

connections
instrumentation
by which

between

the

provides

operational

vehicle

and

ground

the vehicle-to-ground

information

can

be obtained

are

severed,

data
from

link.
the

vehicle, a highly reliable telemetry system is required. The primary Saturn I telemetry system is the pulse amplitude modulation/frequency modulation/frequency
multiplexing system which has been proven very reliable in previous launch vehicle
programs.
Vehicle performance data falls into two categories; engineering data and operational
data. Engineering data includes parameters such as temperature, acceleration,
vibration, and stress; operational data includes vehicle computer commands and
event sequencessuch as those associated with first stage cutoff, stage separation
or second stage ignition. Examples of instrumentation measurements acquired
during a mission are listed in Table 6-3.
Table 6-3. Typical Instrumentation Measurements
Instrument Unit

Measurement

S-I

S-IV

Propulsion
Temperature

26

12

119

94

22

95

118

52

32

26

11

17

Pressure
Strain

and

Vibration

Flight

Mechanics

13

Steering

Control

4O

RF and

Telemetry

14

Discrete

Signals

38

22

Voltage,

Current

16

32

11

and

Frequency

Miscellaneous

6-12.

OPERATION.

Saturn

I instrumentation

instrumentation
essentially
ments

stations
Saturn

systems.
the

for the

Paragraph

is comprised

old Mercury
Apollo

6-63.
to the

The

network,

program.

Tracking,
Mission

I instrumentation

ground

and

Control
is stage

of ground

instrumentation

instrumentation
which

is being

A discussion

of the

a discussion
Center

oriented.

stations

The

form

expanded
ground

of the transfer

is contained

stations

the

vehicle
network,

require-

is presented

of data

in Paragraph
two stages

a global

to meet
stations

and

from

6-51,

and the

the

in
ground

Tracking.

instrument

unit

6-19

eachcontain separate, independentinstrumentation which is comprised of the

following systems (Figure 6-4).
a.
b.
c.

Measuring
Telemetry
Antenna

On some missions these systems are augmentedwith a recording system.

The systems are described in the following paragraphs, and where there is a
difference in the implementation betweenstages this difference is noted.
6-13.

Measuring

System.

transducers,

signal

operational

parameters

the telemetry

fall

outputs

range

and excite

Into this

group

fall

These

transducers

group

contains

puts.
pick-ups.

data

is recorded

data

processing

to the Quality
automatic
card
data.

A copy

signal

the

telemetry

6-20

excited

from

which

calibrated

of these

cards

Laboratory

being

vehicle
with

for

computer
card

component

convert
The

follow

the

has

the

vehicle

transducer

conditioners

been

second

of their

gauges

and

changes

to the

plug-in

and the

checkout

out-

vibration

which

must

calibration
to facilitate

system

Laboratory

for
and

the

delivered

where

it is utilized

in an

completion

of tests

a duplicate

for data

outputs
are

indicators.

The

established

Astrionics

Upon

it is used

conditioning.

supplies.

vehicle

component
test.

dc

telemeters.

automatic

in the

0 to 5-volt

and position

strain

in the

the

associated

lab where
will

to the

system

support

in the

or resistance

applied

A card

characteristics.

or amplification

thermocouples,

to installation

its

voltage

modification

is initiated

with

system

subsystem

of

compatible

of signal

indicators

measuring

are

and

of signals

ON/OFF

require

prior

IBM card

conditioners

It senses

output

any form

of a millivoltage

on IBM cards.

of the

is composed

to signals

on their

without

the

transducers

before

to the

information

consist

transducers,

amplified

checkout

is sent

The

pressure

The

6-5,

distributor.

depending

directly

consist

vehicle.

this

of transducers

outputs

are

Figure

a measuring

groups

telemeters

of these

and

Transducers

Saturn

group

transducers

These

be modified

two main

are

Examples

system,

requirements.

first
the

and

and transforms

into

of the

measuring

conditioners,

subsystem

Transducers
The

The

reduction

launching

into

signals

modules

of static

test

site.

compatible
of standard

with
config-

....

w_w

T T
Power

ANTENNA

Divider

Assembly
PCM/III'"

Power

SUBSYSTEM

I
Power

Amplifier

(Telemeter
PCM/DDAS

P)

Amplifier

1
PA M/FM/l"bl
(Telemeter

SS/FM
F)

(Telemeter

TELEMETRY

SUBSYSTEM

i
Measuring

l)i stributor

F)

(Telemeter

T
Measuring

I)i stributor

t
Measuring

S)

Rack

k"

,)
Y

Measuring

Rack

Transducers

t
k
T

Transducers

M I:ASUIHN(.;

SU BSYSTEM

3-406B

Figure

6-4.

Typical

Stage

Instrumentation

System

6-21

I
T

-E-'
I

I
i
",-I

I
I
I

I
I

6-22

uration and are adapted to specific applications by plug-in range cards.

A typical module is provided with both local and remote calibration control. During
calibration a simulated transducer signal is placed on the input terminals of the
module (instead of the transducer) in steps of 0, 20, 40, 60 and 100 percent of full
scale value. The output of the module is read out through the telemeters.
There are four standard modules used in addition to the regulated power supply.
These are, ac amplifiers, carrier amplifiers, dc narrow-band amplifiers and dc
wide-band amplifiers.
The ac amplifier, used to amplify the signals sensedby vibration transducers, has
a bandwidth of 10 to 3000 hz (cps).
The output of the amplifier
is a linear
0 to 6 volt
peak-to-peak

voltage

cross-talk

or other

subcarrier

oscillators.

Signals

from
has

in the

ac amplifier

The

an output

narrow-band
from

similar

transducers.

a nominal

limits

of 1000,

and
the

range

diode

result

servos

limits

from

are

the

output,

overdriving

the

amplified

of 0 to 5 volts.

by the

A zener

preventing
telemetry

carrier

diode

amplifier,

similar

to that

output.

accommodates

module

low-level

or strain

a 10-volt

gage

is adapted

signals

thermometers,

contains

part

of the

amplifier

The

signal

conditioner

bridge

(in the

thermistor
dc regulated

when

to a specific

emanating

is supplied

module.

a regulated

in applications

as those

conditioners

to accommodate
with

is used

such

signal

provided

might

resistance

and

dc amplifier

dc signals,

able

the

The

associated

being

within

A zener

millivolt

bridges,
power

required.

The

transducer

range)
and

supply

used

amplifier

has

by a signal

condition-

module.

A wide-band
varying

level

a thermistor

gain

ing plug-in

accelerometers

thermocouples,

energizing

volts.

which

dc amplifier

derived

for

at 2.5

interference

control

which

biased

The

modules

are

power

from
by adc

amplifier

has

assembled

approximately
supply

requiring
strain

gages.

power

supply

a nominal

into

20 modules.
which

amplification

provides

measuring
Each
power

of slowly

Power
which

gain

for

the

is an integral

of 1000.

racks,

each

rack

measuring

rack

for

modules

all the

is
in it.

6-23

The

measuring

measuring

distributor

subsystem.

has

the

advantage

this

component

6-14.
measuring

need

to the
of the

necessary

plexing

ground

Pulse

plexing

Pulse

The

telemetry
these

range

signals

in the

in one component

program

system

signals

four

different

amplitude

receives

azc

In order

in the

types

data

on an rf carrier

systems.

of measurements

Saturn

required

signals

only

from

frequency
to fulfill

launch

of telemetry.

modulation/frequency

duration

for

the

vehicles

These

the

trans-

requireit has

been

are:

modulation/frequency

modulation/frequency

c.

Pulse

coded

d.

Single

sideband/frequency

multi-

modulation/frequency

signal
subdivided

results

in a decrease

multi-

minus

of the

subcarrier

oscillator

from

0 to 5 volts
from

plexing

-2.5

is denoted

division

7.5

dc.

percent
The

SCO can

to +2.5

volts

by FM/FM.

submultiplexed

multiplexing,

The

on a channel

signal.
be at least

To obtain
several

subcarrier

each

about

nominal

offset

adequate
times

the

by FM/FM/FM

channel

or

frequency.

into

which

for

input

volts,

be

capacity

The

data

con-

is generated
frequency

by a
will vary

voltage

resulting

that

can

in channel
data.

variations
in an input

division

multi-

is further

frequency-

in a fixed

sequence.

FM 3.

is sampled

by a series

transmission
signal

increase

modulation/frequency
frequency

is represented

combined

SCO output

2.5

a separate

Subcarriers

frequency

Frequency

data

then

multiplexed

The

be zero

is allocated

are

(SCO).

A subcarrier

is denoted

In time-division
information

dc.

channel

the

of the

deviation

time-division.

frequency.

However,

response

by modulation

to plus

data

the rf carrier

in frequency

and

frequencies

method.

(SS/FM)

each

subcarrier

same

(PCM/FIV

frequency-division

(FM),

modulates

by the

voltage-controlled
from

used:

Several

which

further

is conveyed

are

modulation

modulation

multiplexing

frequency.

composite

range

modulation/frequency

of multiplexing

subcarrier

6-24

all

functions

to the instrumentation

instrumentation

In frequency-division

must

distribution

for

(PDM/FM/FM)

Two types

original

of all

point

(PAM/FM/FM)
b.

tent

distribution

be altered.

to employ

a.

if changes

and encodes

wide

central

collection

System.

system

mission

The

that

Telemetry

ments

is the

of discrete

of a signal,
This

the

samples
sampling

multiplexing

of the
rate

method

has

been utilized in the Model 270 andin the vibration multiplexer which will be described
later.

PAM/FM/FM

Telemetry.

is contained

in two packages,

telemetry

package

oscillators,

The

channels

Each

primary

channel

total

capability

of which
may

in the

Model

capable

of controlling

applied

to the

package

remaining

on the

subcarrier

from

standard

the

channel

oscillators

The

multiplexed

The

composite

and

amplifies
the

carrier

in the

signal

composite

225 to 260 mc

to an RF amplifier,

which

PDM/FM/FM

Telemetry.

on the

stage

of Saturn

output

of the

second

sample
to the
then

in the
numerical

used

value

to modulate

the

Saturn
in the

for

the

outputs

frequency

The
the

are
of 230

multiplexer

is

of which

signal

IB.

are

(The

for

The

pulses,

400

inputs

of the

watts

duration
a pulse

susceptible

of 0 to 5 volts
of 0 to 5 volts

subcarrier

dc.

rf trans-

a radio

frequency

of two watts

is applied

for

transmission.

system

is used

modulation,
duration

of varying

dc.

oscillators
In the

modulates
output

cps

continuous

signals

telemetry

generates

oscillators)

as it is too

input

to thirty

In pulse

The

(subcarrier

rf transmitter.

nominal

PDM/FM/FM

sample.

in a

capability

outputs

vehicle.

signal

multiplexer

resulting

The

program

by the

I and

of the

package

the

usable

range.

The

identification.

submultiplexers

+30 percent

mixes

boosts

consists

frame

frequencies.

deviation

is deviated

subcarrier

for

by 10,

oscillators

supplies

to a level

subcarrier

multiplexing,

channels.

oscillator

*_7.5 percent

amplifier

The

channels.

in the

power

oscillator

signal

mitter,

primary

6-6,

amplifier.

several

three

submultiplexers,

is not used

use

and

a total

multiplexed

subcarrier

400 cps

the

data

13 voltage-controlled

frequency

to noise

four

for

Figure

an RF transmitter.

Twenty-three

remote

an RF

time-division

providing

primary

and

subcommutated

channels.

four

contains

operating

27 are

270 package,

and four

and

utilizes

be further

system,

270 multiplexer,

amplifier,

which

telemetry

package

a Model

signal

of 270 data

subcommutated

The

of

270 multiplexer,

of 30 primary

PAM/FM/FM

a telemetry

consists

a composite

Model

located

The

only

each
proportional

duration,

are

carrier.

6-25

<

o
Q
I

6-26

w
.

t@

_w

..e

......

_w

The

PDM/FM/FM

(90 samples
volt

system,

10 times

dc range,

output

from

being

applied

PCM/FM
Each

and
the

a second}

is sampled

into

a serial

pulse

The

PCM/FM/FM

mode

which

checkout

with

assemblies,

The

into

(Pulse

data

standard

from
pulse

train.

to modulate

the

PCM/RF

on the third

form.

Model

assembly

the

during

PCM/RF
ground

station

a power

SS/FM
the

The

transmission

basic
provides

unit

can
the

Model

and to ground

270 multiplexer

Acquisition

and

converts

outputs;

output

to the

one

output

from

scanner.

The
the

DDAS

is presented

through

it

modulates

ground

data

PAM

of two
amplifier.

Data

information

to the

converted

It consists

three

input

channel

a transmission

frequency

of receiving

a digital-coded

SS/FM

in the

by 28-volt

in

a total

of six

design

makes

PCM/DDAS

train

dc.

and
with

High

transmits

it to

an output

voltage

power

is supplied

assembly.

telemetry
data

pulse

225 to 260 mc range

is powered

of wide-band

has

for

then

transmission

a second

digital

in the

contained

The

provides

270 multiplexers

train

on the

phase.

accepts

assembly

Telemetry.

before

carrier.

Modulation/Digital

is capable

on a carrier

supply

The

multiplexing.

are

the rf

equipment.

assembly

the

words

6-8,

assembly,

output

checkout

assembly

of 15 watts.
from

the

The

data

Model

by commands

out any

dc level

information

a PCM/radio

Coded

pulse

assembly

to read

0 to 5

data.

time-division

modulates

and

The

digital

270 multiplexers

it possible

The

The

word.

checkout

assembly

the

in the

low-level

and the

Figure

assembly

equipment
parallel

sequence

controlled

with

A 90 x 10

data

0 to 5 volt

utilizes

to in-flight

coded

and

telemetry

in turn,

both

600 kc carrier

to the

system,

a PCM/DDAS

a digital

high-level
accommodates

digital

which,

computer

accepts

is used

coded

be adapted

PCM/DDAS

System}

PCM

in a fixed

train

two multiplexers.

oscillator.

telemetry

can

uses

is amplified

The

into a binary

6-7,

accommodates

subearrier

is converted

multiplexer

multiplexer

Telemetry.

ee

Figure

a 45 x 2.5

to the

channel

oe

such

system,

Figure

as vibration

transmit

15 continuous

channels.

capability

of time-sharing

each

is used

measurements.

A vibration
channel

6-9,

between

for
The

multiplexer
two

or four

data

6-27

g_
./'j

A
. ,,,,,_
....

..)

...)

..)

k_

_J

o._

k_

_"',1

o
t
_r._ _

6-28

,-_

_D

It
r_
e_

"0

6-29

1
L

k____..J
T

I
i

t _--

I
[

_z
I

5"

m___

E:s
J_

6-30

---

..

inputs

to give

plexer

samples

once

each

seconds

The

a total

13 seconds,
each,

as during

vehicle

instrumentation

separation

data.

of real

time

6-16.

Antenna
used.

Each

The

RF coupler

isolation

between

system.

The

or more

6-17.
The

3 seconds

each,

approximately

be identical

to the

ones

in the

subsequent

prior

a tape

separate,

for

from

of an RF coupler,

in the

of the

the

a power

significant

telemeters

several

telemeters

are
device,
are

antenna

divider

between

antennas

the

the

loss

stage.

matching

The

stage,

to reduce

telemetry

matching

is blocked

first

recording

capability,

but identical

RF source.

radiation

communication

to separation

play-back

an impedance

to a single

radio

recorder

a rapid

where

divider,

when

transmission

impedance

transmitters

periods

systems

and two
and

antennas.

antennas,

and

feeding

the

is used

to connect

two

radiators

phased

slot-type

same

antenna

aft direction.

IMPLEMENTATION.
Saturn

systems.

I stages
The

and

allocation

Table

System

SS/FM

instrument

unit

are

implemented

of the

systems

is presented

6-4.

Telemetry

System

S- I

PAM/FM/FM

Telemetry

Telemetry

PCM/DDAS

Telemetry

PDM/FM/FM
(Tape

has

consists

maximum

may

rockets
uses

system

power

the

of ullage

Two

antennas

to provide

During

System.

provides

for

multi-

system.

recorder

during

The

approximately

measurements

amplifier

system

The

data

are

power

System.
firing

for

inputs.

13 seconds.

telemetry

the

as 60 data

measurements

each

and

of as many

or 2 vibration

once

transmitter

Recording

out,

capability

4 vibration

PAM/FM/FM

6-15.

!-

with
in Table

various
6-4,

telemetry
below.

Allocations

S- IV

Instrument

Unit

Telemetry

Recorder)

6-31

6-18.

CHECKOUT.

Checkout
its

is the

mission.

process

This

level

during

flight

test

involving

Saturn

I Block

The

to fully

they

process

a state

checkout
Saturn

to develop

not

but also

a pool

The

transition

will

with

each

test

equipment

automatic

will

test

description

test
that

out organization;
S-I

stage

vehicle

6-19.

CHECKOUT

(To be supplied

6-20.

The
6-32

When

STAGE
two stages

a high

the

component

a simulated

manner

the

test

backup

philosophy

equipment

at MSFC,

and
the

S-IV

will

is first
methods
stage

days,

being

automated
the

manual

for

debugging

been

established

be abandoned.
discussed;
used

check-

equipment.

automated,

has

and

it is planned

of the

primarily

of reliability

the

automated

tests

is first

to be used

degree

more

in the

at Douglas,

limi-

example,

period

in the use

a test

complexity

16 to 20 man

with

V fully

and time

For

fully

manual

in complexity

manpower

transitional

experience

of Saturn

increase

the

from

increased

vehicles

a Jupiter

when

manual

the checkout

the
in

In the
then

the

checkout
and the

checkof the

Saturn

34/37.

PHILOSOPHY.

at a later

CHECKOUT

(To be supplied

6-21.

at VLF

have

checkout

by the

to perform

as a backup

unit

at the

philosophy

automated.

this

necessary

be retained

and instrument

is fully

During

who

the

reasonable

days,

Initially,

and finally

launch

days.

vehicle.

follows,

within

in an orderly

program,

of performing

with

in checkout

As the

12 man

equipment

program.

start

phase

is necessitated

checkout

of personnel

successive

automatic

the

progress

is capable

that

prelaunch

to have

vehicles.

required

only the

the

a transition

a checkout

unless

vehicle

of tests

it is desired

I 144 to 170 man

out,

the

where

of a Redstone
I Block

begins

of launch

is not possible

during

in philosophy

generation

approach

tations

change

launch

vehicle.

(Ultimately,

This

Saturn

complete

the

of a series

end

II checkout

automatic.
)

and

the

that

consists

manufacturing

automated.
of the

of verifying

FLOW

at a later

date.

ORGANIZATION.
date.

CHECKOUT.
and

instrument

unit

of the

Saturn

I are

checked

out either

directly

by MSFC

or under

confined
and

to the

tests

that

are

of MSFC.

performed

....

For

on the

this

description,

composite

the

stage

after

checkout
finn

is

assembljy

inspection.

6-22.
The

the cognizance

S-I

STAGE

checkout

Chrysler

CHECKOUT.

of the

S-I

Corporation

out consists

is performed

manufacturing

of a series

of tests

ao

Electrical

b.

Measuring,

Telemetry

d.

Radio

e.

Guidance

and control

f.

Mechanical

systems

g.

Vehicle

rough

frequency

and

performed

at MSFC,

computers

and

interface

substitutes

test

stations,

of operator

(D/A)

ticular

test

from

the

checkout

also

Stage

about

and

The

major

fire

the

the
check-

categories.

detection.

Computer

the

located
adjunct

and

subsystems

supplies

or systems

Complex

or from

under

manual

control

checkout.

a modular

assembly

switching

and

and digital-to-analog
stimulation

to be associated

is accomplished

Stage

stage

circuitry,

to allow

digital

6-10.

individual

(A/D)

as

is to provide

Figure

contain
logic

stage,

purpose

of which

to this

stations,

power

general

stations,

analog-to-digital

and

propulsion

purpose
test

buffers

generators,

checkout

vehicle

of one or more

equipment

lights,

equipment,

This

use

to as satellite

and indicator

stage

launch

as a necessary

referred

stimuli

Saturn

of remotely

used

on those
station.

from

Louisiana).

following

cutoff,

of the

peripheral

are

conversion

measurements

the

arrival

systems

control

circuitry,
data

into

combustion

centers

switches

selection

divided

(Michoud,

its

systems

associated

programmed

facility

after

systems

testing

computer

by MSFC

networks

Automated

The

stage

of and
with

programmed
by the

test

a par-

control
station

operator.

The

Stage

computers
scope

Computer

in a master-slave

of computer

stations
automated

Complex

and more
system

at MSFC

employs

arrangement.

programmed

stage

PB 250 computers
to progressively

The

checkout
as slave

replace

three

Packard

ability
operations

computers)

or complement

Bell-250

to expand
(by the
allows

the

digital
number

addition
this

in an orderly

and

of test

computermanner
6-33

,,,,4

_1
_/

b_
r._
I

_3
|

mm

r_
>

]z
._, .--_ -_
_'3 I:

"r
_

I
1

I
]

I
J

c_
I

6-34

the

manual

There
out

checkout

are

six

system

The

test

and

are

b.

Networks

c.

Mechanical

d.

Vehicle

e.

RF

f.

Instrumentation

specific

When
and the

test

satellite

satellite

plex,

and

is used

to all test

stations

data

voltage

fully

equipment

in each

to the
are

buffer

within

panel,

test

control
manual

the

station

are

functionally

described

cable

automatic

control

of the

and

is tested

in

format.

which

are

analyzer.

Stage

Computer

analyzers.

of four

rack-mounted

primary

functions

station

S-I

Com-

It is also

common

system.

(a) communication
test

the

stations,

of the

tests

automatically

functional

and functional

The

are

distinct

an extension

is composed

are

three

checkout

with

in a convenient

analyzer,

the cable

station

equipment

subunits

presented

into

test

associated

support

these

and

system

cables

station,

a Flexowriter.

with

the

operation,

chassis,
of the

Stage
and

a display

satellite

Computer

(c) visual

station
Complex,

display

of test

status.

is designed
test

to automatically

and a continuity

terminals),

by four

test

analyzed

section

electrical

ground

is functionally

section

and

The

electrical

in controlling

dc leakage

loaded

Station

and vehicle

and control,

and control

test

check-

Complex.

Test

Station.

The

be divided

station

analyzer

(3000

and

equipment

results

and program

cable

automated

Station

Telemetry

Test

connected

buffer

(b) limited

total

Station

Test

and

unit.

station

and

Computer

of the

6-11.

Station

support

test

The

buffer

Test

functions

can

and control

Stage

part

Figure

Station

station

buffer

an integral

to date,

Station

Systems

instrument

tested

used

paragraphs.

stage

subunits.

are

Assembly

checkout

ground

ors

Test

Electrical

and

that

Systems

Test

following

and procedures

into the

Test

electrical

The

tied

Electrical

6-23.

The

stations

a.

in the

The

console

separate

and

test.

is controlled
data

words

perform
It is provided
by a 38-bit

from

two basic

the

satellite

with

buffer

tests,
sixty

a high50-pin

connect-

which

can

register

station

buffer.

be

Each
6-35

ch

_NEe

Computer

Tape

Paver

Complex

Ta4_

I
],

E_a_dable
To Tottl
c&

Io,

Required

Sert_

SerlN

Control

er

Console
Mamer

t_

Ac_

Se rtlLl

tu_

Bufler

:es_ing

and

....

_re_stng

i__I

*Serial
IOOKC

Vehicle

Network

Station
t

Test

TeBt

Station

Electrlcai

Mech_ical

matioo

Teat

Systems

Test

]Instr

Statk_n

As |embl

RF

add

Test

_atiun

t:_ndl_e

of

I Telemetry

Te

Statl_

Conn_et_
Flexowrlter
Direct-

PER-,

D_n-_

3-308

Figure

6-36

6-11.

Quality

Assurance

Laboratory

Automated

S-I

Stage

Checkout

32,

I[

Requlre,
d
To Total

Facility

If

data

word

requires

The

functional

measuring
panels

The

a distinct

analyzer

is designed

capabilities
in the

required

Saturn

analyzer

requires

any one

of a combination

stimuli

may

response

data,

The

electrical

Stage

as well

as initiates

are

together,

housed

satellite

moved

6-24.

Networks

Test

evaluation

accomplished

simulator

performs

over-all

written

is loaded
with

the

and

connected

The

analog

The

contents

desired

to the

response

Stage
and

to

data

Computer
records

the

buffer.

carts.

One

analyzer

cart

and

of an entire

may

housed

functional

station

analyzer

be moved

are

measurement

station

cable

to

to prog_:am-selected

evaluates,

functional
may

be connected

test

mobile

switching

capabilities

the

are

satellite

unit.

carts

may

where

in five

or the

The

response

units

sufficient

switching

analyzes,

The

analyzer

firing

pneumatic

same

with
Stage

and
for

may

be used

be used

individually

functions

for

alone

or coupled

request

is made

and the
Complex

at the

Stage

to the

switching
utilizes

station

for

Computer
master

standard

test

set

Complex.

is begun.
station

(GETS).

for

Test

computer.

vehicle

control

and

is

electrical
The

necessary

of guidance

general

evaluation

vehicle

provides

substitution.

sequence
the

networks

equipment

switching

and

to perform

GSE compatibility.

checkout

simulation

tape

monitoring

test

sources,

is used

General

ground

power

and

station

of the

networks

on magnetic

Computer

checkout

the

sequence,

tape

response

as the

and vehicle

proper

test
testing.

function

testing,

a test

networks

acceptance

stimuli

supplies,

stored
mode,

The

simulation
the

facility

and

and

automatic

each.

and

transmittal

at the

and control

Station.

acceptance

of the

ponents,

for

is contained

buffer.

by providing

and vehicle

parations

then

and over-all

systems

toring

Complex
display

and

as a group.

networks

For

cable

station

terminals

form

in two carts
the

terminals

digital

station

rack-mounted

generators

equipment.

data

and buffer

or either

the

test

station

analyzer

required

of the

In addition,

of test

measuring

switching,

generators

stimuli

response

Computer

system

satellite

and

and

to the

The

test

with

The

stimuli,

equipment.

terminals.

a combination

be present.

Complex.

the

select

converted

support

several

the

testing

stimuli

of the

of test

conditioning

is then

ground

any one

all

automatic

programmable

so that

which

to provide

for

electrical

capabilities

provided

address.

and
launch

control

monipre-

com-

procedures

are

In a fully
A slave

computer

Communication
buffer

and

the

22-bit

6-37

word. Patch-boards are built up for a particular test set-up and are plugged in
when that test set-up is required.
In the present configuration, the over-all tests can be performed by any one of
three modes: automatic, computer controlled manual, or fully manual utilizing the
manual ESE. The interface betweenthe networks test station and the manual ESE
is

illustrated

matrix,

dotted
and

site.

control

Thus,

manner

from

the

as the

system

under

or monitored.

measuring

a hard-copy

for

metry

test,

plug

is also

to optically

determine

this

digital

is used
a_d

test,

simulated

to support

and

by the

matrix

the

malfunction

control

for

in the

measured
counter.
to the

computer

approfor

continued

digital

underway

requiring
event

recorder.

can be directed

the

Assembly
align
center

Test

critical
of gravity

Station.

test,

and

control

pneumatics
over-all

test.

subsystem,

surfaces
and

The

RF subsystem,

mechanical

and centerlines,
mass

back

buffer.

distribution

cutoff

flight

either

to the

to the

power

factory

provided

Responses

recorder

the

All responses

gate

patchboard

event

are

converter
then

ESE.

matrix

are

computer.

are:

de,

via

regardless

by a frequency

station,

stage

same

above.
and

to the program

networks
and

described

the

at the

selection

analog-to-digital

the

the

station

stimulus

racks,

within

the

ac and

the

to the

through

through

is identical

performed

test

is critical

drop

used

back

and

are

monitored

buffer

equipment

vehicle,

and tele-

tests.

Mechanical

is used

timing

general

calibration

6-25.

the

sent

for which

simulated

station

are

through

are

the

relay
from

The

the patchboards

networks

events

computer

tests

sent

in the

through

which

controlling

components

6-38

sent

output

Responses

and

device

and

Over-all

are

Discrete

through

manually

both

selection

on the

in the

remains

stimuli,

signals

measurements

measurements

responses

enter

line.

through

switching

test

Frequency

comparison.

The

discrete

a relay

interface
The

stimulus

to be performed

Laboratory

ESE/automatic

converters

in the

be operated

proper

Astrionics

digital-to-analog

same

test,

the

function

would

to the

configuration.

the

to the

by the

is energized

but energizes

normally

computer

from

priate

stimuli,

stimulus

is supplied

launch

All other

the

a relay

discrete

the

which

provides

lines

of the

provide

conditioner,

relay

When

a particular

not directly

signal

This

6-12.

representing

it does
the

in Figure

moments

assembly
measure

of inertia.

test
stage

station
weight,

_w

_u

oe

me

----_

_._

_
._

--

_.._

r_

o
o

r..)

0
_._

H
r_

ffl
,.---I

4_

_d

_oo
_cOrO

Q;
b_

.o
<

H
0

(Y
o

Z_
0

.,.-I

I
r.

_.l_

_r..,._

r-;_
I
o

I
I
I

_
L__J

.*- 0

o
I

L__J
6-39

The

station

plex

or manually

choice
the

station,

puter

thrust

for the

alignment

d.

Weight

and

e.

Level
consists

of the

fuel

In the

Com-

controlled,
manual

mode,

operator.

control

of the

to generate
data

S-I

manhole

area,

Computer

is computer

and transmit

tank

vector,

stimuli,

to the

Stage

Com-

stage:

cover

sealing

and centroid

pressure

of the

flanges.

rocket

engine

The

systems

test

"

both

performs

station

data

such

as:

tests

Verifying

heater

b.

Verifying

actuation

and deactuation

operation

of the control

amplifiers,

readiness

controlled
of the

control

S-I

over

the

Complex.

for

ac heaters.

leak

hydraulic

to accomplish

Computer

all

stage

include

functions

settings
and

stimuli

mechanical

equipment

Stage

settings

operator

to perform

necessary

and thermostat

buffer,

of computer

flight

to the

supplies.

mechanical

the

of response

power

of this

and

performing

and

consists

capabilities

components

station

is used

and

electrical

operation

and

station

condition
The

tested,

transmission

station

the

items.

being

The

as major

demodulators

test

a.

pressure

of gravity.

satellite

matrices,

vehicle

to measure

1'critical

containing

converter,

tests.

maintaining

and the

vehicle

points.

and center

indicators,

and functional

stimuli,

tests,

racks

selection

Station.

designed

and pneumatic

set

of inertia

of three

response

system

generating

moments

displacement

Test

equipment

mass

analog-to-digital

matrices,

Vehicle

with predetermined

primarily

flexowriter,

mechanical

checking

all

switches.
c.

Verifying

checking
d.

6-40

computer

Stage

sensing.

multiplexer,

systems

trol

by the

measurements

thrust

Optical

station

a-26.

leak

under

station

is available.

and measuring,

quality

c.

generation

The

is used

the

chamber.

console,

the

test

operation

following

Geometric

the

through

and controlled

switching

Planer

low-level

test

6-13,

necessary

b.

When

is programmed

Complex

automatically

or single-step

Figure

a.

either

by an operator.

station

perform

The

be operated

of automatic

test

The

can

valve

all tubing
Verifying

assemblies.

and

pressure

system

components

and

connections.

operation

and

leak

checking

the

gas

generator

and

LOX con-

.
.
.J
.

....

if-

g_luaJaI4_O

c_

o
0

_o

L
joln W

_ja_ ilol_

q2
0o

<
It

(2
q2

q2

.,-.t

6-41

e.
pump

Leak

H-I

Functionally

engine

gas

system,

Leak
helium

generator,

gas

turbine,

turbine

exhaust

and turbo-

checking

the

and

h.

Pressure

checking

i.

Functionally

transition

from

GOX line

fuel

testing

the

fuel

additive

mixer

unit

and

assembly,

testing

the

Phase

II - Semi-automated

air

chamber,

containers

hydraulic

bearing

GN 2 fuel

through

hookup

and

cooling

system.

system.

to fully

is progressing

I - manual

system,

and combustion

instrument

checkout

Phase

purge

containers.
the

manual

station

leak

LOX containers

spheres

test

and

system.

system,

high-pressure

vehicle

testing

control

g.

The

the

gearcase.
f.

the

checking

automated

three

procedures,

checkout

in the

area

of the

phases:

phasing

into automated

instrumentation

readout.

gramming

capability

but continuing

changes

in conjunction

manual

Phase

built-in

RF Systems

of the

with

utilizing

the

the

automated

available

computer

instrumentation

pro-

readout,

hookup.

KI - achieve

to include

6-27.

operation

Test

significant

automation

monitoring

instrumentation

Station.

stage-checkout

and

stage

phase,

The

which

only

by implementing
and centralized

piece

is system

checked

command

receiver

vehicle

of RF
with

hookup

equipment
the

stage

design

which

points.

is a part

is the command

receiver.

In the

checkout

computer.

On the

contains
the

the

control

6-28.
used

put

signals,

telemetry

the

6-42

of the

and comparison

to stimulate
Saturn

station

RF system

Telemetry

in performing

The
(PB-250),
and the

automated

is checked

checkout

for

components,

out utilizing

the

uses

instrument

the

a PB-250
unit,

RCA-110

which

computer

as

device.

and

and compares
links.

the

and calibrate

vehicle,

Complex
test

hand,

remainder

Instrumentation

the

puter

other

the

them

I&T test

transducers
these
to the
station

or manually
central

(I&T)

computer

Test

Station.

and signal
functions,

same
can

be operated
operator.

is by means

I&T test

conditioning

the test

signals

by the

The

after

station

equipment
monitors

transmission

either
Data

through

the

word.

is

aboard
the

over

transmission

of a 22-bit

station

out-

the

Stage

Com-

between

The

Stage

Computer

determined,

stored

bution

stimuli.

of the

computer
the

results.
break

grammed

to issue

the

vides

The

test

to the

has

three
results

pneumatic

pressure

and

functions:

of the

and

distri-

the

I&T test

station,

the

a final

universal

distribution

permanent

to halt

the

the

of

computer

is proprocess

A Flexowriter

pro-

computer.

to initiate,

monitor,

measuring

adapter

system

for

automatic

or reply.

the

record

participation
data,

stimulus

a pre-

generation

operator

and

with

the

prepares

operator

operator

major

from

in'accordance

out-of-tolerance

necessary
the

......

tests

requires

or for

the

_-_

controls

and

process

program

between

and test

system,

the

is received

or displays

provides

station

computer

data

instructions

communication

calibration

the

Bi

{h_'va_ous

The

When

in the

ow

_n_l_

switches

operator

test

program.

When

scheduled

until

Cbm_]_x

activates

test

and

interpret

(UMA)

and miscellaneous

calibration

sensor

response

system.

High-pressure
lating

and

pressure

pressure

and

directing

the

of other

low-pressure

digital-to-pressure

transducers.

Twenty-two

145 closures
proper

are

pressure

transducer

types

generators

relay

provided

closures

to switch

to the

transducer

is primarily

manual

are

manifold
under

are

used

provided

for

to select

configurations

computer

the

for

control.

or mechanical,

stimu-

Stimulation

but under

computer

control.

The

telemetry

for

setting

up the

telemetry
data

also

equipment

It has

has

the

circuitry

ability

INSTRUMENT

UNIT

general

systems

are

plan

thoroughly

assembly,

testing

only to the

extent

control,

S-I

of the
stage

evaluated

in-line

are

has

combination
decoding

and

required

measuring

devices

returned

128 contact

for

to the

by the

various

deeommutated

calibrating

I&T test

closures

the

station

PAM
telemetry

for processing.

CHECKOUT.

of individual
that

computer

calibration

data

and checkout
as the

for

to drive

All measured

testing

is under

receiver-discriminator

itself.

Automated
same

which

proper

channels.

and

6-29.

substation,

Saturn

test
prior

components
equipment

and

instrument

unit

checkout.

The

to assembly
within
designs

into
the

permit

the

at MSFC
components
instrument

instrument
identification

unit

follows
and
unit.

the
subAfter

is performed
within

each

subsystem.

6-43

For systems tests and over-all tests, instrument unit checkout automatic support
equipmentperforms the following functions:
a. Over-all computer program control
b. Electrical network control andcheckout
c.
Over-all test control and checkout
d. Guidanceandcontrol checkout
e.

Instrumentation calibration

f.
g.
h.
i.
j.

PCM telemetry checkout

RF checks
Digital data acquisition subsystem checks
Sequenceevent recorder
Test program anddata storage

The main constituent of the automatic support equipmentis the RCA-110 computer
which directs the associated input/output equipment. In performing a test, the computer directs program information to the selected test station via a buffer. This
information, in messageor word form, is translated by the test station andused to
perform an operation (switching, stimuli, andmeasuring) on the instrument unit.
The results of this operation are converted to computer languageby the test station
under computer control. Test results are then evaluatedby the computer and stored
in a standard format.
A parallel monitoring system, the digital data acquisition system (DDAS}, is used to
validate the digital data approach. The DDAS/PCM ground station consists of digital
decoders which present data to the RCA-110 computer for evaluation. Consequently,
there are three methods of collecting test data during the instrument unit checkout.
a. Hardwire by the test stations andcomputer
b. Coax by the DDAS/PCM ground station andcomputer
c.
Manually by electrical support equipment.
The manual electrical support equipment operation is independentof the automatic
equipment andprovides a backup control of the instrument unit test.
After validation of the DDAS, the hardware monitoring methodof data acquisition will
be minimized.
A general block diagram of the instrument unit checkout equipment is illustrated

6-44

Qo

_J

"-"

"-

in Figure 6-14.
The

instrument
a.

test

unit
Test

test

stations

to be performed

display

guidance

and

The

computer

computer

where

c.

Test

be compared

evaluated

recording

by the

results

following

operator

features:

action,

computer,

obtained

a specific

or evaluated

component

by the

test

station

the

for

the

automatic

computer

mode.

The

automatic

support

a.

RCA-110

computer

b.

Computer

external

c.

Test

d.

Digital

e.

Guidance

f.

Analog

data

acquisition

can

be performed

coax

link

can

by hardware.

be performed
through

flight

evaluated.

subsystem

stations

system

test

monitoring
unit

control,

by commanding

a pre-determined

a motion
test

regime

with

by using

GSE.

Even

in auto-

function.
encompasses

with

equipment

both

a gradual

consists

associated

conventional

phaseover

of the

following

input/output

manual

to the

automatic

major

elements:

units

buffers

acquisition

and

discrete

b.

S-I

dynamic

c.

Air

conditioning

d.

LN 2 trailer.

are

signal

equipment

Saturn

part

subsystem/PCM

ground

station

monitor

support

above,

into the

stations

a.

complex

problems
or visually

test

can

instrument

and

an integral

test

a passive

control

mechanical

data

through

manual

GSE has

equipment

automatically

digital

guidance

exercise

responses.

A complete

mode,

the

dynamic
the

insert

are

results

control

e.

As

the
via

directly

from

to exercise

Checkout

can

A complete

simulator

The

request,

results

with

d.

matic

may

contains

console.
b.

and

operation

instrument

unit

substitute

of the
three

a.

RF systems

b.

Guidance

e.

Instrumentation

conditioning

racks.

consists

of the

following

motion

simulator

major

elements:

(SIUMS).

(SIDS).

unit.

automated
test
test

checkout

stations,

system,

which

and tied

into

the

computer

are:

station.

and control

(G&C)

and telemetry

test

station.
(I&T)

test

station.
6-45

..._ml

4=J

'_

_r_

L__
c_

_
_

_
I

ILL

l
I

I
0

C_

_gd

t----4i

_-_t[..,

uJ_.,_

0
,-M
I

#
t_

_
0

I
I

ql-----ll

CD

X_

6-46

6-30.
operation
the

by the

S-I

booster

other

PB-250

each

RF

are
b.

the

out the

in external

RCA-110

following

is designed

command

buffering

for

receivers

to match

located

it to the

command

in

RCA-

receivers

and

unit.

test
test

station

to checkout

instrument

functional

test

modes

are

in which

used:

all

important

component

performance

measured.

RF loss

functional

measurements,

with

the

test

and

A compatibility

conjunction

the

in the

An on-vehicle

c.

a change

located

A component

parameters

in checking

from

subsystem,

a.

checks,

With

it operates

RF equipment

-. :'.
............
The RF systems

computer

stages.

110 computer,

For

: - :.
Test Station.

RF Systems

test

telemetry

consisting

of system

level

tests,

phasing

antenna.

in which
system

all on-board

to check

for

RF systems

random

are

operated

triggering

and

in

intersystem

interference.
d.
unit

equipment

6-31.

The

data

to generate

guidance

stimuli,

computer

for

evaluation

b.

Controlling

all input

and

output

conditions.

the

the

test

test

be accomplished

of performing

guidance
involving

station.

and the

station

will

station

digital

data

be removed

performs

computer,

and

their

system

guidance

test

switching
and

station

and

storage.

communication

to validate
associated

system

measuring,

The

data

and

test

the

techniques

as tests

flight

is performed
testing

simulation
by hardware

is performed

It is anticipated

or in its

between

as well

test

and control

system.

in part

tests

in over-all

of guidance

either

of digital

level

and control

acquisition

two levels

tests

component

control

Monitoring

by the use

Various

and
the

by direct

computer

a.

is capable

entire

control

functions:
conditions.

the

and

perform

output

systems

control

The

and

station

all vehicle/instrument

mode.

Station.

RCA-110

in which

all input

RF

test

Test

two major

All testing

The

flight

test

Monitoring

involving

the

in the

flight

a.

test

and

simulated

control

to the

performs

through

and

Control

program

transmit

test.

and

under

station

tests

is operated

Guidance

is used
and

Over-all

that

eventually

entirety

and

all testing

guidance

and

control

(digital

data

by

will
system

acquisition

system).

of tests:
proper

operation

electronics

of the
for

stabilized

individual

and

platform,
integrated

6-47

performance.
b. Integrated test of the guidance andcontrol system and associated
networks by a program sequencethrough power transfer, lift-off, S-I andS-IV
cutoff andpayload separation.
Testing of the guidance and control system is performed in four modes:
Fully

The

b.

Single-

C.

Manual

programming

d.

Manual

electrical

fully

without

a test

manual

electrical

conventional

only

test

is used
with

the

stage

S-IV
S-IV

STAGE

shipped

directly

testing.

After

is calibrated

final

for

unit

or the

or the

computer

for

allows

controls.

(I&T)

Station.

Test

pattern
the

as the

than

and tested

by the

unit

the

manual

programming
computer

effecting

the

step

operation.

to be performed

The

checkout

instrument

to

computer

RCA-110

a test

equipment

a test

RCA-110

The

station

I&T rather

no degradation

There

assembly

After

the

Aircraft

and

two Douglas

inspection
checkout

California.

has

occurred

firing

test,

checkout,

are

a functional

at Sacramento,

another

station

allows

checkout

of the

I&T.

PB-250

S-I

The

by the

of the
stage

RCA-110

computer

which

I&T,
computer
is used

CHECKOUT.

and given

that

6-48

is simpler

to AMR.

facility

by Douglas

same

mode

fashion.

mode

support

is manufactured

test

given

into the

automatically

checkout.

stage

formed.

test

test

equipment

the

instrument

to be performed
automatic

the

by the

Telemetry

I&T follows

sequence

with

the

6-33.
The

unit

with

step

electrical

and

test

in a step-by-step

support

manual

control

single-step

entities

program

Instrumentation

the

The

to be performed
each

equipment

a complete

the program

entering

instrument

allows

in single-step

allows

6-32.

support

assistance.

advancing

manually

automatic

mode

any manual

manually

The

step

automatic

be performed

mode

automatic

and

personnel

the
is then
under

stage

the

facilities

to qualify

it for

the

is removed
to AMR.

cognizance

stage

Company

instrumental

Monica,

shipping.

shipped

Aircraft

at Santa

Here,

during

Douglas

A static
from
This

in the

California,
shipment

is given

test

of MSFC.

the
to the

a checkout

firing
the

and

test

static

is then

test

program

firing

stage
static
to verify
perstand,

is performed

6-34.

SATURN

I CHECKOUT

(To be supplied

at a later

6-35.

ATTITUDE

6-36.

REQUIREMENTS.

The

Saturn

motion
with

(through

about

axes

allowable

vehicle
The

engine

its

attitude

control

and

launch

launch

vehicle

attack

flight

large

gimbal

the

damps

phase

angular
any

this
rate

first

this

motion

function

of vehicle

bending

vehicle

in accordance

directs

the

movement

mode

vehicle
about

oscillation

stage

the

aerodynamic

pressures

exists

structure

must

Saturn

clearance.
strain

launch

Immediately

the

of the

rotational
engine

during

flight,

above

staging

vehicle

any

separation

the attitude

control

a minimum

problems.
angle-of-

aerodynamic

of the vehicle
in the

the

first

launch

forces

and

launch

facilities

of the

launch

vehicle

launch

the

bending

mode

During

S-I

of the

transients

and

for

to gain
and

several

seconds

maneuvering

launch

facilities

con-

orientation.

attitude

process.

O)ntrol

structure.

orientation

the

to a constant

separation

from

encountered

vectoring.

to maintain

complexity

the

bending

occurring

to a specific

launch

ignition,

stage

and

therefore,

loading

by thrust

it to rise

to vehicle

the

rates

damped

and related

by various

engines.

oscillations

vehicle

prior

restrain

control

is required

The size

the

S-IV

any

permitting

unstable,

of the natural

be actively

vehicle

liftoff,

constraints

structural

of the

because

flight,

high

in structural

excessive

deflections

powered

flight,

is aerodynamically

prevents

A constraint

For

ascent

adjusts

is limited

result

stage

the

and

a stable

performance

vehicle

must

system)

maintains

function

by the

after

and

function

stabilization

S-I

The

stabilization

structure.

During

stage

and

STABILIZATION.

maintains

constraints.

The

AND

limits

........

During

axes,

34/37.

gimballing

commands.

orientation
within

date.

control

the

guidance

AT VLF

CONTROL

I attitude

control
attitude
After
must

and

stabilization

orientation
S-I

stage

function

to prevent
separation

excessive
and S-IV

be damped.

stabilization

function

is required

to

6-49

accept
the

guidance-steering

requirements

6-37.
Due

commands

of these

and

direct

the launch

vehicle

motion

to meet

commands.

OPERATION.
to the

control,

various

launch

without

grammed

active

attitude
and

The launch

stabilization

during

clearance

Upon

the

termination
phase

with

of the

launch

vehicle

plane

coincides

the flight

azimuth.

stage

powered

phases;

liftoff

vehicle

stabilization

a programmed

maintaining

vehicle

rotates

with

launch

launch

launch

maneuver

S-I

a programmed

attitude

flight.

launch

The pro-

stabilization,

and

rises

terminates

after

vertically

several

to attain

a physical

facilities.

the flight

the

for

in three

begins

the

with

maneuver,

constraints,

stabilization.

time

of the

maneuvering

is used

period

launch

control

is accomplished

prestaging

which

with

and

guidance,

control

maneuvering,

seconds

vehicle

period,
roll

starts

the longitudinal

rate

of roll

Coincident

A few seconds

of the

prior

vehicle

This

maneuver

consists

such

as

until

with

a gravity-turn,
axis

launch

maneuver.

a constant
azimuth.

the

launch

of the

pitch

vehicle

to vehicle

time

initiation

time-tilt

in the

staging,

the

begins

the

its pitch

roll

maneuver.
pitch

This

plane

time-tilt

toward

maneuver

is terminated.

The prestaging-stabilization
and

ends

tains

with

the

During

launch

S-IV

a stable

S-I

stage
vehicle

stage

vehicle

phase
outboard

engine

in a fixed

flight,
motion

the
and

begins

with
cutoff.

attitude

attitude

termination
The

of the

prestaging

time-tilt

maneuver

stabilization

main-

orientation.

control

orients

this

and

stabilization

and

motion

stabilization

as directed

function

maintains

by guidance

steering

commands.

The

Saturn

I attitude

the measuring

The

measuring

The

6-50

axis

control

coordinate

system

coordinate
of the

measuring

and

system

the vehicle

(X m,

coordinate

function

Ym,

Zm)

system

utilizes

axes

coordinate

has

its origin

passes

through

two reference
system,

at the
the

systems,
Figure

launch

center

site.
of the

6-15.

Y
V

Launch

Site
Position

X
V

Center
of Earth

Z
r

3-312
Figure

earth

parallel

to the

surface

at the

launch

and

along

the

lies

Figure

site.

(X r,

Z r,

(X v,

Z v, Yv )

Coordinate

6-15.

direction

flight

of gravity
The

azimuth.

and

axis

The

Yr )

Space-fixed
coordinate
Vehicle
system

Systems,

Z m axis

coordinate

Saturn

is positive

is oriented

reference
system

outward

from

perpendicular

is orthogonal

to the

the

earth's

to the Y
other

axis

two axes,

6- 16.
6-51

Flight
Path

I
I
Yaw

Axis

\
+Yaw

Pitch

X
V

Axis
4 Pitch

Position

III

Z
V

+Roll
Vehicle

Center

of Gravity

Position

II

Position
Roll
Position
Axis

IV

3-313
Figure
6-52

6-16.

Vehicle

Axes,

Saturn

The

roll

maneuver

correspond
pletion
system

to the

of this
are

can

be sensed

The

attitude

sensing,
flight

vehicle

accelerometers.

location
and

on the

angular

Vehicle

the

detection

oscillations
vehicle

structure

Z m,
system

body

Figure

is based

and

respectively.
and

the

Upon
measuring

movement

axes

to

corncoordinate

of the

in three

6-17.

During

is sensed

in limiting
first

launch

vehicle

system

bending

is used
vehicle

any

vehicle

is accomplished

actuation,
and

of the

the

therefore,

function

information

....

X m and

coordinate

engine

acceleration

orients

coordinate

measuring

and

This
the

vehicle

and stabilization

lateral

ou

to be coincident,

against

control

ascent

coordinates
the

considered

ue_

during

measuring

maneuver,

error

in damping

wm

performed

the

bending

on vehicle

dynamic

S-I

stage

by two body

vehicle

mode.

operations;

angle

The

mounted
of attack

and

accelerometer

properties

(bending

rotation).

angular

rate

is derived

from

attitude

orientation

information.

The

attitude

Attitude,
Lateral
Acceleration,
Structural
Bending

Sensing

_V

Attitude
Change
Commands

Error
Computing

Engine
Actuating

Engine
Gimballing
Produces
Corrective
Thrust
Vectors

3-314

Figure

6-17.

Attitude

Control

and Stabilization

Operation,

Saturn

6-53

orientation

is measured

space

a few seconds

fixed

respect

to the

stable

gimbals

of the

platform.

of the platform

The

error

vehicle

attitude

errors,

element

the

and

orientation

attitude

are

command

part

platform)

orientation

of the

on the

roll,

which
vehicle

pitch

of a re$olver

chain

is
with

and

yaw

comprised

resolvers.

in the resolver
that

(stabilized

by resolvers

resolvers

with

receive

resolvers

The

is measured

These

steering

reference

liftoff.

is performed

resolvers

and guidance

an inertial

before

resolvers

detection

command

against

chain

specified

programmed

by the

attitude

commands

during

generate

corrective

S-IV

by comparing

command

resolvers.

commands

stage

during

flight.

signals

are

These

S-I

If there

which

the present

stage

are

applied

flight

attitude

to the

control

computer.

Engine

actuation

computer

receives

signals,

filtered,

the

engine

vectors

stage

signals

change

feedback

position

transducers.

the

Saturn

of the

from

flight

which

are

information

I guidance

launch

guidance

function

resolvers,

applied

to the

hydraulic

angular

position

phase

engines

These

signals
to produce

actuators.

of the

in loop stabilization

feedback

relationship

produces

rate

control

outputs.

right

of control

The

engine

in the

vehicle

generates

toward

process

a path

involves

of engine-cutoff

velocity

in relation

to its

6-39.

REQUIREMENTS.

During

S-I

mation

to be used

flight

Paragraph

stage

flight

guidance

in guidance

is supplied
6-35.

position

the

by the

that

steering

generation

6-54

computer.

a'ccelerometer

and/or

used

control

mixed

gimballing
orientation

the

receives
and

with the

the

by the

corrective
vehicle.

is generated

thrust

The

engine

by actuator

GUIDANCE.

The

The

errors

mechanical

position

generated

in amplitude

gimbal

that

6-38.

S-I

scaled

resultant

are

attitude

and during

are

The

signals

and applies
produces

upon

in the

to correct

in its

assigned

pitch

and

attainment

the

mission.

azimuth

of proper

motion

planes
vehicle

in space.

function

computations.
attitude

success

the vehicle

commands

commands

control

senses
Vehicle
and

and

accumulates

control

stabilization

during
function.

velocity
this

infor-

portion
(Refer

of
to

. - 5. ".. :.. :': ............

During S-IV stage flight, the Saturn guidance generates steering and enginecutoff
commands. This guidance is path adaptive in the pitch plane and delta minimum
in the yaw plane with velocity-to-go computations used to generate the S-IV stage
enginecutoff command.
The path-adaptive guidance steers the vehicle in the pitch plane along a constantly
optimized trajectory to meet the mission requirements. This guidance does not
adhere to a specific reference trajectory but adaptsto the immediate flight situation
by taking into account vehicle state variables and selecting new trajectories which
are shapedto optimize desired features such as minimum fuel consumption or
flight time. The selection of newtrajectories or the optimization process is accomplished respecting the end or cutoff parameters of the mission. Utilizing path
adaptive guidance, the launch vehicle performance is maximum even tlmugh perturbations, such as thrust deviation from normal, occur.
A delta-minimum guidance is utilized in the azimuth plane since accuracy requirements for this plane are not as stringent as those of the pitch plane. The deltaminimum guidance restrains the vehicle causing it to fly a pre-determined path in
the azimuth plane. This guidance minimizes the vehicle displacement from a
reference azimuth trajectory.
The velocity-to-go computation compares the vehicle present velocity with that
velocity required to meet mission parameters.

The difference betweenthe two

velocities represents the velocity to go. Whenthe mission trajectory is correct

and the velocity to go reaches zero, the S-IV stage engines are cut off.
6-40. OPERATION.
The guidance generation of steering andengine cutoff signals is accomplished in
three operations; sensing, position computing and signal computing. The sensing
and position computing operations are performed using separate, but related coordinate systems. These coordinate systems are the measuring coordinate system
and the reference coordinate system. (Refer to Paragraph 6-37. )
The reference coordinate system is that coordinate system with axes oriented
parallel to those of the measuring coordinate system at To. This coordinate system is inertially fixed with the center being the center of the earth.
6-55

6-41.

Sensing.

in the

measuring

actual

velocity

on the

sensors.

This

launch

vehicle

position

The

prior

system

during

the

and

ascent

system

and

ents

launch

vehicle

the

6-43.

a.

velocity

the

obtains
the

velocity.

The

is made

The
S-IV

signal

the

which

is

coordinate

locates

as sensed

of gravity

reference

the

in the

velocity

of velocity

stage

launch
this

measuring

to yield

are

coordinate

then

compon-

integrated

system

to obtain

guidance

pitch

information
constants

with
are

and generates

steering

signals

which

corrective

a class

to direct
the

that

stored

the

the

three

major

which

are

follow

to perform

the

vehicle

position,

constants

will

optimum
applied

along

the

displacement

signals

must

to select

of precomputed

present

vehicle

vehicle

guidance

of trajectories

vehicle

steering

performs

by combining

coefficients

the

Determines

path

is accomplished

selects

function

operation

flight:

determination
state

computing

computing

issues

of gravity

To accomplish

velocity

to the

Signal

and

operation

components

plishment.

b.

system

measuring

system.

components

representing

stabilization

of the

coordinate

polynomials

class

effects

for determining

platform

computing

apparent

the optimum

This

The

to the

of vehicle

in space.

and other

jectory.

velocity

vehicle.

fixed

subtracts

Determines

mission.

due

as a basis

the orientation

launch

space

Computing.

during

apparent

is comprised

velocity,

is used

The position

a transformation

Signal

operations

the

of the

computing

position

vehicle

velocity

by a stabilized

maintains

or

coordinate

and

information

Computing.

position

o
vehicle

launch

apparent

of gravitational

is accomplished

in the reference

The

the

in space.

operation,

from

detects

system.

velocity

to launch

Position

of the

operation

components

operation

aligned

vehicle

sensing

coordinate
plus

sensing

6-42.

The

to minimize

the

the

to mission

trajectory

selected

from

approximating

lead

to the

a tra-

accom-

from

attitude

this

control

and

azimuth

path

trajectory.
referenced

vehicle

deviation

from

this

reference.
c.

Determines

pitch-path
initiates

6-56

angle
the

the

to derive

engine

cutoff

velocity
S-IV
signal

to go and evaluates

stage
at the

engine
correct

cutoff
time.

time.

it with

the

Signal

mission
computing

injection
then

gm

tlw

_.

......

6-44.
The

GUIDANCE,
guidance,

and the

mented

in the

system

is comprised

GSP-24

guidance

launch

With

are

in the

in the

The

S-I

stage

attitude

ST-124

The

control

function,

Figure

form,

ASC-15

digital

6-45.

ST-124

STABILIZED

The

ST-124

computer

platform

has

function

with

vehicle

function

with

an attitude

The

inner

gimbal

three

as

inertial

sensors

to drive

and

roll

The

stable

attached

element

accelerometers

which

computer.

for

poroprism

synchro

type

gimbal

resolvers.

platform

angles
The

and

are

stage

units

located

and

is implemented

digital

control

S-lV

with

computer,

stage.

the

GSP-24

sensors.

with

guidance

an ST-124

signal

configuration

reference.

of the

platform

systems

to orient

to the

gimbals.

mounted

relative
platform

three
inertial

digital

the

stabilized

plat-

processor.

encoder

which
attitude

provides
control

single-degree
which

the

velocity
on the

and

element

to vehicle

for

attitude

resolvers

for

are

use

include

preflight

are

yaw,

measured

electrically

pitch

by dc direct

accelerometer

assembly

fixed

gyroscopes

integrating

information

stable

in a space

platform

is provided

guidance

stabilization

of freedom

position

gimbals

the
and

is maintained

orthogonally-mounted

alignment

gimbal

the

rate

power

carries

and

mounted

servo

platform

and

ASC-15

S-I

servo
the

sensors

the

6-18,

and

actuators,

control

Figure

computer,

sensors

servo

imple-

hardware

digital

control

in both

jointly

This

ASC-15

The

located

GSP-24

element

units

preflight

System.

and

unit.

are

information

provide

Additional

pendulums

Platform

also

sensors

is implemented

and angular

utilizing

motors

control

a four-gimbal

orientation

servo

Control

platform,

actuators,

and

velocity

The

and

functions

PLATFORM.

or stable

gimbals.

are

computer,

6-19,

......

stabilization

function,

servo

IMPLEMENTATION.

instrument

control

computer,

stabilization

processor,

eu

control

actuators

platform,

signal

guidance

servo

AND STABILIZATION

stabilized

of the

vehicle

and

l@

Guidance

ST-124

exception

the

and

processors,

launch

stabilized

guidance

as the

of the

and

control

vehicle

the

_ew

CONTROL

attitude

signal

actuators.
located

mw

ATTITUDE

gyro

by the
three

digital
gas

checkout,
azimuth

drive

bearing

and

one

alignment.

by four

pancake

connected

in a

6-57

ST-124
Stabilized
Platform

Vehicle
Dynamics

Attitude
Error
Signals

Programmed
Attitude
(Roll and Pitch)

GSP-24
Guidance
Signal
Processor

Changes

ASC-15
Digital
Computer
j

_',,w

\
Operational
(Gain

Attitude
Error
Signals

Commands
Changes)

"/
Control
Computer

Flight
Sequencer

Components
Acceleration

Gimbal
Signals

Lateral

, Analog
I Actuator

!
I

I Position

Enginc
Gimbal
Actuation

meters
Vehicle

Dynamics

fs-I
Accelero_ Only

3-315
Fig_are

6-58

6-18.

Attitude

Control

and

Stabilization

Implementation

.....

Qo

.I

mo

ST-124
Stabilized
Platform

Vehicle

Resolver

Attitude
Error
Signals

Dynamics

Inputs

to

GSP-24
Guidance

qclocity

Signal
Processor

Information

--....

L-"

Digital
Computer
ASC-15

Steering Signals

S-IV Engine Cutoff

Attitude
Error
Signal
to Control
Computer

Fi?,_rc

chain

with

three

command

resolver

chain

steering

commands,

During
ment
The

the

(RCA-110

circuitry

The

converts

is possible.
heating

computer)
checkout

essential

ST-124

which

the

for

stabilized

and inflight

are

Implementation,

located

reference

to the

and

operation

heaters

temperature

platform

is contained
of the

system
in the

Saturn

guidance

control

system

in an electronics

is sealed

so that

platform

system

This

referenced

computer.

alignment

platform.

processor.

to vehicle

operates

stabilized

signal

commands

flight

control

to accomplish
module

in the

guidance

applied

guidance

platform

Auxiliary

Guidance

resolvers
space

alignment,

platform

6-19.

3-316

with

in the azimuth
box which

operation

external

ground

plane.

contains

in a near
cover

equip-

provide

the

vacuum
pre-

control.

6-59

The gas bearings for platform gyroscopes and acceierometers _e supplied with
nitrogen by the gas bearing supply. This supply conditions the gas by controlling
temperature, pressure and impurities.
The ST-124 characteristics are listed in Table 6-5.
Table 6-5. ST-124 Stabilized Platform Characteristics
Item

Characteristic

Physical
Total
Size

Data

weight

147 lbs.

of platform

19-inch
ring

of platform

Number

dia.

to inner

gimbal)

Pitch

redundant

Outer

yaw

Middle
limited
Inner
resolvers

Resolver
Gimbal

torquer

Maximum

voltage

56 vdc

(quiescent
(Flt Oper.

170 oz.

DC power

+28 vdc,

5g,

Shock

15g,
acceleration

30W

20-2000

cps

15 msec

rise

10g

from

room

Temperature

limits

for

Temperature

degredation

6-60

time

3 phase,
cps,
62W (sync)

Data

Vibration

Warmup

- 8W)
- ll0W)

in.

115 (_1) vac,

400 (L0. 025)

Linear

type

of arc

AC power

Environmental

temperature
optimum

accuracy

of accuracy

(360 )

(Y) (360 )

pancake

+6 minutes

available

(Zr)

(X) (360 )

Roll

accuracy

torque

a mounting

pitch
(Z) (20 )

Four,

chain

with

Four

of gimbals

Gimbal
order
(vehicle
ref.
and programming
freedom

Gimbal

sphere

30 minutes
70 (_10) OF (ambient)
104 _10)
F (mass)
0 to 1200

F ambient

6-46.

ASC-15

DIGITAL

During

S-I stage

changes

for

steering

signals

special

which

flight

the

following

instructions

C.

Supplies

data

d.

Forms

part

of the

e.

Stores

input

data

input

the

five

section

signals.

The

and

automatically

form.

The

form,

storage

section

inertial

section,

stores

mathematical

one

number
number

binary

numbers.

this

applied

to the

command

ground

to the

data

equipment.

input,

storage

drum

any
in the

by the

storage

conversion

data
is either

resolvers
Discrete

from

the

in the

continuously

are

to the
to the

input

operation
The

and

sampled

computer

input

and

discrete

in serial

section

stored

in

in the

number
number

the

storage

defined

by the

control

to another;

subtraction

with

section

another;

inputs

to a proportional

are

or

section

storage

guidance

section

arithmetic

code

commands

timing

components;

and

of gray

converted

velocity
signals;

section,

the

section.

of one

the

control

applied

either

of one

all

section.

mathematical

comparison

inertial

applied

input

the control

addition

and

are

are

from

generate

computer.

incremental
inputs

sections

computations

of signals:

computer

data

output
registers

program

are

from

shift

guidance

types

form

and

of arithmetic

modifiers;

receives

receives

section;

digital

to serial

by another;

storage,

a magnetic

as a reference,

Attitude

operations:

control

results

inputs

performing

section

section

following

inputs

another;

binary,

section

control

section

of the

the result

from

of one

storage

by a command

and after

five

arithmetic,

accumulated.

section,

guidance

circuits

control

arithmetic

velocity

section

sections:

contains

attitude

generates

is a serial,

functional

to all timing
to the

constant

converted

and

computer

computer

and the

the

launch

arithmetic

output

the

sections

remaining

parallel

signals

to the

accepts

constants;

The

function

The

of five

of programmed

functions:

Supplies

using

the source

stabilization
flight.

output.

b.

for

to the

stage

timing

signals

The

and

Supplies

circuits,

provides

composed

and
the

Timing

The

S-IV

computer

arithmetic,

a,

launch

control

during

performs

The

the computer

attitude

purpose

control,

COMPUTER.

signal
applied

performs
of

multiplication

(vehicle

rates)

to

on command

from

the

analog

voltage

processor

or

to the

output

and

transmitted
section

directly

6-61

from the control section. The control section determines, by monitoring data from
the storage section, when a discrete command is to be issued.
6-47. GSP-24 GUIDANCESIGNAL PROCESSOR.
The guidance signal processor provides the interface betweenthe digital computer
and other guidance and control system components. The guidance signal processor
is composedof:
a. Attitude commandresolvers (including frequency sources, servos and
demodulators
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Telemetry register
Accelerometer signal shaper
Commandand GSEswitching networks
Accelerometer telemetry shaper
Power sequencingcircuitry andpower supply

The attitude commandresolver chain is comprised of command resolvers located

in the guidance signal processor andresolvers mountedon the stabilized platform.
The commandresolvers accept space-referenced steering commandsfrom the
digital computer, and through interaction with the platform mounted resolvers convert
these commandsinto vehicle referenced attitude error signals. Whenthe digital
computer commands a changein commandresolver positioning, an analog of the
resolver rotor shaft position is fed back to the computer through an incremental
encoder preventing the accumulation of long-term rate errors. Large surges of
commandvalues to the vehicle control system are restrained by the resolvers
within a speedlimitation of approximately one degree per second.
The majority of the auxiliary equipmentfor the resolver chain is located in the
processor. Two frequency sources 1500cps and 1800 cps are included. These
are derived from the basic 400 cps voltage. The voltage is controlled because
any error becomesa direct gain error in the over-all vehicle control loop.
The demodulators are phase and frequency sensitive, using the 1500and 1800 cps
sources as references. In one case a resolver output is demodulated
in two
demodulators:
output
reference,

6-62

one

to give

demodulator,

the roll

gives

attitude

the yaw

using
errors;

attitude

error.

the

1500

the other
A third

cps

reference,

demodulator,
demodulator,

demodulates
using
using

this

1800 cps
the 1500-cps

. ....
reference,
All

demodulates

demodulators

percentage

have

over

Another

of the

the

I launch

to the

of the

The

guidance

computer.

The

are

command

network

or while
system

shaper

accelerometer
to the

telemetry

guidance

in the processor

a small

the

outer

the

signal

next

word

time

command
from

available

one

the

in parallel

form

prelaunch.

acceleration

information

for

by the

shapers

sampling

which

square

information

digital

encoders
are

condition

The

the

telemeter

signals

90 degrees.

processes

the

accelerometer

cosine-wave

The

each

GSE during

sine-wave

from

and

displaced

the

information

outputs

shapers.

is then

and

convert

the

In

fed at 100 words/

telemeter

When

data

flight,

and

to the

and

register.

applied

the

waves

contained

to

signals

are

into

applied

in these

signals

signals.

selects

the

This

provides

in a coast
to control

aecelerometer

encoder

output.

to position

telemetry

buffered

opens

The

sine-wave

which

computer.

the ground

The

computer

steering

the

signal

are

gate

into square-wave

of voltage

switching

loading

pitch

to within

module

the

the register.

shapers

signal

digital

to obtain

during

The

mounted)

waves

to the

system

optisyns

accelerometer

square

register.

with

is applied

telemeter

shift

signal

from

The

the

telemeter

received

the

the

is accurate

of the pitch

words

through

the

accelerometer

(platform

to give

which

is performed

computer

passes

enters

PCM

shaft

A command

processor,

accumulator
to the

vehicle,

words

the

resolver

output

on the

functions

processor.

desired

reaches

of another

platform.

of guidance

second

. .......

of + 15 degrees.

is mounted

Telemetry
Saturn

output

a 3-volt/degree

a range

resolver

gimbal

the

.-..:-..-

and

them
given

for

supplies

power

of loading

levels

supply
for the

between

supplies
encoders

either
the

for

while
ground

on
or

operation.

signals

dc levels,

as a source

it allows

of computer

telemetry.

specific

power

system

In addition,

receive

as discrete

processor

command

capability

modes

condition

system

and

various

shapers

are

the

condition.

telemetry

shapers

signal

GSE or the

from

The

square

added
0 and

all

the

accelerometer
wave

together

from
and

the
sent

+5 volts.

power

required

on the platform.

In addition,

6-63

all power to the computer power supply passes through the processor.
Sincethe drum of the computer utilizes 400-cps, two-phase power, it is necessary
to convert the three-phase power available from the vehicle inverter to twophase. This is done by a Scott connectedtransformer or similar device in
the processor. Approximately 70 watts of 81.5 +2.5-volt, 400-cps, two-phase
power is required by the drum. In addition, approximately 240watts of 28 + 2.0volt dc passes through the processor to the dc-to-dc converter in the computer
where the various levels necessary for computer operation are developedand
regulated
The guidance signal processor requires approximately 65 watts of ll5-volt,
400-cps, single-phase power and 215watts of 28-volt dc power.
6-48. FLIGHT CONTROLCOMPUTER.
The analogflight control computer accepts signals from the stabilized platform,
control accelerometers and actuator position feedbackpotentiometers. After
performing signal filtering, shapingand mixing, the computer provides steering
and control signals to the engine gimbal actuators. The major modules of the
flight control computer are the servo amplifiers, filtering and shapingnetworks
and the gain programmers.
The servo amplifier is a magnetic amplifier plug-in module used for signal mixing,
scaling andpolarity selection. The signal filtering and shapingnetworks provide
signal conditioning based on the dynamic qualities of the vehicle, The gain programmer is a motor driven cam which positions a potentiometer to adjust the gain
in each channel.
6-49. CONTROL SENSORS.
Two control accelerometers are used in the launch vehicle to measure lateral acceleration (perpendicular to the longitudinal axis) in the vehicle pitch and yaw planes. The
outputs of the instruments are used by the control system to reduce structural loading
and enginegimbal angle. The control accelerometer is a spring mass, fluid-damped
accelerometer with an inductive pickoff. The range of the instrument is +10 meters
per secondper second.
6-64

6-50. ENGINE GIMBAL ACTUATORS.

Two linear, double-acting, equal area, electro-hydraulic servo actuators gimbal
the engine in response to commands from the flight control computer. A feedback
transducer mounted on each actuator transmits an electrical signal to the flight
control computer which is proportional to the actuator position. (Refer to Paragraph 9-9. )
6-51.
The

TRACKING

Saturn

tracking

I tracking
facilities

Some

of this

control.

information

the mission.

of the

also

and

velocity

the

techniques,

GOSS (Ground

for

operation

Support

earth-based

Saturn

decisions

contributing

Operational

with

from

in real-time

is recorded

to evaluate

tracking

equipment

information

and used

information

be used

and to improve
Apollo

position

vehicle-borne

is analyzed

most

It will

perfecting

integrates

to obtain

However

systems

function

I missions.

for

mission

post-flight

evaluation

of specific

tracking

to the ultimate

System)

of

goal

to support

the

of

lunar

mission.

The

tracking

Saturn

function

I mission.

Pulse

systems

located

tracking
these

phases.

in the

tracking.

During

launch

prior

phase

phase,

to aid

is used

personnel

in deciding
and property.

accurately
confirm
vehicle.
assignment
obtained.

determine
that

orbital

The

operational
data
The

from

one

Continuous

for

tracking

and

velocity

if the vehicle

whether

the first

position

are

to terminate

Continuous

proper

vehicle

tracking

and

second

can

be reached,

information

flight

is also

stage

is used

tracking

station

to another

tracking

is also

required

for

to eliminate

danger

during
and

future

acquisition

a short

In

safety

in transferring
so that

the ascent

by the range

cutoffs

and predict

during

and velocity.

required

engine

aid

in the period

obtained

monitored

during

is determined

is obtained

trajectory

period

infrared

altimeter

systems

information

has

on tracking

system

and

information

radar

tracking

of the

optical

acquire

a high-altitude

of all

phases

frequency,

stations

and

each

and orbital

radio

tracking

readiness

position

based

ascent

continuous-wave

transponders

conditions

future

launch,

at earth-based

to determine

presentations
him

radar,

Reference
to liftoff.

addition,

during

Vehicle-borne

by checkout.
just

is active

this

officer
to

phase

to

separations,
positions

the

of the

tracking
can

after

readily

be

injection

6-65

into orbit, to verify the orbit conditions. Thereafter, periodic tracking observations
are required to confirm and refine the predicted positions and velocities.
To satisfy these requirements, tracking stations havebeen established at selected
locations around the earth to ensure that vehicles can be tracked continuously by
at least two stations or systems from launch to orbital injection and that orbiting
vehicles will pass within line-of-sight of at least one of the stations on each
revolution. In addition, several different tracking systems are used, to provide
redundanttracking data.
For post-flight evaluation of the vehicle performance, the tracking information
is compared with theoretically calculated information. From this comparison,
and subsequentanalysis, an insight is gained into the actual functioning of the
vehicle systems in flight, and corrections may be determined for future missions.
6-52. OPERATION
6- 53.
based

Launch

Phase.

tracking

data

cabling,

Static

receivers,
matic

systems
and

testing

performed

includes

) and

subassemblies.

the

computer

are

used

Dynamic
systems,
the

The
tested

reflector
which

analog

testing,

or

target
6-66

system

from

radar
land
survey

This

sets.

assemblies

and

systems

previously

position

auto-

A static

the tracking

that

target

(hill,

data.

The

Xt, Yt"

of checking

systems.

requires

information

in the form

consists

support

is in polar-coordinate

angle).

test

program

target

oscillators,

system

with

or a test

problems,

testing,

associated

or prominent

distances

test

tapes

(transmitters,

local

of interconnected

links,

and dynamically.

assemblies

or fixed

associated

data

statically

oscillators,

earth-

are

entered

and velocity

in

analogs

computers.

(pulse)

is known

program

out both

portable

and

(computers,

out system

) with
test

vehicle-borne

systems

(master

computers

Static

to test

by the radar
elevation

test

memory.

AN/FPS-16

checking

etc.

all

checked

system

digital

with

including

are

loops,

be a complete

phase,

support

subassemblies

control

also

statically

tracking

networks)

etc.

may

and

the launch

relay

frequency

test

During

form

the

water

For
radar

information
(target

is converted
Ht)

by analog

) the

obtained
range,

to rectangular
or digital

tracking

a dynamic

on a distant

etc.

slant

complete

example,
lock

tower,

out

exact

from

the

azimuth

of

fixed-radar
location
fixed
angle,

coordinates
computer,

test

of
target
and
(with

converted

v
_

to digital

form

which

forwards

The

center

equipment

information.
analog

The

digital

converter,

and

to a horizontal
the

Xt and

and

The

wave

continuous
using

quency

Aircraft

majority

type

using

the

of the
MTI

realistically

since

the

cw systems

the

control

to recover
to analog

centers.

the

form

vertical

is applied

plotting

plotting

digital

by a digital-to-

information

horizontal

link

board

boards

plots

plots

the

the

information,

known

boards,

position

its

systems
test

of the

the control
and

set

are

presented

center

fixed

target,

personnel

support

presented

can ascertain

systems.

dynamically

to simulate

as inked

tested

a target.

by transmitting

in a similar

The

test

a simulated

set

responds

doppler-fre-

transponders
for

radar

aircraft

more

to the

accurate

systems

Target
the

similar

utilized

tracking

(land-

Indicator)

type

and

systems

sea-based)

tracking,

the

of a moving

is also

realistic

target

information

from

acquire

tracking

testing.
are

moving

characteristics
a more

on the launch

of the

aircraft

vehicle

than

for

Since

the

monopulse
can

more

can a fixed
cw tracking

the doppler

test
systems,

resulting

from

targets.

a network

tracking

and

will

tracking

tracking

(transmitters

phase,

with

vehicle

simulate
moving

that

and

interrogation

(Moving

The

When

The

to a data

of the network

converted

position

(cw) tracking

pulse

set.

moving

applied

FM carrier

board.

of the AN/FPS-16

with

simulate

the

then

carrier.

equipped

vehicle

......

rectangular-coordinate

target

plotting

transmitter

modulated

and

the

plane),

a fixed-position

to a tracking

to one

is then

plotting

boards,

on the
status

information

(earth

plane).

plotting

the operational

wi

converter,

resulting

AN/FPS-16

overlays

_-

demodulates

a vertical

the

on the

manner,

information

the

(vertical

By comparing

on map

the

Yt information

H t information

marks

._B

by an analog-to-digital

transmitter
control

-w_

are

the

initial

conditioned

the high-powered
to interrogate

MISTRAM)

support

has

pulse

responses.
lock

of the

to activate

associated

its

In the

portion

radars

completed

systems,

to passive-radiate).
track

resulting

station

on associated

final

operated

continuous-wave
vehicle-borne

and dynamic
are

minutes

trajectory,

vehicle-borne
The

systems

(transmitters
are

static

testing

conditioned

of the

to standby

of the countdown,

from

liftoff

through

to active-radiate.
in the beacon

transponders.

The

tracking

systems

transponder

the

mode
radars

In this

at reduced
lock

(AZUSA,

responses

the

systems

ascent
condition,
power

on the
ODOP,

which

also

and
result
6-67

from ground-based transmitter interrogations. After the tracking systems have

attained lock-on they are ready to track the vehicle.
All launch phase initial tracking information (data for T =
the end
on the

of the phase,
launch

cameras

pad

between

photograph

located

around

information

is obtained

plume

spectrum.

color

flight

evaluation.

6-54.

Ascent

accurate
systems.

film

the

located

along

meters.

with

trackers

are

used

in obtaining
ascent

the

borne

6-55.

by photographic
to a known
the recording

I vehicles

6-68

the

radio

and vehicle-borne

relative

where

Tracking

provides

ground

tracking

frequency
transponders.

techniques,
time

base

station

are

supplemental
facilities

and

during

the

accurately
data,
are

the

primarily
not available.

50

operated

changes

in

in

Optical
pulse

vehicle

Cape

radars

during

track

the

the radiation

employed.

orbital

phase

earth-based

data

orbiting

known.

are

Vehicle-

transmissions

utilizing

to a background

above

of ground

ascent.

Tracking

in which

at the

wave

during

systems,

the

cameras

cameras

vehicle

in space,

is also

engines.
still

information.

systems

information

and

range

acquiring

continuous

information

vehicle

the narrow-beam

transmission

and

down

position

for

tracking

to pulsed

and

the

most

camera

Ballistic

monitor

to aid

elevation

frequency

tracking

Phase.

through

stations

reply

to provide

and

analysis.

the

and

second)

acceleration

stations

Infrared

Radio

and

theodolites

vehicle

in post-

of the phase,

per

of vehicle

tracking

phases.

feet

frames

Cape

the

is employed

launch

at the

flame

record

the

range

Other

Additional

monitor

down

(velocity),

azimuth

plume.

Orbital

primarily

from

at many

transponders

rf systems

located

to time

pad

mounted

wall.

photographically

for post-flight

information

proper

and orbital

of the vehicle

orbit

accurate

respect

launch

and

flame.

including

near

Cameras

the fire

information

(800-1000

mainland

near

few thousand

vehicle

theodolites

to provide

position

of the

Florida

phase

systems,

cameras

liftoff.

exhaust

that

the first

on the

vehicle
area

the

launch

by optical

mounted

Tracking

pairs

During

flame

the

engine

pad photograph

high-speed

exhaust

and

by cinespectrographs

is provided

the pad,

ignition

vehicle

All of the

Cameras

Around

the

the

Phase.

data

engine

O) is acquired

is also
vehicle's

tracking

obtained

during

position

is located

of stars

whose

A radar

altimeter

for orbital

is obtained

passes

angular

positions

aboard
over

Saturn

areas

6- 56. IMPLEMENTATION
Transponders are carried aboard the Saturn I instrument unit and interface with
earth-based radio frequency tracking systems
which provide
the position
and velocity
data

for

are

mission

control

developmental

and

or passenger

Saturn

IB and

V programs.

or will

become

operational

The

a.

AZUSA

b.

UDOP/ODOP

c.

MISTRAM

d.

Minitrack

e.

C-Band

Radar

f.

Vehicle

Radar

role

tional

of each

status,

over-all

information

through

continuous

which
usable

comparison

Island.

The

Range,

the

systems

in the

the Saturn
These

launch

components

This

provides

Mark

data

I program

systems

vehicle
are

and

also

signal

from

fixed

amount,
The

transmitter

the

include:

its

opera-

covered

to clarify

a ground

receivers

are

II at Cape
presented

The

ground

station,

retransmit

transponder
frequency

also

they

tracking

reduced

functions

to compensate

are

vehicle

signals

phase

Frequency-

transponder,

converted
are

trans-

differences

vehicle.

to the

and Mark

to a form

located

I at Grand

on the
Bahama

6-6.

transponder

accurately

to the

systems

Canaveral

function

the

range

where

unit,

These

and

of the

microwave

transmitter

in Table

AZUSA

primary

between

a slant

position

positions

transponder.
and

from

The

and

differences

cosines

real-time

trajectory

a vehicle-borne

It is a single-container
system.

system

Two AZUSA

Transponder.

program.

the

aboard

Earth-based

of phase

to ground

comparison.

AZUSA

AZUSA

of these
status

the program.

successive

transmitted

them

for phase

station.

from

are

retransmits

tracking

below.

by determining

signals

Missile

operational
throughout

during

components

of two-direction

Atlantic

operational

point

System.

received

a measure

controlled

for

Some

operation.

velocity

are

evaluation.

proposed

are

at some

having

Tracking

to and

items,
Others

is described

AZUSA

mitted

mission

Altimeter

system

system

6-57.

post-flight

the

is operational
air

of the

to ground

the

signal

in a servo

control

doppler

in the

shift,

Saturn

frequency
to the
loop

AZUSA

is to accept

signal's

frequency

for

link

transponder

reduce

on the

an rf
by a

ground
which

so that

shifts

a constant

6-69

Table 6-6. AZUSA Data

Data

Item

Transponder

Receiver
Transmitter

(vehicle)

Input

frequency:
5060.2 +0.75
mc
frequency:
5000 +0.75
me

signal

Power

leveh

output:

-90

2.5

dbm

to -12

dbm

watts

Ground

Transmitter

Frequency:
5060.2 _+0.75 mc
Power:
2,000
watts
Antenna
type:
parabolic
Antenna
polarization:
adjustable
vertical
to horizontal
Coverage:
hemispherical
to 2 deg elevation

Ground

Receiver

Frequency:
5000 _0.75
mc
Sensitivity:
-125 dbw for MK I, -135 dbw
for MK II
Antenna
type:
parabolic
Antenna
gain:
33 db for MK I, 35 db for MK II
Coverage
hemispherical
to 2 deg elevation
FM:

Modulation
Tracking

Rates

frequency
at the

ground

is maintained

station.

The

is 5060.

194 mc;

located

on the

pattern

is predominantly

for

receiving

AZUSA

Mark

to both

transmitted

signal

input

is 5000

mc.

unit,

the

at their

The

The

and coarse)

The

direction

from

cosine-antenna

of signals
pairs

received
to the

AZUSA

single

that

is 80 wave-lengths

radiation
unit

6-20.

is used

system

Each

a reference

a signal

at each

the

is

tracking

including

received

transponder

antenna

Fig_tre

which

signals

antenna

short-baseline

midpoints,

(fine

157 cps

and

so oriented

pairs

phases

kc,

frequency

MK I is a single-site,

antenna

baselines.

of the

between

instrument

perpendicular

by comparing

30,000
fps
0.1 cos/sec

in the aft direction.

AZUSA

two cosine

spacing

of the

I.

has

nominal

3.93

Range:
Angles:

frequency

transmitting.

line

The

output

and

two baselines

mined

the

exterior

with

common

6-70

difference

98.36kc,

arrives

baseantenna

is deter-

antenna

of a pair.

for

coarse-

the

w..

o@

.
.

.
...

X
_

o_

,-_

oo

._

.,'4

_o._

_
-_

__.

_o.

._
o.._

I
0

,,-t

x ---..._ x.
"..
,.,
>-

6-71

cosine

pair

and

cosine

data

to resolve

AZUSA

Mark

II.
The

of circuitry

design

give

more

the

antenna

pairs

with

conical

scan

the

coarse

the

other

Slant

supply

the

in

refinement

baselines
is the

the

for

at the

of the

pairs

of each

acts

which
same,

in azimuth
5-meter

spaced

but

have

baselines.

computing

scan

antenna,

the

baselines.
rate

nine

in elevation,

In turn

cosine

data.

pointing

5-meter

The

of the baselines,

and provides

5-meter

incorporates

85 degrees

50-meter

50 and
one

for the

conical

and

pairs

at 5,

baseline

system
The

intersection

baselines

are

antenna

as reference
the

precision

information

of three

pairs

antenna.

for the

is determined

shifted

60 mc
the

modulated
by the

from

mitter

portion

ponder

receiver

coherent

ground

of the

500-

The
resolves

information

the

difference

ground

modulation
station.

for

by varying

two models

frequency.

the

the

This
frequency

transmitter

to the

signal

separation

and

frequency
models

because,
output

frequency
received

frequency

of a

carrier

is

ground.

modulates

Specifi-

the trans-

mc.

in the

coherent

RF is phase

locked

at the

In
The

0.2

model,
to a multiple

can be duplicated

ground

to compensate

the trans-

60 mc.

60.2

difference

carrier

between

is about

is approximately

exists

input

transmission

the frequency-modulated

resulting

frequency

the

The

reradiated

in noncoherent

between

Since

The

from

frequencies.

and

The

separation
the

of ranging

station.

and transmitter

between

received

and demodulates

transponder.

the

energy

transponder

receives

mc difference
frequency

the

by a set

vehicle

the

models,

fine

from

transponder

transmitted

constant

data.

antennas.

carrier

the

for

located

consists

configuration,

transmitting

resolution

antenna,

C-band

of the

are

output

These

antenna

of 360 degrees

ambiguities

range

cally,

one

ambiguity

baselines

scan

In this

capability

resolve

coarse-

MK I system

of cosine-rate

6-20,

500-meter

A conical

and

baselines
meter

and

baselines.

ambiguity

to the

Transmitter

baselines.

50-meter

furnishes

allows

fine-cosine

two systems

addition

Figure

two intersecting

a tracking

the

data.

configuration,

antennas

in the

This

is modified.

in common.

receiving

pair.

is similar

between

direction-cosine

The

on both

MK H system

MK 1I and the

configuration

500 meters.

fine-cosine

ambiguities

differences

in the

realistic

of the

antenna

AZUSA

main

MK II antenna

on each

for the

phase-counting

The

operation.

The

6-72

800 wave-lengths

station
for

doppler

is held
effect,

by

....

the

frequency

difference

be measured

and

transponder
from

used,

thereby

carrier

mitter.

The

system

supplies

Computer.

The

of the

trajectory.

safety

purposes.

UDOP

and

system

on vehicles

the UDOP

is capable

received,

while

for retransmission.
mc

and

the

increased

ground

of range

error

is discussed

The

ODOP

son

techniques

ing data

The

or more

in the

the

input

- output

freare

7,

plots

doppler
6 and

replacing

7.

trans-

coordinates
for

ODOP

and

two

frequencies
890 and

two systems

are

doppler)

systems

is that

double

frequency

in ODOP

position)

(offset

(cw) frequency

are

range

as an operational

in the

received

frequency

by

non-

velocity

UDOP

difference

- output

the

to an IBM 709

as continuous

frequencies

the

form
position

the

ground

on the

the

SA 5,

with

is accomplished

to the

in digital

frequency

input

transmission
Because

and

velocity.

to derive

offsets

nominal

This

radial

a continuous-wave

UDOP

system.

station

frequencies

as a vernier

data

Primary

transponder

nominal

ground

rf carrier

transmitter

high

SA 6 and

to vehicle

that

a fixed
are

450 and

960 mc.

results
similar,

amount
900

The

in a reduction
only

the

ODOP

here.

{Offset

doppler)

to determine

is recorded

system

{ultra

on vehicles

ODOP

can

in the

frequencies

reading.

presented

on vehicles

The

ODOP

are

10.

at the

transmitted

is used

system

9 and

used

modulation

the

equations

of transmitting

the

"beating"

trajectory

SA 8,

receivers

ambiguities.

continuous

UDOP

of modulation

Several

reading

data

and

modulating

transponder

solves

transmitter

is determined

a vernier-range

computer

system

range

as to compute

tracking

is a passenger

multiple

as well

ODOP.

is an operational

same

by

range

These

of transmitted

vehicle-borne

data

v_

station

phase-counting

incremental

transponder.

to acquire

range

o_

Slant

is measured

the

ambigious

the

limiting

phase-locking

The

from

range

receiver

range.

ground

to the

of the phases

received

Incremental

6-58.

compared

comparison

between

to measure

quencies

consists

ground

for

tracking
velocity
subsequent

of a ground-based

receiving

stations

system,

Figure

and position

6-21,

of the

uses

launch

frequency
vehicle.

compariThe

track-

analysis.

transmitter,
and a central

a vehicle
recording

transponder,

station.

The

four
transmitter

6-73

3_

.,.=_

c,,1
i

I
I
I
I

II_

GQ
0
0

_,_N

"_"

"_;T
6-74

_' _

<,,
o

;_

",

<
o
I

sends

an 890 me

signal

to the

ground

which,

due

to doppler

to the

radial

velocity

shifts

the

The

additional

doppler

velocity

via

as

a data

data

a data

from

transmitter

count.

The

receiving

by the

signal

measured
signals

and the

Range

and

the

are

range

range

rates

vehicle

and

back

difference

range

differences.

at which

the

sum

four

for

from

receiver

from

from

after

total

cycle

launch

site

launch.

represented

The

vehicle

location

is at the

intersection

the data

received

from

ground

or

from

Each

are

at the remaining

of

distance

of which

from

are

to the

accumulated
of the

systems

sites

a combination

as the

the

a survey

frequency

transmission

is defined

is obtained

doppler

points

system

from

to each

and

at least

station

by the
of

three

receiving

station

measurements.

is measured

the

recording
the

and

is

focal

received

MISTRAM

to the vehicle

from

Data

range

by counting

MISTRAM
range

The

the

frequency

is determined

instrumentation

as determined

the tracking

to measure

baselines.

range

to an

to the radial

station,

recording

is determined

subjected

a difference

from

Range

and

receivers.

stations.

MISTRAM.

techniques

position

ellipsoids,

to validate

6-59.

gonal

such

sum.

to receiver

of the

counts
for

been

to the central

of the vehicle

an ellipsoid,

one

cycle

range

by other

describes

three

is used

initial

and

recording

format

the

to vehicle

and

at least
ground

and

pin-pointed

transmitter

The

The position

position

known

sum

count.

transponder

site.

is sent

central

signal,

to the ground

is proportional

receiving

890 mc

The

signal
has

frequency

proportional

transmitter.

receiver

which

the

an amount

resulting

a reference

At the

transmission

center.

initial

a position

a cycle

the

ground

signal

receives

to the

transmits

with
This

link.

respect

to the

reference

in frequency

doppler)

respect

signal.

handling

range

with

transponder

by each
trip

an output

into

a known

(return

is compared

into

and

a phase-coherent

shifted

with

signal

signal

is converted

been

detected

shift

and

vehicle

vehicle

of the

transmission

translated

The
has

of the

vehicle

received

transponder

effect,

frequency

of the

produced

to the

receivers.

frequency

stations.

The

signal

end

a central

station,

wave

and range

the

number

station.

of the

number

of wavelengths

range

Vehicle
computer
differences

The
position
is used
are

comparison
across

of wavelengths

central

of the baselines.

(cw) phase
difference

to the

differences.

and

continuous

by counting

An external
range

uses

Range

final

data

is then
to compute
varying

traveled

difference
traveled

ortho-

is
by the

available
fixed

from

by the

trajectory

to determine

velocity.

6-75

MISTRAM
carried

Airborne
as

passenger

It receives
from

the

two

retransmitted

and

velocity

continuous

by

wave
antenna.

to the
data.

ground

The
transponder.

MISTRAM

Earth

Stations.

6-22,

arranged

Airborne

Saturn

I vehicles

X-band

signals

{range

These

signals

are

where

they

are

signals

MISTRAM

in an

MISTRAM

aboard

retransmitted

the

are

The

equipment

ground-based

and

received

Transponder.

L-configuration.

I central
The

SA 10.

calibration

channels)

and

frequency

in obtaining

phase-locked

and

to the

remote

installation,

located

FT .
(ryp)

__
Figure

6-76

6-22.

MISTRAM

Ground

Station

position
signals

stations,

REMOTE
STATIONS

3-318

shifted

vehicle

REMOTE
STATIONS

I0'000

is

SA 5 through

amplified,

used
are

Transponder

CENTRAL
STATION

Config_aration

Figure
at

Valkaria,

.
--"

Florida,

consists

stations

spaced

tances.

The

diameter

along

towers

lines.

v
L

oo

the

i0,000-ft,

ge

the

located

MISTRAM

data

o,_

station

baselines
stations

waveguides

not have

antenna

--_W

MISTRAM

but does

of a central

circular

missions.

at the
of the

are
and the

10,000-ft.

at the
are

Table

with

the

the

Both

16.5

lbs.

5.3

Amps

Consumption

Frequencies

Transmitted
Coherence

x 8.9

trans-

as MISTRAM

systems

have
of the

microwave
long

inches

max.

at 25.2

milliwatts

per

- 32.2

System

base-

VDC

channel

(nominal)
Range Channel
- 8148 me
Calibration
Channel
- 7884

to 7592

mc

(Swept)

Range Channel
- 8216 mc
Calibration
Channel
- 7952

to 7960

mc

(Swept)

Less than 45 error

between
the transmitted
and received
256 mc difference
frequencies
Less than 2 error
between
the end
of the calibration
channel
sweep

Dynamic

I,

Data

x 12.1

200 - 500

Output

Received

Phase

same

by 3-in.

(RT612/DRS-3)

Weight

Operating

dis-

station

by airlink

two extremities

MISTRAM

5.4

Power

100,000-ft.

6-7.

Size

RF

remote

Data

Transponder

Power

four

central

is essentially

Item

Vehicle-borne

the

stations

and

L and
and

100,000-ft.

in Table

6-7.

of the

L at 10,000-ft.

stations.

vertex

listed

vertex

connected

II, Eleuthera,
two

oe

Range

Minus

30 to minus

frequencies

105 dbm

Coverage

Azimuth

360 deg

Elevation

5 to 85 deg
0 to 85 deg
(The full
elevation

full accuracy
decreased
accuracy

accuracy
coverage
is limited
angle from any one antenna.

20 to 600 nm full accuracy

20 to 1000 + nm decreased

Range
Range

Velocity

0 to 50,000

Range

Acceleration

0 to 750 fps 2

by the
)

accuracy

fps

6-77

Table 6-7. MISTRAM Data (ContTd)

Data

Item

3
Rate

of Change
Acceleration

Range

of Range

Difference

Azimuth
Rate

and

0 to 50 fps
0 to 3,000

Velocity

Elevation

0 to 45 deg/sec

Tracking

0 to 250 deg/sec

Azimuth
and Elevation
Acceleration
System

Maximum

Accuracy

6-60.

Minitrack.

determines

Minitrack

angular

that

at least

are

listed

Range

Difference

Range

Rate

- 0.02

Range

Rate

Difference

radio

ft

fps
- 0. 002 fps

system

which
It consists

of stations

on each

Alaska

Lima,

Goldstone,

California

Antofagasta,

San Diego,

California

Santiago,

East

Forks,

Grand

Minn.

arranged
The

orbit.

such

stations

Point,

Maryland

St.

Rosman,

North

Carolina

Winkfield,

Myers,

Florida

beacon,

for

Minitrack

carried

A direction

aboard

with

telemetry

station

Chile
Island,

Johns,

British

has
cosine

the

an output

Saturn

power

West

Indies

Newfoundland
England

Woomera,

of 139. 995 mc,

be modulated

Chile

Johannesburg,

Ecuador

Minitrack

Peru

Antigua

Blossom

AZUSA).

- 0.03

techniques.

network

of the vehicle

ft

frequency

by interferometer

by a world-wide

is in line-of-sight

- 0.40

Fairbanks,

frequency

6-7_

station

tracked

vehicle

Range

below.

Quito,

Each

beacon,

one

Fort

The

to the

Error:

is a continuous-wave

direction

of a vehicle-borne

fps

South

Africa

Australia

I instrument

unit,

of 20 milliwatts.

radiates
The

beacon

at a
may

purposes.

an antenna
with

pattern

respect

on crossed

to each

baseline

baselines

(similar

is computed

from

to
measure-

ment of phase-difference in the reception of

antennas

along

respect

the

to its

is computed

6-61.

C-Band

based

Each

space-fixed

orbit

on Saturn

baseline.

antenna

from

angle

Radar

vehicles

baselines,

Tracking.

radar

sets

two

made

The

transponder

cosines,

of time.

(SST-102A)

tracking

with

The

vehicle

of ground

transponder

accurate

at separated

direction

at a series

SST-102A

to provide

energy

as a function

A C-band
10.

frequency

computes

measurements

SA 5 through

AN/FPS-16

station

radio

stations.

is operational

functions

data

with

on the vehicle

earthtra-

jectory.

The

AN/FPS-16

is a high-precision,

specifically

for

information

from

in lobing-type

long-range
each

nating

radar

the

pulses

power

to the

uncertainty

monopulse

instead

tracking
radar

of using

mc

the

radar

derives

designed

target

position

several

pulses

as is necessary

beacon)

provides

transmission

produces
tracking

close-in

feedhorn

array

beam.

The
pulse

develops

is applied

feeds

horns

tracked.

sensitivity

and

from
are

the

summed,
tracking

return

single

pairs
error

beam

signals.
centerline.

deriving
section

These

where

70 dbm.

may

in

Output

pulse

transmitter
be reduced

is radiated

for

narrow

skin

track

is received
which,

signal.

it is converted

or

by the

by addition

(horizontal
error

for

by a foura very

In addition,

a reference

is a

operating

magnetron

rf energy

of feedhorns

by elimi-

transponder

supply

to produce

to an rf comparator

selected

elevation

be either

a point-source

accuracy

power

energy

reflector

Target

applied

from

to a separate

may

track.
and

(This

or double)

(peak).

a fixed-frequency

transmitted

ensures

is minus

of 500 watts

(single

The

and power

a parabolic

signal

beacon

received

feed

tracking

being

receiver

The

transmitted

displacement

all four

increasing

out of one megawatt.

which

azimuth

Its use

on vehicle

Its

targets.)

array

energy

thus

or coded

radar.

is a minimum

power

for

four-feedhorn

set,

On the AN/FPS-16,

a peak

to uncoded

receiver-transmitter

range.

Radar.

radar

earth-based

of point

of the transponder

C-Band

(or

in response

radar

single-package

5400-5900

target

signal,

from

energy

compact

coded

The

The transponder

interrogations

of return

the

returned

Transponder.

of high-energy

the

tracking.

monopulse

radars.

C-Band

pulse

C-band,

and vertical),

signals
the

of

represent

outputs
Each

from

signal

to a 30 mc

IF

6-79

signal, amplified, andcompared with the reference signal. The phase relationship represents the error direction and the amplitude represents the error
magnitude. The resulting error direction and magnitude signals are detected
and commutated, and in turn, used to control the antennapositioning servos.
Onereference signal is applied to the range tracking section where it is used
in generating the ranging voltages. The ranging voltages are ultimately used
to gate the receiver channels so that they are receptive only to targets being
tracked. The range section provides the slant range analogs for the digital
section andthe video presentation console.
The outputs from the AN/FPS-16 (polar coordinates) are in gray-code serialbinary form.
The data for the AN/FPS-16 radar system and the SST-102Atransponder are
listed in Tables 6-8 and 6-9, respectively.

Table

Item

Transmitter

6-8.

AN/FPS-16

Data

Data

Frequency
Fixed - 5480 +30 mc
Tunable
- 5400 to 5900

mc

Peak Power
Fixed frequency
- 0.7 to 1.3 Mw
Tunable
frequency
- 0.2 to 0.4 Mw
Pulse
Width0.25,
0.5,
1.0usec
Pulse
Rate71, 80, 142, 160, 285, 320,
366, 640 (for XN-I delete
80 add 233)
Receiver

Frequency
- 5400 to 5900
Noise figure
- 11 db.

Ant enn a

Type - 13 ft. parabolic

reflector
Gain - 43.5 db (nominal)
Scan - Circle
and sector
Polarization
- vertical
Beam Width - i. 2

6-80

mc

341,

Table

6-8.

AN/FPS-16

Data

(Cont'd)

Data

Item

AzimuthElevation

Coverage

360
- minus

i0 to 190

Range - 1000 nm
Accuracy
- +5 yards
range
+0.2 milliradian
angle
Tracking
rates
accelerations

Azimuth

and

Elevation
Range

Table

6-9.

SST-102A

- 750 mil/se%
550 mil/sec"
- 400 mil/seco
350 mil/sec"
- 8000
2000

C-Band

yd/sec
yd/sec

Transponder

Data

Data

Item

Frequency

Range

5400

to 5900

Frequency

Stability

+2.0

mc.

IF Frequency

60 mc.

Receiver

-70

Sensitivity

dbm

mc.

over

entire

frequency

range
Receiver

Transmitter
Amplitude)

Pulse

Pulse

Rise

Pulse

Delay

Peak

Power

Supply
Operating

Width

(50%
0.25
0.75

Interrogation

Supply

10 mc.

Bandwidth

0 to 4000

Rate
Time

(10% to 90%)

O. 10
2.0

Output

Voltage
Range
Current

+0.05
TO. 05
pps.
see.

28 v. d. c.

1.9

max.

+0.1

500 watts,

5395

(selectable)

sec.
min.
nominal

to 5905

mc.

amps.

6-81

6-62.

Radar

developed

Altimeter.

for

onboard

not completely
ocean).
ment
range

link to ground

The

heat

of the

receiving

rate

radar

and

"off.

number

of timing

The

"

gates

The

both

transmitting

The

altimeter

is passenger

for

9, and

work

Tracking
from

and

coverage

the

tracking

of the

to vehicle

of 1610

mc.

functions

return

of

measure-

echo.

controls

This
telemetry

the

circuit.

radar

pulse

Transmission

return

pulse

_md its

return

gates

the

represents

altitude.

A single
and

stretches

function.

counting

pulse

long

the vehicle

which

the

each

is analogous

flight

tracking

land-based

stations.

Tracking

antenna

is mounted

(Model

on the

502)

exterior

of

infrared

are

listed

Kennedy,

The

I vehicles

the

east

I tracking
and

SA 5,

Atlantic

6 and 7 and opera-

This

tracking

and tracking

ships

network

systems.

the

earth

between

control

fill

the

with

and locations

by a network

facilities.

The

net-

35 degree

providing

includes
which

types

Range

network,

is implemented

The

is controlled

Missile

around

of 72 to 105 degrees,

The

function

located

latitude.

stations,

Bermuda
(off the

stations

azimuths

in Table

Saturn

network

South

tracking

along

for Saturn

10.

Stations.

and

Located

equipment

tracking

land-based

6-82

oscillator

between

the

been

trajectories

by accurate

through

crystal

for

and

has

vehicle

over

to earth

pulse

r_on;" reception

which

Mercury

35 degree

for

Island

vehicle

of the

of counts

Network.

encompasses

latitude

(e. g.

from

for

6-23,

unit.

SA 8,

developed

stations

support

and receiving

instrument

6-63.

tracking

and transmitted

at a frequency

the

tional

data

intervals

the counter

intervals

operates

serves

timing

number

altimeter

for

is a stable

supplies

pulse

counter

encoded

Figure

tracking

its transmitted

stations

altimeter

altimeter,

to supply

range

between

is digitally

of the

repetition

determines

interval

information

high-altitude

by earth-based

altimeter
time

Saturn

instrumentation

covered

The
of the

The

North

integrated

centers,

fixed

between

the

gaps

radio

frequency,

of the

tracking

optical
.uystems

6-10.

72-degree
Island,
coast

azimuth
Grand

launch

Canary

of Tanganyika,

orbit
Island,

Africa).

are
Kano

tracking

stations

(Nigeria),

To obtain

and

a continuous

at Cape
Zanzibar
track,

J
Receiver
Digital
Form to Telemetering
Transmitter

Radar
energy
traveling
2.99 x 108 meters
per

at
second

Transmitted
Pulse

Ocean

3-319
Figure

6-23.

Radar

Altimeter
6-83

L)

L)

_,

r.)

"<

oa
_o
i

I
r_2

Z
.<

Z
.<

:n
c_

.<

b_

0
c_

F_

c_
I
0o
!
c_

F_
I

.<

c_
c_

0,-_

o
o

..z

_
0

c_

g_

o_-i

_,,-i

'_

c_

.o
i

6-84

L_
I

_
i

L""
I

<:_
I

<_
I

_
I

..

..

...

.......

......

.i

we

.....

"<

,,"'4

I
A

r..)
v

<

.="4

<

.<

.<

.<

.<

"0
0

"0
0

-_

t_

L_-

I:::l
,

_1

r_

b_

I
D

1"1
I

6-85

c)

g
0

r_

I
v

I
v

r/l

r_

0o

r_

r/l
I
0
.,'-4

_.4

,_

_
,+--4
I

L_

t.o

I
r3j

_+

<_

<_

ro
v

r,.)

"cJ

O
r/J

,.Q
I

i
v

+I+
"c+

r./J

o
_

d
p_.,

<:D
. ,,,,_

1-,+

O
m

,o _I

m +l

<D r,-+
r.< ,+..t

<_ ,m ml
O

.,-i

m
8

6-86

;-i

I
v

b_
r.-i
,o

o
>,
r.+

>
,"'-4

a tracking

ship

is stationed

and two tracking

stationed

Down

in the

range

Island,

from

are

stations

orbit,

degree

launches.

to the

western

United

States

The

coast

additional

are

and

Island

of Africa;
used

station

Canary

Ships

- ARIS)

Grand

Turk

Island,
are

the

for

the

tracking

at Grand

Bahama

Island

of

Leeward

Pretoria,

in tracking

provides

located

in the
and

tracking

longitude,

the

Kennedy.

and

Point
Eglin,

network

mainland,

Africa.

105-degree
ascent

all

Islands;

South

The

azimuth

phase

whenever

and

this

the

Arguello,

flight

of the

vehicle

72is with-

part

coverages

of the

Island;

Mexico;
of three

illustrated

area

tracking

Canton

Guaymas,

Tracking

Pacific

network,

Australia;

are

the

southern

of the

California;

azimuths

through
the

portion

Woomera,

Florida.

105-degree

extends

and across

For

at Muchea

Hawaii;

and

States

Cape

located

Texas;

Corpus
orbits

in Figures

6-24

for
and

respectively.

RANGE

SAFETY.

safety

against

function

ensures

malfunction

function

on attainment

commanded

"safe.

operational

readiness

during

as a function
of orbital

'_ Thus,

of the

launched

importance

(or criticality)

until,

safety

of vehicles

is of extreme

in importance
range)

East

to

Island,

72-degree

areas

west

Island

Antigua

primarily

Each

stations

San Salvador

provide

United

are

Christi,

range

Grand

of coverage.

90-degree

6-25,

and

Instrumentation

tracking

Islands;

are

and

From

Kauai

Island,

off the

launch

stations

Kennedy,

Island

in its area

The

Cape

Bahama

downrange

Range

Island

Ocean.

in the

Ascension

Bermuda

(Advanced

Indian

Eleuthera

which

6-64.

ships

between

the

range

on the

range.

the

early

of flight

conditions,

function

is determined

launch

is used

the

part

time
range

of the

of the

and

safety
the

function

adjacent

flight,

(or distance

only during

by checkout

(AMR)

diminishing

traveled
function

down

can

ascent

phase,

during

the

be
although

prelaunch

phase.

When

applied,

by an additional
damage

upon

the

range

safety

command,
impact

of the

function

dispersion

results

in termination

of propellants

to preclude

of power
explosion

(thrust)

and,

and fii_e

vehicle.

6-87

\
\

4-a

...4

5%1

.r..4

6-88

gg

mg

,.c:l

_.,,=1

%
%

I
qo

c_
i
c_

6-89

6-65. OPERATION.
Range safety is accomplished by integrating related functions, including tracking,
instrumentation, command, communications, and range surveillance. The range
safety officer has control of switches which, through radio transmission, command
(1) vehicle engine cutoff and (2) initiation of ordnance elements aboardthe vehicle to
release propellants, after fuel flow to the engineshas been cutoff. He initiates the
first, and, if necessary, the second of these commands whenever, in his opinion,
further flight of the vehicle constitutes a danger to life or property on or adjacent
to the range. A time delay in vehicle-borne equipment delays arming of ordnanceinitiation circuits for a short time after receipt of the enginecutoff command.
To aid the range safety officer in making his decision, presentations of information
from the tracking, instrumentation and range surveillance functions are displayed
on his control console. This information includes: Traces of vehicle present
position in three coordinate planes; a trace showingballistic impact point if thrust
were terminated at that instant; selected telemetry data of vehicle performance; a
manual plot showing locations of air and ship traffic in the range area; and a television presentation of the vehicle while in visual range.
6-66.
from
the

Present
tracking

vehicle

charts

The

for

information,

trajectory

of many

points

lines

areas,

and

plane)

limit
are
flight

parallels

of a nominal

6-67.
mation,
point),

6-90

safety

curves

Limit

is resolved

plotting

safety

an established

on the

a computation
if thrust

were

vehicle

coordinate

as obtained

planes.

mechanically

nominal,

plane

are
which

were

to ensure

termination

Impact

the

plane

if thrust

established

trajectory

plotted

of the

on these

or expected

Charts

of

planes.

trajectory

The

and

a family,

curves.

in each

line

position

into three

are
show

an adjacent

Ballistic

Present

projection

of range

range
each

Displays.

trajectory

or families

for

Position

and

that

safety

is made

of ballistic
at that

the

on the

From

present

does

instant,

6-27

three

planes.

This

to impact
6-26.

(in a given

is a representation

position
(or

on

on inhabited

trajectory

Figure

point

a direction

Figure

not impact

vehicle

vehicle

impact
instant.

the vehicle

at that

curve.

Point.

by determining

permit

a vehicle
when

its projections

terminated

would

terminated

is indicated
range

developed

and velocity

instantaneous

information

inforimpact

is presented

1
Arbitrary

Flight

Termination

Normal

Flight

Path

---7

Point_

_/:<
___-

Impact

Point-

_i ....

Figure

continuously,
taneous

as a trace

impact

boundary

of this

termination

6-68.
are

plotted

for

the nearby

pass.

6-28

Data.

is derived
sea

area,

Safety

shows

flight

Position

from

air

of all

visual

surface

surveillance

that

through

vehicle
is the

of the

ships

board

and

the

continued
plots

plotting

from

that

were

illustrates

Limits

the corridor

An indication

on a plexiglass

data

Range

which

if powered
Figure

Surveillance

Plotted

at Cape

6-69.

corridor

manually

on a chart
must

decision.

Range

officer.
and,

points

6-26.

and
can

type

which

the

would

violate

basis

for

instanthe

a flight

used.

aircraft
be seen

surveillance
by observers

in the

range

by the
radar

range

area
safety

information

in the

lighthouse

Kennedy.

Television

Presentation.

During

the

early

moments

of the

vehicle

flight,

it

6-91

Y-H

Plane

X-H Plane

/__A/_tualTrajectory

ll

l[

X-Y

,*Y

Plane

X
3-323
Fi_tre

6-27.

Three

is tracked

by television

presented

on a closed-circuit

6-70.

transmitters,

Grand

Turk

engine

cutoff

one

of the
into

television

and Ascension

and propellant
by,

operating

visual

of Saturn

information

monitor

Trajectory

of vehicle

available

to the

Grand

Bahama

action

range

is

safety

officer.

ensure

at Cape

Kennedy,

Island

transmit

the

coded

Island,

signals

dispersion.

Two transmitters

at each

reliability

of communications.

In the

transmitter,

automatic

equipment

switches

the

San

which

Salvador,

initiate

site,

one

event

of failure

standby

operating

transmitter

service.

vehicle

of command

receive

is transferred
vehicle.

and

receivers
decode

through
Each

command

on the periphery

the transmitter.
to further

6-92

This

located

Island,

standing

Two pairs

apart

cameras.

Projection

IMPLEMENTATION.

Command

and

Coordinate

enhance

the

transmitted

command

destruct

receiver
of the

The

and decoders

stage

two antenna

reliability

The

controllers

to ensure

of reception.

aboard

commands.

is served

pairs

located

each
required

to other

by two antennas,
that

on each
Figure

one
stage

6-29

of the

action

equipment
located

is always
are

stage

located
illustrates

aboard
i80

in line

the

degrees

of sight

90 degrees
the

order

typical

of
apart,

X-Y

X-H

Plot

Plot

is similar)

Plot
(Y-H

X and Y -- horizontal
coordinates
H = vertical
coordinate

3-324

A = projection
of nominal
trajectory
B = permissible
trajectory
C = nonpermissible
trajectory;
as soon as the projection
of the trajectory
parallels
neighboring
range
safety
lines
(at D), flight termination
action
is taken.
Figure

mechanization

of the

Operational
vehicles
are

range

carrier

received

and

The

signal
demodulated

range

the

into

transmitted

safety

operation

Range

function

command

the AN/DRW-I3

by frequency

execute

safety

to the vehicle

mitter's

sorted

safety

includes

transmitted

range

6-28.

equipment,

through

by the

command,

which

frequency

For

to energize

of the

tones.
The

employed

on Saturn

the AN/DRW-13,

modulation

receiver.

channels

is detailed

is normally

of audio

command

Figure

stage.

receiver.

combinations

the proper

Plots

on a vehicle

command

by coded

Safety

command

The

carrier

recovered

transsignal

audio

a combination

commands

tones

of relays

is
are
and

6-30.

in the

following

paragraphs

which

describe

a
6-93

_o

f,,_

r-I

0
r..)
l-,I

N?

d
I
,,--1

_3

__t_

_t_
@
0

o
@

6-94

'k

oo
I

:_

- . :..

:'"

.....

" " . ..

Channels

2k
f
I

N1

NL

NI

_,L'

"7

4k

II'_LL

I
1

61

10

J
A

Video

---__
Lst

2nd
I.F.

_'-:.F

Selector

___.J

Relay
Contacts
(N)
wired
prior
to flight
to give:
1. Engine
Cutoff
2. Destruct

Output

J
I

Detector

1-

\
Multiplier

Range
Safety
Commands:
1. Engine
Cutoff
2. Destruct

1
Audio
Tone
Coder

AMR

INS TALLA

TION

FRW-2
Transmitter

3-325

Figure

6-30.

AN/DRW-13

Command

Receiver

6-95

hypothetical situation. (This description involves the digital command system,

Figure 6-31, which is carried as passenger, or developmental, equipment on Saturn I
vehicles, rather than the AN/DRW-13 command receiver. )
The range safety officer decides that the vehicle constitutes a danger and must have
its thrust terminated and propellants dispersed. He actuates, in sequence, the engine
cutoff anddestruct switches. The resulting signals are digitally encoded, and,
together with a digital address for the vehicle, are delivered to the command transmitter, which is rf-linked with the vehicle. The command transmitter sendsthe
commandto the vehicle, where it is received by the command receiver, its address
comparedwith vehicle coding, and accepted. The "message" is then decoded, and
translated into relay closures which deliver "engine cutofW and "destruct"
command
signals

to the

command

destruct

controller.

Command
Functions

Command
Transmitter
FRW-2

h._[

M.

Digital

Receiver
Decoder
I

Modulator

Address
Coding
Device

Digital
Encoder

3-326
Figure B-31.

6-96

Digital

Command

System

.....
The

"engine

cutoff"

of propellants
signal

to the

also

starts

"destruct"
unit

6-71.

set

through

two

power

The

stages

of the

dc) for

the

the

stage

to initiate

systems.

The

desired

time

controller

ordnance

vehicle

a complete

system

and the

the

T'engine

delay,

cutoff
cutoff"

relays

to trigger

(described

and the

electrical

The
launch

relay

active

the

an EBW

in Paragraph

instrument

system

unit

which

firing
9-26).

are

electrically

supplies

all

interruption

of relays.

contacts,

are

power

at the

of its

from

ground

the

explosive

that

Ground

Conuntil

at which

generator

the
to

connected

the power

occur

time

source

switches,
lock

could

(28-volt

is maintained

35 seconds)

to permanently

interruptions

Automatic

power

During

power

T minus

At launch,
fired

phases.

primary

of primary

(approximately

mission

phase,

located

source

without

all

launch

by generators

phase

preventing

throughout

of the

generator

by a network
the

are

majority

is switched

thus

in

transfer

due to relay

failure

bounce.

Throughout

the

mission,

is supplied

the

by stage

ac power

115 volt

electrical

(three

distributors

phase

and

400 cps)

for

each

electrical

networks.

OPERATION.
operation

of each

is described.
28-volt

The

a slave

Batteries.
battery

cells

as electrolyte.
are

electrical

batteries,

sequencer,

which

the

destruct

I launch

is supplied

of the

with

or contact

The

Saturn

(AGCS).

batteries

functions

6-73.

after

dispersion

systems

systems

power

parallel

two

vehicle

which,

command

contains

phase

end

primary

stage

the

I electrical

Station

near

The

timer,

other

" ".. ; -

controller

requirements.

prelaunch

6-72.

through

in the

SYSTEM.

Each

Saturn

trol

up switching

off the propellant

independent.

the

engines

ELECTRICAL

The

sets

a delay

input

and

- . :._ :': .." .." : "

signal

used

S-I

system
stage

dc power
unit,

and

Inflight
are
Each

several

constructed

to adjust

the

electrical

supplies,

power

is rated

is similar.

types

for the

system,
a dc-to-ac

output

stage

inverter,

is supplied
oxide

ampere-minutes

voltage

Figure

only that
6-32,

of the

is comprised

distributors,

S-I
of

a flight

of J-boxes.

of zinc-silver
at 1650

Therefore,

to 28-volt

by two 28-volt

using

potassium

and

is provided

dc (nominal)

under

batteries.
hydroxide
with

taps

load.

6-97

_1_

p,

I-

i_

,--t
.,.-i

e_

_JL
P

I
I

I
I

I
I

I
I

<
I

6-98

......

._
6-74.

Inverter.

battery

6-75.

"..

2..

to li5-volt,

various

Measuring

Voltage

is a solid-state

dc-to-dc

converter.

outputs

(one

voltage

for

6-76.
all

capacity),

limiting

electrical

into groups

or

similar

of identical

a distributor

distributor

is furnished

are

switching

each

0.25

28-volt

voltage

is used

output

percent.

The

and

They

contain

and

distribution

buses,

power

dc

reference

functions

(measuring,

5-volt

by this

unit.

centers

for

distribution

relays,

A brief

into

supply

is supplied

switching

group.

voltage

dc inputs

conditioners

the

functions

for

to convert

measuring

28-volt

signal

stage.

The

master

to within
and

is used

and
are

current

assembled

distribution,

description

etc.)

of each

type

of

follows:

Power

Distributor.

is supplied
transfer
from

the

Prior

to the
and

output

power

during

28 volt

buses,

to primary

distributor

vehicle

batteries.

one for

The

steady

power

to the

bus

supplies

power

to relays,

Main

supplied

Distributor.

sequencer
by the

are

power

Propulsion
from

the

engine

Flight

the

distributed

and

for varying

inverter,

other

serves

all

functions

that

unit.

are

The

the

initiated
main

the

to the

distributor

The
the

varying

dc

load

A third

bus

by the

flight

loads.

or controlled

distributor

power

steady-load

equipment.

ac power

power

After

loads.

control

primary

two separate

components;

and

stage

is supplied
contains

system

valves,

by this

power

one

the

generators.

distributor

measurement

Vehicle

dc power

is supplied

distributor.

System

Distributor.

power

distributor

functions.

Thrust

operation
in this

from

power

transfer,

ground

primary

loads,

supplies

power

from

flight,

bus

system,

6-77.

stage

_t

system.

It converts

in the

The

power.

The

distributors

circuits

components.

phase

Supply.

transducers

The

w@

inverter

measuring

controlled

measurement

Distributors.

of the

and

amp

three

in the

Master

solid-state

400 cps,

components

; . ............

A 450 volt-ampere

power

to power

:_.

of fuel

and

LOX

This
and distributes

OK pressure
fill

and

component

receives

it to the

28-volt

dc power

circuits

that

control

relays

used

for

the

switches

and

the

drain,

and

replenishing

valves

are

The

flight

sequencer,

a relay

device,

contained

unit.

Sequencer

and

Slave

Unit.

dis-

6-99

tributes 28-volt dc power to stage relays andcontrol devices. The capacity of the
basic unit is a 10-step program. Each step in the program is expandablein multiples
of 10 steps by the addition of slave units. The timing pulses for driving the flight
sequenceroriginate in the guidancecomputer (part of the guidance and control system}.
6-78. J-Box.

The J-box is a standard connector. Outer terminals of the connector

may be soldered together to form junction points, or used to connect simple circuit
elements into the circuits of the distributors. The J-box functions as a small remote
distributor and signal conditioner.
6-79. IMPLEMENTATION.
(To be supplied at a later date. )

6-100

l_t

oe

_B

CHAPTER
SECTION

.....

2
VII

STRUCTURES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

7--1.

STRUCTURAL

REQUIREMENTS

7-11.

STRUCTURAL

DESIGN

7-15.

S-I STRUCTURAL

7-23.

S-IV

7-32.

INSTRUMENT

.................

......................

7-7

CONFIGURATION

STRUCTURAL

CONFIGURATION

UNIT

7-3

STRUCTURAL

..............

7-10

..............

7-24

CONFIGURATION

.....

7-29

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

7--1.

Saturn

I Loads

7-2.

S-I

7-3.

Saturn

7-4.

Container,

7-5.

Thrust

Structure,

7-6.

Flame

and

7-7.

Center

LOX

7-8.

Outboard

7-9.

Fuel

7-10.

Second

Stage

7-11.

Spider

Beam,

7-12.

S-IV

7-13.

Instrument

Thrust

.........................

............................

I Drag

7-6

...........................

Engine,

Holdown
S-I

Heat

Protection,
S-I

(F-l),

.................

....................

(0-3),

S-I

S-I

....................

.......................

Structure
Unit,

S-I

.......................
Saturn

...........

7-8
7-12

S-I .....................

Adapter,
S-I

Schematic,

S-I

Container

Container

7-6

.......................

Container,

LOX

Stage

7-4

....................

7-15
7-17

...............

7-18
7-20
7-22
7-23
7-25
7-30

7-1

7-2

SECTION

VII.

STRUCTURES

7-1.

STRUCTURAL

The

Saturn

expected
The
for

I launch
to occur

structure
the

that

will

vehicle

contains

not impose

any

vehicle,

(attached

flight

wind

month

from

the wind

in defining

7-4.

or

are

the worst

holddown

and

rebound.

from

The

inertia

rebound

the vehicle.
reverses

and

erection

operations.

design

analysis

be

requirements

of the

conditions

so that

loads

imposed

do not exceed

on the

flight

loads

structure

and thus

do

penalty.

or unpressurized

is structurally

capable

percent

probability

The

bending

moments

with

the

and

free-standing

of withstanding

of occurrence
(Figure

longitudinal

loading

structure
The

but before

wind

(bending

(aft axial
condition
Axial

the

The

can

due

result-

the

strongest

during

7-1)

force

loads

and

shears

to the

resulting

weight

of the

vehicle

condition.

CONDITIONS.
vehicle

result

designed

a 99.9

prelaunch

the

ignition,

and flight

stages.

a careful

are

pressurized

only)

combined

At launch

vehicle

equipment

of the year.

engine

after

that

CONDITIONS.

fueled,

having

LAUNCH

the

launch

loads

operations.

performance

launcher

winds

for

all

CONDITIONS.

empty

to the

ing from

all

to withstand

prelaunch,

determined

transportation,

PRELAUNCH

The

handling,

during

and

fabrication,

7-3.

are

HANDLING

procedures

is designed

the propellant

structure

GROUND

during

ground

be encountered

Handling

structure

during

also

vehicle

7-2.

REQUIREMENTS.

direction

is capable
holddown

the

load)

occurs
loads

result
of the

condition

launcher

moments
and

and

the

from

loads

is imposed

from

on the

two conditions,

structure

releases

the vehicle.

The

shears),

engine

(forward

vibration

when

load

of withstanding

transients

engines
deceleration

at the holddown

are

thrust
due

holddown

to initial

off before

the

of the

vehicle

which

Combined

loads

axial

engine

cut

points.

after

load),

combustion.

launcher

releases

suddenly
with

the

axial

7-3

24

r-

Prelaunch

(99.9%

wind)

sec.

g
12

t
Prelaunch

(99.9_

wind)

Max

q (t=65

-4

16

I
Max

g (t=141

see.)

t_

A
v

8
o

Max

q (t=65

sec.)_

[
<

t
3-529
I.U.--_

500
Vehicle

I_

S-IV

..........

_
Figure

7-4

1000

1500

Station

(inches)

........................
7-1.

Saturn

S-I
I Loads

..
loads

are

wind

loads

.C'QI I IE) I T I'. Li

(bending

moments

and

!]"

shears)

and

!':

vibration

transients

and

dynamic,

resulting

from engine cutoff.

7-5.

FLIGHT

During

CONDITIONS.

flight

dynamic,

7-6.

the

structure

inertia

Engine

and propellant

Thrust

as the vehicle
liftoff,

and then

stant,

on the

bending

second

stage

thrust

prior

stage

heat,

impose
The

The

thrust

(Figure

at approximately

to first

vehicle.

vehicle.

first

a maximum

engines

of the

on the

The

reaches
slightly

remainder

moments

Loads.

altitude,

decreases

the

to engine

aero-

loads.

and Heat

gains

separation,

is subjected

stage

engine

thrust

loads,

thrust

produces

moments

and

7-2)

110 seconds

cutoff.

which

are

After

are

axial

shears

increases

first

relatively

loads,

after
stage
con-

shears

a result

of the

and
engines'

gimballing.

The

first

stage

and

circulation

impose

7-7.

engines
of the

a heat

load

Dynamic

at engine

ignition
begins

with

vehicle

liftoff

and

liftoff).

The

short

Propellant

occur

dynamic

the

another

caused

by gust

control

system
in the

his page is

loads,

and

the

control

(gimballing
vehicle

type

oi ssim d

radiation

engines

and

mechanical

engine

The

increases

in magnitude

and

and

stage

loading,

modes

and vehicle

of the

loads
the

CONFIDENTIAL

at
after
is

pressure.
only

Mach

for

1, region

separation.

fluid

from
mass

modes.

produces

structure

acoustical

and

present

liftoff,

results

bending

begins

58 seconds

velocity

vehicle

aero-

It is maximum

1 (approximately

ignition,

and

source

cutoff.

ignition.

vehicle

internal

acoustical

high

of dynamic

Since

external

dynamic

of gravity

structure.

stage

at maximum

cutoff,

to gust

through

1 and

center

engines)

The
until

as the

engine

engine

second

- mechanical,

Mach

relatively

during

pressure,

container

after
begins

vehicle

from

at engine

at Mach

are

result

constant

generated

source

the

environment.

negligible

which

of time,

sloshing,

field

transition

vibrations,

of maximum

deflection

becomes

loads

relatively

sound

during

periods

between

the

aerodynamic

influential

Transient

remains

of the

stage.

of excitation

vibration

base

separation

second

dynamic

sources

vehicle

on the

After

of the

Vehicle

and

load

gases.

base

main

the

source

most

on the

Three

produce

a heat

exhaust

Loads.

disturbances.
dynamic

impose

a relative

and

and

is generally

Reaction

considerable
propellant

motion

of the
bending

are

not

7-5

CONFIDENTIAL
1.8

--

,O

1.6

1.4
Figure

3-530

S-I

7-2.

Thrust

30

15

40
Flight

3-531

integral

and do not deflect

is not damped,
the

control

7-8.

65 seconds

before

first

after

stage

and when

combined

When

vehicle

by the

Loads.

:Figure

sloshing
the

results.

resulting

Aerodynamic

Aerodynamic

mately

7-6

(sec.)

together,
for

120

160

7-3.

Saturn

If the propellant

perturbations

must

I Drag

sloshing

be provided

by

system.

gusts.

the

Time

compensation

Aerodynamic

and wind

mized

Burning

8O

liftoff

burnout.
with

control

drag

(Figure

(max

q condition)

Aerodynamic
an angle

is in the
system

loading

region
which

of attack

7-3)

drag

reduces

increases

imposes

the

decreases
an axial

in bending

structural
vehicle

CONFIDENTIAL

of drag,

angle

to a maximum

and then

results

of high drag,

is a result

angle

approxi-

to nearly

zero

on the

structure

load

moments

bending

of attack

and

moments

of attack.

shears.
are

mini-

.....

.....

Aerodynamic
through

heating

the

Vehicle

the

temperature

7-9.

Inertia

increase
cutoff

in the
(max

during

......

......

of friction
until

flight.

result

from

during

flight.

by the

vehicle

stage

burnout

and

to the

vehicle

the vehicle
Peak

reaches

acceleration

then
have

due to an
is at first

at separation

the peak

moving

centerline

acceleration

decreases

but never

caused

first

not parallel

acceleration

burning,

during

ratio
The

UO

are

loads

thrust/weight

stage

eO

---

increases

which

Inertia

w-

is a result

increase

g condition).

second

heating

surfaces

Loads.

we

vehicle

The

decreases.

Wwm

on the

atmosphere.

greatest

and

achieved

then

at first

stage
increases

stage

cutoff.

7-10.

Propellant

due

to a combination

hydrostatic
height

altitude

7-11.

and

ment

unit

craft.

Critical

times.

The

wind),

launch

the S-IV

flight

(at any

location

minus

conditions
and

head

The

of the

is limited
the

The

ullage
valves.

pressure

container}

to the

fluid,

by relief

ambient

in the

is equal

installed

forces

to the

container

tainer

because

of the

second
for

on the

rebound)

and

the

ullage

maximum

pressure

in the
dampen
walls.

low density

S-I
the

Slosh

S-I

wind)

are

combined

flight

design

fuel

and

sloshing
baffles

of the

and

with

support

plus

during

(max

g}.

(max
q).

the

space-

occur

at different

prelaunch

q and max
flight

An instru-

for

of the vehicle

structure
(max

during

by an interstage.
the

portions

unit

structural

joined

provides

flight

(ground

loads
the

stage

various

occur

external

baffles

of two stages

instrument

to obtain

are

wall

and

The

pressure.

prelaunch

and on the

baffles

consists
of the

during

hydrostatic

ambient

conditions

(holddown

critical

container.

vehicle

loading

containers,

Slosh

the

system

container

density

are

DESIGN.

critical

separation),

the

pressures.

of the vehicle.

flight,

forward

structure

acceleration

during

during

by the propellant

ambient

of the

increases

across

I launch
mounted

is a function
the

structure

and

vehicle

STRUCTURAL
Saturn

and ullage

pressurization

time

head

on the

by the

differential

The

head

in the container

of the

hydrostatic

imposed

flight,

At any

pressure

loads

during

is supplied

decreases.

the

varying

of the fluid

the

The

of hydrostatic

head,

pressure
As

Loads.

For

the internal

They
g and
the
gas

(ground
occur

on

after
propellant
pressure

and

loads.

LOX containers
propellant
are

and

not required

and in the
transfer

S-IV

absorbed

in the S-IV

LOX
slosh

LH 2 con-

LH 2.

7-7

7-12. S-I STAGE.

The S-I structure is an assembly of nine propellant containers (five LOX andfour
fuel) supported at the forward end by the secondstage adapter and at the aft endby
the tail section. Eight fins are attachedto the tail section. A 105-inch diameter
LOX container is located on the stage centerline. Alternately spaced around the
center container (Figure 7-4) are four LOX and four fuel containers; each is 70
inches in diameter. The containers are structurally independentof one another.
The nine container configuration was selected becausemanufacturing techniques
for these size containers had beenpreviously established, thus the fabrication
time could be shortened.
The secondstage adapter (spider beam), five LOX containers andtail section resist
the loads encountered during all vehicle operations through first stage burnout. The
LOX containers carry axial load in both directions; the fuel containers carry axial
load only in the aft direction. The fuel containers are supported at the forward end
by a sliding pin connectionwhich permits relative movement betweenthe spider
beam and thrust structure dueto the contraction of the LOX containers as the containers are being filled.
Several conditions produce critical loads on the thrust structure. The maximum
loads on the thrust structure outriggers are producedby the holddown, rebound
and max q conditions. For the thrust structure barrel assembly the max q and
H-7

Legend:
0
F
E
H

3-523

LOX Container
Fuel Container
Engine
Holddown Point

H-5
Figure 7-4. Container, Engine, HolddownSchematic, S-I

7-8

max

g (engine

moments

and

hot engine
Eight

gases

on the

fins

loading

of the prelaunch
outboard
prelaunch

critical

load

In addition
must

to the

of a forward

spider

the

altitude

where

tial

on the

cylindrical
level

the

loads,

from

the

shield.
The

in each

critical

bending

is protected

flight.

loading

and

and unpressurized)
the

are

maximum

loading

fin is a holddown

condition

critical

loading

on the

critically

q.

loads

carried

by the

LOX

internal
joined

container
ambient

fitting

fins

is

ambient

is a result

q conditions.

q.

The

during

occur

during

skirts

for

max

containers,

For

all

the

Each

container

by a cylindrical

section.

The

maximum

pressure

is zero.

The

aft bulkheads

pressure

occurs

while

the

maximum

varies

decrease

when

during
the

the

consists
pres-

vehicle

pressure
flight

The

containers

loads.

bulkheads

the

q condition.

pressurization

forward

and

max

loaded

at max

skirts

conditions

and

occurs

and

container

and max

beam

sections

and

and flame

and unpressurized)

aft bulkhead
on the

structure

LOX container

containers

propellant

differential

propellant

full

empty

external

and

axial

Incorporated

A local

containers,

fuel

on the

withstand

sure

fuel

LOX and

maximum

during

q.

center

(container

(containers

outboard

shield

condition.

on the

LOX and

of the thrust

at max

launcher.

by the rebound

the

in stabilization

occurs

to the

critical

aft end

aid

produce

by the heat

fins

attachment

The

The

aerodynamic

produced

conditions

shears.

exhaust

condition
for

thrust)

reaches
differen-

because

acceleration

the

of the

vehicle

increases.

7-13.
The

S-IV
S-IV

STAGE.

structure

structure,

a base

To reduce

the

lants

are

length

the

loads

first

skirt

stage

of the

which
on the

an integral
vehicle

vehicle

propellant

and thus

external

Located

the fuel
the

container,

reduce

container.

separates

an aft skirt,

(LH2)

LOX which

weighs

and
loading,

within

from

the

a forward

(LOX).

times

skirt.

the propel-

container

the oxidizer
five

a thrust

as much

is the
To
as the

aft.

aft interstage,

forward

shield,

of an aft interstage,

in an integral

bulkhead

LH 2 is located

The

heat

contained

common
reduce

is an assembly

aft

withstand

burnout.

skirt,
the

cylindrical
loads

Following

section

encountered
stage

separation

of the propellant
during
and

all
until

vehicle

container,
operations

spacecraft

and
through

separation,
7-9

the thrust structure, LOX container aft bulkhead, cylindrical section of the LH2
container, and forward skirt resist all loads encountered as a result of S-IV
engine operation.

The criticaldesign condition for the aft interstage and aft skirt occurs at max g.
This condition produces the largest compressive

buckling load on the structure.

For

the cylindrical section of the LH 2 container, the prelaunch condition (container full
and unpressurized) is most critical. Maximum
at max
max

loading on the forward skirt occurs

q, but because of allowable stress reduction due to aerodynamic

g condition is more

heating the

critical.

Engine thrust, the principal load during S-IV engine operation, produces a critical
loading condition only in the thrust structure.

The base heat shield, which is

attached to the thrust structure, is designed to protect the aft end of the S-IV from
engine heat.

In addition

to the

container

must

of a forward
head.

the

ambient
and
tions

The

operations
flight

at max

largest

The

S-I
S-I

diameter
7-10

unit

payload

structure
the

the

loads.

on the
the

vehicle

common

ambient

container

and

consists

a common

forward

bulk-

bulkhead
is zero.

and

the aft bulkhead

acceleration

is greatest

is designed

critical

the propellant

pressure

section

bulkhead

The

The

container

cylindrical

conditions

for
are

occurs
The

and

is

the

both bursting
based

on combina-

and temperatures.

resists

the

separation.

loads
The

a combination

of bending

buckling

on the

STRUCTURAL

across

The

structure

q when

stage

time

section,

UNIT.

compressive

7-15.

on the

LOX pressures

through

cylindrical

an aft bulkhead

where

conditions.

INSTRUMENT
instrument

altitude

At this

pressure

of LH 2 and

7-14.

the

is zero.

section,

differential

differential

pressure

by the

and pressurization

pressure

cutoff.

collapsing

carried

a cylindrical

reaches

pressure
stage

loads

propellant

maximum

vehicle

maximum
at first

resist

bulkhead,

The

when

external

load

encountered

critical

design

moment

and

during

all vehicle

condition
axial

occurs

force

during

produces

the

structure.

CONFIGURATION.
is 962 inches

containers,

(80.2

274 inches

feet)
(22.8

long,
feet)

257

inches

in diameter

(21.4
across

feet)
the

in
thrust

structure,
nine

and

propellant

and

four

7-16.
tail

LOX

joined

together

are

attached

stub)
TAIL

The

the

tail

(five

LOX and

to make

(40.7

feet)

across

four

fuel)

and

up the

tail

stage.

the

fins.

a second

Eight

A tail

stage

section,

adapter

aerodynamic

fins

are

(four

large

to the

five

section.

H-1

In addition,

the

tail

and associated
loads

structure,

are

shrouds

engines

heat

transmits

section

supports

installations

from

transmitted

and

and

to the

shielding

tail

are

thrust

the

four

loads

fuel

containers

aerodynamic

loads

section

through

the

structurally

joined

and

and

engine

fins.

to make

up the

section.

loads

thrust

structure

64-inch

are

vehicle

(Figure

the

are

Thrust

loads

barrel

assembly

Lateral

loads

mitted

to the

canted

from

the

barrel

aft ring.

inboard
In turn

the

outriggers.

longerons
The

propellant

The

forward

ring

Part

of the

thrust

aft and

the

the barrel

through

of the
load

the

from

the

and

engine

structure

equally

from
spaced

on a 190-inch

axial

75 inches
loads

mounting

actuators
longerons

to the

and the

four

to the

barrel

between

skin

are

support

four

aft

the

aft ring.

fin support
outriggers

assembly.

located

trans-

inside

by the

thrust-support

long.

The

which

to tapered
skin

are

pads.

is attached

link

in the

on a

to the thrust-structure

canted)

ring

Cutouts

are

and approximately

of the

The
the

forward

aft and

provided

for

forrouting

assembly.

assembly
the

centerline.

rings

barrel

barrel

vehicle

and

skin.

3 degrees

mounted

outriggers

An internal

canted

are

fixed

loads

spaced

engines

transmitted

forward

box section.

supports

supports

aluminum-alloy

equally

and

being

beam

the

gimbal

through

the axial

are

transmitted

A cross

are

and

in diameter

engines

fin-support

by the

lines

loads

transmit

four

is a built-up
rings

structure

Axial

the

are

aft ring

box section.
This

supported

the

engines,

engines

from

engines

through

position

outboard

6 degrees

from

inboard

outboard

The

assembly

engines.

four

is 105 inches

(resulting

is a built-up

of the

four

inboard

which

containers

in a fixed

engines.

are

LOX

The

mounted
The

inboard

and

to the

7-5).

centerline.

diameter

ring

transmitted

diameter,

between

ward

inches

eight

engines

Thrust

ring

w v

the

Holddown

thrust

of 488

to the

supports

containers.

heating.

SECTION.

section

protects

are

a span

containers

structurally

the

has

four

is attached

inboard

engines

to the

center

is transmitted

LOX

container.

to the

center

7-11

Center

LOX

Container
jj
Upper

Ring

Segment

Lower

Ring

Segment

Fwd

Fin

Support

Outrigger
Inboard

Engine

Mounting
(4

Pad

Places)

Actuator
Attachment
Point
(4

Places)

Aft

Cross

Ring

Beam
Assembly

3-502
i,'ig_a r e 7-5.
7-12

Thrust

Structure,

S-I

Barrel
Assembly

....

container.

The

remainder

_w

of the

thrust

19

Do

load

.--

-_

is transmitted

to the

four

fin-support

outriggers.
The

fin-support

The

four

and

fin-support

assembly.

The

mounting
which
and

four

points

are

on each

points

are

capable

outrigger

diameter.

Thrust

loads
The

engine

mounting

assembly
ments

thrust

pads.

Attached

with

to the

forward
propellant

The

a door

and

is stiffened

with

for access

at the

aft ends

of the outriggers

barrier

(engine)

The

by the

aft shroud

inches

in diameter

to the

Two

containers
for

the outriggers

a fuel

to the

load.)

All

out-

support

transmitted
the

the

and

the outrigger

shroud

panels

ends

shroud

support

the

and

the

thrust

outboard

to a beam

lower

ring

seg-

of the outriggers.

plates

are

compartment

aerodynamic

members.

through

attached

and

outboard

longitudinal

vertical

backup

are

Upper

protect

from

and

engines

outriggers.
join

and

to the plates

plates

the outboard

support

horizontal

eight

between

pressure

and

circumferential

the

thermal

loads.

members

and

thrust

structure

lower

forward

ring

are

firewall

segments.

(propellant

The

container)

panels

attached

firewall

panels

compartment

and

to the
form
the

a
aft

compartment.

aft compartment

internal

engines.

point

thrust

barrel

compartment.

and

the

with

between

for

internal

aft end of the

between

are

engines

to the

Located

fire

the

from

the

propellant

a support

do not carry

stiffened

of 135 inches

panels.

from

the outboard

has

assembly.

loads.

located

segments

containers

panel

are

thrust

a radius

shroud

transmitted

engines

Actuators

on the

ring

are

of two plates

beams

load

the outboard

outrigger

containers

to the barrel

thrust

support

support

lateral

the outboard

mounted
each

Each

of carrying

from

beams.

fuel

attached
engine

Each

loads

(The

consists

inboard

outriggers

Thrust

are

outriggers

of the

on a 187-inch

LOX containers.

receive

thrust-support

a LOX container.

Each

outriggers

outriggers

board

has

thrust-support

rings.
engine

is protected
which
and

The

is attached
60 inches

corrugated

compartment

from

aerodynamic

to the
long,
skin

permitting

lower

pressure

ring

is a continuous
exposes
maximum

the

segments.

thermal

The

corrugation

maximum
heat

and

amount

shroud,

supported
of surface

loads
270
by
area

dissipation.

7-13

The lower endof the aft compartment is closed by the heat shield (Figure 7-6)
which provides protection from engineheat. Constructed of stainl'ess steel
stiffened panels, the heat shield is covered on the aft face with an ablative insulation. The panels are supported by a complex of cross beams which are attached
to the aft endof the aft shroud. Cutouts are provided in the shield for gimballing
the outboard engines. These cutouts and the cutouts for the inboard engines are
sealedwith flexible curtains that are attached to the engines and heat shield. The
curtains are constructed of fiberglass cloth andrefrasil.
ment is provided by eight doors in the heat shield.

Access to the compart-

The flame shield is supported from the heat shield by the conical frustum access
chute. At the forward end, the access chute is attached to the heat shield star
assembly (center portion of the heat shield ). The flame shield is located between
the four inboard enginesat the thrust chamber outlets. It is constructed of stainless
steel and is attachedto the inboard enginethrust chambers with steel bands insulated
with fiberglass cloth.
The four engine skirts attachedto the heat shield protect the enginesfrom aerodynamic forces that would produce excessive loads on the control actuators. The
engineskirts are conical segments32 inches long. The inside surface of the skirts
below the heat shield is protected from engineheat by a layer of ablative insulation.
7-17. FINS.
Four large fins and four stub fins, attachedto the tail section, aid in maintaining
vehicle aerodynamic stability. The fins are also the holddownandlaunch pad
support points for the vehicle. Holddownand support loads are transmitted to the
thrust structure outriggers. The support points are located on the aft face of the
fins and are on a 344-inch diameter.
The stub fins are located at the outboard enginepositions and the large fins are
equally spaced between. Both types of fins have trapezoidal planforms. The large
fins have an area of 128square feet; the stub fins havean area of 52 square feet.
The leading edges which are steel, are swept back 20 degrees. The remainder
of the fin structure is aluminum alloy with an ablative insulation on the exterior
surface.
7-14

Heat Sh
Star

Aft

Ld

Assy

Shroud

Heat Shield
Panel
Assy

Heat
Support

Inboard
Flame

Shield
Structure

Engine
Curtain

(4)

/'

ecess

Outboard
Engine
Flame
Curtain
(4)

Chute

Flame

Shield

Figure

7-6.

3-532

Flame

and Heat

Protection,

S-I

7-15

7-18. LIQUID OXYGENCENTER CONTAINER.

Approximately 36 percent of the LOX for the S-I stage is contained in the center
container, Figure 7-7. The container, a cylinder with torispherical bulkheads,
is 105inches in diameter and 678inches long. Designedto carry flight p_'essurization andpropellant loads dueto acceleration, the center container also transmits
part of the thrust load from the thrust structure to the secondstage adapter. At
the aft end the container is attachedto the thrust structure barrel assembly and at
the forward end to the spider beam in the second stage adapter.
The cylindrical section, fabricated of 5456 aluminum alloy, is 749 inches long.
Recessed into the forward andaft endsof the cylinder are torispherical bulkheads
fabricated of 5086aluminum alloy. The bulkheads are joined to the cylinder by
circumferential welds. The aft bulkheadhas a sump with [our outlets for connection
to the LOX manifold. The forward bulkheadhas four outlets for connectionto the
pressure manifold andthree outlets for connectionsto vent lines. A pressure diffuser
is mounted to the forward bulkhead. In the area above andbelow the container (forward and aft container skirts), longitudinal stringers are attachedto the cylindrical
skin. The stringers distribute the loads received at the container support points.
Cutouts for pressurization and vent lines are provided in the skin forward of the
container. Cutouts in the skin aft of the container are for the LOX andfuel manifolds (interconnect lines). Circular rings weldedto the interior of the cylindrical
section support the slosh baffles which are arranged in eight vertical rows equally
spacedaround the cylinder periphery.
7-19. LIQUID OXYGENOUTBOARDCONTAINERS.
Approximately 16 percent of the LOX for the S-I stage is containedin each of the
four outboard containers. Each container (Figure 7-8) is a cylinder with hemispherical bulkheads, a diameter of 70 inches, and a length of 678 inches. Designed
to carry flight pressurization andpropellant loads due to acceleration, each of the
outboard LOX containers transmits thrust load from the tail section to the second
stage adapter. The containers are supported at the aft endby the thrust structure
outriggers and at the forward endby the spider beam in the second stage adapter.
On the outriggers there are two diametrically opposedsupport points for each
container. Each support point transfers axial and lateral loads. On the spider
beam there are also two diametrically opposedsupport points for each container.
7-16

Pressure

Manifold

Outlet

(4)
Bulkhead

Pressure

Diffuser

!
Fwd

Slosh Baffles

Insulation Panel
GOX Line
Y

Bulkhead

Fuel
LOX

Manifold

Manifold

Outlet

(4)

Sump

3-501A
Fig_ire

7-7.

Center

LOX

Container,

S-I

7-17

Pressure Manifold Outlet

Bulkhead

Fwd

LOX Manifold

Slosh

Baffles

Fill and Drain Outlet

(Container 0-3 only)
Sump
Engine

Line

Outlet

(2)

3-504A
Figure

Each

support

point

and

lateral

The

cylindrical

Recessed
fabricated

7-18

7-8.

consists

Outboard

LOX Container

of an adjustable

mounting

(0-3),

stud

S-I

which

transmits

axial

loads.

into

section,
the

of 5086

fabricated

forward
aluminum

and

of 5486

aft ends

alloy.

The

aluminum

of the

alloy,

cylinder

bulkheads

are
are

is 746 inches
hemispherical

joined

to the

long.
bulkheads

cylinder

by

circumferential welds. The aft bulkheadhas a sump with three outlets, two for the
enginelines and anothc_ for the LOX manifold {interconnect line). Container 0-3
has an additional outlet that is used for fill and drain. The forward bulkhead has an
outlet for a pressure manifold connection.
In the area above and below the container {forward and aft container skirts}, there
are longitudinal stringers attached to the cylindrical skin. The stringers distribute
the concentrated loads received at the two container support points. The skin above
and below the container has cutouts for the lines connectingto the various outlets.
Circular rings welded to the interior of the cylindrical section support the slosh
baffles which are arranged in six vertical rows equally spaced around the cylinder
periphery.
7-20. FUEL CONTAINERS.
Approximately 25 percent of the fuel for the S-I stage is containedin eachof the
four fuel containers. The containers {Figure 7-9) are cylinders with hemispherical
aft bulkheads and torispherical forward bulkheads. The containers have a diameter
of 70 inches and a length of 652inches. The containers are designed to carry flight
pressurization andpropellant loads due to acceleration. The containers are
supported at the aft endby the thrust structure outriggers and at the forward end
by the spider beam in the secondstage adapter. Onthe outriggers there are two
diametrically opposedsupport points for each container. Each support point
transfers axial and lateral loads. On the adapter spider beam there are also two
diametrically opposedsupport points for each container. Each support point consists of a sliding pin joint. The pin joint resists lateral loading but allows for
differential expansion betweenthe fuel and LOX containers in the longitudinal
direction.
The cylindrical section, fabricated of 5486 aluminum alloy, is 743 inches long.
Recessedinto the forward and aft endsof the cylinder are bulkheads fabricated
of 5086 aluminum alloy. The bulkheadsare joined to the cylinder by circumferential welds. The aft bulkhead has three outlets, two for enginelines and
another for the fuel manifold. Container F-1 has an additional outlet for fill and
drain.

The

forward

bulkhead

has

an outlet

for

the

pressure

manifold.

7-19

Bulkhead

Systems Tunnel \

/
Fwd

Bulkhead

Slosh

Fuel Manifold
Outlet

Fill

and

Drain

(Container

F-1

Outlet
Only)

Su mp
Engine

Line

Fuel

Container

Outlet

(2)

3-500A

Figure
7-20

7-9.

(F-l),

S-I

Baffles

_=- : :- : --- :-
In the area above and below the container (forward and aft container skirts), longitudinal stringers are attached to the cylindrical skin. The stringers distribute the
concentrated loads received at the two container support points. The skin above and
below the container
has cutouts
for the lines
connecting
to the various
outlets.
Above
containers

F-1

cular

rings

which

are

Loads

are

STAGE

composed

beam

is composed

from

the points

loads,

ring
the

The

Mounted

of honeycomb

for

access

is attached
Attached
fairing
and

and

are

joined

equipment.

support

around

the

the

propellant

Cir-

slosh

cylinder

baffles
periphery.

eight

radial

beams

deep

beam

seal

and

to the

is a cylindrical
from

spider

the

gussets.

panels.
plate

aerodynamic

points.
962.

These
may

radial

The
loads.

panels

be removed

shroud

of the

fairing.

The

station

45-degree
ends

inward

vertical

support

seal

spider

plate

To absorb

plate

The

propellant

extend

at MSFC

of the

assembly

which

with

points

area.

plates

the

container

are

(Figure

shroud

alloy,

I-sections.

Sections

area

on the

center

at eight

shroud

container

mounted

aluminum

at the

adapter

supports

7075

stage

seal

stage

from

container

of the

7-11)

propellant

spider

second

a 45 degree

at the

construction.

forward

panels,

20-inch

of the

end of the

are

and

S-IV

the

(Figure

ring

are

to the

forward

the

plate
beam

stiffened

sandwich

retromotors

assembly
beams.

shroud

and

Helium

spheres

beam.

MISCELLANEOUS.

A systems
tunnel

are

side

lower

spaced

through

Fabricated

beams

to the periphery

protect

7-22.

radial

forward

to the

seal

spider

end.

is bolted

to the

electronic

section

equally

stage

beam,
The

beams

on the

are

second

of the octagon

beam

cylindrical

rows

of an octagonal

radial

spider

to the

forward

and

mounting

ADAPTER.

fairing.

at the

for

of the

vertical

of a spider

a cylindrical

octagonal

compartments

interior

in six

transmitted

containers

are

to the

arranged

SECOND

and

F-2

welded

7-21.

7-10)

and

tunnel

joins

the tail

electrical
sections

is attached

cables;
to

section
the

permit

other

easy

A conical

shaped

fairing

tainers.

It fairs

the

area

externally
and

second

is for

removal

extends
between

to each
stage

routing
for

adapter.

tubing.

The

maintenance

forward
the

of the

from
containers

and

the

four

containers.

Three

of the

tunnels

tunnels

are

constructed

Each
shield
in

repair.

aft ends
ard

fuel

of the

the 270-inch

propellant
diameter

conforward

7-21

Hydrogen Vent
Line (3)
Camera Capsule (8)
Spider Beam

Fuel Pressurization IV
Manifold

III

/
T.

b_

Nitrogen Sphere (2)

V.

Helium

Camera
Spheres

Retromotor

(4)
Seal

Plate
Shroud

Cylindrical
Fairing

Note:
LOX/SOX
Disposal
Omitted
for Clarity

System

3-533
Figure
7-22

7-10.

Second

Stage

Adapter,

S-I

B.

.....

Fuel Pressurization
Manifold
Access

III

Outboard

LOX

Container

Mount

(8)

\
Fwd

Octagonal
Ring

Radial
Beam
Center
\

LOX

Container
\

Fuel
Container
Mount (8)

tor

Mount

(4)

S-IV
Mount

(8)
Center LOX
Container
Mount

/
II

(8)

Fuel Container

/
[

J
\

I
\
\
\

\
Outboard
LOX Container

\
---/

\
\

\
\

3-534
Figure

7-11.

Spider

Beam,

S-I

7-23

shroud panels. The exterior of the fairing is coatedwith an ablative insulation.

Three LH2 chilldown vent lines are located on the exterior of the vehicle. These
lines connectto the LH2 chill-down vent lines on the S-IV aft interstage. The lines
run aft andare ducted through three of the stub fins.
7-23.

S-IV

The

S-IV

long

and

STRUCTURAL

stage

structure,

220 inches

structure,

a base

Figure

(18.3
heat

joined

7-24.

AFT

INTERSTAGE.

Loads

from

the

constructed

The

The

aluminum

alloy

Loads

introduced

are

stage

faces

which

distribute

the

Between

the

covered

with

mounted

loads

blowout

within

the

on the

SKIRT.

Loads

from

the

skirt

cylindrical
comb
5052

7-24

S-I

sandwich
aluminum

construction

aluminum

alloy

a thrust

skirt

are

points

loads

into

the

to the

aft skirt.

panels.

Three

transmitted

48 inches

hydrogen

to the
long

and

by longitudinal

consisting

alloy

The

skirt

are

of 7075
and

forward

are

long,

is

of 7075

by tapered

panels.

vent

LH 2 container

of eight
The panels
alloy

are

The

vent

faces

attached

panels

ports
servicing

lines

through

is constructed
splices.

with

to permit

chill-down

aft interstage

(S-I/

splice

triangular

remow_ble

aluminum

aft

by longitudinal

a field

sandwich

structure,

The panels

the

consisting

through

concentrated

aft end of the

through

core.

carried

construction
core.

a forward

joined

sandwich

are

joined

feet)

skirt,

184 inches

panels

loads

are

panels

segment

The

structure.

stage

stage

approximately

at eight

of the

is approximately
segment

962.

structure.

exterior

AFT

interstage

at the

an aft

and

to the S-IV

a cylinder

to a 5052

uniformly

fabric

7-25.

The

the

longerons,

of equipment

transmitted

station

(41.4

stage.

of honeycomb

to the

shear

containers,

cylindrical

bonded

at MSFC

longerons

are

497 inches

An aft interstage,

two propellant

interstage,

are

is approximately

in diameter.

45-degree

panels

7-12,

up the

stage

of eight

splices.

the S-I

to make

first

interstage.

feet)

shield,

structurally

S-IV)

CONFIGURATION.

are

the

aft skirt.

45-degree
are

of honey-

bonded

to a

by explosive

"

2-.'.-

: ..............

oQ
0

bl)

L)

_o

,--4
I
b-

7-25

bolts. Whenfired, the bolts allow the S-IV stage to separate from the first stage.
(The separation occurs at MSFC station 1147.) The skirt is welded to the LH2 container at the tangentpoint of the aft bulkhead.
Four ullage motors and fairings are mountedon the exterior of the aft skirt. Cutouts are provided in the aft skirt for the umbilical plate, propellant fill and topping
lines, oxygenvent line and ground air conditioning line.
7-26. THRUSTSTRUCTURE.
The thrust structure transmits engine thrust loads to the LOX container. The 7075
aluminum-alloy structure is a conical frustum with the following approximate
dimensions: an aft diameter of 98 inche s, a forward diameter of 170 inches and a
length of 60 inches. The skin slope is tangent to the LOX container aft bulkhead at
the interface. The six engines, mountedon a 92-inch diameter, are canted 6 degrees
from the vehicle centerline. Two control actuators for each engineare also supported
by the thrust structure. Lateral loads (resulting from enginegimballing and cant
angle) and axial loads are transmitted from the gimbal bearing joints to tt,e LOX
container aft bulkhead through the thrust structure thrust beams, skin andstringers.
The skin and stringers are supported by an aft ring, two internal intermediate rings,
and a forward ring.
Lateral
loads are sheared
by the aft ring into the thrust
structure
beams
ward

skin.
and

ring

external

The
heat

from

BASE
base
shield

sandwich

panel.

7-28.
The

7-26

engines

and

LIQUID
LOX for

the

transmitted
hat

section

land

ring

from
stringers

on the

are

the

aft ring
to the

to the

the

forward

LOX container

distributed

through

thrust

ring.

The

aft bulkhead.
LOX container

for-

Loads
aft bulkhead.

SHIELD.
protects

is located
from

the

forward

shield

supported

are

to a milled

the

HEAT

heat

loads

longitudinal

is attached

transmitted

7-27.

Axial

the

forward

approximately
thrust

heat

the S-IV

The

in the panel,

shield,

OXYGEN

48 inches

structure.

Cutouts

provide

propulsion

heat

sealed
clearance

area

aft of the
shield
with

from
engine

gimbal

is an insulated

flexible

for the

engine

curtains

engine

heat.
plane

The
and

honeycomb
attached

gimballing

to

action.

CONTAINER.
stage

is contained

in a 2014

aluminum-alloy

container.

Two

is

_w

bulkheads,

an aft and

tainer.

The

aft bulkhead,

constructed

of six gores

to support

The

flight

other

minum
insulating

are

faces

land

structure.
and

the

LOX.

to the

baffles

aft bulkhead

of the

bulkhead

screen

in the

during

draining.

7-29.

LIQUID

The

LH 2 for

long.

The

cylindrical

bulkhead;

joint.

line

has

alu-

sufficient

ground-hold

bulkhead.

These

for

the

land,

engine

to the

thrust

aft bulkhead,

section.

container

to prevent

conical

frustum

A manhole

in the

fittings
lines

outlets

in the

sloshing
which

is attached

center

sump

and for

two vent

retards

formation

of

of the

at the

aft

bottom

lines.

of vortices

CONTAINER.
is contained

and

bulkhead

in a 2014

of a cylindrical
closed
and

at the

aft

LOX container

aluminum-alloy
section

container

closed

end by the

at the forward

LOX container

aft bulkhead

257 inches

are

end

by

(discussed

welded

to the

section.

to support

of six gores
bulkhead

in the

Outlet

engine

the

of 2014

fasteners.

surface

through

LOX engine

the

is composed

forward

mechanical

by a sheetmetal

six

over

stage

bulkhead,

installed

of the

the

of 110 inches.

a 12-hour

periphery

cylindrical

container.

for

bulkhead

and

to both

radius

The

during

is

acceleration.

consisting

a mounting

bulkhead

to the

HYDROGEN

container

The

common

provided

the S-IV

are

from

construction

to the

con-

It is designed

a spherical

freezing

transmitted

together.

common

the

of 110 inches,

it is common

with

by welds

supported

aft bulkhead

a hemispherical

Designed

are

access
are

welded

LH 2 container

alloy

at the

provides

above).

the

of aluminum
The

bulkhead

into

because

LOX from

are

resulting

core.

provides

loads

loads

segment

aft bulkhead

thrust

welded

bulkhead

to form

radius

piece

sandwich

are

aft bulkhead

carried

baffles

the

two rings

a spherical

propellant

a common

rings

through

center

to a fiberglass

to the

on the

then

and

to prevent

Engine

are

Ring

bonded

attached

A milled

a circular

is a spherical

Two compression

rings

with

is of honeycomb

properties

period.

a hemisphere

termed

bulkhead

alloy

attached

and

LH 2 containers,

common

are

pressurization

bulkhead,

LOX and
The

a common,

and

has
one

flight

a circular

a spherical
for

container

pressurization
center
radius
access

piece
oLll0
and

loads,
welded
inches.

the

forward

together
Three

two for hydrogen

bulkhead

to form
openings
vent

is constructed

a hemisphere.
are

provided

The
in the

lines.
7-27

The LH2 cylindrical section is designedto carry pressurization, propellant loads

dueto acceleration, and external flight loads. It is composedof three 120-degree
cylindrical segments each 110 inches long. Each segmentis machine milled on the
internal surface to a square waffle pattern with a 45-degree skew angle. The segments are welded into a cylinder. The waffle stiffeners provide sufficient buckling
strength to give the structure a free-standing capability when the container is unpressurized. First stage loads are introduced into the LH2 container through a weld
joint connectingthe container to the aft skirt. The LH2 container transmits loads
to the forward skirt through a weld joint on the forward bulkhead. Six LH2 engine
line-outlet fittings covered with antivortex screens are located just forward of the
aft bulkhead-commonbulkheadjoint.
With the exception of the commonbulkhead, all inside surfaces of the liquid hydrogen container are insulated with polyurethane foam. Bondedto the container walls,
the insulation limits hydrogenboiloff during launch operations and flight.
7-30. FORWARDSKIRT.
The forward skirt (forward interstage) transmits the loads from the LH2 container
to the instrument unit. The skirt is a conical frustum approximately 130 inches
long with an aft diameter of approximately 214 inches, anda forward diameter of
154inches. The slope of the forward skirt is tangent to the LH2 container bulkhead at the aft interface. The skirt is constructed of eight 45-degree conical segment panels joined by longitudinal splices. The panels are of honeycombsandwich
construction consisting of 7075 aluminum alloy faces bondedto a 5052aluminum
alloy core. Loads are transmitted to the panels through a weld joint at the LH2
forward bulkhead. From the panels, the loads are transmitted to the forward ring
which provides an interchangeable mating face for the attachment of the instrument
unit (a field splice at MSFC station 1460).
A door in the forward skirt provides access to the equipmentinstallations, and cutouts are provided for the hydrogen vent line, telemetry antennasand range safety
antennas. Mounting provisions for two retromotors (which may not be installed) are
located on the forward skirt.

7-28

tu
toQ

ouo

_Q

ml_o

w_

7-31.
The

SYSTEMS

systems

on the
ings

S-IV

are

7-32.

stage

body

designed

instrument

the payload.

The

and

long.

34 inches

Axial

load

stringers

to the
aft ring

tudinal

and

to the

by the S-IV
axial

pressure

ring
to the

is located

forward

thermal

skirt.

externally
The

fair-

loads.

loads

by internal
skin.

load

payload
and

aft and

the
feet)

and
station
support

stage

to

in diameter

hat-section
forward

rings
are

at MSFC

stringers

provide

S-IV

Loads

splice

at MSFC

rings,

(12.83

structures.

a field

to the

from

longitudinal
The

adjacent

through

skin

and

is 154 inches

to the

to the

to the

transmits

by the

stage

tubing,

CONFIGURATION.

carried

and shear

and

the aft skirt

structure

attachment

instrument

in the

vents.
provide
the

cables

structure

is carried

attached

--

station

skin.

Loads

1494.

Internal

for

trans-

the

1460.
are
longi-

equipment

plates.

provided

unit,

7-13,

load
for

FA_IN_.

STRUCTURAL

are

forward

stringers,

Access

from

moment

shear

by the

mounting

extends

aluminum-alloy

transmits

to accommodate

Figure

faces

tB

o.

aerodynamic

UNIT

aft ring

transmitted

and

the

mating

mitted

and

bending

and

provide

The

and

_
wmw

AND EXTERNAL

to carry

unit,

_w

designed

INSTRUMENT

The

u.w

TUNNEL

tunnel,

Four

skin

for

unit

the umbilical

equally

a common

spacecraft

is through

spaced

plate,

vents,

environment

the S-IV

located
for

the

stage

stabilized
at the
S-IV

forward
platform
forward

forward

skirt,

skirt.

Cutouts

are

window,

antennas,

end of the

instrument

the

instrument

unit,

adapter.

7-29

1-4
I

7-30

_.
.

CHAPTER
SECTION

2
VIII

PROPULSION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

8--1.

REQUIREMENTS

8-2.

OPERATION

8-3.

S-I

8-39.

S-IV

........................

8-3

..........................

PROPULSION
STAGE

8-4

SYSTEM

..................

PROPULSION

8-4

SYSTEM

.............

8-35

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

8--1.

Engine

Location

and

Gimbal

8-2.

Engine

Gimbal

8-3.

H- 1 Engine

8-4.

H-1

Engine

Schematic

8-5.

H-1

Engine

Ignition

8-6.

H-1

Engine

Cutoff

8-7.

Fuel

8-8.

Oxidizer

8-9.

Fuel

8-10.

Oxidizer

8-11.

Control

8-12.

Water

8-13.

RL10A-3

Engine

8-14.

RL10A-3

Engine

Schematic

8-15.

RL10A-3

Engine

Operating

8-16.

Propellant

Pattern

and

Pattern,
Cant

S-I

...........

Angles,

S-IV

8-6
........

...........................

Storage

and

Feed

and

Container

Sequence
Sequence

Pressure

System,

System,

S-I

S-I

S-I

System,

S-I

8-20

..............

System,

Pressurization
System,

8-17

..................

System,

Storage

8-12

.................

Pressurization

Container

Quench

8- 9
....................

Feed

8-22

............
S-I

System,

8-24

..........
S-I

.................

........

8-28
8-30
8-32

...................

8-34

........................

S-IV

8-7

8-37
..................

Sequence
...................

8-44
.............

8-45
8-48

8-1

LIST OF TABLES

Page

8-2

8--1.

Saturn

I Propulsion

8-2.

H-1

Engine

Performance

8-3.

H-1

Engine

Physical

8-4.

RL10A-3

Engine

Sequence

Parameters
Characteristics

Performance

8-5

.................

Parameters

.............

8-8

.............

8-8

..........

8-36

v
w

SEC TION

VIII.

PROPULSION

8-1.
The

REQUIREMENTS.
Saturn

Apollo
other

I propulsion

spacecraft
launch

is required
pellant

into

to function

A two-stage

vehicle

at an altitude

miles

per

hour.

miles

at a velocity

Second

the

system

are

lants

in the

storage

aft end
pump

the
and

to aid
of the

phase

feed

system

propellants

(LH 2 and

lines

filling

before

storage

and

feed

storing

the propellants

are

first

stage

a rapid
due

LOX).

system.

to the

delivering

First

altitude
hour.

Thrust

control

as defined

by

bending

mode

operation.

to ensure

ullage

successful

a sufficient
(Refer

staging.

the

suction

purging
are

phase

of the

required
the

as required

the

head

system
to the

of the

second
propel-

to prevent

9-13.

is required

properties

Both

the

settles

to Paragraph

capability

volatile

them

vector

of the first

also

ascent

cutoff
6000

rates

thrust

for

Pro-

of 100 nautical

angular

amplitude

system

system.

stage

The

operations
the

propulsion

to accelerate

highly

draining

mission.

thrust

and drain

Provisions

During
and

fill

of the

and ullage

start.

or to perform

of approximately

and

the

stage

insuring

at engine

per

orientation

required

containers

or after

miles

orbit

The

the

a velocity

pound

envelope.

phases

impulse.

17,000

first

earth

constitute

at a nominal

separation.

cavitation

launch

and

a 22,500

energy

ascent

necessary

to damp

during

the

and

insert

circular

occurs

attitude

of impulses

necessary

propellant

During

structure

series

launch

miles

in addition,

and

an equivalent

the

cutoff

vehicle

mile

(engines)

provides

to decelerate

stage

the

devices

stage

and,

of the

retrothrust

both

of approximately

to maintain

An additional

with

of 38-nautical

is required

oscillations

missions
during

to launch

100-nautical

and propulsion

launch

control

is required

a nominal

and insertion

systems

occurs

system

of the

propellant

cryogenic

containers
as part
must

and

feed

of the propellant
be capable

af

engines.

8-3

8-2.

OPERATION.

After

the propellant

down),

the

eight

S-I

sequence

a few

provided

at liftoff

overall

containers

seconds

engines
prior

resulting

propulsion

As a result

stage

have

been

are

loaded

started.

to liftoff.

A total

of decreasing

is presented

ambient

pressure

at an altitude

decreases

to 1,687,000

pounds

prior

by the

commands

from

depletion

signal

outboard

engines.

Prior

down

plished

The

Several
pounds.

seconds

later

the

Engine

cutoff

computer

ment

is applied

engines

subsequent

of zero

8-3.

S-I

Two

stages,

8-4

as a result

in response

at thrust

thrust

control

of the

termination.

reach

Cooldown
lines

with

control

cutoff
This

such
signal

that

the

results

results

the

separation
thrust

only

of 90,000

four

The

impulse

engines,

from

attainment

the

vehicle

delivered

in a velocity-to-go

in the

command.

to commands

signal

computer.
total

are

is accom-

in response

of an electrical

the vehicle

stage

the

and pumps.

rated

termination
from

and later

of the S-IV

a total

vector

first,

by gimballing

to cutoff

to the

feed

to

a propellant

is provided

to a signal
prior

the

up.

in coincidence

engines

to provide
Roll

signal

par ameter

(Figure

gimbal

system.

occurs

sequencer

six RL10A-3

start

of proper

by

requireorbital

s.

PROPULSION

5-1).

the
The

S-I

SYSTEM.
and

S-IV,

instrument

and an instrument
unit

provides

initiation

unit

comprise
and control

thrust

control

in response

from

lines

stage

expansion

and attitude

engines

feed

S-I

to under

8-1)

results

engine

is initiated

The

the

and due

vector

fixed,

through

is

of 1.25:1.00.

(Figure

cutoff

at engine

overboard

command

control

S-IV

propellants

engines

and

cavitation

start

8-2.

the

pump

Thrust

off the inboard,

pounds

ascends,

miles

engines

Engine

pumps

engine

Figure

stage

system.

cutting

to prevent

All
the

control

gimballed

the propellant

by venting

S-IV

from

the

outboard

(level),

to staging,

cooled

four

count-

in apre-determined

of 1,500,000

vehicle

of 13.5

to cutoff.

occurs

the

8-1.

as the

pounds

(during

in excess

in Table

to 1,705,000

provided

thrust
ratio

increases

are

The starting

in a thrust-weight

sequence

and pressurized

the

launch

commands

vehicle
for the

Table

8-1.

Saturn

Event

Sequence

Launch

Propellant

Ascent

Loading

Pressurant
Start

I Propulsion

Loading

Sequencer,

S-I

Engines

5 & 7

Inbd.,

Engines

6 & 8 Inbd.,

S-I

Engines

2 & 40tbd.,

S-I

Engines

1 & 30tbd.,

S-I

Separation

Command

S-I

Liftoff
Arm
S-I

S-I

Propellant

Propellant

IECO,

Level

Level

S-I

Separation

Command

Separation

Devices

Ullage

Motors

Retromotor

Actuating

Firing,
Firing,
S-IV

LOX

Prestart,

S-IV

Start

Command,

Engine

Firing,

Cutoff,

S-IV
Orbital

S-IV
S-I

LH 2 Prestart,

Legend:

Actuates

S-I

OECO,

Attain

Sensor

Sensors

S-IV
S-IV

Parameters

Event
Operation

A
----

8-5

__ Vehicle

3 Cant

Position

Inboard

Engines

6 Cant

Position

(Fixed)

L
v

Engine

Outboard

Engines

(Gimballed)

III
-p

-P

Roll

IV

II

8 Square
Gimbal

Pattern

Linear

Type

Hydraulic
(Z Per

Actuators

Outboard

Engines)

View

Looking

Location

and

Forward

3-10Z
Figure

8-6

8-1.

Engine

Gimbal

Pattern,

S-I

I
I
I

o
I

I
r_

o
o
!

I
I

b_

oo
f-i

d2

f,,1
!

8-7

propulsion system. (Refer to Paragraph 6-1. ) Functionally, the S-I propulsion

system is composedof eight RocketelyneH-1 liquid-rocket enginesand a propellant
system.
8-4. ENGINE.
The H-1 engine, Figure 8-3, is a single start, fixed thrust, bi-propellant engine
using LOX as oxidizer andRP-1 as fuel. The RP-1 is also used as turbopump
lubricant (with additive) andpropellant valve control fluid. A hypergolic mixture
is used for the primary ignition of the propellants. Performance parameters and
physical characteristics of the H-1 engine are given in Tables 8-2 and8-3.
Table 8-2. H-1 Engine Performance Parameters
Item
Nominal enginethrust (sealevel)
Nominal specific impulse (sea level)
Engine mixture ratio
Oxidizer flow
Fuel flow
LOX pump NPSH* (minimum)
Fuel pump NPSH* (minimum)

Parameter
188,000+ 3 percent pounds
256.2 seconds
2.23
505.5 poundsper second
226.7 poundsper second
35.0 feet
35.0 feet

*Net Positive Suction Head

Table 8-3. H-1 Engine Physical Characteristics

Item
Weight, dry (outboard)
Weight, wet (outboard)
Over-all engine length (outboard)
Over-all enginelength (inboard)
Throat diameter
Nozzle exit diameter
Expansion ratio

8-8

Chat acter istic

1959pounds
2199pounds
104inches
101 inches
16.2 inches
47.6 inches
8:1

pa
I

I
oO
q_

p_

I
8-9

The

four

inboard

engines

from

the vehicle

3 degrees
degrees
engine

from

the

8-1}.

on the

engine

pitch

and yaw
prior

pump

pressure.

nozzle

which

at burnout
second.

for

control

out-board

8-10

the

chamber

are

mounted

canted

6 degrees

This

variation

on perpendicular

minimizes

or total

loss

of an

The

prescribed

pattern

to ensure

21 rings

of propellant

component.

and

propellant

A brief

description

generator,
of each

thrust

propellants

expelled
average

chamber

body,

and under

with

consists

bleed

valve,

LOX to ring

impulse.

is nominally

equipped

turbo-

a supersonic

specific

level

flow rate
ar

under

through

at sea

chambers

distributes

the

thrust

expanded
732.2

pounds

aspirators

(22)

of a LOX
and drain

orifices

and

dome,

plugs.

provides

nozzles;
are

impingement.
Thrust

the

meters

combustion.
outer

angled
Th6

chamber

gimbal

stage

thrust

ring

is a universal

and

joint

slides.

injector

efficient

to the

The

alignment

propellant

orifices

chamber

movement.

thrust

Injector.

LOX-on-LOX)

gas

receives

expanded

chamber

pivotal

Propellant

and

chamber,

gimbal.

chamber

The

(23)

time-weighted

The

secures

mounted

nozzles.

thrust

burned

thrust

gases.

engine

thrust

fuel

the

is over

LOX dome

gimbal

then

which

thrust

permits

bearing

thrust

outboard

null position

actuators.

subsystem.

a high

engine

exhaust

The

The

are

chamber

are

thrust

injector,

Gimbal.

thrust

a nozzle

LOX Dome.

engine

to provide

The

for

from

45

8-4).

propellants

of turbine

mounting

result

canted

oriented

actuators

engines

of the two

and ignition

The

with

propellant

These

are

Each

frown the

by two hydraulic

null position

of the

is designed

The

are

diameter.

pattern

apart.

and

engines

on a 190-inch

a +8-degree

may

valves,

The

altitude.

per

at the

Chamber.

is achieved

located

outboard

is accomplished

that

to Figure

Thrust

and

four

diameter

separation.

propellant

8-5.

gimbal,

axis

on a 64-inch

The

90 degrees

disturbances

(refer

axis.

control

roll

spaced

to permit

subassemblies

turbopump,

This

mounted

to stage

primary

follows

roll

circumference

the vehicle

engine

equally

engines

Gimbal

from

The

inner

is gimbal

(Figure

are

ring

The

and

to produce
injector
combustion

the propellants

alternate

injector
inner

a like-on-like
is also

the

pressure

into

incorporates
rings

are

(fuel-on-fuel

primary
acts

thruston the

face

of the

injector,

bearing

which

assembly,

Thrust

transmits

and

Chamber

The

(convergent-divergent)

unit

of 8:1.

The

tubes

joined

by silver

tension
are

bands.

shaped

method

Bleed

and

8-6.

drain

Gas

of 17 pounds

The

gas

excessive

tion

used

preheating.

valve,

jacket

during

engine
turbine

in parallel
hot gas

for

the

filling

chamber

walls,

injector

and

RP-I

for

fuel

the

driving

bootstrap

mixture

turbine.

produces

draining.

ratio

The

gas

turbine

ignited

spinner

to provide

redundancy

for

igniting

the

at the

of 4.7

second

by thc

generator

turbine

turbine

(14).

assembly

and a gas

The

at the

to prevent

generator

solid-propellant

per

the

is used

igniters,

pounds

hot gases

flow

starting.

rate

This

on the fuel

generator

two auto

starting

located

operation

A fuel-rich

assembly,

and
and

contour.

through

wet-start

gas

on LOX and

valve

rings

draining.

rated

the gas

nickel

cross-section

chamber

and

A bleed

and an expansion

stiffening

rectangular

fuel

venturi

of longitudinal

of fuel

fuel

throat

by external

thrust

the gimbal

is a cylindrical

inch

circulation

during

within

to the

to supply

retained

fuel-jacket

operatcs

During

power
are

Plugs.

second

of a control

supplies
which

per

body

is constructed

longitudinal

(15) hot gases.

chamber.

wall

cooling

provide

temperature

consists

structure.

A liquid-propellant

generator
spinner

vehicle

of a variable

permits

venting

Generator.

rate

turbine

to the

Drain

plugs

to the

chamber

and

are

thrust-chamber

manifold,provides
Four

tubes

to conform

Valve

LOX dome,

a 205.5-square

body

brazing

of construction

providing

to the

thrust

with

chamber

The

thrust

subsequently

Body.

ratio

the

combus-

spinner
contains

(15)
two initiators

solid-propellant

charge

for approximately

one

second.

The

control

valve

pressure,
age

controls

line,

board.

assembly

from
The

if not ignited

the

the flow

8-7.

Turbopump.

at the

required

actuated

igniters
gases

propellants

assembly,
are

from

into

vents

injector-manifold

the

gas

opening-port
of the

the solid-propellant

gas

generator

assembly
rates

supplies
to maintain

LOX and
engine

fuel

generator.
fuel

ignition

and flow

used

chamber

to ensure

A turbopump
pressure

by thrust

of bootstrap

control-valve

two auto
by hot

(19),

leakage

bootstrap

fuel

operation

A leakoverpropellants

charge.

to the

thrust

at rated

chamber
thrust.

8-11

oo

o:_

I
oo

oo
I

cq

8-12

: ::.
w

:"
_

1
2

Orifice
Conax

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

Fuel Discharge
Orifice
Oxidizer
Discharge
Orifice
Fuel and LOX Turbopump
Drain
Plug
Drain
Plug
Check
Valve
Filter
Fuel Additive
Blender
Unit
Drain
Plug
Coupling
Half
Coupling
Half
Turbine
Turbine
Spinner
Orifice
Gas Generator

18
19
20

Auto Ignitors
Control
Valve
Check Valve

turbopump

turbopump
blender,

also

A two-stage

turbopump

through

efficiency

at 1200

with

leakage

The

nominal

with

Drain
Plug
Aspirator
Thrust
Chamber
Orifice

25
26
27
28
29

Heat Exchanger
Coupling
Half
Orifice
Combustion
Chamber
Orifice

30
31
32

Hypergol
Container
Ignition
Monitor
Valve
Main Fuel Valve

33
34
35
36

Three-way
Needle
Thrust
OK Pressure
Drain
Plug
Orifice

37
38
39
40

Sequence
Valve
Main LOX Valve
Orifice
Main LOX Valve

the

a gearbox,

F; and

Valve
Switch

Control

(Cont'd)
required

propellants.

two propellant

and

lube

(a lube

drain,

overboard

The

The

pumps,

a common

draining

and

a LOX-seal
engine

centrifugal

requires

side

shaft

trip.

exhaust

propellant

and

bhp and

is
is pressurized

at high

a lube-seal

contains

altitude.
drain)

pass

plane.

pumps

of the gearbox,
1480

gearbox

vaporization

drain,

also

Lubrication

The

rpm.

4.9:1)

The gearbox

mixture.
lube

at 31,900

(approximately

shaft.

the

at 66-percent

horsepower

over-speed
262)

(14) drives

operates

reduction

(Oronite

at the

turbine

turbine

3800

gear-train

on either
pump

the

develops

a turbopump

additive

impulse

train;

from

rapid

fuel

compound
gear

pumps

and

back-to-back

rpm.

21
22
23
24

Schematic

generator

containing

pad

Pumps.

mounted

bhp for

lines

lubricant

Propellant

6540

drive

by a fuel

drain

Engine

of a turbine,

degrees

GN 2 to prevent

Three

gas

a reduction

both propellant

an accessory

the

H-1

pressure

A gearbox

provided

exchanger.

Turbine.

drives

8-4.

consists

a heat

Gearbox.

Assembly

supplies

assembly
and

_o

Valve

Figure
The

ew

(fuel
and

the

and

operate

LOX pump

LOX)

(5) are

nominally
requires

at
1970

operation.

8-13

Blender.

A fuel-additive

additive

(Oronite

blender

unit,

feeder

percent
from

the

Heat

Exchanger.

and

storage

the

pump

with:

and

Oronite)

utilizes

by fuel

is provided

orifices

fuel

The

engines

gases

and

through

fuel

a main

LOX

valve,

valve.

The

function

Valve.

main

loaded

drain

LOX

main

LOX

valve

is initially
line.

Two

LOX-leakage

closing

Sequencer
cam

located

the

and

flow

a drain

position.

and

cooling.

The

through
the

used

a fuel

additive,

of additive

plug

(2.75

+0.75

to drain

additive

drain

lines,

Valve.
on the

the fuel

the

main

The
main

and

is initially

body

drains

and

an

in

chamber.
and

is spring

by turbopump

and the

fuel

ignition

monitor.

the actuator,

LOX valve

as the

fuel

transfer

discharge

freezing
from

valve

the

fuel

valve

is equipped

extreme

overboard

drain

line

is provided

actuator

cylinder.

to and

operated

actuator

shaft,

controls

and

LOX
through

with

low temperature.

body

attached

The

The

valve

(37),

main

valve.

acting

to the

in

LOX dome.

pressure

LOX

due

(38) is installed

and the

main

on the main

LOX-valve

LOX-valve

gate

line

LOX pump

type

A fuel

sequencer

the thrust

two from

main

the

from

valve,

overboard.

closed

basic

and

propellants:

(32) is installed

opened

fuel

shield

engines.

the

butterfly

ignition

tail

below.
valve

pump

unbalanced

one

LOX overboard.

fuel

duct,
in-flight

vehicle

a Conax

main

cylinder
seals

valve,

closed

valve

the

control

is discussed

by turbopump

to prevent

through

which

exhaust

LOX container

on the outboard

valves

between

actuation

of the

is ducted

of each

normally

same

in the turbine

LOX to GOX for

the valve

which

located

a sequencer

through

is of the

port

five

The

from

opened

vent

(25),

a 4.25-inch

The

The

blanket

to store

aspirators

between

LOX line

valve

heater

the

has

to a manifold

high-pressure

actuator,

line

one

Valve.

are

normally

acting

lines,

fuel

control

8-14

closed

pressure

leakage

the

valve

to the

Three

Main

fuel

fuel

discharge

There

The

high-pressure

The

used

cylinder

to control

the

main

the

acting

exhaust

Valves.

Fuel

pressure

to convert

Propellant

Main

discharge

exchanger

8-8.

monitor

and

used

Heat-exchanger

valve,

of fuel

lubrication

to the gearbox,

heat

hot exhaust

on inboard

a mixture

gearbox

a storage

injectors

provides

cylinder.

pressurization.

ignition

(10) unit

for turbopump

operated

line,

metering

262)

blender

one

ignition

from

the

from

by a
fuel

flow

..

Qig

sequencing
valve

during

seal

Valve.
The

port

of the

membrane

spring

to allow

to drain

overboard.

Subsystem.

main

It contains

burst

approximately
taneously

ENGINE
stcuctural

valve

is equipped

line

from

LOX

LOX valve
with

the sequence

with

Conax

control

line

normally

closed

a piston
to flow

pressure

H-1

leads

consists

fuel

the

which

vaive

moves

equalizing

normally

closed

the

igniter

engine

to the

cut-

closing

of two redundant
control

which
to the

valves.

bursts
closing

a
port

and permitting

ignition

hypergol

fuel

injector
pressure

line

leads

subsystem
container

they

reach

lines

the

when

fluid

monitor

during

from

the

consists

thrust

primary

the

fuel

igniter

ignition.

hypergol

The
valve

line

aluminum)

fuel

monitor

assembly

a hypergolic

chamber.
sequence

(31) is

the main

ignition

of the

the

(triethyl

valve

to energize

(30) contains

between

rupture

hypergolic

ignition

line

drain

which
and

line

for

fluid

hypergol

and thrust

pressure,
which

which
con-

chamber.

reaches

ignites

spon-

LOX.

OPERATION.
considerations

7; inboard
The

the

fuel

igniter

diaphragms

contact

the main

LOX valve

control

charges

from

when

fuel

300 psig,
upon

the main

when

drain

main

two-way

leakage

The

propellants
in the

when

tension.

The

ducting.

the

actuated,

pressure

valve

the

leakage

The

The

A fuel

fuel

closes

actuator.

allows

Valve.

opens

is located

3.

under

actuator.

ignition

opens

sequence

in a fuel

actuator,

valve

tainer

and

and

by 28 psig

Ignition

5 and

is located

LOX valve

Monitor

valve

The

(2) closes

or both pyrotechnic

The

valve

and

A fuel

valve

LOX valve

of either

operated

.....

sequence

closed.

Firing

to close

open,

pyrotechnic

valve

el

The

self-contained,

Ignition

For

valve

main

main

freezing.

A Conax

of the

_-

overboard.

Conax

metallic

8-10.

fuel

80 percent

heater

drains

i
iP

start.

20 percent

off.

ignites

engine

to prevent

u_

i_

is approximately

Conax

and

.oo

is approximately

valve

8-9.

engine

engines
starting

the
6 and

H-1

engines

8; outboard

and cutoff

are

engines

sequences

started

in pairs:

2 and 4,
are

described

inboard

and outboard

engines

engines

below.

8-15

8-11.

Engine

Figure

8-5.

Starting
During

a.

The

initiators
b.

ignition,

turbine

ignite

forced

Sequence.

the

Hot,

The
the

spinner

the

following

solid-propellant

gas

for

an engine

is shown

in

an electrical

start

signal

and two

charge.
gases

turbine

sequence

occurs:

(15) receives

high-pressure

through

ignition

formed

(14) which,

by the
in turn,

burning

of solid

drives

the

propellant

fuel

(7) and

are

LOX (6)

pumps.
c.
side

Fuel

of the

directed

closed

to a fuel

charge

control

The

main

(3)

The

Conax

(4)

The

fuel-additive

(5)

A bleed

and the

The

the

main

a check

pressurizes

the

of the

unit

discharge

from

the

line

to the

inlet

line

is also

discharge

(37}.

by way

of an orifice.

(10).

is forced

leading

normally

closed

line

to the

through

and the

produces
is applied

control

fuel

an orifice

pump

suction

into the

main

LOX valve

container

pump

line,

valve

A mechanical

and the

supply
and

build-up

normally

four

when

valve

and

line

line.

LOX dis-

(38).

A bleed

suction

line

(some

closed

LOX injector

through

a four

orifices.

The

control

sequence

control

line

to open,

allowing

nozzles

into the

coil

fuel

valve

Spring-closing

the

begins

in the

heat

vaporized

(37)

pres-

fuel

pressure

LOX to flow
thrust

exchanger

chamber.

installation

LOX from

the

heat

(25)

exchanger

LOX containers.
linkage

80 percent
container

to the

is overcome

LOX dome,

the

pressure

(40) by way of an orifice.

control

230 psig,

vehicle

is approximately
hypergol

(40)

an orifice

volute

pressure

from

containing

f.

valve

blender

acceleration

LOX valve

supply

flows

sequence

LOX discharge

approximately

LOX also

Fuel

into:

control

the

(2).

pump
side

(12}.

branches

containing

LOX valve

main

the

valve

through

occurs).

increasing

in the

through

opens

open,

(30) and

the

and

the

inlet

sequence

allows

valve

control

port

of the

when

line

fuel

normally

the

main

pressure
closed

LOX valve
to flow

into

ignition

monitor

line

pressure

(31).
g.

increases

8-i6

the

Turbopump

and to the

valve

line,

inlet

between

e.

LOX valve
valve

is forced

fuel

which

(2)

LOX recirculation

the

line

normally-closed

LOX from

reaches

main

The

exists

sure

volute

(1)

line

line.

the pump

normally

d.

line

from

Hypergol

container

to approximately

burst
300 psig.

diaphragms
This

allows

rupture

as control

hypergolic

fluid,

fuel

followed

by igniter

,_

"-4

_4

oo

oo

z
o=
o
o

Ii

hi3

hi)

_d
I
O()

,--I

_2

8-17

fuel,

to flow through

the

thrust

tact

with

During

chamber.

The

the previously

reaches

The

pressure
The

main

chamber

fuel

fuel

then

combines

lant

ignition

and

calibrated

into

occurs.

valve.

valve

(32)

opens

and

propellant

d.

Fuel

pressure
gas

(1)

Bootstrap

gas

igniters,

ignition
gas

hot

located

system

for

the

gas

bootstrap

fuel

line,

The

igniter

fuel,

and main

propel-

main

following:

the

fuel

into the

from

containing

gas

the

generator

main

orifices,

(I,OX

LOX

and

leads

the

into

fuel

turbine
area,

to ensure

the

to open

valve.

flows

combustion

buildup.

sufficient

from

valve

pressure.

pressure

fuel

detonation.

fuel

manifold

line,

to prevent

propellants

on the

flows

LOX valve.

generator

thrust

chamber.

becomes

by the

the

thrust

of the

ignited

pressure

to overcome

to flow through

bootstrap

LOX bootstrap

are

con-

into the

pressure

pressure

propellants

pressure

manifold

(19) allowing

turbopump

generator

in the

assembly

assembly

by way

upon

into

spinner
provide

continuous

hot gases.
a secondary

operation

of the

turbine.
f.

The

gas

gasses

for

approximately

pellant
gas

bootstrap

manifold

valve

generator

line

chamber

control

the

injector

injector

the

LOX under

gas

fuel

in thrust

turbopump

and

ignition.

located

through

of the

through

into the

Auto

under

and

to monito_

valve

nozzles

ignite

fuel

LOX and

injector

mixture

fuel

switch,

results

control

manifold

Bootstrap
valve

manifold

pressure

in the fuel

fuel

allows

ignited

ig_lition

(17) by way

The

injector

is used

generator

injector

the

fuel

the

igniter

fuel

valve

Main

on the

fuel

fuel

spray

occur:

when

allows

fuel

in primary

main

A thrust-OK

by a hand

igniter

events

opens

the previously

c.

e.

following

and

ignition

resulting

valve

the

with

and

in the
fuel

jacket

(2)

the

28 psig

injector

fluid

LOX,

ignition-monitor

spring-closing

port

hypergolic

period,

approximately

b.

(29) to the

injected

the transition
a.

the

an orifice

spent,

turbine

8 -18

then
for

the

turbine

ceases
remainder

operates

on combined

200 milliseconds.
operation,
of the

and
engine

turbine
The

the

gas

turbine

generator

operation.

spilmer

and gas

generator

spinner,

its solid

pro-

continues

to power

the

8-12.

Engine

Cutoff

pyrotechnically
prior

energized
during

vehicle

a.

Engine

cutoff

and

or

by

(i)

may

8-6).

valve

flight.

automatic

equipment

(Figure

Conax

to or

controls
fire

Sequence.

(2),

which

During

be

by

controls

cutoff

may

cutoff,

initiated

vehicle

Engine

the

be

is

actuated

following

means

accomplished
by

events

of automatic

which

actuate

various

the

means

occur:

or

Conax

by

manual

valves

ground

in case

of

initiate

an

malfunctions.
Any

thrust-OK

actuation
after
(2)

pressure

signal

ignition

During
a single

to cutoff
until

the

switch

launch

period

engine

all

a failing

engines

engine

from

may

approximately

3.3

seconds

commit.

from
cutoff

on

launch

commit

may

be

initiated

be

cut

off by

until
by

I0

the

seconds

after

thrust-OK

liftoff

pressure

switch.
(3)

Any

failing

(4)

After

engine

inboard

remaining
(5)
b.
one

the

five

actuation

flow

c.

An

explosive

d.

The

main

to the

engine

fuel

fuel
gas

valve

thrust

cutoff

cutoff

engine

by

an

signal

cutoff

any

electrical

switches.

of the

would

The

propellants

chamber

and

is

predictable

signal

is received,
engine

thrust

(the
shutting

(A fuel

cutoff
engine
decays

gas

switch.
will

time

cutoff
cutoff

cut

off

after

signal

all

depleted

to

the

ignites,

actuating

liffoff.

from

switches

rich

gas

cutoff

impulse.)
cutoff
to less

main

fuel

and

operations
i0

fuel

drops

Within

than

and

As

any

actuate
cutoff

and

switch

control

to the

and

pressure
valve

thrust

valve.

ceases

ignition

to
is

to decay.

overcomes
200
chamber

combustion
also

the

LOX

a result,

discharge

excessive

turbine

and

to approximately

supply

prevents

generator

pressure

generator.

pressure
off the

valve

spring

speed,
in the

fuel

Conax

under

turbopump
pressure

the

the

closes

thrust,

closes,

damage

within

valve

pressure

generator.

small,

the

signal

is initiated

one

charge

Spring-closing

decreasing

which

when

LOX

causing

e.

the

cutoff

may

container

valves

a thrust-OK

pressure

engines.

system

engine

a thrust-OK

level.

terminated,

main

cutoff,

outboard

propellant

Conax

engine

command

Normal

of the

signal

The

may

results

150

milliseconds

after

are

completed.

Within

the

psig).

The

and

to

temperatures
in a relatively
the
400

engine

cutoff

milliseconds,

percent.

8-19

co

-z

a._

c_o

11

pa
I

I
QO

_
z

=_

P_

I
I
I
I

I
I
I

i
o

z_

o
_

_3

co
I

8-20

wV

f.
cut

Under

off,

normal

followed

8-13.

by cutoff

PROPELLANT

The propellant

conditions,

of the

four

system

consists

b.

Oxidizer

c.

NPSH

d.

Control

e.

Propellant

Conditioning

f.

Propellant

Loading

g.

Purging

Storage

and

inboard

engines

engines

upon

are

simultaneously

LOX depletion.

following

systems:

Feed

Storage

and

Feed

Pressurization
Pressurization

STORAGE

system

four

outboard

of the

Fuel

FUEL

the

SYSTEM.

a.

8-14.
This

cutoff

AND

includes

four

FEED

fuel

SYSTEM

containers,

(FIGURE
upper

and

8-7).
lower

manifolds,

and suction

lines.

8-15.

Fuel

Containers.

containers
and

around

for

container.

above

sensors

located

off when

the

entrance

prior

during

at 19 psig

firing,

line

cutoff

The

manifold,

relief
the

valve

the

fuel

and

level.

engines.

upper

manifold

connects

at 23 psig
pressurized

F-4

level

between

tops

by a 750 psig
valves

If either
to release
through

should

of the
the
three

vent

fuel

cut-

vent

fuel
fails,
When

GN 2 pressurization

in

deplete

fuel

control

valves

pressure.

engine

four

Two

the

level

is located

of the

vent

sloshing.

Fuel

switch

nitrogen

also

fuel

flow.

containers.

is

of the

inboard

cutoff

the

volume

to prevent
the

LOX

inboard

capacity

initiate

engine

outboard

The

fuel

outer

one

An ullage

actual

A liquid

outboard

operated

feet.

straighten

and

with

supplies

containers

of the

occurs.

are

the

F-2

to indicate

and draining.

opens

cubic

in the

of container

pressure

filling

containers

filter

alternately

container

reducing

equalization

if overpressurization

safety

of 1419

constructed

bottom

pressure

container

a capacity

sump

mounted

Each

a predetermined

Manifold.

in the

are

suction

and maintains

contained

are

reaches

to the

Upper

tainers

ciated

the

are

pressurization

container

near

fuel

and
baffles

the

containers

LOX container.

and has

to LOX depletion

8-16.

open

engine

Internal

fuel

central

expansion

Screens

the

the

one outboard

provided

The

con-

valves
line,

containers
an assothe

engines
inlets.

8-21

b_

L_
I
_0

. ,.,.i

<

1 Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
2 Vent Valve (2)
3 Quick-Disconnect
Couplings
4 Safety
Relief
Valve
5 Pressure
Switch
6 Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
7 Fuel Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
Nozzle
8 Fuel Fill and Drain Valve
9
10
11
12

Check Valve (8)

Orifice
Assembly
Filter
Assembly
Quick-Disconnect

Figure
8-17.

Lower

sumps

to maintain

engines.

A normally

rate

Suction
of 227

lines

are

outboard

pounds

following
a.

The

The

GN 2 ground
c.
through

the

fill

Switch

Control
Valve (8)
Prevalve
(8)
Fuel Level Sensor
(2)
Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
Upper Manifold
Lower
Manifold

23
24

Manifold
Ring Line
Suction
Line (8)

fill

level

most

and

System,

S-I

(Cont'd)

the

four

drain

in the
of the

containers.

dead

valve,

fuel

In the

engine

and

container

fuel

event

to the

other

associated

line

provides

diameter

from
fuel

except

containers

suction

the containers

lines

supply

fuel

at a nominal

to the

engine

pumps.

Two

pump,

one to an inboard

engine

line

one

closed

prevalves,

near

the

pressure.

in case
are

located
The

from

such

the

launch

to an

top of each

fuel

are

opened

prior

failure

or

prevalves

of emergency,

loaded

and

suction

as engine
complex

storage

containers

manner:
normally

closed
control

normally

control
Fuel

15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

interconnects

fuel

by GN 2 control

open

by GN 2 ground
b.

second

Normally

fuel

Pressure
Valve

manifold.

actuated

The

Feed

manifold

distributes
fuel

to each

and remain
line.

opened

per

and

uniform

Eight-inch

line.

are

Storage

lower

manifold

Lines.

line,

broken

The

closed

connected

to fueling

Fuel

in the

engine

suction

in the

the

connection

8-18.

8-7.

approximate

failure,

Fuel-Step
Calibration

Coupling

Manifold.

of engine

a filling

(8)

13
14

valves

in the

upper

manifold

are

and drain

valve

is pneumatically

from

the ground

pneumatically

pressure.

closed

fuel

fill

opened

by

pressure.

is pumped
and

vent

drain

under
valve.

pressure
The

lower

manifold

storage

distributes

containers
fuel

to the

four

containers.

In the

event

to the

filling

of a cancelled

launch,

the

containers

are

drained

in a manner

similar

operation.
8-23

I""

O0

l
0"

5)

C'4

-4

e5

e4
cxl

Ii
r-4

,.0
-_
I
o'r,4

8-24

po0

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13

Figure

8-19.

8-8.

OXIDIZER

This

14
15
16
17
18

Relief
Valve No. 1
Relief
Valve No. 2
Vent Valve
Prevalve
(8)
Prevalve
Control
Valve (8)
Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
Orifice
(8)
Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
Level Sensor
Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
LOX Fill and Drain Valve
LOX Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
LOX Step Differential
Pressure

system

Oxidizer

STORAGE

includes

the

19
20
21
22
23

Coupling
Valve
Coupling
Line)
Coupling

(LOX

Nozzle
Switch

Storage

AND

Calibration
Valve
LOX Replenishing
Quick-Disconnect
LOX Replenishing
Quick-Disconnect
Pressure
Monitoring
Quick-Disconnect
Lower
Manifold
Upper Manifold
Manifold
Ring Line
Suction
Line (8)

and

FEED

Feed

SYSTEM

LOX containers,

upper

System,

S-I

(FIGURE

8-8).

and

lower

(Cont'd)

manifolds,

and

suction

lines.

8-20.

LOX Container.

diameter

container
O-1,

alternately

between

outboard

and that
not

O-2,

0-3,

the

engine.

of the

0-4

are

level

determined

and

sensors

used

which
Near

Upper

containers
vent

to provide

valve,

filling

Manifold.

operated

and draining.

whenever

container

sure

relief

one

of these

valves
valves

The

The

valve

pressure
which

located

is also

opened

the

and

65 psig.

The

between

by a command

are

and

feet

installed

in the

four

0-2

and

a preslosh

LOX vent

measurswitch

O-C.

the

tops

manifold
57 and
the

of the

contains
opens

emergency

from

cubic

of containers

0-2

valve

by the

inboard

LOX reaches

manifold

The

mounted

temperature,

are

An emergency

The

opened

open

baffles

interconnects

pressure.

is 1459

bottom

when

one

at ambient

in container

manifold

exceeds

the

O-C

equalization.

mechanically

is also

near

pressure.

are

by GN 2 control

(volume
mounted

of container

upper

pressure

feet

containers

are

supplies

container

105-inch

diameter

LOX containers

outboard

cutoff

of a central

70-inch

container

of radial

differential
switch

each

cubic

engine

bottom

to indicate

outboard

Located

initiate

the

a LOX pressurization

8-21.

rows

out impurities.

level.

ing probes

of each

consists

by four

four
and

is 3244

Vertical

to screen

The

capacity

container

system

surrounded

containers

The

center

O-C)
0-4}.

fuel

LOX temperature).

containers

LOX container

(designated

(designated

one

The

vent

62 psig.
emergency

LOX

a normally

during

also

five

closed

container
switch

contains
For
vent

assembly
two pres-

redundancy,
switch

8-25

when the container pressure exceeds65 psig.

8-22.

Lower

connected

Manifold.

from

the

tainers.

This

tainers.

In the

engine

LOX to the

8-23.

Suction

flow
the

rate

The

sump

of the
maintains

event

of an engine

other

failure

or broken

storage

containers

container

failure,

of four

to the

an approximate

Eight-inch

the

per

diameter

second.

interconnecting

lines

of the

outboard

con-

LOX level

in the

sumps

uniform
mmlifold

of the

suction

line.

The

suction

Pneumatically

lines

are

distributes

in the following

lines

most

supply

operated

normally

LOX containers

con-

of the

dead

open,

are

LOX at a nominal

prevalves

except

loaded

from

located

in case

the

near

of engine

launch

complex

manner:

The

normally

closed

vent

b.

The

normally

closed

LOX fill

Co

Liquid

ao

consists

engines.

of 505 pounds
end

manifold

center

manifold

Lines.

container

lower

valve

and relief
and

drain

valves
valve

are

opened,

on container

0-3

is

opened.

manifold

8-24.
This

into the

NPSH
system

positive

8-25.

oxygen

pressure

the

head

two nitrogen

pressure

vent

filters,

foot

high-pressure

fuel

is consumed

propellant

containers

orifices

during

tainer

pressure

exceeds

is controlled

tape

removes

launch

+70 seconds.

the

17 psig

the

lower

switch
Any over

This

flight.

The

pressurizing

system

control

ducting

the pressure

switch

senses

pressurizing

control
valves

spheres
the

control

three

cause

pressur'ization

valve

valves,

the

net

close.

is norm_dly

are:
switch,

two

20-cubic

source.
in the

to open.

When

controlled

con-

the

con-

acceleration

valves.

at launch

As

fuel

(IN 2 flow rates.

control
each

The

drop

Vehicle

varying

system

a ground
the

a constant

a pressure

S-9).

from

valves

pressurizing

of one

of the

(Figure
psi

control

maintains

components

to 3000

the

to maintain

turbopumps.

pressurized

high-pressure

by sequencing

pressure

of the

and associated

flight,

and signals

in the

through

required

System.

three

are

pressure

flow

inlet

during

spheres,

spheres

decay

at the

pressurization

Pressurization

tainer

pressure

flows

SYSTEM.

(NPSH)

Container
fuel

O-3

containers.

provides

in the

valves,

into container

PRESSURIZATION

suction

Fuel

other

pumped

+39,

and
The

A programmed
launch
by the

_54 and
fuel

vent

valves

which

pressure

open

Oxidizer

zation

of the

manifold.

Container

engine

LOX to GOX in the

the

through

GOX then

container

the

normally
main

manifold

is prevented

by the

valves

open

system
of the

whenever

the

are

a.

Two

high-pressure

b.

A filter

C.

A pressure

regulator

A manifold

to supply

helium

bypass

valve

mounted

in the

through

solenoid

gas

turbine

is diverted

of

and

duct.

pressure.
vent

start

A portion

exhaust

and

upper

from

valve.

engine

relief

the

helium

LOX container

LOX container

pressuri-

by transforming

source

of each

to maintain

Figure
to the

for

8-11,

stores

pneumatically

LOX pump

The
Over

valves.

GN 2 at 3000
actuated

gearbox

psig.

valves

It

in the

pressurization.

Major

as follows:
spheres,

to keel)

source

Preflight

SYSTEM.

command

system

8-10).

is maintained

oxidizer

system,

and nitrogen

(Figure

and by ground
closed

PRESSURIZATION

upon

pressure

exchangers

exchanger

pressurization

components

sMety

by ground

upper

pressure

propulsion

container

is supplied

the

heat

the

CONTROL

supplies

fuel

System

heat

through

enters

The control

engine

the

pressurization

8-27.

Pressurization

start,

by opening

LOX passing

passed

The

LOX container

motion

_.e

23 psig.

After

to first

_e

at 19 psig.

exceeds

8-26.

.e

1.5

impurities

from

to reduce

cubic
the

feet

control

and

1.0

cubic

feet.

system.

container

pressure

from

3000

psig

to

750 psig.
d.

A relief

e.

in event

of regulator

f.

A pressure

g.

Electrically

command,
(i. e.,

The

open

relief

8-28.

valve

PROPELLANT
propellant

systems

to protect

switch

manifold

to monitor

actuated

control

to permit

prevalves,

etc.

CONDITIONING

conditioning

described

GN 2 to the

various

and valves

control

against

valves.

over

pressurization

failure.

(or close)

valves,

750 psig

system

manifold
valves,

passage
) in the

pressure
which

for

upon

of GN 2 to the
propulsion

gTound

receipt
proper

control.

of an electrical
pneumatic

valve

system.

SYSTEM.
is composed

of the

fuel

and

LOX conditioning

below.

S-27

(v

m
o

oO

0
i

0
0

o
,m4

oo

,r-4

_)

1
oo

c_

y8-28

o
!

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Pressure OK Switch
Calibration Valve
Nitrogen Pressure Sphere (2)
Check Valve
Filter
Quick-Disconnect Coupling
Filter
Figure 8-9.

8-29.

Fuel

ground

source

Conditioning

line (24) distributes

temperature
within

Fuel

bubbling

A filter

impurities

(The

system
check

8-30.

and

also

a suitable

from

ground

the

through

the

ground
loading.
service

8-32.
Purging

and

The
lines

valves

which

near

pressure
are

the

(22),

vent

nitrogen

to enter

8-8).

LOX

passes

until

the

into the

during

suction

into the

ring

a homogeneous

fuel

entering

of

A manifold

in the

container

fuel
the

fuel

container.
fuel

con-

suction

nitrogen

To create

inlets

a flow

maintaining

from

pump

down.

valves

back

provides

lines.

line.

LOX circulation

final

countdown,

lines.

The

and

helium

helium,

LOX containers

and

disis vented

valves.

SYSTEM.
bottom

ground
taps

count

and continues

flowing

the

final

nitrogen

(Figure

into

system

of the

containers,

computer

used

check

valves

contain

supply

to monitor
which

information

and control

provide

sealing

to the

propellant
after

the

disconnected.

SYSTEMS.

of propulsion
flight.

relief

equipment

PURGING

during

line

LOADING

located

from

This

the fuel

open

the

at the

is bubbled

PROPELLANT

support

fuel

System

ring

LOX vent

taps,

during

gaseous

permit

prevent

source

by a manifold

Pressure

valves

temperature

tributed

8-31.

lines

through

in the

Conditioning

maintain

8-7).

to LOX loading

GN 2 is vented

check

valves

Oxidizer

suction

prior

The

prevents

(Figure

the GN 2. The GN 2 circulates

each suction
line.

pressurization.

tainer

fuel

is initiated

Pressurizing Control Valve (3)

Orifice (3)
Fuel Container Safety Valve (2)
Pressure Switch
Calibration Valve
Fuel Vent Valve (2)
Quick-Disconnect Coupling

Fuel Container Pressurization System (Cont'd)

System

GN 2 to the

8
9
10
11
12
13
14

The
permit

components
purging
the

is required

systems

passage

consist

of GN 2 to the

at various
of tubing,
component

times
restricting
being

prior

to launch
orifices

and

and check

purged.

8-29

_D

.,..4

L)
_q
.r-4

i
oO

B-30

i
2
3
4

Relief
Valve
Relief
Valve
Vent Valve
Emergency
LOX Vent Switch
Assembly
LOX Pressurizing
and Relief
Switch Assembly
Calibration
Valve

5
6

Figure
8-33.

8-10.

Oxidizer

commence
filling)

Pump

with
and

continue

to ambient

temperature.

nitrogen

oxidizer

pump.
detection
drain

by venting

Ground
the

the

this

purge

tamination

of the

8-35.

Generator

Gas
vapor

solid
arrival

from

of an aborted
following

drain

Purge.

This

to branch

dome,

turbine

by combustion

The

purge

up in the

launch,
removal

this

spinner

purge
of the

flight.

turbopumps

return

pressurization

spheres.

leakage

in the

the

into the

seal

seal

of lubrication

LOX

and allows

it out the

desired

cavity

lubricant

pressure

in the

oxidizer

engine.

and

out the

at engine

dome

The

contaminants.

nitrogen

passes

thrust

chamber.

When

cutoff

to prevent

con-

by-products.

Purge.

and prevents

from

at the

firing

due to oxidizer

spinner.

and

immediately
The

This

purge

by-products

contaminating

is required
turbine

and

line.

each

Manifold

is initiated

manifold

drain

required

manifold

the

removes

for

the

by forcing

maintains

purge

lines

is also

LOX injector

seal

out the

oxidizer

system

the quality

pump

line

Oxidizer-Injector

in the

build

fuel

nitrogen

operation

of oxidizer.

by pressure

again

the

the

through

to propellant

starting,

control

lubricant

passing

improves

past

duct,

LOX

propellant

from

in the

GN 2 flows

by the

LOX and

excess

LOX discharge

aborting,

fuel

valve

Dome

source

isolates

until

two operations

prior

engine

is required

is furnished

These

(occurs

launch,

Orifice

(Cont'd)

Pressurization.

for

purging

pressurization

A check

Oxidizer

purge

System

pressurization

preparation

purging

leakage

Pressurization

system

contaminants

of any fuel

gearbox

into

seal

gearbox

line.

8-34.

this

Ground
LOX Pressurizing
GOX Flow Control
Valve
Check Valve
Quick-Disconnect
Coupling
Heat Exchanger
(8)
Check Valve
(8)
Bypass
Solenoid
Valve

and Gearbox

continuous

gearbox

The

Purge

pressure

for

pump

and prevents

Container

throughout

is aborted,

The

Seal

control

If a launch

Gaseous

Oxidizer

7
8
9
10
1i
12
13

the

fuel

from

manifold

command

removes

any

the

prior

burning
to

and is terminated

ignition.

following
GN 2 is received

In the
engine
from

event

cutoff
the

and
ground

8-31

4-m

r._

,,-,4

,4
I

oo

8-32

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Quick-Disconnect Coupling
Filter
Check Valve
High-Pressure Sphere
High-Pressure Sphere
Control Pressure Filter
Pressure Regulator
Pressure Switch
Calibration Valve
Relief Valve
Control Valve
Control Valve
Figure

8-11.

Control

13

Control

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

Control
Valve (8)
Orifice
(8)
Orifice
(10)
Calorimeter
(10)
Manifold
Hand Valve
Solenoid
Valve
Bottle
Fill and Vent Valve
Calibration
Valve
High-Pressure
Switch

Pressure

System

Valve

(Contfd)

source.

8-36.

Thrust

tamination
rich
the

Chamber

of the

fuel

combustion
fuel

Injector

injector

and

in the

fuel

nitrogen

is vented

manifold

Purge.

and the

Gaseous

manifold

build-up

Manifold

manifold

byproducts.

injector

pressure

Fuel

This

purge

jacket

from

the

ground

from

out of the

thrust

chamber.

a check

valve,

thereby

closes

prevents

blow

back

source

conof oxidizer

passes

After

through

engine

terminating

start,

the

purge.

8-37.

Deluge

abort.

Gaseous

ment

area

deluge

Purge

A deluge

nitrogen

from

the

at a maximum

flow

rate

purge

included

System.

system

in the

utilizes

purge

the

system
prior

a pressure

of 1.5

psig.

During

is supplied

to the

engine

compartment

detection

and

water

partment.

The

ment

consists

area,

inboard
with
The

and

water
water

minute

per

prela,

System.
quench

water

quench

one

outboard

supply

lines

system,

under

the

pipe

Four

deluge

operations
event

8-12,

quench

preheated

The

couplings

at a flow

static

system.

Also

GN 2, that
per

minute
source

testing,

in the

in the
each

on the

at
air

protecting
tail

of 2000

a fire

engine

engine

disconnect
rate

The

system.

of a fire

arrangements,

compart-

pressure.

ground

purge

and

of a launch

engine

is 140 pounds

mounted

located

pressure

water

conditioned

couplings

launcher.

100 psig

rate

the

at 3 psig

utilizing

the

in the

Figure

independent

of the

flow

in event

into

minute

checkout,

launch

is used

engine.
from

mch

During

per

purge,
The

through

system

of four

is pumped

to liftoff.

is used

is ducted

plumbing

is a prelaunch

minutes

Quench

source

onboard

five

Water

ground

system

of 420 pounds

commences

8-38.

purge

shroud

com-

compartone
engage

at liftoff.
gallons

per

line.
8-33

Barrel
Location

As sembl'

View
Firewall

Piping
Assembly

(3)

Flange
'j

Tail

Section

Assembly

Shroud

Valve

Assembly
tteat

3-I16A

Figure

8-34

8-12.

Water

Quench

System,

S-I

Shield

8-39.

S-IV

After

S-I

earth

orbit.

STAGE

PROPULSION

staging,

the

S-IV

SYSTEM

stage

Functionally,

the

propulsion

system

propulsion

system

injects

the

space

is composed

vehicle

into

of a cluster

of six

RL10A-3

8-40.

liquid-rocket

and

a propellant

system.

ENGINE.

The

S-IV

which

stage

is powered

is illustrated

cooled

thrust

by the

fuel

that

propellant

absolute

thrust

The

Each

engines,
thrust

angles

are

Engines

rating)

vector

shown

1,

2,

provides

engines

one

of

a regeneratively

system.

power

pressure
has

for

Heat

absorbed

a hydrogen

are

on Figure

The

turbine

firing

gimbal

control.

All six

engines

control.

The

The
are

of 15,000

of 427 seconds
duration

of each

engine
The

is

RL10A-3

8-4.

mounted
engine

used

engine

pounds
and

290 pounds.

in Table

are

(5:1 nominal

thrust

of approximately

pattern,

roll

second

impulse

summarized

attitude

8-2.

3 and 4 provide

weight

per

a nominal

specific

of 300 psia.
a dry

vehicle

pounds

to develop

at a nominal

in a circular
for

of 35.2

engine

parameters

arranged

degree

rate

each

engine

performance

incorporates

propellant

chamber

rocket

pumps.

chamber

seconds.

engine

a turbopump-fed

enables

altitude

liquid-propellant

The

consumption

ratio)

(200,000-foot

RL10A-3

8-13.

the thrust

propellant

LOX-to-fuel

engine

and

in cooling
the

by six

in Figure

chamber

drives

A nominal

470

engines

for

to provide

gimbal

a +4

pattern

pitch

and

and cant

yaw control.

subassemblies

are

described

below.

8-41.
35.2

Thrust
pounds

thrust

Chamber.
of propellant

of 15,000

chamber

The

pounds

per

thrust
second

(at an altitude

chamber

provides

and exhaust

of the

of 200,000

consists

of a thrust-chamber

body,

Thrust-Chamber

Body.

thrust-chamber

injection

feet)

and combustion

burned

gases.

A nominal

is achieved.

a propellant

The

injector,

of

thrust

and a spark

igniter.

consisting
or rear

of an inlet
manifold,

The
manifold,

180 full-length

fold,

and

external

stiffeners.

from

the

hydrogen

exit

manifold

180 short

body
single-tapered

double-tapered
.The full-length
and

is a brazed

for the

tubes,

tubes,
tubes

assembly

lead

full periphery

exit

turnaround

or front

axially
of the

mani-

rearward
combustion

8-35

Table 8-4. RL10A-3 Engine Performance Parameters

Item

Parameter

Nominal enginethrust (vacuum)

Thrust stability (vacuum)
Nominal specific impulse (vacuum)
Ratedduration

15,000 pounds
+300pounds
427 seconds
470 seconds

Maximum time from ignition to 90 percent

thrust

2 seconds
17,250 pounds
5.0:1 +2 percent
1300 poundsper second
+250poundsper second
48.5 psia at 163.5R
33 psia at 38.5R

Maximum thrust (start transient)

Engine mixture ratio
Cutoff impulse (vacuum)
Cutoff impulse variation (vacuum)
LOX pump inlet nominals
Fuel pump inlet nominals
Rate of thrust increase (maximum)
Nozzle area expansion ratio
Nominal chamber pressure
LOX pump NPSP* (minimum required)
Hydrogenpump NPSP (minimum required)

250 poundsper millisecond

40:1
300 psia
15 psi
8 psi

*Net positive suction pressure.

chamber, throat, andforward part of the expansionchamber. The short
tubes lead rearward from the hydrogeninlet manifold andinterweave between
the full-length tubes to form the remainder of the expansionchamber. The
turnaround manifold at the aft endof the expansionchamber nozzle interconnectsthe short tubes to the long tubes. Brazing betweenthe tubes serves
mainly as a seal. Inlet and exit manifolds provide entrance of unheatedfuel
andexit of the regeneratively heatedfuel, respectively. The chamber hoop
loads are carried by reinforcing rings. The nominal combustion chamber
pressure is 300psia with a nominal LOX-to-fuel mixture ratio of 5-to-1
and a 35.2 pps flow rate. The thrust-chamber body, designedwith a 40-to-1
expansionratio, employs a truncated nozzle to minimize weight.
Propellant
atomizes
conditions

8-36

Injector.
and promotes
for

ignition

The

propellant
mixing

injector,

of the

and efficient

LH 2 and

combustion.

located

on the

thrust

LOX to provide
The

propellant

the

chamber,
correct
injector

-u

vv

..........
.....

_ii :_ =_ii

"]-121
Figure

8-13.

RL10A-3

Engine
5-37

consists

of 216 elements

Each
the

element

is composed

exception

produce

of those

efficient

fuel

chamber
steel

cooling

is accomplished

mesh

flow.

Spark

Igniter.

The

igniter

ignites

the

sparks

per

spark

8-42.

second.
keeps

to the

Turbopump

hydrogen

the

spark

gear

containers

to the

Turbine.

The

shrouded

to minimize

inlet

blade

which

driveshaft
Gearbox

to the
and

LH 2 coolant
provides

gas
are

type

at a rate

spark.

per-

that

of 20

to form

Because

a
of the

of the propellant

blade

from

95 percent

R.

LOX pump

flow from

LH 2 coolant

flowing

tip leakage.

turbopump

oxidizer

consists

of a two-stage

and single-stage

pressurized

mounted

of 331 degrees

The

assembly

partial-admission,

of 312 degrees

Gearbox.

or 10.4

air-gap

face

This

LOX pump.

propellants

from

the

The
vehicle

chamber.

stages

(approximately

conditions

the

face.

second

the proximity

pump

pumps

592 horsepower

conditions

fuel

hydrogen

Both

second

turbopump

two-stage

two-stage,

by expanding

develops

The

thrust

venturi.

rpm

conditions,

per

annulus.

of porous

injector

injector

near

the

is critical.

unit

engine

fuel

discharge

in the

to

feeds

electrode,

capacitor

mixture

vacuum

pounds

swirlers
a conical

is formed
of the

With

fed from

chamber

center

is recessed

are

annulus.

use

that

cooling

circles.

fuel

chamber

flow of 0.56

combustible

box,

is an integral

driven

igniter

Assembly.

turbine,

combustion

a fuel

concentric

all nozzles

LOX nozzles

is a recessed

in the

turbopump

8-38

The

rows,

fuel

by a high-voltage

concentration

mixture

outer
The

spaced

and a concentric

transpiration

with

fuel

that

the

to provide

propellants

and

is a conical

facing

equally

nozzle

mixing.

of the total

chamber

inner

which

wall

welded

cent

in the

within

in eight

of a LOX

propellant

LOX chamber,
The

arranged

shaft
the
bleed

impulse-type
from

jacket

and

through

on a single

rotor

and

are

A rated

a hydrogen

and

is

the

turbine
flow

of the total
R.

turbine

rated

649 psia

total

fully

speed

of 28,400

rate

of 5.56

pounds

flow)

working

pressure,

per

between
and exit

and 436 psia.

gearbox
shaft

transmits
through

cooling

flow

a 2.5-to-1

is provided

first-stage
from

pump
the

power

from

reduction

by a 0.01
volute.

second-stage

the

The

main

turbine

geartrain.

pound-per-second
main
fuel

drive

pump

shaft

inlet

to

the support bearings at the turbine drive end. Gearboxpressurization is

maintained at 18 to 25 psi above ambient, and excess gas is vented into a
cooldownvent manifold.
Fuel

Pump.

The

minimize
the

axial

turbine.

fuel

thrust.
The

to drive

and

a flow

rate

The

first-stage

which

operates

degree

exit

angle

impeller

drives

fuel

back-to-back

pumps

collecting

volute

for

pounds

is preceded

speed

speed

as the

backswept

blade

design

axial

aluminum-alloy

low-flow

flow

rpm

inducer

impeller.

is incorporated

a suitable

of 28,400

second).

by a three-bladed

same

equal

of 509 horsepower

operating

per

from

nozzle

requirement

at a rated

to

directly

and a straight-tangential

pump

to provide

mounted

the

A power

(5.85

pump

stages

velocity

recover.

of 602 gpm

at the

shaft

distribution,

the fuel

fuel

of two

a constant

velocity-head

is necessary

shrouded

has

pressure

for

consists

A common

pump

circumferential
diffuser

pump

A 50-

into the

allowable

back-

stress

character-

istic.

The

second-stage

porates

fuel

a back-shrouded

LOX Pump.

The

the

and

fuel

within

pump
the

inducer

is driven

pressure

steel

distribution

and

pad,

a mounting

for

oxidizer

discharge

pump

of 1847
pressures

2.5-to-1

a 90-degree

above

centrifugal

and
exit

turbopump

gearbox

reduction

geartrain

flow fully-shrouded

pressure

volute

are

within

on the

main

incorangle.

beside
located

stainless

the

vehicle

supply

pump

has

a single-stage

steel

pressure
fully

of 48.5

psia

per
and

circumferential

the

nozzle

oxidizer
oxidizer

diffuser

pump

housing.

pump

shaft,

for
An
pro-

pump.

at a nominal
pounds

equal

discharge

aft end of the

hydraulic

(29..3

for

tangential

employed

located
the

designed

a straight

operates
gpm

on the

the

The

with

alloy

impeller.

collecting

recovery

of aluminum

design

axial

inlet

cavitation.

drive

flow rate

through

velocity

accessory

blade

is mounted

impeller

stainless

velocity-head

is also

A three-bladed

impeller

A constant

The

LOX pump

increases

shrouded

impeller

radial

gearbox.

to prevent

vides

pump

speed
second)

464 psia,

of 11,350
when

rpm

operating

respectively.

with

a nominal

at inlet

and

A pump

8-39

efficiency of 59.7 percent at the rated conditions results in a power

requirement of 78.2 horsepower.
8-43.

Propellant

valves

control

pumps.
type
and

Valves.

flow

of the

propellant

valves

valves.

open

Shutoff

the

Both

are

Inlet

The

spring

are

valves

closed.

open

Solenoid

Valves.

helium

pressure

from

valves.

The

inlet

shutoff

pump

control

from

and

to the

shutoff

valve

from

engine

closed

moves

in approxi-

from

open

piston
to fully

to closed

fully

ball-

actuator

from

open

shutoff

rotating

helium

moves
fully

moves

inlet

two-position

valve

inlet

pump

containers

closed,

and moves

and

start

solenoid

solenoids

In this

manner

Prestart

Solenoid
opens

valves

prestart

remain

Start

which

initiates

of the

interstage

The

start

after

the

prestart

ation

and

holds

when

the

engine

the

and

solenoid

open

closed

to closed

to
in

start

start
main

downstream

The
valve

off.

solenoid
fuel

pump
and

by a start

solenoid
in the

as long

open

valves
shutoff

control

controls

the

inlet

shutoff

valve,

signal,

which

The

The

propellant

the

helium

The

prestart

remains

energized.

shutdown.

valve

valves.

position.

to the

valves.

at engine

energized

operation

poppet.

solenoid

bleed

remains

of

is controlled.

as the

by a spring

cooldown

is opened

signal.

is cut

The

inlet

in design,

pressure)

solenoid

the flow

propellant-control

a two-way

flow

pump

position

identical

helium

actuator

control

system

operate

prestart

closed

of the

valve,

the

and oxidizer

Valve.
opening

helium

valves

engine

are

energized

fuel

are

to the

(450 + 50 psia

the

in the

solenoid

valves

The

valves

Solenoid

when

flow

start

tank

Valves.
the

solenoid

and

storage

valves.

which

prcstart

stage

the

8-46.

8 -40

pump

the

controls

solenoid

vehicle

normally

17 milliseconds,

The

in turn,

pressure

the

and oxidizer

by a 450 + 50 psia

oxidizer

The

prestart

and construction.

8-45.

The

pump

158 milliseconds.

8-44.

control

are

30 milliseconds

in approximately

approximately

poppet,

fuel

fuel

form

and

opened

The

389 milliseconds.

fully

The

are

in approximately

mately

similar

The

occurs

helium

and the

41.6

throughout
valve

pressure

is closed

closing

seconds

engine

oper-

by a spring

8-47.

Fuel

and bleed
during

Pump

valves

engine

Cooldown_
provide

prestart.

The

transient

valves

pressure-boosted,

open

to vent

sure

from

The

fuel
the

cooldown

bleed

valve

opened

in approximately

helium

pressure

during

engine

shutdown).

8-48.

Thrust

Control

position

within

turbine

the

line

between

ates

the

lever

speed
the

motor

regulating

the

psia.

the

thrust

Bypassed

difference
resisting

spring
valve.

sleeve

valve

begins

correcting

the

8-49.

Main

Shutoff

the
exit

flow

chamber
control
opening
discharge

the

thrust

Fuel

servo

pressure

Valve.

within

fuel-manifold.
pressure
or closing
pressure

The

the

discharge

working

an annular
keeps

the

cooldown

against
valve
shutoff

bullet

period,

a shutoff

spring.

housing

area

about

valve

open

during

rated

valve

engine

which

controls

inlet
of the

valve

cone.

bypass

is achieved.

(tapered

It controls

on the

spring,

shutoff

shutoff

672

flow-regulating

of the

upstream

exit

pressure

pressure

feedback

fuel

the

supply

bypass

valve

the

a servo-

a force

pressure

just

oper-

reference

The

motion

main

lines

in a bypass

The

turbine

shaped

in turn,

operates

exerts

chamber

closed

This,

pressure

line.

so that

a new

the

is approximately

by a low-rate

chamber.

the

in the

carriage

normally

turbine

exhaust

is designed

before

line

pressure

motion

bypassing

is located

port.

discharge

The

During

from

valve

to the valve

to the thrust

is located

corrective

piston

variable-

of fuel

in turn,

are

pressure.

to a vacuum

supply

combustion

valves

by trapped

(300 psia).

and

which,

turbine

booster

combustion

to a spring

to the

valves.

bleed

system

valve

chamber

servo-pressure

and

control

is transmitted

of fuel

cones)

pressure

control

exchanger

and

amount

pres-

operates

boosted

pressure

a carriage

heat

and bleed

a servo-operated,

the

thrust

Thrust

is returned

to produce

sleeve

exit.

of the

chamber

servo

The

combustion

actuates

area

hydrogen

between

chamber

The

Helium

clohing

fuel

stages

acceleration

periods.

to an opening
high

pump

spring-loaded

cooldown

valve,

by regulating

is referenced

bellows
vent

control

thrust

and

which

(routed

The

valves,

compression

alleviates

thrust

turbopump.
inlet

bellows

The

of GH 2 from

of thrust

turbine

pressure

The

engine

of the

by spring

fuel

is shutdown.

cooldown

The

cooldown

pump

engine

a partial

valve.

procedure

Valve.

controls

motor

bellows.

This

the

the

so that

and bleed

both

cooldown

closes

designed

fuel-discharge

as a function

controls

cooldown

and

The

during

sleeve-type

partially

are

bleed

when

non-running

valve

Valves.

to cooldown

fuel

relief

15 milliseconds

and

valve,

during

valves

the

allows

three-position,

solenoid

sleeve

also

Relief

of fuel

and pressure

overboard

and

Pressure

venting

valve

stability

start

and

overboard

to provide
are

Bleed,

the

and
thrust

prevents
fuel

the
flow

by

Turbine
operation.

8-41

delay in main fuel shutoff valve closing occurs during engine shut-downuntil after
the bleed valves are opened. The delay allows fuel to flow out through the thrust
chamber heat exchanger andprevents fuel pump housing rupture that would result
from increased pressure of overheatedtrapped fuel.
8-50.
the

Oxidizer

Flow

LOX pump

it performs

and

Maintains

b.

Controls

vehicle

containers
d.

orifices

by the

resultant

provide

loaded
pump

sure

differential

psi.

The

which

pressure

across

oxidizer

flow

by the

vehicle

controls

the

hardware

valve

regulates
thrust

from

8-42

supplied

provides

Igniter

the

flow

supply

control

in

valve;

cooldown.

the

start

period

residual

senses

oxidizer

flow

inlet

during

within

the rich

propellants

in the

gaseous

the
pounds

control

valve

valve

has

within

Supply

Control

An igniter
inlet

prevents

of nominal

mixture

ratio

oxidizer
the

spark

valve
prestart

igniter
igniter

the

the

LOX
size

cycle)

piston

pres-

109.3
motor

+ 16

that

controls
the

piston
at burn-

forming

Various

is

the

on board

ice from

cooldown.

flow to the

when

propellants

during

The

motor

the

and

start

In turn,

assembly

Valve.

of the

a drive

orifice.

purge

face,

approximately

The

for

controls

when

to mount

residual

atmosphere

trim

reaches

Both

a spring-

back

piston

second

system.

operated

second

contains

portion

per

a discharge

per

on its

inlet

are

LOX pressure.

valve

initial

provisions

propellant-utilization

oxygen

pump

This

area,

pounds

pressure

of 29.3

oxidizer

ground

2.2

face.

(closed

piston

and inlet

flow control

LOX pump

control

a variable

pressure

on its upstream
orifice

has

of approximately

adjustment

for

chamber.

of which

spring

nitrogen

Oxidizer

oxidizer

is located

ratio.

of LOX to minimize

utilization

8-51.

the

consumption

A vehicle
propellant

engine

during

mixture

one

The

the

of a variable-area

the

valve,

a nominal

position

out.

valve

oxidizer

of LOX to minimize

of the

conditions.

to allow

controlled

control

ignition.

of reference

LOX inlet

opens

trim

LOX cooldown

discharge

which

igniter

during
ratio

proper

control

force

piston

of an annular

LOX flow

consumption

in the

of inlet

inlet

for

ground

uniform

range

flow

at burnout.

Permits

Three

of the

oxidizer-to-fuel

the

oxidizer

functions:

limits

Controls

The

upstream

a constant
the

blowout

Valve.

line

following

a.

c.

full

discharge

the

lean

Control

on

adjustment

setting.

oxidizer

supply

control

to insure

ignition

within

poppet

is opened

valve

is actuated.

by LOX pressure
The

poppet

controls

the

LOX,

which

tion

chamber

8-52.

Fuel

of a fuel

spark

the

utw

supply

_g

Bo

lines

tip during

Pressurizing

The

the

......

to the

injector

engine

fuel

Valve.
engine

pressurizing

box pressure
the

igniter

from

valve.

between

entering

starting.

The

the combuspoppet

is closed

pressure.

bleed

to gear

from

Container

pressurizing

a seal

discharge

means

erenced

is bled

at the

by LOX pump

sensing

container

The

to the

valve

is a single

fuel

and

LH 2 container

injector

injector

the

is pressurized

container
position

manifold

combustion

through
poppet

valve

pressure.

chamber

by

a sealed
ref-

It provides

when

the

engine

is

not operating.

8- 53.

Engine

for

LH 2 system

the

signals

from

permits
inlet

Operation.

the

two pump
signal,

and

valve

pump

inlet

control
valve.

ing through

the

propellant

lant

have

cooled

pumps

pump

acceleration.

8-54.

l>restart

sequence
engines
has

are

been

then

At the

in unison

end

a minimum

of the

must

cooldown

prestart
will

pass

solenoid
oxidizer
discharg-

sequence,

the propel-

cavitation

through

during

a prestart

characteristics

of their

of 41.6

after

seconds

the

LOX pump

prevent

which

pump

valves.

of the

the

fuel

through

prestart

actuator

through

which

six engines

low temperature

to the

valve

of the
flows

oxidizer

one

by electrical

solenoid

actuator

the

the

flows

to a temperature

The

of the

started

oxygen

initiated

hydrogen

through

energizes

sequences,

prestart

the

Liquid

(455 + 25 psi)

injector.

Sequence.

because

valve.

are

fuel

to pressurize

later

Liquid

down

the

overboard

helium

or cooling

LOX system,

energizes

shutoff

32 seconds

admits
shutoff

the

prestart,

the

first

is discharged

approximately
which

for

(445 + 25 psia)

opening
and

independent

other
The

helium

stages

valve

the

vehicle.

control
shutoff

Two

cooldown

propellants.

The

the pre-start

signal

initiated.

The engine schematic

is illustratedin Figure 8-14.

The engine operating sequence,

illustratedin Figure 8-15, is described below.

8-55.

Start

sequence
must
also

Sequence.

An electrical

by energizing

exist
energizes

between
the

the

the
first

ignition

start

solenoid

prestart
system.

signal

signal

from

valve.
and

Pressurized

the

vehicle

An interval
the

start

helium

initiates
of at least

signal.

The

flowing

through

the

start
20 seconds

start

signal

the

8-43

.,-t

.<

I
o(3

8-44

lull

PIISIAIT

FUEL

IIIIESTAIIT

fUL

INLET

LOX

LOX

PIISlAIT

LOX

+NLIT

P|ESTA|[

StARt

$1Al!

HELIUM

INT[ISTAGE
& PIESSUIE

MA_N

13

IGNJTEIOXlDIZEI

_4

......

P|SSUII

VALV!

VAIV!

PaESSUlE

$I+UrOEE

MIXTURI
UllLIZATION

....

VALVl

$WlVCI+

ItD

COOLOOWN
IELIEE
VALVE

13

VALVl

COOtDOWt++
liElf
VALV!

FUEL

PIIIISSUIIE

HILIUM

$OLINOID

VALVl

$OtltlOI0

SHUTOFF

_00ISCHAIGE
PlESSUIE

II

HELIUM

SHUTOFF

SOLIklOID

|LEIO

VALVE

IATIO
PROPLLANE
ONTIOL
VALVI

IGNIT+ON

SUPPLT

VALVS

IXr+TI!

I_

IGNI1EI

_6

rHIV$_

17

H,
TAt+_
PIESSUlIZAT+ON
ILEE0
CHECK
VALVE

II

GEA|OX

CONTIOt

VALVE

PRISSUIIZAIION

VALVt

100-99

+430-4;9
_i,

01

II

020304050603010910

coN_,_+

1213

IIMI

14

15

1617

111141

SlOP

_I021

02O

040

OAO

- SIC

LEGII,*D
;"ll'Ir'IPl!

P_

,.,c_-r-_+-]0.,o+._o,.,
Ub_
,

3-

,rlS

+ ,ml_+.tto

i|llmml,l

i +OmllOtLl+

_l.*Im

(lu.l

+Ill

128

energized

start

partially

closes

the

discharge

pump

providing

Figure

8-15.

solenoid

valve

opens

the

pump

cooldown

fuel

to flow

the

energy

for

pump

assembly

and

start

down

bleed

fuel

i+

_,ou.

pump

controls
developed
and the

and pressure
transient

engine

the

thrust

accelerates

fuel

thrust

pump

chamber

rotation.

the
The

valve

acts

as a bleed

In the

start

position,

of inlet

chamber,
to rated

the

thrust.

The

inlet

tubes,
static

fuel

absorbed

heat

of the
fuel

oxidizer

cooldown

turbocool-

to provide

flow

control

a combustible
by the

from

pump

acceleration

ignited

and

fuel

closed

during

pump

valve

permits

friction

partially

When
are

shutoff

This

the

pressure.

propellants

Sequence

valve.

to overcome

turbopump

as a function

main

Operating

and bleed

the

turbine

relief

Engine

the

through

stability.

LOX flow
in the

RLI0A-3

valve

mixture

spark
bleed

is

igniters
and pressure

8-45

relief valve closes as the fuel pump discharge pressure increases. The oxidizer
flow control valve opens as a function of LOX pump pressure rise to provide the
proper mixture ratio for engine acceleration.

8-56.
area

Steady-State
in the

Thrust

Operation.

oxidizer

flow

is controlled

as a function

8-57.

sequence_

by the

initiates
shutting

The

fuel

pump

the

system

off the

the

system

closes,

stopping

the

LOX flow

valve

closes

8-58.

Cooldown

combustible
fuel

pad

seal

not vented
control
is vented

into the

valve

lant

container

the

LOX flow

8-46

vent

rate

bypass

flow

line

which

also

on the

fuel

collector

shutoff

manifold

to the

simultaneous

the

vent.

because

the

Capacitor-type
propellant
depletion

fuel

from

pump
the

pump

shutoff

valve

in the

pump

is employed
discharges

cooldown

LOX pump

at the

inlet

The

discharge

back

fuel

oxidizer

which

valve

manifold

connection

System.

information

causes

fuel

of the

fuel

stopping

pump

system

from

actuators.

inlet

system.

manifold

collects

side

by the

interface

the

A collection

flow

thus

chamber.

closed

main

remaining

stage

draining

the

oxidizer

The

the

all valve

open,

the turbine

entering

to a vent

from

valves

The

from

normally

by closing

thrust

from

Venting.

main

to their

relief

engine.

bleed

Utilization
supply

the

fuel

be affected

vehicle

Propellant

orifice
control.

turbine

signal

helium

caused

and

and the

electrical

and venting

into the

cooldown

a vent

would

to the

injector

a vent

vent

metering

utilization

regulates

return

to rest.

into

is directed

Fuel

vent,

which

flow through

to come

Leakage

fuel

through

valve

sory

8-59.

and

overboard.

check

the

preventing

waste

is directed

the

solenoids

buildup

stops

causing

shutoff

valve

and pressure

a pressure

rotation

through

the

for propellant

of the

supply

bleed

This

vents

control

The

helium

cooldown,

engine

is varied

Termination

shutdown.

valve.

operation

pressure.

to prevent

shutoff

steady-state

valve

thrust

Sequence.

position

inlet

control

of chamber

Shutdown

During

and

from
seal,

The

the
the

thrust

performance

pressure.
collector

sensors
utilization

whereby
the

waste

bleed

valve

gearbox

gearbox
control
of the

The

thrust

accesvalve

is

thrust
control

manifold.

located
system

of both propellants.

in each
which

propel-

by varying

8-60.

PROPELLANT

The propellm-lt

The

consists

Storage

and Feed

Fuel

b.

Oxidizer

c.

NPSH

d.

Propellant

e.

Control

f.

Chill-Down

8-16.
six

system

a.

fuel

Storage

Purge
oxidizer

The propellant

feed

during

ullage.

system

may

the

fuel

initiated

has

installed

container

any

Figure

pressure

or all

to the

of the

is approximately

S-I/S-IV

of the

opens

stage

the

line

and

LH 2 inlet

the

engine

OXIDIZER

engines

I00,000

in

pounds

LOX container
The

around

the

which

allow

has

Liquid

oxygen

valve.

The

of the

sufficient

signal

occurs
inlet

valve.

FEED

side
The

inlet

valve.)

LOX container.

Each

for engine

cold

side

of the
mass

psig
line

is installed

consumption

of S-IV

separate
suction

signal
stage

occurs
cooldown).

turbopump
flow

rate

2 mixture

is

through
of LH 2 to
ratio

of 5:1.

feet,

suction
line

including
lines

includes

4-percent

equally

spaced

flexible

bellows

LOX inlet

shutoff

gimballing.

by a signal
separation.

of the

turbopump

through

rate

3000

The

of 1262 cubic

S-I/S-IV

flow

store

valve.

LOX-to-LH

during

mass

4-percent

hydrogen

The

LOX from

is initiated

including

SYSTEM.
volume

supplied

freedom

consumption

to the

shutoff

are

shutoff

at a nominal

an approximate

six engines

bottom

AND

Liquid

feet,

LH 2 suction

(initiation

to the

shutoff

second

STORAGE

inlet

sequence

LH 2 suction

per

A separate

fuel

and

cubic

LH 2 container

engines.

separation

is 585 pounds

the

of 4274

pressurization.

to each
which

within

LH 2 container

inlet

systems,

LOX under

from

volume

the

container

feed

SYSTEM.

from

ullage.

LH 2 and

capacity

an approximate

LOX container

by a signal
the

FEED

LH 2 flows

The

by separate

be isolated

container

AND

spheres,

for the

8-62.

delivered

furnishes

but

propellant

STORAGE

Helium

helium

(The

are

propellants.

LH 2 container

during

(LOX)

operation,
The

FUEL

from

and Feed

Pressurization

an emergency.

The

systems:

Sensing

and

of usable

of the following

Pressurization

(LH2)

engines

8-61.

SYSTEM.

which

opens

the

LOX flows
a LOX

of LOX to each

suction

engine

from
line

is 29.3

the
and

LOX
the

pounds

LOX
per

8-47

NOT

E:
Typical
System
Six

LH 2

Feed
All

Engines

Container

Antivortex
Screen

Antivortex
Screen

LOX

Container

[-$-I
Z Feed

LOX
Feed
RLI0

A-3

Line
Engine

3-124B

Figure
8-48

8-16.

Propellant

System,

S-IV

(6)

Line

second

at a nominal

8-63.

NPSH

This

8-64.

head

Fuel

surized
the

tainer
The

provides

the

(NPSH)

at the

2.0

has

been

GH 2 (31 psia)

8-65.

Oxidizer

from

pressurized
After

ized

of 46.5

to a value

the

S-I

boost

the

container

cold

helium

the

phase
ullage

the

LOX container

pressure
to the

prior

combustion

the

LH 2 con-

a service

line.

in a sphere

stage

mounted

to a value

of 31.0

is maintained

foot

spheres

at 46.5

located

After

a helium

are

that

stage

drops

below

cold

helium

exhausted

line.

helium

45.5

+ 0.5

valve

psia,

and permits
to maintain

stage-stored
the

LH 2 and
through

and

If during

LH 2 container

ignition

burns

to filling

and

it is pre-pressur-

service

cold

is purged

prior

fill

in the

The

S-IV

heater

heater

bottle

primary

+ 1.5 psia.

psig.

line

and replenished,

pressure
the

LOX container

a service

helium

ullage

3.5

helium

pres-

replenishing.

to launch,

pressurization

The

filled

by a cold

opens

the

S-I

and

from

(contained

ignited,

is blanket

to filling

helium

of the

GN 2 from

switch

from

helium

been

LOX container

through

cold

System.

has

is 3000

positive

lines.

psig

container

cubic

prior

but prior

with

are

pressure

to liftoff

gases

bleed

+ 0.5

pressure

LOX container

engines

+ 1.5 psig

the

from

4.0

line

operation

Pressurization

with

replenishing.

during

a net

LH 2 container

and replenished,

by ambient

engine

Container

The

a service

1.5 psig

maintains

LH 2 pumps.

System.

filled

stage

which

LOX and

GH 2 from

S-IV

of 5.'1.

pressurization

of the

structure)

the

ratio

SYSTEM.

to 36.0

thrust
After

2 mixture

is maintained

with

blanket

inlet

+ 1.5 psig

pressurization
vehicle

Pressurization

container

+ 1.0 psig.

_
_

propellant

is pre-pressurized

on the

the

ww

LOX-to-LH

Container

with

After

PRESSURIZATION

system

suction

helium

LOX.
the

is routed
The

vehicle

heat

shield.

8-66.
The

PROPELLANT
capacitor

type

system

also

is used

to monitor

8-67.

supply

CONTROL

A high-pressure

SENSING
sensors

SYSTEM

which

supply

information

to the

and control

propellant

PRESSURIZATION
helium

sphere,

(PROPELLANT
information

ground

support

LOADING)
to the

propellant

equipment.

This

utilization
information

loading.

SYSTEM.
located

in the

engine

section,

provides

ambient

8-49

temperature GHefor enginerequirements and vehicle pneumatic control. The

sphere contains 1.5 cubic feet of helium dt 3000 psi. It is pressurized from a
service line which remains connecteduntil veMcle first motion.
8-68. CHILL-DOWN PURGESYSTEM.
The chill-down purge system removes contaminants from the chilldown system
prior to the introduction of LH2 and LOX. The purge system uses helium stored
at 3000psia in three spheres mountedon the S-I stage spider beam. The helium
is routed through the chill-down system prior to S-IV engine chill-down.

8-50

CHAPTER

SECTION

IX

MECHANICAL

SY STEMS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

9--1.

9-2.
9-7.
9-14.
9-18
9-33.

GENERAL

" , , . . , , , ,

ENVIRONMENTAL
ENGINE

CONTROL

GIMBALLING

SEPARATION

SYSTEM

SYSTEM

ORDNANCE

9-2.

GAS-BEARING

.................

9-10
9-14
9-23

SUPPLY

SYSTEM

.........

Environmental

Control

System,

Saturn

Environmental

Control

System,

Air/GN

2 Requirements

Interstage

9-4.

Engine-Gimbal

9-5.

Engine

9-6.

Retromotor

9-7.

LOX-SOX

Disposal

System

9-8.

LOX-SOX

Disposal

System

9-9.

Solid-Propellant

Compartment

Environmental

Hydraulic

Gimballing

System

System

Installation

S-I/S-IV

9-12

......................

9-20

....................
Schematic

9-21
..............

Gas

Generator

..................

9-11.

Solid-Propellant

Gas

Generator

9-12.

Liquid-Propellant

Gas

Generator

9-13.

Liquid-Propellant

Gas

Generator

9-14.

Main

9-15.

Retromotor

9-16.

Electronic

Closing
System
Wire

Firing

Initiator

Initiator

Control

9-7
9-9

.............

Solid-Propellant

Bridge

.....

9-11

Components

and

Ignition

9-4

.................

Generator

Valve

..............

Control,

Gas

LOX

9-43

OF ILLUSTRATIONS

9-3.

9-10.

9-3

.......................

LIST

9--1.

.............

......................

SYSTEMS

PLATFORM

SYSTEM

9-3

9-22

Assembly

.....

9-26
9-27

.............

9-28

Igniter

.............

9-28

Igniter

Installation

Valve

(Conax

....................
Unit

................

Valve)

......

9-29

......

9-30
_-32
9-33

9-1

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONSICONT'D)

9-17.
9-18.
9-19.
9-20.

Safety

and

Arming

(S&A) Device

Safety

and Arming

(S&A) Device

9-21.
9-22.
9-23.

Frangible

I>rimacord
Ullage

Ullage
Platform

and

Motor

FLSC

Ignition

Nut and
Motor

Gas-Bearing

Installation

Installation,
System,

Explosive

Jettison

.................

S-I
S-IV

9-35
...........

9-36

..............

9-38

...............

Charge

Assembly

System,

S-IV

...............

Supply

System

9-39
.........

9-40
9-42

..............

9-44

LIST OF TABLES

9-2

S-I/S-IV Staging Sequence

....................

Performance

2 KS-36,250

Parameters,

Retromotor

9-17
......

9-31

v_

SECTION

The

_"

-_

--

"

IX.

MECHANICAL

9-1.

SYSTEMS

GENERAL.
mechanical

control,

systems

engine

of the

gimballing,

Saturn

I launch

separation,

vehicle

ordnance,

include

and

environmental

platform

gas-bearing

supply.

9-2.
The

ENVIRONMENTAL
Saturn

control

system

of the

vehicle

and Apollo

and

and

provides

the

system

The

an inert

provisions

heat

power

disconnected

for

system

vehicle

the

the

payload.

thermal
vehicle

in certain

system

allows

the

use

of "off

could

protects

controls

compartments.

equipment.

otherwise

The

extremes,

based

which

environment

the

humidity,

Operation

of

sheli _' electrical

not be used

without

com-

elaborate

dissipation.

conditioning
to the

launch

at liftoff.

component

insulation

begins

vehicle

During

the

maintain

during

and

prelaunch

ends

remainder

when

the

of the

temperatures

within

environmental

control

upon
vehicle

mission
the

the

umbilicals

thermal

design

application

inertia

of
are
and

ranges.

OPERATION.
various

launch
ment

control

controls

from

by ground

launch

for

electrical

The

atmosphere

environmental

9-3.

equipment

is controlled

on the

Active

launch

mechanical

environmental

ponents

SYSTEM.

I environmental

compartments
electrical

CONTROL

operations

control
used

different

center

to control
facilities

a.

Converter

b.

Remote

of the
and
and

(Figure

the

automatic

supply

the

conditioning

control
mediums

are

station.

controlled
The

is located

ground
within

from

the

equipsix

9-1):

compressor
fresh-air

ground

system

intake

facility
facility

(GN2)
(air)

9-3

Tower
Facility

Cooling
Tower
Facility

Remote
Fresh

Air

Intake
Facility

Converter
Compressor
Pa

Facility

load

(GN 2 )
t
Instrument

1
Environmental
S-IV

Fwd

b,.-'-"

Compartment

Conditioning
Unit Module
#I
Automatic
Environmental

Control

Conditioning
Unit
Module

Station
Roof

_2

Facility
Compartment
S-IV
Engine

Environmental

I
_
S-I

Conditioning
Unit Module

Fuel

_3

Container
Compartment

Enviromnental-S-I

System

Engine

Controls

Compartment

Launch
Control
CellteF

Data

Flow

from

Launch

Center

3-227

Figure

9-4

9-1.

Environmental

Control

System,

Saturn

......
Cooling

C.

The

tower

Automatic

ground

e.

Umbilical

tower

f.

Launch

S-I

stage

engine

b.

S-I

stage

fuel

c.

S-IV

stage

engine

d.

S-IV

stage

forward

e.

Instrument

f.

Apollo

provide

filtered

vehicle

umbilical
module

or orifices,

the

gas

and

LOX

part

supply

temperature

area

in the S-I
before

The
within

stage.

S-I
Air

LH 2 loading

stage,
air

design
the

S-IV

to prevent
the

S-I

cool

before

LOX in the

constant

supplies

of the

stage

from

vehicle

warm

supercooling
engine

is supplied

air

during

to the

two fuel

forward

in the

S-IV

two engine

located

control

prelaunch,
container

compartment,
located

compartments
S-IV

S-IV

in this

heated

compartments

receive

stage.

to the

located

receives

of the

components

The

of equipment

to the

in the

checkout

is delivered

compartment

each

ground

electrical

loading

of

Strategically

to the

limits.

of LH2

from

F.

provide

stage

the

temperature
start

air

the S-IV

maintains

stage,

begins

dry

gas

of 48 inches

rates.

equipment
cool

the

of conditioned

plumbing,

information

facility,

through

35 to 250 degrees

gas-flow

electrical

system

unit.

compartment

of the

tower

simultaneously,

at a pressure

be controlled

with

15 minutes

reason,

areas:

umbilical

flow rate

(maximum)

conditioned

compartments

to loading

minutes

are

control

until

same

can

in the

or both

maximum

minute

vehicle

cool

the

per

located

or GN 2,

The

of the launch

compartments

engine

air

control.

in these

Prior

payload

compartments

modules,

temperature

instrument

air

and

compartment

vehicle.

which

environmental

the

vehicle

compartment

temperature

probes

instrument

following

instrument

conditioned

being

start

container

to the

Nozzles

At the

the

conditioning

The

for

facility

station

payload

water.

stations

compartment

is 300 pounds

temperature

roof

unit

and

compartments

o-

center

conditions

environmental

each

control

a.

Three

.o

facility

control

equipment

:':

facility

d.

ground

.'..

air

stage
area.

For

prior
until

to loading
15

stage.

9-5

The environmental control system medium is changedfrom air to GN2 for all
compartments a minimum of 15minutes before the start of LH2 loading in the S-IV
stage. This prevents possible fire or explosion by maintaining the 02 content below
the level which will support combustion and by preventing any significant accumulation of GH2. The flow rates and temperatures remain unchanged, Figure 9-2.
The Apollo payload is also conditioned by the environmental control system. The
medium, flow rate, temperature, anddelivery schedulesare determined by MSC.
9-4. S-I STAGE IMPLEMENTATION.
The S-I stage environmental control system maintains a predetermined temperature and humidity level in the enginecompartment and in the two instrument compartments located in the forward end of the fuel containers F-1 and F-2. The engine
compartment, located between the heat shield and the firewall, and the area under
the center LOX container are serviced through the same piping that is used for the
water quenchsystem. The piping consists of four independentassemblies each of
which is connectedthrough quick-disconnect couplings to a separate line from the
environmental control system ground facilities. The vehicle plumbing is disconnectedfrom the ground lines at liftoff. Oneof the four pipe assemblies is shown
in Figure 8-12. Warm air (110to 150degrees F) at a flow rate of approximately 147
poundsper minute and at 20 to 30 inches water pressure, is delivered to the engine
compartment before LOX is loaded in the S-I stage. A minimum of 15minutes
prior to the start of LH2 loading in the S-IV stage, the air is replaced with GN2
at the same temperature andflow rate. The temperature within the compartment
is monitored by two probes which supply temperature data to the environmental
system ground control stations.
The two instrument compartments located in the forward portion of fuel containers
F-1 and F-2 are serviced from the ground system through a commonumbilical duct
connectedto a manif61d. The manifold distributes the conditioning medium to each
compartment. During prelaunch checkout, cool, dry air (50 to 70 degrees F) at a
flow rate of 45 poundsper minute and a pressure of 12inches of water is supplied
as soon as compartment electrical equipmentoperation begins. GaBeousnitrogen
at the same temperature and flow rate replaces the air 15minutes before loading
LH2 in the S-IV stage. The temperature of the inlet air or GN2, sensedby a thermistor probe, is monitored by the ground system.
9-6

w
....

....

ggo_w_w_
w
Q

_
w

ow

_ -"
..

,--i

r_

z_

2:
v
pa

c_

hi?

E_ _o

2;

_..4 r.,.) ,__

_,

.,-q

M
ra
_ _-_

_._
r/1

M
,.--I

L)

_._

0
,,.-0

%
r/l
I

"

of
?:

oo
I
c._o

_v

9-?

9-5.

S-IV STAGE

IMPLEMENTATION.

Electrical and mechanical

the forward compartment
extremes

components

located in the engine compartment

and in

of the S-IV stage are also protected from environmental

by the environmental control system.

supplied to the engine compartment

The conditioning medium

is

distributionmanifold through an umbilical duct

connection at the vehicle skin. The manifold is formed

by enclosing the area

between the LH 2 container wall and the skirt structure with a flexiblemembrane
located forward of the separation plane.

Reaching the aft interstage area through

orifices spaced around the circumference

medium

of the membrane,

the conditioning

is directed into the area between the engine thrust structure and the pro-

pellant container through nozzles fed by ducts connected to the manifold, Figure
9-3.

Warm,

dry air (130 to 150 degrees F) at a flow rate of 204 to 240 pounds per

minute and a pressure of 15 inches of water is supplied to the engine compartment

prior to loading LOX

on the S-IV stage. A minimum

loading, the air is replaced by GN 2 at the same

temperature

in the compartment

by the environmental

The

forward

from

the

of the
Dry
the

vehicle

vent

air

from

when

is replaced

15 minutes

The

before

instrument

compartment
flow

rate

conditioning

9-8

stage

The

by a thermistor probe and monitored

receives

located
probe

F) at a flow rate
the

instrument

The
in the

that

same

air

air

senses

the

or

unit

exhaust

per

minute

electrical

equipment

temperature

and

GN 2 that

or GN 2 is vented

instrument

of 59 pounds

unit

GN 2 at the

conditoned

compartment.

holes

a thermistor

UNIT

skin.

One

temperature.
is supplied

checkout

flow rate

to

begins.

a minimum

of

IMPLEMENTATION.

electrical

environmental

of water

and flow rate.

LH 2 loading.

unit

(50 to 80 degrees

unit

two vent

with

INSTRUMENT

vehicle

inches

instrument

(73 to 80 degrees

air

9-6.

the

contains

compartment

The

of the S-IV

through

holes

temperature

system ground control stations.

compartment

is exhausted

is measured

of 15 minutes before LH 2

equipment

control

system.

F) at a flow
flows

is first
replaces
medium

to the

rate

During

of 59 pounds

instrument

energized.
the air

is prevented

Gaseous

approximately

is delivered

unit

from

from

prelaunch
per

when

minute

the

at the

15 minutes

before

ground

checkout
and

system

cool,

by the
dry

air

a pressure

of 29

equipment

in the

electrical

nitrogen

the

overheating

same

temperature

LH 2 loading.
through

and
The

an umbilical

duct.

_:. !- .

"..

..
wo

LH 2 Container

S-IV

Conditioned
Z

Air/GN 2
from
GSE

Interstage

Seal

Plate

S-I

3-226A

Figure

9-3.

Interstage

Compartment

Environmental

Control,

S-I/S-IV

9-9

It is exhausted

into the

vent

valves

flow

of one of the

for

in the

temperature

9-7.

Saturn

stage

instrument
valves

supplies

gimballing

the

thrust

these

functions,

the

gimballing

control

and

stabilization

engine

gimballing

engine

thrust

during

the

flight.

) As

pressure
thrust

ascent

(35,000

are

viding

vectors

thrust

vehicle

to the

overboard

located

ground

through

in the

control

exhaust

stations

steers

for

counteracted

it may
The

minimize

and

roll.
S-I

encounter

forces

stage

vehicle

In performing
initiated

and

is active

S-IV

stage

on the

structural

powered

aerodynamic

disturbances

engines

by the

by providing

system

of high

other

active

6-30).

The

produced
the

of the

its trajectory

to the region

by gimballing

which

along

(throughout

in addition

control.

to Paragraph

vehicle
yaw

engines

by commands

(Refer

the

mission

winds.

vehicle

is controlled

of pitch,

feet),

the gimballed

such

vehicle

as

by such

of the

active

stage

loading

and

maintain

prothe

on trajectory.
OPERATION.

The

gimballed

engines

electro-hydraulic
four

engines

yaw

a +4-degree

pattern,

3 and 4 are

STAGE

The

typical

and

manifold

two servo
The

9-10

of the

utilized

which
S-I

the

All

Figure
for

8-2,
roll

are

stage

engine

control.

I stages

are

similar

positioned

in operation.

is gimballed.

The

in a +8-degree

square

six of the S-IV

stage

to provide

by independent,

pitch

and

Each

associated
pattern

servo
(Figure

engines
yaw

of the

are

loop
8-1)

gimballed

control.

in

Engines

1,

control.

IMPLEMENTATION.
hydraulic

actuation

assembly,
actuators.

location

in Figure

or roll

two Saturn

loops,

of gimballing

for pitch,

9-9.

of the

servo

outboard

is capable

2,

positions

function.

ascends,

and

probe

data

required

control

to 50,000

misalignments

then

or GN 2.

system

of the

the vehicle

disturbances

9-8.

for

phase

air

vectors

system

vectors

A thermistor

system

to provide

The

skin.

and

SYSTEM.

stage

attitude

compartment

temperature

of the

GIMBALLING

I engine

forward

unit

regulation

ENGINE

The

S-IV

a main
These

of components
9-5.

system,
hydraulic

components
on the

four

Figure

9-4,

pump
are
outboard

and

described

is composed
associated
in the

H-1 engines

of an accumulator
lines

and valves,

following
of the S-I

and

paragraphs.
stage

is shown

_mm
_..t r-.l _-t

oP't

._
_,,t

'_

.I

cO
e_
o,-i

i_

9-11

A c tuator

A c cumulato
Reservoir

Auxiliary
and

Main

Hydraulic

Pump

Motor

Pump

3-202
Figure

9-10.

Accumulator

a manifold

The

accumulator

functions
actuator
functions

Fluid

the

located

9-12

Manifold

System

Components

Assembly.

accumulator,

as
demand

as

This

assembly

a low-pressure

the
the

hydraulic

reservoir

a secondary
flow

source

in excess

a pressure

accumulator

stores
inside

Gimballing

is

piston-type

composed
reservoir,

assembly.

accumulator

reservoir

and

piston-type

instantaneous

within

Engine

Reservoir

of a high-pressure
and

9-5.

surge

is maintained
fluid
compensates

for

of fluid

of pump
suppressor

capacity.
and

at a pressure
the

system.
for

fluid

power

3200

ripple

psig

A low-pressure
expansion

supplies

In addition,

pump

of

and

caused

the

eliminator

nominal.
piston
by

The
unit

tempera-

.m

wwt

ture

variations.

return

line

at 53.3

to being

a charging

through

a quick

hydraulic
accumulator

and prevent

the
valve

pumped

reservoir

components

are

a.

pump

inlet

accumulator

cavitation

is charged

with

(11).

9-4.

system

Figure

high-pressure
into

the

and

manifold

to maintain

Reservoir

fluid

is

The
nipple

system

GN 2 from

a ground

is filled

(8) and

then

with

purged

source

hydraulic

fluid

and bled.

flows

through

the

filter

element

assembly

(10).

The

functions

of the

indicates

the

pressure

drop

All

(9) into the

assembly

as follows:

a differential

filter

to the

accumulator

disconnect

fluid

is bootstrapped

psig.

filled,

through

the

reservoir

pressurization

pressurized

Prior

The

pressure

indicator

across

element,

b.

a thermal

predetermined

switch

(16) transmits

a signal

if fluid

temperature

exceeds

level,

c.

a pressure

transducer

(15) monitors

fluid

pressure

in the high-pressure

ae cumulator,
d.

a potentiometer

continuously

monitors

e.

a high-pressure

relief

(12) protects

system

by allowing

excessive

valve

pressure

the

to vent

fluid
the

into

level

in the

reservoir,

high-pressure

side

of the

the

low-pressure

side

of the

the

low-pressure

side

of the

system,
f.

a low pressure

relief

valve

(14) protects

system.

A quick
may

disconnect

also

After

be drained

the

system

nitrogen

pressure

released

through

(1) hydraulic
high-

and

from

the

entering

9-11.
ment
the

low-pressure
by removing
is drained

the

auxiliary

type,

filter

provided

low-pressure

Main

the

GN 2 charging

are

sides
pump

(13) is used

plugs

located

with
of the

is filtered

can

reservoir
valve

seepage

by the

Both
plugs

are
case

the

The

auxiliary

(2).

Bleed

Gaseous

(10) can

(3) and
valves

on both

filter

(19).

cleaning.

assembly

the

system

housings

for

manifold

contained
drain

system.

servoactuator

be removed

and

(11).

system

to drain

in the

element

in the accumulator

pump

the

nipple

the

for

pumps.

element

be

main

the
Fluid

(5) before

accumulator.

Hydraulic
is driven

low-pressure

Pump.
by the

reservoir,

The
H-1

main

engine

is pumped

hydraulic

pump

turbopump.
through

(1), a variable

Hydraulic
the

check

valve

fluid,

displacedrawn

(6) and

the

from
filter

9-13

element (9)
servo
the

into

the

actuators

high-pressure

(19) through

high-pressure

9-12.

Servo

servo

side

actuators

from

the

high-pressure
A feedback

Hydraulic

fluid

manually

operated

to provide

signal

from

the

Auxiliary

Pump.
nine

supplies

hydraulic

pressure

fluid

operation,
by the

the

check

pump

indicated

by a thermal

9-14. SEPARATION

of the

following

description

stage/instrument
injected

into

unit

pump
driven

servo

valve

the

actuator

arms

on each

actuator

which

indicating

actuator

low pressure

two sides

The

by a command

The

directs

(17).
transmits
position.

reservoir.

of the

(3) is a single

actuator

ground

ignition,

fluid.
electric

fixed

motor

A
cylinder

Excessive

pump

auxiliary

high pressure

valve

motor

The

During

from

a check

angle,

(4).

operation.

(1) is protected

engine

on the

stage,

by an electric
for

pump

high-pressure

of the

S-I

unit
earth

engine.

(7) protects

the

temperature

is

motor.

SYSTEM.

function

separation

auxiliary

After

switch

the

actuator.

hydraulic

(6).

the

gimbal

unit.

moving

on

electro-hydraulic

is controlled

to the

interconnects

acting,

engine

computer

to the system

main

(3) from

control
is returned

cylinder

valve

auxiliary

The primary

piston

two

psig.

double

instrument

is mounted

of the

The

delivery,

area,

to the

Flu i d pressure

3200

actuator

in the

to the

movement

it is distributed

actuator.

on each

actuator

valve

variable

pump

apart

actuators

bypass

manual

equal

(potentiometer)

feedback

each

(18) on each

the

where

is approximately

located

against

transducer

an electrical

9-13.

valve

computer
fluid

pump

90 degrees

servo

control

within

Two linear,

located

electro-hydraulic

a filter

of the

Actuators.

accumulator

Saturn

I separation

stage

from

does

not include

from

orbit.

the S-IV

the Apollo

stage

system
during

an explanation
payload

is to provide
vehicle
of the

occurring

positive

flight.

(The

separation

after

the

of the S-IV
payload

is

To lifta given payload into orbit, it is desirable to use a launch vehicle of

minimum

weight.

The design of a minimum-weight

payload required for the Apollo program

vehicle capable of liftingthe

necessitates the use of more

propulsion stage when restricted to present space vehicle technology.

than one
During

the flightof a multistage vehicle, as a stage is expended it is discarded and the

next stage forward provides the thrust for continued payload boost.

9-14

:! :!:!i: i!!i!i
9-15.

OPERATION.

In separating
functions

the two

Purging

prestart

Saturn

I launch

vehicle,

the

following

principal

and

ventilating

of the

S-IV

stage

engine

compartment

during

chilldown.
b.

Cutoff

c.

Acceleration

d.

Physical

e.

Deceleration

f.

Ignition

Prior

of engines

engines,

of the

chilldown

the

the

engine

flows

out through

of the

area

engine

beneath

thrust
each

compartment,

separation

low-level
propellants

near

vehicle

initiate

attitude

deviations

as opposed
propellant
sequence
and

of the

which

depletion.

S-IV

uncontrolled

stage

flight.

vented

engines
during

occur

from

occurs
cutoff

engine

ignition

In terminating

engines

four

and thrust
the S-I

venting

of the

liftoff

indicates

that

stop

burning

as a result

between
when

thrust,

the

the

vehicle

inboard

Burnout,

the

S-I

the

to prevent

burnout.

during

the

booster

because

buildup

within

when

is necessary

seconds,

stage

Purging

after

termination

is important

of approximately

and

circuits

unsymmetrical

when

the oxidizer

atmosphere.

control

thrust

(LOX)

interstage.

containers

occurs

propellants

Prestart

overboard;
the

stage

oxidizer

148 seconds

propellant
this

starting.

chilldown

an inert

so that

and the

into

approximately
stage

A controlled

is a period

is then

S-IV

system

engine

(LH2)

A controlled

cutoff,

feed

fuel

to maintain

When

could

vehicle.

cryogenic-propellant

during

the

engine,

S-I

cutoff.

to controlled

there

stage

depletion.

engine

lines

of the

is initiated

in one

are

the

fuel

chamber

is required

the

the propellant

The

S-IV

operation

sensor

starting

or feed

system.

from

engines.

down

pump

stage

by circulating

feed
the

S-I

stage.

and

to cool
the

stage.

stage

stages

within

stage.

of the

of the S-IV

is accomplished

through

S-IV

of the S-I

it is necessary

do not vaporize

of the S-I

separation

to separating

cutoff

of the

occur:

a.

The

stages

of

separation

stage

engine

coasts

engines

in
are

cut

off first.

Following

the

the

motors

ullage

acceleration
for

reliable

controlled
are

provides
starting.

cutoff
ignited
sufficient
The

of the

inboard

to provide

acceleration

propellant

propellant

engines,

pressure

pressure

at the

and then
of the
at the
pump

S-IV
inlet
inlet

the

outboard

stage.

The

of each

engine

is maintained

engines,

pump
above
9-15

the design NPSH(net positive suction head) to prevent cavitation.

Adequateclearance (10 feet minimum) betweenthe separating stages must be
achievedprior to S-IV stage engineignition to minimize sta_e interactions. The
signal that activates the frangible nuts to detachtheS-I stage from the vehicle also
ignites the retromotors. A circuit time delay of 0.05 secondsnominal ensures that
the frangible nuts actuate before the retromotors ignite. This prevents retro thrust
from acting on the vehicle before physical separation occurs andeliminates the
possibility of unseating S-IV stage propellants. The retromotor thrust decelerates
the S-I stage providing rapid and complete physical separation of the stages.
Upon completion of the physical separation, the S-IV stage engines are started. The
final function of the separation system is to jettison the burned-out ullage motors from
the S-IV stage minimizing the vehicle weight. The complete staging sequenceis
tabulated in Table 9-1.
9-16. S-I STAGE IMPLEMENTATION
The separation system componentsassociatedwith the S-I stage include retromotors
andthe LOX-SOX disposal system.
Four solid-propellant retromotors are mounted 90 degrees apart on the spider beam
located at the forward end of the S-I stage. The thrust vectors of the motors are
directed aft and 11 degrees, 6 minutes radially inward, Figmre 9-6. The motors
provide deceleration of the stage to aid in the complete and expeditious separation
of the S-I stage from the vehicle.
The LOX-SOX disposal system (Figures 9-7 and 9-8) supplies GN2 for purging of
the area beneatheach S-IV stage engineduring prestart cooldown. The disposal
system is mounted on the forward end of the S-I stage Beneatheach S-IV stage
enginethere is a dispersal manifold ring which has a row of holes around its
inner circumference The inert gaseousnitrogen, flowing out of the holes,
saturates the area beneatheach S-IV engine. The GN2 is supplied from,four highpressure triplex spheres and two single high-pressure spheres located in the
forward section of the S-I stage.
9-17. S-IV STAGE IMPLEMENTATION.
The separation system componentsassociated with the S-IV stage include blowout
panels, frangible nuts and ullage motors.

9-16

o
r.._

o
u_

0
0,._

_9 _o_
_'_

-_--_ _

o
g]
_

d
0

:o:o

c_

o
o
%

d
o

o_

_._o

_.,_

m_t_
%
0

o
o
n_

_N

o
o
o
o_
[I]
_0

o
,-_

rf_

F_

d
o

00
I

._'-4

X
o

o
o

co
I

o
[/)

L_

co
!

I
O_

,.Q

o
rJl
o

O
o_,,_

_.._

b_
O

N
O_

,,,,,-i

r_

.8

4--1

r_

o
o_,,-t

o
0

o_

0_-,i

g
I

_r_

,--i

or-t

r._

hi?

9-17

oo_

._

g_

._

c_

_'_

_._

r_

0
0

"0

i,

_)

g2_0

_o

c_
o
L_

o
o
o
.r-4

F_
4_

:S

o
I

LQ
00

o
I

o
g3

t'--

ct_

o
ffl

<

F_
0

.,-.i

'_

.,-t

0
o
o

_>_'N

o
C

md

0
o

c_

o,_.

C
o
m

,---_

o_

9-18

o
o

0
0

,.el

_
mm.=

_J

0J
o
_J
_J
t_

0.)

_0

_J

"2
0

<
I

I
t_
0

_J

0
0

_J
_J

_J

0
OJ

_J

>

_J
o
_J

o'J

0
Z

9-19

Spider

Beam

A s sembly

78 54'

MSFC
Station

[A

Centerline

-_
A

962-,

Retromotor
Retromotor

Flight

Assembly

Fin

Retromotor

Fin

III

IV

Fin

View

II

A-A

Retromotor
Retromotor

4
Fin

3-209
Figure

9-20

9-6.

Retromotor

Installation

_is

page is not classified

: : :J:ii:iiil i;!

.............

Dispersal

Manifold

Rings

(6)

Plenu m
Chaml)er

Line

Assembly

(6)

3-229
Figure

9-7.

I,OX-SOX

Disposal

System
9-21

"a
cd
q_

CP o_
v
I

L:_O
,.:I

,.-.-I

o:l

\\

"L_

9-22

/ /

The

eight

blowout

interstage.

Each

beginning

of the

stage.

The

Four

separation

stage
are

panel

covers

panels

broken

stage

are

of two

occurs

positioning

and

motor

is mounted

ullage

stage

at two points
apart

around

to minimize
motor

the

After

the

frangible

nuts.

signal

used

to accelerate

average

occurs

canted

thrust

nut.

35 degrees

fcom

vehicle

for

to the

The

frangible

nuts

the

fairings

are

located

after

ullage

to position
during

S-IV

S-I/S-IV

by breaking
the

90

centerline

Each

jettisoned

20 seconds

of the S-IV

vehicle

at 70F

and to aid in separation

starting.

aft skirt

the

providing

engine

hardware.

pounds

stage

motors,

ignition

approximately

S-I

Physical

pressure

is bolted

of 3460

four

to the

the S-IV

9-22.

on the

inter-

fractured.

inlet

which

the

stage

explosive

each

are

Figure

gases

engine

within

turbopump

are

expended,

This

are

the

at the

of equipment.

the S-IV

staging

S-I/S-IV

LOX from

maintenance

nuts

nuts,

of exhaust

are

the

in a fairing

skirt,

RL10A-3

motors

after

of the

is opened

to vent

join

S-I/S-IV

end

which

and

charges

sufficient

a nominal

for

assemblies

frangible

the

effect

provides

propellants

using

bolt

motors

port

cooldown
servicing

explosive

the aft

vent

for

During

ullage

Each

degrees

nut and

stages

around

a triangular

1147).

solid-propellant

propellant

spaced

removable

station

of the

evenly

engine-prestart

frangible

by means

separation

staging.

the

separation

is initiated.

(Retromotors
and

are

S-IV

(at MSFC

Four

panels

are

instrument

with

unit

a capability
)

9-18.

ORDNANCE

short
by the

providing

During
provide

the

pellants

used

high

payload.

for

separation

However,

of two TX-280

the

of the
vehicle

solid-propellant

stage

to continue

throughout

engines
for

during

concentrated

components.

components

required

performed

energy,

system

the S-I

forces

Apollo

operations

ordnance

launch,

the

stage

S-IV

stage

is designed

retromotors

on the

SYSTEMS.

time,

redundant

on the S-IV

inclusion

of the mechanical

reliable,
vided

from

for

stage.

Many

not required

initial

the operation.

are

a Saturn

forces.
High

the

I mission

These

reliability

require

forces

are

is achieved

by

pro-

system.

started

turbopump
At lift-off,

by ordnance
operation
the

components
and

ignition

which
of pro-

ground-to-vehicle
9-23

electrical power transfer is made positive and permanent by ordnance components.

During S-I/S-IV staging, blowout panels are released, the individual engine
thrusts are terminated in symmetrical unison, ullage and retromotors are fired
to provide auxiliary propulsion, vehicle structural connections are severed, and
spent ullage motors are jettisoned. These operations are also accomplished by
componentsof the ordnance systems. For range safety, ordnancecomponents
are used to terminate engine thrust and disperse vehicle propellants.
9-19. OPERATION.
Ordnancecomponentsused on the Saturn I launch vehicle are operational during
the launch and ascent phases of the mission. Because of the potential hazard
involved, the explosive initiators of componentsare not installed, and the
electrical circuits of the ordnance system are not completed until all personnel
except the ordnance crew are clear of the launch pad.
9-20.

Launch

Phase.

During

of a solid-propellant
initial
and

acceleration

provides

ignition

gas

ions

between

9-21.

near

depletion,

components
panels

play

to open

RL10A-3

cutoff

provide

the

turbopump

decelerate

the S-I

during

valve

engines

acceleration
inlet

stage

launch

pressure
providing

for

S-IV

rapid

and

turbopump

LPGG

its

internal

produces

at the

engine
the

stage
complete

the

that

four

engines

a low-level
propellants

cuts

beginning
interstage
for

outboard

positioning

blowout

of the
area.
the

ignition.

An

controlled

engines.
and

physical

supply

Ordnance

cord

provides

connect-

power

when

Detonating

then

permanent

is initiated

propellant

for

the

(LPGG).

The

and

indicates

LOX from

and

generator

vehicle,

interstage

H-1

for

LOX-fuel

igniters.

and

separation.

on each

gas

the

positive

sequence

to vent

by ignition

turbine.

containers

S-I/S-IV

produces

gas

system

of the

is initiated

drives

to provide

separation

sequence

inboard

vehicle

sufficient

9-24

four

fired

propellant

in the

Conax

which

high-speed

ascent

role

prestart

SPGG

by LPGG

electrical

S-I/S-IV

ports

actuated

of first

motors

the

vent

are

stage

a major

engine

explosively

S-I

turbine

of the

During

of the

starting

The

is supplied

vehicle

Phase.

in one

(SPGG).

LPGG

switches

engine

of the liquid-propellant

operation

the launch

Ascent

sensor
are

of the

explosive

H-I

high-speed

ignition

for continued

At liftoff,

generator

of the

primary

Secondary
the

gas

launch

Ullage

to ensure
Retromotors

separation

of the

s geso Physical
by breaking

the

within

each

nut are

attach

the ullage

jettison

the

Throughout
the

flight

nuts

ignited

motor

the

which

fairings

ascent

by means

is actuated

the

ignited

to cut

open

the propellant

S-IV)

has

and

9-22.

S-I

Ordnance
power

and engine

9-23.

used

for

is switched

in parallel

contact

stages.
nuts

The

nuts

are

also

are

broken

charges
used

to

to

burning.

range

safety

officer

dispersion

are

Explosive

shut

system.

down

To attain

can terminate

and

high

When

detonating

the

cord

reliability

is

each

stage

system.

components

cutoff,

ground

used

Approximately
power

permanent
during

power

are

35 seconds

to internal

of relays.

contacts

possible

retromotors

for

transfer

stage

of

separation,

and

dispersion.

Switches.

relay

used

power.

At launch,
fired

and

the

of power

switches

positive

caused

liftoff

Transfer

explosive

to form

interruptions

before

connected

permanent

by relay

failure

are

both

circuits

or relay

chatter.

9-24.

H-1

cutting

off the

propellant

Engine

gas

Ordnance.

H-1

gas

components

Ordnance

engines.

generator,

liquid-propellant
The

the

engines

includes

propellant

from

the

eliminate

mission

containers.

by a network

with

aft skirt.
finished

dispersion

the

Frangible

have

stage

and

Liftoff

is accomplished

which

stage

starting

Explosive

vehicle

nuts.

S-IV

is accomplished

IMPLEMENTATION.

on the S-I

components

active

a separate

STAGE

....

to join

of the propellant

system

(S-I

they

of the

used

the

to the

after

phase

time

are

to fracture

motors

at any

g-f s e'tro 'the

frangible

ullage

..

are

For

Gas

mounted

engine

starting

SPGG,

approximately

drives

the

LOX-fuel

The

as illustrated

Figure

for

gas

used

in starting

is equipped

generator
valve

with

a solid-

initiators,

initiates

and

and

engine

two

cutoff.

below.

which

second

engine

A Conax

Generator.

cartridge
the

each

igniters.

described

Solid-Propellant

disposable

starting,

two solid-propellant

generator

on each

components

cannot
9-10,
1.0

turbopump.

solid-propellant
in Figure

be reloaded
produces

second
The

gas

9-9,

gas

at a rate

solid-propellant

(SPGG),

is a solid-propellant

or reused.

to accelerate

generator

During
of 4.8

a high-speed
grain

engine

pounds
turbine

continues

per
which
to burn

9-25

Nut

(ii)

Washer
Location

(11)

View
Gasket
\
\

Gas

pellant
Generator

\
Flight
Gas

Generator
-\

Assembly

Gasket(3)

Initiator

(2)

Plug

3-204A

Figure

9-26

9-9.

Solid-Propellant

Gas

Generator

and Initiator Assembly

100 to 200
the

mil'liseconds

liquid-propellant

LPGG

_fiel
gas

generator

gntee

(LPGG)

th_ cb_nbustion

providing

primary

chamber
ignition

of
of the

propellants.

Igniter
Pellets
35

L6X'_d'eI

Burst

Diaphragm

Grams

in Poly

Bag

Ce'nter

Grain

Orifice

!
Initiators

(2)

Aluminum

3-Z03

Cup
Cartridge

Figure

Solid
the
The

Propellant
solid

technic

are
and

Generator

Initiators

SPGG

pyrotechnic

a moisture

(minimum)

to glow,

Solid-Propellant

in the

"match-head

]. 5 amps
wire

propellants

initiators

receptacle

Gas

9-10.

igniting

sealed

closes
the

the

circuit

pyrotechnic

engine

consisting

cartridge

mix 'I material.

Generator

(Figure

of each

devices

Gas

9-11).
is started

An electrical
initiator

burning

of

by two initiators.

of a two-pin

assembly

in the

The

electrical

containing
impulse
causing

a pyro-

of 500-volt

ac,

a nichrome

material.

9-27

__HIIIIIMIIIIIIIII_

_-

Insulator
I- Body

3-205A
Figx_re

9-11.

Licluid-Propellant

Gas

igniters,

on

technic

installed
devices

that

Solid-Propellant

Generator
the

engine

provide

Gas

Igniters
as

secondary

Generator

(Figure

illustrated

9-12).

in

ignition

Initiator

Figure

of the

The

auto-ignition

9-13,

are

LOX-fuel

mixture

Gasket

First

Fire
Link

Pyrotechnic
Material

Wire

Sleeve
Pyrotechnic
Material

3-206
Figure

9-28

9-12.

Liquid-Propellant

Gas

Generator

pyro-

Igniter

in

.,-q

\
\
\

0
I

<
I

9-29

the

LPGG

combustion

an electrical
housed
the

receptacle

in a tube

main

the

impact,

Main

wire

device
are

LOX Valve
with

is open,

fuel

of the

main

opened

housed

has

from
LOX

when

and

The

the

pump

valve

sleeve

a first-fire

are

(Conax

Valve).

Each

(Figure

outlet

flows

through

the

ignites

to heat

and

by the SPGG.

valve

signal

A two-amp

in indicating

sensitive

Conax

engine

containing

charge.
is used

of

is

assemblies

assembly
which

consists

cartridge

pyrotechnic

produced

Valve

engine)

The

closed

initiating

an electrical

two inner

igniters,

Control

(two per

assembly.

cartridge

by hot gases

normally

igniter

a cartridge

in the

fired.

Closing

one

Each

utilizing

charge

ignited

equipped

and

assembly

pyrotechnic

fuseable-link
that

chanlber.

shutdown.
the

H-1

9-14).

valve
The

explosive

When

to the

Conax
charge

Electrical

engine

is

the valve

closing

valve
in one

port

is
or both

Connecto

Valve
Body
Valve

Plug

Position
Indi,

Trigger
Assembly

Trigger
A s sembly
Valve

Metal

let

Diaphragm

Port
Inlet

Port

3-Z08
Figure

9-30

9-14.

Main

LOX Valve

Closing

Control

Valve

Body

(Conax

Valve)

Q
w

diaphragms
trigger

9-25.

within
assembly

Four

deceleration

to the

retromotors

are
S-I

degrees,

charge

exhaust

radially

gases

produced
gage

or noL the

adjacent

to each

Table

9-6.

by the

The

gage.

motor

thrust

ignition

electronic

igniter

base

The

to prevent

spider

beam

vectors

wire

ignite

the

performance

for

calibration

located

at the

directed

Performance

Parameters,

is

units

furnish

the electric

When
solid

valves

are

parameters

for

2KS-36,

64.28

propellant.
tube

indicates

installed
the

retromotors

inches

500 pounds

Total

weight

(nominal)

481 pounds

weight

Time

of burning

Thrust

(average

(nominal)

327 pounds
2.15

(t b at 60 F)
during

t b at 250,000

impulse
disignation
temperature

feet)

seconds

37,000

pounds

74,500

pounds

ANP-512DS
(adiabatic)

Ignition

Theoretical

the

250 Retromotor

(maximum)

Experimental

fired

by a pressure

weight

Flame

11

Parameter

(over-all)

Propellant

aft and

retromotor

Total

Total

forward

9-2.

9-2.

Propellant

The

each

retromotor

Item
Length

interaction.

igniter.

retromotor

provide

stage

are

firing

motor

Pressure

each

2KS 36, 250 retromotors

in the

of each

opposite

is open.

system

bridge

mounted

is firing.

pressure

on the

indicator

valve

staging

The

motor

at the

Aerojet

apart

inward.

position

or not the

S-I/S-IV

initiators

motor

in Table

dUring

Two

connected

whether

given

9-15.

A valve

whether

90 degrees

to two EBW

A pressure

are

stage

Figure

in Figure

body.

solid-propellant

mounted

6 minutes

illustrated
firing

S-I

stage,

valve

indicates

Retromotors.

end of the

the

specific

impulse
impulse

Mod.

second
3

4600 F
Exploding

specific

per

bridgewire

224 seconds
232 seconds

9-31

III

_i
IV _

Flight
Location

ure

Calibration

View

Valve

@
@
@

Electronic
Firing

Unit

Bridge

Wire

(Z}

Igniter

Assembly

3-210A
Figure

9-32

9-15.

Retromotor

Ignition

System

This page is not c_isslfled

9-26.

Propellant

during

flight,

propellant
bridge
two

EBW

shaped

range

safety

dispersion
wire

-_'y

Disper'si'on
the

firing

detonators

charges.

officer

system.
units,

The

a safety

and
When

wt

_@

-" If" the-v_mc,e

- "'"

can terminate

the

system

ordnance

and arming

system

an_:

" becomes

flight

consists

_S&A) device

two Primacordinitiators,
the

_..

by means

of the

of two electronic
into which

Primacord

is activated,

a hazard

are

trains,

shutdown

of the

and

active

assembled
linear

stage

engines

is initiated.
Electronic
consist

Bridge

Wire

Firing

of a high-voltage

by means
ignition

of a trigger
of an EBW

from

the

destruct

volts

dc,

discharges,

Two

firing

units

Units

supply,
circuit.

system

are

used

unit

When

controller

firing

the

9-16}.

The

and

an arc-gap

a capacitor,
The

detonator.

(Figure

EBW

to increase

furnishes

the

the

switch

is closed

the

capacitor,

detonator
the

firing

to which

EBW

switch

high-voltage

to 2300

the unit

of the

closed
power

by a trigger

charged

reliability

units

for

signal
+ 100

is connected.

system.

E BW Detonator

J
Switch
Trigger
Signal

2300Capacitor
_+ 100 vdc

I(
1
High Voltage
Supply

7-

I
I

r
I

I
I

"1
Stage

Battery
28 vdo

I
I

3-211
Fig_are

9-16.

Electronic

Bridge

Wire

Firing

Unit

9-33

EBW

Detonators.

which

The

rapidly

and

S&A device.
posts

The pins

are

bridge

with

for

When

release

of chemical

of a large
A gap

out if power

is accidentally

two-pin

assembly

inside

to the

lead-wire

firing

unit

applied

in the

from

to the

contacts

which

cable

serve

The wire
ignites

circuit
than

The

detonator

electronic

a high-energy

which

other

as

of the

bridgewire.

bridgewire

detonator.

of the

the detonator

of energy

a source

devices

in the rotor

is triggered,

to the

amount

activated

leads

with

dc is applied

explosives.

burning

the

electrically

explosive

is fitted

externally

unit.

are

the

the bridgewire

+ 100 volts

the rapid

from

detonator

firing

of 2300

detonators

initiate

connected

wire

pulse

reliably

Each

mounting

EBW

a train

prevents

the

firing

explodes

the wire

unit

capacitor

is hermetically

sealed.

Safety

and Arming

safety

for personnel

Device
during

an electromechanical
explosive

used

unit

includes

leads.

Two

EBW

on opposite

sides

two explosive

which

is mounted

leads

are

and

position.

train.

Firing

ferred

through

indicator

from

the

Primacord.
tion

along

second.
the

linear

The

the

and

EBW

rotor

monitoring
position.

S&A device

desired

Primacord
shaped

leads

solenoid

the

rotor

are

explosive

leads

switches

indicate

housing

to the

trains
charges.

initiators

the

explosive

that

the

EBW

initiators

detonators

by a signal

90 degrees
with

a shock

the

wave

which

device

with

transfer

to the

explosive

initiators.
the

is pressurized

are

such

is energized

whether

containing

rotor,

from

in line

the

the

is turned

then

is

position,

to Primacord

is transA visual

is in the

GN 2.

the firing

charge

Primacord.

is an explosive
path

safe

provides

device

a rotor

two Primacord

isolated

the

The

and

is positioned

produces

Two Primacord

Primacord
any

In the

detonators

The

Initiators.

device.

to liftoff,

S&A device

or interrupt

solenoid
and

shaft,

explosive

of the

or armed

l>rimacord

prior

to connect

detonators

When

The

of EBW detonators.

therefore

initiators.

9-18).

a rotary

of the

to and

the blockhouse

and

as a switch

solenoid

perpendicular

armed

safe

on the

the Primacord

from

9-34

The

9-17

installation

unit

train.

installed

(Figures

at a speed
carry

the

cord

capable

of propagating

of approximately
firing

The Primacord

21,000

charge

from

trains

consist

the

feet

a detonaper

S&A device

to

of two lengths

of

o_

.v_

--

-w

wu

tu

Clutch

Electric
Solenoid
Housing

Explosive

Lead

Assembly

(Z)

& Clutch

Sprin

Rotor
I%s s embb

Section/%-A

Switch

(4)

3 -ZIZ
Figure

9-17.

Safety

and

Arming

(S&A)

Device

9-35

Electronic
Firing

Bridge

Unit

Wire

(2)

i
_Fin

Line

EBW

Safety

and

II

Detonator

(2)

Arming

Device

_oit,4_
J
60

_
\Y/

Grains/Foot_

Primacord

Ass:_bly
\

Forward
Access

_-Primacord

Doo
Initiators

3-213A
Figure

9-36

9-18.

Safety

and

Arming

(S&A)

Device

Installation

(2)

.....
50 grains

per

two lengths

with

other

on the

circuit.

Firing

lead-sheathed

on the

of the

containers

for

LOX container,
to the

9-27.

S-IV

Ordnance
ullage

components

9-28.
are

the

aft skirt

skirt

nominal

S-IV

and blowout

GFE

for

staging.

stage

and

time

at 70F

are
from

a closed
train.

a cutting

are

action

installed

of the

per

to a silicon

on the

eight

outboard

end of the

center

spliced

and

two EBW

initiators

each

ullage

Figure

9-20.

A pressure

ullage

Nuts.

motor

detects

Frangible

ullage

engine

vehicle

nuts,

ignition
are

develops

7-14).

electronic

a motor

transducer

motors

and to aid

around

Each

bridge

has

thrust

of

wire

firing

provide

connected

the

motor

average

on

the

to minimize

igniter

in

in fairings

intervals

a nominal

Two

Figure

9-23),

and

rocket

mounted

centerline

(Figure

motor

separation,

TX-280

at 90-degree

and

to Paragraph

system.

motors

conditions.

(refer

during

Thiokol

hardware

seconds

vacuum

the

with

motor,

under

located

in conjunction

Frangible

connected

by primacord

switches

used

The ullage

on thevehicle
of 3.87

liftoff

RL10A-3

units

9-29.

is ignited

Primacord.

entire

bonded

forward

dispersion

pounds

of each

the

to the

foot

to provide

length

end

of 100 grains

(FLSC)

They

The

to make
the

and

9-19.

are

consisting

full

from

panels

3460

igniter

the

solid-propellant

at 35 degrees

gases

burning

ignite

attached.

explosive

propellants

S-L/S-IV

canted

of exhaust

per
leads

force

FLSC

the propellant

Four

of the S-IV

and are

effect

nuts

Motors.

during

will

charges

along

The

50 grains

charges,

are

at one

S&A device

units

of 20 feet

includes

with

to position

separation

the

explosive

charges

Figure

connected
to the

shaped
the

9-19.

stage

associated

used

linear

long,

footPrimacord

explosive

a distance

frangible

Ullage

5 feet

long,

IMPLEMENTATION.

S-IV

motors,

firing

30-feet

train.

STAGE

on the

or both

containers

Figure

primacord

per

opposite

the

propellant

and

Primacord

stage

The

to which

2 ."

connected

concentrate

surface

outside

of the

flexible

insulation,

.-

two 50 grains

Charges.

: :_r

foot Primacord.are
ends

of either

Shaped

rubber

other

side

toot

per

of the

together

foot

the

ends

_-:

-.

approximately'34-feetancl

per

of 60 grains

S&A device

Linear

:..

primacord,

of 60 grains

two pieces

The

foot

.--

ignition

by tubing

from

of
the

firing.

9-21,

are

used

to join

the

S-IV

9-37

50

Grains/Foot
A

II

Primacord

/.

50 Grains/Foot
Primacord

i
IIl

IV

f-g

/
i

,+
I

Grains/Foot
/

FLSC

3 -214
Figure

9-38

9-19.

Primacord

and

FLSC

Installation,

S-I

w
v

eu
v

._

_.w
o

....

w
v

-.

Igniter-

Initiators

Pressure

--

(2)

Transducer

Electronic
Firing

Bridge
Unit

Wire

(2)

3 -215A

Figure

9-20.

Ullage

Motor

Ignition

System,

S-IV
9-39

(D
_D

<
(D
b_

(D
;>
.,.4
0

_9

I
(D

....4

z
9

9-40

,q
q
C'q
!
0

stage

to the

skirt.

Each

fracture

Four

stage,

are

stage

detonators
from

the

The

control

ultimate

separation

mounted

in a fairing

by frangible

Upon

wire

detonator

firing

S-I

the

located

between

jettison

each

Figure

9-22

the

The

of the

aft

ignited,

nuts

fairings

apply

firing

20 seconds
the

2300 + 100 volts

charges

in each

fairing

and

the

frangible

the

motor/fairing

vehicle

unit.

are

S-IV

stage/instrument

with

a capability

the

the

jettison

from

inclusion

motors

the

is

command

electronic
in the
which
spring

required

thrust

is illustrated

on the

the

are

harness

the

S-IV

stage

the payload,
of two

motor

installed

system

bolts

separation

MDF

provides

one

at two points

A compression

not required
unit

for

nut.
skin

The

ullage

sequencer

to the

by a

provides

stage

dc to detonators

charge

to the

ullage

S-IV

after

EBW

triggered

motors

Each

spent

flight

to two

spring-loaded

ullage

of the

Each

to a detonator

when

the

stage

frangible

connected

stage.

the

S-IV

charges.

is similar

S-IV

skirt

the

train

system

contain

from

units

fractured,

aft

the

connected

the MDF

the S-IV

nuts

of a signal

0VIDF) train

and the

that

to join

explosive

are

to the

used

in

for

the

However,

TX-280

to

the

solid-

retromotors.

Blowout

end of the

Panels.

S-I/S-IV

which

prestart

S-IV

when

installed

ignition

from

Retromotors

is designed

9-31.

stage

distributes

Retromotors.

propellant

which

staging,

ignite

retromotors

block

each
ullage

the

frangible

receipt

explosive

separation

the

S-I/S-IV

wire

block

is bolted

four

units

block.

ignites

9-30.

of the

by breaking

is initiated.
bridge

) After

The

fuse

(The

9-22.

S-I

are

During

bridge

computer.

which

assemblies

detonating

detonator

of the

nuts.

jettisoned

charges

two internally

electronic

in the

thrust

bolt
1147.

of the

by a mild

in Figure

retract.

ports

station

by means

installed

illustrated

fa:lr_igs:_

two explosive

nut and

Two independent

signal

theuifag_'mdto'r

contains

at MSFC

is detonated

block.

stage

nut

frangible

broken

charge

to attach

nut.

separation
S-I

and

frangible

the

to the
nuts

S-I

are

sequence

servicing

and

process,

a five

Eight

interstage,
opened
for

to vent
the

maintenance
grain

mild

blowout

panels

are

evenly

spaced

around

Figure

11-2.

The

panels

cover

triangular

LOX

RL10A-3

from
engines.

of equipment.
detonating

the

interstage
The

Upon
fuse

(MDF)

panels

initiation

area
are

at the

vent
of the

for

prestart
cutting

aft

beginning

removable

of the

is detonated

the

chilldown
the

fabric

9-41

Fin

Line

#i

J
'

Skirt

As sembly 7

glble

Electronic
Firing

To

Rocket

Bridge
Unit

Nut

[2)

Wire

(Z)

#2

Frangible

Nut

(
Detonator

Block

Fin

Line

#1
?o

Mild

Detonating

Fuse

(MDF)

To

Rocket

System,

S-IV

3-216A

Figure
9-42

9-22.

Ullage

Motor

Jettison

#3

Rocket

#?

panels

to open

EBW

detonators

trigger

the

volt

located

a safety
a I00

and

the

per
the

The

The

Saturn

stabilized

platform.

The

per

foot

Apollo

firing

IAC
the

units
S-I

stage

installed

outside

of the
lead

by cutting

which

firing

and

are

foot Primacord

LSC

wire

Primacordlead,

on the

foot

along

bridge

(Refer

LH 2

extending

out a portion

is interconnected

of

to the

foot Primacord,

SUPPLY
supply
and

prelaunch

used

) A 28-

dispersion

foot

The

is ruptured

until
payload

SYSTEM.
system

flow

GN 2 is supplied

the

gas-bearing

supply

and

until

until

launch

payload

launch

and

9-35.

system
liftoff.

separation
launch

minimum

operation,

The

from

to those

container
per

per

units

system.

propellant

(J.,SC).

per

firing
9-16.

the

to two

rate

furnishes
to the

to the

gas

stabilized

separation
during

filtered

of the

bearings

of the

platform

from

S-IV

the orbital

GN 2 at a

stage

phase

ST-124-M
the

and

of the

mission.

OPERATION.

launch

the

unit

during

charge

longitudinally

per

gas-bearing

The

The

of 100 grains

100 grains

temperature,

of checkout

instrument

LOX

for

of two electronic

similar

GAS-BEARING

I platform
pressure,

9-34.

The

wire

in Figure

power

by a 60 grains

LSC by 60 grains

regulated

start

are

bridge

a 60 grains

shaped

is ignited

with

PLATFORM

consists

on center,

LSC

supplies

device,

Two strands

bulkhead

LH 2 container

9-33.

linear

obr<l -is: cbnnected

is illustrated

Ordnance.

stage

S&A device

the S&A device.

bottom

stage,

(S&A)

foot

unit

System

arming

1/2-inch

container.

S-IV

_r

Two electronic

firing

the S-IV

9-26).

approximately

from

in the

for

and

to Paragraph

block.

Dispersion

grains

detonators,

"_Tl_'d_t_n_t_ng'fus;e

(/t basic

ordnance

units,

pS_[s

in a detonator

Propellant

system

and

vent

system.

battery,

9-32.

the

a high-pressure

supplies

required
a pressure

receives
During

GN 2 to the

for

safe

switch

operation
actuates

GN 2 from
the

ascent
sphere

orbital

which

system.

If the

of the
to shut

a ground
and

the

during

phase

supply

during

pressure
platform

stabilized

pre-

of the mission

is charged

ST-124-M

down

source

pre-

falls
during

below
standby

platform.

IMPLEMENTATION.
gas-bearing

storage

sphere,

supply

system,

a regulator

Figure

and heater

9-23,
assembly

is composed
(containing

of a high-pressure
a solenoid

valve,

9-43

Quick-Disconnect

High

Pressure

Coupling

Sphere
r

_
alibration
Valve

t--

_/
Check

ST-124
Stabilized
Platform---,

Valve

_Low
High

Filte

Pressure

Pressure

Switch

Thermistor

witc
'-Regulator

and

Heater

'lter

k.__

Manifold

Assembly

3 -Z17
Figure

a bypass

orifice,

associated

The

on the

GN 2 is

stored

supplied

until

pressure,

9-44

from

pressure

and

filter

heated

source
and

pressure

the

sphere

from

assembly,
to the

at

check

valve

to the

the

ST-124-M

Figure

(high-and
are

used

operating

it is reduced
temperature.

switches,

storage

and

stabilized

11-3.

3000

psig

to a high-pressure

switches
valve,

System

pressure

approximately

high-pressure

where
required

valve,

structure,

is within

the

Supply

adjacent
unit

to a calibration

within

heater

mounted

instrument

Two

GN 2 flows
and

is

a check

a ground

needed.
connected

High=pressure
regulator

of the

Gas-Bearing

filters),

system

coupling,

pneumatically
supply

and

The
inside

quick-disconnect
it is

Platform

a heater

tubing.

platform

9-23.

through

sphere

where

low-pressure),
in indicating

when

the

range.

sphere

from

3000

(The

regulator

through
psig

to operating
and

heater

am
g

-assembly

contains

GN 2 then

flows

manifold

assembly

a tilter-,"

through

.
a solenoi_l

a manifold

contains

w@

.......

; -

;h_'toftvarvd

assembly

a filter

.......

and

ano

to the

_ _rpass

stabilized

orifice.

platform.

The

The

a thermistor

which

monitors

the

gas

decreases

below

1200

during

initiates

the

temperature.

If GN 2 pressure
by operation,
electrical
from
The

the

the
power

solenoid

GN 2 then

reduced

within

rate

the

storage

low-pressure
to the

to allow

switch

stabilized

shutoff

bypasses

sphere

valve
the

safe

actuates

platform.
located

shutoff
bearing

In addition,

within

valve
runout

and

and

the

the regulator
flows

as the

speeds

removal

switch
and

through

psig

the

of the

of

removes

heater
bypass
platform

stand-

power

assembly.
orifice
gyros

at a
decay.

9-45

9-46

.....

:..:-:.-".::"

oo

CHAPTER

SECTION
GROUND

.:i

SUPPORT

EQUIPMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

10-1.

GEN __A. L

.........................

10-3

10-2.

GROUND

SUPPORT

EQUIPMENT,

S-I

10-3.

GROUND

SUPPORT

EQUIPMENT,

S-1_ STAGE

STAGE

........

10-3

........

10-7

........

10-15

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

10-1.

Test,

Checkout,

and Monitoring

10-2.

Transportation,

Protection,

10-3.

Stage

Test

10-4.

Instrumentation

10-5.

Propellant

Subsystem

Gas

S-IV

Handling

Equipment,

and

Equipment,

Equipment,
and

Equipment,

S-IV

S-IV

Servicing

S-IV

............

10-33

...............

Equipment,

10-29

10-37
S-IV

.........

10-41

LIST OF TABLES

10-1.

Test,

Checkout,

and Monitoring

10-2.

Servicing

10-3.

Handling

10-4.

Transportation

10-5.

Test,

10-6.

Transportation,

Protection

10-7.

Stage

Test

10-8.

Instrumentation

10-9.

Propellant

Equipment,

S-I

Equipment,

Subsystem

........

10-3

..................

S-I

10-5

Gas

10-6

................

and Monitoring

Equipment,

and

Handling

Equipment,

S-IV

Equipment,
and

S-I

S-I ...................

Equipment,

Checkout,

Equipment,

Servicing

S-IV

10-6
S-IV

.......

Equipment,

S-IV

............

10-24
10-28

...............

Equipment,

10-7

10-35
S-IV

........

10-36
I0-I

10-2

SECTION
GROUND

10-1.

SUPPORT

EQUIPMENT

GENERAL

The

Saturn

required

I ground

support

to support

launch

operations

GSE in this

related

and

excludes

unit

stages.

location

where

Instead,

the

10-2.

used,

GROUND

In general,

involved
the

and

functions

of each

stage

Safety Monitor
Equipment

of the

various

and

and

primary

S-I

is not contained

Control

system,

employed

as

vehicle

depending

in this

on the

document.

described.

STAGE.

as test,

checkout

and

Tables

through

10-4

the

list

10-1.

Test,

Checkout,

and

Monitoring

monitoring;
equipment

Equipment,

servicing;
and

S-I

Function

Equipment

and Action

Consists
of pressure
gages
and panels
for transducer
checkout
and calibration.
a. Used when the S-I stage
tests and during
prelaunch
b.
Provides
shutdown
event that a dangerous

Central

I.

ground

of the

vary

The

in Volume

are

may

and

unit.

functional

is classified
10-1

testing,

is described

development

functions

equipment

instrument

into

configuration

description

static

configurations

research

of each

ground

classification.

Equipment

Instrumentation

GSE

stage

GSE is formed

in the

and

all

GSE which

EQUIPMENT,

transportation.

Table

S-IV

The

an operational

SUPPORT

handling;

the

operation

is listed

includes

transportation,

launch-peculiar

operations,

GSE

the S-I

stage,

configurations.

Since

major

(GSE)
checkout,

to the S-I

at all locations

its

equipment

fabrication,

the above

subsystem,
required

the

section

In supporting

and

X.

Equipment

used

is undergoing
operations.

capability
condition

Provides
a central
control
console
during checkout
and launch
having
of directing
the program
to start,
hold
any system
test sequence.

in the
develops.
for use
a capability
stop,
or

10-3

Table

10-1.

Test,

Checkout,

and

Monitoring

Equipment,

Equipment

(Cont'd)

Function

Stage Propulsion

Equipment

Used
to energize,
control,
monitor
and test
the electrical
components
associated
with the
stage
electrical
power
supplies,
pneumatic
systems,
and pyrotechnics,
and the electromechanical
components
associated
with the
propellant

Ground

S-I

Power

System

containers

a.
Supplies
l15/208-volt,
equipment.
b.

Used

and

electrical
400 cps)

to

control

rocket

engines.

power
(28-volt
dc,
to ground
support

and

monitor

the

electri-

cal power
that
is applied
from
other
power
sources
to S-I stage
components
and test
site
systems
during
test,
checkout
and static
firing.
Ground
Set

Equipment

Test

Used

to validate the operation

of electrical

circuits of ground support equipment

prior
to mating the S-I stage and ground support
equipment.

(GETS)

Ground Support
Testing

Equipment

Used in vehicle component

and subsystem
verification testing of propellant system
and engine heaters, hydraulic control system,
cooling system,
stage destruct firing circuits,
engine Conax valve firing circuits and instrument canisters.

Ground

Telemetry

Station

a.

Used

to test the S-I stage telemetry

system.
b. Used to check the operation of various
transducers
in the instrumentation
system.
Upper

Stage

Simulator

a.
Presents
circuitry
an

upper

the proper
which
normally

impedances
terminates

a. Used
ment.

in

stage.

b.
Contains
equipment
with test
facilities
for use in troubleshooting
insertion
of stimuli.
S-I Stage Simulator

to

to checkout

ground

point
and

support

for

equip-

b. Presents
the proper
impedances
and
sufficient typical stage outputs to establish
confidence in the ground support equipment.

10-4

_ .
Table

10-1.

Test,

--

......

Checkout,

--

.---

" " qeipr onS-I,

a'n'd

o}'ing"

Equipment

(Cont'd)

Function

e.
Contains
equipment
with test
facilities
for use in trQubleshooting
for insertion
of stimuli.
Fuel
Fuel

Tanking
Density

Simulator
Simulator

Liquid Oxygen
Simulator
Engine

Supplies
Supplies
density

Tanking

calibration

a.

calibration
signals
monitor
panel.

Simulates

engine
ground

10-2.

Servicing

Equipment

Fuel

electrical

network

the electrical
during
stage

liquid

of the

of the

responses
testing.

Equipment,

S-I

Function

Controls
storage

Filling

the transfer
of RP-1
tanks to the S-I stage

from the facility

fuel containers.

Provides
the control
for adjusting
fuel weight
to the S-I stage.

Replenishing

Liquid

Oxygen

Filling

Controls
the transfer
tanks to the S-I stage

Liquid

Oxygen

Replenishing

Provides
the
for boiloff.

Pneumatic

fuel

Provides
a central
source
of equipment
and power
to calibrate,
troubleshoot,
and
repair
RF equipment
of the S-I stage and
ground
support
equipment.

(RF)

Table

Fuel

to the

and verifies
operation
support
equipment.

b. Simulates
of an engine

RP-1

signals.

Supplies
calibration
signals
to the
oxygen
tanking
control
panel.

Simulator

Radio
Frequency
Test Bench

point
and

Control

System

and

loading

of LOX from the

LOX containers.

storage

LOX replenishing

to compensate

Supplies
GN9 and helium
from the storage
facility
to s_age.
The GN 2 and helium
are
used for stage
pressurization
and purging,

LOX

10-5

Table 10-2. Servicing Equipment, S-I (Cont'd)

Equipment

Function
and fuel bubbling, and fuel container prepressurization. In addition, the gases are
used to support the operation of the launcher
and tower equipment, and pneumatically controlled devices in the stage and test complex.

Environmental Control System

a. Supplies humidity and temperature

con-

trolled air or GN 2 to the S-I stage and test

complex.
b. Supplies air conditioning for S-I stage and
provides inert gas for purging stage compartments.
Hydraulic

Servicer

Supplies
the S-I stage with hydraulic
fluid
used for cleaning
and checkout
operations
the engine
gimbal
system.

System

Table

10-3.

Handling

Equipment

Stage

Handling

Engine

Equipment

Used on S-I stage to support

the installation,
removal,
servicing,
and maintenance
of an
H- 1 engine.
10-4.

Transportation

Equipment,

S-I

Function

Used for horizontal support and transportation

of the assembled S-I stage during all phases of
factory and fieldoperations.

Transporter

10-6

Used for handling

and loading
the S-I stage,
assemblies,
components,
and certain
items
of ground
support
equipment.
The equipment consists
of a set of slings
and handling
rings.

Equipment

Table

Transporter

S-I

Function

Equipment

Handling

Equipment,

of

Dolly

Composed
of a frame
and running
gear assembly, towbar,
steering
and braking
system,
and
operator
controls.
(A fore and aft transporter
dolly connected
by a structural
frame
forms
a
complete
transporter.
)

o..

Table

10-4.

oa,

Transportation'Equipment,S-I:(Cont'd)

Equipment

Transportation
Kit

Function

a.
Provides
the equipment
required
to prepare
the stage for transportation,
protect
small parts
during
transportation,
"and to tie down,
block,
and shore
the stage transporter
on the barge.

Accessories

b. Includes
environmental
control
equipment
which controls
the temperature
and humidity
of environmental
sensitive
items
(such as
those of instrumentation),
during
extended
barge
transportation.

10-3.
The

GROUND
S-IV

stage

protection
and gas
each

SUPPORT
GSE

is classified

and handling;
servicing.

EQUIPMENT,

Tables

stage

subsystem

10-5

STAGE.

checkout
testing;

through

10-9

Checkout,

and

list

and

monitoring;

transportation,

instrumentation;
the

equipment

and propellant
and functions

of

classification.

Table

10-5.

Test,

Figure

Monitoring

Equipment

10-1
(Sheet

as test,

S-IV

1)

Ground
Support
Test Set

Equipment,

S-IV

Function

Equipment

a.
Electrically
simulates
components
and circuits
of the S-IV
stage
to verify
proper
operation
of the GSE.
b. Allows
operation
of the GSE
and the stage
functions
without
the
stage being present.

10-1
(Sheet 1)

S-IV

Stage

a. Simulates
components
and
circuits
of the stage in order
that
associate
contractors
can check

Substitute

out adjacent
stages
when
stage is not available.
i0-i
(Sheet I)

Stage Power
Control
Monitor
Panel

and

the

S-IV

a.
Provides
remote
control
facilities
for transferring
ground
power
between
the generator
room
and the stage,
and between
the
generator
room and the ground
equipment.

10-7

Table

Figure

10-5.

Test,

Checkout,

and

Monitoring

Equipment

Equipment,

S-IV

(Cont'd)

Function

b. Used for monitoring

facilities
and power
supply buses,
vehicle
dc buses,
ground
and stage
400cycle power,
battery
temperatures,
and emergency
battery
and inverter
outputs.
i0-i
(Sheet 2)

Instrumentation
Power
Control
and Monitor
Panel

a.
Provides
remote
control
facilities
for transferring
ground
power
from the utility
room to
the facilities
equipment.
b. Used to monitor
the external
28-volt
dc bus, and ground
5volt dc bus

10-1
(Sheet

2)

10-1
(Sheet

Used to control
control
helium

and monitor
the
pressure;
monitor

LH 2 and LOX container

ullage
pressures;
energize
prestart,
start,
and helium
heater
valves;
energize
engine and helium
heater
igniter
components;
and
indicate
propulsion
system
status.

Stage Power
Control
Monitor
Chassis

2)

Propulsion
Preparation

3)

Hydraulic
Monitor

10-1
(Sheet

System
and Control

2)

10-1
(Sheet

Propulsion
Preparation
Panel

and

System
and Control

Control
Panel

and

Used to control
external
electrical power
distribution
to the S-IV
stage.

Chassis

Used to form the

cal switching
for
system
preparation
panel.

terminal
electrithe propulsion
and control

a.
Provides
control
for the
stage
electric
auxiliary
pump
motors
and accumulator
valves.
b. Used to monitor
hydraulic
fluid levels,
accumulator
pressures,
and fluid temperatures.

10-1
(Sheet

3)

10-1
(Sheet

3)

10-8

Hydraulic
Chassis

Gimbal

System

Control

Provides

the

control

circuit

that controls
the stage hydraulic
system,
and monitoring
functions
for the control
circuitry.
Control

Panel

a.
for

Provides
the slewing
controls
single
or multiple
engines.

v=

......

Table

10-5.

Figure

Test,

Checkout,

and

Monitoring

Equipment

Equipment,

S-IV

(Cont'd)

Function

b.
Displays
6n panel-mounted
meters)
the slew command
and
direction
for the yaw, pitch,
and roll planes.
10-1
(Sheet

3)

Gimbal

10-1
(Sheet

3)

(Sheet

Sequence

Provides

Control

3)

Flight Sequence
Control
Nos. 1 and 2 (Typical)

4)

Propellant
and Control

10-1
(Sheet

Panel

the

indicators

4)

for

Utilization
Panel

Panel

Tests
the propulsion
system
logic circuits
by controlling
inputs
supplied
to the logic
circuits
from an external
programmer,
and monitoring
outputs of the propulsion
system
logic circuits.

Chassis

Contain
the logic circuits
used
with the flight sequence
control
panel for monitoring
inputs
from the S-IV stage propulsion
system
logic circuits,
command
circuit
(S-IV stage prestart),
and
talkbacks
from the stages.

Checkout

a.
Provides
the controls
and indicators
used for partial
checkout
of the S-IV stage closed
loop
propellant
utilization
system.
b.
Contains
the control
dicators
used to monitor
of mixture-ratio
valves,
operation
of the propellant
tion sequence
switch.

10-1
(Sheet

used

monitoring
hydraulic
valve excitation unbalance,
and for monitoring each engine position
during
testing.
Flight

10-1

Monitor

Pneumatic
Panel

System

Control

panel inpositions
and the
utiliza-

a.
Provides
facilities
for manual
and remote
control
of the stage
cold helium
loading,
propellant
container
pressurization,
engine
section
purge,
and nozzle
purge.
b.
Contains
remote
temperature
and pressure
indicators,
and the
controls
used to check out pneumatic
consoles
A and B and the
helium
precool
heat exchanger.

10-9

Table 10-5. Test, Checkout, and Monitoring Equipment, S-IV (Cont'd)

Figure
i0-I
(Sheet 4)

10-1

Equipment

Function

Propulsion
System
Launch
Complex

Test

Set,

Used in monitoring
and testing
the S-IV stage propulsion
system and pneumatic
consoles
A
and B.

Test

Set,

Used to test and monitor

the
stage propulsion
system
while
the stage
is in the hangar.

(Sheet

4)

Propulsion
Hangar

System

10-1
(Sheet

5)

Flight Sequence
Chassis

10-1
(Sheet

Recorder
Chassis

Isolation

5)

10-1
(Sheet

Recorder

System

5)

Provides

Recorder

the hard-wire

recorder

used to record
engine
sequence
and other pertinent
flight sequence
events.
Amplifier

Test

Panel

Amplifies
low-level
electrical
signals
that originate
in the
instrumentation
isolation
circuits.
a.
Used
recorder

to test
chassis

isolation

amplifier

the flight
and the

sequence
recorder

chassis.

b. Supplies
signals
to other
GSE
items
that indicate
when specific
channels
are activated.
10-1
(Sheet

5)

Propellant
and Monitor

10-1
(Sheet

6)

Propellant
Loading
Control
Panel

10-1

Fuel

(Sheet

6)

10-1
(Sheet

6)

Loading
Panel

Loading

Fuel Loading
Relay
Chassis

Control

Used to
control
fill and
loading
stage.

Computer

Used to control
the fuel and oxidizer loading
computer,
and the propellant
loading
computers.

Computer

Computer

Chassis

control
solenoid-actuated
valves
in the LOX and LH_
topping
control
systems
foZr
propellants
into the S-IV

Controls
the propellant
valves
used
for attaining
and maintaining
the
fuel at a predetermined
mass level.
a.
for

Contains
computer

the circuitry
checkout.

used

for

b. Uses the fuel loading

computer signals to control and maintain the correct
amount

10-10

of LH 2 for a given mission.

Table 10-5.

Test,

Figure

:..

Checkout,

:':

..-

..-

and

Monitoring

Equipment,

S-IV

(Cont'd)

Function

LOX Loading
Chassis

Computer

6)

LOX Loading
Chassis

Computer

7)

10-1
(Sheet

"..

Equipment

10-1
(Sheet

:_.

Controls
the propellant
valves
used for attaining
and maintaining
the oxidizer
at a predetermined
mass
level.
Relay

a.
for

Contains
computer

the circuitry
checkout.

used

b. Uses the oxidizer

loading
computer
signals
to control
and
maintain
the correct
amount
of LOX for a given mission.

10-1
(Sheet 7)

10-1

Test Conductor
Panel

Hangar

Monitor

Umbilicals

Uses lamps
to indicate
the readiness of the S-IV stage for specific
use of the test conductor.

Junction

a.
Contains
relays
and contactors for operation
of solenoids,
valves,
and relays
in the stage,
and for disconnecting
all electrical connections
between
the stage
and the GSE.

(Sheet 7)

b. Provides
a convenient
point
for troubleshooting
the umbilicals
and the GSE.
10-1
(Sheet

8)

10-1
(Sheet

Stage

System

Status

A-

8)

Operational
Checkout

and Test Stand

Pneumatic
Console

Used to supply
the S-IV stage propulsion
system
with helium
gas at
the pneumatic
pressures
required
for loading,
unloading,
and purging.
Used to control
and monitor
automated
countdown
from
100 seconds
until launch.

Panel

8)

10-1
(Sheet

Operational
and Test Stand
Checkout
Pneumatic
Console
Checkout
Accessories

the
T minus

a. Used to supply the stage propulsion

system
with GH 2 at the
pressures
required
for loading,
unloading,
and purging.
b. Used for prepressurization
of
the stage
LH 2 containers,
and for
the GN 2 pressurization
of the LOX
and LH 2 main fill and topping
control
systems.
10-11

Table 10-5. Test, Checkout, and Monitoring Equipment, S-IV (Cont'd)

Figure

10-1
(Sheet

Function

Equipment

8)

Stage Checkout
Area
Pneumatic
Console
- Checkout
Accessories

Used in the hangar

to supply the
pneumatic
pressures
used for leak
and functional
checkout
of the S-IV
stage

10-1
(Sheet

Monitor

Panel

Ordnance
Chassis

Monitor-

9)

I0-1

EBW

Firing

Unit

Contains
the logic circuits
required
for the operation
of the ordnance
monitor
panel.

Control

Test

system.

Used to monitor
the voltage
across
the S-IV stage electronic
bridge
wire (EBW) firing
unit capacitor
and the response
of the EBW firing
unit to the trigger
unit firing
pulse.

9)

10-1
(Sheet

Ordnance

propulsion

a.
Contains
the circuitry
required
to test tile firing unit prior
to its
installation
in the S-IV stage.

Set

(Sheet 9)

b. Used to perform
quantitative
checks
on firing units when the
units are initially
received
by the
Douglas
Aircraft
Company.
EBW

i0-i

Initiator

Test

a.
Used to determine
if the electrical characteristics
of the initiator
are within tolerance.

Set

(Sheet 9)

b.
Used to perform
quantitative
checks
on initiators
when they are
initially
received
by the Douglas
Aircraft
Company,
and prior
to
their
installation
in the S-IV stage.
10-1
(Sheet

EBW

System

Test

9)

Pressure

Plug

EBW System
Power
Supply

10-12

Pulse

Kit

Checkout

Set

Contains
the circuits
used during
system
tests
to determine
the
energy
level output of the firing
unit.
Contains
forming
checks.

the plugs
propellant

used
line

Supplies
28-volt
dc power
EBW pulse
sensor
during
stage
checkout.

in perleak

to the
S-IV

- - -:"

.'"

2 i--

; ---

--

_e

Table

10-5.

Test,

Checkout,

and

Monitoring

EBW System
Recorder

S-IV

(Cont'd)

Function

Equipment

Figure

Equipment,

Checkout

Records
EBW
results
during
checkout.

system
test
S-IV stage

EBW System
Checkout
Molded
Junction
Box

Used as a junction
between
the EBW system
power
supply
and the eight EBW pulse sensors.

Flight Sequence
Monitor
Chassis
Nos. 2, 3, 4

Contains
the circuitry
used in
monitoring
the condition
of the
S-IV stage sequencer
and related
systems.

EBW System
Checkout
Recorder
Power
Distribution

a. Supplies
controls
for
system
checkout
recorder.

Propulsion
Maintenance

the

EBW

b. Monitors
output from the
system
checkout
pulse sensor.

EBW

Contains
installation

System
Tool

propulsion
Checkout

Hangar
Junction

S-IV
Test

Equipment

Circuit
Box

Explosive
Kit

Checkout

System
Console

in the
of the

system.

Contains
the propulsion
equipment
used in the
of the S-IV stage.

section
checkout

Protection

Provides
overload
protection
for electrical
circuits
of the
cable assembly.

Initiator

(To be supplied

Accessories

Signal

Kit

the tools used

and checkout

Kit

Conditioning

at a later

date.

Contains
the quick-disconnect
fittings,
flexible
hoses,
filters,
fluid line fittings,
thermocouple vacuum
gages,
and flowmeters
used by the vehicle
checkout area pneumatic
console
in
performing
leak and functional
checkout
of the S-IV stage propulsion
systems
and components.
Conditions
signals
from the
S-IV stage
instrumentation
for
transmittal
to the remote
sequence
recorders,
panel
lights,
and amplifiers
for monitoring
meters.

10-13

Table 10-5. Test, Checkout, and Monitoring Equipment, S-IV(Cont'd)

Figure

Function

Equipment
StandCircuit Protection
Junction Box

Provides
overload
protection
for electrical
circuits
of the
cable

assembly.

Stage Facilities Control

Chassis

Provides
the circuits
for use in
controlling
and monitoring
of
miscellaneous
facility
items.

S-IV Engine Deflection

Panel

Monitors
each engine
position
in response
to manual
or programmed
signal inputs
during
S-IV stage
checkout.

Patch Junction Box Panel

a.
Contains
facilities
for interconnecting
the electrical
GSE.
b. Provides
GSE and the
equipment.

the interface
between
AMR blockhouse

c.
Provides
an interface
the GSE and the automatic
control
station
equipment.

10-14

between
ground

SystemSignal Conditioning
Console

Accepts
and conditions
instrumentation
signals
from the
S-IV stage for remote
monitoring
meters,
sequence
recorders,
and panel
lights.

Hangar Patch Panel

Junction Box.

Used

Launcher Umbilical
Distribution Box

Contains
facilities
used for
troubleshooting
and revising
umbilical
wiring.

Hangar Umbilicals
Junction Box

Used
stage
panel

EBW Initiator Simulator

Assembly

Simulates
EBW initiators
testing
S-IV stage
systems.

Pneumatic
Chassis

Provides
circuits
system

System

Control

to interconnect

the

to interconnect
the
umbilicals
and the
during
checkout.

GSE.

of

S-IV
patch

terminal
switching
for the pneumatic
control
panel.

for

Ground

Support

Equipment

slA_vs

Test

,lip_:,e T

Set

sArrtly

&ll

I
ll
I

@@
I

1 ._..f

I]

I ."_

IJ

_m

S-IV

Stage

Substitute

Stage

Power

STAG!

POWER

CONTROL

Control

and

MOf_lTOli

Monitor

Panel

3-804
Figure

10-1.

Test,

Checkout,

and

Monitoring

Equipment,

S-IV

(1 of 9)
10-15

mm

_m_

@
s

Instrumentation
and

Monitor

Power

Control

Stage Power
Control
Monitor
Chassis

Panel

and

oR

Propulsion
and Control

System
Panel

Preparation

Propulsion
and Control

System
Chassis

Preparation

3-805
Figure

10-16

10-1.

Test,

Checkout,

and

Monitoring

Equipment,

S-IV

(2 of 9)

iv A_utPq_l_v

_e

,#

Hydraulic
Chassis
[ HVI_AULIC

Hydraulic

SYSrlEM

CO_TI_CX

Control

Gimbal

and

Monitor

Panel

__

Control

Panel

_ o o o o o o o
I_
_'m I
Gimbal

/ "-.=1 I tI=LN' li il =.IL=II II_.LII

! 'I.",JPI li=i."l
I=al,- I! ll_ll
I _
I I-,1/"1
I_
I ll-l,r"ll

II m._ li II1nl_li
II _ II II'l'_'ll
II _
II I1"_= II

II"ll,--II II-N, II II lilt II llr, illi

ii-ll'-"il
II --=i<"ll II =i"'il
II l',i'll
II "i, il ii'lITit
I_1
I1"_' il II I'-_ n_II
II li"----il

U=_l'il
Ill"
il
li "l" il

Monitor

Panel

__
__
__

_
h-..-,1IIII
,.., II'l'_'liliN
..I,..-,I
_'1
_,-..-,
Ii._,1I1:_',1
__ ',I
__ IIItiiql
____ I
I_11.-'--:i
"-'._!
_.-4
!!_!lli'.---'ql
I1_1

Control

.a4_qO W_q_lTOI]

__

System
No.
1

"_

li "i" il li "i" il li "i" ii ,ii_" II _

.0
Flight

._ I ,_,

s_,,c, co,,,,,_,a_eI#.

Sequence

Control

_I_
Panel
Flight
Nos.

Sequence
Control
1 and 2 (Typical)

Chassis

3-806
Figure

10-1.

Test,

Checkout,

and

Monitoring

Equipment,

S-IV

(3 of 9)
10-17

'
,, ]il,o,I_r,o:
I_,"r
' i_!iil_l,+,l_t
_

: I"lilPl_

I I'1"1

a _

I ': PPNII_

--_--

'

,,,
r./)

/
b_
.,.._

t//
.,.-i

o
u

,-,,.I

_i__
i{

o
=I

0
t

!_ ,I@'I

r_

10-18

ww

Flight

Sequence

Recorder

Chassis

w.

Recorder

Isolation

Amplifier

Chassis

fm

O
O
v

-o
_L

II

][

f__--_. ._ .
o

v
m

_ecoamelSVSTEM
_ST]

Recorder

System

Test

Panel

I _-E_u_LO_SCO_n_C_,,_O,

Propellant
and Monitor

Loading
Panel

Cdntrol

3-808
Figure

10-1.

Test,

Checkout,

and

Monitorin'g

Equipment,

S-IV

(5 of 9)

10-19

r/l
.e,4

,r-4
CD
O0

at

at

0
0

.el

'U
at
0

\
at
0

r._

N?

0
0

o
,__
o
o

D
f_
0

l,,oll'O

,4
I

0
.,--4

Q_
b_

,_

at

-_ at
at

oo
|,0

,-_

at

0
0

10-20

LOX
Relay

Test

Loading

Computer

Chassis

Conductor

Monitor

Panel

Hangar

Umbilicals

Junction

Box

3-810
Figure

10-1.

Test,

Checkout,

and

Monitoring

Equipment,

S-IV

(7 of 9)

10-21

;llEIll.'mslll

".1"Ill %w Ih_i_lh T

-IT-IIl'_ltl"'lll"-llla',l,l!lll

ill Ir ill ms II

lit

@
I s,_,
_
Operational
and Test Stand
Checkout
Pneumatic
Console
-Checkout

Operational
Pneumatic

Stage

Systems

_A_ I
Status

Panel

-Accessories

and Test Stand

Console
B

Checkout

Stage Checkout
Area
Pneumatic
Console
- Checkout
Accessories

3-811
Figure
10-22

10-1.

Test,

Checkout,

and

Monitoring

Equipment,

S-IV

(8 of 9)

c_

sY

hi?

o
,_
o

_J
@

I
r._
@

10-23

Table

10-6.

Figure

Transportation,

Protection

Equipment

10-2

S-IV

Hydraulic

(Sheet

Helium

Servicer

(Sheet

Heat

Exchanger

Fill

and

Control

Cools and transforms

helium
gas
to pneumatic
console
B for subsequent
charging
of the cold
helium
storage
bottles.
Controls the transfer of LOX
from the ground storage facilities
until the LOX container is filled
and topped to a desired weight
load.

1)

Topping

1)

LH_ Main Fill and Topping

Control System

10-2
(Sheet

Precool

LOX Main

System

a. Controls the transfer of LH 2

from the ground storage facilities
until the stage LH 2 container is
filledand topped to the desired
weight load.
b. Controls
to the helium

10-2

Transporter

(Sheet 2)

10-2

10-24

Handling

Transport
Tiedown

Protective
Kit

Forward
Protective

Interstage
Cover

Kit

2)

10-2

(Sheet

Transport

2)

the transfer
of LH 2
precool
heat exchanger.

Provides
support,
mobility,
and
shock isolation
for the S-IV stage
except
when the stage
is in a test
stand.

Assembly

(Sheet 2)

10-2
(Sheet

S-IV

Supplies
hydraulic
fluid to the
stage
engine hydraulic
systems
for filling,
flushing,
cleaning,
leak checking,
air purging,
and
checking
the operation
of subsystem
components.

1)

10-2

Equipment,

Function

(Sheet 1)

10-2

and Handling

and

End

Used on the transporter

for
mounting
and handling
the S-IV
stage
during
ground
and water
transportation.
Provides environmental protection
during all phases of transportation,
and devices for shipboard tiedown
during water transportation.
Protects
the forward
interstage
area of the S-IV stage
from the
elements
while the stage
is in
the test stand without
the upper
stages.

ut

Table

10-6.

Transportation,

10-2
3)

10-2
(Sheet

and

Handling

Section

Access

Kit

3)

10-2

Aft Interstage

Access

Container

Interior

Umbilical

Checkout

Access

Kit

(Sheet 3)

10-2
4)

Stand

Supports
maintains

the checkout
lines
their attachment

during

Provides
the special
for maintaining
and
the S-IV stage.

Stage

Used
tally

Support

Fixture

Liquid Hydrogen
Vent Line
Separation
and Retraction
Kit

10-2

GH 2 Vent
4)

10-2
(Sheet

4)

Line

Service
Line
Installation

Installation

Umbilical

and
to the

checkout.

Special Tools Kit

tools required
handling

to support
the stage
horizonduring
hangar
storage.

a.
Provides
facilities
used for
transferring
boil-off
gaseous
hydrogen
from the S-IV stage to
the test stand vent stack.
b. Provides
and retracting

(Sheet

maintenance.

Provides access, support, and

lightingin the interior of the LH 2
container while the stage is in a
vertical position.

stage

(Sheet

during

Provides
access
and protection
to the aft interstage
during
maintenance.

Kit

3)

10-2

(Cont'd)

Provides
access
and protection
to the forward
section
of the
stage

(Sheet

S-IV

Used to remove and replace the

RL10A-3
engine while the stage is
horizontal in the transporter.

Horizontal Engine Handling

Fixture

Forward

Equipment,

Function

Equipment

Figure

(Sheet

Protection

Used
stage
a.

facilities
for separating
the vent line.

in transferring
to hydrogen

GH_ from the

dispos'M
area.

Provides the controls used

for transferring propellant and

pressurized gases from the
facilitypropellant and pneumatic
supply lines to the stage.
b. Provides
support
for the
umbilical
carrier
and the umbilical connecting
and disconnecting
hardware.

10-25

Table

10-6.

Transportation,

Figure

and Handling

Equipment

Engine

I0-2

Protection

Fill

S-IV

(Cont'd)

Function

Alignment

Nitrogen

Equipment,

Contains
the equipment
aligning
the S-IV
stage
the required
outboard

Kit

a.

Truck

Used

used
for
engines
at
cant
angles.

to pressurize

the

matic
side
of each
of the
hydraulic
accumulators.

pneu12

stage

b. Used to purge the stage

electronic equipment
containers
and fillthe hydraulic servicer
GN 2 bottle.
Vacuum

Pumping

a.

Unit

Used

to evacuate

the

annuluses

of vacuum-jacketed
transfer
lines,

propellant
engine
feed lines,

LH 2 supply
line
helium
precool
and gas generator
lines.

(connected
to the
heat
exchanger),
helium
heater

b. Used (at Sacramento,

California) to evacuate a vacuum
tank
that simulates altitude conditions
for the engine thrust control valves
during static firing.
Propellant

Valve

Alignment

Fixture

Service

Positioning

Line Umbilical

Kit

Used to mechanically
align the
propellant valve in the S-IV stage
for electrical null check.
a.

Contains

the electrical cables,

air conditioning lines, propellant

lines, and pneumatic
lines used
to connect the propellant and pneumatic lines kit to the S-IV stage.

Propellant
Lines Kit

10-26

and Pneumatic

b.

Provides

for
the
ing
the

attaching the umbilicals to

S-IV stage and for disconnectthe umbilical carrier from
S-IV stage.

Contains
brackets,
transfer
the GSE
kit.

the facilities used

the lines,
fittings,
and hardware
used
to
propellants
and gases
from
to the service
line umbilical

Table

10-6.

Transportation,

Figure

Protection

and

Handling

Equipment

Equipment,

S-IV

Function

Ullage
Rocket
Fairing
Handling
and Storage
Container
Fixture

Protects
fairing
storage.

Retrorocket
and
Rocket
Handling

Supports
the ullage
retrorockets
during
and installations.

Weight

and

Hangar

Cable

Cable

Liquid

Vehicle
Kit

Liquid

Ullage
Sling Kit

Balance

Kit

Network

Network

Kit

Line

Alignment

Hydrogen

Main

Fill

Weight

and

Torque

Balance

Kit

rockets
removal

and

the dry weight

and/or
aft

used for
GSE to
terminal

Contains
the equipment
used in
transferring
gaseous
hydrogen
from the S-IV stage
to the
umbilical
tower
vent stack.
Contains
the alignment
in aligning
the aft skirt
interstage.

pins used
to the aft

a.
Used in controlling
the transfer of LH2 from the ground
storage
facilities
into the LH 2
container
in the S-IV stage until
filled and topped
to the desired
mass
load during
countdown.
b.
Controls
to the helium

Turbine
Adapter

and
and

Contains
the cables
used for
connecting
electrical
GSE to
the S-IV stage
for checkout.
Contains
the cables
connecting
electrical
contractor-furnished
distributors.

Vent

Mounting

the ullage
rocket
kit during
handling

Used to determine
of the S-IV stage
interstage.

Kit

Hydrogen

Engine
Wrench

(Cont'd)

the transfer
of LH 2
pre-cool
heat-exchanger.

Used to adapt the

the engine
turbine
determining
gear

torque
wrench
gear box for
torque.

to

Contains
the equipment
used to
mechanically
weigh the S-IV stage
and aft interstage
to determine
the center
of gravity.

10-27

Table 10-6.

Transportation, Protection and Handling Equipment,

Figure

Equipment

Vehicle

Table

Figure

Function

Mounting

10-7.

Stage

Contains
the equipment
used in
aligning
the aft skirt
with the
aft interstage
and the S-IV stage
the test stand.

Alignment

Subsystem

Test

Equipment,

Equipment

10-3
(Sheet 1)

Valve

10-3
(Sheet 1)

S-IV Battery
Charger

10-3
(Sheet 2)

S-IV
Test

(Sheet

Actuator

Test

Test

Sequencer
Set

Inverter

Test

Used to test the S-IV stage

hydraulic
valve actuator
assembly,
engine hydraulic
system,
and
valve actuator
potentiometers
in
both the stage
checkout
area and
the component
laboratory.

Set and

Used to check the S-IV stage

batteries and the heater blanket
circuits.
a. Utilizes
simulated
flight inputs to check out the engines,
payload,
safety,
and stage
sequence
circuits.

Subsystem

Inverter

Ground

Set

Used
stage

to detail
troubleshoot
sequencer.

Used in the bench maintenance

area to test the S-IV stage
static
inverterconverter.
Power

Supply

2)

Propellant
Electronics

S-IV

Set

2)

10-3
(Sheet

Utilization
System

Test

Set

Supplies
28-volt
and 32-volt
dc
power
to the S-IV stage
static
inverter.
a. Used to check out the
lant utilization
electronics

propelassembly.

b. Used to perform
operational
checks
on the stage valve positioner assembly
while the stage is in
the assembly
area.

10-28

with

Function

b.
the
10-3

S-IV (Cont'd)

!ooW 1

S-IV

Hydraulic

LOX

Main

Control

Helium

Servicer

Fill and

Topping

System

Precool

Heat

Exchanger

LH Z Main
Fill and
Control
System

Topping

Handling

S-IV

3-800
Figure

10-2.

Transportation,

Protection,

and

Equipment,

(1 of 4)

10-29

II
/

Transporter

Assembly

Transport

Handling

Kit

V-I
I

l.... I
J
/-

Transport
Tiedown

Protective

and

Forward
Cover

Nit

Interstage
(Tentative)

End

Protective

3-801
Figure
10-30

10-2.

Transportation,

Protection,

and

Handling

Equipment,

S-IV

(2 of 4)

!*

Horizontal

Engine

Handling

Fixture

Forward

(INSTALL

F(_
I

Aft Section

Access

Section

Access

Kit

ATIOII

Pql,o TECTIVE
TUSt

_
Pt Atl'oglm

Kit

Container

Interior

Access

Kit

3-802
Figure

10-2.

Transportation,

Protection,

and Handling

Equipment,

S-IV

(3 of 4)
10-31

GH 2 Vent

Service

Line

Umbilical

Line

Installation

Installation

Nitrogen

Fill Truck

3-803
Figure
10-32

10-2.

Transportation,

Protection

and

Handling

Equipment,

S-IV

(4 of 4)

.....

Valve

Actuator

Test

we

wQ

Set

S-IV Battery
Test
Set and Charger

3-813
Figure

10-3.

Stage

Subsystem

Test

Equipment,

S-IV

(1 of 2)
10-33

Inverter

Ground

Power

Supply

Inverter Test Set

3-814
Figure
10-34

10-3.

Stage

Subsystem

Test

Equipment,

S-IV

(2 of 2)

......

Table

Figure

10-8.

v-u
w
_

t.

qv

Instrumentation

Equipment,

Equipment

10-4
(Sheet

r_

1)

S-IV

Function

PDM/FM/FM
Checkout
Monitor Consoles

a.
Used to checkout
instrumentation.

the

stage

b.
Contains
the circuits
used
to monitor
and check out the composite
10-4
(Sheet

1)

Stage System
Status
Relay
Assemblies
Nos. 1, 2 and
(Typical)

stage

telemetry

signal.

a.
Provide
the automatic
logic
circuitry
from initiation
of
terminal
countdown
to launch.
b.
Provide
logic circuits
for
instrumentation,
calibrating,
LOX
and LH^ loading,
stage readiness
z
monitoring,
and for the transfer
of
all stage power
to internal
power.

10-4
(Sheet 2)

10-4

PDM/FM/FM
Test Console

Signal

Component

Conditioning

Console

(Sheet 2)

Used for testing

the PDM/FM/FM
telemetry
system
and its components
prior
to stage
installation.
a.

Receives

signals

from

instrumentation
the

S-IV

stage.

b.
Conditions
the signals
to the
proper
level and format
for transmittal
to remote
sequence
recorders,
panel lights,
and amplifiers.
10-4
(Sheet 3)

10-4
(Sheet

3)

10-4
(Sheet

3)

Command
Component

Destruct
Receiver
Test Set

Used for testing

the command
destruct
system
components
to stage
installation.

Command
Simulator

Destruct

Used to supply the RF carrier

and
audio signal tones (via closed
loop)
to check out the complete
destruct
system
after
its installation
in the
stage.

S-IV

Destruct

Panel

Receiver

a. Used to remote
monitor
the stage
functions.
b.

Used

EBW firing
system.

to control
unit

control
receiver

the

prior

and

destruct

monitoring

10-35

Table

Figure

Instrumentation

Equipment,

Equipment

10-4
(Sheet

10-8.

Aft

Interface

S-IV

(Cont'd)

Function

Junction

Provides
a convenient
and
flexible
means
of performing
the following
interconnections:

Box

3)

a.

GSE to the

S-IV

aft interface

b.

GSE to the

GSE test

c.
S-I stage
substitute
S-IV stage
aft interface

Telemetry

Power

Table

Figure

10-5

10-5

10-36

10-9.

Test

e.

S-I

to the

substitute
power
telemetry

to the

GSE
GSE

to the

Used in performing
qualitative
and analytical
tests on the helium
heater
and engine
exciter.

Evaluation

Used for recording

and reproducing
the telemetry
system
data during
checkout.

and

Gas

Servicing

Equipment,

S-IV

Function

Equipment

Propellant
Calibration
Test Set

stage

substitute

Engine

Propellant

Remote
Propellant
Relay Assembly

stage

to the

Used to check the interfaces

between
the telemetry
systems
and the sensing
devices.

Heater
and
Test Set

Telemetry
Consoles

S-IV

Supplies
external
instrumentation
systems.

Supply

Stage Instrumentation
Simulator

Helium
Exciter

d.

set

Loading

Utilization
and Checkout

Provides

the

remote

for stage propellant

monitoring.
a.

Used

in calibrating

controls
loading

the

used
and

LOX

and I_H_ container

full and empty
bridge
_ircuits
located
in the
stage
electronics
assembly.

PDM/FM/FM
Monitor

Checkout
Consoles

Stage
Nos.

3-815
Figure

10-4.

System
Status
Relay
1, 2, 3 (Typical)
Instrumentation,

S-IV

Assemblies

(1 of 3)

i0-37

0
0

0
,r4

C)

I
r_

0
,_

(x)
!
c_

10-38

_m

....

---

o.

_i

le

. _
_

0
(2

o
v

r_

4
I
0

%4

I
10-39

Table

Figure

10-9.

Propellant

and

Equipment

Gas

Servicing

Equipment,

S-IV

(Cont'd)

Function

b. Used in checking
of the valve controller
Propellant
Utilization
System
Test Set

10-40

the output
amplifiers.

Used :in testing

the propellant
utilization
system.

.....

Remote

..iiii

Propellant

ii

Loading

Relay

Assembly

Propellant
Utilization
Calibration
and Checkout
Test Set

3-818
Figure

10-5.

Propellant

and

Gas

Servicing

Equipment,

S-IV

10-41

10-42

......

* --

w_

CHAPTER
SECTION
STAGE

.....

2
XI

CONFIGURATIONS,

SATURN

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

S-I
S-IV

Inboard
Inboard

Profile
Profile

.................

11-3/11-4

.................

11-5

ii-i

11-2

Retromotor
LOX

Vent
Pressurant

Distributor
Command

Antenna

Outboard

Fuel

Container

Systems

Hydrogen

(4)

Tunnel

(4)

Chill-Down

Duet

(3

GOX Line
Pressurant
Fuel
Instrument

Diffuser

Pressurization

Sta.
941. 304
Sta.
96Z. 304

3-524A

Outbd
Shroud,

Slosh

Baffl

LOX

Cont:

Compartment
Spider

Beam

Center

LOX

Container

GOX Line
Slosh

Baffles,

LOX

Propellant

Center

Fill

Container

and

Container

Drain

Fairing
/

es,

Outbd

_iner

(4)

Container

Fuel

Fill

and

Drain

I
Sta.
187.25

r
St,
10
G_
P]

Launcher
Fin (4)
Stub Fin (4)
Engine Fairing (4)
Aft Shroud
Turbine Exhaust Duct, Inbd Engine
H-1 Engine, Inbd (4)
Forward Shroud
Inbd LOX Suction Line
Manifold
Outbd LOX Suction Line
Outbd Fuel Suction Line
Exchanger
H-1 Engine, Outbd (4)
GOX Line
Barrel

Assembly

Engine

Actuators

Heat

Shield

Water

Quench

Inbd
_

Fuel

System
Suction

Line

Firewall

I
Sta.

a.

.96

D. O0 Sta.
Imbal 51.75
iane
Figure

11-1.

S-I

Inboard

Profile
11-3/11-4

C,

,--i

,-_

00000

oo_o_

I
r_

b/?

o,,_

.q

u'O
I
O_

11-5

11-6

........

:':

.."

. " : :

CHAPTER
SECTION

3
XII

INTRODUCTION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

12-I.

SATURN

m I__UNCH

VEHICLE

12-2.

SATURN

IB-APOLLO

MISSION

12-3.

MISSION

PROFILE

12-4.

LAUNCH

VEHICLE

...............

12-3

OBJECTIVES

.........

12-3

.....................

12-6

REQUIREMENTS

.............

12-11

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Saturn

IB Launch

Typical

Saturn

Vehicle

..................

IB-Apollo

Mission

12-4

Profile

...........

12-8

LIST OF TABLES
12-1.

Saturn

IB Operational

12-2.

Saturn

IB-Apollo

12-3.

Description

12-4.

Saturn

IB Requirements,

Prelaunch

12-5.

Saturn

IB Requirements,

Launch

Phase

............

12-15

12-6.

. Saturn

IB Requirements,

Ascent

Phase

............

12-18

12-7.

Saturn

IB Requirements,

Orbital

Phase

Data

Mission

of Typical

.................
Objectives

Saturn

12-5
and

IB-Apollo
Phase

Flight

Data

Mission
..........

...........

........

......

12-7
12-9
12-13

12-22

12-1

12-2

.w

SECTION

....

XII.

INTRODUCTION

12-1.
The

SATURN
Saturn

second
data

IB launch

stage

and

the

vehicle

for

12-2.

IB LAUNCH

principal

Apollo

utilizing

vehicles,

SA-211

objective

The

third

of the

(The

Saturn

duration

earth

through
orbital

the launch

vehicle

information

is summarized

(SA-201

in Table

the

Saturn

Flight

testing

of the

launch

is used

flights

are

launch

through

of both the

be given

as manned

primary
mission

secondary

objective.

supports

IB and

launch

also

Saturn

V. }

will

be used

as

vehicle

and

some

flights

mission

vehicle

SA-206)

to manning

mission

of the unmanned

in both Saturn

(SA-203

planned

as the

Apollo

the primary

stage

are

about

SA-202)

S-IVB

SA-210

is a secondary

and

are

will

is manned

Two additional

vehicle

flights.

Operational

program
IB--

space

early

an S-IVB

as spares.

in qualification

operation

Saturn

of the

stage

Consideration

stage,

stage.

vehicle

SA-210.

vehicle.

IB flights

resulting

of successful

SA-207

launch

of the

first

second

Ten

through

flights

S-IVB

the

space

orbit.

designated

testing

testing

sixth

flights,

Vehicles

data

are

above

IB - Apollo

SA-201

IB - Apollo

flight

though

event

Detailed

SA-212,

of an S-IB

OBJECTIVES.

earth

vehicles

testing

spacecraft.

in the

with

and

consists

12-1.

Saturn

in extended

V project.

man-rating
Apollo

of the

launch

The

Saturn

mounted

MISSION

and compatibility

the

unit

]]3 - APOLLO

is flight

objectives.

12-1,

in Table

two Saturn

spacecraft

Figure

listed

operations

planned,

first

are

objective

flight

In the

vehicle,

an instrument

SATURN

The

VEHICLE.

of these

with

the
flights

extended

Operational

experience

objective.

IB - Apollo

mission

objectives

and

flight

12-2.
12-3

Ii

iI

Field Splice
Separation

Spacecraft

I
I

I
i

5\__.[ -

154"

! I

lilt-_,
Ik2
I
Instrument

Unit

\
I

S-IVB

Launch
Vehicle

S-IB

3-2300

Figure
12-4

Sta.

100 (Gimbal)

Sm.

12-1.

Saturn

IB Launch

Vehicle

Table 12-1. Saturn IB Operational Data

Item

Data

VEHICLE
Number of stages
Length - Without spacecraft
Maximum diameter - without fins
- with fins
1Launchvehicle weight - at ground ignition
Payload type
2payload weight - at ground ignition
3Injection weight - Earth orbit
S-IB STAGE
Prime contractor
Length
Maximum diameter - without fins
(across thrust structure)
- with fins
Stageweight - at ground ignition
Dry weight
Engines

2
141.6 feet
22.8 feet
40.7 feet
1,294,000 pounds
Apollo Spacecraft
40,600 pounds
34,000 pounds

Chrysler Corporation
80.2 feet
22.8 feet
40.7 feet

Total nominal thrust (sea level)

Propellants

1,003,000 pounds
91,000 pounds
RocketdyneH-1 (8)
1,600,000 pounds
LOX and RP-1

Mainstage propellant weight

Mixture ratio (oxidizer to fuel)
Specific impulse (sea level)

882,000 pounds
2.26:1
256 seconds

S-IVB STAGE
Prime contractor
Length
Diameter
4Stageweight - at ground ignition
4Dry weight
Engine
Total nominal thrust (vacuum)
Propellants

DouglasAircraft Co.
59.1 feet
21.7 feet
243,000 pounds
20,000 pounds
Rocketdyne J-2 (1)
200,000 pounds
LOX and LH2

12-5

Table 12-1. Saturn IB'Operational Data (Cont'd)

Item

Data
2]9,000pounds
5:1
426 seconds

5Mainstagepropellant weight
Mixture ratio (oxidizer to fuel)
Specific impulse (vacuum)
INSTRUMENTUNIT
Prime contractor

MSFC
3.0 feet
21.7 feet

Length
Diameter
5Weight - at ground ignition

2,600 pounds

lIncludes two stages, instrument unit, payload and LES.

2Includes 6600 poundsfor the LES, no coast mission.
3105-nautical mile circular orbit, payloadonly, no coast mission.
4Excludes 5600poundsfor the S-IB/S-IVB interstage and retromotors,
no coast mission.
5Nocoast mission.

In all ten planned Saturn IB - Apollo flights, the Apollo spacecraft configuration
includes a CM, an SM, an adapter and an LES that is jettisoned after second-stage
ignition.
Vehicles SA-203through SA-210will also have the ascent stage of a LEM.
12-3.

MISSION

A typical
vehicle

Saturn
lifts

the
turns

12-6

burn,
LEM

in Figure
injects

while

around

IB - Apollo

a manned

is illustrated
stage

PROFILE.

the
and

the

profile,

R&D spacecraft
12-2.
payload

remainder
docks,

mission

nose

The

into
launch

into the
of the
to nose,

through

which

a 105-nautical
vehicle,

circular

spacecraft
with the

a Saturn
mile

by means
orbit.
(CM and
LEM.

The

IB launch

circular

of first
S-IVB

earth
stage

stage

SM) separates
At this

point

and second
then

from
the

orbit,

stabilizes
the

spacecraft

LEM,

--~

Table

12-2.

--

Saturn

(To

o,,$

IB-Apollo

be supplied

q_m

Y,

Mission

.....

Objectives

at a later

date.

and

Flight

Data

12-7

_9
O

O
0
<
I

at

c,i
I
Cq

.<
I

12-8

separates
the

from

crew.

and the

Upon

S-IVB/IU

completion

CM re-enters

of mission

Table

*Event
No.

the

events

the
refer

12-3.

and the
of the

earth

to Table

Description

planned

mission

mission

are

the

and

SM are

For

a detailed

exercises,

atmosphere

and

LEM

is recovered.

performed

by
jettisoned
listing

12-3.

of Typical

Saturn

IB - Apollo

Approx.
Time
After
Liftoff
(Sec.)

exercies

Mission

Event

Liftoff of Saturn
IB - Apollo space
vehicle
AMR launch
complex
No. 37A or 37B.
Start
Start

roll to align SV pitch

time tilt.
(By launch

Arrest
Activate
control

roll

(SV correctly

accelerometer
system.

Deactivate
and control
Arrest

plane with flight azimuth.

vehicle
(LV) systems.
)
aligned

control

accelerometer
system.

time

with

flight

azimuth).

of LV guidance

control

and

of LV guidance

tilt.

144.8

Shut down

150.8

Shut down outboard

first-stage
staging
period.
Start timing
sequence.
Ignite

(SV) from

inboard

first-stage

second-stage

(S-IVB

(S-IB

stage)

engines,
for stage

stage)

engines.

beginning
separation

ullage

motors.

Separate
first
stage
from second
stage.
Transfer
control
functions
from first
to second
stage.
Ignite
first- stage retromotors.
Start

second-stage

Jettison
Launch
craft
(SC).
Jettison
Start

*No.

Refers

to Figure

12-2.

engine,
Escape

second-stage
Path

Guidance

(Major

events

ending

System

ullage

staging

from

Apollo

period.
space-

motors.

Mode.
indicated

only)

12-9

Table

*Event
No.

12-3

Description

of Typical

Saturn

IB - Apollo

Approx.
Time
After
Liftoff
(Sec.)

620.8

SC into 105-naut.
orbit.
Shut down

Continue
mission
Check

out crew

Jettison
of CSM.
Dock

and

spacecraft
unit and

CSM from spacecraft

LEM,
second
stage
(LEM/IU/S-IVB).

spacecraft

Adapter

unit

LEM

crew

initiate

turnaround

second

stage,

LEM

12

Jettison

SM from

13

Orient

CM in re-entry

14

Initiate

CM re-entry.

15

Re-enter

16

Deploy

17

Jettison
chutes.

drogue

18

Alight

on surface

ascent

earth's
drogue

(Major

equipment.

ending

ascent

Perform

to CM.

Jettison

12-10

and

crew and
exercises.

11

12-2.

and

two members
of SC crew to LEM
(Third
man remains
in CM. )

Check out LEM

planned
mission

to Figure

scheduled

CSM to LEM/IU/S-IVB.

Transfer
stage.

Refers

circular
engine.

equipment.

Jettison
instrument
LV mission.

Return

mi. (194-km)
second-stage

orbital
coast of SC.
Perform
exercises.
For example:

Separate
instrument

*No.

(Cont'd)

Event

Inject
earth

10

Mission

stage

from

CSM.

CM.
attitude

(heat

shield

and deploy

main

forward).

atmosphere.
parachute.
parachute

of earth

events

(on land).

indicated

only)

para-

The

mission

craft

from

mission

of the
the

can

number

are

start

of countdown

c.

Ascent

- From

liftoff

to orbit

injection.

d.

Orbital

- From

orbit

injection

to final

Saturn

IB launch

launch

vehicle

must

After

injection

LEM

during

coast

mission

vehicle

orbit,

to the

site

(Cape

a minimum

launch

vehicle

orbital

phases.

For

this

limits:

payload

of countdown.

separation.

an Apollo
earth

to local

spacecraft

orbit.

to altitude,

the

guide

vertical)

facility,

c.

Vehicle

visibility
from

life

time

following

payload

To accomplish
it so that

and

impart

of

this,

the final

to it a final

37,

is required

maneuver.

of 4.5

hours

latitude

inclination

VLF

to stabilize

Performance
for

the

the

of the

S-IVB/IU

of 28 degrees,

of the

requires

for tracking

limits

vehicle

orbital

systems.

constraints:

Kennedy)

70 degrees

safety

launch

and docking

orbital

Launch

Range

respect

a total

b.

d.

The

to liftoff.

circular

payload

CSM turnaround

requires

to a sector

space-

ft/sec.

Launch

introduces

the

into circular
the

and

to start

to inject

mile

(with

is subject

a.

is required

boost

is 90 degrees

of 25,563

testing

Apollo

REQUIREMENTS.

into a 105-nautical

vehicle

path

of stage

following

of the

profile.

ascent

- From

VEHICLE

start

by the

separation

mission

launch,

defined

- From

final

9 of the

into prelaunch,

phases

the

Launch

velocity

path

event

with

b.

34, 000 pounds

The

ends

Prelaunch

LAUNCH

flight

vehicle

S-IVB/IU,

these

a.

12-4.

the

launch

be divided

description

The

same

30 minutes

which

degree.

a launch

azimuth

and telemetry

of 90 degrees.

networks

restricts

azimuth

to ll0 degrees.

flight

azimuth

to a sector

from

45 degrees

to 110

degrees.

The

primary

chapter

vehicle

requirements

as astrionics,

structures,

equipment.
systems
indicated
phasing

Tables
for

the four

in the
of the

table

12-4

through

phases

are

propulsion,
12-7

of the

is not to scale

requirements.

accomplished

list

launch

the

by systems

mechanical,
basic

vehicle

the table

and ground

requirements
mission.

as it is intended

Although

described

to indicate

is primarily

support

of each

The

time
only

a listing

in this

of these

function
relative
of system

12-11

requirements, specific major events are included to showtheir relationship to

the requirement.
Detailed information on the systems is presented in sections XIII through XVII.
Inboard profiles of each stage are included in section XVIII.

12-12

ii

r.

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

(.J

r_

ii
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

r_
,,,-i

>
_J

o <
[.-.,

/
._

e
r_
z

"_ _

._

0_

__

"_

_._

r_

12-13

{D

i
I

I
I

i
i

I
I

I
I

i
I

i
i

I
I

i
i
I
I
I
I

i
i
i
I
I
l

I
I
i
I
l
I

i
i
I
I
l
I

l
i

I
I

I
U

I
I
i
i

.E:

I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I

l
I

.,-q

E
0

>

0
;2
=

>

E_

__
=

12-14

_ o_o

o o _ _

._

_._

._

,..,

"_

(3

om

oe

12-15

I
4

e-

II _

_Z
q_

_q

0
0

_q

ffl
DO
ffl
I

q_

o_

=o

r_

._

:!I_
ml

<1

12-_6

.o _o

__o

Gr_

ll

Inu
I
I
I
I

_M
I

_0

_0_

_._ _ .o _
"-_

_
_

[-7-1

o_

0
0

0
;.2

_
o_._. o

_oo
M

__
M

m
_

>

'_.

>

_._
>
.,-i

0
b_
0

12-17

I
c_

_P

c_

c_
t_

t_
_P
o

I
c_

_
0

o _

0
c_

c_
c_

_o

t_

.o
_

12-18

0
0
L_

C_

.....

-._

mw

wG

o
I

<

I'

.8
,,,,-i
I

._o_
ffl
r_
0

_ _ _ _

_o_

_"_

r_ __

_ _ _ _ _,

__'s'_._

>

_
2<

>o_ _ >_.

__

r..)

12-i_

q_

=
0

rq
<

_P
_P

0
_q

_q

c_

Z
I
o_

,.Q
c_

>

_ o

_ _

_'_

_ 0_

-_ o_o

=._ _
_

:_
_

o_

.,._

".2,
o._

o
L_
Z

_'.

r._l

12 -20

_ _

_ _

--

.v_

mJ

tl

...

-.

0
I

<

I
I
C_

I
C_

*I

c_

-,q

12-21

|
e'J

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

b_
c_
0
0

0
0
.-C

c_

.2
o

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I

,,.._

0
0

>

oK

.,...i
0

0
c_

=
_

E_
0
Z

_
D_
E_

12 -22

'

2
;>

gw

. .....

e_

.2

I
v-q

e_

_o
o

._

12-23

L)

03

c_

!
!
C_

_2

_2
>

',"-4

P2

_Z

>

c_

12-24

.....

o_

eg

CHAPTER
SECTION

3
Xlll

ASTRIONICS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

13-3

13-1.

GENERAL

13-2.

COMMAND

13-3.

C OMMU

13-4.

INSTRUMENTATION

13-7.

CHECKOUT

13-8.

ATTITUDE

13-9.

GUIDANCE

............................

13-6

13-10.

TRACKING

............................

13-6

13-20.

CREW

RANGE

.............................

13-4

............................
NI CA TIONS

13-4

........................

13-4

.......................

13-6

............................
CONTROL

SAFETY

STABILIZATION

(VEHICLE

SAFETY

ELECTRICAL

AND

EMERGENCY

DETECTION
SYS TEM

.....

13-11
13-15

.........................
SYSTEM

13-6

..........

13-15

.....................

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

13-1.

AROD

Onboard

13-2.

AROD

Transponder

13-3.

Vehicle

Equipment
Ground

Emergency

13-9

.....................
Station

Detection

................

System

...............

13-10
13-13

LIST OF TABLES

Measuring
Characteristics

Program
of the

for

SA-202
AROD

..................
System

...............

13-5
13-11

13-1

13-2

.....

o''

o" : :--

_t

wo

SEC TION

XIH.

ASTRIONICS

13-1.

GENERAL.

The
for

Astrionics
Saturn

graphs,

IB.
are

a.

The

provides

accomplished

events

the

functions,

Command

6perational
time

system

listed

and

below

utilizing

- Performs
a_d

electrical

both

and

described

vehicle

The

functions
in the

and ground

management

sequences.

electronic

of Saturn

issuance

required

following

based

para-

subsystems.

systems

by initiating

of commands

all

is dependent

on

and events.
Communication

b.

systems.

This

- Transfers

intelligence

intelligence

is in four

forms:

within

voice,

and

digital,

among

the

discrete,

Saturn
and

analog

signals.
Instrumentation

C.

to acquire

operational

d.
vehicle
e.
the

Guidance
motion

f.
gimballing
motion

velocity

j.
for

Stabilization

system

to maintain

vehicle

with

and

guidance

- Obtains

vehicle

systems

launch

phase

that

the

launch

mission.

to mission

a stable

the

and thrust

Control

in the

event

steering

Attitude

cutoff

to adjust

accomplishment.

- Provides

launch

commands

vehicle

signals
motion

to the
and

engine

adjusts

this

commands.

and records

the

launch

vehicle's

position

and

event

of a mal-

are

not endangered

flight.

Crew

i.

assigned

leading

during

function

its

of launch

data.

during

in a manner

Tracking

h.

appraisal

assurance

- Provides

in accordance
g.

in the

- Provides
of performing

vehicle

the performance

and engineering

Checkout
is capable

- Monitors

Safety

- Ensures

Saturn/Apollo

Range

Safety

of a vehicle
Electrical

of the

astronauts

in the

vehicle.

- Ensures
malfunction

System

safety

that

life

during

- Supplies

and

and private
the

ascent

distributes

property
and
the

orbital
electrical

phase.
power

required

operation.

13-3

13-2.
The

COMMAND.

Saturn

graph

IB command

20-2.

13-3.

function

to that

of Saturn

V.

(Refer

to Para-

COMMUNICATIONS.

The

Saturn

IB communication

Paragraph

20-11.

Additionally,
earth

the

and

the

Saturn

CM.

IB/Apollo

(Stations
column

13-4.

INSTRUMENTATION.

Saturn

IB instrumentation

vehicle

and

them

makes

Instrumentation
active

be grouped

and

data

the

launch

vehicle

systems

From

this

tional

13-4

status

part

end

of Saturn

the

link.
the
of the

phase,

V.

(Refer

to

format

The

Since

is the

this

instrumentation

Engineering

data

data

of the

in the

from

"capsule

the

launch

Saturn

system

prelaunch

phase

assigned

support,

to

and

to instrumentation

in-flight

data

in checking

is performed
Instrumentation

collection,

only

must

into
includes

out

the

complete

utilizing

automatic

supplies

all

with

that

of the

checkout

between

the

vehicle

and

instrumentation

is recorded

falls

in the

data

tasks

is used

checkout

connections
mission,

performance

many

is compatible

end of the

mission

checkout

checkout

computers.

all physical

listed

between

analysis.

The

which

communications

mission.

instrumentation

stages.

are

functions

during

areas:

voice

and operational

in the

of mission.
major

requires

to other

activated

by digital

when

data.

collects

out their

its

liftoff,

portion

Vehicle

and

in the

information,

6-1. )

for post-flight

data

data

to that

capability

of Table

available

prelaunch

until

this

data

in three

controlled

severed,
ground

until

recording

During

is similar

mission

having

is initially

can

vehicle

this

in carrying

remains

function

communications"

aid

is similar

provides

significant
systems.

ground

are

the vehicle-to-

means

of obtaining

vehicle

operational

be highly

reliable.

All data

received

for post-flight

two categories;
parameters

during

analysis.

engineering
such

data

as temperature,

and operaacceleration,

vibration,
event

and

stress;

sequences

or second

The

tentative

as those

SA-202

ments

are

data

includes

associated

with

vehicle
first

computer

stage

cutoff,

commands
stage

and

separation

ignition.

parameters

of the

operational

such

stage

launch

and

number

vehicle

expected

are

listed

to decrease

Table

of measurements
in Table

on subsequent

13-1.

Measuring

13-I.

Requirements

for
for

each

for

S-IB

measure-

SA-202

S-IVB

Instrument

Unit

Temperature

76

104

60

Pressure

73

54

15

118

48

29

Vibration

Strain

and

Flight

Mechanics

70

19

Discrete

Signals

31

26

Voltage,

Current

10

30

19

32

34

12

65

55

of measuring,

telemetry,

and

Frequeny

Miscellaneous
Guidance

and

RF and

13-5.
The

Control

Telemetry

OPERATION
Saturn

IB instrumentation

ground

recording

Saturn

I Block

13-6.

IMPLEMENTATION

The

Saturn

depending
missions

is comprised

systems.

The

II vehicle.

IB stages

instrumentation

flights

stage

flights.

Program

Parameters

to be obtained

on the
requires

(Refer

(S-IB

systems.
objective
a large

of the program.

operation

and
The

to Paragraph

S-IVB)

number

mission.

instrument

and number
Complexity

of measurements,

requirements

systems

is similar

and

to that

of the

6-12).

and the

configuration

of the

The

of these

antenna,

decrease

unit

contain

of system
of the

launch

particularly
on later

independent

components
vehicle
in the

vary
and

its

early

flights.

13-5

The Saturn IB launch vehicle utilizes the following types of telemetry systems.
a. PCM/FM/FM
b.
PAM/FM/FM
c.
SS/FM
13-7.

CHECKOUT.

The Saturn
graph

20-28.

13-8.
The
V.

IB checkout

Saturn

CONTROL

IB attitude

(Refer

feedback

Paragraph

in the

engine

IB control

13-9.

GUIDANCE.
Saturn

and

stabilization

20-35.)

The

gimballing

V.

(Refer

to Para-

function

Saturn

system.

IB,

This

is similar

S-IB

stage

requires

to that

utilizes

a minor

of Saturn

electrical

change

in the

computer.

IB guidance

function

is similar

to that

of Saturn

(Refer

V.

to Paragraph

TRACKING.

tracking

function

IB missions.

obtains

function

contributes

Operational

Support

System

13-11.
The

used

13-12.
Radio

of the

to Paragraph
for

and orbit
based

position

of the

development

toward
(GOSS)

and

the goal

to support

velocity

information

from

program

of Saturn

I, the

of perfecting

the

the ultimate

manned

is similar

to that

Apollo
lunar

Saturn
Saturn

Ground
mission.

OPERATION.

operation

(Refer

vehicle

As an extension

IB tracking

13-6

of Saturn

13-10.
The

to that

AND STABILIZATION.

control

to

Saturn

20-41.

is similar

ATTITUDE

The

function

tracking

Saturn
6-51.

equipment

the Saturn

determination
for

IB tracking
The

tracking

IB vehicles.

(AROD)
Saturn

function

system,

systems

used

in the

An additional

system,

is implemented

with

of Saturn

Saturn
the

I.

I missions
airborne

airborne

and

are
range

earth-

IB tracking.

IMPLEMENTATION.
frequency

equipment

carried

aboard

the

Saturn

IB instrument

unit

is integrated

uw

with

earth-based

control
terns

equipment

and post-flight

evaluation

_u

the position

and

of the

mission.

The

are

operational

for

The

systems

velocity
radio

data

for

frequency

mission
tracking

sys-

include:
a.

AZUSA

b.

ODOP

c.

MISTRAM

d.

Minitr

e.

C-Band

f.

Radar

g.

AROD

All of these
AROD

ac k
Radar
Altimeter

systems

system

13-13.

6-52.

This

ODOP.

Saturn

I program.

operational

I) is given

13-16.

Minitrack.

signal

at a frequency

The

missile

IB.

The

for

Saturn
are

The

IB program.

described

Saturn

C-Band

(ODOP)

system

became

is presented

I.

below.

(Refer

to Para-

trajectory

measurement

description

of MISTRAM

beacon

is carried

aboard

stations

IB instrument
and velocity
in Paragraph

inc.

of time

through

on crossed
of the

The
unit

comparison

baselines.

Minitrack

system

is

equipment

on

information

with
on the

for

the Saturn

IB instrument

a continuous-wave
determine

of phases

direction

of the

Refer

to Paragraph

radar

transponder

beacon
6-55

to
signals

for

system.

SST-102A

functions

6-55

the

6-54.

Earth-based

Radar.

6-53.

(passenger

of 139.65

description

during

(MISTRAM)

radiating

pairs

operational

in Paragraph

transmitter

as a function

detailed

described

as used

the

is a self-contained

at antenna

position

same

of ODOP

A Minitrack

beacon

vehicle

doppler

in Paragraph

The

Saturn

is the

A description

unit.

13-17.

offset

on Saturn

Saturn

more

system.

system

The

MISTRAM.

received

AROD

13-14.

13-15.

except

is a developmental

AZUSA.

graph

the

to provide

C-band
earth-based
Saturn

the Saturn

I,

radar

aboard

installations

IB vehicles.

C-Band

is applicable

to the

the
to provide

tracking,
Saturn

IB.

13-7

13-18.
Saturn
for

Vehicle

Radar

I missions,

is also

a description

13-19.

The

developed

tracking

of establishing
orbiting

airborne

over

and orbital

IB program.
expanses

ground

mitter

is carried

on the Saturn

ground

stations.

The

signal,

modulated

to provide

resolution

ponders

located

on the ground

receive

re-transmit

transmitted

Refer

provide

used

on

to Paragraph

(AROD)

6-56

system

to solve

the

a more

economical

greater

and

ground

station

is determined

to at least

of vehicle
three

is

problems

tracking

ground

Figures

stations

13-1

at ground

of
means

coverage

of

passes

the system
station

on-board

Outputs

of the

the

signal,

of the

by the

doppler

shift

and

velocity

requires

on-board

range

Trans-

it in frequency

measures

the
between

with respect

received

phase
a
to the

signal.

simultaneous

equipment

at

frequency

offset

vehicle

in the

trans-

measurement.

to determine

velocity

the

located

radio

equipment

signals

The

transponders

in range

transmitted

that

measurements

is capable

of tracking

illustrate

the

AROD

components

on board

the vehicle

and

respectively.

stations

over.

station

on-board

by telemetry

vehicle

ground
location

transmits
tracking

can be used

on the
Each

to select

AROD

of ambiguity

Radial

stations.

transmitter

transponder

transmitted

13-2

transponder

command

with

sense

simultaneously.

stations,

Unmanned

vehicle

and

vehicle.

in the

a continuous-wave

Vehicle-borne

position

ground

is inverted
unit,

radiates

and received

station

Computation

the

but

IB instrument

transmitter

ground

13-8

and

to provide

to ODOP,

it to the vehicle.

between

VHF

altimeter,

vehicles.

in principle

four

IB.

It is expected

stations

is similar

delay

radar

determination

of water

AROD

and

altitude

on the Saturn

range

long

additional

high

altimeter.

on the Saturn

vehicles

The

operational

of the radar

AROD.

being

Altimeter.

station
data

at a frequency

for

turns

the AROD
ground

transmits
stored

tracking

stations

system.
on and

an identification

in the vehicle

matching

one

off as the
code,

computer.

of the

enabling
Each

four

channels

may

be either

of the

receiver.

AROD

system

to ground

are
stations

in digital
for

form.

trajectory

They

computation

or delivered

TRACKING
RECEIVING
ANTENNA

TRACKING
TRANSMITTING
ANTENNA

COMMAND
CONTROL
TRANSMITTING
ANTENNA

\7

TRACKING
TRANSMITTER

FOURCHANNEL
TRACKING
RECEIVER

OSCILLATOR
AND
FREQUENCY
SYNTHESIZER

COMMAND
CONTROL
TRANSMITTER

,1
VELOCITY
READOUT
(FOUR
CHANNELS)

READOUT

CLOCK

(FOUR

CHANNELS
RANGE

MEASURING
TIME

STATtON
LOGIC
STORAGE
AND
CONTROL
PROGRAM

d
COMPUTER

i
TO
TELEMETRY
(WHEN
COMPUTER
IS NOT USED)

TO

TO
TELEMETRY

TELEMETRY
AND
GUIDANCE

(WHEN
COMPUTER
IS NOT USED)

NOTE:
CONTROL
PROGRAM
FOR COMMAND
LOGIC INCLUDES
(I) PREFERRED
STATION
ROUTINE
AND (2'1 TIME
PROGRAMMED
COORDINATE
TRANSFORMATION
PARAMETERS

3-327
Figure

13-1.

AROD

Onboard

Equipment
13-9

COMMAND-CONTROL
DIRECTIONFINDING
ANTENNA

TRACKINGRECEIVING
ANTENNA

TRACKINGTRANSMITTING
ANTENNA

/
COMMAND
RECEIVER
AND
DIRECTION
FINDING
SYSTEM

l
STATION
CONTROL
LOGIC

ANTENNA
PHASE
CONTROL

ANTENNA
PHASE
CONTROL

I I
TRACKING
RECEIVER

"_I

TRACKING
TRANSMITTER

OFFSET
FREQUENCY

t
POWER
SOURCE

3-328
Figure

13-10

13-2.

AROD

Transponder

Ground

Station

to the
the

vehicle

AROD

guidance

systems

computer

are

listed

Table

_w

for navigational
in Table

13-2.

use.

Nominal

characteristics

13-2.

Characteristics

of the

AROD

System

Characteristic

Item

Vehicle

Equipment

Transmitter
Power

Ground

Station

The

crew

function

0.2

of the

emergency
escape

ies

Velocity

safety

SAFETY

(VEHICLE

function
Saturn

of the
launch

ensures

IB launch

function

vehicle.

detection
sequence

system

EMERGENCY
safety

DETECTION

of the

spacecraft

ft/sec

SYSTEM)

crew

in event

of mal-

vehicle.

are
(Refer

generally
to

provides

the

same

Paragraph
signals

as for

20-94.)
for

crew
The

automatically

safety

Saturn
initiating

on the
IB vehicle
the

for:

Structural

failure

b.

Excessive

turning

C.

Loss

ao

mc

100 watts

Output

10 ft

Requirements
Saturn

2214

Frequency

Range

CREW

mc

20 watts

Output

Power

13-20.

2276

Frequency

Transponder

Accurac

of

of thrust

rate

in roll,

of two or more

pitch
engines

or yaw
on S-IB

stage

13-11

Performance
manual

parameters

initiation

status

b.

Staging

sequence

c.

Status

d.

Angle-of-attack

e.

Three-axis
Excessive

g.

Spacecraft

h.

Engine

turning
attitude
cut-off

crew

decision

for

and data

of the

adapter

spacecraft

in roll,

pitch

or yaw.

error

for

range

safety

purposes

IB crew

safety

operational

philosophy

is similar

to that

of Saturn

V.

20-95.)

IMPLEMENTATION.

The

Saturn

The

VEDS

IB-vehicle

instrument

of sensors

unit

in the

parameters

13-23.

which

CM.

sensed

Structural

monitored

geographical

cal path

causes

13-24.

Excessive

sensed

by a rate
which

automatic

wire"
the

an abort

gyro

Loss

of power

signal

output

of a predetermined

limit,

Actuation

of any

two of the

put

VEDS

distributor.

it actuates

an over-rate

Vehicle

a rate

The

VEDS

turning

instrument

plane.

three

Three

the

unit.

are

installed

in roll,

pitch

The package

an individual

gyro

switch

is closed,

actuating

with

VEDS

distributor

transfers
panel.

an axis

the
in

CM.

and

yaw

contains
senses

signal

are

three

a rate

in

a relay.

provides

a signal
The

is

in any geographito the

When

on the display

from

circuits

associated

vehicle

paths

distributor

rates

to the

sequence.

IB launch

circuits

relays

light

escape

geographical

in two of the three

from

in the

in each

stages.

in relation

of the

in

to display

is described

Saturn

13-3.

and a distributor

information

of the

in three

in Figure

unit

initiations

integrity

and S-IB

Rate.

instrument

system

manual

S-IVB

rates

to the

and

is illustrated

performance

of the

installed

package

and

vehicle

circuits

Turning

system

stages

Structural

path.

sense

in the

Implementation

for

unit down

detection

transfers

Failure.

by "hot

instrument

excess

emergency

consists

equipment

13-12

rate

for

stage

computer

rates

displayed

are:

on active

digital

angular

to Paragraph

13-22.

where

sequence

and

OPERATION.

(Refer

gyros

sensed

of engines

of vehicle

f.

are

escape

Thrust

The Saturn

each

of the

a.

13-21.

the

which

an outto the

also

CM,

initiates

an

b
w

.....

[...

!l
il
_/I
e_

_'_

E-

o _

k.,

E
s_P.1S

i e u1-1! _
._

Ie_L_!S

1._oqv
lsru

_LL

r_

L_

1.

_4
I

<
,.=

e_

_'----'
L___

_.

t_

.J

I._ _"

I
_

I-I

L--_T--J
Ig_!S

IjOln_)

[E_!S

)snaLLL

o
I

13-13

automatic,

abort

Disabling
single

if the

excessive

of the automatic

switch

in the

abort

(yaw

Disabling

times

After

automatic

abort

abort

procedures.

for

manua!

A thrust
engine

of S-IB
in the

to the

CM for

output

if thrust

through

event

sequencing

planning

Engine

status
for

13-25.

in the
puter
signal
basis

13-27.
craft

13-14

(both

of the

Digital

to the
for crew

Angle

automatic

are

thrust

roll

computer.

a parameter

is installed
to the

on each

VEDS

information

distri-

is sent

to a logic

circuit

which

has

The

circuit

output

is delivered

logic

can

of the

feature

by the

is also

computer,

an

LES during

be disabled

automatic
digital

becomes

routed

activation

feature

of this

for

by rules

established

Failure

the

escape

stages

will

unit
adapter

the

crew

by a

accomplished

at a time

established

by
in

be indicated

Data

is delivered

The

the

separation

VEDS

improperly.

the

Angle-of-attack

for manual

Status.

to the

to trigger

to initiate

of Attack.

abort.
for

by the S-IB

Adapter

operating

module

decision

of S-IB/S-IVB

manual

manual

individual

mission.

is a basis

for

crew

sequence.

and

are

command

as information

a parameter

is governed

Computer

instrument
data

engines.

for

digital

of thrust,

distributor,the

vehicle

is also

Sequence.

to initiate

and

stages)

of thrust

Staging

Separation

of the

rate

on loss

and

through

separately
vehicle

excessive

lights

crew

is disabled.

mission.

detectors

automatic

Disabling

by the

by the
the

feature

mission.

loss

decision

status

CM for

This

command

of the

of the thrust

to the

spacecraft.

for

signal

the

automatic

controlled

sequencing

by two or more

of flight.

is also

a discrete

From

the

be controlled

is disabled,

by engine

distributor

in the

event

feature

unit.

is lost

can

in planning

Outputs

display

moments

switch

through

generating

stage,

before

Disabling

established

instrument

the

early

13-26.

are

detector,

butor

abort

combined)

occurs

feature

spacecraft.

and pitch

the

rate

abort

a light
abort

stage

engine

A signal

distributor
The
indicating

status

from
when

distributor

the
the

lights.

data

adapter

digital

delivers

this

malfunction,

in analog

form

coma
a

procedure.

is displayed
decision.

in the

space-

13-28.
axes

Spacecraft

are

presented

decision

for

13-29.

manual

flight

will

of spacecraft

CM flight

director

attitude

Error.

Errors

angular

indicator

rates

about

as an aid

three

to

Attitude

director

attitude

indicator.

with

the

in spacecraft
During

vehicle

tilt

S-IB

program

attitude

stage
for

will

be displayed

the

attitude

information

and

flight,

crew

dis-

on abort.

13-30.

Engine

commanded
butor

Cutoff

transfers

the
the

initiates

command

RANGE

Saturn

signal

(unless

thrust

Whenever

a signal
on S-IVB

stage.

CM to warn

after

the

causes

range
abort

engine

is delivered

to the

ordnance

manually

Purposes.

purposes,

cutoff

of engine

Safety

receivers

dispersion

abort
loss

Range

safety

engine

of propellant

13-31.

for

for range

from

when

Analogs

abort.

be compared

decision

The

on the

Spacecraft

on the
play

Angular Rates.

The
the

to the

second

safety

command

time

automatically.

VEDS

distributor,
crew

three

cutoff

distri-

in turn,

of possible
delay.

occurs

is

initiation

The
during

crew
the

time

SAFETY.

IB range

(Refer

to Paragraph

Saturn

I range

safety

function

6-58.

safety

are

requirements

The primary

are

differences

in implementation.

These

similar

to those

between

the

differences

of Saturn

Saturn
are

I.

IB and

described

below.

The

command

vehicle
The

receivers

emergency

signal

detection

is used

for

In addition,

an ordnance

ensure

that

initiation

to the

other,

for

a description

13-32.
The

crew

safety

of propellant

of the

and

system

interface

increasing

ELECTRICAL

two stages

of the S-IVB

the

supply

distributor
which

an engine

if flight

between

dispersion

ordnance

of the

dispersion

system.
ordnance.

cutoff

signal

termination

is not implemented

is provided

reliability

propellant

stage

on Saturn

stages
of one
(Refer

is commanded.
I.

of the Saturn
stage

to the

IB to

is transmitted

to Paragraph

16-23

SYSTEM.
instrument

unit

of the

Saturn

IB have

independent

electrical

systems.

13-15

Except for number of componentsandpower distribution differences, the Saturn IB

systems are similar to those of Saturn I. (Refer to Paragraph 6-65.) Primary
differences are:
a.
b.

The Saturn IB stages do not havea central source of 400 cps ac power.
Sequencingfunctions for the Saturn IB are performed by a switch selector

andcontrol distributor on each stage in response to digitally encodedcommands

from the digital computer. (This mechanization eliminates the flight sequencerand
slave unit used on Saturn I.)

13-16

CHAPTER
SECTION

3
XIV

STRUCTURES

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
14.1.

STRUCTURAL

REQUIREMENTS

14-11.

S TRUCTURAL

DESIGN

14-15.

S-IB

14-16.

S-IVB

14-17.

INSTRUMENT

STRUCTURAL

.....................

14-7

CONFIGURATION

STRUCTURAL

CONFIGURATION

UNIT

14-3

................

CONFIGURATION

............

14-10

............

14-10

.............

14-12

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Saturn

IB

S-IVB

Stage

Loads

.........................

Structure,

Saturn

14-4
IB

................

14-11

14-1

14-2

.
" .....

:.

: ".
: : _

SECTION

XIV.

STRUCTURES

14-1.

STRUCTURAL

The

Saturn

IB launch

expected
The
for

to occur

structure
the

that

14-2.

not impose

14-3.

any

vehicle,

flight

only)

having

a 99.9

percent

year.

The

bending

14-4.

LAUNCH

holddown

and

rebound.

from

vehicle

inertia

operations.

design

analysis

requirements

of the

conditions

are

designed

and

erection

so that

loads

imposed

do not exceed

flight

on the
loads

structure

and

thus

do

penalty.

pressurized

or unpressurized

and

free-standing

capable

of withstanding

loads

probability

of occurrence

during

strongest

(Figure
force

due

14-1}
to the

and

shears

weight

the

resulting

of the

vehicle

(attached

resulting

from

winds

wind

month

of the

from

the wind

in defining

are

com-

the worst

CONDITIONS.

vehicle

result

a careful

can be

condition.

the

ignition

The

is structurally

moments

At launch

engine

stages.

flight

that

CONDITIONS.

equipment

longitudinal

loading

after

the

and

loads

all operations.

or fueled,

launcher

prelaunch

for

launch

all

CONDITIONS.

to the

the

during

to withstand

prelaunch,

determined

performance

empty

with

handling,

transportation,

PRELAUNCH

bined

are

and

fabrication,

is designed

the propellant

HANDLING

procedures

during

ground

structure

GROUND

structure

contains

be encountered

Handling

The

vehicle

during

also

vehicle

will

REQUIREMENTS.

structure

but before

wind

(bending
(aft axial

The
the

is capable
holddown

condition

launcher

releases

moments
load)

of withstanding

and

shears),

and vibration

loads

is imposed
the

transients

on the

vehicle.

engine

from

thrust

The

two conditions,

structure

after

holddown

loads

(forward

due to initial

axial

engine

load),

com-

bustion.

14-3

60

M'dch

1.05

g
30

2O

Prelaunch

.-ff

(99.9(:i_

Wind),

10

t_'-[ .....

_h-I

. o._(t

65 see.

-10

18
Max

g (t

138

sec.)

o
;4

A
Mach

1.05

(t

65

<

l
1200

1800

600
Vehicle

I.U.
S-IVB

Station

(inches)

S-IB

3-535
Fig_Jrc

I4-4

14-1.

Saturn

IB

Loads

see.)

(t

65 scc.)

oe.
_e

The

rebound

condition

occurs

vehicle.

Axial

releases

the

suddenly

reverses

the

loads

axial

from

engine

are

FLIGHT

During

flight

the

structure
and

Engine

Thrust

vehicle

gains

altitude,

then

decreases

separation,

the

remainder

of the

moments

engines

result
of the

loads

eu

are

from
load

(bending

cut

off before

deceleration

at the

launcher

of the vehicle

holddown

moments)

the

points.

and

vibration

thrust

and

which

Combined

transients

with

resulting

CONDITIONS.

inertia

and

the

loads

direction

wind

14-6.

off,

when

mw

cutoff.

14-5.

dynamic,

the

is subjected

propellant

and

Heat

vehicle.

on the

Loads.

The

a maximum

slightly
stage

prior

first

stage

thrust

at approximately

to first

engines
The

stage

impose

engine

relatively

thrust

produces

The

moments

and

impose

a heat

vehicle.

heat,

dynamic,

aero-

loads.

reaches

second

to engine

as the

106 seconds

after

cutoff.

constant

axial

shears

increases

loads,
are

After

stage

thrust

shears

a result

loads

and

of the

lift-

on the

bending
engines

gimballing.

The

first

tion

and

impose

14-7.

stage

engines

circulation
a heat

load

Dynamic

at engine

main

the

ignition

base

vehicle

begins

with

vehicle

liftoff

and

the

becomes

second

field

loads

result

the

through

second

generated
after

from

external

- mechanical,

constant

negligible

vehicle

radia-

stage

engines

stage.

environment.

relatively

of the

separation

of excitation

vibration

sound

on the base
After

dynamic

sources

and remains

source

gases.

of the

Vehicle

Three
produce

exhaust

on the

Loads.

disturbances.
dynamic

of the

load

The
until

at engine
Mach

and

internal

acoustical

mechanical

engine

source

cutoff.

ignition.

and

The

aero-

begins
acoustical

It is maximum

1 (approximately

64 seconds

at
after

liftoff).

The
tial

aerodynamic
during

vibrations,

loading

transition
which

of time,

occur

dynamic

pressure,

begins

at Mach
are

during

as the
1 and

relatively
engine

engine

velocity

at maximum

high
ignition,

cutoff,

vehicle

and

dynamic

in magnitude
vehicle
stage

increases

and

liftoff,

and is most

pressure.
present

Mach

only
1,

region

influen-

Transient
for

short

periods

of maximum

separation.

14-5

Propellant sloshing, another type of dynamic loading, results from a relative

motion betweenthe container and the center of gravity of the fluid mass and is
generally causedby gust loads, control modes and vehicle bending modes. Reaction
of the control system (gimballing engines)to gust loads produces considerable bending deflection in the vehicle structure. Since the structure andpropellant are not
integral and do not deflect together, sloshing results. If the propellant sloshing is
not damped, compensationfor the resulting perturbations must be provided by the
control system.
14-8.

Aerodynamic

attack

and

wind

Loads.

gusts.

76 seconds

after

first

stage

burnout.

when

combined

critical

bending

(max

max

moments

q condition)

an angle
result

loading

drag

Aerodynamic

with

and

Aerodynamic

liftoff

conditions

seconds)

Aerodynamic

of attack

from

increases
and

drag

When

the

are

minimized

vehicle

decreases

imposes
results

load

in bending
loading,

by the control

zero

before

on the structure

1.05

of high

system

of

approximately

moments

Mach

region

angle

to nearly

an axial

is in the

of drag,

to a maximum

then

aerodynamic

q.

is a result

which

and

and

shears.

Two

(approximately
drag,

66

structural

reduces

the

vehicle

angle of attack.

Aerodynamic
moving

through

and

then

line

have

14-9.

stage

greatest

Inertia

Loads.
in the

cutoff

separation

the peak

14-10.

vehicle

achieved

is a result
The heating

Vehicle

the

stage

on the

the atmosphere.

decreases.

an increase
first

heating

surfaces

temperature

Inertia

increase

loads

thrust/weight
(max
and

which

result

ratio

then

at first

Propellant Loads.

increases
stage

increases

caused
until

are

not parallel

during

flight.

from

during

g condition).

of friction

the

flight.

The

acceleration

during

second

vehicle
Peak

vehicle

stage

burnout

first
to the

vehicle

acceleration

burning,

to

is at

at first
but

center-

due

acceleration

decreases
stage

by the

and

never

second
reaches

cutoff.

The loads imposed

on the structure by the propellant

are due to a combination of hydrostatic head, and ullage and ambient pressures.
The hydrostatic head, varying during flight,is a function of the density of the fluid,
height of the fluid in the container and the acceleration of the vehicle. The ullage
pressure is supplied by the pressurization system and is limited by relief valves.

14 -6

As the

altitude

At any

time

of the

vehicle

during

flight

differential

across

the

static

minus

head

14-11.
The

unit

spacecraft.

prelaunch
max

(ground
unit

during

are

combined

Slosh

baffles

LOX

container.

S-IB

four

RP-1)

aft end

tail

in diameter.

out.
carry
the

The
axial
forward

(holddown

and

the
gas

the

critical

g,

and

pressure
plus

the

by an interstage.

provides

on the
rebound)

hydro-

S-IB

flight

and

during
1.05,

during

critical

hydrostatic

instrument

external

head

max

prelaunch

and on the

containers,

the

occur

(Mach

occur

separation)

for

vehicle

structure

and

An

support

of the

conditions

propellant

the

portions

after

pressure

baffles

RP-1

dampen

the

walls.

Slosh

and

LOX containers

sloshing

of the low density

is as assembly

supported

inches

the

maximum

pressure

joined

various
occur

in the S-IB

container

structure

the

resist

for

max

For

installed

at the

section.

LOX container

second

decreases.

loads

to obtain

the

propellant

baffles
of the

are

and

in the

and transfer

not required

S-IVB
absorbed

in the

S-IVB

LH 2.

STAGE.

around

The

q,

internal

because

by the

diameter

pressure

loads.

to the

S-IB

The

q).

the

The

LH 2 container

the

ullage

stage

conditions

structure

(max

stages

second

conditions

launch

flight
(max

are

forces

to the

of two

of the

critical

On the S-IVB

design

14-12.

loading

wind),

with

ambient

container)

is equal

consists

forward

(ground

flight

structural

slosh

mounted

and

in the

the

pressure.

vehicle

The

wind)

flight,

DESIGN.

times.

g).

wall

ambient

Critical

at different

during

location

container

the

IB launch

instrument

and

(at any

STRUCTURAL

Saturn

increases

center

loads
LOX

forward
Eight

The

are

fins

encountered
containers

load

only

end

by a sliding

four

in the

all

axial

five
vehicle

load

connection

stage

to the

four

RP-1

containers

RP-1

section.

at the

A 105-inch
spaced
each

of one

and

the

relative

is 70
another.

tail

section

first

stage

RP-1

containers

through

containers

permits

and

containers;

operations

which

adapter

independent

LOX

LOX and

Alternately

in both directions;
The

(five

tail

centerline.

structurally

aft direction.
pin

second

stage

beam),

during

containers

attached

LOX and
are

(spider

carry

are

on the

containers

adapter

propellant

end by the

is located

container

stage

of nine

are

supported

burn-

at

movement

14 -7

between

the

spider

containers

as the

Several

on the

shears.

The

gases

by the heat

Eight

aerodynamic

aft end

critical

condition

produced

loads

and

container
critical

load

In addition

the

on the

to the

must

withstand

sists

of a forward

pressure
reaches

the

and

on the

cylindrical

level

increases.

14-13.

S-IVB

S-IVB

critical

occur

and

flight.

and

max

moments

g
and

exhaust

The

maximum

in each
loading

fin is a
conditions

on the

For

1.05

carried

by the

LOX

container

are

ambient

and

pressure

is zero.

aft bulkheads
decrease

while

LOX

For

the

occurs

containers

The
when

The

The

container

section.

maximum

varies

during

the

acceleration

pre-

RP-1

critical.

Each

and

during

the

all

con-

1.05

occurs

most

loads.

q produce

at Mach

containers,

bulkheads

pressure

sections

the

max

outboard

1.05.

by a cylindrical

forward

the

containers

pressurization

joined

and

occur

at Mach

loads

internal

condition

RP-1

and

at Mach

of the prelaunch

conditions

q.

ambient

q and

the hot engine

critical

skirts.

at max

the

during

This

loading

loading

aft bulkhead

where

rebound

bending

is a result

occurs

on the

maximum

max

Incorporated

beam

and

altitude

vehicle

structure,

external

LOX

condition.

unpressurized)

that

the

from

Local

LOX container

and

spider

1.05.

LOX container

critical

propellant

the propellant

rebound

the

loads

differential

differential

14-8

skirts

The

holddown,

loads,

vehicle

at Mach

and unpressurized).

empty

skirts,

the

empty

The

axial

is protected

center

container

by the
assembly

to the launcher.

center

of the

shield.

occurs

by the

on the

(containers

structure

on the

q respectively.

launch

fins

contraction

structure.

produced
barrel

in stabilizing

attachment

(container

tainers

aid

are

the maximum

flame

to the

on the thrust

structure

thrust

and

on the

loading

critical

max

shield

due

filled.

loads

produce

fins

are

being

thrust

of the

for

structure

outriggers

the

conditions

fitting

on the fins

The

structure

condition

holddown

the

critical

For

thrust)

The

produce

thrust

(engine

thrust
are

q conditions.

loading

and

containers

conditions

loads
max

beam

con-

maximum

the

vehicle
pressure

flight

because

of the

STAGE.

structure
an integral

is an assembly
propellant

of an aft interstage,
container,

and a forward

an aft skirt,
skirt.

a thrust

To reduce

the

length of the vehicle and thus reduce external loading, the propellants are contained
in an integral container. Located within the container is the commonbulkhead which
separates the LH2 from the LOX. To reduce the loads on the vehicle, the LOX which
weighs five times as much as the LH2 is located aft.
The aft interstage, aft skirt, cylindrical section of the propellant container, and
forward skirt withstand the loads encountered during all vehicle operations through
first stage burnout. Following stage separation anduntil spacecraft separation, the
thrust structure, LOX container aft bulkhead, cylindrical section of the LH2 container, and forward skirt resist all loads encountered as a result of S-IVB engine
operation.
The critical design condition for the aft interstage and forward skirt is max q. For
the aft skirt the critical loads are produced by the max g condition. Critical loading on the cylindrical section of the LH2 container occurs during prelaunch (container full andunpressurized). Engine thrust, the principal load during S-IVB
engine operation, produces a critical loading condition only in the thrust structure.
In addition to the external loads carried by the cylindrical section, the propellant
container must resist propellant and pressurization loads. The container consists
of a forward bulkhead, a cylindrical section, an aft bulkhead anda commonbulkhead. The maximum pressure differential on the container forward bulkhead
occurs when the vehicle reaches the altitude where the ambient pressure is zero.
The maximum pressure differential on the cylindrical section and the aft bulkhead
is at first stage cutoff. At this time the vehicle acceleration is greatest and the
ambient pressure is zero. The common bulkhead is designed to resist both bursting and collapsing pressure conditions. The critical conditions are basedon combinations of LH2 and LOX pressures and temperatures.
14-14. INSTRUMENTUNIT.
The instrument unit structure resists the loads encounteredduring all vehicle
operations through payload separation. The critical design condition occurs during
flight at max q which results in a combination of bending moment and axial force
producing the largest compressive buckling load on the structure.

14-9

14-15.

S-IB STRUCTURAL

CONFIGURATION

The S-IB stage structure is 962 inches (80.2 feet) long, 257 inches (21.4 feet) in
diameter across the containers, 274 inches (22.8 feet) in diameter across the thrust
structure, and has a span of 488 inches (40.7 feet) across the fins. A tailsection,
nine propellant containers (five LOX

and four RP-1)

structurally joined together to make

and a second stage adapter are

up the stage. Eight aerodynamic

fins are attached

to the tailsection.

There

are

and the

only

S-I

the eight
fins),

stage

of the

fins

area

equally

25 degrees

fins

are

Section

S-IB

of the

spaced

the

respectively.

The
S-I

disposal

second

54 square

(the

second

around

between

VII).

stage

LOX-SOX
from

constructed

an ablative

on the

retromotors
redesign

are

differences

I (see

of the

of approximately

45 and
the

fins

elimination

aft interstage,

The

configuration

for Saturn

equal-size

the

moving

minor

system

With

of aluminum

The
the

four

large

(spider
less

tail

of the
exterior

for

Saturn

IB

differences

hydrogen

and
vent

beam)

are:

four

stub

lines,

the

to the

S-IVB

weight.

section.

and trailing

exception
The

and

and

leading

alloy.

has

of the

stage

significant

adapter

adapter,

the periphery
feet.

most

stage

stage

stage

the S-IB

Each

edges

leading
of the

are

edge
fins

fin has
swept

which

an

back

is steel,

is coated

with

insulation.

The second stage adapter is similar to that for the S-I stage except for the deletion
of the 45-degree

More

specific

conditions

14-16.

payload

on the S-IB

structure
skirts

fairing and the cantilevered ends of the spider beam

with
and

thrust

S-IVB

and
stage

the principal

mission

definition

has

resulted

than

on the S-I

stage.

The

reductions

being

in the

spider

in less
result
beam,

radial members.

severe

is a lighter
propellant

desigh

loading

weight
container

structure.

STRUCTURAL

CONFIGURATION

The S-IVB stage structure (Figure 14-2) is 260 inches (21.7 feet)in diameter and
709 inches (59.1 feet) long. An aft interstage, an aft skirt, a thrust structure, two
propellant containers and a forward skirt are structurally joined to make
stage.

The thrust structure and propellant containers are identicalto those of the

S-IVB stage for Saturn V (see Section XXI).

The aftand forward skirts are similar

but have been modified because of lower design loads.

14-10

up the

The aft interstage is a corn-

>
I

o
1

r_

0
o
0

c_
!

14-11

pletely

The

different

loads

design.

from

the

first

stage

are

(S-IB/S-IVB)

interstage.

The

of 260 inches

and

of 224.5

carry

the

a length

axial

load

and

interstage

skin

and

ate rings,

and a forward

providedby

the

aft and

by a field

splice

to the

interstage

aft ring,

bolt circle,

transmits

load

into the

ers.

Loads

motors

skin.
are

are

S-IB

stage

14-17.
The
(refer
wich

The

Saturn

first

is uniformly

places

the

962).

long

ring

ring.

plane.
skirt

are

is attached

shear

by the
Four

Attached
which

The

diameter

longerons

forward

forward

separation
27 inch

aft skirt

station

The

The

intermedi-

on a 220-inch

to the

through

and

aft interstage

longerons.

distributed

diameter,

stage

stringers

load.

internal

(at MSFC

at eight

aft of the

is a 260 inch

first

The

to eight

aft skirt

interstage

the

vehicle

stage

loads

to the

on the

the

string-

retroto the

shrouds

the

beam.

IB structure

to Section

load

transmitted

INSTRUMENT

XXI).

UNIT

CONFIGURATION

for

the

instrument

The

major

difference

unit

is similar

is the

to that

location

of the Saturn

of cutouts

in the

V
sand-

panels.

instrument

at MSFC

14-12

The

interstage

spider

to the

for

aft

a diameter

section

shear

seven

the
with

hat
the

by an aft ring,

launch

through

is a cylinder

carries

respectively.

of the

stage

longitudinal

skin

surfaces

rings,

concentrated

mounted

aft end of the

supported

stage

attached

and the

Mating

forward

External

moment

ring.

S-IVB

interstage

inches.

are

first

to the

aluminum-alloy

bending

stringers

transmitted

stations

unitis
1663

attached
and

1699,

to the S-IVB
respectively.

stage

and payload

in field

splices

located

CHAPTER
SECTION

3
XV

PROPULSION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

15-1.

REQUIREMENTS

15-2.

OPERATION

........................

15-3
15-4

...........................

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

15-1.

Auxiliary

Propulsion

Module,

S-IVB/Saturn

IB

........

15-8

LIST OF TABLES

15-1.

Saturn

IB

Propulsion

Sequence

................

15-5

15-1

15-2

SECTION

XV.

PROPULSION

15-1.
The

REQUIREMENTS.
Saturn

Apollo
vide

IB propulsion

spacecraft
attitude

is required

a nominal

105-nautical

stabilization

to function
storage

into

system

during
and

the

feed

during
launch,

systems

mile

the first

ascent,

to launch

4.5

and

and propulsion

a 34,000

earth

of orbit.
phases

devices

insert

circular

hours

orbital

and

The

of the

(engines)

orbit

pound

and to pro-

system

is required

mission.

constitute

Propellant
the

propulsion

system.

A two-stage

launch

at an altitude
stage

cutoff

mately

provides

of 35.6-nautical

miles

occurs

15,100

orientation
damp
first

vehicle

knots.

and

the

angular

the

sary

separation.

to aid

of the

containers

tation

at engine

the

feed

first

stage

miles

is required

by the

bending

mode

insuring
start.

control

stage

occurs

3600knots.

to maintain

oscillations

cutoff

Second

at a velocity

system

systems

are

pellant

storage

must

be capable

LOX).
required
and

thrust

a sufficient

of the

of approxi-

vehicle

and,

to the

Provisions
before

feed

of storing

fill

also

highly

for the
filling

settles

suction

and

attitude

in addition,

structure

to

during

During

the

propellants,

head

the

Both

retrothrust

second

stage

the propellants

to prevent

are

in the

propellant

to
neces-

aft end

pump

cavi-

16-18.)

drain

capability

volatile
purging

or after

system.

staging.

to accelerate

to Paragraph

a rapid
due

successful

thrust

ullage

(Refer

feed

to ensure

and ullage
The

phase,

(LH 2 and
lines

control

First

of approximately

of 105-nautical

as defined

is required

launch

and

lants

velocity

altitude

first

impulse.

operation.

of impulses

storage

necessary

anda

vector

rates

of the

decelerate

During

Thrust

amplitude

stage

A series

at a nominal

the

the

properties
of the

draining
ascent
and

is required
of the

propellant
operations

and

delivering

of the

orbital
them

propellant

cryogenic
containers

as part
phases

the

as required

propeland

of the

pro-

system
to the

engines.

15-3

15-2.
The

OPERATION.

propulsion

system

of the orbital

phase.

15-3.

LAUNCH

During

the

countdown,

the

commanded
ends

pressure

in the

lists

the

launch

major

phase

events

purged

and

eight

S-IB

stage

by a start

containers

storage

are

are

spheres

conditioned

are

prior

engines

sequence

and

ends

after

4.5

of the propulsion

hours

sequence.

are

initiated

purged,

loaded,

purged

and charged;

to being

started

pressurized

started.

and the

A few seconds

in a predetermined

by a ground

main
prior

sequence

command.

The

launch

as
phase

at liftoff.

15-4.

ASCENT

PHASE.

A total

nominal

thrust

decreasing

ambient

to 1,786,000
expansion

of 1,600,000
pressure

pounds
decreases

is ascending,
gimballed
trol

15-1

the propellant

the

engines

to liftoff,

Table

begins

PHASE.

and conditioned;
stage

operation

system.
off the

Prior

to staging,

to 1,754,000

pounds

prior

and

attitude

to Figure
results

stage
and

to engine
are

As a result
thrust

cutoff.

provided

by the

to commands

from

a propellant

depletion

seconds

down

of the

single

through

the

is completed

after

a nominal

thrust

before

S-IVB
pumps

the

and

feed

separation

and

of 200,000

pounds,

vehicle

outboard
the

con-

signal,

engines.

is accomplished

lines.

prior

four

(level)

engine

the

from

outboard

stage

of under

While

in response

of

increases

as a result

8-1),

a few

of propellants

the
miles

control

engines

a cool

at liftoff.

ascends,
nautical

cutoff

chambers

vehicle

of 16.3

inboard

the circulation

is provided

at an altitude

(Refer

Engine

cutting

the thrust

as the

thrust-vector
engines

pounds

The

by

chilldown

to ignition

of

of the

engine.

The

engine,

providing

start

command

vided

by gimballing

engines
of the
electrical

15-4

from

of the
control

the
the

instrument
main

engine;

auxiliary

propulsion

system.

Engine

signal

from

the

cutoff

instrument

unit.
roll

Thrust-vector
control

system.

occur

as the

unit.

The

control

is provided

Both

occurs

is ignited

result

signal

for

by firing

in response

in response
the
the
to the

of the termination
is terminated

stage

such

to a
is pro-

roll

control

commands
of an
that

the

ii
I
n
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I

4_--4--

: I
I
I
I
i I

o
U

'q

4.

@_4_

i
I

_q
r-

I
_

b.O
0
0
0

__

_o__

1,5-5

total impulse delivered by the engine subsequentto the signal results in a velocity to
go requirement of zero at thrust termination. The ascent phase endswith the attainment of proper orbital parameters.
15-5.

ORBITAL

During

the

zation
the

orbital

phase,

by firing

control

15-6.

are

S-IB
S-IB

at sea

the

staging

Eight

H-1

storage

propulsion

which
the

system,

the

stage

(refer

S-IVB

STAGE

stage

main

After

system

is provided

15-8.

MAIN

similar
system.

15-9.

AUXILIARY

auxiliary

attitude

attitude

stabili-

to commands

the propulsion

orbit

the

pounds

from

system

of thrust

to a sufficient
inject

RP-1

the

supplied

propulsion

velocity

spacecraft

(nominal
such

into

earth

by the propellant

system

of the

S-IB

that
orbit.

feed
stage

and

is similar

8-3).

to that

a main

propulsion

separation,
injects

the

the

for
Ullage

by three

Thiokol

system

and

200,000-pound

space

roll

coast.

vehicle

control

thrust
TX-280

thrust

orbit.

powered

flight

S-IB/S-IVB
rocket

propul-

of the

into earth

during

for

an auxiliary

S-IVB

The

auxiliary

and attitude

separation

and

J-2

motors.

SYSTEM.

exception
described

PROPULSION

propulsion

stabilization

1,600,000

subsequently

The

thrust

PROPULSION

in this

The

phase,

vehicle

to Paragraph

stage

supplies

start

with

space

stage.

system

engine

basically

in response

orbital

the

on LOX and

with

S-IB

during

system,

can

is provided

stabilization

This

of the

provides

IMPLEMENTATION.

propulsion

propulsion

stage

power

15-7.

stage

engines

provides

the

operating

S-I

system.

system

S-IVB

of the

sion

hours

accelerates

to that

S-IVB

4.5

control

system

IMPLEMENTATION.

engines,

The

roll

propulsion

complete.

stage

after

auxiliary
and

After

STAGE

level)

the

attitude

system.

operations

The

PHASE.

system

during

orbital

of the

restart

fuel

in Paragraph

pressurization

22-51.

The

helium
bottles

are

bottle,

is

not provided

SYSTEM.
provides
coast.

roll

control

(During

during
powered

powered
flight,

flight
pitch

and

and
yaw

J
15-6

This

page

is not

classified

control
tem

are

modules

golic
module,

provided
are

engines,

design

of the

S-IVB

stage

mounted

15-1.

module
(refer

by gimballing

propellant

Figure

the

180 degrees
and pressurant
Each

is similar
to Paragraph

module

uw

e.

main

engine.

apart

on the

aft skirt.

containers
has

to the

a propellant

auxiliary

Two auxiliary

and

valves

capacity

propulsion

Three
are

propulsion
TAPCO
mounted

of 60 pounds.
module

of the

syshyperin each
The

Saturn

basic
V,

22-58).

15-7

__"

'

d
,-.-I

'_
u_
r..-i

\
\

\
\

15-8

CHAPTER
SECTION

XVI

MECHANICAL

SYSTEMS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

16-1.

GENERAL

............................

16-2.

ENVIRONMENTAL

16-6.

ENGINE

16-9.

SEPARATION

16-13.

ORDNANCE

SYSTEMS

16-24.

PLATFORM

GAS-BEARING

16-3

CONTROL

GIMBALING

SYSTEM

SYSTEM

SYSTEM

............

16-3

................

16-5

.....................

16-6

......................
SUPPLY

16-1]
SYSTEM

........

16-14

LIST OF TABLES

16-1.

S-IB/S-IVB

Staging

Sequence

...................

16-8

16-1

16-2

-- --

SECTION

mechanical

systems

control,

engine

supply.

All

of the

Saturn

16-2.

Saturn

gimballing,

of the

of the

Saturn

--

for

cooling

and platform
degree

gas-bearing

to the

respective

systems

SYSTEM
system

thermal

vehicle

control

on board

provision

the

environmental

vehicles.

and Apollo

from

include

controls

the

payload.

environment

The

extremes,

system

controls

compartments.

in certain

protects

humidity

Operation

of the

of "off the

shelf"

com-

electrical

and

system

provides

an

is controlled

equipment.

environmental

ponents

in some

V launch

vehicle

vehicle

ordnance,

similar

control

equipment
for

IB launch

CONTROL

launch

atmosphere

Saturn

are

IB environmental

by ground-based

the

SYSTEMS

separation,

systems

I and the

mechanical

inert

The

of the

ENVIRONMENTAL

partments
and

GENERAL.

The

The

XVI.

MECHANICAL

16-1.

the

heat

system

vehicle

allows

which

dissipation.

otherwise

The

of instrumentation

the use
could

system

located

not be used

includes

in the

electrical

com-

without

elaborate

a thermoconditioning

unit

instrument

unit

and

in the S-IVB

for
forward

compartment.

Environmental

conditioning

electrical

power

ment

when

ends

conditioning

instrument

orbital

phases

unit

16-3.
The

to the launch

during

vehicle.

the

umbilicals

are

continues

to provide

thermal

unit
of the

is separated

from

and

the

S-IVB

mission.
the Apollo

prelaunch

Active

the vehicle

unit

in the

begins

forward

phase

conditioning

disconnected

Thermoconditioning

The

to instrumentation

throughout
ends

the application

of the vehicle
at lift off.

protection
stage

upon

when

the ascent,
the

of

compartthermomounted
and

the

earth

S-IVB/instrument

payload.

OPERATION
following

vehicle

and

payload

areas

are

conditioned

by filtered

and

thermally

16-3

controlled

dry

air

or

GN 2 supplied

al

S-IB

stage

engine

b.

S-IB

stage

fuel

C.

S-IVB

d.

Instrument

stage

by ground

equipment.

compartment

container

engine
unit

instrument

compartments

compartment

including

S-IVB

stage

forward

compartment

The ground facilitiesalso supply a thermally conditioned fluid to the thermoconditioning

unit in the instrument unit throughout the prelaunch and launch phases of the mission.
At the start of the launch vehicle electrical equipment
environmental control system

checkout during prelaunch, the

supplies cool air to the S-IB stage engine compartment,

to two fuel container instrument compartments

located forward in the S-IB stage, and

to the instrument unit and S-IVB stage forward compartment.

electrical components

in these compartments

The cool air maintains

within design temperature

loading of the hypergolic fuel for the auxiliary propulsion system

stage begins, conditioned air is supplied to the S-IB/S-IVB
conditioned air circulates through the APS

modules

stage engine compartment

flow

continues

The

environmental

partments

and

LH 2 loading
taining
any

until

the

02

significant

30 minutes

system

instrument

the

stage.

below

accumulations

the

of LH 2 loading

is changed

a minimum
This

which

of GH 2.

from

possible

will

The

stage, warm

in the

air

of 30 minutes

prevents

level

in the S-IVB

in the S-IB stage. The warm

start

medium

containers

S-IVB

content

before

interstage. The temperature

fire

support

flow rates

to GN 2 for
before

the

or explosion

combustion
and

S-IVB

all

com-

start

of

by main-

and

temperature

The

vehicle

thermoconditioning

mentation

mounted

Operation

of the

cal

checkout

16-4

and delivery schedules are determined

in the

unit
instrument

thermoconditioning

during

prelaunch

provides
unit
unit

and

additional

and

in the

begins

continues

until

thermal

S-IVB

at the

start

separation

stage

air
stage.

by preventing
remain

The Apollo payload is also conditioned by the environmental control system.

flow rate, temperature,

air is

air is next supplied to the S-IB

prior to loading LOX

control

in the

interstage. Warm

(APS) of the S-IVB

maintaining the temperature

criticalfuel in a liquid state. Prior to loading LOX

delivered to the S-IB/S-IVB

limits. When

unchanged.

The media,

by MSC.

conditioning
forward

of the launch
of the Apollo

for

instru-

compartment.
vehicle
payload.

electri-

16-4.

S-IB

STAGE

The

environmental

ture

and

control
levels

for

devices

in the

stage

system

is similar

(Refer

to Paragraph

16-5.

S-IVB

The

environmental

9-4.

STAGE

is similar

instrument

unit

of the

located

16-6.

Saturn

active
forming
by the

The

engine

gimballing

thrust

system

control

vectors

is active

stage

powered

dynamic

pressure

as thrust
such

misalignments

disturbances

providing
vehicle

thrust

necessary

electrical
launch

of the

components

phase

Saturn

tempera-

of the

I launch

and

mission.

vehicle.

the

the

used

vehicle.

S-IVB

which

equipment
the

stage

and the
stage

to Paragraphs

unit

and

S-IVB

on the

(Refer

sensitive

system

thrust
gimballing

and

stabilization

system

and

and the

23-6

provides

and

23-7.

additional

instrumentation

instrument

unit.

(except

phase

of the

to 50,000
and

function.

and

vehicle

winds.

are

counteracted

vectors

which

feet),

for

vehicle

control.

its

initiated

during

control.

S-IB

stage,

region

other

structural

The
and

of high

S-IVB
aero-

disturbances

produced

engines

by providing

roll

to the

encounter
forces

13-8.

trajectory

the S-IVB)

the

In per-

to Par.agraph

in addition

by gimballing

of the

by commands

mission

external

engines

vehicle

along

it may

minimize

for

(Refer

ascends,

The

gimballed

is controlled

the vehicle

yaw

the ascent

the

required

system

steers

the

positions

vectors

the

As

for

SYSTEM.

gimballing

(35,000

the

IMPLEMENTATION.

systems

compartment

for pitch,

flight.

for the

temperature

during

stage

a thermoconditioning

forward

function,

S-I

UNIT

V launch

GIMBALLING

attitude

engine

such

on the vehicle

of the active
loading

and

by

stage

maintain

the

on trajectory.

16-7.

servo

S-IVB

maintains

and

implementation

to that

for

to provide

this

the prelaunch
on the

system

Saturn

IB engine

stage

used

contains

control

ENGINE

The

The

unit

in the

during

stage

of instruments,

AND INSTRUMENT

unit

temperature

the S-IB

control

instrument

for

the protection

to that

instrument

The

system

humidity

ordnance
The

IMPLEMENTATION

OPERATION.
gimballed
actuator

gimballed

engines
systems.

through

of the two Saturn

Each

a +8-degree

of the
square

IB stages
four

outboard

pattern

for

are
H-1
pitch,

positioned
engines
yaw

and

by means
of the

S-IB

roll

control.

of similar
stage

are

The
16-5

single J-2 engine of the S-IVB stage is gimballed to provide pitch and yaw control of
the vehicle. Roll control during S-IVB

stage powered

flightis accomplished

by means

of the roll control engines of the auxiliary propulsion system.

16-8.

STAGE

IMPLEMENTATION.

The gimballing systems

employed

16-9.
The

SEPARATION

description
ment

unit from

orbit.

of the Saturn

stage

does

the

weight.

The

design

required

for

the Apollo

provides

16-10.

9-9. )

payload

program

as a stage

thrust

for

during
of the

occurring

it is desirable

to use

vehicle

payload

flight.

positive
(The

of more

it is discarded

earth

of minimum

the payload

than

one

During

the

and

into

vehicle

of lifting

technology.

stage/instru-

is injected

a launch

separ-

following

of the S-IVB

capable

the use

is expended

continued

vehicle

the payload

vehicle

space

is to provide

separation

after

necessitates

to present

system

the next

propulsion
flight

of a

stage

forward

boost.

OPERATION.

functions
a.

the

two stages

Cutoff

of engines

Acceleration

C.

Physical

d.

Deceleration

e.

Ignition

separation

propellants
initiate

of the

Saturn

IB launch

vehicle,

the following

principal

occur:

b.

low-level

16-6

stage

of a minimum-weight

vehicle,
the

the S-IVB

into orbit,

restricted

In separating

The

payload

IB separation

an explanation

Apollo

a given

multistage

from

not include

To lift

when

(Refer to Paragraph

SYSTEM.

function

of the S-IB

stage

stages are similar to the system

on the Saturn I, S-I stage H-1 outboard engines.

primary

ation

used on the S-IB and S-IVB

of the
separation
of the

of the

operation

sensor
are
engine

of the

in one
near
cutoff.

S-IVB

S-IB

S-IVB

stage.

of the
S-IB

S-IB

stage

from

the

vehicle.

stage.

stage.

is initiated
of the

stage.

S-IB

depletion.
A controlled

approximately
stage

When

this

thrust

propellant
occurs,
termination

145 seconds
containers
control

after

liftoff

indicates
circuits

is necessary

within

when

that
the

to prevent

the
vehicle
attitude

deviations

which

could

to controlled

cutoff,

A controlled

cutoff

engine

ignition

and

thrust

the S-IB

Following

the controlled

the ullage

motors

NPSH

(Net

Adequate
stage

clearance

mild

is concurrent

with

plane

located

1187.

The

retromotor

plete

physical
S-IB

stage

final

function

tabulated

16-11.
Four

S-IB

The

motors

separation

16-12.

The S-IVB
mild

stage

detonating

then

the

flight.

outboard

S-IVB

of the

stage
In

stage.

engine

engines,
The

pump
above

accelera-

for reliable
the

design

decelerates

the

be achieved
The

the

signal

S-IB

retromotors.
S-IVB
S-IB

The

prior
that

stage

activates

from

Separation

aft interstage
stage

vehicle

occurs

in a

rapid

interstage

the

the

at MSFC

providing

S-IB/S-IVB

to S-IVB

station

and

com-

remains

with

separation,
system

the

vehicle

the S-IVB

is to jettison
weight.

stage

the

The

engine

is started.

burned-out

complete

ullage

staging

The

motors

sequence

from
is

16-1.

IMPLEMENTATION.
retromotors

thrust

provide

S-IVB

of the

physical

separation

STAGE

of the

and

must

severs
the

stages.

and S-IVB

first.

is maintained

interactions.

end

of the

minimizing

The

stages

ignites

forward

thrust

solid-propellant

interstage.

that

cutoff

is a

separation.

of the

in Table

which

are

inlet

there

in uncontrolled

of the

inlet

cutoff

depletion.

cavitation.

separating

physically

of the

stage

to prevent

(MDF)
signal

engines,

pump

stage

engine

as opposed

of propellant

sequence

coasts

acceleration

to minimize

at the

after

completion

S-IVB

the

separation

Upon

the

between

the

single

the

Head)

stage

at the

Burnout,

as a result

engines

inboard

at the

Suction

fuse

inboard

burnout.

separation

vehicle

pressure

pressure

the

S-IB

the

to provide

propellant

ignition

detonating

of the

ignited

propellant

between

the

burning

during

when

thrust,

booster

stop

because

cutoff

are

Positive

engine

engines

buildup,

stage

sufficient
The

unsymmetrical

4 seconds,

terminating

starting.

when

is important

of approximately

provides

from

occurs

period

tion

occur

vectors

are
of the

deceleration
S-IB

STAGE

stage

from

motors
stage

are

90 degrees

apart

directed

aft and

to aid

in the

on the

complete

S-IB/S-IVB

radially

inward.

and expeditious

the vehicle.

IMPLEMENTATION.

separation
fuse

of the

mounted

system

components

include

three

ullage

motors

and a

(MDF).
16-7

o,1
!
o

o
0

"0

''_

0
o
o

_4

4
,...-I

LO

0
0

g_
r/l
_

o
0

"0

r/l
o
o

o
m

r,-I

%
o
0

00

+.a

0
rll

o
0
%

c_

o o _,-_

o
_>

o
r/l

_'_

ozo g

o
o

_x_._

.,-q

!
_o
t--t
o

F_
o

"_
00:>

_0

_'"
O0

.q
0

0,--_

o
rll
o

0
0,--_

o_

_ ___,

,
_

,_
0

.,._

,.-4

16-8

!
r_

_"I

r_

r_

r._

c_

"'_ _
o
o
o_o
0
_

o
o
,.Q'

0..,) _

_
o

_.o
_.,-_
o

-_._

b/?

I--I

0
0
o

.n,-g

rJ1

o
r_

o
r/l

o,1

-I-

GO

rJl

o_1
o
o

r/l

,g

0
o

o_,,4

u,-q

c_
o
o

0
o

0
o

o'r

o
0
"0

0
I

0
0

o
o_,,_

_._

c_

_._ ""_

0
o
r_

r_

16-9

4n
o
_-_

F_

6
0
"0
0
o
o
m

o
o

o
_..4

o,1

b_

d
0

I
0_

o_

0o

.,-I

I
.D
o

o
o

o._
o

["4

C
0
n_
o

b_

o'_

o
o
o
O_

C
C_

o'_
0

_o
o-_
_._

N
C
C

._ o

....I

r_
0

16-10

w_

Three
the

solid-propellant

S-IVB

ullage

aft skirt

are

_u

motors

used

w_

tl

radially

to accelerate

mounted

the

S-IVB

at 120 degree
stage

during

intervals

on

S-IB/S-IVB

stage

separation.

An MDF

is used

to physically

sever

the

S-IB

stage

from

the

S-IVB

stage

during

separation.

Retromotors
tion

are

from

not required

the

Apollo

for

inclusion

capability

on the S-IVB

payload.

However,

stage

the

of two TX-280

for

Saturn

S-IVB/instrument
IB vehicle

solid-propellant

unit

is designed

retromotors

separa-

with

on the S-IVB

stage.

16-13.
Many

ORDNANCE
of the

reliable,

mechanical

short

During

components

provide

the

pellants

used

cal power

the

structural

connections

operations

are

safety,

vehicle

propellants.

16-14.

OPERATION.

launch
the

devices
and

ascent

explosive

circuits
ordnance

used
phases

initiators

of the ordnance
crew

are

motors

are

clear

Saturn

of the

of the

operation

are
launch

forces

require
are

provided

by providing

fired

used

are

devices

terminated

motors

of the

to terminate

of pro-

are

Because

of the

are

not installed,
until

propulsion,
are

During

vehicle

jettisoned.

These

systems.

For

thrust

and disperse

operational

during

potential

all

electri-

in symmetrical

ordnance
engine

vehicle

not completed

ignition

which

components.

auxiliary

ullage

IB launch

and

by ordnance

to provide
spent

components

the ground-to-vehicle

thrusts

mission.

of ordnance

These
is achieved

At lift-off,

and

are

IB mission

by ordnance

turbopump

by components

devices

system

reliability

and permanent

severed,

on the

forces.

started

engine

accomplished

ordnance

are

initial

individual

are

also

engines

positive

a Saturn

system.

the operation.

the

and retro

High
the

for

is made

staging,

Ordnance

stage

during

concentrated

throughout

to continue

ullage

energy,

required

transfer

performed

components.

S-IB

forces

S-IB/S-IVB

range

high

system

launch,

unison,

operations

time,

by the ordnance
redundant

SYSTEMS.

and
personnel

hazard
the

the

involved,

electrical
except

the

pad.

16-11

16-15.

Launch

Phase.

During

gas

generator

a solid-propellant
acceleration
provides

primary

ignition
for

of the

of the

At liftoff

ignition

explosive
the launch

16-16.

Ascent

role

engine

provides

positioning

S-IVB

stage

vehicle
ullage

motor

are

ignited,

the

spent

at the

fairings
after

ullage

Throughout

separation

at any

phase

time

by means

the

active

ignited

to cut open

the

propellant

16-17.

S-IB

Ordnance
cal power,
These
vehicle.

16-12

has

STAGE

devices
engine

components
(Refer

its

internal

initial

turbopump

and

S-IB

when

that

the

gas

valve

pressure

separation

and

detonating

Frangible

fuse

nuts

Explosive

are

charges

to fracture

the

engine

complete

which

from

the

severs

to attach

within

nuts

then

stage

stage

used

H-1

propellant

for S-I_}B

of the S-IB

play

and

for

rapid

near

on each

engines

acceleration

providing

sensor

devices

inboard

stage

a low-level

Ordnance

the

inlet

supply.

are

Conax

four

connections

propellants

actuated

of a mild

stages,

mission

a separate

the

of the propellant
stage

the

each

in order

the

nut

to jettison

engines
containers.

dispersion

are

range

safety

officer

dispersion
shut

system.

down

To attain

can

and

terminate

When

detonating

high

reliability

used

for

the

cord
each

is
stage

system.

IMPLEMENTATION.

on the

S-IB

starting
are

and

similar

to Paragraph

stage

include

cutoff,
to those
9-22.)

of

Secondary

produces

power

vehicle

vehicle

aft skirt.

of the

is actuated

and S-IVB)

the

motors.

system

(S-IB

provide

plane.

of the

for

(LPGG).

LPGG

is initiated.

of first

by means

separation

by ignition

and permanent

indicates

Physical

to the S-IVB

the ascent

flight

stages.

is accomplished

structure

and

turbopump
the

generator

of the launch

cutoff
motors

gas

LOX fuel

positive

sequence

sufficient

of the

the

The

to provide

An explosively

Ullage

produces

gas

containers

decelerate

separation

drives

system

controlled

to ensure

SPGG

is initiated

turbine.

ascent

separation.

Retromotors

physical

fired

separation

engines.

starting

igniters.

high-speed

propellant

for the

and

ignition.

the

during

outboard

by LPGG

During

stage

The

which

electrical

Phase.

engine

liquid-propellant

are

the S-IB/S-IVB

a major

four

of the

vehicle

of the S-IB

depletion,

of the

switches

between

in one

turbine

is supplied

operation

H-1

(SPGG).

high-speed

LPGG

continued

launch,

and
used

components
propellant
on the S-I

dispersion
stage

transfer
system

of the

Saturn

of electriordnance.
I launch

the

16-18. S-IVB STAGE IMPLEMENTATION.

Ordnanceon the S-IVB stage includes explosive liftoff switches used during launch
(Refer to Paragraph 9-23), ullage motors, retromotors, a mild detonatingfuse
(MDF), and frangible nuts used during separation, andcomponentsassociated with
the propellant dispersion system.
16-19.

Ullage

Motors.

an acceleration
ignition

to aid

around

to minimize

Each

motor

thrust
a 2300
motor.

the

effect

for

volt

ullage

16-20.

same

unit

from
for

the

stage.

S-IVB

16-21.

Mild

stage

from

MDF

used

(Refer

16-22.

Frangible

explosive

during

S-IB/S-IVB
as the

ullage

fairings
charges

by tubing

vehicle

bridge

from

wire

in the
the

center-

(Figure

a nominal

installed

S-IVB.

solid

The

interstage.

Ignition

motors

on the

7-14).

average
firing

igniter

vacuum

units

igniter

supply

of each

of each

S-IVB
However,

(MDF).

Installation
the S-H

to Paragraph

Nuts.

to the S-IVB
in order

23-31.

aft skirt.
to jettison

of each

nuts,

the

ullage

motor

S-IVB

The
the

nuts
spent

9-21,
are
ullage

is accomplished

of the

are

fractured
motors

with

sever

the

on the

are

S-IVB/instrustructural

retromotors

to physically

stage

to

at 90 degree

is designed

details

used

16-19.

solid-propellant

is used

Figure

motor

for separation

TX-280

are

mounted

in paragraph

and operational
from

are

the vehicle

An MDF

stage

Frangible

stage

retromotors

motors

described

of two ThiokoI

Fuse

propellant

separation.

payload.

inclusion

to separate

vehicle.

motor

stage

Detonating
the

initiators

TE-29-1B

not required

the

electronic

are

at 120 degree

hardware

and develops

Two

connected

Four,

the Apollo

capability

F.

the

engine

motors

located

from

vehicle

ullage

provide

firing.

the

are

(minimum)

to two EBW

trat_sducer

manner

Retromotors

seconds

on the

are

motors

for J-2

The

and

at 35 degrees

gases

at 70 degrees

motor

around

of exhaust

stage

rocket

propellants

staging.

S-IVB

canted

TX-280

to position

S-IB/S-IVB

of the

are

Thiokol

stage

during

and

dc pulse

the S-IB

intervals

S-IVB

aft skirt

3.0

Retromotors.

decelerate

ment

skirt

A pressure

detects

in the

the

pounds

+ 100-

-g to the

on the

burns

of 3390

solid-propellant

in separation

in fairings

intervals
line

of 0.01

and

mounted

Three

used

same
Saturn

to attach

by means
after

the

the

on

S-IB

as for

the

V launch

ullage
of two
separation

of

16-13

the S-IB stage andthe S-IVB stage. The frangible nuts are the same as those used on
the S-IV stage of the Saturn I launch vehicle. (Refer to Paragraph 9-29. )
16-23.

Propellant

ordnance

for

Dispersion

the S-IVB

EBW detonators,
charges.

The

vehicle.

(Refer

16-24.
The

from

during

launch

The

is similar

vehicle.

(Refer

flow rate

GN 2 is supplied

during

to the

until

separation

the orbital

platform

to Paragraphs

dispersion
wire

firing

cord

and

detonating

on the

S-IVB

stage

system
units,

linear

of the Saturn

two
shaped
V launch

supply

and

prelaunch
payload

used

SUPPLY

gas-bearing

temperature,

propellant
bridge

(S&A) device,

to that
23-32.

The

of two electronic

arming

GAS-BEARING

IB platform

the Apollo

system

and

to Paragraph

Ordnance.

consists

is similar

platform.

of checkout

16-14

system

pressure,

stabilized

The

a safety

PLATFORM

Saturn

lated

stage

System

SYSTEM.
system

to the

gas

phase

filtered

bearings

stabilized

of the S-IVB

gas-bearing
9-33

furnishes

to the

GN 2 at a regu-

of the

ST-124-M

platform

from

stage

instrument

and

the start
unit

of the mission.

supply

and 9-34.)

system

used

on the

Saturn

.o

CHAPTER
SECTION
GROUND

XVII

SUPPORT

EQUIPMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

17-1.

GENERAL

17-2.

ELECTRICAL

17-3.

GROUND

SUPPORT

EQUIPMENT,

S-IB

17-4.

GROUND

SUPPORT

EQUIPMENT,

S-IVB

...........................

17-3

SUPPORT

EQUIPMENT,

SATURN
STAGE
STAGE

IB

....

17-3

.......

17-5

......

17-9

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Test,

Checkout,

Transportation,

and

Monitoring

Protection,

Equipment,
and

Handling

S-IVB

.....

17-17

Equipment,
S-IVB

17-23

Servicing

Equipment,

S-IV

.................

17-32

Auxiliary

Equipment,

S-IV

.................

17-33

LIST OF TABLES

17-1.

Electrical

17-2.

Test,

17-3.

Transportation,

Support
Checkout

17-4.

Servicing

17 -5.

Test,

17-6.

Transportation,

Equipment,
and

Monitoring

Protection,

Equipment,
Checkout,

Saturn

S-IB

IB

Equipment,
and

Handling

..........
S-IB

17-4
......

Equipment,
S-IB

17-5

....

.................

Monitoring

Equipment,

Protection,

and

Handling

17-7
17-8

S-IVB

.......

Equipment,
S-IVB

17-9
....

17-21

Servicing

Equipment,

S-IVB

.................

17-27

Auxiliary

Equipment,

S-IVB

.................

17-28

17-1

17-2

._

v.

w_

oo

SEC TION
GROUND
17-1.

XVII.

SUPPORT

EQUIPMENT

GENERAL.

The

Saturn

required
static

IB ground
to support

testing,

instrument

into

The

are

development
vary

tained

system,

section

document.

and

location

at all
stages.

Instead,

the

S-IVB

the

stage

and
is

GSE is formed

in the

operation

an operational

GSE is listed

handling,

The

involved
the

equipment

GSE which

configurations.

Since

major

stage,

locations

used,

ground

servicing,

operations,

and unit

where

of the

launch-peculiar

the above

its

all

S-IB

excludes

as required

on the

to the

subsystem,

of the vehicle

includes

transportation,

related

In supporting

employed

depending

in this

operations

III.

(GSE)

checkout,

GSE in this

ground

configurations

equipment

fabrication,

launch

in Volume

functional

may

support
the

and
unit.

described

and

various
research

of each

configuration

description

and primary

is not confunctions

described.

17-2.
The

ELECTRICAL
Saturn

vehicle.

IB ESE is used
The

out Station

With

majority

(AGCS).

of this
This

ESE

Monitoring

b.

System

c.

Networks,

Distribution

d.

Simulation

Equipment

e.

Ground

f.

Recording

g.

Peripheral

h.

Overall

Test

i.

Systems

Integration

the

Group

the

SATURN

checkout,

equipment

static

is located

is classified

IB.
testing,

at the

and

Automatic

launch

of the

Ground

Check-

as follows.

Equipment

Equipment

Equipment

and

Test

Control

Equipment

Sets

Equipment

Equipment
Equipment

of the

is responsible

MSFC

functions

Control

Integration

exception

MSFC

cations,

and

EQUIPMENT,

during

a.

ment,

ESE

SUPPORT

has

partial

is given

(OAT)

Sets

monitoring
for

fabrication

fabrication

in Table

and

control
of all

responsibility.

equipment

and

recording

of the above.
A summary

For

these
of the

group
two
Saturn

equipclassifiIB

17-1.
17-3

Table 17-1. Electrical Support Equipment, Saturn IB

Equipment
Monitoring and Control Equipment

Function
a. Provides monitoring and contro} of systems under test by means of panel meters,
switches, light banks, and displays.
b Control and display equipment is provided
for the following systems: emergencydetection,
mechanical, propellant loading, ordnance,
measuring and RF, navigation, propulsion,
networks, and computer display.

SystemsIntegration Equipment

Used for signal distribution to the stage GSE

from the computer and from the computer to
the monitoring and control consoles.

Networks, Distribution, and

Control Equipment

a. Provides proper distribution and sequencing of the control signals and power to the
particular stage under test.
b. Contains switches for relay control and
meters on the front panels.

GroundEquipment Test Set (GETS)

Provides signals for checking out GSEprior

to connectingit to the integrated vehicle or
stage simulators.

Recording Group Equipment

Records allvehicle discrete outputs and inputs

during the checkout sequence.

Peripheral Equipment

a.
The countdown
clock provides
the time
base for all functions
during
countdown.
The
clock,
syncronized
with WWV, converts
the
output to real time readout
and supplies
real
time commands
to the instrument
unit guidance
programmer
from the RCA-110
computer.
b. The signal conditioning equipment reduces
the inputs from 28-volt dc to standard 5-volt
dc acceptable to the computer.

Overall Test Equipment (OAT)

Simulates
functions
which
performed
by the systems
of the resulting
hazardous

SystemsIntegration Sets (SIS)

Simulate interface signals between stages.

17-4

cannot be actually
under
test because
conditions.

17-3. GROUND
SUPP6R'r'EQ Ib iINI','S-IS 'AGE.
In general,

the

S-IB

transportation,
list

the

stage

protection

equipment

Table

and

17-2.

and

functions

Test,

as test,

GSE is classified
handling;
of each

Checkout

and

servicing.

and

Tables

monitoring;

17-2

through

17-4

classification.

and

Monitoring

Equipment,

Equipment

S-IB

Function

Instrumentation

Safety

checkout,

Equipment

Monitor

Equipment

Supplies
ditioners

switching
signals
to the various
conused in the instrumentation
system.

a.
Used when the S-IB stage
is undergoing
tests
and during
prelaunch
operations.
b. Provides
necessary
with the stage when less
complex
is attached.

interface
requirements
than a complete
test

c.
Provides
shutdown
capability
in the
that a dangerous
condition
develops.
Central

Control

Equipment

Provides

a central

control

console

during
checkout
and launch having
of directing
the program
to start,
modify,
or rerun
any system
test
Stage

Propulsion

Equipment

Ground

Power

Ground
Station

Equipment
(GETS)

Tower

Test

System

Monitor

event

for use
a capability
stop,
hold,
sequence.

Provides
capability
of energizing,
controlling,
monitoring,
and testing
the electrical
components associated
with the stage electrical
power
supplies,
pneumatic
systems,
pyrotechnics,
and the electromechanical
components
associated
with the propellant
containers
and
rocket
engines.
Provides
electrical
power
(28-volt
dc, 115/208volt, 400 cps ac) to the applicable
GSE, and
controls,
monitors,
and relays
electrical
power
to the S-IB stage
components
and other
test site
systems
during
test,
checkout,
static
fire and
launch countdown
operations.

Test

Verifies
GSE prior
GSE.

System

and

validates

to the

mating

the

electrical

of the

S-IB

circuits
stage

of
and

Simulates
those functions
in the stage and its
support
mechanism
which cannot feasibly
be
performed
during
a sequential
final checkout
or compatibility
test of the S-IB stage and GSE.
17-5

Table 17-2. Test, Checkoutand Monitoring Equipment, S-IB-(Cont'd)

Equipment

Function

GroundSupport Equipment
Testing

Accomplishes
vehicle
component
and subsystem
verification
testing
of engine heaters,
the
hydraulic
control
system,
propellant
system
heaters,
instrument
canisters,
the cooling
system,
stage destruct
firing
circuits,
and the engine
Conax valve firing
circuits.

FM/FM Ground Telemetry Station

Checks the proper operation of various transducers in the instrumentation system and tests
the stage FM/FM
telemetry system.

SS/FM Ground Telemetry Station

Checks
the proper
operation
ducers
in the instrumentation
the stage SS/FM
telemetry

Upper StageSimulator

a.
Provides
proper
normally
terminates

loading
of circuitry
in an upper
stage.

b.
Contains
equipment
for use in troubleshooting
stimulus
if required.

S-IB StageSimulator

a.

Designed

b.
Presents
typical
stage
GSE.

of various
transsystem
and tests
system.
which

with test point facilities

and for insertion
of

to checkout

GSE.

the proper
impedances
and sufficient
outputs
to establish
confidence
in

e.
Contains
equipment
for use in troubleshooting
stimulus
if required.

with test point facilities

and for insertion
of

Fuel Tanking Simulator

Supplies calibration signals to the fuel control

panel.

Fuel

Supplies
monitor

Density

Simulator

Liquid

Oxygen

Engine

Simulator

Tanking

Simulator

calibration
panel.

signals

to the

Supplies calibration signals to the LOX

control panel.
a.
Simulates
and verifies

the electrical
the operation

density

tanking

network
of the
of the GSE.

b. Used during
stage testing
when
responses
of an engine are required
actual
engine
has not been installed.

17-6

fuel

engine

the electrical
but the

Table 17-2.

Tesi,

C_aoc'l_ot]['and

tori

Equipment,

Equipment

Command

Destruct

S-IB

(Cont'd)

Function

System

Test

Set

a.
Verifies
proper
command
destruct
subsystem.

operation
(propellant

of the stage
dispersion)

b.
Generates
coded RF signals,
and monitors
the command
destruct
subsystem
ability
to
receive,
decode,
and generate
an appropriate
response
to the input stimuli.
Radio Frequency

Test Bench

Exploding

Wire

Bridge

Test

Provides
a central
source
of equipment
and
necessary
power
to calibrate,
troubleshoot,
and repair
radio frequency
equipment
of the
S-IB stage
and GSE.
Set

a.
Provides
bridge
wire

stimuli
unit and

to check out the

firing
units.

exploding

b. Sensors monitor the firingunits, and the

test set ascertains if the sensor response
code is compatible with the stimuli output
code.

Table

17-3.

Transportation,

Equipment

Protection,

and

Handling

Equipment,

S-IB

Function

Stage Handling Equipment

Consists
of a set of slings
that are used for
handling
and loading
the S-IB stage,
assemblies,
components,
and certain
items
of GSE.

Fin Sling

Used to liftand handle the S-IB stage fins during

installationor removal operations.

Engine

Handling

Transporter

Equipment

Provided
in support
of the S-IB stage for installation,
removal,
servicing,
and maintaining
the
H-1 engine.
Used in the horizontal
support
and transportation
of the assembled
S-IB stage during
all phases
mobility,
in factory
and field operations.

of

17-7

Table 17-3.

Transportation, Protection, and Handling Equipment,

Equipment

Transporter

Function

Consists
of a frame
and running
gear assembly
and provides
a towbar,
steering
system,
braking
system,
and operator
controls.
(A fore and aft
transporter
dolly connected
by a structural
frame
provides
a complete
transporter.
)

Dolly

Transportation

Accessories

Table

Equipment

RP-1

Fuel

Fuel

S-IB (Cont'd)

Kit

17-4.

Provides
the necessary
equipment
to prepare
the stage
for transportation,
protection
of
small
parts
during
transportation,
and to tiedown,
block,
and shore
the stage
transporter
on the barge.

Servicing

Equipment,

S-IB

_nction

Controls the transfer of RP-1 from the facility

storage tanks to the S-IB stage fuel containers
either manually or automatically.

Filling

Provides
the necessary
control
for adjusting
fuel weight
to the S-IB stage requirements
and holding
for a minimum
pad standby
time
of 12 hours.

Replenishing

Liquid

Oxygen

Filling

Controls the transfer of LOX from the storage

tanks to the S-IB stage LOX containers either
manually or automatically.

Liquid

Oxygen

Replenishing

Provides
the necessary
compensate
for boiloff
time of 12 hours.

Pneumatic

17-8

Control

System

LOX replenishing
to
for a minimum
holding

Supplies
GN 2 and helium
from the high pressure
GN 2 storage
facility
for stage pressurization,
purges,
operation
of launcher
and tower
equipment,
LOX bubbling,
LOX container
prepressurization,
and operation
of pneumatically
controlled
devices
in the stage
and launch
complex.

T_bie

-17-4:"

g-_vrci'ng'Equ_pment,

Equipment

S-IB

(Cont'd)

Function

Environmental

Control

System

a.
Provides
air
and temperature

or GN 2 at the required
to the
S-IB stage and

b. Satisfies
all S-IB stage
air
quirements,
and provides
inert
stage
compartments.
Swing

Arm

Holddown

17-4.

Arm

S-IVB

protection
the

17-5.

and

Test,

S-IVB

as test,

servicing;

functions

Figure

EBW

that link
systems.

and

of each

Checkout,

checkout,

auxiliary.

and
Tables

the S-IB

Initiator

monitoring;
17-5

transportation,

through

17-8

and

Monitoring

Equipment,

S-IVB

Function

Test

Set

1)

a.
Performs
qualitative
checks
of the
initiator
in an explosion-proof
container.
quantitative

checks

c. Determines
if the electrical
istics
of the initiator
are within

1)

EBW Firing
Unit
Component
Test Set

17-1
1)

Destruct
System
ponent
Test Set

Com-

on

charactertolerance.

a.
Provides
the circuitry
required
test the firing unit as a component.
b.
Performs
firing units.

(Sheet

list

classification.

b. Performs
initiators.

17-1
(Sheet

refor

STAGE.

Equipment

17-1
(Sheet

EQUIPMENT_

GSE is classified

and handling;

equipment

Table

SUPPORT

stage

lines
supply

conditioning
gas purging

Secures
the stage to the launcher
until all
engines
reach
satisfactory
operating
conditions
and all hydraulic
systems
reach
operational
pressures.

System

GROUND

The

Supports
the service
stage
to the ground

System

humidity
launcher.

the quantitative

checks

to

on

Used for testing

the command
destruct
system
components
prior
to installation
in the stage.
17-9

Table 17-5.

Test, Checkout, and Monitoring Equipment,

Figure

17-1
(Sheet

Equipment

EBW

Pulse

Checker

(Sheet 2)

Battery
ponent

Charger
Test Set

17(Sheet 2)

Battery
ponent

Discharger
Test Set

17-1
(Sheet

2)

Printed
Circuit
Test Set

(Cont'd)

Function

Determines
if electronic
bridge
units deliver
sufficient
current
an initiator
simulator
to retain
or NO-GO decision.

1)

17-1

S-IVB

Com-

Com-

Card

Used
rates

wire
through
a GO

to charge
silver-zinc
batteries
up to 10 amperes
per minute.

at

Used to discharge
silver-zinc
batteries,
check the batteries,
and check the heater
blanket
circuitry
and heater
blanket
thermostat.
a.
Checks
the
as a component
GSE.
b. Accomplishes
a particular
part

printed
circuit
cards
used
or module
of the S-IVB

fault isolation
down
or group of parts.

to

c. Provides all necessary voltage

levels, input stimuli, loads, and output
monitoring.
17-1
(Sheet 3)

Digital
Unit

Magnetic

Tape

a.
the

Records
computer.

responses

and

decisions

b. Recompiles
computer
programs
updates
stage-peculiar
data in the
computer.
co
17-1
(Sheet 3)

Checkout

Computer

Records

test

of

and

results.

a.
Used to execute
stored
program
instructions
to control
the automatic
complex
and to control
the input/output
equipment
associated
with the computer
and the operator
displays.
b. Evaluates
S-IVB
and makes
decisions

stage responses
where
required.

c.
Performs
self-test
routines
and
tests on computer
controlled
equipment.
17-1
(Sheet 3)

t7-10

Patch Panel Distribution

Box

a.
Provides
a convenient
means
of interconnecting,
the various
units of GSE.

and flexible
by patch
cords,

..'"

o'" : :'

Table 17-5. :Tes_,-Che_(_LIt,"and"Mo'n'itoringEquipment, S-IVB (Cont'd)

Figure

Equipment

Function
b. Provides an interface between
GSE and facilityitems.

17-1
(Sheet 3)

Telemetry

17-1
(Sheet 4)

Signal

Tape

Unit

Distribution

Unit

the

Receives and stores telemetered signal

data for eventual playback and data
analysis.
a.
provides
between
the

an end distribution
GSE and the stage.

point

b. Performs the switching required

for control of the stage and facilities.
c. Performs switching and distributing
functions for fault-isolationand calibration
routines.
17-1
(Sheet

Destruct System

Test Set

4)

17-1

Automatic

Typewriter

(Sheet 4)

Provides RF stimulation to the stage destruct

system so that the system receivers and
controllers can be tested.
a. Used to introduce
information
into the
computer
to effect
changes
in checkout
or
trouble-shooting
programs
and in stored
data in the field.
b. Provides a hardcopy output of detailed
information from the computer concerning
test results which indicate component
failure.

17-1

Portable

a.
provides
personnel
at remote
locations
with access
to information
from the checkout computer.

Display

(Sheet 4)

b. Displays
numerical,
of a selected

four digits,
representing
parameter.

alphabetical
or
the value or state

Propellant
Utilization
System
Test Set

Used for making adjustments to and testing

of the propellant utilizationelectronic
assembly and valve positioner.

Sequencer

Tests the stage sequencer and isolates

malfunctions down to a module such as

Test

Set

a relay, resistor or diode.

17-ii

Table

Figure

17-5.

Test,

Checkout,

and Monitoring

Equipment

/_qulpmel_t,

Used

PCM/FM
Test Set

a.
Used
evaluate
telemetry

Telemetry

for

testing

Component

the

stage

the complete
system
inputs
to output data.

a. Used for testing,

calibrating,
adjusting,
and monitoring
the signal conditioning
units,
slow-speed
commutators,
calibration
units,
voltage-controlled
oscillators,
and summing
amplifier
of the PAM/FM/FM
system.
b. Tests
the components
in a system,
and performs
tests
down to printed-circuit

SS/FM
Telemetry
Test Set

a Used
checking
assembly.

for calibrating,
out the single

b.
Conducts
tests
when assembled.

Set

on the

c.
Provides
ages,
input
Tape

Recorder

entire

down

system

to the

a.
Used to checkthe
FM transmitters
proper
operation,
both dynamic
and
b. Isolates
malfunctions
or group of parts.

Magnetic

when assembled
fault isolation
card level.

adjusting,
and
sideband
translator

c. Used for fault isolation

printed
circuit
card level.
Test

inverter.

to adjust,
calibrate,
and
all components
of the PCM
system.

b. Used to test
from multiplexer

FM Transmitter

(Cont'd)

Function

Power
Systems
Electrical
Component
Test Set

PAM/FM/FM
Test Set

S-IVB

a.

Used

down

for
static.

to a part

the necessary
operating
voltstimuli,
and output monitoring.

to check

the

stage

tape

recorder.

b. Provides
the operating
voltages,
input
stimuli,
and output monitoring
facilities
required
to isolate
faults.
c.
Tests
accuracy.

i7-12

the

recorder

for

data

transfer

_T

Table 17-5.

Figure

-'Tes_;-checl_t,;

o-

a_d_io'n_to:ri_g

Equipment

Ectui-pment,

S-IVB

(Cont'd)

Function
i

Propellant
Utilization
System
Calibration
Unit

Simulates
propellant

Input/Output

a.
Provides
the necessary
indicators,
projection
displays,
and switches
to
operate
the computer.

Console

LOX and fuel container

loads from
0- to 100-

percent.

b. Provides
a continuous
display
of
computer
events
and permits
independent computer
operation.
Computer

Interface

Unit

a.
Performs
conversion
of waveforms
and information
formats
required
for
communication
between
the computer
and end items
such as the test station
console,
stimuli
and response
conditioners,
etc.
b. Accepts
or generates
parallel
information
for intercommunication
with the
checkout
computer.
c. Accepts
and generates
control
signals
as required.

Display

Buffer

a.
Provides
temporary
storage
digital
quantities
and conversion
analog
voltages
for display.
b. Selects
PCM data
accordance

Special
Console

Purpose

special

Display

of
to

appropriate
words
from the
train
or computer
output in
with operator
display
controls.

c.
Provides
to displays
operators.

routing
of analog
voltages
as determined
by display

a.
Provides
signals
for

real time display

operator
monitoring.

b. Provides
analog display
that is processed
in digital
e.
Provides
a recorded
results
in analog
form
reference.

of analog

of information
form.

output of test
for future

17-13

Table 17-5. Test, CheckoutandMomtoring Eq_pme._:, S .IVB (Cont'd)

Figure

Equipment
System Status Display
Console

Function
a. Used to display the parameters of
of any part of the system on a televisiontype display unit.
b. Presents symbolic and alphabetical
or numerical information displayed as
an overlay on a slide-supplied background.

Test Operator Console

a. Acts as the primary master control

station for all integrated tests.
b. Provides the operator with a means
of monitoring and controlling the automatic system during subsystem tests.

Frequency Calibration
Unit

a. Measures and displays the frequency

of the received telemetry signals from
each telemetry ground station.
b. Supplies frequencies as a secondary
transfer standard for the purpose of calibrating the telemetry signals.

PAM/FM/FM Telemetry
GroundStation

a. Acts as a monitoring andreceiving

station for FM data from the PAM/FM/FM
and FM/FM stage telemetry transmission
systems.
b. Displays individual channels locally on
a raster monitor or sent to external areas
for recording anddisplay purposes.

PCM/FM Telemetry
GroundStation

a. Receives PCM data from a stage telemetry system and demodulatesthe data
for individual channelanalysis.
b. Regenerates incoming data and sends
it to external areas for computer storage
and analysis.
c. Converts PCM data to analogfor transfer to external display units.

SS/FM Telemetry
Ground Station

a. Acts as a receiving station for SS-multiplexed signals from the stage SS/FM telemetry transmission subsystem.
b Demultiplexes and demodulates the
incoming data into individual channels.

17-14

:-

Table 17-5.

Figure

.
.
_Ch'ecl_out_

'l'es_

Equipment

..
: :
and'Monitoring

....
Equipment,

Time

(Cont'd)

Function

c.
Displays
individual
a monitor
and routes
for further
processing.
Range

S-IVB

Generator

Leak Detection
Equipment

channels
locally
on
them to external
areas

Provides
a reference
time
stage
checkout
at Huntington
Sacramento,
California.
a.
Detects
leakage
mounting
boxes.

for use during

Beach
and

in stage

component

b. Isolates
and determines
quantities
by gas types,
and provides
analog
voltage
signals
indicative
of the quantity
of a
particular
gas type.
Stimuli

Signal

Conditioner

a.
Generates
stage hardware.

hardline

stimuli

to test

b. Simulates
signals
normally
received
from the stage
instrument
package.
c. Supplies
control
signals
to test
standard
facilities
units to effect
automatic test of the stage
system.
Response
Conditioner

Signal

a.
Provides
the signal
isolation
buffering
necessary
to condition
and facility
signals.
b. Digitizes
conditioned
signals
automatic
control
and response
during
the test.

and
stage

for
evaluation

c. Selects
the appropriate
analog
signal
or group of signals
as requested
by the
stage checkout
computer
buffer.
Ground
Support
Equipment (GSE) Test Set

a.
Used for
system
when

overall
checks
of the GSE
the stage is not connected.

b. Verifies
the satisfactory
operation
of that portion
of the GSE not checked
or
verified
by the self-test
programs
and
routines
of the automatic
system.

17 -15

Table 17-5.

Figure

Test, Checkout,

and Monitoring Equipment,

(Cont'd)

Function

Equipment

Stage
Racks

S-IVB

External

Power

a.
for

Provides
the ground
stage systems.

b Used as a simulated
power
source.

power

source

stage

internal

c.
Contains
an emergency
power
chassis
to sense
the dc level of the power
source
and switches
the output to an emergency
battery
if necessary.
Safety

Item

Monitor

a.
Provides
isolation
and buffering
between
the stage and computer
portion
of the GSE system
b.
Provides
safety
items

level detection
of analog
and memory
elements.

c.
Provides
independent
high-speed
scan
of elements
and generation
of a computer
interrupt
when a failure
is indicated.
d.
Provides
that indicated
Cable

17-16

Network

identification
a malfunction.

of the

element

Provides
electrical
interconnection
between
the (_SE and the stage or unit
under
test.

. .

et

:.

._

g
f

Test

Set,

EBW

nitiator

EBW
Test

Firing
Set

Unit

Component

EBW

Destruct

System

Component

Test

Pulse

Checker

Set

3-a25
Figure

17-1.

Test,

Checkout,

and

Monitoring

Equipment,

S-IVB

(1 of 4)
17-17

Battery
Charger
Test Set

Printed

Component

Circuit

Card

Battery
Discharger
Test Set

Test

Component

Set

3-826

Figure
17-18

17-1.

Test,

Checkout,

and

Monitoring

Equipml_nt,

S-IVB

(2 ol" 4)

IU

:f

Digital Magnetic

Tape

Unit

Checkout

Computer

Patch
Figure

Panel
17-1.

Distribution
Test,

Box
Checkout,

and

Monitoring

Telemetry

Tape

Equipment,

S-IVB

Unit

(3 of 4)
17-19

rv

(D

q)
D_
>.

>,

_9

"2

_>

I
[12

cD

b_

O
.-4

m
o

oo
c'q
oo
I

17-20

Table 17-6.

.- :--

Tr_,spormtf6n,'_>r_ot_ec_[:n:':nd

Figure

Handling

Equipment

17-2
(Sheet

1)

Equipment,

S-IVB

Function

Transportation
Cradles,
Dollies,
and Handling
Kits

a.
Provides
support
for
during
all phases
of land
portation.

the S-IVB
and water

stage
trans-

b. Provides
overland
mobility
for the
S-IVB stage between
manufacturing,
dock
facilities,
static
test,
and launch
sites.
c.
Provides
rings
for mounting
and
hoisting
the S-IVB stage
so that the
induced
loads are transmitted
safely
to the stage
structure.
17-2
(Sheet

1)

Transport
Kit,
and Tiedown

2)

Container
Kit

17-2
(Sheet

Interior

Protective

Access

Provides
all phases
a.
the

environmental
of transport.

Provides
vertical

access
position.

while

b Facilitates
interior
checkout
operations,
c.
Provides
container.
17-2
(Sheet

Hoist

17-2
(Sheet

Kit

3)

interior

Provides
hardware
stage to and from
and water
carriers,
and staging.

2)

Shipping
and Handling
Equipment,
Flared
Aft
Interstage

a.
Provides
and handling
sections.

protection

17-2
3)

Forward
Access

3)

Small
Cover

4)

Weight
and Balance
Kit,
Stage and Aft Interstage

17-2
(Sheet

17-2
(Sheet

Section
Kit

Arms

Vertical

Protective

stage

maintenance

lighting

is in

and

in the

for lifting
the S-IVB
the dollies
to all ground
and vertical
assembly

hardware
for transporting
the aft interstage
in two

b. Maintains
the interstage
and environmentally
protects
during
transportation.

(Sheet

the

during

section
shape
the interstage

Provides
access
to the forward
the stage for maintenance
while
is in the vertical
position.

section
of
the stage

Provides
protection
for the S-IVB stage
from
small arms
fire during
barge
transportation.
Used to determine
the weight and center
of gravity
of the S-IVB stage
and aft interstage
(at Huntington
Beach,
California).
17-21

Table 17-6. Transportation, Protection and Handling Equipmentl S-IVB (Cont'd)

Figure
17-2

Equipment

Function

(Sheet 4)

Aft Section
Vertical
Access
Kit

Provides
access
to the aft section
of
the stage for maintenance
while the
stage is in the vertical
position.

17-2
(Sheet

Forward
Protective

Skirt End
Cover

Provides
protection
to the forward
area of the S-IVB stage from rain and
other
elements
while the stage
is in
the test stand.

Handling

Kit,

Retromotor

Provides
assembling,

Kit,

Provides
hardware
for supporting
pressurized
gas lines,
attaching
the umbilical
connections
to the S-IVB stage,
and
separating
the umbilical
carrier
from
the stage.
(Sacramento,
California.)

4)

Aft Umbilical
Test Stand

Forward
Umbilical
Static Test Stand

Kit,

Forward
Checkout

Kit,

Umbilical
Stand

Provides

hardware

for

supporting

lifting,
retromotors.

electri-

cal cables,
pneumatic
lines and a GH 2
vent line,
attaching
the umbilical
connection
to the S-IVB
stage,
and separating
the
umbilical
carrier
from the stage.
Provides
har_lware
for supporting
electrical cables
and pressure
lines while
maintaining
their
attachment
to the S-IVB
stage.
(Huntington
Beach,
California.)

Aft Umbilical
Kit,
Checkout
Stand

Provides
means
of supporting
electrical
cables
and the air conditioning
duct,
and
of maintaining
their
attachment
to the
S-IVB
stage.
(Huntington
Beach,
California.)

Fixture,
Actuator

Provides
hardware
for removal
and replacement of the engine
actuator
without
changing
the length
setting
of the removed
actuator.

Engine
Adjustment

Alignment
Mounting

Kit,

Vehicle

Provides
hardware
for aligning
ling the stage
in the test stand.
mento,
California.
)

and instal(Sacra-

Alignment

Kit,

Engine

Provides
hardware
for aligning
engine with the S-IVB stage.

the J-2

Special

17-22

Static

hardware
for storing,
and installing
and

Tool

Kit

Provides alltools required for adequate

maintenance and handling of the S-IVB stage.

.o

.o

vB

ml

--

w,B

f
/

Transportation
and

Handling

Cradles,

Dollies,

Kits

t
J

J
.J

I
_J

.f
/J

/.i"
/fjJ

Transport

.-"

Kit,

_"
f-"

Protective

and

Tiedowr_

3-820

Figure

17-2.

Transportation,

Protection,

and

Handling

Equipment,S-IVB

(1 of 4)
17-23

17-24

w
w
_i

e_

Q
gt

Shipping
Flared

and

Handling

Equipment,

Aft Interstage

Small

Arms

Forward
Access

Protective

Section

Vertical

Kit

Cover

3-822
Figure

17-2.

Transportation,

Protection,

and Handling

Equipment,S-IVB

(3 of 4)
17-25

Stage and Aft Interstage

Weight
and Balance
Kit

Aft

Section

Vertical

Access

Kit

3-823
Figure
17-26

Forward
17-2.

Transportation,

Protection,

and

Handling

Skirt End
Equipment

Protective
S-IVB

Cover

(4 of 4)

,j

,i
I

Ta ;ie 17-7. ServicingEquipment,S-IVB

Figure
17-3

17-3

Function

Equipment

Liquid Oxygen Valve

Control Complex

Liquid Hydrogen
Control Complex

Valve

Controls

the

transfer

of the

LOX from

the ground
storage
facilities
into the
stage until the stage
LOX container
is
filled and topped.
a. Controls the transfer of LH 2 from the
ground storage facilitiesto the stage until
the stage LH 2 container is filledand topped.

17-3

Gas

17-3

Vacuum

17-3

Auxiliary
Propulsion
System
Mobile Servicer

Transports
nitrogen
tetroxide
from
the facility
storage
area,
transfers
it to the S-IVB stage
propulsion
modules.

17-3

Automatic
Stage Servicing
Pneumatic
Console
A
(DSV-4B-319)

17-3

Automatic
Stage Servicing
Pneumatic
Console
B
_DSV-4B-320)

Provides
ambient
gaseous
hydrogen,
nitrogen,
and helium
to meet the S-IVB
stage propulsion
system
requirements
during
checkout
operations
and for propellant loading,
unloading,
purging,
etc.,
during
countdown.
Provides
ambient
and cold gaseous
hydrogen and helium
for the S-IVB stage
propulsion
system
requirements
during
checkout, and for pressurization
and propellantloading
operations
during
countdown.

17-3

Stage Checkout
Console
(DSV-4B-321)

Heat

Automatic
Accessories

Exchanger

Pumping

Receives regulated, ambient gaseous

helium and hydrogen from the automatic
stage servicing console "A", subcools
these gases to the proper temperature,
and returns them to console "B"
Unit

Pneumatic

Checkout
Kit

and thence to the stage during countdown.

Used in periodically evacuating, to
required values, the individual vacuum
jackets of various S-IVB stage and GSE
components before countdown.
(oxidizer)
and
auxiliary

Provides
ambient
GN_ and helium
to meet
the S-IVB
stage propu_lsion
system
requirements for leak and functional
checkouts.
Provides
the necessary
flexible
hoses,
fittings,
disconnects,
etc.,
to make the
connections
between
the S-IVB stage
instrumentation
taps and the stage
servicing
and checkout
pneumatic
consoles
for automatic
leak and functional
checkout
of the
propulsion

system.

17 -27

Table 17-7. Servicing Equipment, S-IVB (Cont'd)

Figure

Equipment

Function

Hydraulic Servicer

Supplieshydraulic fluid to the engine

hydraulic system of the S-IVB stage for
filling,flushing, cleaning, leak checking,
air purging, and checking the operation
of certain subsystem components.

Nitrogen Fill Truck

a.
Used to pressurize
the
side of the stage hydraulic

pneumatic
accumulator.

bo Used to purge the stage electronic

equipment containers and to fillthe
hydraulic accumulator.

Adapter, Turbine Torque

Wrench

Used
mine
prior

Aft Interstage Environmental Control System

a. Purges the aft interstage area to

minimize fire and explosion hazards
during the period that propellants are
being loaded or stored in the stage and
during test firings. (Sacramento,
California)

with the J-2 LOX pump to deterif excessive

torque
loads
exist
to actual
firing.

b. Provides
a temperature-controlled
environment
in the aft interstage
proper
operating
temperatures.

Forward Skirt Environmental Control System

Table

Figure

17-8.

Equipment,

skirt
Equipas cold

S-IVB

Function

Equipment

Propulsion
Preparation

System
Panel

Hydraulic
and
Control
Panel

17-28

Auxiliary

Supplies
coolant
to the forward
area for environment
control.
ment mounting
panels
are used
plates
for heat transfer.

at

Gimbal

Controls
and monitors
tainer
pre-pressurization,
and line purges,
and

propellant
concontainer
engine chilldown.

a. Provides control for the stage

electric auxiliary pump motor.

_.

Table

Figure

17-8.

_w

Auxiliary

wQ

....

Equipment,

S-IVB

Equipment

"

(Cont'd)

Function

b. Monitors
system
fluid temperatures.
c.
the

pressures

and

Provides
slewing
control
and displays
slew command
and direction
on

meters

for

the

yaw

and

pitch

planes.

Pneumatic
Consoles
Control
Panel

Provides
manually
operated
electrical
control
for regulation
and monitoring
of temperatures
and pressures
of the
pneumatic
systems
checkout
consoles
and the helium
precool
heat exchanger.

Propellant
Checkout
Panel

Provides
the controls
and indicators
used for partial
checkout
of the closed
loop propellant
utilization
system.

Utilization
and Control

Controls

PropellantLoading
Control
Panel

PropellantComputer

Control

Switching

Bottles

Provides

Provides

the

ON-OFF

electrical

cations
for filling
pneumatic
bottles.
Rack

a.

b.

Provides

solenoid-

Box

control

for

a.
the
the

controls
the

a convenient

an interface

facilities,
and chassis.

Provides
battleship
battleship

and

and

S-IVB

of interconnecting
support
equipment.

Provides

J-box,
panels
Junction

the

the

loading
computer
and the other
controls
required
for checkout
and operation
of
the propellant-loading
computer
and its
associated
circuitry.

means
ground

Umbilical

monitors

actuated
valves
in the loading
systems
for LOX and LH 2 during
tests at
Sacramento,
or switches
to the electronic
computer
for automatic
loading.

Loading
Control
Panel

Stage Pneumatic
Control
Panel

and

and

b. Provides
control
relays
required
to reduce
voltage
current
circuits.

flexible

the

electrical

for

the

control

a transition
firing-stand
stage.

indi-

stage

umbilical

and

monitor

point between
equipment
and

and
drop

contactors
in high

17-29

Table 17-8. Auxiliary Equipment, S-IVB (Con{'d)

Figure

Equipment

Function

Patch Panel Junction Box

Provides a convenientand flexible

means of interconnecting the battleship firing GSEfor checkout and
control of the battleship firing stand.

StageSystems Power
Panel

ao Provides remote control for activating

power for the battleship firing equipment
and the GSE.
b. Provides meter indication of facilities
and power supply busses, inverter and
ground 400-cycle power, and battleship
dc buses.

Engine-Firing Control
Panel

a. Provides the necessary circuitry to

control and monitor, through the automatic engine-firing system, engine
firing on the battleship stand.
b. Provides manual controls for engine
cutoff, ignition detectors, and firing
control power

Gimbal Power Supply

Provides 60-volt power to the feedback

potentiometers located on the engine
actuators.

Test Conductor Panel

a. Displays system readiness and

safety conditions.
b. Provides control for emergency stop.

17-30

Cable Network

Used to interconnect the GSEthrough the

patch panel junction box at the blockhouse
and through the control switching rack
in the terminal room.

Inverter Power Supply

Provides regulated 28-volt dc power to

the stage inverter.

Test Stand Cable Network

Provides for the interconnection of electrical and electronic end items at the battleship test stand and the connectionof the
stand to contractor furnished terminal
distributors.

TaUle

Figure

17L8.

"Lkuxiliary

Equipment,

Equipment

External

Power

.a

--

S-IVB

(Cont'd)

Function

Rack

a.
Provides
regulated
28-volt
dc to the
sequencer,
solenoid-operated
valves,
and certain
stage systems
during
test
stand checkout
and firing.
b.
Provides
circuitry
matically
to emergency
of malfunction.

17-4

Pneumatic

Console A

Provides ambient GN 2 and helium at the

proper pressures to meet the S-IVB stage
battleship container propulsion system
requirements during checkout and countdown at Sacramento.

Console B

Provides
ambient
GN2, ambient
helium
and cold helium
at the proper
pressures
to meet the S-IVB stage
battleship
container
propulsion
system
requirements
during
checkout
and countdown
at Sacramento.

(DSV-4B-327)

17-4

Pneumatic

(DSV-4B-333)

17-4

Pneumatic

to switch
autopower
in case

Console

a.
Provides
ambient
and cold gaseous
hydrogen
and helium
at the proper
pressures
to meet the S-IVB stage battleship container
propulsion
system
require_aents
during
checkout
and countdown
at
cramento.

(DSV-4B-328)

b. Receives
GN 2 for pneumatic
actuation
within the console.
Aft Interstage
mental
Control
Battleship

EnvironSystem

valve

a.
Purges
the aft interstage
area to
minimize
fire and explosion
hazards
when propellants
are being loaded
or
stored
and during
test firings.
b. Used to perform the environmental
control test utilizinga dummy
aft interstage.

17-31

0
t_

.r-i

"_ x_
_

--' ial

17-32

_ v

w
.
ou

B!

.....

,.-t

c
o

t _

>

d_

....

I1.'_.=.

>

_ _ <_

'

<__ _

o'_,
o_

_._

"_ =

o,-i

<

o
C
o

_u

17-33

17-34

uB

w_

..o

---

i_

CHAPTER
SECTION
STAGE

XVIII

CONFIGURATIONS,

SATURN

IB

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

ease
S-IB
S-IVB

Inboard
Inboard

Profile
Profile,

.................
Saturn

18-3/18-4
IB

...........

18-5/18-6

18-1

18-2

#ee

oe

eeo

_o

_ee

4" LOX

Vent

Pressurant

Distributor

Pressurant

Diffuser

Assy

GOX Line

Spider

Beam

Fuel
Pressurization
Manifold
I
I

,
I

I
I
I

",k
",l-[
i
,

I
i

Sta

962.

Center
LOX
Container

304

An_

Instrument
Access
3-2301

Door

Compartment
F-2

7"

LOX

Vent

Outboa
Command

Antenna

(2)

Contail

Lox FilJ
Forward Shroud
Systems Tunnel (4)
Slosh Baffles
Container Fairing
Access Door

l
Fuel

Baffleosh
i
:ennaPanel
cd LOX
aer (4)

Fuel Container (4)

Outboard
Fuel
Suction
Line

Fill

Inboard
Suction

& Drain

Fuel
Line

-----(

58.00
Sta 21.50
Fin

(8)

Sta

. 965
Inboard
Turbine
Exhaust

& Drain

Engine
Duct

(4)

54.00

Air

Scoops

Aft Shroud
Engine
Fairing

(4)

H-1 Engine
Outboard
(4)
H-1 Engine
Inboard
(4)
Gox
Manifold

Flame
Shield
Heat
Exchanger

Heat
Shield
Water
uction

& Tail

Heater

Firewall

Line
Inboard
Suction

Quench

LOX
Line

Holddown

Figure

18-1.

S-IB

Inboard

Fitting

(8)

Profile
18-3/18-4

Liquid
Ox
Container

Liquid Hydrogen
Container
Forward

Skirt
Common

Bulkhead

Maintenance
Platform
Forward
Bulkhead

Manhole
Cover

LH 2 Vent

Systems
Sta

3-2302A

1662.

859

Tunnel
Helium

Sphere

(8)

_ _t _

eee

Aft

ee

Aft
Module

eee

Skirt

Auxiliary
Propulsion

ee

Bulkhead

(2)

/_Interstage

Ullage
Motor

(3)
Sta

1186.

804

Separation
Umbilical
Connection

Access

Door

Figure

/ L OX Transfer

_. Thrust
Structure

J-2
Engine

Retro
Motor

(4)
Sta

18-2.

S-IVB

Inboard

962. 304

Profile,

Saturn
18-5/18-6

IB

CHAPTER
SECTION

4
XIX

INTRODUCTION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

19-1.

SATURN

V LAUNCH

19-2.

SATURN

V - APOLLO

19-3.

MISSION

PROFILE

19-4.

LAUNCH

VEHICLE

VEHICLE

................

MISSION

19-3

OBJECTIVES

.........

19-3

.....................

19-7

REQUIREMENTS

.............

19-14

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Saturn

V Launch

Vehicle

...................

Typical

Saturn

V - Apollo

Mission

19-4
Profile

...........

19-9

LIST OF TABLES

19-1.

Saturn

V Operational

19-2.

Saturn

V-Apollo

19-3.

Description

19-4.

Saturn

V Requirements,

Prelaunch

19-5.

Saturn

V Requirements,

Launch

Phase

............

19-19

19-6.

Saturn

V Requirements,

Ascent

Phase

............

19-22

19-7.

Saturn

V Requirements,

Orbital

Phase

............

19-27

19-8.

Saturn

V Requirements,

Translanar

Data

Mission

of Typical

..................

19-5

Objectives
Saturn

and

V- Apollo

Flight

Data

Mission

Phase

...........

Phase

..........

........

......

19-8
19-10
19-16

19-30

19-1

19-2

SECTION

XIX.

INTRODUCTION

19-1.
The

SATURN
Saturn

V LAUNCH

V launch

second

stage,

stage.

Operational

19-2.
The

ultimate

within

the

vehicle,

an S-IVB

SATURN

VEHICLE

third

data

for

Figure

19-1,

stage,

and

the

V - APOLLO

objective
present

Saturn

of an S-IC

an instrument

unit

are

MISSION

of the

decade.

vehicle

consists

listed

mounted

in Table

stage,

an S-II

above

the

third

19-1.

OBJECTIVES

V - Apollo

Fifteen

first

space

program

vehicles

is manned

are

planned

lunar

landing

for

attaining

the

mission

this

objective.

In the
arc

first

flight

testing

re-entry

The

V - Apollo

the

velocity

objective

space

The

two Saturn

launch

flights,

vehicle

and

SA-501
testing

and SA-502,
of the

CM heat

shield

objectives

under

lunar

conditions.

of SA-503,

through

SA-506

flights

is qualification

or man-rating

of the

vehicle.

seventh

Saturn

manned

flight

Mission

objectives

defined

later

for

initial

the

V - Apollo

with

a potential

for the

in the
flights

Circular

b.

Circumlunar

c.

Lunar

to distances
a minimum

shall

eighth

follow

earth

orbit
orbit

be landed

of approximately
of 80 pounds

and

subsequent

with

manned

moon

one-half
of scientific

similar

validation

- two astronauts
on the

Saturn

for

achievement

V - Apollo

it is anticipated

a sequence

with

is targeted

of

mission.

However,

will

landing

(SA-507)

of a lunar

program.

a.

equipment

Vehicle

to the

of orbital

observation
and

for

payload

checkout

shall

landing

be returned

"

mission

be

objectives

procedures.
lunar

of 215 pounds

of exploration
the

will

following:

a minimum

from

the

of potential

purposes

mile

that

flights

of the

site.

The

to earth

landing

areas.

of scientific
lunar

_urface

astronauts

"and

and safely

re-

19-3

Stations
Field

in Inches

Splice

Separation
I

III

Instrument

Unit I

396"
Dia

S-If

....

4" ....

-_360'
v

1760
1664
1564
1541

(Gimbal)

,::2_t21:,.

\,

S-IC
p

/
/

I00 (Gimbal)

F"

....

3-516
Figure

19-4

19-1.

Saturn

V Launch

Vehicle

116

Table

19-I.

Saturn

V Operational

Data

Item

Data

VEHICLE
Number

of stages

Length

- without

Maximum

spacecraft

diameter

- without
- with

1Launch

vehicle

Payload

weight

fins

- at ground

3Injeetion

- at ground

weight

- lunar

63.0

feet

ignition

ignilion

transfer

orbit

6,102,000

pounds

Apollo

Spacecraft

96,600

pounds

90,000

pounds

Boeing

Aircraft

STAGE
Prime

contractor

Length
Diameter

- without
- with

Stage
Dry

weight

fins
fins

- at ground

ignition

weight

Total

138.1

feet

33.0

feet

63.0

feet

4,711,000

pounds

Rocketdyne
nominal

thrust

{sea

level)

Propellants
Mainstage

propellant

Mixture

ratio

Specific

impulse

weight

{oxidizer
(sea

to fuel)
level)

F-I

7,500,000
LOX

Co.

pounds

287,000

Engines

S-II

feet

fins

type

2payload

S-IC

weight

281.2

(5)

pounds

and

RP-1

4,245,000

pounds

2.25:1
265 seconds

STAGE
Prime

contractor

North American
Aviation,
Inc.

Length

81.5

feet

Diameter

33.0

feet

4Stage
4Dry

weight

- at ground

ignition

weight

75,000

Engines
Total

1,002,000

pounds
pounds

Rocketdyne
nominal

thrust

{vacuum)

1,000,000

J-2

(5)

pounds

19-5

Table 19-1. Saturn V Operational Data (Cont'd)

Item
Propellants
Mainstage propellant weight
Mixture ratio (oxidizer to fuel)
Specific impulse (vacuum)
S-IV STAGE
Prime contractor
Length
Diameter (forward of interstage)
5Stageweight - at ground ignition
5Dry weight
Engine
Total nominal thrust (vacuum)
Propellants
6Mainstage propellant capacity
Mixture ratio (oxidizer to fuel)
Specific impulse (vacuum)
INSTRUMENTUNIT
Prime contractor

Data
LOX and LH2
913,000pounds
5:1
426 seconds

DouglasAircraft Co.
59.3 feet
21.7 feet
262,000 pounds
22,000 pounds
RocketdyneJ-2 (1)
200,000 pounds
LOX and LH2
230,000 pounds
5:1
426 seconds

Length
Diameter

MSFC
3.0 feet
21.7 feet

Weight - at ground ignition

3500pounds

1
Includes three stages, instrument unit, payload and LES.
2
Includes 6600poundsfor the LES.
372hour lunar transfer orbit, payload only.
4Excludes 13,800 poundsfor S-IC/S-II interstage andullage motors.
5Excludes 7400 poundsfor S-II/S-IVB interstage andretromotors.
6Includes orbital launch window propellants andflight performance reserve
propellants.
Note: Weights in this table are specification weights from Memorandum No,
M-P&VE-V-33, "Saturn I, IB and V Launch Vehicle Specification,
Weights and Compatible Trajectories, datedMay 13, 1963.

19-6

covered from land or water impact.

Detailed information about the Saturn V - Apollo mission objectives, as far as defined,
and flight data is listed in Table 19-2.
19-3.
The

MISSION

Saturn

V - Apollo

Figure

19-2.

In this

mode,

of the

PROFILE

The
the

S-IVB

stage

second

burn

of the

engine

cutoff,

SM combination)

At

this

point,

of the

three

decends

the

moon.

on a trajectory
has

into

the

shield

refer

to Table

craft

from

The

launch

from

corrections

lunar

injection

to the

LEM

third

crew

exploration,

the
earth
the

The

with

LEM

parachute

two

is slowed

members

CSM

with

(CM

the

the

SM provides

CSM and

CSM orbiting

the

in the
LEM

Before

landing
listing

Two

for

re-entry

with
speed

LEM
crew

propulsion

CM reoriented

LEM.
the

orbit.

ascend
After

trajectory.

parking

in the

vehicle,

the SM provides

remains

a detailed

burn

into

the

form

to a safe

For

while

corrections.

and the

first

transfer

CSM.

The

space

separates

the orbiting

mode.

LEM)

to nose,

and

crew

midcourse

deployment.

nose

which

SM is jettisoned

CM module

LEM

into a lunar

is jettisoned.

including

of the

member

the

and

a lunar

S-IVB/IU

and

SM and

into

docks,

the

and

rendezvous

CM,

and

boost,

of crew

attitude

(LOR)

in

the

heat

by aero-

of mission

events

19-3.

the

launch

vehicle

S-IVB/IU,

vehicle

Prelaunch

Ascent

separates

of the

and

of the

and translunar

Launch

around

forward.

braking

mission

turns

atmosphere

pointed

The

separates,

permits

vicinity

checkout

the

S-II

of a CM,

spacecraft

is illustrated

rendezvous

boost,

(consisting

the

mission

lunar-orbit

After

transfer

landing

of S-IC

maintains

The

lunar

by the

the S-IVB

to the

earth's

dynamic

injects

surface.

that

to the

stage

After

transferred

return

orbit.

members

lunar

the

spacecraft

spacecraft

crew

for

by means

parking

midcourse

to the

aroung

the

S-IVB

the

for

vehicle,

earth

and

profile

is achieved

propel

mile

propulsion

mission
launch

100-nautical

After

mission

event

mission

ends
number

is divided

trajectory

phases.

- From

start

- From

start

- From

liftoff

with

15 of the

These

phases

testing

of countdown
orbit

separation

mission

into prelaunch,

of stage

to earth

the final

are

to start

of the Apollo

space-

profile.

launch,
defined

ascent,
by the

earth
following

orbital
limits:

of countdown.

to liftoff
injection.

19-7

Table 19-2. Saturn V-Apollo Mission Objectives and Flight Data

(To be supplied at a later date.)

19-8

o
o
._..4

.e-4

b.O_

<
o

_>

_:_

o
r.o
o

F_

,_-,I

d
o

_ _o
_'_
o

_o_

<
o_
i
0
i

19-9

Table

19-3.

Description

of Typical

SATURN

V-APOLLO

Approx.
Time
After
Liftoff
(See.)

* E vent
No.
1

Mission

E vent

Liftoff of SATURN
V-APOLLO
Space
(SV) from AMR Launch
Complex
No.

Vehicle
39.

Start
roll to align SV pitch plane with flight
azimuth.
Start time tilt.
(By launch
vehicle
(LV) systems.
)
Arrest
roll
azimuth).

(SV correctly

aligned

Activate
accelerometer
and control
system.
Deactivate
guidance
Arrest
Shut

control

with

of LV guidance

accelerometer
control
and control
system.
time

down

flight

of LV

tilt.
center

first-stage

(S-IC

Stage)

Shut down outboard

first-stage
engines,
beginning
staging
period.
Start timing
separation
sequence.
Ignite

second-stage

(S-II

Stage)

engine.

for

ullage

stage

motors.

Separate
firs_ stage
from second
stage.
Transfer
control
functions
from first to second
stage.
Ignite first-stage
retromotors.
3

Start second-stage
period.

Jettison
S-II
s econd-stage

Jettison
Spacecraft
Start

*No.

19-10

Refers

to Figure

19-2.

Path

engines,

aft interstage
thrust.

Launch Escape
(SC).
Guidance

ending

staging

at approximately

System

from

full

APOLLO

Mode.

Shut down all five second-stage

beginning
staging
period.
Start
separation
sequence.

engines,
timing

for

Ignite

ullage

motors

(Major

third-stage
events

indicated

(S-IVB
only)

Stage)

stage

Table 19-3. Description of Typical SATURNV-APOLLO MISSION(Cont'd)

*Event
No.

Approx. Time
After Liftoff

Event

(Sec.)

Separate second stage from third stage. Transfer

control functions from second to third stage. Ignite
second-stage retromotors.
Ignite

third-stage

Resume
8

Inject
Earth

Path

engine,
Guidance

SC into
parking

Receive
Control
parking

ending

staging

period.

Mode.

100-naut.
mi. (185-km)
circular
orbit.
Shut down third-stage
engine.

confirmation
from Integrated
Mission
Center
(IMCC) regarding
acceptability
orbit.
Check out SC systems.

of

Compute
initial
conditions
for achieving
lunar
transfer
orbit from Earth
parking
orbit
(by both
SC guidance
system
computer
and ground-based
support
system).

Ignite third-stage
for brief burn.

hydrogen
venting
ullage
(Repeat
at intervals).

Check

and

out crew

Receive
mission.

command

Correct
attitude
tem) for injection
trajectory.
Ignite

motors

equipment.
generated

by IMCC

for

continuing

of SC (by LV attitude
control
of SC into lunar
transfer

third-stage

ullage

sys-

motors.

i0

Ignite third-stage
engine to inject SC into lunar
transfer
trajectory.
Control
powered
flight by LV
or spacecraft
Command
Module
(CM) guidance
system.

11

Shut down
system).

third-stage

Receive
confirmation
acceptability
of lunar

*No.

Refers

to Figure

19-2.

(Major

events

indicated

engine

(by LV or

CM guidance

from IMCC regarding

transfer
trajectory.

only)

19-11

Table 19-3 Description of Typical SATURNV - APOLLO Mission (Cont'd)

*Event
No.

Approx. Time
After Liftoff
(Sec.)

Event
Checkout crew and equipment.

12

Jettison
forward
section
of spacecraft
Adapter.
Separate
spacecraft
Command
and Service
Modules
(CM/SM)
from spacecraft
Lunar
Excursion
Module,
LV Instrument
Unit and third stage
(LEM/IU/S-IVB).

13

Initiate

14

Dock

15

Jettison
aft section
of spacecraft
Instrument
Unit and third stage,
mission.

16

Execute
trajectory.

17

Ignite SM engine
imately
circular
orbit.

18

Coast
ment.

19

Transfer
two members
of crew
(Third
man remains
in CM. )

2O

Check out LEM

lunar surface.

21

Separate
attitude

22

Ignite

23

Continue

24

Cut off LEM engine.

Coast
to vicinity
of lunar
surface.

25

Re-start
orbit.

25A

(Iflunar landing is not possible, omit Events Nos.

25 through 32 and go to Event No. 32A.)

*No.

19-12

Refers

to Figure

19-2.

(Major

turnaround
CM/SM

of CM/SM

to LEM/IU/S-IVB.

midcourse
(Repeat

in lunar

correction
of lunar
as necessary).

orbit.

Check

crew

landing

CM/SM

LEM

events

transfer

for transfer
of SC into
80-naut.
mi. (148-km)

CM/SM.
to lunar
stage

from

brake

only)

approxlunar

and

equip-

CM to LEM.

Reconnoiter

Correct
surface.

engine;

lunar-orbital

engine;

indicated

out crew

and equipment.

LEM from
for descent
LEM

Adapter,
ending
LV

initiate

LEM

descent.

coast.
in elliptical

LEM

orbit

out of elliptical

Table

19-3.

Description

of Typical

SATURN

V-APOLLO

Approx.
Time
After
Liftoff
(Sec.)

*Event
No.

Mission

Event

26

Land LEM
translation

27

Explore
Collect

28

Launch
manned
ascent
stage
of LEM remains

stage
of LEM.
on Moon. )

29

Lift LEM
ellipse.

into Hohmann

3O

Cut off LEM

fer ellipse.

31

Re-start
to Correct

32

Execute
Lunar-Orbit
LEM ascent
stage

on lunar
surface,
maneuvers.

lunar
surface.
specimens.

ascent

stage

engine.

Coast

and cut off LEM

course.

(If lunar
landing
was
with CM/SM
as their

33

Return

LEM

34

_lettison
leaving

LEM ascent
stage
it in lunar orbit.

35

Check

36

Correct

37

Ignite SM engine;
transfer
trajectory.

38

Execute

out crew

trajectory.

CM/SM

inject

Orient
CM in re-entry
forward).

41

Re-enter

This

page

is not

classified

(Major

events

indicated

transfer

trans-

as required

rendezvous
intersect.)

lunar

specimens
from

LEM

to CM.

CM/SM,

CM/SM
into Earth
Cut off SM engine.
of Earth

transfer

as necessary.)

40

19-2

engine

correction

Jettison

to Figure

(Landing

attitude.

39

Refers

experiments.

and equipment.

(Repeat

Earth's

and

in Hohmann

omitted,
orbits

and

midcourse

SM from

hover

Rendezvous
between
orbiting
CM/SM.

and

crew

after

Perform

32A

*No.

(Cont'd)

CM.
attitude

(heat

shield

atmosphere.
only)

19-13

Table 19-3. Description of Typical SATURNV-APOLLO Mission (Cont'd)

Approx.
Time
After
Liftoff
(Sec.)

*Event
No.

Event

42

Jettison

43

Deploy

44

Jettison
drogue
parachute
parachutes
(at 15,000-ft.

45

Deploy

reefed

main

46

Deploy

main

parachutes

47

Alight

*No.

Refers

to Figure

Earth

orbital

For

Apollo

lunar

earth
S-II

landing

this,

parking
stage

orbit

and

spacecraft,
orbit

propulsion
a:

19-14

S-IVB
the

the

of 90,000

launch

vehicle

by means

a first

the

to inject

vehicle

this

injection

shield

parachute

on surface

(at 25,000-ft.
and deploy
altitude).

altitude).
pilot

fully.

of Earth

to S-IVB

altitude).

parachutes.

indicated

S-IVB

(at 50,000-ft.

(on land).

only)

restart.

restart

to final

payload

separation.

vehicle

is required

REQUIREMENTS

mission,

payload

drogue

events

- From

VEHICLE

spacecraft

accomplish

orbit

Trajectory

LAUNCH
the

(Major

- From

Translunar

19-4.

19-2

CM heat

burn

Saturn
pounds
first

into a 72 hour
injects

of successive

of the S-IVB

stage

V launch

engine

burns
stage.

into

the

translunar

occurs

with

the

following

payload

and
After

is re-ignited

payload

the

a final

To

into a 100-nautical

mile

of the

checkout

proper

trajectory.

Final

position
cutoff

S-IC

stage,

of the

Apollo

in the parking
of the

parameters:

Altitude - 155-nautical miles

b.

InertialVelocity - 35,650 Ft./sec.

C.

Angle between

velocity vector and local horizon - 6.3 degrees

d.

Latitude - 31.4 degrees

e.

Longitude - 55.4 degrees east of Cape Kennedy

an

trajectory.

separation

at the

nominal

translunar

to inject

launch

After

injection

into

LEM

while

CSM separates,

the

maneuver
and

the S-IVB/IU

propelling

injection

The

itself

mission

turns

completes
into

the

its

a total

life

to the

a.

Launch

site

Kennedy)

a minimum

by a "dogleg"

b.

Launch

c.

Tracking,

an azimuth

path

d.

to weight

chapter
ment.
systems
cated

ratio

of 1.25:1

requirements

as astrionics,

structures,

19-4

for
in the

the

five

table

requirements.

phases

Although

major

events

Detailed

information
of each

are

on the
stage

same

spacecraft

of the

translunar

the S-IVB/IU

systems.

30 minutes

degree.

a launch

This

azimuth

which

constraint

can

crew

restrict

on the

to a sector

increase

of 90 degrees.

networks

depending

the

network

safety,

vehicle

to

used.

of 45 degrees

to 110 degrees.

a minimum

illustrate

the

launch

vehicle

is primarily

included

to show

systems

basic

vehicle

requirements
The

to indicate
a listing

their

in section

described

and ground

mission.

is presented

included

by systems

mechanical

as it is intended

table

are

accomplished

propulsion,

of the

the

of this

trajectory.

azimuths

are

19-8

is not to scale

specific

profiles

through

for

the

the

liftoff

is specified.

vehicle

Tables

of the

requires

and

conclusion

from

of 28 degrees,

communication

flight

performance

hours

to stabilize

constraints:

latitude

39,

At the

Performance

to 105 degrees,

limits

docks.

of 6.5

in the

and

of 72 degrees

vehicle

primary

VLF

is required

by separating

following

inclination

telemetry

safety

time

maneuver

facility,

Range

To optimize
thrust

orbital

and

trajectory.

is subject
(Cape

vehicle

mission

a separation

requires

launch

around

vehicle

be overcome

board

orbit,

launch

introduces

The

translunar

only

in sections

support

of each
time

to the

equip-

of these

function

relative

of system

relationship

in this

indi-

phasing

of

requirements,
requirements.

XX through

XXIV.

In-

XXV.

19-15

or-,.

_:_

I_

_.

F_

U"

<
I

<

C_

t_

_-+

e_
c_
Go

_J

t_

II
II
!l

19-16

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

_J
;:r
e_

E
0

o
L_
v

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

"_

;:>

o
o
o

0
)
I

(/3

_
_>

o_
o

0
(D

o
_

_
__

o
0

_ - _

o
0

o,._

_ _ o _

_-,

m_

o_
o

H)-_7

o
(.9

o_

_9

_D

!
c
D

_D

c_
O9

>
C
t

>

4
I

O9

&Y
c
>

C_

19-18

.3

I -

_O

r.-

i: i

_<

hi)

'_

&

0
:>

o_

,.._

_._

r..)

.._

<

_:

,-.1

_:

u
_-_

_ g

_o

"_,

_o

c_

F_

19-19

0
v

I
0

I
I

<D

;::>

8_
:.,3
h

0
[.-,
0

b_O

0
,....i
r/l

_o_
0

19-20

_o

I
I
I
I

0
I

I
I

I
I
I
o

I
I

I
I

.,..-t

I
I
I
I

I
I
I

0
0
,.,-i

.>

;2

>

c_

fl

r._
e_
o

"s ._ ._ z_ z_

..Q

>
[,,1
o,-.i

_
,.-i
0

:>

_O_oO

r,.)
Z
_n

,'_

_.

_,.

;_

_.

~~
N

c_

0
0
e_

"_

_ o

.,-i
o

r_

19-21

c_

19-22

e-

i.

C_

..o

c_

I
/
/"

I
J

I
I
I
I

,.el
0
r_

_ _

_,-_

._

_ __.__
-_

""
'_

<

I=I

":

__ }_

_'_

Zo

_ .io

19-23

111

0
_D
v

9f
D

<

>
I-i

r._

_D

"

19-24

_ _ _-_

_ o_"o r_o

N N

"13

ov
0

r
Go
0
09

<

_J

>

I
O_

19-25

_ i_

19-26

I
i
I
l
I
I
I
n

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
g
I
I
I

19-27

o
0

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

F_

,..-i

a
_

19-28

_
m

+_ _

@
v

,.Q

il

I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I

I
i
I
I

I
i
I
I

I
I

I
I

I
I

I
I

I
I
I

I
I
I

o
>

>

>

.",1

19-29

09
C

:>

t_
c_

r_

_1

>

g
:_

19-30

r_

"a

,_

r.D

.__
0

(_)

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
i
I
I
I

,--"4

,,-i

o
o

c_

t,,,-n

e_

"-_

"d

t_
c_
o

o
o

_.__
_

,_

_._

>

o_
o.

,_

F_

o,--i

o'_
%

o_

o_

ooo

19-31

D
I

>,

I
I
::>

"_

oo _

19-32

_._

.a
.

B_

-.

.....

CHAPTER
SECTION

4
XX

ASTRIONICS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

20-5

20-1.

GENERAL

20-2.

COMMAND

20-11.

COMMUNICATIONS

20-16.

INSTRUMENTATION

20-29.

CHECKOUT

20-35.

ATTITUDE

20-41.

GUIDANCE

....................

20-61

20-83.

TRACKING

.....................

20-158

20-94.

CREW
RANGE

.....................
FUNCTION

20-5

................
FUNCTION

20-19

............

................

20-21
20-48

....................
CONTROL

SAFETY

(VEHICLE

SAFETY

ELECTRICAL

AND STABILIZATION

......

EMERGENCY

20-53

DETECTION
SYSTEM)

20-173

..................
SYSTEM

20-167

20-174

...............

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

20-1.

Switch

Selectors,

20-2.

Switch

Selector

20-3.

Communications

20-4.

DSIF

20-5.

Instrumentation

20-6.

Measurement

20-7.

Remote

20-8.

Stage

20-9.

Typical

Block
Sequence

and

Network,

Communications

System,

Saturn

Timing

Saturn

Network

System,

Automatic

Chart,

Saturn

Telemetry

Saturn

20-26

..........

20-27

...........

Saturn

20-18

20-23

20-30
20-32

V ...........

System,

V .

20-22

V ..........

20-15

......

...........

Saturn
Saturn

Calibration
System
(RACS)
Block Diagram
.......

Instrumentation,
Stage

Diagram,

......

20-35

20-1

LIST

20-10.

SS/FM

20-11.

Typical

20-12.

PCM/DDAS

20-13.

Vehicle/Ground

20-14.

Saturn

V Vehicle

20-15.

Thrust

Vector

20-16.

Saturn

V Astrionics

Polarity

20-17.

S-IVB/IU

Control

Switching

20-18.

Rotational

Command

20-19.

Variable-Inclination

20-20.

Coordinate

20-21.

Guidance

System

20-22.

Guidance

Computer

Data

20-23.

Alternate

Steering

Method

20-24.

Saturn

20-25.

Angle

20-26.

Pulse-Width-Modulated

Telemetry
Stage

System,
FM/FM

Television

Control

Guidance

Computer

20-30.

MPY-DIV

Timing

20-31.

Self-Correcting

20-35.

ST-124

20-36.

Single

20-37.

Pendulous

20-38.

Gas

20-39.

Two-Speed

.......

Saturn

for

20-40

.....

20-42
20-45
20-50

S-IC

and

S-II

Stages

20-55

Chart

...........

20-57

System

...........

20-58

Mode

............
Plane

20-62
.........

20-64
20-66

Signal

Generation

.......

20-68

Flow

20-69
...............

Modes

20-71

................

20-72
20-78

Power

Flow,

Timing
Chart

Erection
Resolver

Outputs

.....

Diagram,
Saturn
V

.......

Block

Gyro

Schematic

20-91
20-95

Memory
System

.....

20-112

Simplex
Memory

.....

20-113

Diagram

20-115

20-118

..............
Accelerometer

......

20-117

.............

Pendulum

20-100

...............

Gyro

20-103

Connection
for
Computer

Configuration

20-96

............

Computer

Configuration

Integrating

Block

Block

Diagram

.................

Interconnection

Integrating

Module

Signal

Charts

Duplex-Toroid

Circuit

Supply

Voter

Data

M Gimbal

Bearing

Saturn

....

..................

System

Axis

.............

System

Steering

Detection

Four-Gimbal

System,

Redundancy

20-29.

20-34.

Saturn

Diagram,

Control

Computer

Guidance

20-39

....................

Modular

20-33.

...........

System,

Earth-Orbital

Digitizer

Error

Diagram

Systems

Guidance

20-32.

Block

Flow

[CONT'D)

Saturn

Telemetry

Assembly,

V Guidance

Triple

20-2

OF ILLUSTRATIONS

20-119
........

20-121

.............

20-124

.............

20-126

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

20-40.

Gas

20-41.

Automatic

Azimuth

20-42.

Prelaunch

Test

20-43.

Control

Computer,

20-44.

Typicai

Gain

20-45.

Control

Computer,

20-46.

S-IVB

20-47.

Control

20-48.

Spatial

20-49.

Composite

Deadband,

20-50.

Redundant

Rate

20-51.

Demodulator

20-52.

Deep

20-53.

Abort

20-54.

Vehicle

20-55.

Power

20-56.

On Pad

Pendulum

Erection

Loop

Alignment

Configuration
Engine

Control

Program

Auxiliary

Propulsion

System

Auxiliary
Block

Grounding,

20-133
20-134

.......

Block

....

20-144

.........

20-148

.........
Propulsion

Control

....

Saturn

20-153
20-155

........

20-166

.........

20-169

Saturn

Detection

System,

Saturn

and Sequencing
V

20-149

.........

(Electronics)

Network,

20-140
20-143

..........

Diagram

Saturn

Diagram

...........

Diagram

Constraints,

Distribution

...........

Package

Tracking

Emergency

20-131

Propulsion

Auxiliary

Gyro

Procedure

...........

20-136

Amplifier

Block

20-130

Channels

Power

Amplifier,

...........

.................

Computer,

Space

Servo

(CONT'O)

20-171

V ......

20-176

...........

20-177

..............

LIST OF TAGLES

20-1.

RCA-110

20-2.

Measuring

20-3.

Typical

20-4.

Saturn

20-5.

Standard

20-6.

Saturn

20-7.

Data

20-8.

Def{nition

Computer

Data

Program

Estimates

Transducers
V Telemetry

................

and

Adapter

Data

of Use

20-9.

Definition

20-10.

Word

20-11.

Saturn

V Computer

20-12.

Digital

Computer

of Tag

Locations

.............

20-24

Measurements

Systems

Vehicle

.........

20-24

..............

]:RIG FM Subcarrier
V Launch

20-12

20-33

Bands

Television

..........
Data

20-34
........

20-46

....................

20-75

of Address
Line Bits to the
for Process
Input-Output
Code

to be Used

with

Data Adapter
Operations

Telemetry

.....

20-81
20-82

...................

20-89

Data

20-93

Data

.................
and

Instruction

Word

Format

....

20-97

20-3

LIST OF TAGLES [CGNT_DJ

20-13.
20-14.
20-15.
20-16.
20-17.
20-18.
20-19.
20-20.

20-4

Operation

Code Map ...................

AB-5K8

Stabilizing

AMAB-3K8
Gas

Gyroscope

Pendulous

Bearing

Erection

Pendulum

Chain

Data

Resolver

Data

.....................

Minitrack

Accelerometer
Stations

Data ............

Integrating

Resolver

Control

20-101

Bearing

..................

Data
and

Accelerometer
Data

20-120
Data
.......

20-122
20-123
20-125
20-125

...............

Locations

.............

20-156
20-165

_o

4O

SECTION

.....

XX.

ASTRIONICS

20-1.

GENERAL.

The

Astrionics

Saturn
are

V.

system
The

functions,

accomplished
a.

provides

operational

listed

utilizing

Command
events

the

below

and

both vehicle

- Performs
and

electrical

and electronic
described

sequences.

in the

and ground

management
The

based

required

following

for

paragraphs,

subsystems.

of Saturn

issuance

functions

systems

by initiating

of commands

all

is dependent

on time

and events.
Communication

b.

systems.

This

- Transfers

intelligence

intelligence

is in four

forms:

within

voice,

and

digital,

among

the

discrete,

Saturn
and analog

signals.
Instrumentation

C.

to acquire

operational

d.
that

the
e.

the

f.

Tracking

the
its

thrust

in a manner

leading

a stable

prelaunch

assigned

cutoff

systems

and

launch

phases

mission.

and

engine

to mission

- Provides

launch

vehicle

restart

commands

accomplishment.

signals

to the

vehicle

motion

and

launch

vehicle

position

engine

adjusts

this

motion

commands.

- Obtains

and records

the

and

velocity

flight.
h.

function

Crew
in the

i.

Safety

event

Safety

of a vehicle
Electrical

for vehicle

- Ensures

Saturn/Apollo

Range

j.

The

during

Stabilization

of launch

data.

of performing

and

guidance

appraisal

steering,

to maintain

with

g.

2O-2.

Control

system

in accordance

is capable

motion

performance

assurance

- Provides

vehicle

Attitude

gimballing

in the

vehicle

the

engineering

- Provides

Guidance

to adjust

during

and

Checkout
launch

- Monitors

safety

astronauts

in the

event

of a mal-

vehicle.

- Ensures

that

malfunction
System

of the

life

during

- Supplies

and private
the

ascent

and distributes

property
and
the

are

orbital

not

endangered

phase.

electrical

power

required

operation.

COMMAND.
Saturn

V command

function

performs

the

operational

management

of astrionics,
20-5

propulsion,

structure,

systems

have

priorities.

mechanical

an inherent

requirement

The command

satisfy

the

priorities

During

the

mission,

and
the

number

level

the

mission

phases.

launch

phase

system,

and

meter.

This

vehicle

operation

preparation

such

as the

Due to the complexity

a volume
mance

of stimuli

tion resulting

action.

tained

for

by the

astronaut's

critical

situation

the

the

critical

system

the

launch

internal
and

stage

succeeding

A range

may

safety
pattern.

initiate

property.
20-6

would
countdown

checkout

and
are

initiate

modes

such

as engine

the

cutoff,

and the

stimuli

phase

causes

are

command
should

the

separation

opera-

required

evaluated.

to initiate
is main-

a situation

develop

An example

whereof a

In this

case

of hazardous

of launch
to the

vehicle

flight

vehicle

mode

flight

then

sysand

is initiated

release.

ascent

command

perfor-

and

capability

switching

The

vehicle,

system

the progression

holddown

for

launch

is assimilated

of operation

causes

the

para-

and physical

launch

which

and evaluated.

supplies

to

support

time

of a LOX container.

to limit

commands

relative

operating
launch

is jeopardized.

venting

alignment

source

and

vehicle

including

which

priority.

peculiar

alignment,

commands

exists

events,

operational
This

data
and

action

monitored

to

and the

mission

system

of these

capability

improper

command

vehicle

events

be the

a single

ground

to accomplish

decision

launch

of command

requirements

the

support

decisions

This

of various

cryogenics.

application

critical

or the

might

commit

source.

of the

flight

safety

and

These

stimuli

function

checkout,

of performance

occurs,

within

to meet

generated

The

commands

spacecraft,

operating

be rapidly

phase.

performance

by a launch

The

launch

Final

from

ground

A manned

command

conditions.
tems

of fuel

time.

malfunction

corrective

loading

a chain

command

vehicle

systems.

of command

the command

coordinated
launch

support

with

in the

of the Apollo

in the generation

If a systems

many

to satisfy

includes

must

in a reasonable

the

varies

are

of the

a number

of levels

performances

launch

operating

is accomplished

to generate

of each

The

for

function

responsibility
individual

and ground

phase

stimuli

are

supplied

to control

of an expended

the

stage

by an
vehicle

and

actuation

stage.

commm_d
This

propellant

is available

command
dispersion

should

capability
if the

the

can
vehicle

vehicle

cutoff

deviate

the launch

becomes

from
vehicle

a hazard

the planned
engines

to private

and
life

and

_r

]?he astronauts
v

from

the

can'6or_anct'launch"
- -

proximity

of the

veMcle

vehicle

in the

"

engine

event

w_._

cutoff

to"permit

of a malfunction

their

escape

necessitating

mission

abort.

During
uate

the

the

tion.

orbital

operation

This

the

The

S-IVB/instrument

is aligned

Apollo

assurance

are

using

celestial

is compared

nauts

returned

an alternate

can

be initiated

permits

the

situation

cannot

and

internal

selection

reliability

command

of a system

and provides

measures

velocity.

this

time

parameters

as

by ground

taken

the

guidance

system

evaluations

mission

objective

deter-

means.
to give

indicate

and the

is aborted

mission

and the

cannot

alleviate

S-IVB/IU

events

ground.

This

to fit the

particular

an

the

astro-

problem

be accomplished.

flexibility

from

these

evalinjec-

correct

Apollo

guidance

are

The

if corrective

The

Saturn

measures

selected.

the

determined

Should

corrective

mission

mission

maximum

is proper.

then

to earth,

the

its

During

orbital

with those
with

with

system.

and

to translunar

accomplish

period.

and the

compared

operation

can

evaluation

to checkout

prior

trajectory

references,

system

condition

vehicle

by ground

guidance

or an alternate

To provide

confirmed

are

continued

launch

is a significant

stimuli

(S-IVB/IU)

in a translunar

orbit

guidance

provides

unit

the

system

out-of-tolerance

or

function

Apollo

that

are

that

spacecraft

phase

of the

by the

command

assurance

orbital

parameters

mined

of the

Apollo

mission

system

the

provides

of placing

The

phase

a certain

the

or from

mode

the

of operation

amount

of redundancy

in the

and

sequences

capability

source

orbital

of system

stimuli.

Prior

to translunar

aligned

utilizing

Alignment
permits

Stored

of the
a more

guidance

re-ignition
constants
meters

at the
results
and

other

injection

the

ground

command.

Saturn

guidance

accurate

constants
most

injection

for

the

opportune

in an optimum
state

guidance

and

system

control

into the

Saturn
time

reference
translunar

system
for

translunar

of the

the

are
mission.

trajectory

Saturn

vehicle

during

the

can

orbital

be

phase

orbit.

updated
The

to permit
updating

considering

the

S-IVB
of the

guidance

orbital

para-

conditions.

20-7

During the translunar phase an internal source provides command stimuli to initiate
the events and sequenceswithin the S-IVB/IU stage. This command is active in the
mission until the final jettison of the S-IVB/IU stage.
20-3. OPERATION.
Saturn V launch phase command is accomplished in five levels, Integrated Mission
Control Center (IMCC), Launch Control Center (LCC) manned, Launch Control
Center computer, LaunchUmbilical Tower (LUT) andvehicle levels. The IMCC
maintains overall mission responsibilities and coordinates the operation of the
ground operating support systems, payload and launch vehicle. This level imposes
a ready-to-launch time requirement on the launch vehicle andthe payload. If for
any reason during the launch phase a hold is required, then the IMCC imposes a
newtime to launch requirement on the various portions of the Apollo system. The
decisions madeby IMCC have a mission level priority.
The LCC mannedlevel of command assures that the launch phase performance of
the launch complex, payload, and launch vehicle meets the time requirements
imposed by IMCC. This performance includes the physical preparation of the
payload andlaunch vehicle and the checkout and alignment of both the payload and
launch vehicle. The LCC mannedlevel has the highest level of responsibility in
the launch area. This level controls the LCC computer andvarious launch complex
subordinate levels of command. The LCC mannedlevel is responsible for critical
decisions. A critical decision is onethat involves the astronaut's safety andthe
integrity of launch vehicle operation. Data monitored by the LCC mannedlevel
has beenpreviously filtered so that only the highest priority data is presented.
This filtering of data prior to presentation to the mannedlevel permits secure control of operation and does not impose an overwhelming monitoring on this level.
The LCC computer level of command is the first or highest level of automated
data monitoring and decision selection. This level performs the management
for lower levels of automatedcommand. The LCC computer level scans previously
filtered data and selects non-critical decisions for the lower levels, andthen filters
data scannedanddisplays the critical data for LCC manneddecision. The LCC
computer level is the first level of command capable of generating a volume of
stimuli in a limited time. These stimili select the mode of operation for lower levels

20-8

of command

and

ca_-ex_ibe-s_n_e-_l_i_l_

of responsibility

includes

the

launch

complex,

LUT

command

level

is an automated

The

LUT

command

level

monitors

and

applies

presents

high priority

Systems

operation

by interaction
tions

the

level

stimuli

The

terms,

ship

with

number
of the

mode

of sets
system

puter

which

then

of operation

and

direct

a fast
LUT

level

realm

vehicle.

control
scan

of the

rate,

command

launch

selects

level

vehicle.

decisions

filters

data

and

level.

by higher

command

and the

and the

switching

modes.

The

levels

launch

forms

is performed

vehicle.

of vehicle

These

systems

digital

opera-

from

of commands

(on off) commands,

guidance

are

digital

defines

angles

tions.

A predetermined

selection
results

and,

the

issued

encoded

by

commands

thrust

and

type

equations

during

stage

first

cutoff

used
where

sequence

initiation
from

one

until

inputs
ultimately
necessary
of events

completed

is accomplished
of three

actions:

the

The
set

from

the

one

com-

of a mode
control
continuously

and computes

other

thrust

vector.

discrete

opera-

the particular

mode

mode

is selected.

of several

successful

selection"

in the

system

engine

when

another

(1) the

"mode

attitude

the

initiates

through

is

systems

to control

or until

the computer

interlaced

vehicle

is initiated

An example

Here

and

or portions

of instructions

launch.

relation-

represent

term

operation.
with

whole

instructions

of instructions.

of system

their

a predetermined

at any time

of a particular

on transducer

it continues

occur

and

operation.

contains

The

operations

to explain

induces

manner.

set

time

initiated,

which

systems

systems

at this

of guidance

are

of vehicle

memory

when

a certain

which

computes

and

computer

particular

solving

based

defined

of operations
that

mode

to accomplish

in a particular

commands

equations

the

sequences

or commanding

is the

sequencing

mode

computer

with

level

controls

sequence,
The

It also

new

flight

discrete

correct

with

selecting

Mode

are

sequence

to work

is chosen,

to the

to operate

the

the

alignment,

and launch

computer

selected

LUT

The

command

of instructions

means

solves

mode

and

system.

predetermined

and

LCC

of command

in the

the

directed

to the

--

24hJ23CU

requiring

vehicle.

LUT

_e

stimuli.

vehicle

issues

data

the

level

level

to the

the

of operation

command

and analog

The

within

checkout

modes

LUT

data

between

include

launch

directly

sys'ter_s:.

The

stimili

sources.

completion

A
of a

20-9

previous mode or (2) computer switching to a new r_odebased on real time, or (3)
an event occurrence. In addition to the normal internal mode selections which the
system makes, mode switching is accomplished by commands from the LCC computer
(prelaunch), the instrument unit command
system,
or the Apollo
spacecraft.
There
is a built-in
flicting

safeguard

commands

The hardware
in the

ment,

is required

modes

of the

gives

that

which

following

as functional

that

or commands

interfaces

cribed

prior

feature

the

would

paragraphs.

the

The
check

system.

This

includes

operation

of all system

the

capability

be detrimental

implement

to completely

system

mode

of refusing

to vehicle

and

sequence

computer,

ms ground

out the

Astrionics

system

simulated

launch

parameters

safety.

control

LCC

con-

are

des-

checkout

equip-

by exercising

and orbit

programs

to ensure

satisfactory

of system

operation

all

as well
operation

to launch.

The

LCC

a coded

computer
command

In here,

the

selected

in the

The

commands

digital

action

to the

mode

computer

computer

stage,

the

stage

currently

the

coded

command,

switch

selector

trolled

according

given
The

set

separation,

LCC
system
used

20-10

to real

time
from

any

switch

the

operations

are

discussed

after

out telemetry

launch.

The

transducer

mode

that

are

of the

and

functions

selected
all

directly
applicable

inputs,

that

automatic

telemetry

the correct
stage

are

con-

for

in combination.
calibration,

program.

stage

An additional

stage

functions

from

the

LCC

controlled
computer.

instrument

calibration

is controlled

to

to execute

of equations

computer

to the

command

is given

solution

are

111 different

coded

in each

digital

that

to control

verifies

command.

computer.

an 8-bit

cutoff,

remote

program

command

is

or initiating

LCC

computer

wherein

commanded
here

in that

of the

in the

mode

mode

decoded

internally,

The

engine

functions

by the

signal

adapter

include

or program

a "read"

command.

computer.

of instructions

through

r_ (return)

by sending

digital

either

digital

Before

data

by a special

modes

the

or as a result

additional

selector

with

accomplished

the

to be performed

computer

to check

allows

an 'recho-check

is provided
the

instructions

control.

received

set

is defined

operation

being

under

has

and

capability

the

system

this

the

it into the

accomplishing,

selector

of conditions

functions

through

the

reads

and

which

begins

system,

switch

in each

which

memory,

in the

A stage-located

adapter,

mode

is decoded,

then

to integrate

events

data

command

elsewhere

required

a particular

from

unit

The
command

system
the

ground

(RACS),
support

equipmentprior
upon

from

the

so that

digital

be ready

the

special

be calibrated

then

performs

tasks.

to be able

over

the

control

the

vehicle

S-IVB/IU
to the

during

to the

the

system

digital

so that

by the

spacecraft

Astrionics

command.

The

changes

as commanded
when

data

guidance

computer.

operational

phases

the

to allow

control

modes

certain

and decodes

sequencing

necessary

of operation

system

command

processes

attitude,

is returned

S-IVB/IU

into the

mode

to select

a mode

necessary

directly

of the

the

issues

the

of making

the

them

computer,

to feed

Control
from

digital

follow

to assume

for

the

has

the

spacecraft,
completed

by issuance

of

spacecraft.

IMPLEMENTATION.
launch

RCA-110

phase

vehicle

vehicle
arc

RCA-110

monitoring

described

of the
data

are

Input/Output

computer

readers,

computer

launch

complex

with

the

consoles.

common
and

the

for

all

switch

flight

phases,

selectors.
20-45

and

is a general-purpose
This

computer

computer

are

presented

Section.

by means

to be performed,

in the

consists

The
20-64

data

of the

adapter

data

and vehicle

, respectively.

COMPUTER.

and control.

computer

is implemented

in Paragraphs

Computer

sections

20-6.

manned

computer

RCA-I10

major

and

function

implementation,

computer

20-5.

command

computer

adapter,

tape

the

may

of controlling

spacecraft

with

capability

a method

be exercised

the

spacecraft

the

command

20-4.

The

the

system

and

The

along

has

Astrionics

can

To do this,

from

have

as it is necessary

computer

computer

astronauts

control

which,

signals

The

the

spacecraft

mission.

adapter

mode

that

spacecraft

of the

The

ini u't'ah nel

command.

It is essential

The

C 'ter m t 'y

"read"

or by other

by a paper-tape

computer

is comprised

of five

control,

in Table

input,

into
peripheral
punch,

is transferred

devices.
the

output,

capable
major
storage

of automatic

sections.
and

The

arithmetic.

20-1.

Information

of input/output
are

digital

machine
equipment.

a magnetic-tape

Data

into,

and

to be processed,

by paper

tape,

Information
recorder,

out of,

the

or programs

or by magneticis returned
typewriter,

from

the

or other

20-11

type

of visual

and

control

20-7.

the

Control

operations
and

Section.

d,e

to

The

machine

sequence

sisting

Within

information

in the

the

and

display.

conlpute_"

and

control

such

registers,

the

section

The
such

is the

rcgis*_crs

command

unit.

sense,

select,

It governs

arithmetic

section

program

that

equipment.

transfers,

control

as the

scverat

input/output

as information

of instructions.

of several

from

arc

may

performance,

be a complete

computer,

the

all

unit

instruction

conregister,

the timer.

20-8.

Arithmetic

operations:

Section.

addition,

"logical"

operations.

and

accumulators,

right

20-9.

Storage

(in machine
term,

This

subtraction,
The

memory,

mation

is retained

outside

the

until

is usually
in units

computer

section

adder,

The

of a computer

multiplication,

arithmetic

the

Section.

language)

section

storage,

referred
such

contain

for

use

unit

is used

during

to as the

storage

as a coincident

core

is generally

on paper

or magnetic

Table

RCA-110

Computer

20-1.

such

It also
units

performs

as the

left

counter.

or memory

it is required

mathematical

and division.

will

and the

performs

to store

program

within

the

information

execution.
computer.

or a magnetic

drum.

The
InforStorage

tape.

Data

Item

Data

General.
Type

of logic

Internal
Word

clock

Serial
rate

size

936 kc
24 bits

Arithmetic

Fixed

point

Instructions

Single

address

Index

7 (stored

registers

Accumulators

Left

Priority

4 levels

Basic

in memory)
right
(2 programs

Timing.

Word

20-12

interrupt

and

time

28.85

(72)

usec

per

level)

......

.--,oo

....

.Ju

Table

20-i.

: :-:--_

RCA-110

"

Computer

Data

(Cont'd)

Item

Data

Add/subtract

57.7

Multiply

799 usec

Divide

865 usec

Data

and

Instruction

Memory

access

Number

of words

Bulk

(HSM)
3.5

time

- magnetic

speed

3600

time

8.2

size

Main
Number
Buffer

capacity

4096

of tracks

parity

msec

(avg.)

msec

(max.)

plus

parity

to 32,768

words

1 to 10 stations
(15,000
characters/sec.

stations
reader

60 characters/sec.

Paper-tape

punch

60 characters/sec.

typewriter

Input/output

buffer

I/O

sense

I/O

address

Saturn

trol

of mode

lto8

registers

lines

24 lines/set

(1 to 8 sets)

24 lines/set

(1 to 8 sets)

SELECTOR.

V system
and

10 characters/sec.

lines

SWITCH

The

each)

Capabilities.

Paper-tape

20-10.

bit

up to 16

Magnetic-tape

Monitor

bit

rps

32 to 256 (128 words

tracks

Input/Output

plus

24 bits,

storage

usec

drum

17.0
Word

10.25

24 bits,

storage

Access

and

512 to 4096

(storage)

size

Drum

usec

Storage.

High-speed
coincidencecurrent
core memory

Word

utilizes

sequence

the

digital

of functions

computer
in all

stages.

in the
The

instrument
switch

unit
selector

for

con-

provides

20-13

the communications link betweenthe con_qmtcr-&ataadagtt,Lant, _hecontrol distributor in the instrument unit and each stage.
lledundancyis usedto increase reliability within the equipment. The reset, stage
select, andread command relays are redundant, offering improved reliability in
relay coil operation and its associated contacts. The register is protected from
failure by the fact that either the code or its complement will operate a specific
driver.
The switch selector is an individual stage device and has control of the
computer on a particular stage. There are five switch selectors in Saturn V, one
in eachof the launch vehicle stages, one in the instrument unit, and one spare.
All lines to the switch selectors except the stage select lines are paralleled to all
stages; thus, the five devices require 32 input lines from the data adapter and one
from 28-volt dc instrument unit power (refer to Figure 20-1). A list later in this
section indicates individual line usage and will substantiate the required lines
when stage select is multiplied by the number of switch selectors used.
The switch selector is divided into two sections; the input or register section,
composedof latch relays, which are poweredfrom the data adapter; the output
relay drivers, which are powered from stage supplies and maintain stage isolation.
The input andoutput are coupled together,through a diode matrix which decodesthe
8-bit input code and furnishes an output from oneof the relay driver outputs. The
output of the switch selector is composedof 114possible relay drivers but, since
zeros andones are used for test purposes there are 112possible functional outputs.
The zero indication line, (00000000) consisting of eight zeros, is carried to the
ESEthrough the umbilical so that it may be interlocked with firing command. The
eight one's line (illl

1111) is not used for a timed output but as a register test.

The input code of the switch selector is positive logic; the "one's" are 28 volts dc
andthe "zero's" are 0 volts dc or open. The outputs are also positive logic,
giving a positive output voltage pulse upon read command. This output pulse is
a square
than

wave,

two volts

100 ma

20-14

duration
below

at 26 volts

the
de.

not less
stage

than

input

25 milliseconds,

voltage.

Loading

and the
current

voltage
must

not less

not exceed

_1

>

_9
z_
u

b_
c_

ot_

II

i
i
i

I Z:l

C_

C,J

i
i
i
i
i

I
I

I
i
I

i
J
i

!
!.

i_l-G

I.

iri

:}'11

il L

j_

......................
i'
.....................
"'-"

L_.......
___. ......I
LJ

I
20-15

The requi_'ements and characteristics of the switch selector are:

a.

The bit-coded signal address to the switch selector and the stage select

bit is 28-volt dc and should be not less than 20 milliseconds duration. The signal
address lines should be back to 0 volts dc before the read command
b.

The read command

is given.

pulse to the switch selector should not be less than

28 milliseconds, or greater than 50 milliseconds.

c.

The minimum

is 112 milliseconds.

time between sequential outputs from the switch selector

The output pulse from the switch selector is a minimum

25 milliseconds, and a maximum

of 47 milliseconds, depending on the length of

the read command

and read command

There

between

are

ment

24 lines

code

comes

following

from

Complement

e.

Signal return (one redundant)

d.

Read command

e.

Stage select (one redundant)

f.

Reset register (one redundant)

g.

28-volt dc line

and its

select

presence

switch

properly

reset

switch

adapter.

dc power.

The

These

comple-

lines

serve

the

or its

lines

stage

select

from

is made

set

into the

of the

via

the

data

detection,

to all zeros,

and then

complement
around

to operate

the

only.
and

computer

transmits

an inoperative

the

The

complement

relay

relay

the

driver

in the

the

eight

reset

and

code

the
were

addresses
line.

complement

The

lines

is checked.

line,

resetting
Using

the

selector

relays

select

code.
gives

lines

computer

stage

at

to operating

select

The

register.

switch

return

stage

adapter.

appears

Prior

transmitted

pulses
the

same

with

data

to a specific

code
all

the

adapter

register.

is desired

adapter

data

operation.

register

the

line

that

selector

from

by the

complement

indicates

an output
proper

set

a particular

switch

which

selectors

is a specific

to operate

previous

switch

output

dc on all of the lines

computer

to work

to all

a particular

a check

of an error

registers

for

The

on the

is then

to the

(one redundant)

parallel

code

selector

code

event

are

selector,

of 28-volt

theability

data

of signal code digits

is necessary

absence

return

the

28-volt

switch

20-16

unit

b.

selector.

code

instrument

and

Signal code digits

each

the

selector

an 8-bit

8-bit

switch

al

Therefore,

the

relay drop time.

functions:

All but stage

any

the

the

of

switch

With

the

In
all

either

the

selector
complement

.....

-_.o-::

......
w

check

passed,

the

selectors

at the

selectors

that

in switch

selector

The

events
The

desired

have

register

to timing

also

reset

reset

of the

command.

remains

to the

return

lines,

up and

drop

out times

the

time

eonsiderably

o)

used

as a manual

interrupt

total

in the
with

Register
after

the

reset

of any

read

command
used

selector,

dc (logic

1) is not found,

latched

because

lines.

If this

check

remains

latched

auto

reset,

manual

reset

the

The

signal

return

proper

relay

code

code
for

bias

coded

read

for

on it,

brought

to the

command

de-energized

lines

set

the

relay,
at the

read

thru

end

involved.
check

is required,

and

forces

execution

relay

that

relay

resistor

applies
read

stage

de) the

is given,

code

in the
code

and the

relay

_o
is

of the

results

in the register

relay

on the

complement

but the

an output

complement

the complement

to condenser

pulse

to turn

of the

are

used

works

through

drivers

except

the

has

normal

off

K0 is energized
on the

to unlatch

K9 provides

proper

of all relay
for

to turn
voltage

in an effort
select

verified

base

chosen

command

K9

the

now established

driver

select

If an incorrect

is again

no

a stage

complement

sends

that

28 volts

dc to the

to set

and

complement

necessary

28-volts

the

of the

the

Stage

action.

This

command

of the

of

switched

that

of contacts

pulsed

line

code

have

pulsed.

returns

reset

28-volt

a 7.5K

also

then

relay

The

off (with

the

are

selector.

The

sequence

be assumed

K10 is pulsed

to furnish

for proper

switch

(Refer

not be executed.

is made

proves

a set

contacts

pulses

an output.

closes

K1-K8

checks

is then

necessary

of K1-K8

to bias

ground

line

and

recording.

but when

near

select

one

computer

telemetry
matrix

and

code

which
the

original

one

the

Another

received,

a diode

register

The

computer

only

for
driver

lines.

_-e_ister.
the

stage

command.

positive

action

it can

it would

code

proper

the

a register

a check

complement

K9.

Addresses

an output.

reset

but this

read

lengths

must

to unlatch

the

through

when

or

output.

giving

to show

register

dc to the

after

after

selector,

reset.

switch

remained

to zero

it is possible

selector

is also

automatic

and if 28-volt
relay

switch

addressed

and pulse

to all

switch

the

is intended

and

the

without

checks,

operation

select

20-2

line

three

is automatic

latched

Prior

stage

pick

command

Normal

(Figure

reset

reset

command

allows

to drive

automatically
the

v.

orLrea_

command

select,

over

is normally

an undesirable

a stage
are

20-2.

read

_g,:nal

involves

to shorten

Register

given

of relay

process

This

be reset

Figure

in terms

results

been

may

t_'_ 't_)c44T

time.

registers

chart

total

_ofn_te/'-_ix_,s

..

the

and the
driver.
"C"

energy

base

K0,
Then
in the

is

the
K0 is

condenser

20-17

KO

READ

COMMAND

KI-8

REGISTER

K9

STAGE

KIO

RESET

RELAYS
SELECT

(LATCH

RELAY

TYPE)

(LATCH

TYPE)

PULSE POWER
DROP OUT TIME
PULSE
POWER
AND RELAY
DROP OUT TIME

21MS
EACH CHK APPROX.
_ZSOMS
CHK COMPLEMENT
RETURN LINES
RESET
IF CHK
INDICATES
NEED

7M$1 SMS 4MslI SMS I 7MS 1217MSI eMS/U_

eMS =)2MSIZMs
Izl 7MS I

I sMs I

_
_2

SELECT
B

BIT

CODE

CHK COMPLEMENT
RETURN
LINES

NOTE I
14----

APPROX 25OMS

RESET IF CHK
INDICATES NEED
STAGE

12

SELECT
6

4MS

I
APPROX 25OMS
I '_P"-7
8
4

8
STAGE

PICK-UP

BIT

5 2

CODE

CHK COMPLIMENT
RETURN

I,_--.--7

LINE

APPROX 250 MS
21
4

V////.i

READ COMMAND

25

OUTPUT
B
AUTO

RESET

NOTE
3-330

STAGE

Figure

20-18

20-2.

I. CODE
SELECT

Switch

LINES
IS

ARE
UP

Selector

ON

BUT

THUS

Sequence

REGISTER

PROVIDING

and

CAN

NOT

SIGNAL

Timing

Chart,

REACT

UNTIL

RETURN

PATH.

Saturn

is apl)lied
output

to the

on the

A telemetry
put,

one

perly

zero

indicate,

output

called

output,

selector

instrument

Present

0000

unit

planning

than

a.

Code

and complement

b.

Stage

select

c.

Reset

d.

Read

e.

All

f.

Confidence

20-11.

an

only

is provided

occurs
one

which

from

output

total

will

tile switch

in response

monitors

the

action

following

to be monitored:

in(licate
selector.

to each

of the

if no outA pro-

read

switch

command.

selectors.

code

zeros

range

between

lines

safety

points

basically

for
the

function

actively

and crew

safety

participating

Requirements

same

as for the

peculiar

earth-vehicle

communications

20-12.

in the

supports

to the

the

functions

command,

through

transfer

to support

the

tracking,

instrumen-

of information

mission.

a communications

requirement,

function

Saturn

I.

Saturn

(Refer

to Paragraph

V/Apollo

link to deep

Saturn

mission,

6-5.)

is the

need

V missions

are

An additional
to extend

the

space.

OPEI_TION.

To coordinate

the

various

command

levels

and

wired

radio

frequency

and

data.
links

The
which

tracking

stations

network

also

support

giving

COMMUNICATIONS,

tation,

telemetry

and

command

communications

through

the

line

output

produces

for

relay

0000.

one

telemetry

calls

rest"lTt-ing-the

a confidence

or more

operating

The

The

r_et'56ilgbf'[l_e'r_l_.3_'r_st'er,

other

support
(RF)

space
connect

links,

are

communications
relays

Saturn

channels

with

systems
stations

this

on earth.
the

information

earth-based

by a network
of voice,

The
spacecraft
and

of

teletype

communications

with command

between
control

V mission,

interconnected

include

is integrated

reception

network

in the

which

vehicle-borne

voice
'['his

involved
functions

vehicle

and telemetry

provides

personnel.

operations

and

network

transmitter

sites,

communications
crew
operational

and ground
orders

20- 19

between

the

space

vehicle

and

earth-based

installations

aurmg

all

phases

of the

mission.

Tracking

and

instrumentation

It transmits
and

tracking

evaluation

information

vehicle

acquisition.

The

crew

ground

function

data,

delivered

operational

20-13.

the

also

provides

Their

spacecraft

crew

and

for

stations

to the

with

to data

and

to the

of vehicle

com-

vehicle.

Tracking

network,

evaluation

data.

safety

communications.

communications

for

telemetry

of range
and

tra-

stations

and

transmitters

recording

predicted

tracking

tracking

transmission

through

by voice

by communications.

evaluation

Center

to command

the

provided

receiving

function

supported

through

the

Flight

safety

officer

personnel.

to the

from

Space

is also

is also

computation

range

safety

safety

relayed

The

range

data

Goddard

function

the

support

real-time

provides

from

telemetry

is

for

communications

mands

telemetry

from

Communications
The

and

centers

jectory

function

are

and

monitored

conditions

and

by

crew

safety

transmission.

IMPLEMENTATION.

communications

function is implemented

with vehicle and earth communication

links.

20-14.

Earth

the Saturn

-to-Vehicle

V launch

instrumentation

provided
board

between

(Goldstone,
voice

safety functions.
functions.

V instrument
systems.

California;

Each

The vehicle

systems

systems

and a guidance

Space

used

in tracking,

mission

system

control

Woomera,

in the

voice ]inks are

command

Instrumentation

South Africa;

earth and

are included

radio frequency

unit links earth-based

of the Deep

between

on

and the

Facility stations

Australia)have

as do those stations listed for "capsule

communi-

6-1.

guidance

digital decoder.

These

In addition,

Johannesburg,

links with the spacecraft

cations 'rin Table

20-20

those

Communications

include the radio frequency

earth and the spacecraft,

the Saturn

vehicle control

vehicle

and range

sections describing

Communications.

command

system

Digitally-encoded

consists

commands

of an MCR-503
transmitted

from

receiver
command

and a
transmitters

......

..

--

.--

: :--

--

on earth

are

recei_-d

provide

inputs

20-15.

Point-to-Point

the

Saturn

derived

to the

the

track

network,

under

operational

in Figure

on Figure

Aircraft

difference

Deep

between

Space
Saturn

20-16.

to form

6-10,

which

facilities;

the

Instrumentation
Space

at Goldstone,

for

participate

Saturn

in the

in the

V and Saturn

sub-networks

and the

Range

Laboratory's

California;

were

Mini-

Facilities,

Flight

V-Apollo

Operations
Johannesburg,

missions

communications

network.

Instrumentation

faces
Center

correction.

in Table

Space

or

The

links

Minitrack

is illustrated
to relay

network

can

data
also

backup.

network

other

Deep

events

interconnected

listed

Missile

the

network

stations

communications
with

those

(Stations

may

to land-based

of the

and

trajectory

Stations

Atlantic

on-board

Australia).

as a communications

Addition

for

include

Propulsion

California.

whi'cl_ c'ontrol

(Earth).

and

communications

20-3.

_i'gnals

computer

20-3;

of Jet

and Woomera,

ships

be used

Network

control

generalized

from

guidance

network

Mercury
shown

Africa;

i_o

Communications.

at Pasadena,

South

The

vehicle

V communications

from

Facility

_-n'd ti'hffsl_t_d"

is shown

Integrated

Facility

stations

I communications.

in Figure

of Saturn
Mission

(DSIF)

20-4.

Note

V-Apollo

Control

The
that

through

is the

projected

this

major
DSIF

network

inter-

Space

Flight

Goddard

Center.

INSTRUMENTATION.

Saturn

V instrumentation

vehicle

for

use

of a measuring
onboard

the

Optical

system
vehicle,

systems

Instrumentation
ao

by the

collects
other

status

functions.

to gather
and

the

and
The

data

a telemetry

system

to provide

performance

data

is required

to supply

preflight

checkout

b.

Monitoring

of vehicle

C.

Monitoring

and checkout

d.

Verification

e.

Preflight

physical

are

information

of the

the
this

quantities
the

data

launch
is composed

and

signals

to ground

included

in this

for the

following:

stations.

description.

vehicle.
during

vehicle

received

from

to accomplish

data

of the

telemetry

data

to transmit

performance

of commands
and Inflight

system

on the

used

Automatic

operational

powered

during

in the

flight.

orbital

vehicle

from

flight.
ground

stations.

calibrations.

20-21

b_

o
,._
o

_(

Z
r/l

o
o

,--t

----C)

._g_

_ _

_4

_
_
2

2
_

_._

o,-_

rsu

,-.-i

.(

o_

o_(
o

(
o

20-22

_
,.-4

._

_
_

u
_

__

.._

ol

oo

_
,-Q

---

--

o
0_

o
o

oNoo_

_ __

c_

o
r..)

r_

o
I
0

__
0

20-23

Ddring
data

the

link

prelaunch

between

is provided

the

through

facility

by coaxial

During

the

data

and

command

The

complexity

the

from

required

The

digital
each

data

by the

range

equipment.
acquisition

safety

systems,

needed

to direct

the

vehicle

and

its

missions

program

estimates

at this

20-2.

Measuring

Program

Estimates

the

information
to the

checkout

the vehicle

per-

checkout

mission.

a large
time

are

number
listed

of

in

Measurements

875

S-II

93O

S-IVB

350
Unit

35O
Total

large

number

of transducers.
obtained

of system
A typical

is provided

list

in Table

Table 20-3.

parameter

2555

measurements

of transducers

Vibration

pressure
balance

gyro

TaehometeJ's

is obtained

employed

by several

and the type

types

of measurement

20-3.

Typical Transducers

and Measurements

Transducers

20-24

(DDAS)

and the

require

S-IC

Instrument

Rate

systems

provides

and crew

Stage

Force

to provide

20-2.

Table

This

The
system

instrumentation

information

measuring

is activated

stage.

mission,

launch

system

checkout

of the

verification

of the

instrumentation

and the

vehicle

phases

measurements.

the

vehicle

cable

flight

formance

Table

phase,

Measurements

transducer

accelerometer

Engine

combustion

Lateral

acceleration

Angular

velocity

RPM

of turbopumps

chamber

pressure

(pitch

and yaw

of the vehicle

,axes)

Table

Z(I-3:"

_w

Oo :.-

"Fy_)lchI'T)a_s'duc_s

: :-

_]n_l Measurements

Transducers

Rate
thermometer

of propellant

Cryogenic
Thermal

Thermocouple

Temperature
'accelerometer

Acoustic

in the

the

launch

mentation

required

vehicle

convert
etc.)

20-i8.

Measuring

System.

conditioners,

and

ponents

of the

measuring

system

is for

the

The

unit

measurements

quantities

sueh

transdueers

used
flight

for

similar

into eleetrieal

monitoring

events

be measured

signals

suitable

(voltages,

the performanee

(e. g. , stage
exist

signals

in analog

separation,
and

digital

to

modulated

on

typical

of the

first

vibrations

for

transmission.

com-

measuring

stages

group,

are

and the

equipment

The

and
others).

physical

transformed

and frequeneies)

and

signal

stage.

and

cutoff,

signals

transducers,

other

S-IC

In the

of onboard

telemetry

illustrates

in the

currents,

engine

includes

description

to the

modified

stations.

20-6

systems

temperature,

to the

are

following

into two groups.

are

the

system

pressure,

signals

transducer

signals

system.

(e.g.

inl)uts

both

instru-

the

conditioned

Figure

The

flow through

as

ground

but not identical

as pressure,

are

telemetry

located

_m independent

transducer

system,

measuring

are

to be measured

the

Measuring

divided

signal

suitable

distributors.

stage.

are

of measurements

telemetry

system.

S-IC

are

voltages

elements
has

These

feeds

The

measuring

the

signals.

to the

stage

quantities

distributor

and transmitted

instrument

illustrates

into

In the

system

Each

physical

deviees

system.

RF carriers

20-5
the

measuring

telemetry

ground.

into electrical

by signal-conditioning
The

instrumentation

on the

Figure

transducers

system.

data,

and

system.

temperature,

the

energy

OPERATION.

To retrieve

The

flux

Vibration

Microphone

20-17.

flow

measurements

Calorimeter

Piezoelectric

(Cont'd)

Measurements

Flowmeter
Resistance

: :

by

second
which

the

group
are

sequence
The

signals

of
to

form.

20-25

VEHICLE

MEASURING

SYSTEM

____ co.o,.,o.,.
.,o.._ I_-. LI

TRANSDUCERS

MEASURING
DISTRIBUTOR

,.E.so_,._
..c_s,
T
VEHICLE

TELEMETRY

SYSTEM
I

TELEMETRY
SYSTEMS
PCM/FM
SS/FM
FM/FM

RF
TRANSMITTER

Z
VEHICLE

DOAS
(COAX

GROUND

OUTPUT
CABLE)

TELEMETRY
GROUND
STATION

VEHICLE
CHECKOUT
FACILITY

3-333
Figure

Transducers.
instruments

and

performance
variety.of

provide

of the
system.

flexibility

put signals

which

System,

precision

devices

monitoring

quantities
are

the

transducers

and

the

vehicle.

measuring

for

accuracy,

Evaluation

measurement

of vehicle
of a large

Therefore,

many

different

used.

Signal-conditioning

The

designed

environment.
requires

onboard

Saturn

electro-mechanical

carefully

to unfavorable

in-flight

Conditioning.

telemetry

20-26

and

are

sensing

resistance

physical

outputs

hlstrumentation

transducers

of transducers

Signal
the

The
containing

reiiability,

types

20-5.

to the

modules
ease

modules
electrical

are

mounted

of maintenance.

do not require

signal

input

are

employed

to adapt

requirements

of the

in measuring
Certain

conditioning.

racks

transducers
These

signals

which
have
are

out-

o_
_nr"

zR
Z)--

w__

]_
W_

nrW

iT w@
,_

121

_[

i_.

12313.

1"1"13..

:>

W
c_
r_

__j
bJ O
_

_
o

_I

T-

T--

iu<%

m_

7--"
o

IZ

IJ
,,_Z
:.'0

c_

_J_IJZ

_:

_j.-_
_r

z:
1131
<%1

IL_

o
c_
o

ol
rYi
uJi

Ow
U
i

wO
o_
Qj
(/}
Iz;
J
O.

I.--m

O
O

W
1"

I-

>_- _

,_
co
I

20 -27

fed directly

The

to the

power

lated

module

power

printed

measuring

input

supplies

circuit

board

purposes.
the

There

which

supply

Carrier

amplifier

c.

Narrow

band

d.

Wide

band

with

which

different

are

types

The
for

used

modules.

at the

wide-band

Hz.

The

standard

is a waveform

center

to several

printed

calibration

in addition

These

to

are:

dc amplifier

of 10 Hz to 3100

at the

of the plug-in

circuits

modules

regu-

dc amplifier

is compatible

volts

design

isolated

of measurements.

and non-standard

is a relatively

applied

range

standard

b.

voltage,

in the

contain

The

adaptation

are

four

modules

excitation.

transducer-simulating

AC amplifier

signal

Most

includes

power

ac amplifier

dc.

amplifier

changes

a.

response

put

also

regulated

The

enables

and

board

is 28 volts

for transducer

of measurements,
circuit

distributor.

that

amplifier

of the

frequency.

input

sensing

is linear

output

ac amplifier

The

devices

output

impedance

peak

provides

signal

a frequency
is 10,000

in common

0 to 5 volts,

amplifier,

with

use.

to peak.
a zero

is then

applied

ohms,

The

out-

A bias
offset

of 2.5

to the

0-to-5

volt, voltage-controlled, subcarrier oscillator (SCO) or to the SS/FM.

signal-limiting device, at the output of the amplifier, prevents crosstalk or

interference with other channels which could result from overdriving the subcarrier oscillator. Two types of gain control are provided in this unit: a
step type and a continuous control. These
the gain from

are

conna_ted

in series

and

may

vary

1 to 240.

The carrier amplifier is primarily used to amplify signals from s_rain gages
and similar pick-offs such as rate gyros.

This amplifier is similar to the

vibration amplifier, but has a balanced ring demodulator

low-pass

LC filterat the output.

and a highly selective

The gain control is the same

as for the ac

amplifier.

The

narrow-band

(in the

millivolt

thermometers,
devices

20-28

are

ac

amplifier

range)

which

thermistor
used

is primarily

to solve

may
bridges,

the

drift

used

be derived
or similar
and

to amplify

from

low-level

thermocouples,

transducers.

low reliability

problems

signals
resistance

Solid-state
normally

associated with amplification of low-level dc signals. A 10-volt regulated

independentbridge supply is provided for use when thermistor, resistance
thermometer, and straingage bridges require energizing. This voltage may
also be used in thermocouples for the artificial reference junction. The
bridge is located on the signal-conditioning plug-in-board.
for this narrow-band dc amplifier is I000. )

(Nominal gain

The wide-band dc amplifier is energized by a 28-volt dc source and operates

in essentially the same manner as the carrier and ac amplifiers. The frequency response is zero to 3 Hz.
Measuring
box.

All

Distributor.

The

measuring

distributor

measurements

in the

measuring

system

distributor

and

provides
being

made

by physically

changes

A remote
remote

of the

maintaining

savings

Each

signal-conditioning

circuitry
and the

lower

transducer

LCC

run).
through

be selected
in a random

This

system

(RACS)

readiness

launch

in the

within
cable

changes

the

measuring

changes

(Figure

20-7)

system

and

and

allows

enables

equipment

of the vehicle,

thus

relays

necessary

Control

module

in the

only

for
in the

Center
vehicle

by sending

and the

as well

range

module

Launch

energized

two

transducer

calibrated

is accomplished

the

distributor

affording

preparations.

contains
the

to the

the umbilical
and

to launch.

functional

of the

extensive

to the

The

with

wires

instrumentation

to simulate

measurement

assignments,
jumper

to a junction

connected

channel.

prior

module

(lo) end

panel

flight

during

is connected

A control
desired

the

in time

required

just

calibration

calibration

great

channel

eliminates

to be made

are

pre-assigned

re-arranging

versatility

automatic

for

to their

in changing

This

channel

and

directed

versatility

distributor.

used

are

is similar

the
run

(LCC)
and

the

as the

to the

vehicle.

in any

of the

three

end

The

mode.

allows

selection

calibration

Any number
modes,

(hi)

measurement.

a binary-coded

cable

upper

either

of the

mode
signal

(hi,

from

of channels
individually,

lo,

the
can
or

sequence.

20-29

GROUND

RACK

1-27

CHANNEL
o
8

MODE

;l

COMPUTER
I

1-20

Dill
o LO
o8 _

I
I

o RUN
+ 28V

I
I

I
I

L
AUXILIARY
CONTROL

(ANY

PANELS

NUMBER)

(3
I DISPLAY

15

WIRES

MAX.)
PANELS

SPACE

VEHICLE
+ 28V
(OPTIONAL)

__.._IMEASUREMENTI

u,

AND
T-_l

"---_--

GATES

Ir

ILO

SELECTOR
RACK
ASSEMBLY

IN

MODULE

MO_O_E_ LEVE._____LS
_

--

I. RACK
DECODE
2. CHANNELMODE
CODE
ONE/STAGE

(0-

14-2BY)

_20

CEHAAcNHN
ELS
.,D---WIRES:
4 CHAN
2 MODE
I RACK
I COMM
B WIRES
/RACK

IE---.

__.

RACK

3-335

(27

Figure

Each
the
system
Data

20-30

20-7.

of

the

module

RACKS

Remote

readout

Automatic

Calil)ration

signal-conditioning
for

is

I
MAXIMUM)

manual

operated
and

amplifiers
operation

from
display

System

the

of
LCC

equipment

the

has

provided

Block

push-buttons

calibration

computer,
is

(RACS)

on

inside
or

the

the

vehicle.

other

programming

in

LCC.

the

Diagram

front

of
The

device.

20-19.

Telemery'_ystein.""

measuring
between

and

Data

system

separate
has

system

(Figure

antenna

access

to telemetry

telemetry

system,

radio

frequency

carriers.

wide

require

narrow

quency

and

types

systems

for

The

Some
while

other

coaxial

both

the

Digital

data

unit

signals

measurements

which
when

can be most
Table

20-4

and

change

on

measurements)
very

slowly

according

to fre-

transmitted
the

stage.

modulated

grouped

lists

instrument

S-IVB

vibration

effectively

radiated

in the

are

(e.g.,

are

by employing

Saturn

telemetry

stage.

b.

FM/FM-

c.

SS/FM

d.

PCM/FM

standard

Pulse

Amplitude

Modulation/Frequency

Modulation/

Frequency
- Single

Modulation/Frequency

Sideband/Frequency

- Pulse

inter-range

Code

Modulation

Modulation

Modulation/Frequency

instrumentation

group

Modulation

(]:RIG) telemetry

channels

are

listed

20-5.

20-20.

Types

multiplexing

of Multiplexing.
techniques

a.

FM/FM,

b.

SS/FM;

c.

PCM/FM.

The

number

of R-F

data

Each

on multiple
with

PAM

and

stage

data

system

Triple

FM as

auxiliary

utilizing

each

technique

transmission

capability

for the

variety

of data

typical

stage

of the R&D vehicle

quency

response

telemetry

requirements

equipment

arrangement,

which

requires
from

associated
may

utilizes

three

telemetry

RF carriers:

carriers

block"

the

Modulation

in Table

The

through

instrument

signals

techniques.

stage-

adapter

measurements,

requirements,

each

data

measuring

lines

from

telemetry

The

an independent

of measuring

facility

the

stage.

has

cables

checkout

measuring

The

PAM/FM/FM-

Frequency

from

interfacing

flight,

conditioned

of modulation

each

During

data

bandwidths.

accuracy

to the

on each

the

bandwidths

different

a.

(DDAS).

lhuhc_h vehicle

little

launch,

data

systems

In the

require

Before

digital

System

o'f the

with very

20-8).

supply

Acquisition

from
unit

telemetry

stages

telemetry

l_a'cl_stag'e

techniques;

is chosen
types

to provide

originating

500 to 800 measurements

very

low to 3000

with

a Saturn

be connected

Hz per

V stage

in numerous

a balanced-

on the
varying

stage.

in fre-

channel.

consists

of a "building-

combinations

to satisfy

20-31

INSTRUMENT

UNIT

DATA

COMPUTER
DIGITAL

ADAPTER
/-DATA

40

TRANSDUCERS
AND

SIGNAL
CONDITIONING

tSYN
C _REA[ 1,sIr

TELEMETRY

TELEMETRY

SYSTEM

REQUEST

_e IOATA
_

COMPUTER

INTERFACE

!
..

DDAS

OUTPUT

TO

ESE

ANTENNA
A N T ENNA

S-13ZB

_J

STAGE

TRANSDUCERS
AND
SIGNAL
CONDITIONING

SYSTEM
TELEMETRY

OUTPUT
TO ESE

ANTENNA

S-If

_J

STAGE

TRANSDUCERS
AND
SIGNAL
I

CONDITIONING

SYSTEM
TELEMETRY

OUTPUT
TO

ESE

ANTENNA
S-lC

STAGE

TRANSDUCERS
AND
SIGNAL

CONDITIONING

SYSTEM
TELEMETRY

3-336

Figure

20-32

20-8.

Stage

Instrumentation,

Saturn

OUTPUT
TO ESE

Stage

Telemetry
System

IU

No. of
RF Links

Channels
Available

Transmitter
Frequency

Transmitter
Power,
Watts

PAM/FM/FM
225-260
MHz

FM/FM
SS/FM

5OO

2O

PCM/FM

S-IVB

FM/FM

225-260
MHz

SS/FM

1000

2O

PCM/FM

S-H

PAM/FM/FM

225-260
MHz

SS/FM

1000

2O

PCM/FM

S-IC

1)AM/FM/FM

225-260
MHz
1000

SS/FM

2O

PCM/FM

specific

requirements.

A typical

diagram

form

20-9.

From

one

source

single
into

to six

located

provides

in Figure

time-division
in the

an output
serial

a digital

equipment.

wavetrain.
format
This

data

individual

transmitted

system

analog

is illustrated

synchronized

Each

assembly

is transmitted

is also

are

assembly.

PCM/DDAS
The

which

telemetry

multiplexers

PCM/DDAS

to the

stage

from

time-division

which

are

via

coaxial

cable

via

a PCM/FM

a central

timing

multiplexer

combines

samples

in block

the

outputs

digitized
to the

carrier

and

ground
for

into

combined
checkout

in-flight

monitoring.

20-33

Table

20-5.

Standard

Frequency

IRIG

FM

Subcarrier

Bands

Maximum

(Hz)

Intelligence
Frequency
(Hz)

Lower
Limit

Center

370

400

430

518

560

602

675

730

785

11

888

960

1032

14

1202

1300

1398

20

1572

1700

1828

25

2127

2300

2473

35

2775

3000

3225

45

4607

3900

4193

59

10

4995

5400

5805

81

11

6795

7350

7901

110

12

9712

10,500

11,288

160

13

13 ,412

14,500

15,588

220

14

20 ,350

22,000

23,650

330

15

27 ,750

30,000

32,250

45O

16

37 ,000

40,000

43,000

600

17

46 ,560

52,000

56,440

790

18

64 ,750

70,000

75,250

1050

Band

Each

of the

to the
PAM

time-division

output

provided

multiplexers
to the

transmission.

These

oscillator

(VCO)

redundant

transmission

Upper
Limit

Freq.

has

PCM/DDAS
outputs

in FM/FM

of some

assembly

may

telemeter

a second

8.4

data

output

except

modulate

that

a 70-KHz

assemblies.

multiplexer

This

outputs

which
it is

identical

conditioned

for

voltage-controlled
arrangement

using

is

both

provides

PAM

and

PCM

techniques.

Data

with

medium

to VCO's

of the

modulated

onto

20-34

frequency
FM/FM
higher

response
assemblies.

frequency

VCO's

characteristics

(50

In some

lower

cases,

to increase

the

to

number

1000

Hz)

frequency

are

applied

VCO's

of available

are
VCO

-..

z7o

/
/

m_

....

I 1 !

ASSEMBLY

MODEL
MUX

glr

ASSEMBLY

27o
_

MODEL
MUX

_:

ANALOG
DATA
INPUTS

ANALOG
DATA
270
MODEL
MUX

IN PUTS
:_

2 70
MODEL
MUX

FM/FM

PARALLEL
CONNECTION
TO ALL
CONTINUOUS
CHANNELS
THROUGH
DDAS-TRANSFER
IN MEASURING
DISTRIBUTOR

ASSE MBLY

,t
SYNC

TO

ALL

MULTIPLEXERS

PCM/DDAS
ASSEMBLY

REMOTEIA
DIGITAL
F-_| I

[,

COAX
TO
RECEIVING

DATA
DIGITAL
INPUTS

SUB-MUXI
")

DDAS
FACILITY

COMMANDS
FROM
PROGRAMMER

" SIGNALS
"g-_CALIBR'ATS_
TO, ALLT__
I ASSEMBLY'L._
TELr-_r-/r-r(:_
I

VIBRATION
DATA
INPUTS

3-337

data

Figure

channels.

Vibration
assembly.

ASSEMBLY
x I
SS/FM

This

and acoustic
These

number

of SS/FM

through

a slow

20-9.

Typical

technique

data

SS/FM
ASSEMBLY
# 2

Stage

VIBRATION
DATA
INPUTS

Telemetry

is referred

are

channels

transmit

a data

channels

available

is expanded

multiplexer

System,

to as triple

channels

time-division

COMMANDS
FROM
ESE

typically

(three

from

to channels

of the

30 to 3000

by time-sharing
or six

FM (FM3).

applied

spectrum

Saturn

seconds

Hz.

specific
per

SS/FM
The

channels

contact).

20-35

Datathat originates in digital form is inserted into the PCM/FM and DDASoutputs of the telemetry system. Typical sources of data in this category are the
guidancesystem, the horizon sensor system, the command system, and discrete
(off-on) measurements. These data channelsare programmed into seleated time
slots of the digital format in the PCM/DDAS assembly. The number of digital
input channelsavailable in the PCM/DDAS assembly is expandableby adding
remotely located digital submultiplexers.
The central calibrator assembly provides calibration commands andcalibration
reference signals to all assemblies. The reference signals are derived from the
stage measuring supply. Calibration sequencesare of two types: preflight,
initiated from ESE; and in-flight, which may be initiated either from ESEor the
vehicle programmer.
20-21.

Telemetry

functions

during

During

these

and

Computer

launch,

earth

phases,

periodic

or operating

status.

This

telemetered

information

change

in Figure

During

orbital

computer
a real-time

unit

Upon

receipt

seeks
40,

12,

it puts
signal.
the

is initiated

in the

of the

vehicle's

computer,

the

the

S-IVB/IU

mission.

performance

specific

S-IVB/IU

and

until

segments

of the

necessary

inter-

system

operates

second.

When

branches
output

the

to the

the

digital

computer

of the

total

as

data

which
adapter.

being

value

required

by the

a data-request

unit
The

telemetry

then

provides

to transfer

Synchronization

signal.

scans

obtains

then

instru-

telemetry

at a rate

system

operates

measurements
provides

transmitted

register,

requires

computer

instrument

telemetry

digital

The

is obtained.

being

an output

to a sub-routine

register

the

supplies

comparison

per

into

also

request,

or 4 times

word,

to the

measurement

is normally

a 10-bit

part

signal

system.

computer

data

a correct

are

telemetry

specific
The

address

receiver,

which

stage
the

by a command

command

which

It then

of the

(To accomplish
and

data

telemetry

20 -36

computer.

unit

system.

of the

data,

phases

by inserting

required

the

required

telemetry

which

identifying

addresses

the

are

of measurements,

telemetry

stored

system

lunar-injection

is accomplished

instrument

address

ment

its

the

by the

a 15-bit

telemetry

20-8.)

value

telemetered

The

and

checks

between

checkout,

via

orbit,

into the

of information

shown

Interface.

of either
the

correct

120,
data,

a "data-ready"
the
between

data

from
the tele-

metry

system

time

the

and

the

telemetry
signal,

cycle

as well

as a signal

first

resets
data

adapter.

address

with

a valid

register

has

been

During

the

information
during

periods

command

to the

particular
mation

Specific

40-bit

data

times

per

data

PCM

outputs.

adapter

identifies
to the

to the

The

ground.
data

with

the

of the

valid

flight

preflight

to one

or more

available
interfaced
display

that

the

by

a new

telemetry

there

are

at the

ground

station.

given

through

the

output

times

when

Also,

instrument

unit

be necessary

to transmit

to ground

the

by the

computer.

Since

infor-

digital

on particular

missions

telemetry

system

channels

are

assigned

valid

ground

data

and has

the

a random

to accommodate
assigned

channels

by the

are

for

presence

these

to accommodate

sampled

outthe

at a rate

of a validity

but is transmitted

computer

at least

4.5

as part

automatically

the validity

Data

Acquisition

associated

During

for

data

Digital

and

requested

of 240

of the

determines

bit in a data
milliseconds

word.

data

the

The

to ensure

bit which

telemetered

existence

validity

at least

has

of

bit is present

one transmission

data.

is a function
flight

from

phases,

in the

telemetry,

by recognizing
valid

20-22.

the data

telemetry

address.

be made

The

the

ensures

data

being

data-seeking

second.

no significance

valid

is dependent
will

until

are

it will

telemetry

adapter

computer

is desired

commands

of a new

seeking

Each

by a valid

recognition,

to the previous

to processing

provision

puts.

The

prior

this

manner.

followed

initiation

begins

digital

adapter

and lunar-injection

computer,

to be telemetered

characteristic,

Upon

computer

specific

command

data

in response

by the

digital

as the

and

orbital,

data

input

bit is not generated

earth

in'the-following

the

and then

adapter

received

when

from

in the

register

data

processed

g,m

this

to read

read

launch,

ww

an address

data

The

is aceomplishe(l

it recognizes

output

adapter

receives

its

data

data-request

the

Saturn

The

V PCM

digital

telemetry

data
and

acquisition

system

is utilized

(DDAS)

in both pre-

phases.

checkout,
locations

to digital
with

with

System.

the

the
remote

computers
computers.

of selected

channels

telemetry
from
in real
The

system
the
time

vehicle.
through

data-receiving

in either

digital

presents
These
a special
facility
or analog

data

over

coaxial

measurements
data-receiving
also
form

provides
for

visually

cables
are
facility
outputs
deter-

20-37

mining the status and readiness of Vehicle subsystems and tape records the DDAS
inputs for analysis at a later time. During flight, the DDASfunction is performed
betweenthe telemetry system, data adapter, anddigital computer. Upon request,
data in digital form is made available to the digital computer during flight and is
used by the digital computer to perform vehicle checkout.
20-23.
Figure

SS/FM

and

20-10,

vibration
each

is designed

data

having

mately

FM/FM

from

the

of the

455-KHz
filter

15 data

The

(455 to 458

frequency.

from

the

standard

which

The

bandpass

filter

each

identical

for

The

frequency

and

a 75.83-KHz
bandwidth

used.

This

band

frequency.

to regenerate
mitted

and

allow

for

the

sufficient

is convenient
KHz.

The

It is used
the

basic

75.83-KHz

pilot

channel

units,

proper

filter
base-

supplied

which
are

mechanical
are

mixed

and

FM transmitter.

for

the

tone

in the
KHz.

it is also

just

ground
Since

modulator
a 3-KHz

spacing

synthesizer
falls

used

second

To provide

a channel
in the

pilot

and 4.74

of the

and the

units

equipment.

as a reference

with
bandpass

output
to the

15-channel

to generate

is regulated,

The

modulators

guardband,

75.83-KHz

455 KHz

and heterodyned

by the carrier

15 carriers

ground

of approxi-

sideband.

the

the

bandwidth

is fed to a mechanical

of the

of

15 channels,

modulator

up the

to modulate

volume

bandwidth.

is determined

outputs

large

system,

transmit

it is translated

make

generates
tone

of 1.74

RF carrier

The two balanced

channel

level

pilot

spacing

data

where

position

The

synthesizer

mation

guardband

data

all channels.
proper

a total

the upper

modulator

synthesizer.

to the

for

modulator

passes

frequency

amplified

can

telemetry

telemetry

of the

system

Hz,

of the

baseband

SS/FM

This

is fed to a balanced

balanced

for

vehicle.

output

KHz)

is fed to a second
band

the

The

for transmission

of 30 to 3000

inputs

carrier.

Systems.

specifically
Saturn

a response

45 KHz within

Each

Modulation

and
above

of 4.74
allows
the

demodulation
the

as

amplitude

an automatic

inforKHz

is

adequate

highest

base-

equipment
of the
gain

transcontrol

(AGC).

The

SS/FM

handling

The

20-38

is used

capability

FM/FM

system

in conjunction
by time-sharing

config_aration

with

a vibration

specific

for

each

multiplexer

data

channels.

vehicle

stage

to expand

is selected

its data-

to accommodate

.....

"'"

lw

w _w

.....

SYNCHRONIZING

TONE

45,_KHz

_526

1___1

.I

T5

83

KHZ

IOKHz

455-458KHz

'rl

MODULATOR

I
I

464,48KH2

455KHz

Y
J.ALANCED
J

.o:000,2J.-c.o
I-.-.
cwoo1o,-4....
I
30-

3000
DATA

BALANCED

3-338

the

Figure

particular

modulation
power

types

system.

70-KHz
must

eliminated

specific

signal

source

link,

applied

flow

of 3600

deviated

on

this

[RIG
any

through

receives
signals

rate

when

FM/FM

is typically

capacity

the

a signal
are

unsuitable

30 per

IRIG

from

the
for

when

required.
per

I3.

essentially

input

to

the

applied

is

FM/FM

to specific
modulation

modulated
above

onto
30

KHz

is not

utilized

on

Triple

FM

modulation

used.

FM/FM

mixer,

system.

channels

system.

basic

stage

amplitude

and

same

The

each

are

PAM

are

the

measurement

for

Pulse

IRIG

KHI

FM/FM

second

4.74

oscillators,

same

When

above

direct

to a stage.

All

18

is

unique

techniques

2 through

channel

system

FM

is used.

channels

Saturn

stage

triple

cent.

1.74-

System,

the

Saturn

samples

technique

MODULATOR

(subcarrier

essentially

and

channel

VCO

used

a typical

(PAM)

a pulse

wideband
be

channel

at

are

illustrates

modulation

is

components

transmitter)

to expand

used,

of measurements

principal

20-I1

amplitude

when

The

and

Telemetry

16.48-9,48KN,

i-ol

455-458KHz

SS/FM

amounts

and

Figure

subcarriers

20-10.

and

scheme

amplifier,

Pulse

MODULATOR
CHIA
_

J MODULAI"OR

i MECHANICAL

Hz

455-458KHz

for
When

each

channel.

the

measurement

telemetry,

signal-

The

20-39

50XI20
CHANNELS
SAMPLED

_ i_

MULTIPLEXERS

.=1
FW'l

MULTIPLEXER

CHANNELS

, /---

I0 X 12 SUB'MULTIPLEXERSI
ON SELECTED
MAIN

LO PASS

70

KHz

FILTER

-_ 3OO/oL=j___.

SUBCARRIER

--I
22 KHz_"
CHANNEL
7"5%
14
v I SUE)CARRIER

MIXER
AMP

"=

SUBCARRIER
560
Hz 7.5%
CHANNEL
2

3-339
Figure

conditioning

devices

subcarrier
fier

20-24.
the

the

launch

FM/FM
VHF

vehicle

for

band

the

b.

Monitoring

of data

c.

Monitoring

of analog

transmission

sampled

data

Redundant
PAM

transmission

techniques.

modulates

a voltage-controlled

FM transmitter.

The

level.

The

Saturn

RF power
frequency

ampliof

225 to 260 MHz.

telemetry

techniques

are

utilized

on

functions:
that

required

originate
for

data

real

sources

analog

originating

signal

Digital

sources

Primary

System,

to a 20-watt

is from

with

Telemetry

the

signal

following

data

FM/FM

input

System.

Monitoring

e.

The

output

a.

d.

Stage

modulates

Telemetry

not compatible

20-40

used.

which

in the

Digital

Typical

are

oscillator

amplifies

transmission

20-11.

data
time

requiring

telemetry

(without

in digital

form

evaluation
accuracy,

but which

are

techniques

back-up)

of up to 20 per

cent

of the

on a stage
of sampled

data

which

is also

transmitted

by

....

Some

of the

horizon
level

sensor,

da_'sohc'6

a radar

sensors,

sources
for

digitdr

a fire

of discrete

determination

carrier

provides

of vehicle

readiness

C.

the

into

Accepts

data

output

NRZ

The

and

Analog-to-digital

c.

Digital

d.

Clock

e.

DDAS voltage

f.

Power

signal

There

In-flight

system,

system,

required

for

in digital

a
liquid

and numerous

real-time
form

monitoring

on a 600-KHz

cable.

assembly,

wavetrains
the

(Figure

20-12),

multiplexers

in a programmed

into a single

PAM

FM modulated
for

the

samples

PAM

in the

it into

wavetrain

wavetrain

selected

time

slots

in

the

and

(PCM/RF)

DDAS

output

and

an

assembly;

necessary

six

functional

pt'_):_'aJ,_

to synchronize

multi-

subsystems

listed

below:

patc:_)

(ADC)
formating

and programming
controlled

as the

submultiplexers.

converter

multiplexing

carrier

outputs

digital

contains

timing

PAM

and programs

synchronization

The

central
In each

source

channels.

link

form

output

telemetry.

calibration,

telemetry

command

tracking

coaxial

form

(an associa_c_i

Calibration.

calibrator

data

computer,

logic
logic

oscillator

(VCO)

calibrator

is used

supplies.

preflight

The

_" digital

format

assembly

b.

reference

The

of several

digital

and remote

PAi_i: scanner

PCM/FM

AROD

these

in digital

the

a.

20-25.

10-bit

modulating

PCM/DDAS

unit

PCM/DDAS

wavetrains

a 600-KHz

plexers

the

via

the

serial

Provides

eo

..

is provided

vehicle

and combines

Provides

d.

the

PAM

Encodes

the

functions:

sequence
bo

.....

system,

assembly,

Scans

ao

detection

following

mm

an instrument

functions.

telemetry
the

altimeter,

from

mm

t_'_t _T:e Monlt(_red'a_@

(off-on)

transmitted

A central

are

for

calibrator

five

steps

provides

(de voltage

up to six outputs
appropriate

calibration

it functions

up to six telemetry

this

provides
at the

stage,

in conjunction
as calibration

units.
input
levels)

to energize

In addition
calibrations

applied

the

FM/FM

control

and

to in-flight
for

to each

calibrate

with

all

a
and

continuous

telemetry

relays

link.

in each

time.

is initiated

by command

from

a program

device

or the

20-41

a:::o

,.,..
o

_o

-IX
I'-

o_

_:E

z,,,_m

Z
._1 Z,,_r

i__

(lgOQ.

_Iz

_ N

0
_-

i
o0

_Z
0

20 -42

O-bd

computer.

Upon

telemetry

link which,

bration

bus;

which
the

command,
in turn,

calibrator

the

on the

calibration

transfers

the

process

is repeated.

assumes

a quiescent

console

After

in the

to a preflight

mode;

equipment

to a preflight

mode.

switched

applied

to the

to all telemetry

calibration
may

bus

that

be a continuous

flight

output

may

In the
bus

step

25,

be selected

the

calibration

the calibrator

is received.

also

sets

sets

mode,

the

all

FM/FM

the

inputs

central
telemetry
of all units

appearing

on this

calibrator

supplies

a signal

75,

of these

from

is completed,

signal

50,

sequence

to a cali-

and the

center,

preflight

so any

link

or

100 per

levels.

control

to a

sequence,

calibrated,

control

The

be a 0,

been

switching

inputs

step-sequence

command

launch

channels.
may

the

signal

a five-step

to another

have
next

this

calibration

begins

signal

the

a control

measurement

When

links

until

switching,

its

bus.

all

state

supplies

calibrator

control

calibrator

are

calibrator
transfers

simultaneously,

appears

Control

the

cent

The

console

bus

to the

level,

or it

calibrator

in the

is

pre-

launch

control

center.

20-26.
in the

Airborne
launch

covered

station

tape

vehicle

vehicles

by ground

ground

The

flight.

For

without

the

Optical

system

consisting

vide
action

real-time
like

be visually

tape

stage

the

for

RF

recorder

Systems.

during

periods

data

critical

of airborne

tape

of flight

is transmitted

recorders

which

upon

firing
signal

of data

events

modulation
when

data

resulting

transmission.

playback

is used

during

are

not

command

when

occurring

during

the

be paralleled

flame

attentuation

At a later

convenient

to modulate
retro

may

fire

into
may
time

an RF transmitter

periods

is accomplished

attenuation.

picture

to the

film

a permanent

separation,

environmental

R-F

In addition

of motion
and

stored

retromotor

of RF flame

data

use

storage

pertinent

transmission

effects

20-27.

used

example,

affecting

delayed

data

primary

is available.

during

the

The

The

is also

recorder

flight,

the

is for

coverage

be significantly

and

Recorder.

stations.

recorder

the tape

during

Tape

retromotor

and

record

conventional
television
of vehicle

firing,

measuring
cameras
systems

and propellant

system,

is used

to pro-

operation

where

motion

can

best

observed.

20-43

Film Camera

System.

and S-If stages.

Recoverable

The cameras

film cameras

view liquidmotion in the LOX

and, with two externally mounted cameras,

separation forward.

are used in the S-IC

Two cameras

container

view S-IC/S-II first plane

mounted

on the S-II stage, looking

aft, view first and second plane separation between the S-IC and S-II
stages.

The

advantages

(in color

or black

studies

can

Some

of the
and

cannot

be viewed

speeds),

vehicle

and recovered

contains

a radio

provides

location

slow

film

by ship

beacon

high picture
(high-speed

system

photography)

time,

are:

filming

capsules

is limited

must

or paradiver.

which

resolution

of performance.

camera

camera

arc:

motion

analysis

in real

and the

system

and

for

of the

(at high

camera

white)

be performed

disadvantages

Action

film

is active

be ejected

The

during

to a few seconds
from

camera

the

the

assembly

recovery

phase

and

vectoring.

In support of the film cameras,

a system

of lenses, fiber-optical devices,

light sources and a precision timing system are used.

Television

Systems.

The

used

to provide

both

ance

of certain

vehicle

A block

diagram

20-13.

Table

may

be used

different

with

the

a single

rate

or the

unit

provides

vide J amplification
meters
maximum
the

lens

away

from

outside
system)

and ground
television

sequence

data

system

is

on the perform-

from

the

control

diameter

signals

unit.
of seven

of 35 centimeters.

The

switched.

cameras

cameras

centimeters
From

one

selects

is used

to the camera
The

are

the

a length

out-

also

the

camera
provides

be placed

small,

to sevcn

at

to change
The

and

may

and

cameras

observations

switcher

being

in Figure

Up to four

programmcr

of cameras

camera.

is shown

to make

sequence

A separate
number

<luipment

characteristics.

The

all scanning

the

television

visual

switcher

in the vehicle.
cameras.

of switching

vehicle

and permanent

vehicle

lists

locations

V launch

functions.

put of one to four

control

20 -44

real-time

of the
20-6

Saturn

having

up to 30
a

(excluding

cameras,

with

.......

SWITCHER

CONTROL

._1
JUNCTION
BOX

SUPPLY
J POWER
TRANSMITTER

VEHICLE

EQUIPMENT

GROUND

I PARAMETRIC
AMPLIFIER

STATION

SIGNAL
PROCESSOR
DISTRIBUTOR

BROADBAND
RECEIVER

VDC

AND
30

DECODER
SEQUENCE

MACHINE
VIDEO
TAPE

']!'
3-341

DISPLAY
MONITOR

Figure

20-13.

MONITOR
DISPLAY

Vehicle/Ground

KINESCOPE
RECORDER
FRAMES/SEC

MONITOR

Television

1
System,

1
DISPLAY
MONITOR

Saturn

20-45

Table 20-6.

Saturn V Launch Vehicle Television Data

Item

Data

Transmitter

Video

bandwidth

8MHz

Modulation

FM

Deviation

16 MHz

Output

2.5

power

Unmodulated

frequency

Video resolution
(horizontal)
of received
picture

Closed

Circuit

Camera
Video

Camera

light

watts

1700

composite

min.

MHz

e 0.20

600 lines

System

sensitivity

bandwidth

Frame

(for

1.0

foot

candle

8 MHz

rate

30 per
2:1

Scanning

sec.

interlace

Specifications
of Television
Ground
Station for Support
of Saturn
Television
System

Parametric

Amplifier:

Gain
Noise

20db
figure

1.35 db

Frequency

range

1700 to 1720 MHz

Frequency

range

1700

Receiver

Gain
Noise

20-46

90db
figures

12 db

to 1720

MHz

video)

.........

Table

_e

20-6.

Saturn

ol

V Launch

Vehicle

Television

Data

Item

Data

Signal
Processing
Amplifier
Video

Sequence

and

8 MHz
4

of outputs

Decoder

Video

bandwidth

Number

Recorder

Video

bandwidth

1 to 16

selectable

speed

Recording
Kin escope

0.1

usec

5.5

MHz

15 in.
time

per

sec.

96 min.

recorder

Camera

frame

rate

Kine-monitor
Film
Viewing

8 MHz

output

time

Tape

Tape

each

of outputs

Switching
Video

Distributing

bandwidth

Number

(Cont'd)

30 per

tube

see.

White

capacity

face,

i200

type

P-4

phosphor

R.

monitor
Video

bandwidth

Video

resolution

control

units,

transmitted

A frequency
is decoded

are

signal

channel

to provide

The

tape

the

system

separate

signal

has

with

modulated

A storage

received

used

stations

in use.

frame

provides

600 lines

(horizontal)

to ground

into

The

8MHz

tube

with

is also

transmitter.

by frequency

from

signals

continuous

code

a single

recorded

numbering,

automatic

to the

representing

viewing

selection

signals

are

modulation.

the vehicle

continuous

Television

the

readout

number
is used

or conventional

on video

tape

and when
and

ground

used

storage

station

receiver

of onboard
for

each

cameras

camera

monitoring.

for post-flight
with

the

analysis.

storage

of any one

frame

tube,
of

any camera.

20-47

In addition to the video tape recording, a kinescoperecorder is used to

make a 16-millimeter film recording of the intramixed camera signal
transmission. The camera photographsone picture for eachframe from
each TV camera
make

(30 pictures

single-frame

The

ground

20-28.

enlargements

monitoring
Parametric

b.

Wide-band

c.

Signal

d.

Sequence

e.

A continuous

Video

g.

Kinescope

h.

Storage

second}.

These

for

purposes.

study

recording

station

pictures

consists

are

of the

used

to

following:

amplifier
superheterodyne

processing

receiver;

and distributing

amplifier;

decoder;
readout

tape

storage

tube;

recorder;
recorder;

tube

for

automatic

frame

selection

from

any

camera.

IMPLEMENTATION.

20-29.

CHECKOUT

Checkout

is the

its mission.
during

flight

test

In this

Checkout
level.

process

involving

after

final

the

checkout

on the

complete

facilities

throughout

the

with

equipment

and

test

facility.

This
performance

assembly

checkout

levels,

of tests

is capable

that

start

phase

to the

tests

that

of performing

at the

with

component

a simulated

qualification,

of the

into

stages

and

philosophy

a launch

checkouts
it is the

procedures
will

are
intent

which
make

subsystems

performed

on the

and

site

prelaunch,

on an individual

country

are

inspection.

is performed

These

many

vehicle

the prelaunch

and

S/V.

test

of the

during

is confined

on three

during

launch

of a series

assembly

checkout

the

vehicle.

checkout

checkout

that

end

complete

is performed
Qualification

consists
and

the

the

stage

date.

of verifying

manufacturing

description

composite

at a later

process

This

level

20-48

and

a.

(To be supplied

of the

per

are

that
similar

systems

prelaunch

vehicle,

performed

it possible
and

stage,

they

launch

and launch
at various

shall
from

site
NASA

be performed
facility

to assemble
comprising

to
a history

the

vehicle

..

..

.......

and

on the

for

a successful

20-30.

basis

of this

history

mission

prior

CHECKOUT

Each

stage

qualified
static

The three

instrument

flight

firing

through
and

a post

stages

and

the

(VAB)

consists

of two major
stages

The

S-IC

stage

is erected

area

and

mated

the

properly

the

configuration,
of the

stage

S-II

launch

checkout

flow

20-31.

IMPLEMENTATION.

The

checkout

vehicle

of the

systems.

controls

a number

separate

category
ao

b.

Measuring,

C.

Telemetry

d.

Radio

e.

Guidance

f.

Mechanical

g.

Vehicle

Merritt

Island

Launch

Area.

low bay.

in Figure

Saturn

V will

These

systems

been

on the
using

the

in the

system

the
area.

(ILCCS).

for connection
stages.

completed,

stages

the

unit

is then

placed

LUT.

System

tests

The

Saturn

ILCCS.

VAB

high-bay

out as separate

instrument

vehicle

The

low-bay

(LUT)

area

assembly

at VAB,

in the

checkout

high-bay

have

arrival

checks

checked

The

Upon

tower

control

performed

The
to
When
are
on the
of the
V

20-14.

be performed
consist

of substations;

Electrical

checkout,

vertical

mechanical

stages

launch

The

a prestatic

to the

both

stage.

then

of tests.

be individually

shipped

to the

are

S-IVB

are

and

taken

they

is illustrated

checkout

probability

then

and

launch

a complete

complete

will
of:

launcher-umbilical

and

S-IC

vehicle

consisting

are

bay,

visual

and

on the

to form

unit

integrated

In this

launch

39 at the

on the

is assembled

positioned

S-IVB

of the

checkout.

- high

undergo

unit

checkouts

static

areas

and S-IVB

of the

of tests

complex

S-II

ILCCS.

prediction

launching.

instrument

of launch

with

unit
a series

test

building

instrument

to the

an accurate

FLOW.

and the
for

to make

using

in general

each

substation

major

categories

computer

controlled

of a digital

is designed
of tests

computer

to accomplish

automatic
which
a

are:

networks
rough

frequency
and

combustion

cutoff,

and fire

detection

systems
control

systems

systems
systems

20-49


hJ

i'_ _

w
t

20-50

....

e_

significant

prelaunch,

tests
and

20-32.

performed

launch

pad)

Qualification.

is the

first

qualify

the

checkout

of an assembled

stage

flight.

for

a.

Prestatic

b.

Static

c.

Poststatic

S-IC

Stage.

their

Michoud

this

MSFC
For

for

S-IC

the

supplied

at a later

a later

20-33.
stages

are

of the

and

Boeing

be checked

Company

poststatic

test

be performed

of
at

developed

there.

out at Michoud.
and

at

(A

objectives

will

be

at a later

unit will

be manufactured

there.

The

configuration

stages
and

plus

of a complete

will

all

will
a series

mission

of the vehicle.

objectives

and

program

subsystems,

in a simulation

the propulsion

at MSFC

qualification

of individual

culminating
for

date.

(A detailed
be supplied

at

is inspected
integrated

unit

is to

date.)

and calibration

checkout

to AMR.

area

checkout

and

steps:

equipment

configuration

at a later

be performed

shipped

bay

stages

will
tests

502) will

checkout

will

checkout

instrument

Checkout

stage

stage

by the
and the

(501 and
using

The

Prelaunch

S-IC

the

date.

substitutes

date.

The

instrument

Laboratory

fii_4ht tests

description

of this
in three

checkout

two vehicles

of the

tests

stage

(qualification,

on individual

purpose

be manufactured

prestatie

(To be supplied

detailed

using

first

Unit.

of simulated

The

levels

paragraphs.

is performed

is performed

will

(To be supplied

Stage.

include

stage

vehicles

description

qualification

checkout

following

checkout
stage.

The

Quality

detailed

Instrument

three

in the

Qualification

facility.

in the

S-IVB

at the

test

The

Stage.

checkout

succeeding

S-H

......

checkout
firing

stage

ww

described

Qualification

ww

on a stage

are

..w
g

The

we

with

is assembled

at VAB.
Upon

for
the

arrival

shipping
launch

and taken

After

qualification

at AMR

the

for
stages

flight,
are

the

taken

damage

and

erected

in the

checkout

and

control

subsystem.

to the

high-bay

area

for

LUT

connection

individual

to the

in the

VAB.

high-

The
to the

20-51

S-IC and launch vehicle checkout computer system. In this configuration, the S-IC
and instrument unit are checked out both as separate stages and as integrated
parts of the launch vehicle. Whenthe checks of the S-If and S-IVB stages have
been completed, these stages are properly positioned on the S-IC stage and the
instrument unit is then placed on the S-IVB
vehicle on the LUT.

stage to form a complete launch

System tests of the complete launch vehicle are then per-

formed using the ILCCS.

The

ILCCS

Launch

The

is composed

Control

LCC

soles

(LCC)

the

overall

The LUT
system

Center

contains

and

of two main
and the

central

operation

equipment
other

checkout
of the

groups,

in the

computer

ILCCS

complex

and all

from

complex,

remote automatic calibration system

vehicle communications

located

in the

LUT.

is controlled

equipment consists of the computer

(DDAS),

one group

the

control

con-

here.

the digitaldata acquisition

(RACS),

lines, electrical support equipment

computer-launch

(ESE), equipment to

mate with facilitieslocated in the pad interface and distributionequipment,

communication

After

all

upon

the

equipment required for operation under control of the LCC.

launch

vehicle

instrument

to verify

that

After

system

all

mobile

pad

by the

20-34.

the

units,

launch

vehicle

After

20-52

tower

Pad

three

final

the

VAB

the

spacecraft

system

tests

is mounted

are

performed

launch.

performed,

launch

servicing

and

Checkout.

data

is then

at the

subjected

new

interfaces

from

the

VAB.

connections

Upon

links

the

final

for

completed,

satisfactorily

of the

for

and the

is ready

been

been

pads

vehicle

the

servicing
is also

LUT

is moved

launch

complex

39.

to the

same

transported

by a

crawler-transporter.

service

vehicle

have

have

VAB,

vehicle

to one

arming

tests

in the

space

tests

Launch

to verify

system

unit

crawler-transporter
The

and

and

and tests,

arrival

pad

are

at the
connected

launch

pad,

to the

LUT

to a pre-countdown

verification

to reaffirm

integrity

the

mobile

system

arming

tower

the

utilities,

system.
of its

after

subsystems

transfer

is withdrawn

The

of the

by the

w
_

crawier-transporter,
The

entire

and other

in the

ATTITUDE

Saturn

motion

and

adjusts

this

20-36.

REQUIREMENTS

During
its

the

axes,

phase,

maintains

limits,

and

and

the

damps

for

fueling

by the

remote

LUT

computer

the

stabilization

and

launch

LCC

countdown.

computer

complex

function

in accordance

spacecraft

ascent

complex

in the

same

AND STABILIZATION

motion

or Apollo

t_

VAB.

control

guidance

is ready

using

CONTROL

V attitude

_!

is controlled

equipment,

as is used

20-35.

the vehicle

countdown

associated

manner

The

and

launch

ww

with

maintains

a stable

programmed

attitude

vehicle
change,

commands.

the

function

angular

any first

directs

rate

and

the

of vehicle

second

vehicle

motion

bending

attitude
about

orientation

its axes

mode

oscillations

and stabilization

function

about

within

of the

allowable

vehicle

structure.

The

ascent

various

The

performance

and

of a specific

complexity
launch

orientation

the

launch

the

high

launch

the

restrains

depleted

stage

and

seconds

after

and

facility

vehicle

is limited

room.

encountered

by

During
launch

angle

of attack.

of the

natural

bending

of the

and

second

bending

mode

vehicle

the

to a constant

rates

during

the

ignition

of the

succeeding

attitude

it to rise

the

by the

the constraint
to maintain

permitting

limit

staging,

the

imposes

is required

liftoff,

system

to vehicle
the

rotational

Saturn

maneuvering

control

of first

prior

vehicle

The

pressures

because

damping

excessive

several

to gain

that

Immediately
function

for

aerodynamic

exists

sitating

of the

orientation.

facilities

requirement
straint

attitude

constraints.

size

launch

of the

S-IC

stage

vehicle

vehicle

this

above
flight,

results

A further
structure,

in the
con-

neces-

oscillations.

control

attitude

separation.

and

orientation
Following

stage,

separation

stabilization
to prevent
separation

of the

transients

must

be damped.

For

S-II

and

S-IVB

stage

powered

flight,

the

attitude

control

and

stabilization

20-53

function accepts s_ccL'iJ_:;

commands
Orbital

phase

includes
earth

perJ;o,:_,_m)ec

maintaining

or the

Apollo

Prior

to re-ignition

lunar

injection

vehicle

During

the

of the

stabilization

attitude

the

combination

final

stage

accepts

steering

constant

function

in respect

to the

to programmed

commands

to the

trans-

in response

to

commands
After

the

from

and

performs

attitude

either

termination

maintains

unit

LEM,

phase,

the

Saturn

of powered

a stable

LEM

control

while

the

a turn-around

flight,

orientation

for

remaining

Apollo

maneuver,

and

LEM.

system

flight

translunar

function

Apollo

from

trajectory

control

is oriented

is accomplished

spacecraft.

the

of the

for the

total

the

utilizing

time

S-IVB
the

Saturn

of all stages

a maximum

auxiliary

V vehicle

and during
of 6.5

stage/IU,

the

propulsion

is required

the coast

S-IVB/IU

phase

is

system.

to operate
of the

S-IVB/IU

hours.

OPERATION

Due to the

various

launch

without

active

control

is accomplished

guidance,

prestaging

stabilization.

nates

after

several

attain

a physical

Upon

termination

of the

of the

vehicle

with

constraints,

a programmed

is used

for S-IC

stage

in three

periods;

launch

The

clearance

phase

launch

vehicle

seconds

maneuvering

20-54

of the

from

to the

powered

20-37.

accordingly.

commands.

stage/instrument

to a different

for

motion

stabilization

in obeyance

orientation

stabilization

S-IVB

separation

attitude

during

and

the vehicle

portion

Apollo

and

separates

propelled

The

or the

control

stage,

spacecraft

function

reconnects

After

vehicle

orientation

changes

This

flight

function

the

then

the

control

attitude

S-IVB

or Apollo

powered

spacecraft

attitude

attitude

orientation.

guidance

guidance

directs

spacecraft.

Saturn

and

oi the

the vehicle

or producing

and

launch

during
with

launch

launch

stabilization

a programmed

maintaining

time

begins
the

vehicle

a constant

control,

programmed

attitude

maneuvering,

with
rises

liftoff

and

and termi-

vertically

to

facilities.

period,
roll

The

stabilization,

stabilization
which

the

flight.

attitude

the

maneuver.
rate

of roll

launch
This
until

vehicle

begins

maneuver

consists

such

as its

time

the

-_-

pitch
the

plane
roll

coincides

with

maneuver,

This

maneuver

plane

toward

time-tilt

the
rotates

the

flight

maneuver

stabilization

separation.

During
orientation.

Control

of the

thrust
The

desired

digital

Present

measurements
to-digital
to the

axis

......
Several
seconds

of the

A few seconds

is accomplished
period,

the

launch

prior

for

after

initiation

time-tilt
vehicle

maneuver.

in the

to vehicle

of

pitch

staging,

the

vehicle

by gimbaling

shows
S-IC

the

stage

seconds

prior

is restrained

to stage
to a constant

the outboard

basic

equipment

flight

is programmed

engines

for

configuration.
in the

of time.

by the

is transmitted

computer.

the

several

launch

20-15

is measured

in the

for

is achieved

attitude

conversion

ACTUATORS
S-IC

longitudinal

as a function

and

digital

__

a gravity-turn,

Figure

vehicle

attitude

=_

starts

vehicle

control.

computer

vehicle

launch

azimuth.

this

launch

vector

is terminated.

Prestaging

attitude

,;

the

the

..........
flight azimuth.

platform

to the data

data

In the

inertial

adapter,
digital

the
computer

in the

form

adapter

in analog

angular

measurements

the

RATE
GYROS

angles

are

of three

form.

angular

After
are

compared

analog-

available
with

the

PLATFORM
S
T._24--M
INERTIAL

ill
S_
ACTUATORS

CONTROL
COMPUTER

DATA
ADAPTER

DIGITAL
COMPUTER

CONTROL
ACCELEROMETERS

3-343
Figure

20-15.

Thrust

Vector

Control

System

for

S-IC

and

S-II

Stages

20-55

desired

attitude

frame.

These

conversion

error

rate

analog

where

rate

trol.

gyros

Rate

phase.

The

modes

utilizing

In addition

first

actuator

no electrical
gimbaling
in the

The

of the

coordinate

digital-to-analog

control

S-IC

loop has

stage

all

and

to the control

angular

pitch

stage

filters

transmitted

with

the

S-IC

rate

and

burn
are

input

yaw

axes.

utilized

to ensure

phase

and

filtering,

the

the proper

engine

actuators

a set

control
accel-

angle-of-attack
S-IC

to remove

stability

utilizing

from

Lateral

during

sloshing.

computer

from

to provide

voltages

propellant

siglmls

signals

modes

mixing

to drive

the

engine

actuators

to the

magnetic

for

of the

during
are

four

attitude

S-IC

F-1

The

angular

unit.

control

flight.

not required

pressures.
instrument

where

fixed

powered

local

of the

con-

effects

vehicle

Stabilization

flight

in the

is accom-

stabilization

and

in higher

torque
use

control

motors

for

in the

system

during

control

and
the

feedback,

thus

20-16

shows

Figure

engines

contains

gimbaling

which

mechanical

amplifier.

computer

S-IC

stage,

and

con-

servo
requiring
the

four

J-2

engines

stage.

operation

control

signal

arrangement

operation

vehicle

stabilization.

feedback

S-II

adapter

acceleration

requirements

amplifiers

valves.

the

in the

to select

magnetic

mixed

along

two bending

required

are

mounted

bending

to doing

logic

data

into the

portion

adapter

two lateral

phase

gain

digital

are

computer

of structural
in the

data

during

and

go to the

with

mounted

gain

plished

The

required

control

provide

presence

are

resolved

second.

signals

along

that
are

the

error

gyros,

erometers

tains

then

are

This

from

angular

accelerometers

the

signals

errors

of 25 to 50 per

outputs

the

of three

and

and the

is accomplished.

recurrent

The

angles

Desired

The

because
rate

lateral
the

accelerometers

vehicle

information

vehicle

S-H flight

is through
is provided

attitude

for

angles

the

angle

area

by rate

are

is similar

of attack

of high

gyros

calculated

to

dynamic

in the

by the

guidance

system.

Attitude
shows

During

20-56

control
the

data

S-IVB

for

the

S-IVB

flow

and

switching

first

burn,

flight

switches

has
for

S-1

several

different

controlling

and

S-2

these

are

modes.

Figure

20-17

position

and

modes.

in the

powered

the

- :.-_,

89

!9

" "

iio,
e

_i,.-.,-_ aaa

"

o.

_,-..,,-.,ala.

n,.. i.-o

_1_1

-I,i

_.

I.-4

I--

....1

,q

iw

r..)

I "

'41,,.,

0
rJl

I=1

"

.
0
._-,#

=!{41 r

r#l

!8q'l

"

'_

>
uu

I_

r_

+
.

,,

"

.z
_._
I

'7

z
N

i{=._L

z
I,,--

_ _,_

o
0

-t-

2-

I+

20 -57

r._
N_

I
i
I
I

r_

I
I
,=.,I

nr

o,5

aa

-7-[-

.J

I-4
I

tl
I

3"IOU
MV,k
HOlld

....

/
_

.....

?,

."IT

I._
Io

,_o.o_

I
I"

_%o,.,,,_

I
_O.'sl_

_VA

20-58

0 a
o_,o =oi=

CO
I

. _
pitch

and

computer
stage

yaw

signals

and

result

operation.

propulsion
unit.
the

Roll

Figure

20-16

six nozzles

computer

to the

and

During

the

position

results

S-IVB

all attitude

nozzles

are

six

and

yaw.

Control

the

Apollo

spacecraft.

of the

operation,

which

introducing

degrees

per

of angular

second

attitude

horizon

are

derived

Each

the

platform

orientation.
The

switches

S-1

when

attitude

When

the

and

gyros
This
S-2

control

position.

to hold

the

is taken

attitude

sensor

as inputs

configuration

fixed

control
relative

is as shown

position.

coast,

inertial

control
to the

This

is provided

astronaut,

the

is released
to the

inertial

mode

by the

Astrionics
astronaut,

reference,

any

control

space-fixed
rate

with

the
unless

feed-

the

of operation

Astrionics

system

are

inertial

for

20-17,

basic

the

vectoring

computer

in Figure

amount

platform

to the

holds

1.1

paragraphs.

inertial

thrust

which

totally

or

or the

following

of the

control

unit

by

and

platform

relative

is the

by the

and pitch

is used,

attitudes

roll

cycle

configuration

in the

for

as by limiting

in the

as

a limit

a certain

angles

way

three-axis

used

by the

same

four

operation,

the

gimbal

commands

gives

are

from

unit.

is accomplished

for yaw

is discussed

in the

computer

during

When

either

coast

instrument

has

as well

cycle

in the

other

the

This

system

The

in the coast

control,

vehicle

horizon

computer

This

mode.

control

Control.

digital

rate

of limit

data

control

propulsion

system

second

of the

are

of the

degree,

per

of command

Platform

Thus,

in this

type

digital

of_+l

Because

commands

modes.

back

roll.

this

to the

attitude.

for

control

the

of

nozzles.

auxiliary

by either

Four

from

section

and S-2

propellants.

degrees

When

Inertial

available

to 0.3

S-1

propulsion

signal

of roll

combinations

the

deadband

occurs.

sensor.

20-38.

error

pair

be provided

to conserve

attitude

by the

and

is intended

rates

drift

pitch

of operation

attitude

proper

main

configuration.

propulsion

switches

mode

an attitude

maximum

actual

unit

auxiliary

is performed

can

roll

to S-H

S-IVB

auxiliary

nozzle

The

control

similar

single

stage

propulsion

phase,

vehicle

by the

by the

of the

two for

in a manner

be provided

in the

control

_he _I_t_s :to-the

engine

control.

(coast)

used;

instrument

roll

in operation

and

S-IVB

auxiliary

channel

orbital

All

In the

for

roll

the
cannot

the

used

.......

be accomplished

shows

are

goes

control

and must

: - -

2at_. aff,_titc,_'coot'r(_l

in gimbaling

engine

adapter

Sro__th_

monitors
system
directed

system.
the
is ready
to the

mode.

20-59

20-39.

Horizon

available

during

Sensol

Co,}_r_l.

coast

phases

which

keeps

the vehicle

earth

center

to the vehicle,

Angles

measured

adapter

for

digital
The

rate

stability.

inputs

angle

horizon
longitudinal

additional

angle.

reference

about

compassing

platform

to provide

Apollo

Spacecraft

control

system

characteristics

can

be selected

originate
S-3,

in the

S-4,

computer.

control

and

become

0. i degree.

axis

in the

(S-8)

of two

When

coast

to prevent

degree

are

other

phase

mode

interference

in this

data

mode

adapter.
to enhance

the

limits

that

fixing

the

to earth
For

angle

of the

center,

does

three-axis

by using

missions

the

of the

vehicle
not keep

stabilization,

the

inertial

inertial

spacecraft

an

platform

data

deadband

This

in

from

the

time.

This

in pitch
gyros

are

is rate

minimum

rotational

in the
command

deadband

to

used,

motion

about

control

type

command

1.1

instrument

impulse

signals

position

attitude

yaw and

of the

sys-

by switches

spacecraft

system

and

command

sources,

degrees
unit

operations

the

control

is effected

to the

inputs

of control,

of the

when

change

signal

control

rate

mode

or +_5 degrees,

the control

degree

with

the

data

by the

not exceed

transferred

causes

the

through

derived

does

spacecraft

rotational

0.3

are

by the

which

attitude

system.

at any given

rates

sensors.

command

vector

The

being

impulse,

is commanded

this

20-7,

horizon

can

In the Apollo

+0.5

from

reference.

guidance

Use

maximum

During

either

Figure

minimum

third

vector

computer

Apollo

change.

spacecraft

control

one

this

loop,

digital

is obtained

for

levelin_

signals

signals

computer

vector.

axis

Control.

for

and S-7,

yaw

four

made

the

be noted

radius

been

radius

to digital

computer

control

vector

however,

20-40.

tem

the

mode;

is used

the

from

Error

control

to the radius

about

to the

converted

orientation,

It should

rotating

are

has

An automatic

inputs

computer.

radius

respect

stage.

by using

by the

level

to the

with

from

used

ef _)leeration

perpendicular

to the

also

to the

scan

axis,

vehicle

a gyro

are

relative

sensor

digital

transmitted

In addition

any fixed

the

and

axis

sensors

by the

mcd_'

S-IVB/IU

is obtained

horizon

processing

gyro

of the

longitudinal

by the

computer

: 2mo:ker

where-

in roll.

are

during

only

switched

off

navigational

sightings.

In the

rotational

attitude

rate

voltage.
the

control

obtained,

20-60

command

control

by positioning

This

signal

turns

computer.
through

a hand

signals

mode,

the

control,

nozzles

fed

back

are
by the

controls

which

produces

stage

attitude

on the S-IVB/IU

The

astronaut

turned
rate

off when
gyros

a rate
control
the proper

to the

control

the

vehicle's

proportional
nozzles
attitude
computer.

through
rate

is
During

"
the

time

the

hand

con_r_liikcom.

reference

system

can

capability

is instrumented

an error

signal

When

astronaut

the

the

computer

gimbal

to set
The

signal

Command

is resolved

this

command

attitude.

Figure

this

rotational

command

control

The

minimum

impulse

manually

During
tem

introduces

can

second
the

by switches

S-5,

is received

by the
during

injection
is used

around

and

(The

attitude

20-41.

the

The

during

control

function.

mentation.

The

docks.

to that

guidance

to stabilize

the

S-7,

and

gimbal

with

orientation,

angles.
he can

resolver

to the

are

differenced.

then
to the
and

use

desired

control

This
computer

limit-cycles

about

flow,

when

in

control

number,

spacecraft

occurs

into

launch

change

of the

control

astronaut

system.

vehicle

a spacecraft

introducing

the

the control

The mode

when

for

correction,

or the

system.

scheme

guidance

sys-

is accomplished

mode
system

control

command

is identical

to

burn.

trajectory

(S-IVB

S-IVB/IU/LEM

operation

of the

second
while

control

cutoff)

the

system

the

attitude

control

CSM separates,
during

this

turns

period

is

orbit.

and stabilization
Refer

actual

motor

information

an attitude

Operation

the

earth

servo

stabilizes

position

desired

control

first

unit

given

single-axis

To effect

data adapter.
S-IVB

and

system
shows

"attitude-follow"

mode.

into translunar

system

similar

20-18

either

and

angles

attitude

This

and

command

gimbal

control

Uab spacecraft

attitude

coordinates,

in the

attitude

S-6,

Unit

actual

attitude.

burn

commanded

is an attitude

pulses,

command

operation

mode

display

a particular

Display

The

in vehicle

S-IVB

After

signal.

attitude.

command
the

into vehicle

error

changes

the

and

as an attitude

small

vehicle

to maintain

commanded

!: i:

present

by differencing

the

i:!

tl_6 c.ofit_o, r sygtCra-,

the

wishes

":'i

_.a.nd_,_

by driving

formed

value.

error

follow

-'--'"

to Paragraph

function
20-44

shares

hardware

for a description

systems
of the

with
joint

the

imple-

GUIDANCE.
SaturJL

motion

V guidance
of the

launch

function
vehicle

generates
toward

and
a path

applies
that

steering
produces

commands
success

in its

to correct
assigned

mission.

20-61

'1
I

APOLLO

RESOLVED

STABILIZED
INERTIAL

I_

ERROR

P L ATFOR M

IGIMBAL

ERROR

ANGLES

I
I
I

ATTITUDE
CONTROL
SYSTEM

I
I
I

HAND

COMMAND

f-

;/%

.....

HAND
CONTROL

/
I

ROTATION
ATTITUDE
HOLD --

CONTROL_

I
!

COMPUTER

I
I

DEMOD

I
I
I
I

SPACECRAFT

I
MODE
L

COMMAND

....

I-_S-I=-RU-O-_ENT UN IT

J
1
I
I

ST-

124-M

I
I

1
O
"_

DATA
ADAPTER

_1

D ATA
DIGITAL
PROCESSOR

I
I

S-TV'B / I U STAGE]

I
I
I
A T TITUDE
CONTROL
NOZZLES

CONTROL

RATE

COMPUTER

GYROS

I
I

I
I

J
3-346

Figure

20-42.
The

function,
steers
signals

in space.

20-62

Rotational

Command

Control

Mode

REQUIREMENTS.

phases,
cutoff

20-18.

active
the
when

during
vehicle
the

the

ascent,

in the

vehicle

pitch

attains

translunar
and

azimuth

the proper

injection
planes
velocity

and translunar
and

generates

in relation

flight
engine

to its position

During

S-IC

stage

flight

:actiVe

related
the

control

region

utilizing
vehicle

an autopilot

type

this

along

imposed

aerodynamic

recognize

vehicle

of high

time

_.lid_r_:e'i_,no_-u_.il]zed:d_e

.......

constraints

at staging

must

''

oo

unknown
location

while

of the

results

and

it is passing

flight

in the
The

S-H

stage

actuation

insertion

through

is accomplished

exact

event.

to accomplish

structural

.....

to the

and after

trajectory

stage

which

prior

vehicle

This

control

to the

launch

pressure.

being

an optimum

oQ

on the

attitude

staging

position

guidance

function

must

into the

of the

steer

the

parking

orbit.

For

the

S-II

stages.

rates

ascent

phase,
An engine

to vary

guidance

over

consumption

The

launch

earth

orbital

orbital

(Figure
guidance

function

orbit

insertion

the

center

and

moon

and

mass

flow

exists,

the

flight,

in the

Saturn

along

V is minimum

however,

time.

orbital

and the

the

a yaw

stage

This
plane

is determined
location

of this
vehicle

an optimum

or by performing

S-IVB

at this

orientation

fuel

S-IC

time.

earth

of steering

by selecting

and

is 90 +18 degrees,

of time

of the

and

for

perturbations

factor

flight

defined

of the

is capable

is accomplished

After

the

Regardless

This

orbital

not been

as a function

earth,

20-19.

S-II

or a variable-inclination

changing
of the

has

thrust

these

optimization

mission

out capability

vehicle

Though

powered

an Apollo

plane

plane

constantly
center

for

the

during
The

shortest

an engine

causes

the vehicle,

or the

has

range.

trajectory.

azimuth

of the

vehicle

out situation

steers

optimized

fuel

Saturn

a considerable

function

constantly

tation

the

plane

into

azimuth

maneuver

the

the

plane

with

orien-

is a single

an orientation

by the

location

of the

launch

at launch

of the
site.

time,

the

proper

earth

orbit.

for vehicle

ascent

and

to place

the vehicle

direct

into the

plane.

the

orbital

vehicle

because
length
volume

into
the

plane
the

precise

of this

launch

of trajectories

contains

the

calculus

of variations

problem

as defined

particular

vehicle's

trajectory

is defined,

orbital

plane

time

of launch

window

will

a volume
during
cannot

by the

mission

launch

window.

and represents

Each

The

an optimum

exists,

that

magnitude

of probability

trajectory

to insert

window

It is estimated

degree

trajectory

calculated

A launch

3 hours.

desired

trajectory.

criteria,

are

be predicted.

by the

inflight

techniques

the

be approximately

is determined
actual

of trajectories

the
of the

that

is optimized
solution

boundary

it
using

to the guidance

conditions

and

variations.

20-63

Moon's
on Earth

Projection

_unch
Site

/
/
/

Launch

Site

Latitude

l/

//_

Center

Equator

"_

//

J
/"
b /
Jl

:al
Plane

3-347
Figure

The
the

ground
Apollo

in the

20-64

operational
mission

network,

20-19.

Variable-Inclination

support

system

communications.
a constraint

is imposed

(GOSS)
Due
on

to the
the

Earth-Orbital

is used
fixed
trajectory

for

Plane

tracking

location
of the

and

performing

of some

GOSS

Saturn

launch

stations
vehicle.

During

earth

orbit,

the

g_idaace

"

tations
are

to accomplish

also

used

to synchronize

and translunar

vent

to occur

sequence

starts

engine

The

system
duration

insertion

of the

vehicle

stage/instrument

20-43.

synchronizing

of the

reignition

575 seconds

before

to one vent

mission
for

from

the

the

forces

the
a

re-ignition

buildup

of the

J-2

cycle.

three

lifetime

of 6.5

S-IVB

orbits.

trajectory

Apollo

during

The

thrust

combination

a translunar

venting

process

operational

the

computations

sequence.

hours.

stage/instrument

The
and

spacecraft

elapsed

time

separation

of the

is approximately

hour

V guidance

function

utilizes

three

coordinate

reference

coordinate

one

hour.

is provided.

OPERATION.

in which

the

stage

launch

site

at the

measuring

reference

oriented

system

system

to those
t

of the

of the

moon

moon's

system

(X")

always

remain

guidance

(t),

which

are

velocity

coordinate

the
has

axes

its

(v),

displacement

X,

system.

earth

Y).

at the

earth.

mission

itself,

at the

polynomials

angles

taken

Thus,

they

launch.

i.e.,

(ti's)

the

of

by the
at the
coordinate

and whose

(X's),

successively
define

are

axes

system.

time

parameter
about

vehicle

polynomial

of engine

as functions

a performance

steering

before

coordinate

center

polynomials

(r) and

is

beginning

earth-centered

coordinate

system

Its origin

spacecraft)

earth's

(Figure

axes

This

and to the

measuring

A typical

whose

system

T_c

origin

re-ignition

eulerian

system

by the

as steering

engine

coordinate

measured.

of the

spacecraft.

and

(Z,

center

to the

of the

expressed

the three
axes

respect

as that

10 minutes

coordinate

be defined

with

to the

(tc'S),

and X Y are
fixed coordinate
reference

with

system

equations

vehicle

X z, X x,

(both

parallel

polynomials

is at the

measuring

system

are

coordinate

the

coordinate

at approximately

measuring

and will

encounter

is that

fixed

Its origin

centered

outputs

(X) is that

of the

systems;

(X') is defined

sensor)

it is inertially

coordinate

earth

system

(guidance

is inertially-fixed

location
time

and

window,

and the

coordinate

platform

parallel

launch

in the

The

These

to prevent

of one

The

body

cycles

approximately

into

engine.

lifetime

20-20).

time

phase.

stage

system

coordinate,

cutoff

or

unit

guidance

Saturn

The

venting

flight

compu-

oo

S-IVB

equal

of orbital

I'e

S-IVB

a minimum

hours

An additional

the

has

of the

to start

of a period

is 4.5

S-IVB

The

prior

and Apollo

from

The

the

injection

just

and consist

A maximum

o.w

at approximately

guidance

unit

..

re-ignition

reignition
cycle

.Tunclig, n l_erf(;1-n_,s _ s e;ri:e_ e._ Cime-to-fire

"

of
(F/M).

the three
orientation

(desired

direction

20-65

Platform Orientation
At t : t 0

y_

At

(Roll)

o
I

\\

\\\

_ X

(Yaw)

\
Z
X-

(Pitch)

: Reference

Flight

Plane

X : Reference
coordinate
system
(X,
centered,
parallel
to platform
orientation

X' : Measuring

coordinate

inertially-fixed[(_,_],

system
_ )]at

X" : Earth-centered
parallel
to X T

coordinate

Y,
at

Z) : inertially-fixed,
t : t .
0

(X' , Y' , Z')

= tA_
system

tL

: Platform

20-66

20-20.

(X" , Y",

Coordinate

orientation--

10 minutes

3-348

Figure

earth-

Systems

Z")

inertially-fixed,

tL

ou

of the

thrust

vector)

i_ _f :he
.

X=

ao

al0

y2

+ aiX

+ a2 Y

+ ...

+ a

(F/m)

......

.....

_.u

+ a4X

+ a54/ + a6Z

)2 + al7XY

IF/m

+ a

-v

+ a3Z

+al6

43

._orn_:

em

(F/m)

2 a7t

+ al8 XZ

+ selected

+ a8(F/m}

+ al9X:K

3rd

order

+ a9X2

+ a20X/

+...

+
Zt

+ a42

terms,

44

where

the

a.

's

are

stored

constants

and

probably

will

differ

for

each

stage.

While

steering

this

(X_),

form

the

of

polynomial

possibility

of

minimum)
_f yaw
steering
(X)
are in the reference
coordinate
Z,

and

from

becomes

the accelerometer

directions

_'he

ti me

earth-orbit)

same

variables.

The

guidance

data

adapter

follows:

The

representing

sample
adapter.

integration

implemented

velocity

obtain

velocities

adapter

gives

the

three

the

time

of

trajectory
depending

inertial

velocities.

on

data

the

box,

These

the

of velocities

are

the

times.

analog

reference

correcting
coordinate,

for

digital

by

gravitational
Figure

con-

second,

the

in the

digital

com-

velocities
system.
effects.

the
Each

located

incremental
coordinate

are

computer.

also

differenced

per

as

signals

signals

once

clock,

The

accomplished
_upply

Approximately
by

and

are

platform,

from

position

and

translunar

stages

a sample

by

stage)

platform,

inertial

adapter.

into

polynomial,

a stabilized

9 , and
respectively.

/dt)

S-IVB

onboard

transformed

inertial

(d_

steering

on the

velocities

obtained

the

computer

the_,

directions,

the

by

in the

where

into

pitch

delta-

The state variables

becomes
X, Y, and

Z'

of the

in all

sampled

values

the
as

20-21.

thrust

are

incremental

are

with

data

/dt)

to the

Figure

in the

and

cutoff

located

accompanied

and

(d_

determination

numbers

is

Y'

injection

form

vehicle

data

andS_),
,

each

computer,

studied.
where
R

for

(such

is determined

initiate

is

Successive

accumulated

inertial

(to

accelerometers,

in the

to

(for

used

form

(8_,8?,

be

simpler

X'

similar

incremental

velocities

F/m

the

of

digital

and

Z.

/dt)

stage

are

to binary

velocity

to

polynomials
S-IVB

and

position

then

:J(d_

function

Vehicle

puter

Flm

of the

from

verted

parallel

surely

is being
system,

outputs

are

of cutoff

reignition

data

)(,_z, and

will

using

are
The

A subsequent

20-22.

20-67

INERTIAL

PLATFORM

DATA

ST - 124- M

BOX

g
w

,_

.ucn
,_tu
OD -J

o
UJ

<I

STEERING
SIGNALS
DIGITAL

DATA

COMPUTER

ADAPTER

TO
CONTROL
COMPUTER

3-349
Figure

Desired

vehicle

pared

with

errors

are

attitude

measured

steering

the

manner.

same

The
the

approach
adaptive

form"

signals.

mode

steering

equations

generation
has

which

in the

also

be determined

when
Both

The

and

result

of the

as those

all of the
approaches

sent

calculus

the

in about

platform.

to the

control

times

are

to produce

has

been

the

to

"closed

The

The

resulting

in the
method

on the

overall
used

requirements
impact

in

according

and utilized

same

computer

an "iterative"

of variations.

described.

angular

computed

intent

study

is com-

The

operate

and computational

result

and

which

variables

previously

Generation

equations

stable

reignition

with

same

variations

the
and

of this

on the

Signal

guidance

equations

studied

based

functions

manner

axes

cutoff

been

the

from

of steering

is also

are

same

( )

Engine

expressions.

guidance

considered.

attitude

Steering

from

into vehicle-body

principle

steering

system

vehicle

to the

System

(X) is calculated

transformed

as analog

Guidance

20-21.

have

will
been

hardware

involved.

An alternate

hardware

launch

vehicle

Saturn

I vehicles

20-68

steering

hardware.
and has

This
been

scheme

using

method

is similar

a development

a resoiver
to the

"backup"

chain

is included

approach
to the

used

scheme

in the
on the

previously

..

uu

vu

Be

_e

....

.....
F_ _- a.

c_

n-

c_

>
(.9
0

L_

"0

L_

4J
GI,

(9

__
I

_
I

_._
I

4"
"1"

:10::

E
4(

C_
Lr_
C_
I
C_

20-69

described. The alternate rccthcd ot'era_o,_as follows: TEedigita) computer

determines the desired inertial position of the vehicle by solving the guidance
equations. The inertial position is defined by three angles related to the inertial
measuring axes. These three angles (Xx, Xy, Xz) are outputs'from the data
adapter to the inertial data.box. The inertial data box contains three command
servo modules which convert the computer angle outputs into three analog shaft
positions representing the three angles. Each command mocktlehas a resoiver
attachedto it whiei_is positioned to represent Xx, Xy, and Xz respectively. These
three resolvers are excited by 1.8 KHz and 1.5 KHz signals and are connectedin a
chain with three similar resolvers in the ST-124-M platform. The three resolvers
in the platform measure the actual vehicle attitude relative to the inertial measuring
platform. The chain of resolvers (three in the inertial data box and three or four
in the platform) establish the required vehicle attitude, compare it with actual
vehicle attitude andtransform the resultant differences into the vehicle frame of
reference such that roll, pitch, andyaw difference signals are defined. These
difference signals are sent to the inertial data box for demodulationto dc voltages.
The resultant dc (roll, pitch and yaw) voltages are sent to the control computer to
steer the vehicle. The alternate steering method is shown in Figure 20-23.
The primary steering method has certain operational advantagesover the alternate
method. It allows constant monitoring of vehicle attitude versus the inertial
reference and reduces hardware requirements. If at any time the vehicle fails
to respond in the manner directed by the outputs to the control computer, this
failure is sensedby gimbal angle monitoring and appropriate action is taken. In
the alternate method, the control is essentially an openloop. (Refer to Figure
20-24. ) That is, the command angles are transmitted to the inertial data box and
there is no way to verify actual vehicle reaction to the commands except through
the relatively slow response accelerometer input. This advantageof the primary
schemeover the alternate schemehas significant impact on total system operational techniques.
During componentcheckout of the platform system andduring simulated flight tests
involving the entire control system, the alternate loop through the platform system
is utilized with the ground equipment. This arrangement is used to position the
platform and manipulate it in a manner which simulates the changesin its configuration during flight. This allows the active flight system to operate throughout the

20-70

og

tg

ql,

___

INERTIAL

DATA
BOX

, ]

NJ k

U
<_,
i

'IF

DIGITAL

STEERING

D ATA

SIGNALS
TO

COMPUTER

ADAPTER

CONTROL

COMPUTER

3-351

test

without

Before
at

the

the

actual

launch

form

is

The

saturation

vehicle

erected

of the

steering

can

Prior
and

torqued

rolls

orbital

plane.

During

the

vehicle

performs

time

to align

its

it is

lie

guidance
the

launch

aligned

window

with

in azimuth,

the

during

azimuth

after

of the

launch

azimuth

is

roll

will

maneuver

in that

direction

have
(to

achieve

which

desired

be
the

the

rotated

so

desired
with

the
the

computer.
after

launch
the

that

within

ground

so that,

platsystem.

is oriented

by

coincides

stable

window,

launch)

the

performed

coordinate

launch

made

been

must
begins,

the

to this

platform

Method

operations

itself

the

initial

will

that

Steerin_

sig_nals.

certain

continually

window,

motion

error

so that

Computation
launch

Alternate

occur,

to the

is rotated

(which

vehicle's

20-23.

launch

site.

platform

Vigure

desired

the

azimuth)

the

platform

orientation.

Approximately

one

released

and

computer

is

During
(so

the

that

stage

becomes
also

flight

burning

less)

before

inertially-fixed.

of the
with

program,
the

(or

released

it coincides

a time-tilt

minute

guidance

Xp

at

the

The

this

S-IC

platform

system

time

real-time

of launch,
clock

the

in the

platform

vehicle

is

digital

time.

stage,

(tL),

expected

without

the

vehicle

orientation
an

continuously

is

rolled

to the

in azimuth).

attendant

yaw

calculates

maneuver.
vehicle

correct

azimuth

It is then

pitched

During
velocity

by

S-IC
and

position

20-71

Steering
Signal
Generation

Attitude

Control

PRIME MODE

and

Signal
Generation

Velocity
Sensing

Control
Actuation

Steering
Signa[
Generation

Acceleration
Sensing

Attitude
Detection
and Error
Generation
ALTERNATE

MODE

Control

Vehicle

Signal
Generation

Dynamics

I
I
I

Control
Actuation

3-352

Figure
20-72

20-24.

Saturn

V Guidance

Modes

by integration

of the

20-22.

This

the

adaptive

path

During

S-II

velocity

earth

and position

information
during

S-II

burn

first

S-IVB

stage

and

will have

the

proper

velocity

provides
and

continually.
The time
the latter
portion
of the

earth

orbit,

insertion

conditions

solution

to account

In order

to do this,

The

digital

and

reference

S-IVB

burn,

and

Figure

information

for

flight.

the

steering

polynomials

of first S-IVB
stage
third stage
of flight.
altitude

and

of injection

(Xp and

cutoff (tc) will

At this cutoff

for

injection

determinations

are

guidance

equations

be
time,

into a circular

sequence

meets

for

guidance

equations

S-IVB

three

phase,
of the

is provided

while

around,
S-IVB

and

re-ignites,

auxiliary

20-44.

interference

also

Likewise,

computed

for

The

effects
each

orbit

injection

spacecraft

into

requirements.

of performing

are

to eliminate

time.
and

with

a free-

It is necessary
injection

guidance

injection

into the

translunar

trajectory

on

begins.

Xp, Xy, and tc2 (second

S-IVB cutoff)
must be calculated.
combination
S-IVB stage/instrument
unit/lunar
excursion
the

docks

combination

with

stage/instrument

stage

changes.

orbits.

stage

During
this
stabilization

capability

velocity

link

are

S-IVB/IU

orbit.

due to venting

command

"aimpoint"

the

determination.

appropriate

spacecraft
the

orbital

at the
the

to readjust
during

to prevent

S-IVB/IU

to place

to have

cycle

the

orbit

to measure

for the

is initiated

designed

via

upon

cycles

in velocity

in ground

times

are

is used

noted

be updated

Re-ignition

which

As the

to aid

may

by vending

a vent

Changes

stations

trajectory

one of the

of forcing

based

It is necessary

introduced

opportunity.

return
the

of motion.

monitoring

is capable

errors.

countdown

equations

accelerometer

displacement

the

and velocity

perturbations

to ground

velocity

the

for

injection

telemetered

and

the position

computer

a possible

The

"c,ugpt_t's c5 t'lie -_tmble platform,

orbit.

During

any

used

stage

vehicle

guidance

Xy) are calculated

calculated
during
the

th_:ee _ax_s a_cel_OmO.er

command

LEM.

After

unit

combination

propulsion

system

this

module/service
decking

operation

is disengaged

is used

module

to propel

has

from

separates,

been

the

Attitude
module

completed,

LEM,

it to a different

turns

and

the

the

S-IVB

trajectory.

IMPLEMENTATION.
guidance,

mented

in the

and
launch

the

attitude
vehicle

control
as the

and
guidance

stabilization
and control

functions
system.

are

jointly

This

imple-

hardware

20-73

system is comprised
platform system,
accelerometers)

of the 8ata adap_e:, d_gital_omputer,

control computer,

control sensors

and horizon sensor.

SF_I!_4-M stabilized

(rate gyros and control

These units arc described in the following

paragraphs.

20-45.
The

DATA

data

adapter

computer.

is the

Control

computer

from

adapter

such

in the
during

computer

to the

Transform

unit

be broken

flow;

addresses

the

b.

can

data

and data
scanner

data

input-output

Its function

a.

metry

ADAPTER.

data

down

as the

accompanies
into three

storage

the
main

registers;

the

orbital

checkout;

and the

control

compatible

Saturn

V digital

categories:

of telemetry

buffer

analog

into

that

data

temporary

from

the

storage

of tele-

transmission

of guidance

computer.
format;

such

as digital-to-analog,

analog-to-digital, and signal level conversions; the formation of 40-bit launch

computer

and telemetry words from 26-bit computer

communications

between the computer

words; and buffering of

and the ground-based

launch computer

to

reconcile the difference in clock rates.

c.

Perform

simple computational operations; such as keeping track of real

time, and decoding of operand addresses in process input-output operations.

Communication
serial

with

the

transmission.

of either
single

input
26-bit

lator

The

or output
word

is carried

process

input-output

operations,

is transferred

out through

and

512-kilobit-per-second

instruction

addresses

the

to the computer

permits
device

the

specification

to be affected.

accumulator

or from

the

A
accumu-

or memory.

The

data

adapter

connection
are

boards

used,

leadless

employs

are

or where

ponents

packaged

case

A complete

20-74

logic

high power
leadless

are

supplies,

listing

of data

circuit

mounted

dissipation
devices

in encapsulated

of power

device

interconnections.

semiconductors

where

needed,

unit

for circuit

applications

the

computer

ladder

adapter

modules
Where

low-power

on unit

logic

is required,
are

modules

where

not available,
are

networks,

characteristics

and

used.

This

multilayer
logic

intercircuits

devices.

For

precision

components

standard

discrete

applies

particularly

and cross-over

is presented

detectors.

in Table

20-7.

those

comin

Item

Data

Computer Input-Output Rate

512-KHz

Power Supplies

6 pairs

Switch Selector

8-bit
15-bit

serial
of duplexed

supplies

switch-selector
switch-selector

input
output

Discretes

13 discrete
32 discrete

outputs
inputs

Buffer Register
Tag Register
Mode Register

26 -bit
8-bit
6-bit

Provides

Digital-to-Analog Converter

8-bit plus sign,

2-msee
operation
3 attitude
commands,
2 spare
outputs

Analog-to-Digital

18 resolver
inputs,
equivalent
from
a 2-speed
resolver

Converter

Platform
Horizon

4,
Scanner

Spares
Delay

the launch
computer,
metry
transmitter,
computer
interface

2-speed

gimbal

4 single-speed
6 resolver

Lines

communication

angle

resolver

with

teleand the
unit.

of 16 bits

resolver

inputs

inputs

inputs

3, 4-channel
delay lines for normal
put-output
operations
1, 4-channel
delay line for telemetry
operations

in-

Telemetry
Command

Data

Receiver

Transmitter

DDAS Computer
Interface
Unit
Launch

Reliability

Computer

13 bits for
and mode,
38 data
validity

input data,
3 bits
2 bits for priority

for sync
interrupt

and identification
bits
bit and parity
bit

i5 bits address
plus
put data,
I0 bits for

plus

validity
bit for
input data

out-

39 data and identification

bits plus
validity
bit for output data,
14 bits for input data plus interrupt
0.99

probability

of success

for

250 hrs;

20-75

20-46.

Angle

angles

Measurement.

in digital form

This requires
ments

an analog-to-digital

are generated

and frequency

the variable

e r

The

sum

waves

These

er

= (E

by

a standard

er

= E

an

sinusoid

sin

cos

by

to

2 Tr

relative

stator

in

binary

that two

The

signals

resultant count,

form.

by the cosine

sin

_t)

sin

the sum

of the constant

and sine respectively

O.

form

+ E

sin

(cot + _-

) cos

by

the

resolver

and

out
to the

resolver

sine

of the
causes

within

and

their

the

ratio

of the

gives

a 2. 048

MHz

resolution

of a single

cosine

by shifting one of the

to 0 plus

amount

for

phase-shifted

the

shifting

counter

20-25.

The
of the

network

in phase

by

output
shift
to the

which
rotation

input
rotor

connected

90

is

by

to

degrees.

a sinusoid,
can

be

calibrated

of the

resolver

angles.

and
is

due

circuitry

rotation

resultant

shift

of the

input

angular

differ

the

associated

in Figure

a constant

of phase

measure

of the

to

and

its

shown

A phase

outputs

network

a direct

clock

as

resolver.

proportional

Assuming

20-76

modulated

+ (E

by the

amount
the

a manner

is _sed.

- {}).

signal

plaee

Thus,

measurement

on and off.

to a useful trigonometric

carried

windings

an

sin

(_t

are

takes

angle

measure-

identity,

to the

rotor

Addition
shifted

cos

_t}

is multiplied

two

out.

_t)

excitation

respect

the

accomplish

Thus

operations

feeding

in such

counter

shaft

This is:

can be modified

of 90 deg.

where,

with

sin

To

can be seen by considering

sine wave

of interest.

= (E

represents

of operation

of 11 bits.

a resolver

of measuring

one part in two thousand.

a time-duration

a high-frequency

cycle,

basic principle

amplitude

the

to switch

a measurement

The

conversion

by connecting

i_ capable

of approximately

of the shaft angles,

is accomplished

after

data adapter

to an accuracy

and conversion

This

The

a 1016

Hz

reference

supply,

the

of

: ." ".
. _1316 X 3gO
=;_)_._
2. 048 X i0 _.

System
This

requirements
is achieved

Coarse

and

The

inputs

wave

the

of the

two

Figure

that

data

adapter

input-output

for

angles,

every

in the

fine

which

replaces

fine

up the

resolution

speed

effect

Execution

of arc.

ratio

of 32:1.

The

combined

of 11 bits.

degrees

double
per

stop
the

the

outputs

the

two

which

ll-bit

resolver)

counters.

is under

the

reads

Thus,

in this

con-

counter

then

binary

angles

program

with

the

inputs

the

coarse

for the

coarse

of the

manner

of electrical
detect

discrete

phase
a failure

register

derived

from

resolver

the

is used

gimbal

is

in the

case

in the

should

control

in

which

is used
In the

1 degree

internal

way

the

shift

fact

resolver.

having

in the

as shown

a phase
This

of each

But if the

resolver

angles

to

has

bit.

with

the

double

have

a resolution

horizon

sensors

RC network,

detect

normally

fine

used

of a resolver

RC network.

as resolvers

per

therefore

the

"speed"

on a bit

The

for

the

rotation.

of the

always

resolvers

and

detectors.

of two multiplexers,

detectors

adapter

turn

degrees

are

by 38 cross-over

to each

to start

a single

i.e.,

of shaft

angles

of the

data

resolver.

resolvers
gimbal

double

inputs

resolvers

an output

cross-over

resolver.

of 0. 0893

0. 0446

to a resolution

across

with

it can

the

back

fine

that

20-25,

resolver,

coarse

the

a coarse-to-fine

(and ultimately

placed

the

degree

appropriate

single

are

in Figure

the

of one minute

ir_struction.

a configuration

gimbal

has

detector

to effectively

illustrated

The

with

the

detectors

it is shown

for

from

(COD)

RC networks

twice

shift

measured

--

accuracies

resolvers

accepted

cross-over

20-25,

coarse

are

cross-over

of a process

When

each

detector

select

Selection
trol

measurement

two-speed

are

inputs

cross-over

in turn

angle

: .....

c_/Siffary:b_t.

is 16 bits.

sine

Each

by using

fine

resolution

for

dictate

"

i_

the

RC network.
of 0. 00279

have

resolution

The

32:1 resolvers

degrees/bit.

The

a ratio

of 4:1,

but

including

provided

by the

counter

is

bit.

of the process

cross-over

detector-counter

instruction

first

transfers

input-output

the

instructions

to read

hardware

involves

two important

contents

of both

counters

any

to the

angle
steps.

through

the

A single

accumulator

of

20-77

REFERENCE
EXCITATION
I 1016
PRECISION
HZ

T_

COD

S TA RT

'

? IW\

I,

COUNTER

STOP

COD = CROSS-OVER

DETECTOR

,_=

3-353
Figure

tile computer

and

the counters

for

the

seconds

before

in order

to ensure

cross-over
ware

issuing

special

selects

automatically

the

angles.

Digital

to Analog

generated

registers

for

against

which

analog

signals
each

from

signals

of a minor

cross-over

to start

of 2 milli-

cross-over

detectors

for

loop

always

the

last

interrupt,

detectors
after

for the

the

transfers

and stop

a minimum

its cycle

2 milliseconds

digital

five

cyclically

for

information

pair

of

the

hard-

fine

interrupt,

resolvers

the

a counter

derived

output

circuit

One

from

the

by the

first

reading

process

for

the

in turn

its particular
by reloading

the

two are

compared.

is made

signal

ladder

and

as a reference

serves

sharing

output

circuits

registers

Time

the

signals

placed

and

holds

the

of ladder

circuits

analog

analog

is simultaneously

of the

other

are

ladder

channels.

direct

commands

by means

information

purposes.

which
This

Attitude

Digital

is implemented

40 milliseconds

20-78

case

wait
to the

completed

Conversion.

redundancy

of the

circuit.

renewed

must

input-output

detectors

circuits.

multiplexers,

hold

Hence,

detectors

program

has

the

sample-and-hold

the

The

counter

Digitizer"

of cross-over

process

to the cross-over

are

with

the

Angle

resolver.

20-47.
which

pair

reading.
another

that

yaw gimbal

line

next

the

For

input-output
yaw

selects

detectors.

always

of the

then

20-25.

to the

signal

channel.
registers

The

Conversion

their

use

the

to
shared

by means
sample-and-

of a capacitor

signal

from

is time

possible

appropriate

by means

in three

to each
computer

for

output
with

is
the

of

same or anewout

rd;

. . . . : :

Comparator circuits monitor the output signals andcompare them with the reference
signal. Shouldthe comparison show an out-of-tolerance condition, a signal is sent
to the error monitor register. The computer can then changethe ladder networks
by means of a signal from the internal control discrete register to the channel
selector.
20-48.

Digital

digital

data

Special

input

bility

for

pulses

gathering.

telemetry

bit generators,

interface

delay

line

process

if,

only

lost

buffer

if,

process

5:bits

of real

there

time

both

cross-over

detector

to the

hardware

is left

empty,

digital

determine
applies

delay

monitoring
per

second.

to temporarily
the

buffering

capa-

by synchronizing

channel
line

which

of information

to be read

channel
along

to the

Data

7-bits

of tag

and ladder

of information.
with

counter

when

at the

outputs,
whether
switch

3 bits

both

the

adapter

delay

is assembled

with

the parity

telemetry-com-

and

address

(word

register,

data

automatically

selects

Phase

channel
contains

reading.

For

one

filled;

to a 'tfulW
of the

monitored

correct

signals
register

analog

in the

interface

and the

the case

of the

where

one

of

line

register
contains

the

to indicate
of the

phases

process

cycle.

of the

to external

discrete

delay

is reserved

by a programmed

processing

sent

For

ladder

bit

with
reads

"C _' always

situation

condition

at the
were

case

is

time,

identification).

phase

are

"A"

of

registers

information

during

always

this

adapter

The

a single

"B"

as a by-product

line.

hardware

channel,

Phase

are

selector

on the

various

identification;

bit is forced

data

from

of ladder

phases

conclusion

by the computer

to and

channel

an empty

count

this

to the

the

registers,

40-bits

adapter

is stepped

in the

for

of 240 words

provides

selects

and tag

operation

filled.

and

kinds
along

input-output

which

automatically

is an empty
are

information

For

is loaded

detector

contains

information

present

input-output

cross-over

Serial

input-output

if all channels

each

milliseconds

line

used

unit.

normal
and

counter

mode

rate

delay

4.17

buffer,

system

in the data

channel

A sequence

in the

telemetry

is provided

A four

every

PCM

at an asynchronous

logic

system.

form

The

words

data.

telemetry

validity

The

output

data

in parallel

puter

40-bit
and control

and

from

into the

Monitoring.

accepts

buffering

store

and

Data

output

data

adapter

equipment.
register.

to
This
In addition

20-79

to loading these registers, '_heco,npu;e) must wa,t 't su.tab_etim( i,lterval for
the signals to stabilize and issue a special process input-output to load the delay
line storage with the output data at the interface; the input and output data are
stored with separate tags and therefore in separate delay line channels. The
internal control discrete register is monitored similar to the discrete output
register exceptthat a single process input-output loads, in a single channel of
the delay line, both the input and output data of the register.
All discrete inputs are monitored by the delay line when the appropriate process
input-output is given by the computer. Besides the discrete inputs this group
also contains data from the accelerometers, telemetry, scanning, ground computer, command receiver, error monitor register, switch selector feedback and
the interrupt register (for other than timed interrupts).
The computer can also load the buffer, mode andtag registers independentlyof
the delay line. Whenthis happens, any word in the delay line is prevented from
entering the register until the word has been successfully acceptedby either the
telemetry or the ground computer. An internal control discrete is set by the
program to inhibit advancingthe sequencecounter for the delay line or transferring data from any of the channels.
A special circuit monitors the constant-amplitude, phase-shifted input to the
cross-over detectors. If, due to a malfunction, the signal level exceedsestablished limits in the positive or negative direction, the output of this circuit is a
logical "1. '* There ar _ presently
I9 pairs
of cross-over
detectors
that must be
monitored
one

by these

telemetry

provide

stored
done

20-8

20-80

The

function

in the
once

data

during

output

means

the

and clears

between

present

an additional

of these

major

loop,

details

circuits
As

i.e.,

monitoring
process

outputs

must

of controlling

multiplexer.

individual

20-9

best

outputs

in the

and

and their

is to provide

the parallel

capability
occurs

word.

this

serialize

circuits,

circuits,
input-output

on process

the

data

process

or twice

This

output

are

read

a second.

input-output

computer

this
There

so if an intermittent
samples,

address

by the

consideration,

to
and

is no storage
malfunction

bit coding.

by

to

is probably

it is not detecte_l.

and tag

is done

multiplexer

input-output

so they

a program

once

be telemetered.

Tables

ww

w@

.....

Tabl_
20_
:Def_.i_i_n:o_Jds_of_Oar@s
Data Adapter
for Process
Input-Output
Group

A2

A8

See

A1

Input

Input

Below
3

Input

Below

to data

to

Output

data

CTR
using

Group

Group

Group

(computer

(load

delay

adapter

lines)
(computer

operations)
from

(register
Output

adapter
and

telemetry

adapter

operations)

registers

See

to data

telemetry

See

to the

Function

Below
2

_[_ir_ -Bits
Operations

data
and

from

adapter
delay

data

READ

read)

adapter

and

address

line

set

up

(COD
new

COD

lines)

Group

Group

A3

Address

Address

Address

Address

Address

A4

Address

Address

Address

Address

Address

A5

Address

Address

Address

Address

Address

A6

Address

Address

Address

Address

Address

A7

Address

Address

Address

Address

Address

A8

See

Below

See

Below

See

Below

A9

See

Below

See

Below

See

Below

A8
0

A9

A8

A9

A8

Not
Bit

A9

0 ACC

0 M MEM

0 ACC

l ACC

1 ACC

1 ACC

0 M "MEM

0 M MEM

0 M

1 R MEM

1 R MEM

1 RES
MEM

64 ACC
32 RES
32 MAIN

MEM
MEM

64

ACC

32

RES

32 MAIN

MEM
MEM

96

ACC

32

RES

32 MAIN

0
Not

Used
A8

recognize

is used
COD

Used

to
group.

MEM

MEM
MEM

20-81

0
A

"0

"0

c_

.,--_

.r'_

Lf_

.,--I

,----I

,-..

n_
0

_D

0_

0_

0
0
"0

"0

_D
r_

O0

0_

_1_

-_0

(1)

c_

C)
c_

0
0

"0

.,--_

o_

"0

0
0

o4
I
0-1

oO

rq

0_
(1)

_D

,--'-I

r_

r_

20-82

20-49.
the

Analog Dat_M,_pit(_rini.

analog

input

to the

a.

Unfiltered

b.

Filtered

28-volt

c.

6 volts

dc from

d.

12,

e.

Attitude

f.

Spare

g.

Computer

h.

Data

i.

Resolver

For

a.

with

the

face

circuits

Each

channels

full

selects

f.

thermistor

the

are

to be compatible
inputs.

into the

telemetry

In addition,
the

data

No intersystem.

all computer

adapter.

and

special

circuit

designs

is

paragraphs.

and

data

selected

Tag

Register.

words.
adapter

along

loaded

by the

computer

with

by a process

the

valve

contains

controls.

input-output
up a relay

selector

stages

computer

wishes
The

which

are

the

lines

register

to give

register
The

has

is distributed

input-output

from

The

the eomputec.

the

register

commands

outputs
is

to specific

a 15-bit
are

data.

by the operand

controls

15 bits

register

the computer

determined

of the vehicle.

instruction.
code

data

and tag

operations,

input-output

switch

the

generator

or receives

the correct

The

whenever

address

input-output

the process

within

as fuel

During

and

Register.

selectors'ioeated

The

which

register

word

make

to telemetry.

adapter

cases

system

outputs

assemblies

in the

bits

thermistor

data

instruction

such

in most

_im telemetry

of the

Generator

Selector

dc for

down

through

switch

two selectors

scaled

to telemetry

of five

Five

routed

following

the computer

switch

A and

are

lines

instruction

b.

signals

two output

of the

five

outputs

provides

bits

the

adapter

output

the

Eight

data

to connect

of the

a.

A and

required

is loaded

following.

B and C

are

address

and

A,

of 0 to 5-vo_

devices

the

de

thermistor

above,

The

vehicle

include

by

adapter

I and

range

Switch

the

supplies

scale

in the

data

These

is monitored

excitation

a register

20-51.

from

_d_'_pter

system.

to the

dc output

outputs

adapter

Address

decodes

dc input

power

d_a!i_'th_d_'_a

telemetry

and-20-volt

description

presented

PCM

commands

circuits

A functional

20-50.

-3,

ladder

thermistor

thermistor

28-volt

20,

through

_irta:i_

storage
used

in parallel

capacity

as follows:
to each

of

selectors
bits
may

determine
be addressed

which

switch

at one

time.

selector

wilI

be activated

(No more

than

20-83

c.
Onebit commands thv:a,_sig_e,I9witch s,_lector to activate the device
selected by the relay code
d. Onebit resets all switch selector relays which were turned on by the
previously described bits.
20-52.

Discrete

those

controlled

output

register.

the

Output
by the

adapter.

The

of these

discrete

inputs

8-bit

output

word.

address.

necessary

switch

Discrete

data

one

Register.
selector

inputs

data
are

Each

word

The

computer

program

treated

as words

is read

by the

reads
Examples

from

the control

b.

A signal

from

the

To ease

programming

others,

the

If certain
"set"

discrete

output
are

another

register

in the

latches

in the

register.

"ones"

in the

corresponding

The

the

When

the

switch

selectors

are

lines

are

tested

to assure

that

lines

from

which

used

as other

discrete

inputs

comparing

20-84

set
to set

do not require

manner

20-53.

while

a separate

word

Interrupt

the

so that
the

32 of these

within

inputs.

- one

Groups

26-bit

word

and

by a process

periodically

input-

and performs

the

are:

indicating

vehicle

a command

specific

is not

in the

the

stage

to start

separation;
the thrust

Conversely,
the

desired

in the

register

of the

data

unchanged

bit positions

operated

as previously

the

was

code

code
and

the

word

word

used

As

on the
relays.

are

to "set"

a means

the

to be

or "reset"

side

of all

changed

by the

data

These

lines

are

inputs

by the

data

adapter

relay

the

is separated
easily

in the

relay

contain

more

by placing
to the

"zeros"

relays

be processed

registers.

are

described,

word

other

discretes

code

feedback

affecting

up to address

transferred

have

not

as the

is set

are

word

while

way

opposite

properly

addressed

This
may

set

same

ff certain

selects

bits

discretes

input-output

input-output

inputs.

Register.

loaded

a process

register.

of contacts

storage

discrete

it with

discretes

discrete

storage

as requested

for changing

bit locations

from

data

by a 13-bit

computer

comp,_ter

indicating

to be activated,

process

computer,

by the

excluding

stage.

of all latches

deactivated,

spacecraft

vehicle,

do not require

to handle

distributor

the

controlled

of discretes

requirements

discretes

side

the

within

are
which

is designed

steps.

S-IVB

signals

adapter

A signal

of the

functions

register,

are

a.

sequence

the

Certain

register

data

word.

tree

feedback

adapter.

Eight

complement
to the

data

in the
from

of
adapter

same
the

other

in the computer

code.

of notifying

the

computer

that

immediate

when

the

_o

attention

be given

adapter

to the

13 different

are

computer.

there

OR'ed

using
the

are

priority
register.

While

interrupts.

The

input-output

addressed

interrupt.

interrupts
another
such

The

as relays

discrete
must

outputs

computer

gram,

which

these

latter

The
that

during

duration

capable

precaution.

of inhibiting

Examples

caused

a.

An interrupt

which

b.

An interrupt

from

the

immediate

return

being

bypass

which

require

the

signal

line.

function

inputs

by

interrupt

as commanded

of the

devices

activated

delay

the

before

this
highest

by the

pro-

of the

subroutine

inhibit

control;

priority

of

are:

is timed
the

bit causing

Each

in the

interrupt,

further

slow-acting

subroutine.

of the

is a process

and

are

whenever

a tew

by functions

of interrupts

they

is

to an interrupt

further

prevents

testing

contents

particular

disappear

storage

instructions

However,

are

while

to assure

the

to prevent

This

made,

the

subroutine

must

register

not recognize

to reset

After

signal

branches

does

interrupt

is then

stores

and

delay

interrupt

one interrupt

interrupt

source.

the

than

signals

is required.

the

analysis

data

them.

The

computer

the

of accepting

upon

signals.

computer

source

interrupts

input-output

inputs

attention.

a time

from

occur

84 usec

process

this

provides

regenerating

is also

with

warrants

are

from

register

acted

to read

computer

from

is capable

has

counter

interrupt

source.

is honored

be at least

The

same

the

of the

i_ wired

line)

to the

more

instruction
the

interrupt

line

testing,

(delay

eight

in case

instruction

hardware

the

interrupt

this

to the

A computer

subroutine,

to last

.....

to a subroutine

and the

in this

computer

interrupt

first

During

next

from

one

i_t_rru_)t:][ind

the

only

operation.

register

subroutine.

the

for

bit positions

address

until

branches

input-output

in the

memory

only

register

them

requirements

computer

a process

stored

interrupt

storing

so that

the

highest

The

and

together

an interrupt,

wg

td :_n -o___e___y_a_
_p&_ti,o_?,

signals

Presently,

to ensure

regular

interface

unit

DDAS

processing

indicating

of guidance

that

requested

data
data

available.

20-54.

Buffer

Register.

and is loaded
data

adapter

transferring

by process
telemetry
data

stores

addresses

during

orbital

systems

to the

The

input-output
operations.
telemetry

to be compared
or ground

simultaneously.

buffer

checkout.
These

register
operations
It provides

transmitter
in the

read

storage

or the

data

part

of the

and/or

the

telemetry

It provides
systems

provides

scanner
parallel
data

from

for

output
interface

LCC

this

word

multiplexer

for

required

computer.

address
outputs

a 26-bit

for
It also

comparator

to all of these
register

external

asynchronously

20-85

with respect to computer timings.:

20-55.

Mode

other

Register.

one-word

computer
with

registers

word

the

puter.

LCC

which

defines

telemetry

bits

data

the

data

data

Bit Generator.

the

data

adapter

asynchronously

for

telemetry

However,

data

checkout,

Therefore,

of the

invalid

any

being

word.

time

loaded.

address

validity

are

communicating

by the

launch

when

com-

transmitting
for these

multiplexer
timing,

changed

system

as telemetry

outputs

in the telemetry

word

the

tag

buffer

it is possible

Also,

performs

input-output

since

the

from

the

which

during
data

function.

contains

adapter.

indicates

the
Data

and buffer

register

buffer

parameters

this

register

addresses

by process

invalid.

telemetry

register,

when

are

register

orbital

are

checkout

information.

Generator.

various

parameters

which

are

obtains

one

inputs

by sending

of these

register.

This

parator.

When

which

is read
data

Since

the

face,

15-bit

are

"ready"

buffer

register

as well

ready
bit

monitored

address

data

orbital
by the

occurs,

the

scanner

in the

telemetry

telemetry

Another

line

the computer

telemetry

a telemetry

is compared

adapter.

checkout,

word

examines

system.

The

computer

address

to the

buffer

scanner

is stored

interrupts

the

address

com-

in a 10-bit

computer

register

to notify

it

available.

it is necessary
are

During

comparison

by the

comparator,

20-86

a 5-bit

is substituted

data

being

bit generator

mode

invalid

are
time

invalid

Ready-Bit

data

for

and

While

outputs

data

to computer

of other

20-57.

that

of these

telemetry

they

at this

are

computer

It is also

in parallel

information

the

be included

The

the

read

data

must

read

register

storage

of operation.

three

respect

while

addresses

these

a signal

validity

with

to be read

to store

are

reads

buffer

It provides

mode

outputs

Since

words

is used

orbital

five

to the

is transmitted.

Validity

register

computer

but real-time

20-56.

operations.

is similar

computer.

multiplexer

words,

adapter

register

by the

these

telemetry

computer

mode

loaded

computer,

The

when

The

for

is turned

is continuously

as the telemetry
to indicate

to the

comparison.
on after

This
the

15-bit

connected
data

multiplexer

address
is the

to the

telemetry

and

comparator
function

address

of the

is loaded

the

scanner

launch

when
ready
into the

the

address

computer
buffer

register

bit generator.
buffer

inter-

register,

The

under control of a Sp_al I_rocess] _u_:ou_)ut:ir_trffc_ion.- the bit remains on

until after the address "hasbeencompared _u_d[he 10"-'bifdata word has been stored;
it is turned off by the line causing the computer interrupt.
20-58.
metry

Parity
link

in each

The

Generator.

to ground

40

send

data

word

is formed

that,

excluding

parity

bit,

checked

for

Internal

adapter

must

discrete

from

validity

bit,

bit for

and

a resultant

Control

Discrete

be controlled
register,
discretes

are:

a.

Control

switching

of duplex

b.

Selection

of the

c.

Selection

of coarse

Process

computer,
Since

computer

of inputs

selected

which

input
can

read

by the

converts

the

only

parallel

serializer

is applied

output

multiplexer

provides

The

easiest

way

each

to the
the

bit

The

is used.

total
parity

within

register,

these

This
plus
parity

bits

are

the

very

data

similar

controls.

Some

to

of the

channels
channels

to be used

of fine

Serializer.

inputs

one group

of inputs

input-output

request

(one

input

switching

word)

serial
data
for

in parallel

at a time,

bit rate.

the

The

The

the
form.

to a single

bus.
the

Excluding

occur

is switched

512-KHz

accumulator

resolvers

and

accelerometer

to the

bit.

subwords,

three

functions

Multiplexer

necessary

RF tele-

is generated.

A 13-bit

as backup

inputs

three

The

Certain

line

a validity

to generate

subword.

parity

output

except

process

of this

in the

Digital.Input

the

bit is included

Odd parity

"ones"

delay

analog

words

check.

to provide

resolvers

Input-OutPut

all digital

the

duplex

plus

the

computer.

is included

out over

a parity

subwords

Register.

by the

sent

error,

parity

all

parity

parity

data

adapter.

three

in the

of these

2.0-60.

izer

total

output

functions

out by the data

included

an individual

20-59.

the

the

computer
without

add up to an odd number.

is to generate
then

is not

that

is received

word

bit however,

means
the

equipment

bit data

telemetry

validity

To ensure

group
serial-

output

process

input-

input

word

selected

the

same

address.

by

the computer.

Data

from

If the
and

the

LCC

computer

computer

provides

allowing

LCC

inputs

and

is connected

a control
to come

gate
from

the command
to the

to inhibit
the

LCC

receiver

system,

inputs

from

computer.

have

a discrete
the
The

input

command
converse

indicates

receiver
of this

this
while
is true

if

20-87

the LCC computer is not connec_e_l

20-61.

Triple

in a triple

Modular

modular

Redundancy

redundancy

savings

and resultant

several

latch

into th5

sy_ter.i.

Delay

Line.

configuration

has

reliability

improvements

that

otherwise

registers

would

The

use

of glass

effected
in the

delay

sig_dficant

data

component

adapter.

be required

lines

They

for the

replace

functions

being

implemented.

This

triple

timing

modular

such

that

puter

operation

ated

electronics

the

it contains

remains

circulation

time

The

total

to the

(42 bit times).

corresponding

clock

times

total

information

is equal

times

delay

delay

cycle.

microseconds

the

redundancy

into which
line

among

of twelve

14-bit

line

at 2. 048 MHz

are

three

each
four

presented

in Table

20-I0.

In performing

a process

a phase

'rA '_ word

in the

data

during

The

output

phase

velocity

optisyns,
the
tains

which

arranged

Y2'

X 2.

When

processed

in phase

"B"

and

20-88

in the

X I and

the

delay

in such

optisyns,

the

lines

or any

and

output

are

the

a manner

another
the

real

delay

the
time

delay

accumulates

Y1 and

of other

are

processed

optisyn

could

optisyns

optisyns

on the

separately
fail

without

assigned

to the

computer

accelerometer

line.

One

still

line

another

conproit

accelerometer

accelerometer

system.

matching

accumulation,

selected

in the computer
the

to

information

redundancy,

velocity

same

for

latch.

Z 2, while

on the

failing

been

of the

redundancy

the

channels

available

outputs

out or looks

has

serializer

a given

four

of real-time

is made

four

by operating

time

modular

of one of the

the

sends

duplex

for

word

to time-share

to the

use

the

of 82.03

Hence,

line

computer

processed

calls

associ-

14-bit

is used

as to provide

computer

and its

Furthermore,

Real

and

com-

information.

"C."

to facilitate

with the

time

into three

relative

the

register

triple

output

two values

operation,

However,

accumulations,

receives

the

locations

multiplexer

Z 1 and

"C. '_ These

The

the

outputs

cesses

via

serial

computer

line

cycle

is divided

in a single

"B"

delay

times.

be stored

is done

multiplexer.

"B"

are

duplexed

This

of the

phase

word

around

synchronized

is divided

of 512-KHz

phase-times

time.

organized

instruction

bit time

input-output

during

been

line

computer

can

second.

only

delay

channels

words

has

computer

computer

per

information

basic
The

to the

line

such

during
that

any

phase
one of

: : :-

oc

ons: -

Phase Times

Channel

W Clock

PhaseA

Phase B

Phase C

Spare

Spare

Interrupt
Storage

(Read)

X Clock

Switch
Selector
Interrupt
Countdown

Spare

(Write)

Interrupt
Limiting

Minor
Y Clock
(Write)

Millisecond
Countdown

Loop
Interrupt
Countdown

Interrupt
Inhibit

Z Clock
(Read)

Real
Time
Accumulation

Velocity
Accumulation

Velocity
Accumulation

X1 (YI'

Y2 (Z2'

No initialization
voted

upon

in all

three

two

The

will

does

not allow

readings

will

meters

per

in the

approximately
is generated

while
downs

the

bits

occur

an interrupt

least

voters
The

Real

The

during

every

operation

real-time

of the
that

is accumulated

bit

in the

accumulation

circulation,

is no guarantee

time

significant

line.

duplex

so there

bits

are

written

adapter/computer
millisecond

so the

is
values

accelerometer
the

absolute

value

in 246. i microsecond

velocity

measurement

interrupt

at the

rate
the

duration

interrupt
inhibit
of one

count

count

passes

at Y time,

system.
for

12 circulations

computer

for

when

delay

X2)

has

a weight

second.

data

next

voting,

agree.

by counting

the

agree.

in which

one

for this

redundancy

always

the

channel,

functions

go until

modular

while

delay

provided

lines

increments,
of 0.05

been

in triple

processors
of the

has

Zl)

are

In phase

use

of the

for

the
stored

every
through

is used

in the

during

"A,"

a time

resolver

delay

minor

to time

line.

loop

0. 4922

millisecond,

zero.

The

In phase

"C."

length

delay

frequency

function

phase

three

"B,"

of

source
time-to-

is counted

down,

These

two count-

and they
of the

count

generate
is deter-

20-89

mined by the computer, which 19a_ds

a v_lu_ of-time -to-go tu indicate eachcount.
Switch selector interrupts in phase "B rrof channel "X, are handled similar to the
minor loop interrupt.
Computer interrupts are stored in phase "C" of channel'_W." Once the computer
recognizes an interrupt, it sets the corresponding bit in phase "C" of channel "X"
and resets this bit in channel "W."
The associated
circuitry
prevents
a new
interrupt
has

from

being

disappeared.

signal

The

is that

it lasts

to inhibit

certain

of channel

"Y."

channel;
exist

when

in the

In Table
"X."

for

The
the

"W"

may

in the

opposite

manner.

20-62.

Power

Supplies.

are

contained

duplexed

load

for

supply

The

lines

Saturn

handle
able

the

can

large

power

current

adapter.

of the

data

thus,

power

adapter

of the
the

interrupt

computer
bits

writing

wish

in phase

in the

any corresponding

words
by the

"C"

storage
bits

that

may

"W"

and

data

this

power

where

adapter

require

five

of these

supplies

to furnish

from

dc output

voltages

six highly

the

vehicle
are

The

determined

power

supplies

full current

and power

voltages.

(6-volt

To

dc) with

avail-

by two independent
converter

reliable

28-volt

the

dc supply

of 12 power

of modules,

operation.

and is furnished

consists

and com-

composed

required,

computer

subsystem

two channels

adapter

of supplying

channel

is split

data

"X"

of the

of these

supplies,

is capable

channel

as three

the

single

load

computer.

while

either

serve

is provided

of one

in channels

As many

which

supply

left

computer,

to use

These

each

are

computer.

supplies

is isolated

and the

spare

the

to permit

arranged

The

bits

read

requirements

supply

inhibit

sequencing

components,

subsystem

converter.

20-90

data

and

interrupt

corresponding

or prevent

if it is desired

power

computer

len_th
Should

erase

three

The

Voltage

amplifiers

static

that

into from

be switched

digital

The

24 feedback

The

voltage.

high-quality

sources.

in the

on the

previous

effective.

be conveniently

for reliability;

that

the

be sacrificed

the

microseconds.

do not

become

written

until

do so by writing

erases

be seen

may

82.03

bits

bit position
therefore,

it can

inhibit

it can

14 bits

are

at least

channel

be conveniently

puter

constraint,

computer

storage

20-i0,

normal

only

in this

interrupts,

Channel

may

recognized

modules

power

fuel

cell

by the
contain

and

sources.

supply

circuit
relays

by a dc-to-dc

requirements
which

operate the comput:et:on the _r;)uncI1_e"

rff_itt_'r.g_g_Idund
cnec_qut of the redundant
_,vW

circuits

The

to verify

efficiency

efficiency

of the

30 percent.

power

supplies,

power

module

The

ensure

power
the

convert
a function
signal

ground

square

of the

rate
wave

the

are

system

efficiency,

diagram

......

operating.

is approximately
power

resulting

to the

supply

from

absence

of any

60 percent.

use

The

is estimated

to be

of pulse-width-modulated

linear

elements

of the pulse-width-modulated

in series

power

with

supply

20-26.

an unregulated

isolation.

control

determines

stage

better

eo

series-regulator

provides

switching

this

dual

in Figure

oo

dc power

A block

oscillator

functions

is due primarily

is shown

mines

complete

The

source.

timing

all redundant

of a comparable

about

the

that

It also

of the

provides

power

from

degree

the

Integrators

drive

to the

signal

de feedback

of modulation.

is transformer-coupled

power

for

the

driver

a square-wave

inverter.

into a triangular
input

dc voltage

The
inverter

output
in the

whose

to
deter-

predriver

The

output

to main

which

average

amplifier.
shaped

stages

stage

dc value
biased

from

ground

the

is

triangular
driver

isolation.

4. 28 VOC
i

3V INPUT

I
TIMING
OSCILLATOR
AND
UNREG. P,S.

TIMING

ISOLATED
-I

iC

POWER

"-11

CONTROL

PRE-

_-

DRIVER

DRIVER

_..

POWER
INVERTER

Block

Diagram

"1

REF.
REGULATED
OC
OUTPUT

L-C
FILTER

F, W.

RECT.

3-354

Fi?alre

20-26.

Pulse-Width-Modulated

Power

Supply

Module

20-91

The push-pull power invertcrs gw[tch the 28-volt ,lc source to tt,e-primary of the
power transformer. The full-wave rectified output of the transformer constitutes a
unipolar pulse train whose on-off ratio is proportional to the circuit losses and
inversely proportional to the 28-volt dc line voltage variations. The single section
LC filter smooths the modulated pulses into a low-ripple, regulated dc voltage. Any
variation in the average value of the output voltage is sensed by the feedbackamplifier,
andthe error signal is used to control the power inverter pulse width.
20-63.
are

Special

identical

Circuit
to those

accommodate

the

discussed

of 4 volts

volts

is used.
used

The

Either

filtering,

and

The

26-volt

harmonic

with

the

pulses.

This

A variable
the

to a 26-volt

is maintained

frequency

source

is duplexed

resolver
input
serve

inputs

parameter

adapter

are

needed

to

designs

signals

to 6-volt

circuitry.

Since

rejection

are

ground
an input

of at least
redundancy

as a backup
is used

20-64

DIGITAL

COMPUTER.

V digital

in such

for

computer

for
the

is obtained

level

with
the

7 or

techniques

techniques

a manner

i.e.,

each

each

excitation

is a serial

fine

by the

other

(under

same
the

counter

Hz square
detector-

is obtained

to drive

the

The
by incor-

circuitry.
source

and coarse
source.
proper

by

resolvers.

circuit.

is accomplished
amplifier

that

wave

feedback

in the

in a sense,

1016

by level-sensing

is adequate

filtering

down

ring

of the

square

sensitive

This

a three-stage

is set

of the

which

by counting

amplitude

level

is not supplied

redundancy

20-92

data

circuit

modulator

resolvers

controls

by filtering.

duplex

Saturn

the

by an amplitude

resolver

The

noise

or triple

component

feedback

inputs

input

clipping

fundamental

selective

coarse

logic

is accomplished

The

frequency

any

special

input

adapter

with

clipper

counter.

The

level

to drive

porating

for

in the

circuits

Two

digital

data

redundant

is reduced

tation

28-volt

an inverter

is amplified

of the

special

equipment.

the

content

for half

Some

used

paragraphs.

needed

from

circuitry.

circuits

reliability.

by a latch.

amplifier

digital

computer.

component

timing

obtained

of the

to external

is expected,

computer

wave

in the

to convert

Hz frequency

followed

Most

compatible

to obtain

1016

from

is used

signals,

noise

are

following

circuit

reference

used

interfaces

in the

buffer

Desi_.

The

supplies

power

resolver
Since

exci-

fine

and

program

control),

access

magnetic

sour ce.

machine

using

a random

core

It u_e_
....

memory.

micromi:nia"
......

_l

Ii

ql, o

Advanced
puter,
are

Saturn
and

used

counter.

The

Technology

multiple

for
The

computer

the

duplex

serial

program),
memory

arithmetic

characteristics

provides

modules
registers

of the

general

Table

triple

20-11.

computer

purpose

Saturn

.......

_ g:t'ecl_n_Iue_
"
-

t_ " 2:a_k_gi

modular
for

high

and

for

are

redundancy

Clock

of Computer

the

V Computer

Storage
Capacity
modules
simplex,
pair
duplex)

(4 memory
or two

the

of the

central
delay

comlines

instruction
20-11.

characterized

by high

Data

Data

program,
binary

Add-subtract
neously:

Add Time,
Accuracy
Multiply
Time,
Accuracy
Divide
Time,
Accuracy

Glass

in Table

capability

512 kilobits

Speed

storage

summarized

computing

Stored
point,

rate

under

in the

reliability.

Item

Type

_eveloped

......

82 usec,
328 usec,
656 usec,

general

per

second,

and

purpose,
2048

serial

MHz

multiply-divide

clock
simulta-

26 bits
24 bits
24 bits

16,384
words
(each 26 bits) plus two parity bits expandable
in 4096-word
modules
to 32,768
words
total (simplex).
The
memory
modules
may be used in simplex
or duplex operation.
Memory
can be divided between
program
and data as desired,
typically:
2000 data words
(25 bits and sign)
28,768
instructions
(each 13 bits)

Input-

Output

Component
4 memory

Count (including
modules)

External
- computer
output control

programmed

input-

40,800
silicon
semiconductors
and
resistors;
458,752
ferrite
cores
temperature,
temperature

cermet

Temperature

60 F inlet coolant
maximum
junction

100 C
allowable

Reliability

0. 990 probability
of success
for 250-hour
mission
using triple
modular
redundacy
logic and multiple
duples
memory
modules.

Packaging

78 electronic
page assemblies,
four
word (28 plane)
memory
assemblies.
tegral
liquid cooling.

4096In-

20-93

internal computing speedanti va_riableCal_acityra.x}om access core:memory.

internal

arithmetic

operate

concurrently

Memory

words

arranged

The

are

the

may

be used

in the

reliability

words,

The

from

and

each

circuit.

Thus,

will

signal

logic

and

Figure

20-27

flow
data

and

arithmetic

A random

20-94

data
the

division
portion

access

three

one

may

use

modules

for different

in duplex

the

planes

memory

size

is

memory

core

to eight

be used

memory

28-bit

magnetic

using

2 bits
of this

magnetic

circuits

inputs

fashion

of 32,768

for

instruction

fixed

point,

from

cycle
have

been

These

The

signal

20-28.

but,

are

described
capability

program,

general

arithmetic.
required
developed

numbers.

and

using

are

treated

on.

The

computer.

The

in this

diagram

timing

section

under

portions.

purpose

machine

complement
sign

plus
for

is done
separately

arithmagnitude

multipli4 bits

at a

in the

section.

core

memory

is used

as the

computer

mod-

voter

block

logic.

implemented

Multiplication

algorithms

of the

Two's
when

next

voted

simplified

level

to the

to the

are

modu'les

register

to another

redundancy

module

This

outputs

inputs

output

modular

subdivided

logic

is sent

of the

the

each

input-output

complement

modules.
the

of triple

other

stored

computer

is incorrect,

associated

complement

at a time.

before

simplex

to the majority

signals

not shown,

computer

two's

functional

in Figure

and

algorithms
of two's

seven

identical

is an example

and

are

three

is equal

recomplementation

Special
division

paths

section

is a serial,

uses

go to any of the

flow

computer

time

assumes

into

is illustrated

The

and

report

of 13 output

may

sequencing

cation

which

The

occupy

in memory
may

circuit

of the

instruction

arithmetic.

bits).

one

modules

in voter

if one

the

obviates

upon

of the voter

input-output

metic

This

channel

voted

An average

major

processes

From

flexibility

system

each

are

data

which

(4096

circuits.

missions.

redundancy

outputs

the

words)

memory

even

computer

depicts

64 by 128

Independent

be correct.

circuit

two parity
may

sensing

units

unit.

two instructions

providing

output

outputs.

voter

control

multiplier

modules.

channel
The

or

and

(including

fourteen

subdivides

module.

adder

program

computer,

modular

channels

word

and

on long

or four

triple

data

drive

both

in length,

uses

missions.

high

The

one

required

Saturn

a single

28 bits

memory

plus

employs

with

so that

word.

ule

structure

The

storage

unit.

A!

M4

A 2 M4

A3 M 4

A2M

3-355

Fig_are

serial

with

includes

one

Storage

reliability

isters

and

which

would

a serial
parity

of a 4-bit

--

parallel-by-bit

memory
area
Delay
for

code

and

is maintained

The

is achieved
lines

are

the

various

a 9-bit

parallel

This

the best

choice

registers

Each
operand

glass

Outputs

the

allows

read-write

memory

the

memory

work

length

of 14 bits

shift

register

area.

operations.

predominantly
by using

Signal

by operating

mode.

of the memory

is located

and Addressing.

Voter

operating

checMng

be required

Redundancy

second

bit to allow

in this

operation

per

unit.

to the

Format

Modular

arithmetic

counters.

Word

Triple

by byte,

external

20-65.

A3M

of 512 kilobits

in a serial

to work

High

20-27.

data rate

units

A3M3

in the
delay
when

lines
the

for

arithmetic

number

reg-

of transistors

is considered.

computer

instruction

address.

The

9-bit

word
address

is comprised
allows

512

20-95

o
o

tr)
I

20-96

locations
words,

and

a location

contains

of 256 words.

selected

operand

sector

address

specified

by the

are

addressed

from

instruction

sector

register.

change

the

bit

sector

The

(data

9-bit

sector

(R) is a binary0,

register.

into

sectors

address

latches)
then

If R is a 1 the

of 256

specifies
or in the

the

data

data

comes

comes

from

memory.

Instructions
a 4-bit

instructions
enough

which

so that

words

used

in the memory

Table

20-12.

20-12.

of the

which

selection

sector

is augmented

is changed

register.

Sector

by

by special

size

is large

operation.

data

words

wvrd.

or syllable

to provide

counter

memory

Instruction
per

one

iLlstruction

Sector

contents

of 26 bits.

in syllable

to Table

an 8-bit

is not a frequent

two instructions

stored

(Refer

this

consist

in memory

are

memory

previously

If the

section

residual

being

the

memory.
the

Data

a residual

in either

residual
from

" .-o _ :-aff_lr'egsed;.rTh_.._,.--- to._l _T_l_no_y:_ lS _ivided

to be dir'c_tl_i

consist

Hence,

instructions

two of a memory

parity

checking

of 13 bits

for

word.
each

and

are

stored

are

described

as

Two

additional

bits

of the

two syllables.

Digital

Computer

Data

and

Instruction

Word

Format

Memory

Syllable

13

14

Plane

Syllable

15

16

27

28

Data

Syllable

2- 1

2_12

Word

Syllable

2 -13

2 -14

2 -25

Instruction

Syllable

1 or

A8

A7

Word

............

A8,

A7,

............

OP1,
p

Sign
etc

OP2,

............

.......

etc

.....

- A1 R OP4

OP30P2

OP1

Position

Operand

Address

Residual

Bit

Operation
Parity

Codes
Bit

20-97

The computer is programmed by mea_,sof single-a2dress instrt, c_ioas. Each instruction specifies an operation and an operand address. Instructions are addressed sequentially from memory under control of the instruction counter. Each time the instruction counter is used, it is incremented by one to develop the address of the next
instruction. After the instruction is read from memory and parity checked, the operation code is sent from the _ansfer register to the operation coderegister, a static
register which stores the operation codefor the duration of the execution cycle.
The operand address portion of the instruction is transferred in parallel (9 bits)
from the transfer register to the memory address register. The transfer register
is then cleared.
If the operation code requires reading the memory, the contents of the operand address are read 14 bits at a time (including parity) from the;memory into the buffers
register where a parity cheek is made. Data bits are then sent in parallel to the
transfer register. This information is then serially transfered to the arithmetic
section of the computer. If the operation code is a store (STO),the contents of the
accumulator are transferred serially into the transfer register and stored in two
14-bit

bytes.

Upon

completion

are

The

word

is read

register

and

ory

directly

goes

as directed

arithmetic

and

storage

der.
other.

20-98

from

the

section

quotient,
The

sector

Therefore,

the

and
they

one

computer

by the

section

is then

counter

is then

been

transferred)

cleared

and

transinto

the next

cycle.

specified

sector

of the

instruction

information

previously

register

address

of the

This

has

an add-subtract
operands.

multiplicand,

add-subtract

contents

by the memory

register.

computer

Data
where

from

address
the

mem-

it is operated

on

code.

contains
for

the

transfer

specified

byte.

register.

memory

arithmetic

operation

registers

The

the

each

address

completing

from

to the

by the

The

product,

thus

transfer

operand

register.

is read,

data

as the

for

operation,

into the

(just

address

instruction

arithmetic

serially

in parallel

memory

bit is generated

of the

transferred

ferred
the

A parity

can

Registers

multiplier,
the

multiply-divide

be programmed

element,
are

positive
elements
to operate

a multiply-divide
required

remainder
operate
concurrently

element,

for

the

accumulator,

and

negative

independently
if desired;

remainof each
i. e.,

the add-subtract e_-m_t car. c_ _V_ra['sh_t

Di_era_o_.
:s while the multiply-divide

element can do several short operations while the multiply-divide element is in operation.
No dividend register is shown in Figure
remainder.

The

divisor

is read

can be regenerated

from

multiply

and

require

ations.

A special

to stop

the

assigned
The

divide

an address

and

remains

time

is used

when

the

during

on subsequent
execution

to keep

track

The

is addressable

it is considered

accumulator

for

completed.

in the

because

two remainders
more

counter

operation

answer

the

from

2-28

the

rest

the

product-quotient

of the

computer

oper-

progress

are

illustrated

and

has

of any

another

and
both

address

until

time

indicated,

(PQ} register

operand

register

cycle

first

As

multiply-divide

product-quotient

from

first

cycles.

than

of the

the

to be the

been

instruction.

multiply-divide

is

initiated.

20-66.

Timing.

Basically,
clock

the

The

computer

phase

PA'

Phase

A (PA)

up the

data

20-67.

makes

and

pulses)

resulting

a four

is 1.95

in a phase

PC are

required

up the

instruction

the

pulse

system.

of 27.3

to perform

frequency
Fourteen

phases

of each
is 512
oc-

Three-phase

computer

B and

20-29.

bit times

microseconds.

a complete

and

The width

repetition

microseconds.

time

cycle

clock

in Figure

operation

C (PB and

cycle.

PC} make

Control.

An instruction

list

for

computer

operation

is presented

20-13.

All operations
seconds)

except

for

ly with

around

microseconds

clock

timing

cycle.

Computer

in Table

(four

and

of computer

is organized

time,

PB'

levels

0.4

bit time

in one

times,

any

MPY,

execution.
of the

ecuted

between

ilarly,

seven

More

three

is approximately

KHz.
cur

The

The

other

the

on the

instructions

addressed

if maximum

is stopped

automatically

illustrates

the

timing

MPY

and DIV require

and

instructions

start

one-word-time

MPH

can

efficiency
and
of the

and

be executed

instructions

can

MPY

MPH).

the

and

must
Three

time

when

between

the

be inserted

is not required

the result

operational

DIV instructions

(except

MPY

one

retained

sil:ce
until

be executed

instructions

the product
start

before

cycle

and

the

concurrentcan

be ex-

is available;
finish

product

multiplication
addressed.

(82 micro-

sim-

of DIV.

or quotient

is

or division
Figure

20-30

DIV operations.

20-99

_-_
CLOCK

TiME

CLOCK

CLOCK

'_

CLOCK

z I

"3"_-_ 9"SEC

w I

x I v

I z

I w I

x I Y I z

w I

F-i
F-L_

_-'_,.,

,c_. ___

I-1
t
o. _12
F

_"

SEC

!
BiT

TIME

o.612

y. SEC

tO

il

i2

13

I4

%...---

f
I

p-

tl II

v"

_r

'

_r
G6

e7

r
f

lilt

__./"

--..%

j-

WXYZ

ZT.3FSEC

PHASE

TiME

"

,,,_J

Po

3-357

Figure

20-100

20-29.

Guidance

Computer

Timing

Charts

o_g

Table

20-13.

Operation

Code

Code

Map

Operation

HOP
(82 usec)
0000

The contents
of the memory
address
specified
by the operand
address
specify
the next instruction
address
and data sector.
Four bits identify
the next instruction
sector,
8 bits are
transferred
to the instruction
address
counter,
1 bit conditions
the syllable
control,
4 bits identify
the next data sector,
3 bits
identify
the next memory
module,
1 bit defines
either
simplex
or
duplex
memory
operation,
and 1 bit resets
the memory
error
latch
when specifying
a new memory
module.

TRA

The 8-bit operand

address
is transferred
The residual
bit in the operand
address
instruction
syllable
latch.
The sector
unchanged.

(82 usec)
1000

to the instruction
is used to specify
register
remains

counter.
the

TMI
(82 usec)
1100

A transfer
occurs
on the minus
accumulator
is positive
(zero is considered
positive),
the
sequence
is chosen
(no branch);
if the sign is
operand
address
become
the next instruction
and a TRA operation
is executed.

TNZ
(82 usec)
0100

A transfer
occurs
when the accumulator
contains
a nonzero
number.
If the accumulator
is zero,
the next instruction
in sequence
is chosen;
if the accumulator
is not zero (either
negative
or positive),
the
8 bits of the operand
address
become
the next instruction
address,
and a TRA operation
is executed.

SHF
(82 usec)
1110

The SHF instruction

one or two places

shifts
the accumulator
contents
right
as specified
by the operand
address.

A1 Right
A2 Right
AND
(82 usec)
0110
C LA
(82 usec)
1111
ADD
(82 usec)
0111
SUB
(82 usec)
0010

sign.
If the sign
next instruction
in
negative,
the 8 bits of
address
(perform
branch),

Shift
Shift

1
2

A5 Left Shift
A6 Left Shift

or left

1
2

The contents
of the memory
location
specified
by the
are logically
AND'ed,
bit-by-bit,
with the accumulator
The result
is retained
in the accumulator.

operand
address
contents.

The contents
transferred

of the location
specified
to the accumulator.

address

The contents
added to the
accumulator.

of the location
specified
accumulator
contents.

by the

operand

are

by the operand
address
are
The result
is retained
in the

The contents
of the location
specified
by the operand
address
are
subtracted
from the accumulator
contents.
The result
is retained
in the accumulator.

20-101

Table 20-13. Operation Code Map (Cont'd)

Code

Operation

STO
(82 usec)
1011

The contents of the accumulator are stored in the location specified

by the operand address. The contents of the accumulator are retained.

DIV
(656usec)
0011

The contents of the accumulator are divided by the contents of the

register specified by the operand address. The 24-bit quotient is in
the product-quotient delay line. Concurrent use of the addersubtracter element is required.

MPY
(328usec)
0001

The contents of the memory location specified by the operand address

are multiplied by the accumulator contents. The 24 high-order bits of
the multiplier and multiplicand are multiplied together to form a 24bit product. Concurrent use of the add-subtract element is required.
The product is stored in the product-quotient register.

MPH
(410usec)
0101

This is the multiply and hold operation. It is the same as the

MPY operation except concurrent use of the add-subtract element
is not permitted and the product is stored in the accumulator.

XOR
(82 usec)
1101

The contents of the memory location specified by the operand

address are exclusively OR'd, bit-by-bit, with the contents of the
accumulator. The result is retained in the accumulator.

PIO
(82 usec)
1010

The low order address bits, A1 andA2, determine whether the

operation is an input or output instruction. The high order address
bits, A8 andA9, determine whether the data contents are transferred
from the main memory, residual memory or accumulator.

The MPH instruction inhibits further access to memory until completed, and cannot
be operated concurrently with other operations.
A limited program interrupt feature is provided to aid the input-output processing.
An external signal can interrupt the computer program and causea transfer to a
subprogram. Interrupt occurs when the instr_,ction in progress is completed. The
instruction counter, sector and module registers, and syllable latch are stored automatically in a reserved residual memory location (octal address 777). A HOP
constant is retrieved from a secondreserved residual memory location (octal address
706). The HOP constant designates the start of the subprogram. Automatic storage
of the accumulator andproduct-quotient registers is not provided. This must be accomplished by the subprogram. Protection against multiple interrupts and interrupts

20-102

_--

I,

o,l,

PHASE
PA

TIMES

P B

PC

A B

BC

A BC

12

1201

16

TS IN PARTIAL

IF a,
MPY

BC

BC

A B

BC

PRODUCT

241
BITS

IN QUOTIENT

61

DIV

{10

12

{'61

14

QUOTIENT
ADDRESSABLE

PRODUCT
ADDRESSABLE
328_SEC

82 # SEC

656/_

SEC

3-358
Figure

during

The

MPY

and

interrupt

generated

terrupt

signal

main

word

may

is controlled
summed.

The

DIV operations

signal

tinually

20-30.

can

a HOP

Certain

discrete

causing

the

the

summed

is generated.

777 with

by a timed

by changing
the

Timing

Chart

is provided.

be generated

When

program

MPY-DIV

This

magnitude

number

source.

of a number

reaches

is accomplished

be resumed

The

at which

which

the

data

con-

value,

adapter

contents

it is

is being

a predetermined
in the

by addressing

rate

the

in-

equipment.

of residual

memory

instruction.

input

signals

input-output

are

allowed

subprogram

to cause

to give

interrupt.

immediate

These

attention

are

useful

to an input

in

or out-

put operation.

The

digital

cluding
MPY
the
This

computer

add,

subtract,

requires

that

multiplication
procedure

plication

uses

multiply,

and

one-word-time
process

speeds

and one-word

of up to 40 percent

a conventional

over

divide.

operations

because
up the

complement

the

a conventional

operation
Trial

multiply

sequential

in the

counter

advances

by permitting

programming

instructions

instructions

be performed

instruction

computer

operations.

Two

of arithmetic

has

are

adder

unit

each

simultaneous
shown

a speed

in-

included.
during

word-time.
multiincrease

computer.

20-103

When

the program

is multiply-hmited,

and a sufficientnumber

of useful one-word

operations cannot be located in the portion of the flow diagram

MPH

instruction is used.

This instruction inhibitsadvance of the instruction count-

er so no new instructions are read from memory

This feature conserves

being executed, the

program

until the operation is completed.

steps. Having both types of multiply instructions

permits the increased speed of concurrent operation without sacrifice in the number
of program

steps required, and permits a programming

tradeoff of speed and number

of instructions required.

Instructions,

TRA,

transfers
and

in branch

in easy

masking

The

return

from

stant

causes

routine

is used

a subroutine,
a return

the

to the

prior

piler

is used

to generate

the

The

The

inputs,

by causing
erated

feature
a transfer

input-output
track

20-104

of time

obtained

unconditional

of the

accumulator,

in the accumulator

data

through

expired

must
since

in the

routine

and

place

used.

to subroutines.

is a HOP.
Since

subroutine.

each

The

use

in the flow

An automatic

to permit

into data-word

To
HOP

con-

of a subdiagram,

the

program

com-

the rapid
inputs.
with

checking

Discrete

of changes

output

words

an AND instruction

and

position.

(by Octal

facilitates

may

entering

the timing

subprogram.

be set

be handled.
last

and

being

775) with

the

operations

XOR.

computer

and

currently

constants.

selected

to an input-output

quantity

the

can be addressed

AND

adapter

diagram

sequence.

is provided

the

sector

flow

out the bit to be changed

into

in the

of the

to a different

HOP

grouped

register
STO,

program

correct

are

output

SUB,

in the

are

of the

in return

by masking

product-quotient

interrupt

in programming

of the contents

outside

instruction

XOR,

which

discrete

ADD,

which

to entering

OR operation,

be generated

CLA,

transfer

portion
last

results

is loaded

the

flexibility

transfers

original

constant

adding

inputs,

for

HOP

may

through

to another

in the program

in discrete

provide

an AND instruction.

jumping

An exclusive

TNZ,

of discrete

instruction

permits

and

instructions,

handling

with

HOP

HOP

TMI,

The

to interrupt
This
the

method

of input-output
interrupt

at thc highest
avoids

input-output

the

signal
rate

necessity

subprogram.

operations
is genat which
of keeping

any

"

The

automatic

to cause

interrupt

interrupt.

mand

that

the

ions

between

.v

also

Allowing

program
the

makes

discrete

give

and

the

to permit

inputs

attention

computer

qmdm

it possible

to interrupt

to an important
vehicle

certain

discrete

makes

discrete

inputs

it possible
input.

to de-

Communicat-

telemetry

monitoring

system

are

thus

by an address

code

from

the

computer.

The

is given

over

the

output

to

facilitated.

The

vehicle

definition
the

monitor
of the

data

and

parameter,

program

to read

The

data

sector

referred

in each

sector,

planes.

parameter

of the

waiting

data

with

polynomial
polynomials

guidance

each

separate

in different

application

address

evaluation

of the

in the sector

instructions
since

Sets

register

and

data

sector

sectors.

register,

which

polynomial.
and

sector

it accomplishes

the

same

of indexing.

Hardware

the

end
and

or

and

data

sector

readily

re-

usable

for

of each

data

and

instructions

conserves
parts

memory

core

of the program

of constants

for

is set
the

coefficients

are

feature

stored

necessary

the

The

instruction

residual

size

instructions

result

to the

small

both

sets

Thus,

register

sector

registers.

of coefficients

memory

residual

more

separate

The

and

of the

in addressing

equations.

of data

changing

word

between

handling

the

than

com-

parameter.

data

The

sub-

permits

the

in the

made

the

input-output

By confining

rather

or data

useful

once.

of the data

in the
is set

stored

stored

by use

coefficients

indexing,

injection
are

are

number

is also

located

of the instruction

instruction

register

in the

lines

acquired

scheme

flexibility

sectors.

instructions

to move

This

is then

in many

has

computer

to acquire

are

sector

monitor

system

sectors,

stored

is free

the

register.

residual

size

changing

data

of memory

The

the

causing

monitor

sector

by concentrating

sector

retrieved

data

the

as an input.

whether

nember

reduces

The

the

When

considerable

indicate
to by the

frequently

nomials

for

permits

The programmer

without

chief

value

to by instructions

achieved

register.

is generated

a limited

sector,

The

in a buffer

can be minimized.

data

to be monitored

an interrupt

register

referred
and

gister

stored

while

sector

is selected

parameter

Instructions

register

the

the

to continue

constants.
the

vehicle

adapter

desired

puting

system

many

different

location

poly-

can
a given

of the

be readily
set

of

polynomial

selected.

eliminates

in polynomial
bits

to compute

coefficients
to select

for use

are

the

need

evaluation,
saved

for
the

by omitting

indexing.

20-105

Upper and lower limits for orbital checkoutparameters are stored in the two halves
of a data word. Addressing of the parameter through the monitoring system is related to the storage location of the limits in memory. A simple, regular sequence
of addresses makes programming easy by the use of address modification techniques.
20-68. Computer Arithmetic
The Saturn
element
are

and

by the

each

the

accumulator

delay

of the

line

and

and

arithmetic
the

may

DIV.

independently,

can
Also

operations

accumulator

perform

any one

each

line

of

program

circulated

delay

they

concurrently.

during

are

syne

add-subtract

be operated

element

MPH,

the

operate

and

add-substraet

simple

through

both

circuits

MPY,

of the

instruction

line

to synchronize

is used
controlled

product-quotient
address

tion,

but must

The

be used

of the MP!I

The recursion
complement

Multiply.

for
are

The

through

channel

the

to prevent

program

initiates

memory

location

line.

The

multiplier

of the

accumulator.

is stored

in the

a multiply

delay
The

operates

as a counter

to stop

counter

operation

delay

is completed.

memory

times,

contains
counter

word

on any

and

subsequent

or divide

and

divide

has

the

opera-

operation.

instructions

The

with

two's

paragraphs.

in a two-phase
including

cycle,

instruction

the 24 high-order

by the operand

phase

the

in Figure

accumulator.

following

by placing

line

when

shown

instruction

multiply

multiply

in the

specified

of the

can be obtained

of another

15 phase

as

is used

as a residual

initiation

element

line

line

counter.

or quotient

explained

and requires

channel

or quotient

implementing

multiply

of a delay
delay

is addressable

operation

parallel,

the

by the

before

numbers

Another

product

formulas

channels
counter

the product

register

775.

three

operations.

automatically

octal

20-106

the

uses

or divide

product

control

element

the multiply

The

Although

elements,

of the results.

One channel

This

program

except

results

arithmetic

element.

cycle-time,

multiply-divide

20-30.

two independent

instructions,

cycle-time,

The

same

program

computer

processing

has

the multiply-divide

serviced

During
the

V computer

address

terminates

access
bits

into

the 24 high-order

serial-by-four

the
bits

a multiply

of the

time.
contents

multiplicand
of the

contents

instruction.

The
cff
delay

The

.....
instrumentation

Two

of the

nels

shift

channels
both

two-phase

cycle.
(fourth

and

be used

can

in latches

of multiples

for

new

and

line

the

the

multiply

during

every

four

places

partial

A 1

A2_

to the
The

in the

channels.

These

multiplicand.

other

phase

time

M_R3, MR4,

to condition

to the

line

chan-

right

every

accumulator

multiply

operation

operation.

(MR 1, MR2,
used

delay

multiplier.

is not involved

the

and are

multiplicand

and

three

multiplier

contains

multiplier

or txatches

thereafter,
and

addition

product.

The

the

MR5)

or

are

subtraction

following

algorithm

according

to the

multiply:

Pi = 1/16
P. is the

the

delay
with

r e_uires

product

and

channel

of this

of the

of the

is utilized

third

algorithm

partial

product

of a multiply
bits

_'_n_Yt

the

concurrently

low-order

placed

The
channel)

initiation

five

_ o.
multi

conta::n

the partial

portion

Upon

of the

[P(i-

partial

1)
product,

and

1 and

A 2 are

formed

rules:

MR 1

MR 2

MR 3

MR 3

MR 4

MR 5

0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1

0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1

M represents

the

MRlare

made

zero.

Divide.

The

llel,

and

The

program

ory

location

element.
gorithm

multiplicand.

and

phase

= Ris

times

a divide

(divisor)

the

counter

DVs

the

operates

27 phase

is instrumented
Qi

For

element

initiates

The

0
+2M
+2M
+4M
-4M
-2M
-2M
0

0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1

divide

requires

A2

first

multiplication

in a two-phase
per

divide,

+ Ris

26 bits

a divide

operation.

P(i

1) and

serial-by-two-para-

instructions

of the accumulator

terminates

to execute

the

cycle

cycle,

including

by transferring
26 bits

0
+8M
+8M
+16M
-16M
-8M
-8M
0

of the
(dividend)
The

access

time.

addressed

mem-

to the

divide

following

al-

divide:
" DV s

(1)

20-107

and
Ri+l

(2)

= 2R i + (1 - 2Qi) DV

where:
i

Qi

= The

i th quotient

R.1s

= The

sign

of the

ith remainder

The

sign

of the

divisor

The

i th remainder

The

dividend

DV
R.

1,

2,

3,

. 24
bit

R1
DV

The

divisor

Equation (i)states that the ith quotient bit is equal to a "I" ifthe sign of the ith
remainder

is identicalto the sign of the divisor.

(sign bit)is the only exception to this rule.

The high-order quotient bit

Qi as determined

used to solve equation (2)but must be complemented

by equation (1)is

before itis stored as the

sign bit of the quotient.

The

instrumentation

line.

One channel

These

three

and

to the

phase

cycle.

In the

two's

sign

of the

possible
from

left

product

delay

complement

number

number.

memory.

Either,
= 1

Since
equations

However,

this

line

requires
one

during

two-phase

solutions.

20-108

used

each

to solve

Qi

are

of the

algorithm

the quotient,

the partial

channels

places

divide

contains

channels

multiplicand,
mainder

of the

cycle.

The

system,

the

is the

(1) or
equations

to contain

respectively.
been

last

(2) until

The

lengthened
divisor

(1) and

entire
(2) can

and
the

one

of a delay
the dividend.

multiplier,

quotient
by latches

circulates

high-order

bit read
the

channels

the divisor,

multiply

have

three

the

and the
to shift
once

each

bit determines

from

memory,

divisor
have

has

re-

the

it is imbeen

read

only two possible

two
two-

Iw

to

_-"

and,

R(i+l)

2R i -

DV

2R i +

DV

or,

Qi

and,

R(i+l)

Both

the

borrow

dividend

and

ities

finally

for

are
the

first

to determine
carry

is

table

is

of 2R.

divisor

DV

and

the

are

loaded.

registers

entered

quotient
the

into
bit.

second

examined
solved

their

If this
quotient

to determine

the

DV are
sign

bit

second

quotient

the

bit

bit.
if the

bit

of these

quant-

(1) is

borrow

quotient

quotient

as

equation

is a one,
first

generated

bits

registers,

If the

second

When

quotient

the
the

of 2R.

respective

bit.

to determine

carry

is

is

the

solved

examined

a'zero,

the

The

following

truth

first

quotient

bit

is

a one.

R i

DV s

R(i+l)s

Where

R i

The

first remainder

bit to the

right of the

DV s

The

divisor

sign

The

borrow

into the R i, DV s position

sign bit

20-109

R(i+l)s
Q

The

sign ot the new

The

quotient bit as determined

R(i+l)s according

R i B + Ri B

equation

used

in generating

new

remainder,

Ri_2,

R(i+Z)

-- z[Ri+ I1 - zQi_ Dv] + _1 - zQCi+l))

R(iZ)

4R i + Z (I - ZQi) DV

cores

in a unique

simplex

(for 8000

modules

can be electrically

The

self-correcting
with
and

self-correcting

for high
the

memory

correction.
extension

The

drive

carry

for

computer
lor

reliability.

The

but only

current

an odd-even
error

detection

Unlike

conventional

toroid

of the

basic

approach

duplex

of 1bur

operating

identical

program

circuitry

permits

is loaded
on the

of constants

for

access

and

program.

bit detection

random

cap-

memory

of the computer

parity

4096-

storage

of the

content

toroidal
reliability

increased

sectors

control

when

computer

information

under

conventional
a memory

for

basic

constants

the

uses

consists

in simplex

by gener-

2Ri+ 2 = DV.

for 250 hours

memory

and

is started

achieving

be operated

uses

DV

of divide

or 0.958

Thereafter,

system

and

system

instruction

altered,

duplex

iteration

digital

operation

may

to launch.

data

conjunction

duplex

which

into

next

The

of memory).

pairs

speeds
prior

Section.

of duplex

words

or in duplex

just

by expand-

+ (I - ZQ(i+I)) DV

the borrow

self-correcting

for 250 hours

at electronic

the

described,

Memory

of 0.990

memory

generated,

as already

Computer

is obtained

(2).

= ZR(i+I)+ (I - ZQ(i+I))DV

20-69.

20-110

the

R(i+z)

ating,

dication

DV s with

(2).

R i B (DV s + DV s) R i . B (DV s + DV s)

As R(i+2 ) is being

ground

to Equation

ing equation

ability

by comparing

= RiDVs B + RiDVs B Ri DV s B + %. DVs B

The

word

remainder

scheme

malfunction
memories,

regeneration

in
inthe

of correct

information after transients or intermittent failures which otherwise would result in

destructive read-out of the memory.
The configuration, Figure 20-31, consists of a pair of memories providing storage
for 8192 14-bit memory words when operating duplex, or 16,384 14-bit memory words
when simplex operation is desired. Each of the simplex memories includes independent peripheral instrumentation consisting of timing, control, address drivers, inhibit
drivers, senseamplifiers, error detection circuitry and input-output connections to
facilitate failure isolation. Computer functions commonto these simplex units consist of the following:
Memory

address

register

outputs;

b.

Memory

transfer

register

input-output;

C.

Store

gate

command;

d.

Read

gate

command;

e.

Syllable

control

Computer

functions,

which

are

which

provide

a.

synchronizing

gates,

per

second.

These

for

storage

flexibility

profile
Each

for

gates

modules

modules

(0-6),

are
the

with

For

operation,

independent
Both
cycle

each

buffer

memories

Two memory

divided

group

cycles

operate

into

memory,

serial

data

of multiple

or total

duplex

independently

two groups,

one

is set

by the

selected

in Figure

when

both

rate

required

mission

mission

of even

(1-7).

times.
manner.

numbered

A buffer

each

memory

is under

are

operating

without

and updated
(13 bits

for reading

the

or in a duplex

consisting

modules

long

units

register

modules.

20-31,

instructions

memory
through

others

of the

of 512 kilobits

simplex

for

group

memories

read

consist

operation

of the

of odd numbered

simultaneously

are

of the

selection

partial

simplex

the mean-time-before-failure

as shown

for reading

each

conversion

consisting

registers

are

is required

can

other

associated

duplex

permit

units

for

provide

of extending

simplex

Memory

separate

also

and

purposes

of the

gates.

in parallel
plus

1 party

and updating

control
failure.

(14 bits).
bit per

data

of

A single

instruction

(26 bits

plus

word).

2 parity

bits).

The

parallel

rate

at the

outputs
memory

of the
transfer

memory
register

buffer
under

registers
control

are
of the

serialized
memory

at a 512-kilobit
select

logic.

20-111

ERROR
DETECTOR
OUTPUTS

A
MODULE

MEMORY
TO
MEMORY

inK'

MEMORY
MODULE

BUFFER
REGISTER

MEMORY
B
BUFFER

MEMORY

REGISTER

SELECT
LOGIC

INHIBIT
PARITY
CHECK

DRIVERS

11

MEMORY

INHIBIT
PARITY
CHECK

(TMR)
:

(TMR)

I
I

l
3-359

TO MEMORY
TRANSFER
REGISTER

Figure

Initially,

the
parity

ected

in

ory.

Both

ory,

the

eous
ory

the

under

Self-Correcting

outputs

of

one

buffer

being

performed

memory

being

used,

are

then

transient

parity-checking
has

been

control
erroneous

sequently,

instantaneous

terrupted

computer

memories

causes

its

own

memory

complete

are

both

operation
regenerated

error

being

register

Memory

used

by

register

buffer

System

simultaneous

When

transfers

the

with

outputs.

immediately

detection

circuits

operation
buffer
until

switching
operation

register
on

corrected,
of

Computer

to
of

an

par-

error

the

is

other

the

"good"

that

the

det-

memmem-

errors.

and

previously

20-112

only

Duplex-Toroid

checking

correcting

memory
is

20-31.

memories

thus

After

DRIVERS

(TMR)

r ' !,

allel

TO
"B e'

MEMORY

until
system

returns

register.
the
from

"good"
one

simultaneous
failure.

have
to

verified

the

condition

Operation
memory
memory
failures

is

not

develops
output
at

where

the

each

transferred
its

to

erron-

another
same

mem-

to

first

error.

Con-

permits
location

the

uninin

both

w@

Proper

operation

of the

bit word

containing

detecting

circuitry.

transferred

During

other

or store

during

cycles,

subsequent

circuitry
indicates

and

of these

parity
error

read

cycles

is indicated

a logical

"one"

conditions

are

by each

output

of the

violated,

14-

error

operation

is

system

checking

detection

cannot

be performed.

circuitry

only.

Failure

Parity

checking

is'

cycles.

of memory

producing
the

read

of "one's"

or both

by the

addressing

detecting

during

memory.

is accomplished

Intermittent

2_-32

If either

regenerate

performed

system

an odd number

to the

detection

memory

between

a logical

normal

"one"

connection

Output

of the

error

cycles

is detected

at the

improper

detector

by the
time.

circuits

for

error

Figure
a simplex

memory.

The

control

latch

computer.
the

The

error

"one"

circuits
output

detector

24

latch

output

at the improper

'_

are

LINES

packaged

is in a logical

is a logical

time,

with

the

buffer

"zero"

"zero"

output

24-X

the

register

state

at normal

latch

is set

CURRENT

SINKS

for
cycle

to the

circuitry

normal

operation.

times,

"one"

in the
If

or a logical

state

indicating

an

__I'-TCV

ED
STRO!

!1

TCV

OR PULSE

RESET

TO MEMORY
SELECT
LOGIC
AND DA

STROBE
ED

JI
16 LINES

LEGENDcRX

CURRENT

AND CRy=

CURRENT

SINKS

I--__'-TCV

REGULATOR

TCV = TEMPERATURE
CONTROLLED
VOLTAGE
ED = ERROR
DETECTOR
(2
PER
MEMORY
MODULE)

3-360

Figure

16-Y

20-32.

Error

Detection

Circuit

Connection

for

Simplex

Computer

Memory

20-113

error.

Conditions

which

will result

a.

Address

without

voltage

source

b.

Address

without

current

sink

C.

No address

d.

Dual

e.

Single

source-single

sink

source-dual

sink

20-70

Co__mmE_u_t_er
Inj2ut-Outi)ut

cterized

by the

process

input-output

out of the

type

and one-word

system.

The

operand

Discrete

inputs

and

pack

26 discrete

of the 26 discrete
reset

Interrupt
the

program

of input-output
is also

modes

The

main

a HOP operation
contents
stored

20-114

and
This

when

during

The

of a single

the
data

word

into or

accumulator
adapter

or mem-

or other

sub-

register.

instruction.

It is possible

instruction

from

and
a given

another

will

determine

to
if any

AND instruction

is used

to set

adapter.

signals

will

These

to a subprogram.
upon

The

the

HOP

is normally
The

rate

used

at which

can be adjusted

or

the

as dictated

location
constant

of the

sub-

stored

to process
timed

stop

in a

a block

interrupt

by the

oc-

various

mission.

after

specified

counter,

interrupt

the data

is dependent

basis.

can be resumed

the

XOR
The

subprogram

on a periodic

of the instruction
there

feature.

the desired

state.

a branch

program-controlled

program

its interrupt

in the

by this

The

within

cause

location.

of operation

is chara-

between

located

to select

changed

be generated
and

data

section

outputs.

program

memory

input-output

transferring

data

lines

word.

is program-controlled

specific

curs

can

and

transfers

can be processed

have

computer

for

is used

into one

discrete

signals

computer

outputs

as follows:

memory.

and delay

address

inputs

any of the

provides

instruction

signals

The

instructionused

or out of the

registers

are

address

Section.

instruction

input-output

output

address

of input-output

accumulator

The process
ory

in an error

sector

occurred.

completion
memory
register,

of the

subprogram

location.

This

and

syllable

location
latch,

by executing
contains
which

were

the

.'..:-

.o-

:--

20-7].
The

ST-124-M

V vehicle
tude

inertial

platform

guidance.

Ths

programming,

putation,

and

A block

diagram

system

steering
velocity

also

error

the

inertial

reference

mechanics

platform

computation

system

PLATFORM

the

furnishes

for

guidance

provides

signals,

information

of the

INERTIAL

system

for

II,

vector

atti-

for

attitude

of vehicle

position

and

velocity.

Figure

20-33.

is

in

com-

Figure

AC]

ELECTRONICS
PLATFORM
ASSEMBLY

POWER
SUPPLY

ACCELEROME
X
Y

TE R
Z

GYROS
Y

32:1

RESOLVERS

..T.[E

GUIDANCE

Saturn

positions

interconnection

RE SOLVER

thrust

the

gimbal

11

LADDER
STEERING
OUTPUTS
TO
CONTROL
COMPUTER

for

CHAIN

ADAPTOR

COMPUTER

COMMAND

t !

MOOULES
ACCELEROMETER

TELEMETRY

S/tAPING

DEMODULATORS

I-

SIMULATORS
BUFFERS

/,
INERTIAL
DATA

ALTERNATE
STEERING
ME THOO

II

>

BOX
ESE

3-361

Figure

*A general

RESOLVER
STEERING
OUTPUTS
TO CONTROL
COMPUTER

20-33.

Description

Guidance

of the

System

ST-124-M

Interconncction

Inertial

Platform

Block

System

Diagram

(Report

No.

M-ASTR-IN-63-27)
H.

E.

September

Thomason
23,

and

J.

G.

Rowell,

Gyro

and

Stability

Branch,

Astrionics

Division,

1963.

20-115

20-22
As

shows

two sets

of outputs

in guidance

operation

the

in the primary

guidance

method.

defined

adapter
chain

approach

with

plied

as inputs

to the

ertial

system

ial

data

The

box,

shaft

20-72.
for

a three

34,

is designated
the

while

The

location

of the

discussion

fixed

The

the ST-124-M

vehicle
are

listed

The

gas

frame

vehicle

major

platform

{unction

vehicle

and

Its data

are

integrating

information

listed

the

multi-speed

gimbal

additions

of
as
major

is designed

configuration,
The

middle

identical

20-

configand

so that

inner

only

change.

all three

inertial

about

its

in Figure

is used

gir_bal

outer,

is also

of each

Figure

three

is illustrated

accelerometer,

the

of the

platform

configurations

in Table

for

resolvers

of the

20-36,

inert-

A description

identical

about

which

to the guidance

are

in-

the

developed

by a configuration

characteristics

Figure

system

to i 45 degrees

dictates

sup-

the ST-124-M
assembly,

inertial

wiring

freedom

components

gyroscope,

pendulous

in Table

bearing

mission

comprise

data

paragraphs.

has

is affected

unlimited

box being

platform.

platform,

Mod III is limited

space.

acceleration

IV inertial

The

data

angles.

four

the

inertial

and

St-124-M
The

III inertia

gimbal.

stabilizing

AMAB-3K8

The

from

the resolver

systems

in the following

MOD

mounting

of the

in inertial

20-116

MOD

The

gimbal

configuration.

Mod IV offers

AB-5K8

platform

be used.

uses

ST-124-2

supply,

will

outputs

electronic

the

set

method

that

platform

ac power

Platform.

gimbal

blocks

between

is presented

the ST-124-M

at launch).

The

platform

in the

of the

differences

Inertial

vehicle

yaw

brief

the

but no redundant

ST-124-M

axes

major

ST-124-M

the platform

The

is a modifica_on

to measure

or four

gimbals,

supply.

system

ST-124-M

uration,

ac power

platform

The

one

receives

alternate

the demods

the

box,

of the

The

platform,

encoders

assemblies

from

Only

computer

inertial

The

data

control

computer.

system

inertial

computer.

control

the

I vehicle.

digital

the outputs

and the

ST-124-M

Saturn
the

are

to the control

reference
X axis

(vehicle

is required.

20-35.

follows.

to maintain

the

inner

gimbal

20-14.

FiguTe
computer.

20-37,
The

provides

accelerometer

the
data

20-15.

erection

pendulum,

Figure

20- 38,

is used

for

erection

of the

inertial

v
V

ee

.....

&
0

o_
I

&

20-117

OUTER
GIMBAL
+Z

INERTIAL
GIMBAL

VEHICLE
FRAME

MIDDLE
GIMBAL

+X

3-363

Figure

platform.
Two

are

grees
for

Three
used

to the

resolver

platform

and

series

with

forms

the

in the

form

fixed
three

erection
is used

of steering

M Gimbal

The

to the

to each

gimbal,

transformation
signals

data

mode.

which

control

is

to form

computations.
to the

platform

The

listed

guidance

resolvers

the

in other

are

a resolver

on

vertical.

platform

alternate

command

Configuvatior,

mounted

local

the

pendulum

in the

or

are

to erect

is used

program

coordinate

ST-124

pendulums

testing.

chain
has,

bearing

platform

others

accelerometer

The

20-118

for

gas

20-35.

computer.

The

inertial

third

is

than

normal

in Table

20-16.

The

a chain.
output

oriented

signals

90 de-

positions

ST-124-M

electrically

gimbal.

inertial

connected

in

The

per-

chain
are

furnished

.......

u.

_i

......

0
I-0
rr

\
_-_

rr

0
rY .....

b_

O0
.,=-_

.<
b_
O3

c_
I

20-119

Table

20-14.

AB-5K8

Stabilizing

Gyroscope

Item

Gyro

Data

Wheel
Type

Synch.

Angular

Gas

Data

momentum

hys.

2x106

Wheel

speed

24,000

Wheel

excitation

26 volt,

Wheel

bearing

Wheel

power

Wheel

life

2000

Wheel

mount

Sym.

Wheel

sync

preload

3.4

at sync

gcm

/s

rpm
3 phase,

400 Hz

kg operating

10 watts
hrs.

min.

90 sec.

time

Bearing
Gas

Pressure

1.03

bars

Gas

flow rate

2000

cc/min.

Air

gap

0015

Orifice
Signal

restrictors

diff.

cm to . 002 cm

Millipore

discs

Generator
Type

Shorted

Excitation

10 volts,

S ens itivity

420 millivolts/degree

Float

3 degrees

freedom

turn

reluctance

4.8

KHz
with

Torquer
Type

Shorted

Normal
Fixed

erection
coil

Maximum
Physical

6 degrees

excitation
variable

/min

26 volts
coil

excitation

30 volt

reluctance

400 Hz - 45 ma
400 Hz - 50 ma

Characteristics
Size

3 in.

Weight

900 gm

Mounting

Three

Temperature

Drift

dia.

by 4 in.

point

length

flange

Characteristics

Calibration

20-120

rate

turn

vs.

temperature
temperature

40C (gyro housing)

gradient

. oo8/h/C

10 K load

o
o
o
o
o
<

,-i

u)
<[

b_

C_
I

c_

20-121

Table

20-15.

AMAB-3K8

Pendulous

Integrating

Accelerometer

Item

Data

Wheel

Gyro

Type

Synch.

Angular

Gas

momentum

hys.

speed

12,000

Wheel

excitation

26 volts,

Wheel

sync

90 sec.

Wheel

power

Wheel

life

2000

Wheel

mount

Sym.

Wheel

bearing

time
at sync

preload

1 x 105 g cm

Wheel

4.5

/g

rpm
3 phase,

400 Hz

watts
hrs.

907.2

min.

gm.

Bearing
Gas

pressure

1.03

bars

Gas

flow

4800

cc/min.

Air

gap

Signal

Torque

rate

0015

Orifice

restrictors

diff.

cm to . 002 cm

Millipore

discs

Type

Four

shorted

Excitation

10 volts,

S ens itivity

285 millivolts/degree

Float

+ 3 degrees

Generator

freedom

pole

4.8

turn

reluctance

KHz
with

Motor
Type

Direct

Maximum
Incremental

torque

Digital

axis

1. 440kgcm

dc torquer
at 1.1A

Encoder

Type

Optical

Counts

6000

counts

Size

3.25

in.

Weight

90C gm

Mounting

Three

Physcial

grid

with
per

redundancy
revolution

Characteristics

Temperature
Calibration

20-122

Data

point

Characteristics
temperature

40C

dia.

amb.

by 5 in.

flange

length

mounting

10 K load

TabLe20-15.

AMAB-3K8

Ambient Item
temperature
for aeeuraeies
stated

Pendulous

range

Table 20-16.

wv

ew

..

......

Integrating

._

Aceelerometer

Gas

(Cont'd)

40C
Data + 5C

Gas Bearing Erection Pendulum

Item

Physical

Data

Bearing Data

Data

Characteristics
Size

2.25

Weight

92 gm

in.

by 1.5

in by 1.25

in.

Bearing
Gas

pressure

1.03

Gas

flow

100 cc/min

Air
Signal

bars

0016

Gap

diff.

cm

to . 0018

cm

Generator
Type

Inductive

Excitation

4 volts,400

Sensitivity

300 millivolts/degree

Hz

Performance
Leveling

The

+ 5 arc

accuracy

sec

Input

range

+ . 5 degree

Time

constant

10 sec.

command

computer

modules

and generate

The

analog

signals

into

a dc voltage

from

the desired

in the

inertial

analog

signals

generated
whose

polarity

are

data

box receives

through

conditioned
and

the

chain

by the

amplitude

(signal

commands

from

for vehicle

attitude

command

represent

saturation)

voltage

the vehicle

the

guidance
control.

demodulators
displacement

attitude.

The resolver chain data are listed in Table 20-17.

The

gimbal

angle

multi-speed

resolvers,

one

on each

gimbal,

are

used

as start

20-123

(.9
Z
rr
b_

W
mW
(D

ILl
OOW

cd

(-9O0

cO
I

co

20-124

w
-

position

angle

puter

and

ment

actually

listed

encoders.

the

angles

closes

the guidance

20-18.

is shown

from

in Figure
Table

of each

launch
Ioop

A schematic

output

gimbal

in Table

connection

The

wv.

are
around

diagram

ww

....

..

resolver

is sent

measured

and

to the guidance

stored.

This

The

resolver

the platform.
of the mul_:i-speed

resolver

com-

measuredata
and

are

bridge

20-39.
20-17.

Resolvcr

Item

Chain

Data

Data

Excitation
fl
f2
Demodulator

26 volts,

1.6.

26 volts,

1.92

KHz

Outpu t

To control

Linear

3 volts

computer

To telemetry

+ 2.5
+_-2.5

(fine)
(coarse)

dc/degree
volts
volts

dc/+
3
de/+_- 15

+ 15 degrees

range

Table

20-18.

Resolver

Data

Item

Resolver

Data

Characteristics

32 Speed

Single
+ 5%

Speed

Excitation

voltage

26 volts

Excitation

frequency

1000 Hz
+ 0.01%

1000 Hz
+ 0.01%

Excitation

power

1.15

0.05

Mechanical
System

KHz

watts

+ 10 arc

accuracy

sec

26 volts

+ 5%

watts

+ 30 arc

min

Characteristics
System

hi-speed

64:1

System

lo-speed

1:1

Static

+ 30 arc

accuracy

Dynamic
accuracy
(error
proportional
to input rate)
Computer

clock

frequency

Temperature
range
optimum
accuracy.

for

is

20 arc
2x106

sec
sec

at 0.2

rad/sec

Hz + 0.01_

+ 30 C

20-125

0.

/\

/\

[.

>no
O
Z
0
U
W

"o
o
I
o
i
c_
cK

_--'1
WO

_c_

zn

0
I.L
t-

)Oc

>-

Q:

.-I
a.
I,U
Ill,

OG

20-126

.....

20-73.

Platform

tains
axis

the

electronics

w_

than

those

following

is a list

Three

gimbal

C.

One redundant

0.

One redundant

f.

Three

accelerometer

servo

g.

Three

accelerometer

torquer

h.

One 4.8

i.

One

automatic

j.

One

gyro

wheel

current

k.

One relay

card

assembly

1.

One

m.

Four

power

n.

Eight

electrical

o.

One

p.

One temperature

q.

Elapse

20-74.

convert

the

and

the

steering

of components

for

assembly
required

the

con-

for

ST-124-M

platform
Nod

IV

servo

amplifier

gimbal

torquer

card

power

stage

amplifier

cards

power

amplifier

checkout

time

stages

card

selector

switch

_ransformer

assembly

indicator

switching

main

cards

gimbal

relays

connectors
transformer
sensor
indicator

listed

are

(c) and

casting

panels

plug-in

deleted.

are

hermetically

and

of the

cooling

platform

system

ESE.

Its primary

of the

and
resolver

accelerometer

scheme

The
and the

chain
digital

sealed.

assembly

for

Internal

heat

by conduction

the

MOD

III

sources

into the

are

temperature-

unit.

inertial

data

remainder

functions

convert

The

realized

instrument

Box Assembly.

computer

modules.

(d) are

pressurization

the

output

electronics

in the platform,

stages

voltage

items

Data

guidance

platform

power

items

mounting

(3) condition

*Alternate

KHz

of the

Inertial

the

torquer

time

to the

telemetry

amplifier

400 Hz keying

requiring

between

servo

elapsed

except

controlled

assembly:

b.

heat-sinked

located

gyro

Modules

Do

The

Three

majority

from

a.

is identical

the

The

Assembly.

other

stabilization.

The

nals

Electronics

electronics,

platform

ar

of the
to:

it to analog
into
encoder

box is a conditioner

steering
outputs

*(1)
inputs

guidance
accept

signals
for

for
use

system

attitude

to the

for

by the

including

programming

resolver
the

sig-

chain,

control
guidance

*(2)

computer,
com-

only.

20-127

puter and ESE monitor, (4) accept commandfrom the ESEfor control system checkout, (5) condition the attitude and acceleration outputs for telemetry, and *(6) furnish the excitation voltages for the resolver chain.
The assembly is constructed similar to the platform electronic assembly and is hermetically sealed. The expectedweight of the assembly is 22.5 kilograms (50pounds).
The following is a list of modules located in this assembly:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.

Three command voltage demodulators (steering signals)

Three attitude commandprogramming modules
One 1.6 KHz voltage amplifier
One 1.92 KHz voltage amplifier
Three accelerometer output shaping modules
Three accelerometer output buffer amplifiers
Three accelerometer telemetry conditioners
Three ESEsimulated attitude command modules

i.
j.

Temperature sensor
Elapse time indicator

20-75.
to run

Platform
the gyro

ac
wheels,

sources

for the

derived

from

similar

to the other

outputs

are

The

20-128

Power

excitation

resolver

chain

a crystal

and

generated

3 phase,

b.

20 volt,

4.8

KHz,

c.

20 volt,

1.6

KHz;

d.

20 volt,

1.92

ac power

assembly

fol" the

are

platform
and

accurate

ac power
400

and

supply:

ao

Electronic

modules

b.

Frequency

standard;

e.

Three

d.

Pressure

e.

Temperature

electrical

connectors;

sensor;
sensor;

the

carrier.
The

is hermetically

= .01Hz

contains

gimbal

servo

KHz.
supply

furnishes

to = . 01 Hz.

assemblies

in the

26 volt,

This

excitation

electronic

a.

platform

Supply.

following:

the

power

synchros,

required

and frequency

All frequencies
assembly
sealed.

are

is constructed
The

following

Elapsed

f,

20-76.

time

Platform

stabilized

Erection

platform

Platform
use

inertial

their

by applying

enables

the

equipment

laboratory

erected

erection

in the

eliminates
put and

any

loop
in the

its

derivative

are

etic

torquer

on the

output

sion

rate

by this

is null.

magnetic

torquer

the

loop,

servo

Azimuth
tial

tial

must
in the

gimbal

quired.
tial

gimbal

and

normal

rates

For
be held

per

area

to a close

are

of the platform

ated

on the

ground.

The

prism

ring

heading,

accomplished

an automatic,

is a motor

alignment,
tolerance.
with

relatively

regardless

gimbal

torquer.
in plus-

ground

support

pendulum

output

alignment

the

per

the

gyro.

On Saturn
large

of vehicle

containing

ring
long

gyro

electro-

can

into

be obtained.

class

of the

iner-

vehicles,
sway

alignment
heading,
mounted

a porro

the

signals

heading

range

preces-

until

vehicle

The

electromagnThe

biasing

minute

out-

gimbal

by the

azimuth

of a prism

integrator

to the

inertial

is limited

panel

integrator
The

stabilization

sway-compensating,

driven

to the

amplifier

compartment.

by use

The

By applying

up to 45 degrees

preflight

azimuth

minute.

of six

six positions

the

rotation.

torquer

rate

of the

electromechanical

positions

erection

gyro

and

transmitted

platform

torque

be accomplished

to any
These

of the

applied

slewing

must

alignment

axis

One

20-40.

by earth's
the

in any

automatically.

in Figure

The

to the

accelerometer

gimbals,

erection

parallel

and

platform

proper

of each

by

on the

is erected

field.

and

fed through

other

to the

check

equipment.

to six degrees

Alignment.

gimbal

present

The

signal

this

caused

of the

is accomplished

mounted

gimbal

platform

platform

error

are

gravitational

is shown

support

standing

pendulum

pendulum

of the

and alignment

gimbals

to each

inertial

to accomplish

servo

caused

normal

The

earth's

position

ground

platform
pendulums

axes

erection

paragraphs.

or prelaunch

in the

is preamplified

located

input
axes.

is designed

A typical

Three

the proper

orientations

is the normal

of the

pendulums.

with

The

following

erection

measurillg

positions

Alignment.

in the

The

bearing

accelerometer

signal

Azimuth

is described

gimbal

minus

and

Erection.

of gas

Tills

indicator.

and

twist

of the

iner-

is also
to the

theodolite

prism

this

and

re-

inerloc-

the

sta-

20-129

rr

o,., I
I-

.-J

._1

1L

I-

u.J
-

I
I

i:l

'_

L___J

o
>
%

oI

r_

o
o

0
Q.

]
0
I.0

c;
I
0

:D
a
Z
I..i.I
Q.

_D
cO
I
q'O

20-130

tor

,-

_.

of a multi-speed

determined

The

by

initial

to the

synchro.

the

pendulums

alignment

inertial

It is
in the

normal

is accomplished

gimbal

by

using

tae

capable

by
azimuth

of being
erected

electrically
pickup.

driven

about

platform

vertical

axis

position.

driving
(See

the

the

Figure

prism

ring

20-41)

This

VEHICLE

TWIST
{ PRISM"_

L_
X

AXIS}

J
MOUNTING
FRAME

OUTER
GIMBAL(Y)

bUNDANT
GIMBAL

INERTIAL
GIMBAL(Z}
MIDDLE
GIMBAL(X)

PLATFORM
COVER

TO Y GYRO

_Z

AUTOCOLLIMATOR
THEODO

AZIMUTH
PICKUP
OUTPUT
PRISM

OUTPUT
_

COMPLEX

ESE

ANALOG

COMPUTER

<_

3-370

Figure

20-41.

Automatic

Azimuth

Alignment

20-131

brings

the

next

step

accelerometer
is to acquire

azimuth

line

zation

gyro

based

digital

by means

gimbal

that

azimuth.

The

prism

is then

so that

required

The

digital

known

heading.

launch

azimuth

maintain

Figure

it directly

it on the

20-42

shows

the

with

the

and

launch

launch

the

ring

and

to the

iner-

is a reading

the

known

gimbal

its

can now

to rotate

of

on the

inertial

measure

computer

a ground-

gimbal

maintained

The

stabili-

to slave

line,

and

it and

signal

axis

is driven

azimuth

The

it on a known

the inertial

prism

track

prism.

vertical

is used

gimbal

control

supply

the

theodolite.

will

the

maintain

between

on a known

inertial

and

outlmt

the

the

with

feeding

angle

when

encoder
The

loop
synchro

maintained

from

alignment

theodolite

servo

reading,

released

into

the

it reads

digital

by controlling

the

with

multi-speed

the prism

now be rotated.

and

The

The

and

prism

axis

of a nulling

encoder

ring.

tial

from

the

torquer.

the prism

heading

measuring

may

deviation

compute

inertial

the

gimbal

to

azimuth.

the alternate

steering

scheme

used

to control

the

alignment

of the ST-124-M.

20-77.
The

CONTROL
control

computer

thrust

vector

quired

to attain

the

angular

acceleration
and

g2 are

of the

equation

of the

S-IC.

the

vehicle's

or drift

away

from

the S-II

instruments

- g2"/

vehicle

angular
the

that

in determining
and S-IVB

stages,

attitude
angle

flight

determine

the

value

the

solves

B is the

attitude

desired

functions

and

, where

commanded

the

dominant

that

(x - _) is the

at which

time-varying

are
For

device

attitude,

between

rate

20-43),

- _) + al_

angular

difference

lateral
al,

B = a0(x

a given

_ is the

(FIGURE

is an analog

equation

angle,

a0,

COMPUTER

thrust

error
and

aI

vehicle

vector
input,

re-

i.e.,

the present

is changing

vehicle

and

_ is the

path.

The

which

of the

three

terms

first

stage

flight

are

constant

of B during

a0and

the

coefficients

coefficients

and g2 is zero.

Since

the

vehicle

on the right
attitude
for

pitc];

movement

20-132

must

side

rate
and

of the

signals,
yaw.

away

be commanded

from

equation
one

The

for

are
each

latter

the desired

term

in three
made
axis

(pitch,

up of three

and

requires
flight

axes

path

two lateral
only
can

attitude

yaw

and

error

acceleration

two axes
be completely

of motion

roll),

the

three

imputs

and

three

inputs,

one

each

since

described

any

lateral

by a lateral

terms

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

c_

(9

-- I_

Lf2.
_q
I

c_
I

lJ

!_

-I
i

i_
I

,i

_-1_ __

Za,

, _

,_,;

20-133

m
_J
nn
-_- :E

OC
0

CO
--

_..

_4
I

a..

>-

_
L_
C_
I

20-134

motion

The

in the pitch

magnitude

timers
the

pressures

are

toward

maximum.

mum"

feedback

this

is consistent

a 0 (x-j),

period
and

same

the

experienced

in the

vehicle

the

area

by the

with

is required

attitude

control

first

value

of the

of maximum

is passing

when

changes,

this

a "minimum

load"

to maintain

adequate

these

dynamic

passing

The

program,

is decreased

pressures

is

the lateral
vector.

acceleraSince

through

will produce

system.

a "Q maxi-

dominant

decrease

although

low frequency

through

dynamic

a 0 coefficient

here
allows
the B thrust

vehicle

control

attenuation

stage

is at a maximum'when

time,

This

two.

by the

in which

due to angle-of-attack

of-attack

back,

of the

and maximizing
the g2 coefficient
to be dominant
factor
in determining

primarily

time

sum

is programmed

pressure

minimum.

accelerations

are

the

At the

a predetermined

lateral

20-44)

during

dynamic

called
"Q maximum,"
tion signals,
"y"
the

or by a vector

Fgure

to increase

of maximum

axes

of g2 (see

device

area

or yaw

angle-

of a 0 during

some

attitude

response

feed-

in the

control

system.

After

passing

a0

through

coefficient

Figure

"Q maximum"

is increased

20-44,

solution

the

the

and

g2 term

by opening

area,

a 0 increase

is completely

of a relay

the

g2 coefficient

in dominance.
eliminated

contact

in series

a 1, the

attitude

rate

timers

device

Eventually,

from

with

is decreased

this

entering
signal

as the

as shown

into the

in

equation

at 130 seconds

after

lift-off.

The

gain

program

the

control

for

attenuation

by relay

switching.

The

may

be issued

from

data

adapter.

Figure

seconds
larger

The

after
than

filters,

the

lift-off,

20-44

command

attenuation

shows

and reduces

is not

but is a discrete

time-based
control

coefficient,

the

the

value

attenuation

for controlling

timers

that

step

cam-programmed

the

discrete

step

change

of a 1 to a value

performed

relay,

or as a discrete

by

however,

output

from

in a 1 occurs

which

is only

the
at 95

slightly

a 0 at 125 seconds.

Figure

20-43,

are

undesirable

bending

mode,

elastic

deformation

transmitted

by the

sensors.

The

control

stations

in an attempt

location

cannot

used

to decouple

be optimum

for

to decouple

them
all

control

frequency

and propellant

control

from

bending

the

these

sensors

have

disturbances.

sloshing
been

from

the

frequencies
placed

However,

at vehicle
any

one

modes.

20-135

0
0

b_
0
u
u_
:3

o
,-g
I
0

o
. ,..-i

a_
...2

_.

_.

--

NIN

1..-I1_1{]

L'-.I

_b

20-136

'o

Thus

the

complete

attitude
the

error,

control
by the

Each

of these

control

computer
Engine

propulsion

control

ment

eight

identical

must

gimbal

ated

according

ough

the

channel.

ors,

and

power

First

type.

gain

co-efficients

the

case

and

CAT

the

lateral

each

three
The

acceleration

for

inputs

signals,

control

are

to

sup-

accclcrometers.

of the

control

control

physical

values

accelerometers

sections

for

all

stage

they

are

dis-

powered

computer

engine

performed
first

two types

of propulsion

flight

and auxiliary

flight.

uses

eight

gimballing.

be divided

are

through

during

control

may

being

(Figure

channels

The

into

four

sections

on the

input

signal

stage

side

attenuators

are

of g2"
value

For

g2"

all

of g2is

attenuators,

to imple-

channels

are

which

are

basicdesign-

as it proceeds

filters,

stages

thr-

scaling

resist-

arm

(CAT)

and

(2) the

attenuators

the S-IC
S-IVB

of a 0 and

al,

or their

after

first,

the

stage

of two
discrete

to provide

stages

the

are

relay-switched

and

to vary
and

and

yaw

channels.

cam

and

the

the

outputs

values

the

attenuators
are

unused

of a 0 and

channel.

function
appear

the gain

the

gain
The

g2 program

two ganged

appropriate

attentuator

is used

channels

drives

a time-varying
to the

stage

the S-H

that

and yaw

driven

to the

first

a 1 are

zero.

pitch

a rocker

The

only during

For

case

device

pitch

of a motor

inputs

used

as in the

error

thus

time

are

a 0, aland

connected

20-43}.

attenuation

acceleration,

_' signal
a0and

channel

control

program,

trically
eters

terms

is a mechanical

attitude

on one

terms,

acceleration.

analogs

and

S-IVB

control

bypassed,

as in the

of the

gyros

is required

The

process

The

either

The

lateral

are

attitude

during

Attenuators

(1) the

unity

lateral

eight

amplifiers.

step

are

and

which

exercise

Control.

These

Stage

types,

of B requires

and body-fixed

rate

control

each

to the

two for

gyros

signals

is required

in that

value

rate

rate

sections.

required

ally

and

error,

computer,

E_n_gine Gimbal
the

rate

supplies

in other

systems.

20-78.

attitude

computer,

digital

in detail

any given

attitude

devices
The

for

for

digital

represent.

The

three

computer,

plied

cussed

equation

of the

co-efficient,

upon

the

input

output

from

signal,

i.e.,

attenuator

output

a0,
g2'

a 0 program

potentiometers
The

at the

co-efficeint,

of

is inscribed
other

side.

which

are

the
the

For
elec-

potentiom(x - I_) and

modified

by

g2"

20-137

Therefore, the filters are introduced into the system to provide an operation
which "phase stabilizes" the first and secondbending modes, and "gain stabilizes" higher frequencies.
Gain stabilization rests on the ability of amplitude attentuation to keep the bending mode lobes small and adequatelyremoved, regardless of phase, from the
minus one (instability)
point on a Nyquist
plot.
Gain stabilization
is instrumented by low pass
cies

from

the

frequencies
Hz control
quency
which

filters

which

control

frequency.

of the first

and

frequency

bandwidth
in itself

quency

reduces

method

cannot

and

bending

first

and

and

other

decouples

that

and
poses
the

second

bending

low pass
the

filtering

response

modes

disturbances

with

the

system

the

0.15
fre-

gusts,

control

fre-

so that

this

control

frequency

by phase-stabilizing

the higher

greater

the

control

to wind

the

is solved

and gain-stabilizing

frequencies

the

Lowering

between

problem

near

constrain

control

frequen-

however

sufficiently

response

of the

further

The

disturbance)
vehicle,

would

problems.

to discriminate

bending

are

transient

structural

frequencies.

other

V launch

modes

systems

low frequency

be used
mode

this

serious

(and

In the Saturn

second

reduce

bending

than

the

the

bending

second

modes

bending

mode

frequency.

Phase

stabilization

ulting

phase

of the

bending

trol

from

the

minus

without

response.

which

permits

ed damping

Thus,
inducing

It also
the

with properly

can

be useful

of the

first

mode.

in Figure

computer

are

stabilization

first

stabilization

20-43,

filter

section

is necessary

modes,

elastic

deformation

vehicle

becomes

shorter

since
and
due

pressure

filters

the undesirable
propellant

to stage

sloshing

separation.

and wind

gusts,

eight

for

caused

change

tend

amplitude

in the

S-II

con-

and S-IVB

by bending

in frequency

In addition,
which

increasof the rate

of the

the S-IC,

signals

provide

channels

tran-

damping,

placement

regardless

res-

in con-

system's

mode

and

Proper

of the

the

is independent

the

loop first

actuation.

that

an increase

oscillations

phase

such

plot

increases

closed

mode

into unique

lobes

allows

which

thrust

each

mode

on a Nyquist

in providing

This

20-138

one point

phase

to follow

sub-divided

of aerodynamic

bending

in increased

phased

stages.

forces

of the

instability,

results

system

gyros

trol

lobes

magnitude.

bandwidth

shown

the

margin

sient

As

shifts

the

as the

external

to aggravate

the

undesirable bending and deformation characteristics, are absent after the vehicle has departed the earth's atmosphere.
The filter required for each stage is selected by relay switching at the output
of the scaling resistor following each filter. In addition to the relay switching
used for filter selection during staging, there is also relay switching employed
at the input of the S-IVB power filter in the pitch andyaw attitude error channels.
This additional relay switching allows selection of the pitch andyaw attitude
rates from either the digital computer in the IU via the data adapter or from the
Apollo spacecraft. This provides a back-up capability for controlling the S-IVB
powered flight.
The filters are packagedin removable modules which facilitate changing of filtering network when different filtering characteristics are required for different
type missions.
Scaling

Resistors

(Fixture

voltage-divider
to some
from

S-IC,

S-II

Only

one

since

networks

which

predetermined

vary

20-43).

channel
and

to channel

S-IVB

scaling

these

scale

channels

resistors

the

signal

factor.

The

desired

and

within

also

are

relay

switched,

outputs

of the

filter

scale

factors

for

any given

channel

as

networks
the

signals

staging

of the

occurs.

is required

are

scaling

adjust

vehicles

network

The

operative

for
only

the

two lateral

during

the

acceleration

first

channels

130 seconds

of S-IC

flight.

The

attitude

sponding

rate

to each

Power

which

inputs

feed

and

provide

high

integrating

servo

error

(Figure

20-45).

receive,

sum

them

channels

dc gain

and

power

and amplify

have

a scaling

attenuation

to the

of the

torque

gimbaled

amplifiers
the

resistor

corre-

engines

magnetic
filtered,

integrating

of 800 Hz ripple.

motor

are

attenuated,

differential

is a low impedance

of current

actuator

The

to transistorized

amplifier

up to 50 ma

attitude

stage.

Amplifier

amplifiers

ulic

and

The

and

scaled

amplifiers
output

differential

driver

which

operated

control

valve

to provide

servo

the necessary

stage

which
of the

can provide
of each

hydra-

thrust

20-139

>,

>,

0
>

0
>

W
U_

W
U_

.3

w
IE_r_
WW-J

_o_
<

t
-J
<
Z
W

I,-Zl-_ZbJ
I-- b.I (3

Q-

Z_

m<

"w

0
W

,_

0
n

U.

t)

(9

t_

z_

>

_v

l-v
<[r,IrO

Q:O

IJ
>0
) 0
--qP

20-140

!llll
'_,
X

_-

>r

I
c_

vector

control.

A portion
proper

of this
closed

There

are

output

loop gain

eight

signal

eight

hydraulic

Since

each

axes,

the

plifiers

that

and

lateral

yaw

amplifiers.

nels

that

process

tude

rate

channel.

nels

any
are

and

from

amplifiers.

the

terms

current

roll

of the

B thrust

them

to gimbal

the

cause

engines

yaw

channels

are

for pitch

signals

roll

and

sent

pitch

solenoid

neutral.
proper

sum

of the

the

and

three

are

only

and

the

two chanroll

atti-

allows

networks

at the

various

the output

the

to

two roll

these

in-

pitch,

in the

the

chan-

currents

hydraulic

to obtain

four
pitch

the

to be actuated

direction

control

to each

Thus,

so that

This

am-

at the

and

summing

valves

pitch

it is necessary

axes.

equation

yaw

rate

channel

properly

and

attitude

There

maneuver,

The

vector

in the

error,

are

engines.

into four
channels

of the
there

the pitch

three

error

each

gimbaled

with

amplifiers.

must

the

to remain

the

it is not

because

divided
are

amplifiers

amplifiers

four

attitude

the yaw

servo

drivers

pitch

a given

power

of the

attitude

exists

four

in both

to all eight

there

of these

the

required

associated

(yaw

situation

signals,

engine

each

with

are

consequently

signals

To accomplish

or allow

tmi_rs

are

all three

roll

to provide

However,

associated

amplifiers

an actuator

of the

network

computer.

amplifier

Since

yaw

to each

magnetic
roll

diretion

process

given

sent

put of the
yaw

yaw

sent

control

two for

has

A similar

are

power

amplifiers

acceleration)

channels

in the

actuators,
engine

to a feedback

accuracy.

is one power

power

four

yaw

linearity

Eight

servo

which

gimbal

there

channels.

eight

is returned

amplifiers

gimbaled

computer

and

power

to be construed
eight

current

proper

servo

act-

desired

thrust

vector.

All

eight

S-II

power

stages.

As

power

amplifiers

to the

eight

gine
able,

that

three

yaw

tion.

The

are

redundancy

of the S-IC

stage
from

and S-IVB

into a triple

two power

amplifiers

vecor

occurs,
eight

S-IVB
Since

is used
stage

thrust

the

The

amplifiers

scheme

amplifiers

remaining

for

of S-II.

._wo power

of the S-II

required

relay-switched

actuators

requires

power

are

separation

gimbal

a triple

separation

amplifiers

for

occurs,

control

are

outputs

of the

gimbal
has
power

actuators

not used

and

eight

of S-IC

amplifiers

switch
and

S-IC

one gimballed

of the S-IVB

relays

redundancy

for

the

stage
eight

control

three

comparator
during

this

enare

stage.
pitch

availWhen

and

configuraphase.

20-141

20-79.

Auxiliary

Propulsion

the

control

signals

the

control

computer

auxiliary

for

attitude

control

for

Two

the

The

auxiliary

the

the

other

vector

six

on the

propulsion

which

The

provide

auxiliary

vehicle

when

S-IVB

of the

for pitch

system

used

(APS)

channels

control

engine,

The

(See

of the

control

and

phase,
consists

clusters.

yaw

Figure

provide

system

in two three-nozzle
roll

S-IVB

nozzles

or coast

phases.

only.

process

of the

system

powerless

for both

maneuvers

that

propulsion

on-off

in the

periphery

are

channels

propulsion

powered

cluster

eight

of the gimbaled

in S-IVB/Apollo

of each

is used

tc the

control

channels

nozzles.

when

nozzles

nozzle

In addition

S-IVB/Apollo

mounted

of the three

and

has

control

nozzles

thrust

system

and roll-attitude
of six

the
also

propulsion

Control.

maneuvers

20-46)

computer

implement

equations
APS

aO(x

_) + al_

a0(x

- _) _ alO

threshold

level,

threshold

level,

and
APS
where

APS

(x - _),

and APS

_,

a 0,

is a value
nels

that

ly explained,

there

are

equation

As shown

in Figure

for

The

for

attitude

attitude
signal

consist

amplifier.

channels

tem

channels

the S-IVB/Apollo

of three

since

within
of the

(x - _) and

three

_ terms,

1,

the

and the

attitude

control

one for

the

channels

required

for

channels

each.

The

second

group

signal

processing

summation

each

proper

of three

and

the

threshold

level

(x - _) chan-

computer.

requires

six

noxxles.

error

or APS

consist

sections,

are

no filters

bending

moments

coast

circuits
section

of five

(4) dc amplifier

There

in part

six APS

As previousaxis,

so that

the

of six terms.

auxiliary

propulsion
first

system

group

contains

contains

channels

processing.

(3) limiter,

tial

20-142

error

explained

of the

system

into two groups

error

switching,
channels

divided

rate

attitude

20-47,

respectively,

by special

three

for APS

states,

as previously

propulsion

complete

channels

on-off

is determined

auxiliary

are

the

and a 1 are

of the

control

are

phases.

sections,

and

(5) spatial

(1) scaling

resistor,

associated

with

and

elastic

(1) attitude

deadband,

amplifier.

The

attitude

(2) dc amplifier

and

the

six

deformations

auxiliary
are

(2) relay

propulsion
negligible

rate
(3) spasysduring

....

:--

,.,

uJ
"I-

L_

(.3

z0

I
+
T

:.-

:.

>"

>J

I.I.

U..

.d_

E'EO

u..

lie

I,'W

I1,1
J

(.9
-IE

oz

o_

LL

_o
<[_

I--

_-

(_

+ ,o,rr
_. __ _.

_o
_o
_o_
Z
0
rr Z
0

_
o+o
Z
>- Z
>.-,

(./")
.J
J

E:

,,.._

_J

<
m
I

_4
I

I1.

Q.

,,t>.

I
>...

nr

nr

I
>-

+
>-

+
cr

TT

Tt

(.f)
I.i..J
ir

,-I,_ _ "_

TTT
J

1"IE --

O.

rr

Ir
(l)

TTT

c_
G.
,<

TTT

IE

0
1_

a13 a.

t_
c_
i

20-t43

._/
_o0

o_
hl
(D

z ...i _.)
OOW_[
I- (..) Og n
A

/
4

&

I
.,J

'

._1

'I

J' .[ _..

l?i.

_-_
0O'9

o.o.

TTTI

I'i"I Ii

--.t
,---t

<
.I

"5
I

.J
Ol

_.1 -+1

wo
C_Z
::},_
_mo
lb.

______J

I
I

i_

I"

i--

--

_ _'_0
OZl__l

_
o

>_w
T
(/)

> u
T_n
{/)

_-.q _1
nr

n
I

wa
c_z

og

_--nn'._ I

O-Wl
I.-

.,..._

r- _' I

q_

u_ t
_ I

F..- uj

I.- l._

!
|
|

I
A,

o
-/
.j

w
U

"@l

-_,

..@

.'@

I1:

"0!

x
I

20-144

The

auxiliary

tude

rate

sion

system

Apollo

processing

for use

require

The

either,

serve

process
threshold

so as to cause
threshold

vent

powered
rate

roll

of the

the

given

the

nozzles

attitude

The

error

the

limiters

until

with

band

is set

level.

Since

a predetermined

that

and no additional

scaling

is required.

The

effect

deadband

with

+_ 1 degree

the

by the

of the

This

auxiliary

composite

deadband

deadband

is discussed

Switching
for

in the
capsule.

for

selection

IU or from
When

20-47.)

one of the
relay

not
dead-

the

nozzles

error

are

signals

awaits

the

attitude

next

the

command.

prefrom

beyond

a pre-

arrives

threshold

level

of the

error

attitude

below

computer,

signal

vehicle

on

channels

error

to an attitude

the

turned

fall

error

IU digital

computer

exceeds

attitude

one part

at the deadattitude

dead-

of + 1 degree

is corrected

to

less

than

switches

error

signal

Apollo

fuel

expenditures

under

attitude

the

input

spatial

amof the

would

be re-

The

composite

Amplifiers.

of the

either

the digital

systems

within

position,

formed

comsumption
that

at the input

control

the

+ 1 degree.

Spatial

from

deadband

within

fuel

Relay

is in the

deadbands

reduces

errors
detail

three

of a composite

additional

greatly

attitude

of an attitude

the

and

in greater

(Figure

scaling

does

control

increased

the

and

to attitude

have

by eliminating

small

subject

signals

that

is only

limiter

system

filter

channel

summation

system

the

propul-

angle.

deadband,

to correct

Relay

deadband

propulsion

quired

is such

error

their

in the

corresponds

commanded

attitude

attitude

plifiers.

vide

of this

both

of the

of the

factor,

voltage

Actually,

to the

scale

the

atti-

of the S-IVB/

section

When

error

roll

auxiliary

phase

system

originate

and

Deadband.

and when

deadbands

these

only

the

requires

propulsion

which

are

is always

off and the

attitude

signals,

threshold

band

turned

error

attitude

system

equation

attitude

coast

Attitude

to be reduced.

are

and

roll

under

auxiliary

signal

these

signal

propulsion

appropriate
error

error

roll

channel

the

below

auxiliary

terms

determined

attitude

is detailed

Deadband.

reaching

both the

phases,

the

Attitude

during

powered

of the

level

in that

in S-IVB

This

level,

function

attitude

the

for

a dual

roll

since

six

used

the

channels
the

used

channels

Although

processing.

six

system

channels

vehicle.

resistor

band

propulsion

the

attitude

limiters

pro-

computer
the

Apollo
deadband

20-145

within the control computer is bypassedand the signal is presented directly to

the limiter. Separate relay switching within the Apollo spacecraft inserts one
of two deadbandswhich are part of the Apollo attitude reference systems. These
deadbandsare similar to those in the control computer with the exception that
the deadbandwidths are +0.5 degree for one and+5 degrees for the other. The
three sources of attitude control, available from the Apollo, are the Apollo digital guidancecomputer, the minimum impulse system and the rotational command system. The latter is a manual attitude control system which is discussed briefly in connection with the composite deadbandunder the discussion of the
spatial amplifier.
Limiters

(Figure

maximum

rate

20-47.)
at which

ed by a manually
in the Apollo
to limit
tage

per

second.

When

channel

of the

auxiliary

error

rotational-control

corresponding
roll

function

the S-IVB

introduced

the amplitude

the

The

of any

error

to a voltage

from

the

rate

system

corresponding

degree

the S-IVB is in the Apollo rotational-command

hand control is applied to the spatial amplifiers.

be command-

hand

control

are

and

yaw

per

second

to a correction

while

designed

channels

rate

mode,

the

may

The limitcrs

in the pitch
of 0.3

is to limit

astronaut's

of operation.

signal

to a correction

circuits

propulsion

signal

mode

limiter

to a vol-

and

to limit

of 1.1

degrees

a voltage from the

This turns on the appropri-

ate auxiliary propulsion system nozzles, which remain on until the Apollo rate
gyro feedback signals null out the hand control voltage to a value within the spatialamplifier deadband.
The

limiters

cluding
ture

the

thus

serve

introduction

of excessive

DC Amplifiers.

amounts

Thus, the S-IVB

to conserve
of large

is in a rate-controlled mode.

auxiliary

angular

rates

propulsion
which

system

would

require

fuel

by pre-

expendi-

of fuel.

Each of the six auxiliary propulsion system

channels contains

a dc amplifier which receives the amplitude limited signals of the attitudeerror

channels and the scaled signals of the attituderate channels, amplifies them
and sends the amplified signals to the spatial amplifiers.
supply the signal power
the spatial amplifiers.

needed to drive the magnetic

Scaling resistors are used

The dc amplifiers
amplifiers within

in the attitude rate

channels to scale the rate signals to values that allow proper summation

20-14_

of

v_

.....

of these
the

signals

with

dc amplifiers

pitch

from

powered

stages.

S-II

closed

Spatial
with

six

(Figure

for

remainder

parator

rate

spatial

signals,

level

the

threshold,

noid

valves

increased

and

damping

The

auxiliary

propulsion

ing on whether
to control
the

the

pitch

attitude

and yaw

attitude

and

and

yaw

attitude

rate.

and

yaw

maneuvers.

diametrically
same

side

of the

The

deadband

within

limiter

of the

shown

in Figure

roll

deadband

rate

of 1.1

condition

circuit

attitude

degrees

per

as would

during

S-IVB

S-IC

and

three

auxiliary

associated

amplifiers

propulsion

in a triple

need

system.

redundancy

and

com-

when

lines

attitude

to the

them

summation

which

negative

are

either

feedback

to

exceeds

operate

auxiliary

full-on

is on or off.

remaining

the

sole-

propulsion
to the

mag-amp

roll

spatial

the

are
for

the

is used

attitude

error

amplifiers
attitude

same

nozzles

required,

yaw

depend-

amplifier

pitch

and yaw

since

and

or full-off,

two spatial

receives

energized

One

as inputs

maneuvers

are

relays

and

compare

the amplified

provides

receiving

roll

error

system.

The

control
error,
are

roll

and

used

two nozzles

maneuvers,

and

roll

for

which

two nozzles

roll

are
on the

energized.

amplifier,

channels,

The
from

and

and

amplifiers

but only

used

supply

is necessary

error

spatial

energizes

nozzles

spatial

20-49.
differs

such

the

and

control

amplifier

line

S-II

is opened

amplifier,

network

are

in the yaw

S-IC,

in a magnetic

signals.

center

are

propellant

When

nine

of the

nozzles,

opposite

are

description

amplifier

This

channel

channels

amplifier

each

during

with

or coast.

There

system

rate

amplifiers
roll

in series

signals

them

to the

the two pitch

prevent

attitude

amplify

spatial

contacts

the preeessed

A feedback

additional

Relay

receive

switching

for

.....

reliability.

in the hypergolic

nozzles.

system

in a deadband

adc

amplifiers

amplifiers

sum

a threshold

system

for

in the

20-48).

spatial

channels

power

a functional

spatial

propulsion

of the

network

The three

contact

auxiliary

be considered
The

relay
S-IVB

_w

signals.

rate
the

during

error

reaching

The

Amplifiers
the

attitude

in the attitude

channels

and

the

wv

form

deadband

this

diagram

second.

Point

be present

along

the

a composite

is shown
in that
Po in the

at earth

with

orbit

for
it has

pitch

attitude

deadband

deadband

which

and

yaw

a maximum

diagram
insertion.

is

axes.

The

maneuver

represents
This

and

an initial
point

is shown

20-147

),d
W

.j_
0 _
U
Z
0
u

r_

nr
W

--

a,.

.,1._

0i

c_

nn

c.)

rl_

1
--

I,_

Ii,I.

z
_

_.__.__.._.

o
.,.,_
. ,-.-i
,-...i

e0
oJ

, l
),.J
&
O_
D

....
u

i
0
v
rr

_z

.,.-i

X
Z

ia.

)000

IZ
t--

o
u
_.1
o

O(

a.
z
Z
t"-

z
o

20-148

I
C_

OC
>-Q.<I_ (n IJ.

o=
td Z

__j_o
_ ).- I.J.I
.jOrr

"_-----(

oO

d
s/o) 31V_

c)

3OnJ.IJ.IV

_J

I
o,]

O0

20-149

outside
band

the

deadband,

thresholds;

propulsion
where
band

nozzles

are

on the proper
band

nozzles

is entered

limit-cycles

about

the
the

continues

once

vehicle

point

D as

would

turn

on the

again

vehicle

exceed

coasts

attitude

signals

have

to coast

the vehicle

the

signals

amplifiers

off {since

driving

and

error

correct

vehicle

signals

attitude

spatial

which

turned

The

the error

the

the

nozzles

thresholds).

B where

is,

therefore,

system

the

that

with

the

toward

which

point

At point
to point

one

A,

the

dead-

rate

thresholds

is within

point

below

a constant

rate

auxiliary

toward

fallen

C.

the dead-

proper

deadband

at a constant

shown,

exceed

to point
and

C the
D.

degree

turn
dead-

The

system

of the desired

attitude.

When

the

auxiliary

the Apollo
error

and

signals

control.
when

on until

the

in by the

to the

yaw,

and

to neutral,

1.1

attitude

at that

attitude

that

When

systems

these

+5 degrees
degree

attitude

control

by the

channels

The

nozzles

remain

the

manual

control

When

is,

the

by the

of the other

the Apollo

limit

voltage

cycle

vehicle

two attitude

reference

in the auxiliary

spatial

degree

per

hand

are

propulsion

control

amin pitch
is returned

the vehicle's

+ 1 degree

control.

This

systems

within

of either
inserted

of any

attitude

is

the Apollo.
0.5

degree

to replace

system

volt-

auxiliary

second

about

within

the

a new

to the

deadbands

systems

until

input

the

hand

below

the

operation

control

attitude

voltage

system,

maintains

astronaut's

employed,

input

at cut-off

in roll.

to the

hand

deadband.

of 0.3

second

astronaut's

nozzles

rate

per

attitude

control

established

In this

the

to

on the

reduces

at the rate

switched

turn

of a correction

That

deadband

is selected,

is set

are

channels

or

the +1
of the

computer.

2O-8O.

RATE

Attitude

rate

V vehicle,

within

feedback

reverts

are

mode

the

is commanded
by one

channels

circuit-limits

degrees

time.

error

amplifier

control.

limiter

system

maintained

spatial

coasts
hand

which

system

signal

equivalent

the

by a voltage

the

vehicle

system

command

propulsion

rate

age

and

20-150

attitude

attitude

rotational

exceeds

The

is sent

system

replaced

deadband.

plifiers

consists

manual

auxiliary

voltage

propulsion

angular

the
are

The
this

propulsion

GYROS
feedback,

is instrumented
velocity
of a high

of the
inertia

used

in all phases
by single

vehicle

about

gyroscopic

of powered

degree
the

of freedom

pitch,

torque

and

yaw,

wheel,

coast

rate
and

that

roll

flight

of the Saturn

gyros

which

axes.

The

is torqued

sense
rate

by a motor

the
gyro
stator

mounted
k

on the

to a torque

on the

A microsyn
which

input

output

full

scale

per

served

degree

perature

A built-in
polarity

and

are

used

than

-20

The use

of rate

differentiation

during

do permit

of angular
were

time

mean

degrees

rate

restraining

force

and

angular

the

the

the

wire

gyro

and

it uses

wire.

displacement

and

The

rate

in response

of a torsion

axis

into

of the

axis

angular

input

velocity.

rate

output

vehicle

S-II

angular

therefore

is fluid

each

provides

damped.

a scale

rate

gyro

factor

gyro

of

because

decreases

the

The

for

the

for

rate

tem-

was

that

render
platform

dynamics

redundancy

platform

outputs
detection

stabilized

elastic

rotational

gyro

modes

ST-124-M

The

motor

emergency

bending

functional

stabilized

spin

factor.

significant

flight.
for

for testing

rates

from

powered

of the

gyro

scaling

by the

differentiationbut

independent

about

to failure

displacement

and

torsion

is incorporated

within

is necessitated

this

by the
the

output

F.

exists

S-IC

at the

is 10 degrees/second

the

excessive

gyros
of the

undesirable

gyro

synchronization,

(EDS).

observed

to angular

A heater

to detect

torque

velocity

second.

capability

system

stage

per
that

test

angular

of the

senses

proportional

shows

less

is balanced

to the

response

data

also

axis

signal

precessional

transformer

is proportional

1-volt

of the

purposes

desired,

and

S-IVB

a source
rate

gyros

selected.

Multiple

rate

mented
S-II

gyro

to sense

powered

mined

rates

times

these

power

locations

bending

axes.

the

of orbital
and

translunar
rate

gyros

would

used

for use

fully

suffered
The

with

relatively

did not dictate

and

is deter-

defined.

A triple

to sense

angular

selected

for

of increased
the

instru-

S-IC

or four)

was

be ensured

are

during

three,

configuration

injection.
are

more

packages

IU is instrumented

redundant

degradation

axes
(two,

are

in the

system

reliability

S-II

gyros

yaw

used

characteristics

rate

Nonredundant

and

and number

control

and

V.

the pitch

A triple

attitude

for

the S-IC

about

of nine

S-IVB

to compensate

The

vehicle

all three

the

fly in the Saturn

rates

The

arrangement

so that

which

angular

the

about

ting

packages

flight.

after

dundant

for

The

differential

a voltage
The

wheel.

the

IU

reliability

relatively
shorter

re-

long operatimes

a redundant

during

configuration

stages.

non_redundant
supply

for

rate

gyro

all three

packages,
rate

gyros.

consist
The

rate

of one

regulator

gyro

outputs

and
are

inverter
directed

and

one

to amplifier

20-151

ob-

anddemodulationcircuits and the demodulatedoutput is sent to the control computer

pitch andyaw attitude rate channels. The roll attitude rates, _R' from these rate
gyro packagesare not used. The _R signals required by the control computer are
obtainedat all times from the triple redundant rate gyros in the IU.
The redundantrate gsrro (control rate gyro processor), Figure 20-50, is packagedin
two units. Onecontains the nine rate gyros and the other contains the associated electronics. The outputs of two of the three gyros, along each axis, are compared, and
if a disagreement (failure) occurs, the active output of the redundant configuration is
switched to tile third (stand by) rate gyro.
An emergency detection system (EDS)has also been incorporated into the redundant
rate gyro packageto detect excessive rates All nine of the rate gyro signals are fed
to electronic EDSrate switches which havebeen designedto energize relays in the
emergency detection distributor when rates exceedpreset values in the EDSrate
switch. (Preliminary
estimates
of abort thresholds
are +5 degrees/second
in yaw
and pitch
are

and +10 degrees/second

wired

such

that

it requires

completed.

Referring

can be seen

that

circuit.

20-81.

between

axis

to be flown

drift

the

of-attack
powered
are

V vehicle,
20-152

in order

of the pitch

3,

prevented

vehicle.

Saturn

purpose

reducing

attuck

of the

to the

second

2 and

axis

or 1 and 3 are

from

angle

completing

relays
that

the

for

the

each

axis

EDS circuit

on Figure

required

V until

has

nominal

the

20-50,

to complete

circuit

by the

be
it
the

addition

is to minimize
and

feedback.

This

function

trajectory,

when

both

maximum

large

control

the bending

moments

dynamic

aerodynamic

aerodynamic

which

component

is critical

forces
pressure

is "drift

in the
typically

high

induced

structure.

is reached

in flight.

steady

state

control.
structure

dominant

dynamic

high wind
vehicle

the

vehicle

through

continue

proven

minimum"

on the

the
and

fully

ac-

to the

will

is to reduce

of thrust

during

pressure

are

of which

trajectory,

lateral

"_'y) normal

transducers

accelerometers

one

by two body-fixed

( _p and

angle-of-attack

two purposes,
vehicle

is instrumented

accelerations

Q-ball,

of attack

creating

vehicles

translational

control

normal

be energized
portion

in the launch

sense

in the

Angle-of-attack

of these

ACCELEROMETERS

that

longitudinal

are

contacts

contacts.

control

celerometers

1 and 2,

alone

its

CONTROL

Angle-of-attack

The

two relays

The

two relays

to the processor

K 3 contacts

of a diode

in roll.)

angle-

pressure
angles
In the

at lift-off

by

plus

of the
of atSaturn
77

(.9
Z

-vv

..

b/?

o_.

L._
I
0"4

o,-I

20-153

seconds,

corresponding

trajectory
lift-off

The

program

device

voltage

that

meter

cuit

per

per

volt

the

The

ation

of 1 meter

force

coil

the

of the

per

in the

last

celerometers

at known
the

is a block

Accelerometer

HORIZON

form

base

through

20-154

to the

plane

the pitch

and

infrared

tangential

output

of the

accelerometer

by a scale

time.

fluid-

is a 400-Hz

of 0.5

volts

vrms

and demodulated

by a cir-

producing

an output

to the

second

(or equivalently

per

also

this

is a linear,

factor

is amplified

after

contains

a static

voltage

2 volts

inverter

which

dc
con-

angles

such

by an amount

The

proposed

for

checking

an input

correct

are

fractions

angles

of the

gimbaled

in the

servo

actuators.

utilizing

are

direct

current

prelaunch

evaluated

engines

accelerometer

given

in Table

thrust

inputs.

and

associated

its

con-

control

axis,

ac-

and

from

offers

current

This

flights,

readouts

coil

acceler-

vector

the

sensitive

per-

different-

of 20 ma.

simulated

through

analog

to the

by tilting

force

which

is an apparent

in the

of lg on the

calibrated

of the

goal

The

coil

proportional

design

During

accuracies

force

polarities

launch.

to obtain

diagram

electromagnetic

the

potential

auto-

electronics.

20-19.

SENSOR

of the

of pitch

of four

The

mass

before

specifications

purpose

after

vehicle

signal

second

channel

capability,

20-51

per

minutes

resulting

checkout

20-82.

is not used

launch

second

coil.

for

potentiometers

Figure

The

force

primarily

accelerometer

matic

30 to 121 seconds

in the

an internal

seismic

second

control

feedback

A typical

use

package

contains

to the

is used

measuring

per

meters.

dc to 400 Hz 115 volts.

applied

system

control

package,

meter

for

acceleration
This

accelerometer

the displacement

trol

pickoff.

accelerometer

accelerometer

current

for

second.

of 1 vdc per

rms).

control

mits

per

within

28 volts

The

designated

to sensed

12,600

accelerometers

Angle-of-attack

an inductive

second

of approximately

control

flight.

is proportional

system

verts

ial

with

contained

control

stage

the

accelerometer

damped

per

employs

in the S-IC

control

to an altitude

horizon
roll

attitude

sensors
skin
tbat

sensor
data

mounted
of the

Each

an arc

reaching

for

sensor
from

the S-IVB
plane,

IU at position
lie

may

is to provide

in a base

vehicle

two sensors

axis.

system

scan

the base

along

the

roll

in a plane
plane

onboard

stage.

The

parallel
I.

sensor

to the

The
axis

information

sensors
and the

perpendicular

to 90 degrees

system

vehicle
are

consists

yaw

located

remaining
to the

away.

in the

base

plane

and

in the

two lie
plane

along

e
w

v9

_e

uo
_

-_

B
eu

_
w

_._
b

_
.

.....
_

.....

I
I

STATIC
INVERTER

28VDC
*4VDC

J
V: 115V, 400Hz

CONTROL
ACCELEROMETER
0.SVRMS/M/SEC

l ACCELEROMETER

I
]1

:1:2%

DEMODULATQ, R
IVDC/M/SEC';
2VDC/IVRMS

_'ANALOG

PACKAGE

3-380
Figure

The

instantaneous

0.5

degrees

and

the

rear

surface

of the

of the

hemispherical

vehicle.

mode

of operation.

Sensor

scanning

mirror

through

ation.

The

tracking

by a second

are

inherent

reflected

from

mirror

which

system

the

giving

the tracking
oscillates

in an air

an effective
which

to regulate

mirror
through

the

to the

degree

before

launch

"stand-by"

tracking

of 90 degrees.

of torquer

arc

The

to 45 degrees

into the

and

Centigrade.

aluminum

angle

lens

system.

to be in the

is limited
rate

in the

20 minutes

scanning

is reflected
a three

is cemented

spaced

of a gold plated

by
flake

of 60 degrees

power,

wide

thermistor

of immersion

is considered

rotation

of the
flake

temperature

by a dc torquer
is used

effect

of 28 vdc

3 degrees

shape

thermistor

which

by

feedback

The

and

the

is accomplished

is rotated

size

giving

the

mirror

by the

application

(Electronics)

is approximately

at a controlled

arc,

Diagram

lens

preheat,

a 45 degree

sensor

system.

losses

by the

During

Tachometer

image

optical

in an oven

is energized

of the

The

energy

Block

of each

is determined

length

operate

oven

Demodulator

of view

This

preventing

thermistors
The

field

long.

focal

thereby

20-51.

of rot-

drive.

objective

while

lens

"searching"

20-155

Table 20-19. Control Accelerometer Data

Item
Accelerometer

Data

Sensor
_+10M/sec/sec,
+12.5M/sec/sec

Range
Natural

Voltage

9Hz

Frequency

Cross

Axis

Scale

Factor

Force

Coil

and

Sensitivity

+lHz

0. 002 g per
0.5

Scale

stops

Factor

vrm/M/sec/sec

1M/sec/sec/20

ma

Power
28 vdc +4 vde

Voltage

Input

to Inverter

Voltage

Input

to Accelerometer

Heater

Power

Sensor

115 vrms,
50 watts

Accelerometer

400 Hz +2%
(cyclic)

10 watts

Inverter
Demodulator
Output

from
Scale

Accelerometer
Factor

1 vdc/M/sec/sec

Null

80 mv

Ripple

40 mv

Output
Physical

Impedance

500 ohms

Characteristics
Weight

Approx

Size

5 in.

Environmental
Operating
Storage

Temp.
Temp.

Shock
Constant

6 lbs.
x 5 in.

x4

in.

Specifications

Vibration

20-156

Package

Acceleration

-20 Fto160

-265 F to 185 F
20 ss (20 to 2000
g
50 for 10 msec
g
5O
g

Hz)

at

anda one degree arc while "tracking". The ocillating mirror is supported by flex
pivots which give the assembly a natural resonant frequency of approximately 40 Hz.
This assembly is driven electromagnetically by an oscillator which uses the mechanically resonant mirror assembly as its tuned element. A feedback coil provides a
signal to the oscillator to maintain a constant oscillation amplitude. Whena temperature gradient is present in the field of view it is swept back and forth across the
thermistor at the 40 Hz rate, generating an ac signal.
During ascent through the atmosphere, the sensor system is protected from aerodynamic heating by a laminated fiberglass hemispherical domeapproximately 14 inches
in diameter at the base with a wall thickness of 3/8 inch. This dome contains an
electrically heated artificial target which is used during ground checkout to test the
ability of the sensors to detect a temperature gradient and lock onto it. The angular
accuracy of this test is limited becauseof the possible variation in dome postion, and
particularly becauseof the close proximity of the target and the sensors and the resuiting poor focus of the optical system.
Approximately four to ten secondsafter separation of the first stage, the protective
dome is ejected to enable the sensors to receive radiant energy. At the same time
the sensors are causedto enter the "search" mode of operation by application of power to the horizon sensor system. During the "search" mode, the tracking mirror on
each sensor independently rotates at a rate of approximately five degrees per second,
causing each sensor to scan through the 90 degree field in approximately nine seconds.
The direction of scan is from space toward the earth to assure that the first appreciable gradient sensedwill be the horizon. If the tracking mirror completes its 45 degrees of travel without bringing a gradient of sufficient magnitudeinto the field of view,
the mirror is driven back to the initial position in approximately three seconds. During flyback, the sensor is prevented from backing on any temperature gTadient that
appear in the field of view. The "search" cycle of operation is continueduntil a gradient is detected. Whena gradient of at least 175degrees absolute remains in the oscillating field of view long enoughto generate two or three cycles of the 40 Hz signal
in the detector, the sensor switches to "track" mode and "locks" onto the temperature
gradient.
Normally, once a gradient is detected, the sensor will continue to track it as long as
the gradient remains within the 90 degree scanning arc. However, for the Saturn app20-157

lication, the sensor may be forced to recycle periodically regardless of whether or not
it is tracking the horizon. This is to prevent the possibility of a sensor continuously
tracking a false horizon and supplying incorrect data throughout the entire flight. The
recycle signal of approximately 0.5 secondduration is provided from the data adapter
and is applied to only one sensor at a time so that three sensors may continue to track
during this time.
The angle of the tracking mirror on each sensor must be transmitted accurately to the
data adapter. This is accomplished by the use of an eight pole resolver driven by the
mirror. Each resolver has a maximum electrical rotation of 180degrees, corresponding to 45 degrees of tracking mirror rotation. The electrical signals from each resolvet are carried by a calibrated cable, approximately 30 to 35 feet long, to the data
adapter, where they are combined so as to multiply each electrical degree of resolver
rotation by two. Thus, for each degree of mirror rotation there are eight degrees of
electrical phase shift in the signal used in the adapter. The electrical phase shift of
the signal from the resolver is converted in the data adapter to a digital number. This
digital number defines the mirror position as an angle. This angle is the angle between the base plane and the temperature gradient which the sensor is tracking. A
signal, indicating whether the sensor is in "search" or "track", also is sent to the
data adapter. Theoretical analysis has indicated that roll and pitch attitudes can be
computedwith an error of less than 0.1 degree if a minimum of three sensors is tracking the horizon.
The horizon sensor system is packagedin a hermetically sealed unit, pressurized
with dry nitrogen to an absolute pressure of approximately 25 psi. Four germanium
windows, 4mm thick, pass the energy into the optical system. These windows have
a transmission efficiency of approximately 80 per cent for energy in the 13 to 17 micron region. A special filter behind the objective lens limits the transmission of energy
to wavelengths longer than 13 microns.
Cooling of the horizon sensor is accomplished

by circulating coolant fluid through stain-

less steel coils cast in the base of the unit.

20-83.
The

TRACKING
tracking

V launch

20-158

function

vehicle

from

provides
launch

accurate
until

position

injection

of the

and

velocity

Apollo

information

spacecraft

into

on the
its

Saturn

translunar

.......

trajectory.
from

The

the

S-IVB

Information
porting

mission

Abort

tracking

and

for

of mission

of alternate

C.

Updating

of the

d.

Over-riding

analysis
vehicle

During

systems

in flight.

purposes

launch

system

safety

mission

for

tracking

based

to aid him

in deciding

personnel

and property.

a.

prior

time

decisions

may

Data
position

safety

to translunar

(such

as S-IVB

into the

then

the

tracking

From

this

actual

the

Additionally,

engine

systems,

and

of the

future

missions.

is active

including
data

is

comparison,

function

reference

cut-off)

information

for

tracking

of tracking

injection

functioning

be determined

V mission,
status

sup-

mission.

prior

mission.

is gained

is required

on tracking

whether

Accurate

separation

for

both

each

for
earth-

tracking

to lift-off.

information

Presentations

its

real

crew

performance,

the planned

Saturn

equipment.

just

following

flight

sequencing

Corrections

of the

the

or

system

vehicle's

vehicle-borne

Continuous

guidance
event

operational

is obtained

for

for
of the

range

of determining
and

evaluation

either

an insight

phase

is required

include:

vehicle

data

differences,

spacecraft,

data

of the

of the

the

function

of vehicle

computed

the

tracking
for

evaluation

tor

postflight

requiring

Selection

with

continued

.-_-

unit.

b.

compared

trol

control

post-flight

based

by the

decisions

a.

is then

stage/instrument

derived

Real-time

For

function

.":.

during

data

are

to terminate
available
and

the

monitored

the vehicle
through

velocity

ascent
by the
flight

continuous

at stage

phase

engine

for

range

mission

safety

to eliminate
tracking

cutoffs

con-

officer

danger

to

are:

and

stage

separations.
b.
ment

Confirmation

of the
c.

tracking

In the

assigned

mission,

Prediction
assignment

orbital

iod after

that

phase

injection

of future
from

of the
into

one

continued
or that
positions
station

mission,

orbit,

vehicle
an alternate

performance

will

mission

must

of the vehicle

to aid

permit

accomplish-

be chosen.

in transferring

the

to another.

continuous

to verify

that

orbit

tracking
conditions

is required
have

for
been

a short
reached.

perThere-

20-159

after, periodic tracking observations are required to confirm or refine the predicted
positions and velocities.
During the translunar phase, position and velocity information is required for realtime andpost-flight evaluation of the vehicle trajectory. The real-time data is monitored by the Mission Control Center (MCC)to determine progress of the mission and
may be used as a basis for initiating trajectory corrections through the command
function.
To satisfy the tracking requirements, tracking stations have been established at
selected locations around the earth to ensure that Saturn V vehicles can be tracked
continuously from launch to orbital injection and that tracking data can be obtained
periodically during the vehicle's orbits. Additionally, tracking stations have been established at locations such that at least one maintains tracking of the vehicle and spacecraft during transfer from earth parking orbit to lunar trajectory.
20-84. OPERATION.
Operation of the Saturn V tracking function is similar to Saturn I for launch, ascent
and orbital phasesof the mission. (Refer to Paragraph 6-47) During the translunar
phase of the mission the tracking responsibility is transferred to deep space stations,
which track the vehicle with radio frequency systems associated with equipment on the
vehicle and spacecraft.
20-85. IMPLEMENTATION.
The tracking function is implemented with vehicle-borne equipment anda network of
tracking stations interconnected with the MCC through high andlow-speed communications systems. Radio frequency equipmentat the tracking stations operates with
vehicle-borne equipment to determine continuously the position and velocity of the
vehicle. This position and velocity information is converted to a data format compatible with communications and computing facilities and then transmitted to the MCC.
20-86. VEHICLE IMPLEMENTATION.
Vehicle-borne equipmenton the Saturn V is integrated with ground-basedfacilities to
implement the tracking function. Tracking systems used with the S-IC and S-II stages
and the instrument unit are:
20-160

a.
b.

ODOP
MISTRAM

c.
d.
e.
f.

Vehicle Radar Altimeter

C- BandRadar
AZUSA
MINITRACK

These systems are described below.

20-87.

S-IC

tracking
have

Stage

- ODOP

the S-IC

been

flown

stage

of Saturn

on the

instrument

a continuous-wave
the

vehicle

ceiving

sites.

performed

The

radio

and

frequency

three

20-88.

S-II

wave

(ODOP)

SA-504.

SA-501

through

of the

site

are

from

computed

(The
503. )

ODOP

a transmitter

is used

for

system
This

system,

transponder

and

aboard

at least

doppler

will

three

re-

measurements

V is similar

to that

I ODOP.

by the

System.

missile

comprises

MISTRAM

Refer

on Saturn

to 2400

me)

6-53

for

to paragraph

trajectory

transponder

(2200

Tracking

ground

used

of the

S-II

to determine

position

operating

than

a more

900des-

V vehicles

(MISTRAM).

in conjunction
and

the

detailed

of Saturn

system

operating

The

rather

stage

measurement
facilities

I.

velocity

This

with

the

of the vehicle

time.

description

of MISTRAM
Refer

S-IVB
other,

tracking

20-90.

Instrument
radar

for

to paragraph

Stage.

of the

are:

vehicle

consists

V is to be in the S-band

system

velocity

unit

Saturn

- MISTRAM

be accomplished

ing system.

each

for

on the Saturn

Stage

with

system

receivers.

Saturn

of ODOP.

20-89.

system,

and velocity

cription

The

frequency

doppler

of vehicles

position

used

in real

unit

Vehicle

on the

vehicle-borne

beginning

comprising

employed

continuous

V,

offset

facilities

mc band

will

The

ground

at the

system

System.

Since
systems

stage.

Saturn

I vehicles

is applicable

to the

S-II

stage

track-

6-54

the S-IVB
used

No tracking

Unit.

Tracking

altimeter,

C-Band

stage

with

the

and

instrument

instrument

equipment

is carried

systems

implemented

radar,

AZUSA/Glotrac

unit

unit

also

by the

do not separate
determine

S-IVB

position

and

stage.

on the Saturn
and

from

Minitrack.

V instrument
Addition-

20-161

ally, the ODOPsystem is being used in the instrument unit of developmental vehicles
SA 501, 502and 503. The instrument unit tracking systems are described below:
Radar

Altimeter

mines

distance

to travel
vide

of the

from

the

the altitude

when

Data

ground,

vehicle

station.

ing function

description

an SST-102A

To support

and

I.

is carried

C-Band

Refer

groun-based

radar

tracking

for

when

the

to Paragraph

on the

Saturn

radar.
is given

to pro-

vehicle
over

vehicle

orbit

ocean
to

is in sight

detail

in the

track-

6-56.

16 radar

tracking

V instrument

radar

a pulse

telemetering

in more

AN- FPS-

for

of the

passage

encoded

playback

(500 watt)

the

portions

is described

ground-based

a high-power

from

for

time

deter-

It is designed

as during

is digitally

system,

the

vehicle.
for

such

altimeter

Saturn

to the

information

altimeter

radar

by measuring

and back

stations,

radar
for

supplies

interrogations
ponder

The

a pulsed

earth

be tape-recorded

transponder

transponder

the

of tracking

by the

may

Radar

above

to tracking

obtained
and

altimeter,

to earth

element

of a ground

C-Band

high-altitude
vehicle

it is not visible

areas.
the

- The

return

systems,

unit.

This

in res_se

A further

description

in Paragraph

6-55.

to pulse
of the

(Saturn

transI track-

in_: ftm ction)

AZUSA/Glotrac
unit

aids

tracking

and AZUSA
ion.

20-91.

See

AZUSA

transponder

the AZUSA/Glotrac

tracking

systems

Paragraph

GLOTRAC

uous wave

- The

6-52.

Tracking System.

(AZUSA

MK

system.

is given
The

carried

Glotrac

to make

the Saturn

A description

in the discussion
application

of the

of Saturn
is described

V instrument
transponder

I tracking
below.

high-accuracy

as well as newly developed range

measurements

of target velocity

and position. It was originally planned as a global instrumentation system

itsname

from "global tracking. " Range

rate measurements

are performed

based transmitter which interrogates a vehicle-borne transponder.

offsets the received signal and re-transmits it to ground-based
that a range rate sum

is obtained by comparing

with a local frequency.

funct-

Glotrac uses information from existing contin-

II)and pulse radar systems,

and range rate equipment,

aboard

and derives
by a ground-

The transponder

receiving stations so

the frequency of the received signal

Range is obtained at the transmitting site by counting the total

cycle difference between the transmitted and received signals.

Tracking
20-162

begins

after

the

stations

receive

antenna-pointing

information

from

radars

located

on the

AZUSA

MK II measures

at Cherry

Cape,

Point,

San Salvador
ures

and

range,

are

also

is tracked

mitter

Bermuda

stations

have

measured

in acquiring

modified

down

by the

ity solution,

and

rate

while

range

measured

range

rate

at Bermuda,

yield

at Cape

Kennedy

Flight

Glotrac

include

the

AXUSA

as well

as the

Transmitter

The

a 5-foot

for

section.

The

rates,

the

veloc-

yield

for

plus

and pulse

the

of

is transmitted

to

and

instruments

radars

cw

integration

information,

The

(San Salvador).

of a 5-kw

on either

which

is also

computation.

range

Antigua,

stations

pointing

MK II trans-

three

information

the

Kennedy

and

a vehicle
San Salvador

AZUSA

Bermuda,

Turk

at all

in updating

Station

consists

can

frequency

frequency

measured

trajectory

Rate

operates

transmitter

use

at Grand

elevation

and

The

meas-

systems

and

Bermuda,

and

condition

radar

At launch,

the

The

to

used

for

at San Salvador

following:

Glotrac,

antenna,

Point,

Antigua,

initial

MK II at Cape

and Range

transmitter

information.

rate.

receiver

azimuth,

downrange,

measured

for

range,

stations

range

Pulse

is activated.

Turk,

information

Center

only with

radar

transmitter

the

Remote

measure

information.

moves

modified

and a Bermuda

tracking

at Grand

The

rate.

San Salvador

vehicle

The

and Antigua

Glotrac

ranges

and range

(cw) range

Bermuda

sources.

transmitters,

measure

radar

Space

and

As.the
the

Goddard

rate

MK II at Cherry

stations

the

external

AZUSA

information.

computer

used

wave

and Antigua

permits.

is shut

angle

Turk,

used

as line-of-sight

angle,

continuous

by the

or other

Grand

at San Salvador

which

trackers,

Bermuda,

non-ambigious

located

the

optical

range

for

rate

mc

to a local

is controlled

used

transmitter

5060.194

be slaved

This

equipment

and

tracking

in the

is identical

to that

mc

and feeds
The

reference.

range

is

receiver.

instrument.

frequency

reference

which

a doppler

or 5052.0833

by an atomic

a coherent

equipment,

rate

This

receiving

described

in the

next

Grand

Turk).

paragraph.
Range
The

Rate

Station

5000 mc+f d (doppler

fed to a crystal
mixed
led

(Cherry

with

5040

by an atomic

uency

oscillator

mc variable
variable
composed

mixer
mc

Point_

frequency
of a mixer,

shift)

is received

signals

a parametric
from

to produce

is phase-locked
frequency

Carolina:

frequency
through

clock)

North

oscillator
osicillator

the

a 40 mc

is part

with

crystal

rate

and

signals

(frequency

A 34 mc

IF output.

correlator

antenna

These

synthesizer

the phase

of the

a 5 mc IF amplifier

on a 5-foot

IF output.

40 mc

contains

and

preamplifier.

frequency

to the

Antigua_

The

are
control-

variable

output

freq-

of the 35

information.

The

which

includes

filter,

and

a servo

a phase

20-163

detector. The output of the 35 mc variable frequency ocillator contains the

doppler tracking data in a I00 cycle bandwidth. The 35 mc data output is
heterodyned to 5 mc andapplied to a quadrature phasedetector which provides
four-fold multiplication of data resolution. The multipled phase data is applied through a bidirectional counter which reads out to a magnetic tape recorder at a rate of 10/see and to a digital-to-teletype converter for real-time
transmission at a rate of 1 sample every 6 sec. The range rate data is transmitted at 24 bits/sample and the range data at I0 bits/sample.
The antennacan be used for conical scan and can be slaved to azimuth and elevation acquisition data received by teletype or synchro.
Range Rate Station with Range

Module

(Bermuda).

At the Bermuda

station a

range module is added to provide circuitry for detecting 98. 3569, 4 and 0. 160 kc
range modulation signals that measure

The

frequency-modulated

heterodyned
and

successively

applied

5 mc

output

Since

is the

phase-shift
in the

close

to the

antennas

off technique.

The

ulation

index

detects

the range

range

The

point

of energy

for

vehicle

with

cosines

20-164

of the

This

wave

signal.

earth-based
respect

beacon
This

into

to their

amplified

reference

is a

signal

transmission
phased,

the

is

through

the

the

demodulator

range

data

from

to detect

the

range

is achieved

5000

on the

data

as

signal

index
mc

is frequency

almost

carrier.

wipe-

equal
This

modto the

mod-

effectively

mixer.

Saturn

transmission
stations

antenna

various

by an autocorrelation

mixing

crystal

tracking

are

are

signal.

on the

microwave

transponder

to the demodulator

of the

at a modulation

kc signal

at the

input

properly

local-oscillator

minitrack

continuous

are

the

FM signals

from

it is desirable

synthesizer

data

arising

can be introduced

98 3569

The

The phase

modulation

channel,

from

The other

signals

microwave

of the

to 5 mc.

errors

as possible.

a low-power
source

input

kc range

in the frequency

Minitrack.

the

errors

components

ulated

20-92.

When

range as well as range rate.

received

signal.

for phase

98. 3569

signals

demodulator.
reference

to compensate

5 mc amplifier.

mc

to 40 mc and

to a coherent

phase-adjustable
adjusted

5000

unambiguous

V instrument
from
which

baselines

unit

transmits

the vehicle

provides

determine

direction

as a function

of time.

Position

and

a sequence

GROUND

Station

and

part

network

STATION

of

tracking

launch,

located

The

radio

frequency

in Table
network

function

during

the

California;
by

these

aboard

Table

20-20.

Stations

East

track

to those

the

derived

from

with

Minitrack

station

The

South

Africa;

the

vehicle

Saturn

in line

tloint,

Md.

Forks,

Minn.

S.

Africa

Peru

of

Locsight

primarily

space

is

V Minitrack

shown
system

Stations

and

' 36.

838"E

23037

' 15.

212-09-47.

387E

64-52-18.

591N

282-54-48.

170E

38-25-49.

718N

262-59-21.556E

48-01-20.668N

027-42-27.931E

25-5258.862S

282-50-58.184E

11-46-36.492S
701N

St.

John's,

Nfld.

307-16-43.240E

47-44-29.

049N

Australia

136-46-59.52E

31-06-09.

49S

Ecuador

Santiago,
Winkfield,
Fort

Myers,

Goldstone

Chile
England
Fla.
Lake,

Calif.

with

993"S

32-34-47.

Quito,

and

Latitude

243-01-43.707E

BWI

Figure

Locations

Calif.

Island,

in

spacecraft.

Diego,

Antigua

are
Australia.

San

Woomera,

per-

stations

Woomera,

altitude

of

for

stations

deep-space
and

beacon.

used
deep

phase.

is

are

) A world-wide

Minitrack

stations,

of

I vehicles

6-57.

V mission,

a function

Apollo

one

ground

Saturn

interface

Saturn

vehicle

least

translunar

as

of the

the

at

289043

Alaska

Johannesburg,
Lima,

information

Longitude

Chile

Grand

time

to paragraph

Johannesburg,

stations,

stations

tracking

that

of the

equipment

Blossom

ensure

phases

deep-space

Fairbanks,

and

(Refer

20-20,

orbital

Antofagasta,

angle

for
V.

and

provided

20-52.

Saturn

In addition

Goldstone,

Coverage

used

orbit.

tracking
at

from

each

ascent
the

for

listed
in this

on

network

network

stations

vehicle

computed

IMPLEMENTATION

of the

of stations,

ations

is

stations.

facilities

of the

form

data

of tracking

20-93.

the

velocity

298-13-16.

536E

17-08-32.

586N

281-25-14.

770E

00-37-21.

751S

289-19-51.

283E

33-08-58.

106S

359-18-14.

615E

51-26-44.

122N

278-08-03.

887E

26-32-53.

516N

243-06-02.

776E

35-19-48.

525N

20-165

To be supplied at a later date.

Figure 20-52. Deep SpaceTracking Network, Saturn V

20-166

20-94.
The

CREW
crew

SAFETY

safety

function

function

of the Saturn

display

of performance

if an emergency
uence

for

(VEHICLE

EMERGENCY

ensures

safety

V/Apollo

space

The

to enable

It also

emergencies

spacecraft

vehicle.

parameters,

occurs.

of the

provides

not permitting

DETECTION

the

for

crew

function
crew

automatic

time

SYSTEM).
in the

provides

to initiate

initiation

initiation

event
for

sensing

an escape

of the

of the

of mal-

sequence

crew

escape

and

escape

seq-

sequence

by the

cr ew.

Safety

of the

crew

Apollo/Saturn
craft.

the Apollo

missions

It has

as well

been

recognized

may

arise

contingencies
of the

aboard

mission

spacecraft

as the design
in planning

requiring

in process.

is of major

for

either

The

choice

of both

the

concern

launch

earth-orbital

pursuit
of action

vehicle

and

of alternate
depends

in the planning

lunar

and

the

space-

missions

missions

or

on the

nature

been

examined

of

that

abandonment

of the

conting-

ency.

In planning
to their

for

effect

classified

contingencies,
on the

possible

vehicle

and

malfunctions

mission.

Failures

as

"catastrophic"

if they

would

result

first

indication

of failure)

insufficient

for

crew

ures

leading

breakup

to loss

permits

in vehicle

of the

crew

loss,

vehicle

initiation

but may

are

classified

of the

result

have

escape

leading

in vehicle
initiation

as "critical"

or delay

of the

breakup
of the

sequence.

in alteration

to loss

in relation
vehicle

in a time

escape
if the

Failures

are

(from

sequence.

Fail-

time-to-vehicle
which

of the mission

may

are

not result

classified

as

"non-critical".

Contingencies

which

craft/launch

vehicle

to provide

them

Catastrophic
survival

with

rate

adequate

moments

mit

crew

decision

on stages,

container

pressure
and

range

catastrophic

warning

require

pitch

or roll;

of flight.
for

manual

staging
(S-II
safety

initiation

and

necessary
of the

failure

and

which

information

of the

escape

sequence

digital
stages),

computer
spacecraft

status,
attitude

space-

to the

to abort

a mission.

escape

sequence
include:

multiple

for

in the

announced

to be catastrophic

structural

Parameters

malfunctions

as possible

initiation

considered

and S-IVB

critical

if it becomes

automatic

operation,

engine

or

as early

Malfunctions

in yaw,

early

either
be detected

malfunctions

the

rates,

must

of the crew.

turning

thrust

involve

engine

Status

angle-of-attack,
error

and

to ensure
excessive

failure

is displayed
are:

crew

in
to per-

of engine
fuel
angular

cutoff.

20-167

In this discussion "abort" is defined as the sequenceof separating the command module (CM) from the space vehicle and bringing it safely back to ground. Constraints
imposed

on the

20-53.

During

either

the

manually

ines
ure

abort

makes
will

abort

engine

of flight,

safety

ing range

safety,

(VEDS),

When

the

function

the first

will

be initiated

interwtl

of the

illustrated

at_ abort

the

10 seconds,

not initiate
as part

are

of flight,

time

at the option

ordnance

the

flight
in the

which
Paragraph

escape

sequence.

crew

and

They

aided

escape

failure

crew.

can

due

During

the

engine

shutdown.

abort

sequence.

of the

in Figure
be initiated

of two or more

an abort

crew

system

propellant
This

for

delay

in the

information,

in decision-making

spacecraft

and

the

range

containers
gives

to engine
first

engfail-

40 seconds

After

this

per-

the

and

by the displays

sufficient

vehicle

performance

functions

maintain

voice

communications

sys-

cutoff

warn-

(Refer

time

of the

whether
and

detection

to initiation

stages.

communications

monitor

and

prior

vehicle

crew

decides

includ-

an engine

seconds

on performance

CM and

emergency

purposes,

five

on the

functions,

crew.

safety

who continuously

mentation

of several

the

at least

information

displays
this

(LES),

compartment

continuous

assesses

by integxation

command,

is terminated

20 99. ).

through

monitors

earth,

ruptures

receives

the spacecraft

are

launch

vehicle

Safety,

is accomplished

communications,

ing is displayed

The

of flight

OPERATION.
crew

tem

After

an abort

will

stages

(approximately)
In this

or automatic

shutdown

various

10 seconds

mandatory.

be manual

20-95.
The

first

for

or automatically.

(approximately)
iod,

procedures

launch

t'rom

by operational
data
with

through

to Range

to initiate

the

vehicle

and

earth.

to abort

of

the

The
mission.

personnel
tracking

crew

on

and instru-

the crew.

In the event of an abort decision on the launch pad or during first stage boost the
launch escape system
Center.

(LES) is activated by either the crew or tileMission Control

The LES is automatically programmed

trajectory.

20-168

on a safe escape

For abort decisions after jettisonof the LES, the abort maneuver

require use of service module

procedure

to place the CM

may

(SM) propulsion, and action similar to the re-entry

normally used after completion of a mission.

te

>

E2

o
0

I
o

20-169

An abort

sequence
By wir_

a.

The

by one

link prior

to liftoff

b.

By radio

e.

By the

crew

d.

By the

vehicle

crew

ment

is initiated

safety

link prior

and

assessment

ated

VEDS

by the

after

a certain

aboard

in the

detection

the space

malfunctions,

certain

countdown

system

vehicle

(VEDS)

consists

and displays

of contingencies.

for

methods:

liftoff

point

emergency

diagnose

reasonable

to and

after

system

to detect

of several

The

emergencies,

liftoff.

of sensors

and

to permit

escape

such

after

the

sequence

as those

test

crew

equip-

to make

is automatically

described

initi-

in Paragraph

20-94.

20-96.
The

IMPLEMENTATION
launch

vehicle

illustration

and

portion

the

discussion

ign is in its beginning

The

VEDS

which

consists

transfers

distributor
and

provided

20-97.

sources

on the

in Figaare

20-54.

This

concept,

since

the des-

VEDS

to the

signals
VEDS,

and a distributor

information

signal

on each

Abort.

failure,
and

loss

of flight.

out the

based

is shown

to the
power

stage

to display

active

stage

when

the

for

instrument

instrument

equipment

CM if a catastrophic

requirements

and

in the

in the

malfunction
an abort

the

unit.

system

unit,
CM.

The

occurs,

is initiated.

To

are

from

Isolation

supplied

of sources

is

by diodes.

structural

ents

of the

Automatic

rate),

cutoff

reliability

are

system

sensors

performance

an abort

engine

two primary

following

of stage-mounted

delivers

enhance

safety

stages.

vehicle

transfers

of the crew

excessive
of thrust

These

vehicle,

Parameters

rate

for

vehicle

turning

of two or more

parameters
gyros

are

automatic
rate

engines

sensed

abort
in yaw,

on the

unit,

pitch

S-IC

by hot wire

in the instrument

of Saturn

or roll,

stage

structural

and thrust

V mission

are

(vehicle

in the

early

mom-

monitors

OK switches

over-

throughon the

S-IC

engines.

Structural
cuitry

monitoring
in the

SM to the

20-170

instrument

CM.

Three

is accomplished
unit
circuits

down

by installation
through

in each

the S-IC

of three

of "hot"
stage

separate

and

wires

from

up through

geographical

logic
the

paths

cir-

LEM
are

and

_e

To

To
Display
Panel

Automatic

Abort

u--

Engine

Cutoff

om

Two
or More
out Disable

Signal

System

Rate
Gyro
DisabLe

Engine-

COMMAND
INSTRUMENT

Vehicle

Emergency

Detection

System

Distributor

Signal

Status
K

Switch
approx.

is

closed
40 seconds

I
Digital

To

3-Axis

Computer

-System

_i

after

lift-

MODULE
UNIT

Gyro

Rate

off.

Package

<

-_, %::ui%Tf*
_ --

_2toay
_

___J

I Engine

Thrust

Container
Pressure
Sensor

[-_ cutoffSi_,al

_--

Destruct

Signal

?--ro.

3 see.

Time

Ordnance

System

Detector

["-L_icm_mv_e

rd_l

System

_"-

Cutoff

Star

ts

Ti mer

"_
S-IVB

STAGE

S-II

STAGE

S-IC

STAGE

Fuel

To

Container

Engine
Cutoff
Circuitry

Pressure
Sensor

Stage

II

Engines

___J
Ordnance
System

-I

Appr_l_.

a_

_-Engine
Thrust
Detectors

....

Cutoff

J----------.DD

Starts

Timer

Command
Receiver

s_"2m__J

1
Engine

To

Cutoff

Stage

IC

Engines
Circuitry

Engine
Thrust
Detectors

Ordnance

Time
_
____

Destruct

Signal

Approx.
I
Delay

3 sec.

System

Cutoff

Starts

Timer

Command
Receiver
System

3-381

Figure

20-54.

Vehicle

Emergency

Detection

System,

Saturn

20-171

monitored

for

electrical

of electrical

continuity

ally

an abort.

initiates

Vehicle

rates

plane

(pitch,

ing light
the

light

overrate

also

Outputs

indicating

lights

its associated

20-98.
Parameters

ator

the
iate

circuitry,
CM flight
abort

Thrust
ine

20-172

of the S-IC

thrust

OK switches

are

command

module.

A light

signal

abort

when

stage

provide

thrust
also

is lost

used

is energized

vehicle

circuits.

on any

when

automatic

The

inputs

to display

deact-

indicating
of the

automatic

and

to logic

cir-

two of the

five

engine

status

on

thrust

is lost

by

Abort
for

the

manual

sequence,

attitude,

rates,

and

when

in the command
this

indication

director

attitude

OK switches

on each

information

by an engine

ure.

engines

crew

the overrate

vehicle.

that

pitch

CM permits

V launch

of the

indicat-

indicate

second,

each

abort

decision

computer
range

they

safety

exceed

module.
and

status,

angle

engine

cutoff.

pre-set

After
the

are

vehicle

limits

spacecraft

fuel

in any plane,
of the

display

and

of attack,

deactivation

analog

indicator

are

of spacecraft

monitored

container

cause

overrate

pres-

an indic-

automatic

angular

to determine

rates,

rates

whether

on

to init-

manually.

status

manually

deactivation

for

overrate

Deactivation

Saturn

of the

staging

angular

to light

abort

five

the

abort

in the

spacecraft

Vehicle

for

which

abort.

an automatic

monitored

status,

sure,

within

in the

after

manual

per

Loss

automatic-

gyroscopes

in a plane

degrees

A switch

path

and the

gyros

five

signal,

for

rate

vehicle.

engine.

Manual

engine

on the

give

engines.

stimulus

three
initiated

are:

rate.

abort

as a basis

the

OK switches
which

roll

of the

in any geographical

two out of three

is accomplished

provides

cuitry

second,

integrity

containing

settings

automatic

information

circuitry

Thrust

Limit

per

circuits

is automatically

when

exceeded.

structural

package

Abort

CM is energized

provides

computer

by a gyro

roll).

40 degrees

of the

abort

and

is being

yaw rates;

to indicate

in two out of three

sensed

yaw

in the

limit

ivation

are

continuity

causes

in accordance

which
the

engine

of the

is displayed

S-IC,

by lights

associated

light

with

established

rules

S-II

and
in the

to be energized.
for

the

S-IVB

stages,

provide

spacecraft.
The

mission

crew

Loss
initiates

in event

eng-

of thrust
an abort

of engine

fail-

- -

: : -

.o : :-

: :

Engine status lights also are used to provide information on the staging sequence.
Since engine starting of S-II and S-IV-B stages is interlocked with physical separation
of the previous stage, failure to separate gives the same endresult (enginestatus
lights on) as the engine out condition.
A status light in the spacecraft indicates improper
italcomputer.

operation of the launch vehicle dig-

Additionally, excessive deviation of vehicle attitudefrom its required

(or computed) attitudeenergizes a light to indicate improper

operation of the vehicle

control computer.

Angle

of attack

decision

is displayed

to abort

namic

in analog

depends

considerations

form

on magnitude

(e.g.

Fuel container pressures

altitude,

as a parameter

of the
air

angle

for manual

of attack

and

abort.

other

The

existing

aerody-

speed).

in the S-II and S-IVB

stages are also presented as analog

displays in the spacecraft.

Attitude error, as determined by the spacecraft guidance and navigation system

displayed on the flightdirector attitudeindicator in the spacecraft.
flight,the indicator is programmed

When

engine

ivered

cutoff

to the

This

receivers

aboard

two command
_hrough

the

20-99.

RANGE

The

range

malfunction

distributor

vehicles.

function

of Saturn

and
(See

Implementation

for
signal
the

range

safety

is provided
S-IVB

instrument

stage

p_rposes,
by the
and

a warning

engine

cutoff

is transmitted

signal
channel

to the

is delof the

spacecraft

unit.

SAFETY.

safety

Requirements

in the

During S-IC

with the launch vehicle tiltprogram.

is commanded

spacecraft.

is

ensures

V vehicles

operation

Paragraph

safety
launched

of the

function

of the

launch

range

on the

range.

are

essentially

and

the

adjacent

same

areas

as for Saturn

against

6-58.)

of the Saturn V range safety function is similar to the Saturn I. Be-

cause of the longer powered

flightof Saturn V, it is necessary to extend the command

transmitter coverage to enable transmission

of engine cutoffand propellant dispersion

20-173

signals. Commandtransmitters are located at CapeKennedy, Grand Bahama Island,

SanSalvador, Grand Turk Island, Bermuda, Atlantie Tracking Ship, Grand Canary
Island

and

Ascension

to the vehiele

A range

Island

prior

safety

to earth

command

to execute

range

vehicles

SA-501,

8A-502,

SA-504

6-64.

(Saturn

The

anized
propellant
mits

20-100.
three

ent

of each

whieh

stages

supplies

Saturn

Control
Switching
by stage

20-101.
The

systems
exception

20-174

can

on each

AN/DRW-13
command

of the digital

stage

provides

be transmitted

stage

system

of the

Saturn

is operational

system

is operational

system

is given

a 28-volt

is commanded.

until

spacecraft

controller)

seconds

prior

signal

on
on veh-

after

engine

to rupturing

time

emergency
delay

prevents

initiation

cutoff.

This

of propclhmt

(mechof

delay

per-

containers.

SYSTEM

for

V launeh

eleetrieal

power

systems

Station

supply

the

from

ground

power

networks

vehicle

power.

flight

of the

aetive

phase,

primary

just

instrument

unit

are

independ-

has

a complete

electrical

system

throughout
generators

power

to stage
prior

stage

the

requirements.

are

launch

Each

and

(28-volt

batteries

to lift-off

all

mission

located

During

at the Automatic

de) through

umbilical

is accomplished
(T minus

phases.

Ground

connections.

without

interruption

35 seconds).

OPERATION

are
that

of each
similar
there

ac power

has

in paragraph

to the

A five-second

destruct

five

crew

most

relay

digital

command

ordnance

all of its

and

operation

quiring

into the

V electrical

pre-launeh

The

cutoff

of the Saturn

other

commands

is carried

The

A description

engine

ELECTRICAL

The

6-29)

commands.

SA-503.

plugged

of the

safety

injeetion.

on the S-IVB

dispersion

escape

safety

when

by a unit

range

safety)

system

system

that

(Figure

subsequent.

I range

command

detection

The

and

orbit

system

vehicle

icles

to ensure

stage
also

and

instrument

to that

described

is no eentral
its own

supply

inverter.

unit

electrical

for Saturn
of alternating

system

I (see
current.

is similar.

paragraph
Any

6-65)
equipment

These
with
re-

the

Two buses in each stage distribute primary power (28 volt dc} to the individual equipment. The main power distribution is through the power distributor, which is directly controlled by the control distributor, which is in turn controlled by the switch selector. The switch selector exercises control of stage sequencingin response to sequencing commands from the vehicle guidance computer. Figure 20-55 illustrates the
Saturn V power distribution and sequencingscheme.
Current return for all power and signal circuits is through hardwire ground system.
Each return wire is selected such that the total voltage drop from source to equipment is not more than tvovolts. Ground side of power supplies are tied to the
vehicle frame. The on-pad grounding system is illustrated in Figure 20-56.
Separate, isolated power supplies are located in the instrument unit and in each stage
to provide 5 volts dc for instrumentation purposes. This voltage is used as a source
for some types of sensors. The outputs of the sensors then become 0-5V analogs of
the parameter being sensed and are used as input signals to the telemetry links with
ground stations.
20-102. IMPLEMENTATION Typical componentsof each stage and instrument unit are described below.
20-103.

Batteries

batteries.

The

electrodes.
taps

- Inflight
cells

Each

Measuring

dc-to-dc

converter.

Voltage

The

output

Selector

- The

vehicle

guidance

stage.

It is capable

in the

the

conditioners

Switch

apter

Supply.

5 volt

computer

unit.

application

and

stage

28 volt

dc power

as reference

selector

supplied
code,

by the
together

supply

by the
Each

with

zinc-silver

oxide

load

with

conditions.

is a solid

state

for

measurement

system.

interface

guidance

28-volt

a closely-controlled

voltage

is the

controlled

under

into

instrumentation

more)

and is provided

28-volts

voltage

in the

have

requirements

measuring

is used

by two(or

as electrolyte

112 operations.

This

is supplied

The

switch

of controlling
code

stage

to the nominal

and equipment

by an 8-bit
instrument

its

voltage

signal

20-105.

is commanded

for

It converts

5 volt dc output.
and

output

each

hydroxide

is sized

of its

20-104.

for

potassium

battery

for adjustment

transducers

use

power

device

guidance

output
computer
a stage

between
computer

of the

switch

through
select

signal

the

the
in each
selector
data
sets

adup

20-175

I"'_vc
1I
MEAS.
VOLTAGE

GUIDANCE
COMP.

DATA
ADAPTER

D,STR
POWER

SENSING
EQUIPMENT

SEQUENCING

COMMANDS

POWER
DISTR.
SWITCH
SELECTOR

I 28v 1

I CONTROL
ESE

i
I ,

CONTROL
DISTR.

EQUIPMENT

IU

! *svoc
I'--I ME^O
I
MEAS.
u.,o.

.._ EQUIPMENT
SENSING

I_{BATTERY
I

ESE]

CONTROL

1
SWITCH
SE LECTOR

TYPICAL
OF ALL
STAGES

I"i
POWER
DISTR.

DISTR.
I

CONTROL

Power

Distribution

TIE
OTHER
SWITCH

TO
STAGES
SELECTOR

3-382

Figure

20-176

20-55.

and

Sequencing

28v

ESE

I POWER
]

/
2-28
VDC [
POWER
\
SUPPLIES
]

TO 28V
BUSES

!Iu

2-28 V DC
POWER
SUPPLIES

TO 28V
BUSES
S-rVB

ELECTRICAL
SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT

/l
2-2B v oc ( I

TO 28V
BUSES
s-n

POWER
SUPPLIES
/

/
t
2-28V
DC __
POWER
SUPPLIES
]
/
[

COMM

TO 28V
BUSES
SIC
/

TO
FACILITY

GROUND

3-383

I"iRul'c

20-

5(i.

On

Pad

Grounding,

Saturn

20-177

relay

logic

ment

on the

20-106
vides
the

in the

Distributor.

control

butor,

which

the

through

the

carriers

and

sources

to the

two stage

to stage

batteries
control

contactors

in turn

controls

distributor

on the

the

power

stage.

in the

power

distribution

This

sequencing

which

of equip-

buses.

distributor

which

pro-

is controlled

by the

primary

Transfer

power

distributor

power

by the power

logic

control

by

distri-

distributor.

This
transfer

relay

controlled

of vehicle

distributor.

contactors,

contains

is indirectly

Distribution

is accomplished

distributor.

control

distribution

Distributor.

current

20-178

which

sequencing

Power

controls

Power

accomplished

of the

The

of equipment
selector.

20-107.

distributor,

stage.

Control

switch

control

from

contains
stage

of power

distributor

(28-volt

batteries

from

contactors

the

dc) is
heavy
on ground

ground

source

under

control

CHAPTER
SECTION

4
XXI

STRUCTURES

TABLE OF CONTENTS
21-1.

STRUCTURAL

REQUIREMENTS

21-11.

STRUCTURAL

DESIGN

21-16.

S-IC

21-26.

S-II

21-34.

S-IVB

21-42.

INSTRUMENT

CONFIGURATION
CONFIGURATION

21-3

...................

21-8

...................

21-11

...................

21-21

CONFIGURATION
UNIT

...............

..................
CONFIGURATION

21-26
............

21-31

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

21-1.

Saturn

V Loads

21-2.

S-IC

21-3.

Saturn

V Drag

21-4.

Saturn

V Acceleration

21-5.

Thrust

Structure,

21-6.

Engine

Fairing,

21-7.

Fin,

S-IC

21-8.

Fuel

Container,

21-9.

Intertank

Section,

21-10.

Oxidizer

Container,

21-11.

Forward

Skirt,

21-12.

S-II

21-13.

S-IVB

21-14.

Instrument

Thrust

......................

21-4

........................

21-6

.......................

21-6

...................
Fins,

S-IC

Engine

21-6
Fairings,

....................

Stage
Stage

................

...................

S-IC

..................

....................

Saturn

Saturn

21-16
21-17
21-18
21-20

.....................

Structure,
Unit,

S-IC

Structure

21-12

21-14

S-IC

........

21-14

........................
S-IC

S-IC

21-22
V ...............

V ..................

21-27
21-32

21-1

21-2

_v

......
..

w_

.
uB_

".

e_

SECTION

mw

ewe

-:

..w

--

......

....

XXI.

S TRU C TUR ES

21-1.

STRUCTURAL

The

Saturn

V launch

expected
The
for

to occur

structure
the

that

21-2.

during
contains

not impose

21-3.

during

and

fabrication,
any

handling,

PRELAUNCH

for
after

the

launch
stages.

a careful

all
and

The

loads

that

flight

be

operations.

design

analysis

can

requirements

of the

conditions

all operations.

CONDITIONS

equipment

transportation,
flight

to withstand

prelaunch,

determined

HANDLING

procedures

is designed

the propellant
are

be encountered

Handling

structure

ground

structure

GROUND

during

vehicle

also

vehicle

will

REQUIREMENTS

performance

are

designed

and

erection

so that

loads

imposed

do not exceed

flight

on the
loads

structure

and

thus

do

penalty.

CONDITIONS

The vehicle, empty or fueled, pressurized or unpressurized

and free-standing (at-

tached to the launcher only) is structurally capable of withstanding loads resulting

from winds having a 99.9 percent probability of occurence
wind month

of the year.

The bending moments

from the wind are combined

during the strongest

(Figure 21-1) and shears resulting

with the longitudinalforce due to the weight of the vehicle

in defining the worst prelaunch loading condition.

21-4.

LAUNCH

CONDITIONS

At launch

the

vehicle

structure

holddown

and

rebound.

The

engine

ignition

result

from

vehicle

inertia

but before

wind

(bending

(aft

axial

is capable
holddown

the

load)

condition

launcher

moments

of withstanding

releases
and

is imposed
the

shears),

and vibration

loads
on the

vehicle.

engine

transients

from

The

thrust

two conditions,

structure

after

holddown

loads

(forward

due to initial

axial

engine

load),

com-

bustion.

The

rebound

condition

occurs

when

the

engines

are

cut

off before

the

launcher

re-

21-3

Max

q_

(t--71

sec.

*_14 0

Prelaunch

{99.9%

wind)

Max

qo{ (t=71

sec.

Max
_

(t--146

sec.)

5-

<

_XX Max

q_( (t=71

02400

3600
I.

3-537

-_

_,

S-IVB-

S-II
Figure

21-4

Station

21-1.

(inches)

..........

.................

Saturn

V Loads

)
_A,
0

1200
Vehicle

U.

sec.

S-IC--

_B

leases

the

vehicle.

reverses
loads

the
are

21-5.

direction

wind

ing from

dynamic,

the

structure

inertia

and

as the

vehicle

gains

altitude

separation,

the

remainder

of the

second

The

first

and

circulation

a heat

stage

points.

shears)

to engine

Loads.

The

engines
After

Combined

and

which
with

suddenly

the

vibration

transients

thrust

and heat,

dynamic,

stage

thrust

first

a maximum
impose

second

thrust

moments

engines

on the

stage

load

axial
result-

aero-

the

vehicle.
The

The

thrust
third

and

increases

After

first

loads

on the

stage

thrust

moments

21-2)

cutoff.

constant

separation,

on the

(Figure

at engine

relatively

on the vehicle.

Dynamic

produce

engine

ignition

and

source

begins

with

vehicle

liftoff

liftoff).

The

vibrations,

engine

produces
shears

stage

im-

axial

are

loads,

a result

of

of time,

occur

dynamic

pressure,

are

during

vibration

container

by gust

relatively
field

loads,

This page is not ol

ignition,

another
and

high

type
the

control

imed

and

from

The

stage

until

Mach
as

1 and

radiation

engines

acoustical

engine

impose

velocity

at maximum

dynamic

and present

liftoff,

Mach

internal
and

source

cutoff.

ignition.

the vehicle

vehicle

and

dis-

aerodybegins

The

at

acoustical

It is maximum

1 (approximately

in magnitude

stage

external

mechanical

at engine

after

begins

cutoff,

through

second

- mechanical,

generated

at Mach

engine

the

result

constant

negligible

relatively

loads

environment.

source

engine

sloshing,
the

of excitation

becomes

of the vehicle

stage.

sources

sound

base

separation

dynamic

remains
the

on the

After

second

transition

which

Propellant

main

load

Vehicle

aerodynamic

during

gases.

of the

the vehicle

and

a heat

exhaust

Loads.

Three

influential

impose

base

namic

caused

stage

of the

turbances.

between

and

of the vehicle

gimballing.

load

21-7.

.....

deceleration

holddown

and reaches

constant

bending

engines

loads.

Heat

vehicle.

a relatively

the

at the

moments

and propellant

Thrust

and

from

is subjected

Engine

shears

Ou

CONDITIONS

21-6.

poses

mo

result

load

(bending

cutoff.

FLIGHT
flight

loads

of the

loads

engine

During

Axial

at

61 seconds
increases

and

pressure.
only

1, region

for

after
is most

Transient
short

periods

of maximum

separation.

of dynamic

loading,

center

of gravity

modes

and vehicle

of the

results
fluid

bending

CONFIDENTIAL

from
mass

modes.

a relative

and

motion

is generally

Reaction

of the

21-5

CONFIDENTiA

9.0--

_.O
i i iii

_'5

8.0

7.5
Figure

__J

S-IC

21-2.

Thrust

.S

b_

Figure

21-3.

Saturn

V Drag

5.0

g
2.5

I
40

0
3-538

2i-6

Flight

Burning

Time

.........

____2_....................
80

(see.)

CONFIDENTIAL

Figure

A ...........
120
21-,1.

Saturn

160
V Acceleration

control

system

deflection
and

(gimballing

in the

compensation

mately
before
and

first

when

which

stage

vehicle
control

Aerodynamic
moving

region

vehicle

Vehicle

have

the greatest

temperature

due

at first

cutoff

separation
peak

surfaces

vehicle

which

loads

during

(Figure

and then

achieved

at first

Propellant

Loads.

increases
stage

21-4)

The

moments

on the

structure

and

shears

condition).
are

caused

When

minimized

until

by the

first

to the

vehicle

stage

burnout

vehicle

and

centerline

result

from

the vehicle

during

flight.

Peak

second

This

zero

of attack.

acceleration

during
cutoff.

bending

approxi-

flight.

ratio

g condition).

of attack

to nearly

moments
(qo( max

angle

system.

angle

load

liftoff

not parallel

in the thrust/weight
(max

an axial

increases

are

of dr_g,

decreases

of friction

heating

increase

Inertia

to an increase
stage

stage
the

Loads.

structural

is not damped,

by the control

in bending
after

not integral

to a maximum

then

imposes

are

sloshing

increases
and

bending

and propellant

is a result

results

the

considerable

be provided

21-3)

drag

The

produces

loading

is a result

the atmosphere.

......

must

drag,

on the

....

If the propellant

71 seconds

heating

_m

structure

resulta

of attack

reduces

Inertia

the

q condition)

which

loads

(max

of high

decreases.

ug

(Figure

an angle

then

tion

Since

system

through

21-9.

to gust

approximately

is in the

1,

BB

Aerodynamic

with

maximum

wo

to

drag

liftoff

burnout.

combined

are

by the

after

Aerodynamic

Aerodynamic

78 seconds

perturbations

Loads.

gusts.

sloshing

resulting

Aerodynamic

and wind

the

the

_,

wlw

structure.

together,

for

engines)

vehicle

do not deflect

21-8.

decreases

stage

is also

burning,

true

after

accelera-

acceleration
at first

and

but never
second

is
second

reaches

stage

sepa-

ration.

21-10.
due

to a combination

drostatic
of the

head,
fluid

during

container

by the pressurization

tude

of the

vehicle

time

during

flight

head

across
minus

increases
(at any

imposed
head,

flight,

and

is supplied

tial

loads

of hydrostatic

varying

in the

The

the

location

the

container

wall

the

ambient

pressure.

and

acceleration

in the

is equal

of the

density

ambient

container)

to the

ambient

is limited

the

ullage

by the propellant

and

of the

and

flight,

structure

ullage

is a function

system
during

on the

the

vehicle.

pressures.

The

of the

height

The

fluid,

ullage

by relief

valves.

pressure

decreases.

maximum

pressure

plus

are

the

pressure
As

pressure

hy-

the

alti-

At any
differen-

hydrostatic

21-7

21-11.
The

STRUCTURAL
Saturn

V launch

An instrument

unit

spacecraft.

times.

critical

max

g).

tainers,

critical
head

to obtain

Slosh

baffles

are

S-IVB

LOX

absorbed

occur

instrument
loads

slosh

forces

S-IVB

S-IC

baffles

g).

wind)

for

vehicle

occur

during

internal

at

structure

(q_ max

(ground
For

the

prelaunch

On the S-II

and flight

prelaunch

with the

wind)

and

and

flight

the propellant
gas

con-

pressure

and

hydro-

loads.

and

dampen

the

LOX containers

walls.

because

max

structures.

support

structure

(q_ max).

RP-1

container

LH 2 containers

during

of the

S-[C

(ground

combined

the

protions

on the

flight

by interstage

provides

(q< m,_x and

design

in the

to the

occur

during

are

tlm structural

The

various

structure

unit

joined

stage

prelaunch

S-IVB

installed

for

and night

during

on the

stages

of the third

conditions

(rebound),

containers.

of three

conditions

critical

external

static

sh)shing

Slosh

of the

and in the

t, ropc[htnt

baffles

are

low density

and

S-II

transfer

not required

of the

and

in the

LH 2.

S-ICSTAGE
S-IC

tank
are

loading

occur

and on the

The

forward

conditions

(q_ max)

21-12.

mounted

launch

They

and

consists

The

wind),

the

S-II

vehicle

Critical

different
(ground

DESIGN

structure

section,

is an assembly

a LOX container

a base

heat

propellants

shield,

are

and

four

relatively

of a thrust
a forward

aerodynamic

dense

structure,
skirt.

fins

a separate

and

a RP-1

Attached

to the

four

engine

than

integral

rather

container,

an inter-

thrust

fairings.

structure
Since

container

both

configx_ration

is used.

Several
max
the

conditions

g conditions
cylindrical

condition
the

produce
produce
section

(engine

thrust

critical
the

structure

maximum

of the

thrust)

loads

thrust

is critical

is protected

on the
axial

thrust

loads,

structure.
for the

from

the

structure.
bending

Axial
center

load

engine

hot engine

The

moments
resulting

The

gases

and

and shears
from

supl,ort.

exhaust

rebound

the

in

max

aft end

by the _ase

of
heat

shield.

Four

aerodynamic

on the

The

fins

21-8

results

maximum

combination

fins
from

compressive
of bending

aid
the

in stabilizing
q_ max

buckling
moment

the

vehicle

during

flight.

Maximum

loading

condition.

load

and axial

in the RP-1
load

resulting

container
from

is produced
the prelaunch

by a
and q_

._

oi

....

max

conditions.

(container

The

full

load

on the

skirt,

the

lower

protion

of the

and unpressurized)

intertank

section

maximum

and
occurs

container

the upper

at q_ max.

compressive

buckling

load

is critical

during

portion

at q_ max.

For

LOX

the

is produced

prelaunch
The

critical

container

by the

and

max

forward

g condition.

In addition to the external loads carried by the container cylindrical sections, both
containers must withstand propellant and internal pressurization loads.

Each container

consists of a forward and aft bulkhead joined by a cylindrical section. The maximum
pressure differentialon the container forward bulkheads occurs when the vehicle
reaches the altitudewhere the ambient pressure

is zero.

The maximum

pressure

differentialon the cylindrical sections and aft bulkheads varies during flightbecause
the propellant level and ambient pressure decrease while the acceleration of the vehicle
increases.

21-13.
The

S-II
S-II

STAGE

structure

a heat

shield,

length

of the

is an assembly

an integral
vehicle
container.

separates

LH 2 from

which

the
weighs

five

propellant

and

in an integral

of an aft interstage,

thus

reduce

Located
the

times

container
external
within

LOX.

as much

and

the

a forward

loading,

the

container

To reduce
as

an aft skirt,

the

LH 2,

skirt.

the

is located

are

common

on the

structure,

To reduce

propellants

is the

loads

a thrust

the

contained

bulkhead

vehicle,

the

which

LOX,

aft.

The aft interstage, aft skirt, cylindrical section of the propellant container, and forward skirt withstand the loads encountered during all vehicle operations through first
stage burnout.

Following stage separation and until second stage burnout, the thrust

structure, aft skirt, cylindrical section of the LH 2 container, and forward skirt resist
all loads encountered as result of S-H engine operation.

The

critical

which
the

design

time

the

cylindrical

load

on the

occurs
produces

the

for

largest

compressive

section

of the

lower

during

condition

portion

prelaunch
most

critical

the

aft interstage
buckling

LH 2 container

of the
(container
loads

container
full
on the

load

at q_ max

unpressurized).

forward

skirt

is produced

two conditions
occurs

and

and aft

occurs
on the

govern.
and
The

at max

g at

structure.
The

for the

For

critical
upper

q_( max

portion

condition

skirt.

21-9

Engine

thrust,

loading

condition

to the

thrust

the principal
only

load

in the

structure,

during

thrust

S-II

engine

structure.

is designed

operation,

The

to protect

heat

the aft

produces

shield,

which

end of the

S-II

a critical
is attached

from

engine

heat.

In addition

to the

container

must

of a forward
head.

the

ambient
and

collapsing

tions

The

the

The

loads.

on the
the

vehicle

common

container

and

and

bulk-

bulkhead

occurs

is zero.
the

is designed

occurs

and the

to resist
are

The

aft bulkhead

is greatest

conditions

consists

a common

pressure

acceleration

critical

the propellant

forward

section

bulkhead

The

The

container

ambient

cylindrical

the

conditions.

structure

vehicle

both

based

bursting

on combina-

and temperature.

the

is an assembly
propellant

and

thus

container.

rates

time

section,

an aft bulkhead

where

on the

LOX pressures

an integral

tegral

cylindrical

S-IVB STAGE

S-IVB

ture,

altitude

At this

pressure

of LH 2 and

21-14.

the

is zero.

section,

differential

differential

cutoff.

by the

and pressurization

a cylindrical

reaches

pressure

carried

pressure

pressure
stage

loads

propellant

maximum

vehicle

maximum
at first

resist

bulkhead,

The

when

external

container,

reduce

the

and

external

Located

LH2from

of an aft interstage,

within

LOX.

weighs five times a_ much

a forward

loading,
the

the

container

To reduce

as the LH2,

the

an aft skirt,
skirt.

To reduce

propellants

is the
loads

are

common

on the

a thrust

length

contained

bulkhead

vehicle

the

the

strucof

in an inwhich

LOX,

sepa-

which

is located aft.

The aft interstage, aft skirt, cylindrical section of the propellant container, and forward skirt withstand the loads encountered during all vehicle operations through second
stage burnout.

Following separation from the second stage, the thrust structure, LOX

container aftbulkhead, cylindrical section of the LH 2 container, and forward skirt

resist all loads encountered as a result of S-IVB

The

critical

at q_ max

design

and produces

the

cylindrical

load

on the

portion

21-10

condition

section
lower

during

portion

prelaunch

the
of the

for

the aft interstage,

largest

compressive

LH 2 container

of the

container

(container

engine operation.

aft skirt
buckling

two conditions
is produced

full and

and forward

load

occurs

on the structure.

govern.

at q0 max

unpressurized).

skirt

The
and for

Engine

For

critical
the

thrust,

upper
the

principal
only

load during

in the

thrust

S-IVB

must

of a forward
head.

maximum

pressure

the vehicle reaches

mum

pressure

pressure

21-15.

instrument

tions

through

at q_max

a combination

The

an aft bulkhead

the ambient

container

consists

and a common
forward

pressure

bulk-

bulkhead

is zero.

section and the aft bulkhead

acceleration
is designed

is greatest

occurs
The

are based

maxi-

occurs

at

and the ambient

to resist both bursting

critical conditions

the
The

load

on

the

loads

encountered

critical

of bending

and

on combinations

design

moment

and

during

condition
axial

all

vehicle

occurs

force

opera-

during

produces

flight

the

largest

structure.

CONFIGURATION
is 1492 inches

It has a 756-inch

includes:

a thrust structure,

tainer,

an intertank section,

21-17.

THRUST

(124.4

(63.0 feet) span

engine

feet) long and 396 inches

across

fairings,

a LOX

container,

21-5,

is designed

the fins.

fins, a base

The

(33.0 feet) in

stage structure

heat shield, a RP-I

and a forward

con-

skirt.

STRUCTURE

thrust structure,
engines

points for the vehicle

primarily

The

separation.

stage structure

the five F-1

bulkhead

resists

diameter.

The

loads.

the propellant

and temperatures.

structure

buckling

S-IC

section,

UNIT

payload

compressive

S-IC

section,

the vehicle

conditions.

pressures

unit

when

21-16.

by the cylindrical

the altitude where

common

INSTRUMENT

The

The

The

pressure
LOX

a critical loading condition

differential on the container

At this time

is zero.

of LH 2 and

produces

differential on the cylindrical

cutoff.

collapsing

and pressurization

a cylindrical

when

first stage

operation,

loads carried

resist propellant

bulkhead,

The

engine

structure.

In addition to the external

container

_o

Figure

to the fuel container

during

of 7075 and 7079

addition to the engines,

during

to distribute the thrust loads from

flight and to provide

static test and launch.

aluminum

The

thrust structure,

alloy, is approximately

the thrust structure

supports

hold-down

230 inches

the base

constructed
long.

heat shield,

In

engine

fairings and fins.

The

outboard

engines

are

mounted

on

a 364-inch

diameter,

90 degrees

apart.

Clear-

21-11

Thrust

Holddown

Structure
Fwd
Intermediate
Rings
Ring
Station

Base

280

Heat
Shield
Ring
Station

116

Stringer
Skin
Thrust

Post
Engine

Center

Engine

Fairing

Support

3-513A
Fin
Figxtre

anee

between

Lateral

loads

the

gimbal

The

thrust

ments
and
Both

the

posts

are

also

transmit

The

center

21-12

beams

by

the
lateral

reacted

by

heavy

loads

from
thrust

engine

are

attached

thrust

which

support

two

End,me

a 7-degree

and

ring

at

MSFC

into

the

thrust

are

reacted

rings

are

l,'a_rmgs, S-IC

axial
station

square
loads

are

116

to the

structure

by

the

into

at
the

pattern.

transmitted
thrust

cylindrical

rings

sheared

gimbal

posts.
skin.

MSFC
thrust

from

Mo-

stations

116

structure

skin.

hold-down

posts.

sections.

the

load

The

loads

built-up

the

load

the

on

gimballing)

the

axial

Fills

is based

engine

through

the

posts,

in a cruciform.
the

joints

Structure,

structure

from

to supporting

hold-down

hold-down

and

shear

Loads

In addition
The

engines

bearing

rings

Thrust

(resulting

produced
280.

21-5.

are

posts,

the

equally

rings

spaced

between

launcher

to the

thrust

from

center

is

beams
to the

the

constructed
are

joined

hold-down

at

support

the

the

thrust

structure

skin.

engine

support

to the

of

80-inch

deep

the
posts.

four

center

by

four

a post.

posts,
The

transmit

hold-down

posts

skin.

built-up
The

beams
outboard

arranged
ends

of

Loads
are

sheared

distributed

adjacent

to the

transmitted

bolt

to the

280,

also

each

Aft

for

the

transmitted
rings

hold-down

are

container

being

greater

higher.

Loads

by fittings

at MSFC

posts

which

stations

116 and

rings.

These

rings

are

lines.

The

engine

fairings.

drain

into the

are

RP-1

the

two rings
natural

fre-

vehicle.

are

located

at the

hold-down

type

brackets

from

to limit

provided

which

thrust

thrust

and

posi-

attach

to

structure.

the pressure

in the
line,

the

For
actuator

of the

oval

drain

These

to prevent

supported

fill and

280.

engine

control

fairings

are

The

in the

built-up

engine

Cutouts

line,

116 and

transportation
are

points.

a stiffness

a problem

brackets

shield.

station

with

lines

in the

attachment

at MSFC

designed

located

The

differential

structure

for

LOX fill and

drain

the
line.

FAIRINGS
loads
loads
and

to the

by the

7075

control

four

aluminum

actuators,
fairings,

alloy,

are

48 inches

through

aerodynamic

the

the outboard

engine

at the aft end.

located

rings

the

in the

radius

aft end

transmit

Figure

conical

The

aft of the gimbal

skin

loads

and

to the

are

thrust

The

fairings,

with

conside

300 inches

Aerodynamic

loads

stringers.

The

external

structure.

protected

a 15-degree

approximately

plane.

longitudinal

are

21-6.

in shape

fairings

engines

Each

fairing

has

are

four

scoops.

21-19.

FINS
fins

stability.
and

rings

propellant

heat

of 2024

with the

loads

intermediate

are

two actuator

for

and a 100-inch

long

by four

actuators

ground

aerodynamic

slope

rings

stage

excessive

structed

to the

and

in thickness,

the

In addition

first

ENGINE

To prevent

where
fuel

supported

posts

varies

to the

becoming

RP-1

21-18.

from

to the

is vented

base

emergency

skin

stringers

from

RP-1

structure

across

are

supports

Supports

thrust

and

are

there

attached

LOX and

posts

gimballing

of the engines

tions.

Four

engine

engine

supports

and hold-down

thrust

sections.

actuator

quency

by the

The

skin

stringers

the

are

the

the

skin

stringers.

aft Y-ring.

and

outboard

and

structure

posts

container

for

supports

air

thrust

built-up

Supports

thrust

from

the skin

are

the

by longitudinal

are

the

into

are

75 square

(Figure
The
designed
foot

21-7),
fins

are

located
rigidly

to withstand
trapezoidal

outboard
attached

of the
to the

aerodynamic
planform.

The

engines,

thrust

heating
leading

augment

structure

vehicle

at each

aerodynamic

engine

and

pressure.

Each

edge

of each

fin is swept

fairing

fin has
back

a
3021-13

Skin
Fin

Attachment

Location

Stringer
Base
Heat

Shield

Ring
3-512
Fig_lr

e 21-6.

Engine

Fairing_

S-IC

Main
Leading
Edge

Rib
Skin

3-511
Figure

21-14

21-7.

Fin,

S-IC

Spar

.==

degrees

and

has

a 10-degree

7178

aluminum

2024

and

7079

skin

and

ribs

to the

BASE

HEAT

SHIELD

heat

shield

protects

21-20.
The

base

from

engine

such

that

alloy

wedge

flection

with

The

a maximum

consists

hot side

in the

curtains

mesh.

are

shields

in the

same

structure
each

shield

Fuel

container
with

Each

thrust

for

stage

(Figure

21-8).

to the

shield,

steel

cold

is
side

so that

faces
for

engine

the

the

as the

and

core,

heat

shield

support

to the

shield

and

lines.

de-

lines

and

between
to the
for each

base

is

aft frame.
open-

heat

shield.

an inconel
tail

wire

section.

engine

heat

covered

The

fairing.

shield

and are

engine

fairing

actuator

116.

Openings

are

station

within

to two inches.

access

by the

structure.

shield

the

is designed

sandwiched

is a heat

construction

F.

LOX and RP-1

provide

at MSFC

heat

attached

cloth

is supported
ring

sides

of the

the fin

thrust

mounted

with

for

to the

degrees

center

are

shield

there

type

shield

located

support
provided

in

actuators.

is contained
The

bulkheads.
cylindrical

aft bulkhead,

are

which

in the heat

same

engine

shield

of fiberglass

structure

the S-IC

to acceleration,
which

the

heat

through

loads

Support

to the

of

CONTAINER

ellipsoidal

welded

The

plane.

is limited

of

fin is constructed

components

shield

insulation.

curtains

heat

of the

FUEL
for

base

are

and

21-21.

panels

to the

These

flexible

constructed

Removable

In addition

base

cold

panels

attached

the

heat

is constructed

transmitted

of 2000

The

sandwich

of ablative

are

The

temperature

loading

are

and

hot and

pressure

Openings

with

the

edge

of the

transmits

structure

F.

of beams

sealed

thrust

300 degrees

a layer

provided

in turn

between

by a complex

are

loads

the

provided

ings

Aerodynamic

of honeycomb

with

fin leading

remainder

hot side

than

The

The

which

Insulation

to differential

shield

on the

spar

angle.

tip.

alloy.

main

is less
due

a steel

aluminum

heat.

temperature

with

welded

container

The

bulkheads

long all-welded

is a cylindrical
are

section

welded

to Y-rings

2219
closed
which

aluminum-alloy
at both
are

ends

in turn

section.

designed

to withstand

is constructed
together.

in a 517-inch

of eight
The

bulkhead

flight

pressurization

45-degree
is attached

gores

and

propellant

and a circular

to the cylindrical

loads

due

center

piece

section

with

a Y-ring.

21-15

LOX

Cylindrical

Line

Tunnels

(5)

Section
Bulkhead

Slosh

Baffles
Bulkhead

Outlet

Fitting

(Fuel

(10

Line)

Y -Ring

Outlet
Fittings
LOX Line

(5)
,_
Fwd

Y-Ring

3-5O9
Figure

The

fuel

flight

container

cylindrical

pressurization,

flight

cylindrical

section

The

constructed

rings,

board

flanges

bending

skin

of the

moment
pad

even

Loads

are

transmitted

the

Y-ring.

aft

cylindrical

from

the

The

forward

the

aft

ization

21-16

bulkhead.
loads.

supported

gives

though

load,

the

container

from

the

loads

are

carried
Y-ring

section.

stiffener-skin
the

and

are

is

due

rings

alloy,

and

to

designed
acceleration.

internal

The

integral

mechanically

attached

combination,

structure

to withstand

designed

a free-standing

stiffeners.
to the

in-

to withstand

capability

on

the

is unpressurized.

thrust

A forward

long
loads

internal

aluminum

S-IC

inches

propellant

by

axial

intertank

forward

is

and

The

The

and

loads,

Container,

is 243

stiffeners.

section.

bulkhead

section

of 7178

and

launch

Fuel

21-8.

The

structure

to the

forward
joins
loads

to the
the

are

cylindrical
intertank

cylindrical
transmitted

section
section

section

through
through

to the

to the

intertank

the

forward
section

Y-ring.

bulkhead
The

of the
skin

RP-1
is

thinner

container
since

is similar
the

bulkhead

in construction
carries

only

and
flight

contour
pressur-

to

.........

: :---

The

forward

bulkhead

has

line

tunnels.

Outlet

fittings

pressurization

line.

The

aft bulkhead

fittings

for

the RP-1

and ten
RP-1

The

outlet

drain

five

line

rigidly
that

and RP-1

LOX lines

constructed

Ring-type

slosh

supported

at their

is located

consists

21-22.

tank

section

continuity
(Figure

has

lines.
drain

alloy

and

are

flanges

bottom

five

the

outlet

Outlets

RP-1

fittings

for

vent

line

and

fittings

for

the

LOX

also

provided

are

in the

stiffened
to the

rotational

the

LOX

the RP-1

for

tine

tunnels

emergency

with

container.

external

forward

of the

by longitudinal

of the RP-1

RP-1

The

rings,

bulkhead

are

tunnels,
attached

is with

a seal

joint

The

baffles

are

deflections.

to each

corrugation

outlet

line.

and

attached

and five
for

tunnels

Attachment

inboard

INTERTANK

provided

through

vertical

in the

manholes

also

and

routed

baffles

of a continuous

Structural

fill

aluminum

for

access

are

aft bulkhead.

compensates

bafl]e

are

of 2219

to the

four

internal
stringers.

container.

supported

rings.

A cruciform

Each

by a truss

panel

slosh

of tim baffle

structure.

SECTION
between
21-9).

the
The

LOX and
7075

RP-1

containers

aluminum-alloy

is provided

intertank

section

by the

inter-

is a cylinder

Corrugation
Ring

Fwd
3-508
Figure

21-9.

Intertank

Section,

S-IC

21-17

263 inches long. Axial loads and bending moment

are carried by a continuous corru-

gation. Internal built-up rings support the corrugation.

the RP-1
RP-1

Loads are transmitted from

container to the intertank section through fittingswhich are bolted to the

container forward Y-ring.

to the LOX

Two doors

The loads are transmitted from the intertank section

container through a similar type of joint.

provide

access

tank

section

for

the RP-1

drain

line.

The

cutout

to the

intertank

pressurization

for

the

section.
line,

Cutouts

RP-I

LOX emergency

drain

vent
line

are

line,

provided
and

is also

in the

LOX

used

emergency

as an access

door.

21-23.

OXIDIZER

Liquid

oxygen

aluminum-alloy
closed

which

S-IC

container

at both

rings

CONTAINER

for the

ends

are

is contained

(Figure

with

in turn

Stage

ellipsoidal
welded

21-10).

in a 769-inch
The

bulkheads.

to the

cylindrical

container
The

long

all-welded

are

section

welded

to Y-

section.

Cylindrical
Section

Bulkhead

2219

is a cylindrical

bulkheads

Bulkhead

Y-Ring

Fwd
Slosh

Outlet Fitting (5)

LOX

Line

Baffles

Y-Ring

3-510
Figure 21-10.

21-18

Oxidizer

Container,

S-IC

inter-

The aft bulkhead is designed to withstand flight pressurization and propellant loads
due to acceleration. The bulkhead is constructed of eight 45-degree gores and a
circular center piece welded together. The aft bulkhead is joined to the cylindrical
skin section with a Y-ring.
The cylindrical section is 489inches long. It is designedto withstand flight
pressurization, flight loads, andpropellant loads due to acceleration. The
cylindrical section has internal integral stiffeners. Rings are mechanically attached
to the inboard flanges of the longitudinal stiffeners. The stiffeners and rings give
the structure a free-standing capability on the launch pad eventhough the container
may be unpressurized. The stiffener skin combination is designed to withstand
bending moment and axial load.
Loads are transmitted from the intertank section to the cylindrical section through
the aft Y-ring. The loads are carried forward by the cylindrical section and are
transmitted to the forward skirt through the forward Y-ring. The forward Y-ring
also joins the cylindrical section to the forward bulkhead.
The forward bulkhead is similar in construction and contour to the aft bulkhead. The
skin is thinner since the bulkhead carries only flight pressurization loads.
The forward bulkhead of the LOX container has one access manholeand two vent
outlet fittings. The aft bulkhead has five LOX line outlet fittings and one outlet fitting
for the emergency LOX drain.
The cylindrical section has internal support brackets for mounting four helium
cylinders. The bracketry is supported by ring-type slosh baffles. The slosh
baffles, attached to eachof the internal.rings, are joined together at their inboard
flanges by longitudinal stringers. A cruciform slosh baffle is located in the bottom
of the LOX container. Each panel of the cruciform baffle consists of a continuous
corrugation supported by a truss structure.
21-24. FORWARDSKIRT
Structural continuity betweenthe S-IC and S-II is provided by the forward skirt
(Figure 21-11). The forward skirt, constructed of 7075aluminum alloy, is a
cylinder 120inches long. Axial loads and bending moment are carried by a
21-19

Skin

Str,ingers

Rings
Fwd

3-507
F_gure21-11.

combination
carried
bolt
the

of skin

by the

skin.

attachment
skin

and

to the S-II

A door
skirt

21-25.

vent

The

shaped

forward

for

maintenance

to the

command

ring
splice

forward

telemetry

exterior

surface

skin

and
Three

for

rings

is
a

support

attachment

1541).

are

antennas,

load

through

internal
face

station

Cutouts

shear

stringers

a mating

(at MSFC

and

stringers;

Y-ring.

provides

skirt.

S-IC

section

to the

forward

forward

Skirt,

hat

transmitted

in a field

access

SYSTEMS

the

21-20

stringers.

lines,

are

longitudinal

LOX container

aft interstage

Two tunnels
linear

external

Loads

to the

provides
for

and

Forward

provided

and

in the

the umbilical

forward
plate.

TUNNEL

mounted
charge
skirt.

on the
runs
The

and

between

tunnels

repair.

are

the

thrust

constructed

of the

stage

structure,
in sections

contain
the

cable,

intertank
to permit

tubing
section
easy

and
and

removal

21-26.
The

CON IGUR

S-II
S-II

Stage

(33 feet)

AFT

Loads

from

the

containers,

first

and

and

stringers

The

aft interstage

1541)

by a field

are

stringers.

(81.5

an aft skirt

and

a forward

and

skirt

feet)

long

thrust

and

396 inches

structure,

are

structurally

to the

face

to the S-II

Stage

through

interstage

is a cylinder

and
joined

a heat
to make

tension

straps

access

to the propulsion
fluid

of the
of work

carries

to the first
aft ring,

splice

shear

of the

aft

(S-IC/

219 inches

skin

load.

to the

stage

carry

The

interstage.

The

rings

forward

long.

the

axial

interstage

skin

ring

for

(at MSFC

station

the attachment,

support

of the

the

skin

interstage

and

which

aft skirt.

at MSFC

station

station

1760.

An aft interstage

Cutouts

connectors.

vehicle

face

is at MSFC

stringer.

umbilical

launch

a mating

to the

installation.

for

and

Intermediate

stages

each

platforms

stage

skin.

transmitted

S-II

the

providing

and

the

stringers

the

rings.

for attachment

from

section

also

of the S-IC/S-II

planes,

installation

then

plane

skin

stringers

are

hat

by internal

The

separates

exterior

The

splice.

separation

and

longitudinal

is attached

a mating

electrical

transmitted

aluminum-alloy

supported

Loads

interstage

7075

moment.

loads

provides

are

of external

bending

transmits

stage

The

A combination

the

is 978 inches

INTERSTAGE

interstage.

The

21-12

stage.

21-27.

load

Figure

An aft interstage,

two propellant

up the

S-II)

structure,

in diameter.

shield,

...............

are

Eight

interstage

provided
ullage

maintenance

the

At the

separation

in the

contains

while

The

door

motors

structure

1564.

stage

aft

provides
structure

are

mounted
provisions

for
on
for

is on the launch

pad.

21-28.

AFT

The

aft skirt

The

thrust

First

stage

container

The

conical

SKIRT

AND

and thrust
structure

THRUST
structure

transmits

loads

and

second

the

aft skirt.

thrust

are
second

through

frustum

STRUCTURE

stage

structure

an integral
stage

engine

engine

thrust

transmits

7075

thrust

loads

the

aluminum-alloy

are

engine

loads

to the

transmitted

thrust

loads

assembly.
aft skirt.
to the

LH 2

to the

aft

21-21

Forward

Manhole

Bulkhead

Cover

Forward
Skirt

LH 2 Container

Common

Bulkhead

Baffle

LOX

Aft
Bulkhead

LH 2 Line

Container

Bolting

(5)

Ring

Aft Skirt
Separation
Plane
Aft Interstage

Thrust
Structure

Ullage

Heat
Shield

3-541
Figure
21-22

21-12.

S-II

Stage

Structure

Motor

(8)

Separation

Plane

J-2

(5)

Engine

skirt.

The thrus_ str_ur'e" h'h'ga'n hf[

of 396 inches
spaced

and

a length

on a 210-inch

outboard

engines

gimballing)

structure

engine

thrust

load

the

from

mounting

ring.

arranged

in cruciform

The

to the

ends

thrust

mounting

pairs

of thrust

longerons

The

thrust

longerons

shear

turn

distributes

them

the

load

skin

and

stringers

skin

and

stringers

to the

load

conical

the

path

from

into

directly

from

aft skirt

transmits

first

and

moment;

bending

which

from

the

skin

and

Five

LH 2 lines

skirt

to the

LOX

fill

are

and drain

rings.

frustum

to the

61 inches

Loads
forward

ring

to the

aft skirt

from

to the

the

skin

carries

rings.

The

the load

stringers

hat

The

to the
lines

through

through

is provided
and

supported

load.

the

The

axial

load

lateral

is trans-

the

carry

skirt

to the

aft skirt

the

interface,

LH 2 container.

skin

and

Loads

skirt
The

the

are

by the

are

transmitted

routed

by the thrust

load

through

a circumferential
and are

skirt

axial

stringers

aft interstage

stringers.

LH 2 container

for the

is routed

and

in

stringers

from

In addition,

stringers

is bolted

skin

externally

Support

shear.

aft skirt

to the

to the

attached

the

which

stringers.

to the

section

fittings.

is attached

a lateral
The

to

Supporting

which

rii_g.

ring

section

forward

LH 2 container.

aft interstage

longitudinal

assembly

transmitted

skirt

creating

fitting.

frustum
hat

ring

aft of the

to a cylinder

loads

are

beams

attachment

by the longerons.

forward

the

tine

skin

forward

loads

engines.

the

by the

External

transmits

into

engine

type

conical

Longitudinal

skin

thrust

by internal

aft skirt.

transmits

mounting

engine

into the

to the

the

support

engine

up the outboard

built-up

a cone

the

from

assembly

by a machined

from

the

joints

stiffens

the

equally

(resulting

sandwich

attach

aft skirt

the

stage

long.

supported

the

transmits

is 87 inches

a ring

internal

and

centerline

loads

loads

support

structure

fittings,

back

into

engine

diameter

are

bearing

honeycomb

stage

concentrated

attachment,

is sheared

thrust

transmitted

is sheared

of the

center

of four

which

This

mitted

The

which

The

at the

uniformly

are

load

gimbal

are

aft skirt.

changes

by the

machined

the

engines

transmitted

and joined

four

outboard
and lateral

consists

Loads

four

a forward

loads

to the

beams,

_1 _'fnelaes,

Longitudinal

engine

of the

The

ring.

assembly

structure.

distribute

are

center

The

outboard

of 111 inches.

diameter.

thrust

dia'r_et:erlof

splice.
through

the

structure.

aft skirt

and

The
thrust

structure.

21-29.
The
gases.

HEAT
heat

shield
The

SHIELD
protects

shield,

the

stage

210 inches

base

area

in diameter,

from

recirculation

is of lightweight

of engine
construction

exhaust
protected

21-23

by low density ablative material. It is located 54 inches aft of tim enginegimbal

plane. The heat shield support structure is attached to the engine mounting ring.
An opening in the heat shield is provided for eachengine. A flexible curtain protects the area betweeneach engineand its associated opening.
21-30. LIQUID OXYGENCONTAINER
The LOX for the S-II stage is containedin a 2014 aluminum-alloy ellipsoidal container. Two bulkheads, an aft and a common, are joined by a circumferential weld
to form the container. Incorporated'in the joint is a ring for attaching the LOX
container to the LH2 container. The aft bulkhead, an ellipsoid constructed of
weldedgores, is designed to carry flight pressurization andpropellant loads due
to acceleration. Access to the container is through the sump located in the center
of the bulkhead. The other bulkhead,
termed
a common
bulkhead
because
it is
common

to both the

LOX and

is of honeycomb

sandwich

Five

outlet

the

engine

line

aft bulkhead

LH 2 containers,

fittings

and

one

A cruciform

fill

formation

of vortices

at the engine

tainer

are

slosh

rings

series

of struts.
its center,

container

The

LIQUID
LH 2 for the

inches

long.

forward

end

(discussed

The

forward

of gores,
to the

21-24

are

at the

line

bottom

outlets.
tied

bulkhead

fitting

are

of the

LOX container

Installed

together

bottom

the pressurization

HYDROGEN
S-II

stage

container

The

inside

container
and

line

con-

by a

and

vent

in

the

and supported

of the

distributor

located

located

in the

CONTAINER
is contained

in a 2014

is composed
bulkhead

forward

aluminum

alloy

of a cylindrical
and

bulkhead

at the aft end

and

container

section

closed

by the

common

the common

bulkhead

are

671
at the
bulkhead
welded

section.

bulkhead,

container.

This

srmce.

above).

joined

in the
line

which

supported

by an ellipsoidal

to the cylindrical

The

A mast,
supports

ullage

21-31.

baffle

and drain

baffle

limits

near

ellipsoidal.

construction.

sump.

three

is also

designed

by welds.

to support

A manhole

flight

in the

pressurization

center

of the

loads,

bulkhead

is constructed

provides

access

The

cylindrical

flight
cal

sddtiCff,

loads,

and

segment

tudinal
long

side

gether

of the

stiffeners.

with

the

alloy

The

to the

aft 25 inches

from

The

21-32.
A 7075
S-IVB

provide

container

from

may

the

(bolting

and

LH 2 containers.

has

ring).

The

LH 2 container

skirt

are

is bolted

stiffeners

to an internal

boss

by

the

circum-

LH 2 container

load

transition

longitudinal

provide

a load

longitudinal

at the

to-

constructed

to the

by the

Loads

The

structure

tapered-integral

tapered

longi-

be unpressurized.

aft skirt

cylinder

section

the

carried

for

for

LH 2 engine

and

path

stiffeners

to the

forward

of

forward

end

of the

aluminum-alloy
The

bulkhead

fitting

joint

in the

the

of the

for fill

with the

forward

and drain

are

LOX container.

bulkhead.

container

propellant

operations,

of a glass-phenolic
with

provided

limits

launch

outlet

of the

A GH 2

container.

forward
which

and one

forward

are

top of the

during

externally

FORWARD

just

LH 2 venting

insulation
hour

lines,

section

at the

consists

stage.

rings

internal

section

per

covered

integral

to the

The

insulation

LOX

to the

cylinder

fittings

cent

transmitted

transition

rings

transition

cylindrical

cylindrical

6-per

the

carried

by internal

attached
and

are

the load

is located

externally.

are

load

These

fittings

Two outlet

welded

axial

integral

section.

in the

diffuser

are

and

are

panels

surface.

forward

outlet

located

The

exterior

LH 2 cylindrical

Five

pattern.

supported

though

LH 2 cylindrical

section.

The

grid

direction.

panel

of cylindri-

a rectangular

stiffeners

aft skirt,

of the

transition

skirt.

loads

It is constructed

form

moment

even

pressurization,

of each

which

are

flight

surface

mechanically

internal

long load

on the

are

capability

stage

stiffeners

and

The

is bolted

cylindrical

which

[_'c_[rry

to acceleration.

stiffeners

stiffeners

a 15-inch

1_ d_s_gne_i

inside

longitudinal

second

cylinder

on the

Bending

stiffeners.

through

due

cylinder.

aluminum

and

]o_,

is in the longitudinal

a free-standing

First

the

Located

grid

The

ferential

loads

circumferential

to form

of 2024

propellant

panels.

and

53Fff iflbhe's

a nylon-phenolic

boil-off

is bonded

honeycomb

core

skin

are

sealed

rate

to the
filled

insulated
to approximately

container
with

with

wails.

isocynate

The

foam

Tedlar.

SKIRT
forward
forward

skirt

skirt

transmits

is 137 inches

loads
long.

from
External

the

LH 2 container
longitudinal

to the
hat

21-25

section stringers carry axial load andbending moment, ann the SKincarries shear
load. Four internal rings support the skirt stringers and skin. The aft endof the
skirt bolts to the cylindrical section of the LH2 container. Loads, transmitted to
the stringers and skin, are carried forward to the forward ring which transmits the
loads to the S-IVB stage. The forward ring provides a mating face for attachment
of the S-IVB stage in a field splice at MSFCstation 2519.
A door is provided for access to the forward skirt. In addition, cutouts are provided for the umbilical plate andhydrogen vent. Antennas for the range safety and
telemetry sets are mountedon the exterior of the skirt. There are also provisions
for mounting a work platform.
Becauseof the decrease in diameter forward of the S-II stage, high aerodynamic
heating is experienced on the forward skirt. To protect the structure, the forward
130inches of the skirt is insulated with a bondedsandwich external insulation.
21-33. SYSTEMTUNNEL
The systems tunnel, located externally
shaped
from

charge
fiberglass,

traction
are

and to provide

S-IVB

S-IVB

inches

two propellant

aft skirt

easy

and

in sections
removal
for

to protect

for

stage,
the

forward

to allow
repair

the cables

electrical

contains

cabling

for

cable,

skirt.

The

thermal

from

The

extreme

and

tunnel

fabricated

expansion

and maintenance.
and tubing.

tubing

The
inner

linear

and con-

tunnel

surface

sidewalls
of the

temperatures.

CONFIGURATION.

stage

(21.7

the

by supports

is insulated

21-34.
The

between

is constructed

interconnected

tunnel

the

runs

on the

structure,

feet)

Figure

in diameter.

con.tainers,

21-13,

is 712 inches

An aft interstage,
and

a forward

skirt

are

(59.3

feet)

long

an aft skirt,

a thrust

structurally

joined

and

260

structure,
to make

up

stage.

21-35.

AFT

INTERSTAGE.

Loads from the first and second stages are transmitted to the S-IVB
the 7075 aluminum

stage through

alloy aft (S-II/S-IVB) interstage. The interstage is a conical

frustum with an aft diameter of 396 inches, a forward diameter of 260 inches, and
a length of 227.5 inches.

21-26

External longitudinalhat section stringers carry the

ill

mo

<

>

0
0
0
o

rJ_

0
I

,,7
0

.,-,i

0r,.t

o
0

S
0

21-27

axial load and bending

skin and stringers
and a forward

moment

are

supported

load.

The

mating

second

stage and aft skirt, respectively.

The aft interstage

is attached

second

stage of the launch

the loadpath

load is sheared

stringers

from

from

to a cylinder

a cone

are supported

AFT

from

from

aft skirt.

The

load

to the

7075

The

skirt

aluminum
carry

is bolted
skin

and

LH 2 container

There

are

three
to the

attxiliary

propulsion

7075

tangent

21-28

engine,

The

Loads

from

lateral

the forward

the

ring of the

the loadpath

skin by the forward

to the propulsion

installation.

ring.

Retromotors

aft of the separation

diameter
LOX

the

aft

plane.

to the LH 2 container

forward

aft

one
are

through
are

two

the

aft

located

the

transmitted
The

skirt;

through

External

the

longitudinal

the skin carries

the

by four rings; an aft ring,

ring.

ring.

for

long.

moment;

are supported

interstage
Loads

in the

modules

for

the

ring

from

forward

routing

the

transmits

stringers

bolts

line

Supports
of the

aft

the

and

to the

engine

plate.

exterior

which

the

ring

umbilical

on

aft

skin

container.

from
for

the

LH 2

the

skirt.

STRUCTURE

structure

to the

are transmitted

rings and forward

and

aluminum-alloy

a forward

into the interstage

the axial load and bending

stringers.
by

THRUST
thrust

The

This attachment

by changing

alloy skirt is 85.5 inches

to the

cutouts

container

The

of the load, created

skirt skin and stringers

to the

21-37.

to the aft skirt through

access

the aft interstage

two internal intermediate

aft

to the

a lateral load.

of the interstage.

the interior of the interstage

stringers

load.

The

face for the attachment.

to a cone creating

is sheared

provides

for the

SKIRT

loads

hat section

door

surfaces

skin by the aft ring; the axial load is transmitted

lateral component

aft interstage

shear

a cylinder

and skin are transmitted

The

The

the mating

rings,

station 2519) by a field splice.

the aft ring to the stringers

interstage.

21-36.

(at MSFC

into the interstage

directly from

An

vehicle

aft ring provides

interstage

by an aft ring, five internal intermediate

rings also provide

changes

The

the shear

aft and forward

interstage

ring.

and the skin carries

of

transmits

engine

structure

is

168

container

thrust

a conical

inches,
bulkhead

and

loads

LOX

container.

The

with

an aft

diameter

of 34

frustum

a length
at

to the

the

of 63
attachment

inches.
point.

The

skin

Lateral

slope
loads

inches,
is

(resulting

from

bearing

joint

and

stringers.

The

skin

erigin6

to the

and

structure
longitudinal

Cutouts
engine
are

on the

are

mounted

LOX

The

hemispherically

The

welded

bulkheads,

section

pressurization

and

skin

intermediate

the

into the

aft ring

aft ring

ring.

The

gimbal

structure

two internal

the

though

rings,

thrust

external

forward

to accommodate
structure

ring

bolts

the

access.

LOX

Four

and

helium

LH 2
bottles

structure.

is contained

of nine

resulting

in a 2014

an aft and

compression

is constructed
The

the

CONTAINER

shaped

together.

for

thrust

stage

aft bulkhead

forward

structure

provided

S-IVB

two angle

the thrust

from
from

from

aft bulkhead.

on the

OXYGEN

the

transmitted

thrust

are

externally

LOX for

through

in the

through

sheared

to the

container

two doors

LIQUID

are

stringers

provided

lines;

21-38.

section

are

::::
are'tr'ansmitted

by an aft ring,

loads

loads

i_'loads::"

aft bulkhead

supported

Lateral

Axial

hat

container

are

ring.

skin.

to a ring

LOX

stringers

and a forward

:..and

gimbalii'ng)"

a common,

rings

to form

gores

and

hemisphere,

propellant

loads

due

aluminum-alloy
are

container.

welded

Two

together

the container.

a circular

designed

center

piece

to withstand

to acceleration,

has

fusion

flight

a spherical

radius

of

to both

the

130 inches.

The

other

LOX and
a radius
2014

bulkhead,

LH 2 containers,

aluminum
has

a 12 hour

alloy
sufficient

ground

A ring

attached

thrust

structure.

aft bulkhead,

oxygen

hold

to the

This
facing

then

sloshing

bulkhead
sheets

insulating
or a 4-1/2

bulkhead

into

thrust
the

segment

(less

it is common
than

is of honeycomb

a hemisphere)

sandwich

to a fiberglass

properties

to keep

the

core.
LOX

with

construction
The

from

with

common
freezing

during

orbit.

provides
loads

are

a mounting
transmitted

LH 2 container

is controlled

because

bonded

hour

aft bulkhead

Engine
and

a common
is a spherical

of 130 inches.

bulkhead

Liquid

termed

by internal

cylindrical

ring

surface

for the

engine

through

the ring

to the

section.

baffles

supported

by a sheet-

21-29

metal conical frustum attachedto the aft bulkhead. A screen, also attachedto
the aft bulkhead, provides vortex suppression. Container access is provided by
removal of the engineoutlet fitting.
21-39. LIQUID HYDROGENCONTAINER
The LH2 for the S-IVB stage is contained in a 2014aluminum-alloy container 513
inch long. The container is composedof a cylindrical section closed at the forward endby a hemispherical bulkhead, andclosed at the aft endby the LOX container
(discussed above). The forward bulkheadand LOX container aft bulkhead are fusion
weldedto the cylindrical section. The cylindrical section andforward bulkhead
are internally insulated with polyurethane foam bondedto the container walls.
insulation limits hydrogen boiloff during launch operations andflight.

The

The forward bulkhead, designedto withstand flight pressurization loads, is constructed of nine gores and a circular centerpiece welded together. The bulkhead
has a spherical radius of 130inches. Two openingsare provided in the bulkhead;
one for container access andthe other for the hydrogenflight vent line.
The LH2 cylindrical section, 268 inches long, is designedto carry flight pressurization, flight loading, andpropellant loads due to acceleration. The section is
composedof sevenpanels. Each panel is milled to a square waffle pattern with
a 45-degree skew angle. The panels are welded into a cylinder. The internal
waffle stiffeners provide sufficient buckling strength to give the structure a
free-standing capability when the container is unpressurized. An external ring
is welded to the cylindrical section at the tangentpoint of the aft bulkhead. First
and secondstage loads are transmitted through the ring to the LH2 container
cylindrical section by the aft skirt. The loads are then transmitted from the
cylindrical section to the forward skirt through a secondexternal ring. This
ring is weldedto the cylindrical section at the tangent point of the forward
bulkhead.
A LH2 line outlet is provided just below the weld that joins the cylindrical section
to the aft bulkhead of the LOX container. A box shapedscreen covers the outlet
in order to suppress the vortex created by LH2 flow.

21-30

21-40.
The

cylindrical

forward

unit.

Five

support

rings

aft ring,

The

three

aft ring

bolts

attachment

has

A door

in the

21-41.

SYSTEMS

systems

extends

instrument

The third

21-42.
The

stage
and

unit

AND

charge

has

for

The

It is constructed

the

LH 2 container
of 7075

ring

are

to the

splice

plate,

are

access

to the

EXTERNAL

station

skin.

unit

by the

face

for

the

3223).

platform.
and flight

forward

to

by the

In addition,
hydrogen

vents.

skirt.

FAIRINGS

on the

forward

an

transmitted

carried

mating

service
ground

stringers;

instrument

at MSFC

and

alloy.

ring.

loads

moment

to the

aluminum

longitudinal

this

a removable

fairings

loads.
the

skirt

which

third
and

in each

UNIT

are

An LH 2 engine

two auxiliary

cutouts

unit

stage

body.

accommodates

The

tunnel

cable,

tubing

runs.

several

thermal

--

an interchangeable

externally

to the

from

and stringers

provides

--

a forward

From

an umbilical

aft skirt

and have

payload.

field

The

the

shaped

instrument

long.

for

-v

......

and

(a field

for

is located

INSTRUMENT

to the

provision

and external

provides

unit

TUNNEL

Fairings

aft skirt

has

tunnel

linear

ring

is fabricated

and bending

skin

-.q

loads

rings,

load
the

forward

instrument

from

skin

intermediate

from

The

of the

skirt

LH 2 container.

cutouts

skirt.

long,

Axial

the

pressure

""

122 inches

to the

skirt

and

the

skin.

The forward

The

transmits

forward

transmitted

ring.

skirt

skirt,

the

and

are

forward

The

skirt

internal

stringers

Loads

FORWARD_KIR:r

instrument

the

gv

side

designed

line

propulsion

to carry

fairing
modules

and top for the

aerodynamic

is located
are

attitude

also

on the
located

control

aft
on the

nozzles.

CONFIGURATION.

structure

(Figure

structure

is 260 inches

of three,

21-14)

120 degree

transmits

loads

(21.7

in diameter

feet)

cylindrical

panels

from

the

S-IVB

and

joined

stage

36 inches

with

longitudinal

splices.

instrument

mitted

to the

stage

in a field

unit
sandwich
splice

is of honeycomb
panels
at MSFC

through
station

sandwich
the

type

aft ring

3223.

The

construction.

Loads

which

is attached

loads

are

to the

transmitted

are

trans-

S-IVB
by the

21-31

21. 7 Ft.

D1a.

Cold

Plate

Access
3 Ft.

Door

Antennas

Vertical

Splice

(3)_

Umbilical
Horizon

120 Apart

Sensor

3-521
Figure

panels

to the

station

3259.

electrical
that
ment
are

21-32

clearance

forward

ring

Brackets

and

which

provided

for

carrying
the

to the

equipment

is provided
A load

Instrument

attaches

bonded

electronic

unit.

21-14.

umbilical

for

door

to the

sandwich
mounting

the

LEM
provides

plate

Unit,

and

Saturn

payload

provide

plates.

access
horizon

in a field

panels

landing

gear

The
which
to the

sensor.

splice

support

equipment
extends

instrument

at
for

is
into
unit

MSFC
the

grouped
the
and

so

instrucutouts

CHAPTER
SECTION

XXII

PROPULSION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

22-1.

REQUIREMENTS

22 -2.

OPERATION

22-7.

S-IC

22-33.

S-II

22-50.

S-IVB

........................

22-3

..........................

STAGE

PROPULSION

STAGE

SYSTEM

PROPULSION

STAGE

22 -4

SYSTEM

PROPULSION

..............

22-10

..............

22-24

SYSTEMS

............

22-38

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

22-1.

Engine

22 -2.

Propulsion

22-3.

F-1

Engine

22 -4.

F-1

Engine

Schematic

22-5.

F-1

Engine

Start

22-6.

F-1

Engine

Cutoff

Sequence

22-7.

Propellant

System,

S-IC

22-8.

J-2

Engine

22-9.

J-2

Engine

Component

Locations

...............

22-26

22-10.

J-2

Engine

Component

Locations

...............

22-27

22-11.

J-2

Engine

Schematic

22-12.

J-2

Fuel

22-13.

J-2

Oxidizer

22-14.

J-2

Engine

Starting

22-15.

J-2

Engine

Cutoff

22-16.

Propellant

22-17.

LH 2 Recirculation

Location

and

System

Gimbal
and

Pattern,

Gimbal

S-IC

Pattern,

..........

S-II

.........

...........................

Sequence

22-13

..................

22-16

..................

22-18

...................

22-20

...........................

22-25

....................

22-28

.....................

Turbopump

Feed

22-30

..................

Sequence
Sequence
System,

22-8
22-11

.....................

Turbopump

22-7

22-30

.................

22-32

..................
S-II

Chilldown

22-35

...............
System

S-II

22-36
...........

22-39

22-1

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (CONT'D)

22-18.

LOX Recirculation

22-19.

Auxiliary

22-20.

Main

22-21.

Auxiliary

22 -22.

Attitude

Chilldown

Propulsion

Propellant

System,

Propulsion
Control

System

System,
Operation

S-IVB

Module

Engine

S-II

............

................

..................

Locations

..........

22-40
22-41
22-43
22-45

...............

22-46

LIST OF TABLES

22 -2

22-1.

Nominal

22 -2.

Propulsion

Sequence,

22 -3.

F-1

Engine

Performance

Parameters

.............

22-10

22 -4.

J-2

Engine

Performance

Parameters

.............

22-29

Saturn

V Staging

Parameters

Saturn

.............

V .................

22-3
22-5/22-6

..........

:':

.." .." : :

SECTION

XXII.

......

PROPULSION

22-1.

REQUIREMENTS.

The

Saturn

to launch

V propulsion
and

trajectory.
start

inject
The

S-IVB

trajectory.
ward

and payload
lunar

payload

instrument

unit.

launch
staging

net

by coast

for

including

the

provides

and

period

the

transfer

as:

suborbital

time

control

restart

transfer

launch

after

of spacecraft

then

of injection

of the

two hours

necessary

and

into lunar

at the

for

is required

lunar

orbit,

injection

attitude

orbit

72 hour

parking

of all weight

earth

mode,

V is defined

in earth

In addition,

vehicle

into the

of Saturn

required

consists

operational

payload

mode

velocity

during

trajectory,

A three-stage

pound

followed
the

is provided

in the normal

operational

net

transfer

the nominal

stage

to provide
The

of the

a 90,000

normal

of the S-IVB

of the

system,

forvehicle

insertion

into

reorientation.

Table

impulse.

22-1

contains

parameters.

Table 22-1.

Nominal

Staging Parameters

Stage

Altitude

Velocity

5300kts

S-IC

34.3

S-II

99 nm

13,200kts

S-IVB First burn (Earth orbit injection)

100 nm

15,100kts

S-IVB Second burn (Lunar transfer injection)

155 nm

21,200kts

Thrust-vector
angular

rates

An additional
stage
thrust

control

is required

as defined

series

operation.
to accelerate

by the

to maintain
control

of impulses
Both

are

vehicle

system

required

retro

thrust

to decelerate

forward

stages

and

attitude

during

main

to ensure

spacecraft

nm

the

and

stage.

successful

spent

are

orientation

stage,

necessary

staging
and

and

ullage

to aid

separation.

22-3

The

ullage

thrust

a sufficient

During

suction

the

systems

launch

due

LOX).

also

head

to the

or after

feed

highly

During

of storing

required

to the

operation

with

the

fill

and

purging

the

drain

of the
are

ascent,

orbit

propellants,

aft end

cavitation

of the

and

is required

minimizing

boiloff,

of the propellant
(LH 2 and

and feed

lines

of the propellant

injection

ensuring

propellants

containers
as part

lunar

containers

start.

cyrogenic

propellant

required

of the

at engine

capability

properties

operations

the

phases,
and

before

storage

the

system

delivering

must

them

as

engines.

of the

separation

propulsion

propulsion
of the

sequence

LAUNCH

PHASE.

During

the

down,

count

and conditioned;
engines

are

to lift

off,

five

the

The

center

The

engines

at lift

spacecraft

the

S-IC

engine

stage

started

with

the

launch

containers
spheres

engines

are

are

phase
The

purged,

loaded,

and

and concludes
events

of the

started

to a ground

pressurized

charged;

to starting.

and the

A few seconds

in a predetermined

by diametrically

in response

launch

vehicle.

purged

prior
are

followed

the

22-2.

and conditioned

is started

are

from
in Table

storage

purged

begins

propellant

pressure

stage

system

is presented

22-3.

opposite

command.

main
prior

sequence.

engines
The

in pairs.

launch

phase

ends

off.

22-4.

ASCENT

PHASE.

A total

nominal

thrust

thrust-weight

ratio

a result

increases

vector

and attitude

(Figure
off results

of 7,500,000

22-1)

a few seconds

ambient

to 8,635,000
control

the

provided

depletion

outboard

to center

by the
from
(level)

engines.

"'_ --_.* _

as the

prior

to commands

a propellant
before

is provided

pressure

pounds
are

in response

from

pounds

at lift

off resulting

in a

of 1.25:1.

of decreasing

thrust

22-4

pump

in the

OPERATION

The

As

propellants

volatile

for the

capable

22-2.

a rapid

draining

system.

the

to prevent

phase

Provisions

filling

settles

four

vehicle

ascends,

engine
outboard

the control

cut

the

off.

stage

Thrust

gimballed

systems.

signal

cutting

off the

Planned

cutoff

is utilized

engines
Engine

center
rather

cutengine
than

and
be

Event

Veh.

Propellant Loading and Conditioning

Pressurant Loading
Start Sequencer
Mainstage
Liftoff
IECO
OECO

Separation
S-IC

I
I

S-IC
S-IC

S-II

Retromotor

Firing

S-IC

First

Separation

S-IC/S-II

Separation

S-II

Chamber

Chill

S-II

and

Line

Second

Plane

Thrust
Engine
Start

Feed

Command

Depletion

Separation

Command

Cutoff

Signal

S-II

S-H

Firing

Thrust

Chamber

Chill

Engine

and

Line

Feed

S-IVB

S-IVB

Chill

Command

S-IVB
S-IVB

Mainstage
APS

Ullage

APS

Roll

APS

Attitude

APS

GH 2 Venting

S-IVB

Engines
Control

Cutoff

Orbital

Parameters

S-IVB

Engines

Control

Engine

Separation

S-II/S-IVB

Separation
Retromotor

S-II

Propellant

Translunar

S-II

Mainstage

Start

Ill

S-II

Chill

!
I

S-IC

Separation Command
Ullage Motors Firing
Plane

Launch

S-IVB

Engines

Ullage

S-IVB

Engine_

S-IVB

Signal

Parameters
Command
IU/PL

Separation
Legend

: Event

;_

Operating

; _- -- -_ Intermi(

__

Orbital

Ascent

Command

_ommand

Separation

|
mmm_m

mmm_mm

mmm_

mmmmmnmnmmnm
m_mnmnmmum

__
ltent

Operation.

_,,,e__--

_i _, _."

._ _-._. _,

Sakui'h'

V _>ropulsion

Sequence

Translunar

22-5/22-6

......

burn
the

out to achieve-precl-ictable'cuioif
possiblity

of tumbling

impulses

and

chugging

---

---_

and thrust

vectors.

This

minimizes

at separation.

YAW
AXIS
Z

Fixed
Engine

PIT CH
AXIS

+ 5 9 Square
Pattern
3- 143
Figure

A chill
the

down

thrust

during
five

engines

plane

S-II

chambers.

first

started

of the

22-I.

stage
of the

in unison
separation.

Engine

stage

S-II

in response
Second

interstage,

occurs

about

provided

by gimballing

prior

which

provide

to a command
plane

four

separation
later.

outboard

Gimbal

before

from

the

and the
Thrust

the
first

thrust

plane

chill
and

22-2)

feed

roll

after

of

lines
The

pounds,

unit
of the

and

down

separation.

of 1,000,000

jettisoning

(Figure

the

pump

instrument

vector

S-IC

with

through

a total

engines

Pattern,

to liftoff

circulated

a few seconds

30 seconds
the

begins

are

until

stage

and

engines

Propellants
operation

Location

are

first

S-IC/S-II
control

in response

are
to com-

22-7

o
o
I

ul

-_

ffl

_a

_4

e_ _14

0
e_
t_
I

L.

....

__t

mands

of the

conf_ol

-sy-ste-rn.'"

(level)

signal

cutting

off the

The

S-IVB

engine

feedlines
after

The

prior

to staging.

separation

and prior

S-IVB

stage

to a start

the

engines

of the

system.
from

the

ered

by the

of zero

instrument

22-5.

ORBITAL

During

the

zation

and

attitude

....

a propellant

depletion

propellants
thrust

through
chamber

the
is

pumps

and

completed

engine.

of 200,000

unit.

pounds,

Thrust

vector

is provided

system
result

signal

is terminated

control

to the

of termination

signal
ascent

is provided

the

roll

that

ends

upon

by

control

commands

of the

the total

control

signal

impulse

in a velocity-to-go

phase

in response

of an electrical

such

results

is ignited

by firing

in response

as the

The

from

of the

control

to the

the

the
pump

Commands

from

the

proper

attitude

the

achievement

to the

deliv-

requirement

attainment

of proper

feed

control
before

restart

the

ullage

engine,

are

fired

to settle

chilldo_m

and

system

also

fire

the

main

the

of the

engines

main

line

attitude

during

attitude

engine.

the

stabili-

by firing

commands

of the

engine

restarting

provides

is provided

to the

by firing

ullage

system

stabilization

in response

is provided

main

propulsion

Attitude

engines

and

the

auxiliary

ullage.

Prior

and later

the

control

system,

in response

to a

GH 2 venting

ullage

the

propellants

during

restart.

control
The

engines

orbital

to provide

phase

ends

with

of mainstage.

22-6.

TRANSLUNAR

During

mainstage,

vector

control

PHASE.
in response

is provided

by firing
termination

separation

The

phase,

ullage

for

Until

occurs

control

circulation

Thrust

down

a thrust

propulsion

GH 2 venting

command.

provided

"

results

of the

roll

subsequent

orbital

GH 2 venting

engines

PHASE.

and roll

stage

simultaneously.

instrument

termination.

parameters,

chill

and

unit.

engine

orbital

and

engine

cutoff

at thrust

the

by circulating

providing

auxiliary

Engine

down

to ignition

from

main

engines

The

engine,

command

gimballing

five

is chilled

P.ngi-ne cutoff

the

roll

by gimballing
control

occurs
from

the

to the commands

upon

engines

main
of the

attainment

spacecraft,

This page is not classified

the

of the

attitude

of the

engine,
auxiliary
72-hour

stabilization

control

system,

and roll

control

propulsion
lunar

thrust

transfer

is provided

is

system.
trajectory.
by firing

22-9

the attitude and roll control engines in response to the commandsof the control
system.
The translunar phase for the propulsion system ends with separation from the
spacecraft.
22-7.

S-IC

Three

stages,

STAGE
the

vehicle,

Figure

for the

propulsion

S-II
The

propellant

system.

SYSTEM.

and SIVB,

instrument

system.

system

The

S-IC,

19-1.

propulsion

22-8.

PROPULSION

(Refer

is composed

and

an instrument

unit provides
to Paragraph

of five

unit

initiation
20-1.

Rocketdyne

comprise
and control

Functionally,

F-1 liquid-rocket

launch

commands

the

S-IC

engines

and

ENGINE.
F-1

using

engine,

meter,

Figure

fluid.
are

and

Foul-

gimbal

+_ 5-degree,

RP-1

for

square

Nominal

performance

Table

flight

Stage,

control.
Figure
engine

parameters

22-3.

fixed

turbopump

S-IC

pattern,

stage.

start,

as fuel,

of the

mounted

of the

Engine

is a single

engines

9-minute

the centerline
pounds.

22-3,

LOX as oxidizer

working

Performance

The

bi-propellant

lubricant

equally

spaced

The
thrust

given

Parameters,

fifth

gimbal

angle

engine

is fixed

at sea

in Table

F-1

level

of thrust

Number

of turbopumps

Number

of gas

Thrust
Sea-level

chambers

generators

1,500,000

(total)

including

accessories

16,825

lbs.
lbs.

150 sec.

duration
specific

Oxygen

Number

impulse

265.4

on

is 1,500,000

Parameter

RP-1

weight

is a

Engine

Fuel

Dry

dia-

22-3.

Liquid

thrust

system

on a 364-inch

Oxidizer

Sea-level

system,

and control

maximum

22-1.
rated

are

thrust,

Item

22-10

the

sec.

,,.,.q

g
_,,t

22-11

Table

22-3.

Performance

Parameters,

F-1

Engine

(Cont'd)

Item

Total

propellant

flowrate

Thrust
Mixture

The

and gas

generator

5,685
2.77:1

Wo/W F

(thrust

lb./sec.

chamber

and

gas

generator)

Oxidizer

4064 lb./sec.

Fuel

1790 lb./sec.

Length

222 in.

components
propellant

system,

a gimballed
follows.

and

level)

148 in.

turbopump,

22-9.

(sea

Diameter

primary

trical

chamber

ratio,

Flowrates

Parameter

Each

joint.

In the

through

a nozzle.

A LOX dome

which

mounting

the

the

thrust

system,

engine

A brief

Chamber.

are

ignition

22-4.

bearing

expelled

engine

valves,

Figure

Thrust

of the

engine

is attached

description

thrust
The

chamber,

chamber

thrust

control
to the

of each

the

chamber

gas

generator,

system

thrust

major

and

structure

component

propellants

are

includes

elec-

the

with
of the

mixed,

engine

burned,

following

major

components:
a.
provides
b.

A fuel

c.

A propellant

into the
d.
circulated
e.

22-10.

22-12

the

manifold

A thrust

chamber

to provide

which

The generator
high pressure

gas

operates
side

meters

thrust

to the

and

chamber

generator
on LOX

injects

through

them

which

fuel

is

pre-heating.
extension.

produces
and fuel,
pump.

injector.

and

walls

and fuel

of the propellant

propellant

the propellants

of tubular

cooling

cooled

The

fuel

composed

regenerative

Generator.

injector

bearing.

body

exhaust

LOX to the propellant

distributes

injector
area.

A turbine

gimbal
which

combustion

Cas

turbopump.
from

for

distributes

hot gases
which
The

to drive

are

assembly

the

bootstrap-fed
consists

of

,#
I

_.,I

W_8

22-13

the

following

components:

a.

generator

Gas

propellants

into the
An auto

c.

A combustion

ignitor

thrust

rated
control

The

chamber

thrust.

LOX pump

the

four

normally-closed

The

oxidizer

The

fuel

controls

the

are

are

on a common

are

opened

by fuel

for

and

flow

of

burning

LOX

the

and fuel

propellants.

to the

flow rates

to maintain

high-pressure

fuel

fuel

engine

to the

pump,

engine

centrifugal

shaft.

admitted

two in parallel

operated

space

of a centrifugal

Propellants

initially

propellants.

supplies

consists

valves,

of the

supplies

pressure
pump

mounted

Valves

valves

valves

which

provides

assembly

fuel

turbepump

a turbine

Propellant

valve

ignition

which

at the proper

The

and

to ensure

turbopump

In addition,

system.

22-12

used
chamber

Turbopump.

engine

control

generator.

b.

22-11.

propellant

to the

for LOX

by ground

pressure

thrust

and two

supplied

acting

chamber

through

in parallel

control

through

the

for fuel.

fluid

pressure.

ignition

monitor

valve.

22-13.

Ignition

hypergol
fuel

cartridge

pump

22-14.
fuel,

maintain
The

Engine

Control

System.

fluid
line

ing the valves

a.

main

approximately

this

prior

A four-way

intothe

system

and

shut

A ground

fuel

system,

fuel
pump

combustion

engine

tapped

from

discharge

operates

the

inboard

the

system

pressure.

the engine,

at cutoff.

through

control

the

diaphragm

to start

the

engine

from

chamber.

hydraulically

connected

to the

fuel

the burst

sequence

down

of the

when

ruptures

and

is high-pressure

of fuel

The

customer
for

open-

system

is

components:

solenoid

valve

actuators

valve.

which

in response

valves

80 percent

assembly,

control

consists

occurs

in the proper

flight

high-pressure

Two sequence
oxidizer

engine

system

Ignition

injector

valves

powered

to buildup

duction.

the

The

pump.

following

valve

through

system

fuel

provides

of the

proper
b.

for

ignition

manifold

generator

during

of the

panel,

composed

and gas
thrust

fuel

hypergol

fluid

discharge

of the

the

hypergol

oxidizer

thrust-chamber

ignition

the

working

to the

enters

rated

connect

The

and the

outlet

and forces

the

System.

which
The

open

are

sequence
and

closes

transfers

high-pressure

to an electrical
mechanically
valve
when

the

fuel

command.
actuated

opens

control

when

oxidizer

the
valve

by the position
oxidizer

valve

is

is 20 percent

closed.
22-14

Th_s

page

is not

classified

Filters,

CJ

22-15.

operating

22-16.

Gimbal

vehicle

thrust

from

Bearing

Joint.

vector

actuators.

The

engines

started
by the
the

manifold
ground

through
and

position,

22-18.

Engine

is actuated
to the
generator

from
the

the
gas

to the

opening
LOX and
chamber.

control

Start

Sequence.

actuation

links

engine

to the

outboard

engine

interface

to the

exists

hydraulic

instead

fluid

The

engines

control

thrust

of actuators.)

center

in pairs

pressure
to the

With

the

engine

is supplied

hydraulic

checkout
to the

is

as commanded

fluid

gimbal

is returned

vehicle

(Figure

22-5)

which

allows

position

and when

circuit,

actuator

Upon

signal

actuation

closing

ports

valve.

Control

ports

of the

from

supply

valve

in the

ground

main

fluid

head

linked

sequence

valves

LOX flows

generator

container
from

from

supply

fuel

through

allowing

control
Opening

pressure

thrust
fluid
of the

to enter

of the

the

turbopump

start

control

the

Opening

to the

fluid
the

solenoid
fluid

oxidizer
and

gas

generator
generator

to the

gas

four-

is vented
and

solenoid

to be admitted
gas

Of the

valves

four-way

chamber

gas
by a self-

oxidizer

of the

valve
to return

as determined

main

from

checkout

energizes

on the

valves,

the

pressure

ground

solenoid,

valves.

pressure

downstream

the

is directed

valve.
head

control

properly,

start

main

oxidizer

container

under

the

to start

is impressed

of the

of the

LOX under

of the gas

signal

Prior

it is operating

an electrical

valve.

fuel

each
each

attached

sequence.

valve.

pressure

ignitor

port

engine

engine

structural

fixed

coupling

solenoid

spark

mechanical

start-stop

coupling.

generator

admits

four-way

An electrical

opening

are

opposite

disconnect

inlet.

solenoid

and permits

employs

standby,

pump

monitoring
way

a quick

to the

fuel

chamber

for

attaches

An additional

engine

During

the

disconnect

joint

loads,

control.

for

system.

bearing

thrust

by diametrically

to the

a quick

power

distribution

A gimbal

required

and transmitting

Electrical

main

thrust

are

element,

in a predetermined

sequencer.

ground

the

center

started

followed

start

connections
heating

tubing.

OPERATION.

are

first

Electrical

on the

(The

interconnecting

vector

arms

ENGINE

and

absorbs

for thrust

outrigger

information.

is obtained

where

22-17.

control

structure,

to be moved

the turbopump

and

controls

valves

System.

instrumentation
and

check

Electrical

sequencing,

valve

valves

actuates
to the
valve

allows

combustion
generator

22-15

START

SIGNAL

IS ENERGIZED

MAIN

OXIDIZER

OXIDIZER

VALVES

FLOWS

IGNITER

GAS GENERATOR

E_]

OPEN

VALVE OPENS

SYSTEM OPERATES

MAIN FUEL

VALVES

OPEN

[ :FUELFLows
I

MAIN

PROPELLANT

IGNITES

0
THRUST

BUILDUP

MAI N STAGE,

3-175
Figure

combustion

chamber.

Fuel

22-5.

flows

from

generator

combfistion

chamber.

The

generator

combustion

chamber

by the

to the

turbine

discharged
they
ation,
rate

22-16

are
the

which
through

ignited

drives

propellant

propellant

spark

into the

by the

thrust

chamber

extension

to the

gas

generator

mixture

increase
and

turbopump
is ignited

and the

turbopump.

exchanger

pressures

Sequence

of the

ignitor

heat

outlet

Start

downstream

the

LOX and fuel

of propellants

the

Engine

The

thrust

expended

thrust

gas
directed

gases

are

turbopump

in an increased
chamber.

gas

are

extension

With

resulting

LOX to the

in the

hot gases

chamber

ignitors.

to the

where
accelerflow

The

gas

pump

generator

outlet

fuel

ball

combustion

around

valve

the

environment

of the

the

solenoid

four-way

solenoid

When

valve.

the

hypergol

to flow

to the

Rupturing
which

The

thrust

of the

allows

as sensed

directs

fuel

The

fuel

the

the

ring

from

seal.

pressure
Liquid

inlet

The

turbopump

pump

and

outlet

ing coolant
increase

The

The

single
which

helium

that

the

LOX

formed

routed

used

is used

supplied

of GOX from
through

line

the
the

flow

is from
four-way

fuel

pressure
and

ignition

hypergol

is established.

a mechanical

safety

chamber

of the

ignition

monitor

valve

to the

opening

ports

fuel

to enter

ignition

impeller
balancing

is controlled

chamber

ignition

is maintained

by leakage

by orifices

valve
of the

the thrust

to mainstage

and volute

device

pressure

Opening

primary

the

vehicle

circulates

to heat

containing

LOX container.
and

check

past

located

fuel

heat

exchanger
the

of the

individual

a GOX flow
H_lium
manifold

and

the

occurs.

at
volute

between

when

the

orifice,

the

to the
engines

valve

supplied

from

turbine

to the

exhaust

and expand

is routed
which

The

of
GOX

into a common
regulates

helium

individual

the

A portion

exchanger.

the

the

shutdown.

ullage.

heat

with

to an overboard

LOX and to heat

container

A bear-

opens

at engine

receives

the fuel

pressure.

bearing

control

assembly

fuel

decay

propellant

is diverted

head

the

pressure

and vaporize

operation

valve

through

with

the

begins

container

fuel

LOX dome

exchangers

valve

system

of a filter,

ceases

to the

duct

cold

to the

fuel

by thrust

permits

thrust

surge

to pressurize

heat

valve

permits

actuates

solenoid

lubrication

dual-medium

are

pressurization

impeller

and

lubrication

in the

for

consisting

pass,

gases

turbopump

turbo-

The

the

The

the burst

and primary

to be opened

from

from

and returning

This

valve.

fuel

the

exceeds

of pressure,

drain.

main

fuel

inlet.

assembly.

reaches

LOX,

four-way

turbopump

the

by an orifice.

diaphragms

checkout

from

is protected

valve,

rupture.

valve

fuel

the

turbopump

with

flowing

and outlets.

pressure
valve,

generator

of the

transition

oxygen

LOX turbopump

turbine

gas

through

is controlled

the

of the

between

controlled

fuel

mixing

the

LOX and

cavity

valve

monitor

through

Opening

with

generator

container

ignition

pressure

valves.

mixing

hypergol

the

gas

diaphragms

chamber

by fuel

to the

pressure

cartridge,

buildup

fuel

fuel

rate

returning

to the

flow

and

of the

valve

_anu

is cooled

LOX by circulating

discharge

in the

_g

chamber

chamber

mechanism

the

flow

cylinders
heat

is

exchangers

22-17

where the helium is expandedandthen routed through a commonpressurization

duct into the fuel container.
22-19.

Engine

electrical
valve.
and

Stop

signal
The

directs

Sequence.

which

stop

energizes

solenoid

closing

(Figure
the

closes

pressure

22-6)

the

to the

stop

Engine

solenoid

on the

pressurizing
gas

cutoff

port

generator

is initiated
four-way

venting

valve,

the

by an

solenoid

the

entrapped

oxidizer

valves

fluid,
and

I
CUTOFF

SIGNAL

B GAS GENERATOR

VALVE

CLOSES

1MAIN OXIDIZER

VALVES

CLOSE

PUMP SPEED DECAY

MAIN

FUEL

VALVES

CLOSE

THRUST DECAYS I

3-176
Figure 22-6.

the

fuel

first

valves.
The

LOX valves.

22-18

rate

To maintain
of closure

a fuel-rich
is determined

Engine Cutoff Sequence

engine

cutoff

by orifices

the

main

in the vent

LOX valves
ports

of the

close
main

22-20.
The

PROPELLANT

propellant

flexible
mum

The

fuel

suction

lines,

sure,

and

nominal

two for

each

_-v

of the

containers,

to the

liftoff

engine

to cutoff

ducts,

valves,

turbopumps.

signal,

and

The

including

maxi-

propulsion

pounds.

to the

engine.

acceleration

flowrate

of 7800

joints

to allow

expansion

SYSTEM.

is connected

vehicle

""

consist

from

is 4,400,000

FEED

container

_-

propellants

capacity

reserve,

FUEL

....

22-7,

to deliver

propellant

performance

22-21.

Figure

required

usable

"':

SYSTEM.

systems,

joints

:.

engine

A combination

forces

gpm per
for

turbopumps

the

line.

fuel

of fluid

to the

Each

line

alignment

tolerances,

ball

is located

through
head,

ten,

12-inch

ullage

gas

engine

turbopump

is installed

with

thermal

expansion

pres-

inlets
gimbal

at a

and

and engine

gimballing.

A pneumatic
let

piston-operated

to function

stop

fuel

nitrogen
line

flow

in the

from

the

inlets

are

equipped

engine.

initiate

outboard

pellants

are

22-22.

fluid

to the

oxidizer

feed

lines

on the

ullage

gas

lines

to the

Each

line

container,

and the

balancing

During

level

this

the

interval,

most

750 psig

The

RP-1

inlets

movement

are

wMle

minimizes

fuel

sensors

a timer

to

using

turbopump

feature

When

later,

valve

line

out-

control

prevalves.

to allow

propellant

engine

cutoff.

ducts

seconds

container

depletes

will

or level
of the

pres-

shut

to a
down

sensor

the

will

remaining

pro-

used.

pass

outlet

devices,

assembly.

six

FEED

container

tunnel

these

A pressure

at the

solenoid

operates

compensating

turbopump

line

as an emergency

A single

system

Approximately

OXIDIZER

The

failure.

volume.

in each

serve

anti-vortexing

volume

level

inboard

of engine

with

transmitted

prevalves

pressure

equipped

pre-determined

ances,

control

constant

loads

The

event

with pressure

maintaining
sure

as a prevalve.

valve

line

pressure
engine
is installed

thermal

is mounted

through

the

SYSTEM.

the
size

fuel

container

is reduced

and vehicle
turbopump
with

expansion,

above

fuel

in separate

acceleration

gimbal

container.

to 17 inches.

inlets

and

the

and
engine

expansion
gimballing.

25-inch

20-inch

tunnels.

A combination

forces

at a nominal

Five

the
flow

joints

of 24,630

to allow

A pneumatic

At the

of fluid

LOX through

rate

LOX

for

the
gpm

head,
five
per

alignment

piston-operated

suction
line.
tolerball

22-19

%
\

LOX
Line

Feed

LOX

Container

-y<

\
\

\
/

RP-1
Line

RP-1

_ontaine r

Feed

3 -144
Figure
22-20

22-7.

Propellant

System,

S-IC

valve is located in each of the five lines at the point wi:ere they emerge from the
fuel container tunnels. These valves function as prevalves, serving as controls to
stop LOX flow to the engines in the event of engine failure. A single solenoid valve,
using 750psig nitrogen from the control pressure system, operates the three prevalves for eachengine (one LOX andtwo fuel prev_ves) simultaneously. The LOX
container is equippedwith a propellant level sensor which will initiate an inboard
enginecutoff signal. A level sensor or timer cuts off the outboard engines about
six seconds later. The LOX suction line inlets are equippedwith anti-vortexing
devices. The turbopump inlets havepressure-volume compensating ducts allowing
for engine movementwhile maintaining a constant fluid volume. This pressure
balancing feature prevents excessive pressure loads from being transferred to the
turbopump assembly.
22-23. PROPELLANT PRESSURIZATIONSYSTEM.
This system provides the pressurization to the propellants so that the net positive
suction head (NPSH)requirement at the inlet of the turbopumps is maintained.
22-24.
surize

Fuel
the

RP-1

located

in the

control

valves

ing the

heat

The

RP-I

Container

Pressurization

container.

The

LOX container.
to a heat

before

22-25.

Oxidizer

Container

sure
The

with

LOX from

container.

pressure

to prevent

mately
liftoff

of the

from

top of the

The

located

on each

with

gas

high

pressure

in four
from

and piped

helium

the
engine.

to the

helium

bottles
The

to pres-

bottles

through

top of the

from

is used

pressure

heated

helium

RP-1

container.

a ground

source

leav-

approxi-

liftoff.

Pressurization

gaseous

each

GOX is piped

a design

is piped

is prepressurized

90 seconds

Heated

is stored

Helium

is manifolded

mately

LOX container

helium

exchanger

exchangers
container

System.

the
The

flash

oxygen

System.

(GOX)

five

engines

five

heat

obtained

into

system

boiling

flow

and the

rates

are

located

a flow

is designed
sized

pressurizes

a flow

exchanger

through

pressurization

system

by bleeding

a heat

exchangers

This

of high-preson each

control

engine.

valve

to provide
with

the

to the

sufficient

zero

venting

as

objective.

LOX container
90 seconds
disconnect

is pre-pressurized
before
valve

liftoff.
in the

with
The

helium

GOX piping

helium

from

a ground

is fed into the

system.

Provision

source

container
is made

approxi-

through
for

supple22-21

menting and/or replacing the flight vehicle pressurant with GN2 during static firing
of either the flight vehicle or the static test vehicle.
A GOX flow control valve modulates the GOXflow betweenflow rates of 30 to 50
poundsper second in response to a pressure signal from the LOX container. The
valve is designedto maintain the LOX container pressure to 20.5 +2.5 psia.
22-26. PROPELLANT CONDITIONINGSYSTEM.
The propellant conditioning system provides fuel bubbling and LOX conditioning.
These operations are described below.
22-27.

Fuel

in the fuel
nitrogen
and

Bubbling.

container

and

is supplied

filter.

lines

The

geysering

suction

is accomplished
These

suction

insulated

lines

lines

are

and

ground

into the

source

bubbling

22-29.

maintains

the

PROPELLANT

propellant

to fill

and

22-30.
operated

Fuel
ball

working

the

fluid

to the

LOX

container

suction

system

vehicle

below

the

just

low temperature

must

the

which

prevalves.
Three

LOX flows

two uninsulated

of the

down

the

lines.

is supplied

suction

be

pumping,

the prevalves.

in the

branch

LOX from

valves.

helium

above

a coupling

lines

by thermal

tunnel.

Gaseous

through

to prevent

interconnect

be closed,

fuel.

lines

suction

lines

container

stratification

through

suction

countdown

through

lines

from

This

If
a

helium

line.

SYSTEM.

includes

all

propellants

Fuel

fuel

prevalves

required

Loading.
valve

in the

the

fuel

suction

the

source

is prevented
LOX

temperature

through

in the

normally-open

LOADING

loading

drain

the

insulated

that

to the

during

Geysering

contain

fuel

a ground

LOX temperature

lines.

returns

requires

22-22

valves.

temperature

lines

an emergency

The

and check

by interconnecting

interconnect

LOX

The

nitrogen

saturation

in the

from

the

The

extreme

GN 2 is bubbled

manifold

routes

an orifice

below

lines,

to a vehicle

LOX Conditioning.

maintained

to prevent

suction

manifold

containing

22-28.

In order

ducts,

during

is loaded

static

at 2000

is used

to close

off the

(750 psig

nitrogen

from

valves

gpm.

container
the

control

and

tests

flexible

or prior

A 6-inch
upon

joints
to launch.

pneumatic

completion

pressure

required

system)

piston-

of fuel

loading.

is passed

to

the

ball

valve

power

type

mounted

level,

closes

a signal

attached

the

inside

is generated

to the

ground
fuel

emergency

drain

is provided

consists

fuel

LOX

that

tie

line

contains

where

into the

the

inboard

line

Upon

engine

connects

solenoid

A loss

of pneumatic

pressure

to fall

in the

position.

mounted
signal

valve

inside

the

to close
The

fill

couplings.

During

loading

down

engine

main

to the

firings
and

to permit

prevalve

removed

a hold,

fill

drain

22-32.

the

line.

drain

rate.

the

line

An

drain
is removed

above

Each

valve

is controlled

from

the

causes

prevalves

open

An emergency

drain

drain

nozzle

and the

consists
on the

container

Each

point

control

pressure

system.

the

and

valve

fill

drain

permitting
with

the

quick

type

gage

level,

fill

permitting

LOX chill-

is provided

during

of a 17-inch

gimbal

is capped

lines

disconnect

LOX container.

nozzle

lines

by a

a predetermined

system

This

at the

by a capacitance

valves

ground

fill

prevalve.

located

and drain

rate.

the

valve

LOX reaches

the

drain

just

two 6-inch

This
off upon

static
joint
line

is

com-

LOX container

is continually

replenished

using

the

same

LOX

line.

closed

sensors

is

tests.

PROPELLANT

An active
level

flight

testing

is controlled

to the

LOX valves.

vehicle

During
and

attach

rapid

drain

ball

power

LOX fill

the

of static

nitrogen

operations,

a more

line.

When

to a special

pletion

suction

LOX loading

the

line

to a special

gpm through

line at a point

or electrical

attached

from

at 10,000

750 psig

lines

of static

and

a rapid

attached

fill

Any additional

fill

to permit

piston-operated

LOX container.

is generated

to be drained.

using

The

off.

to the

separate

closed

completion

valve.

same

or

a predetermined

coupling.

the

pressure

by a capacitance-

reaches

drain

and prevalve

suction

pneumatic

fuel

disconnect

firings

of pneumatic

is controlled

and

using

static

....

A loss

fill

is accomplished

joint

When

a quick

during

loading

fuel

LOX is loaded

a 6-inch
fill

Fuel

the

with

valve.

closing

is capped

Loading.

we

container.

gimbal

nozzle

._

fuel

container.

container

22-31.

level

of a 12-inch

on the

and the

valve.

systems

of the

nozzle

pilot

ball

the

adjustment

This

by a solenoid-actuated

electrical
gage

are

loop

UTILIZATION
propellant

installed

a continuous

propellant

as a function

of flight

utilization

in each

profile,
time.

SYSTEM.

propellant

permitting
The

total

main

system

is provided.

container.
sloshing
loading

These

Five
provide

and consumption
is controlled

continuous
data

for

to be determined
by propellant

22-23

loading sensors mounted in the containers.

22-33.
After

S-II

S-IC

thrust

STAGE
staging,

which

stage

can

planned

engine

remaining

J-2

LOX

for

a coast

of the

velocity

Apollo

period

is composed

22-2,

provides
whereby

Spacecraft

into the

translunar

of a cluster

of five

the
the

S-IVB

into the
trajectory.
Rocketdyne

system.

long.

The

engine,

J-2

LH 2.

a narrowing
tudinal

brazed

cooling

the

into the

combustion

22-36,

Fuel

lubricated,

engine
and

thrust

in diameter

steel

are

200,000

with
engines

utilizing
and

116

pounds,

a single-tubular

direct

drive

propellants

components

426

as

follows.

turbopumps

the main

Table

characteristics

wall,

22-

for

thrust

4 lists

LOX

chamber.

the

A schematic

bell-

engine

diagram

of

22- 11.

thrust-chamber

tubes.

and

features

same

body

and an expansion

chamber

section.

An intake

converting

consists

the

The

manifold
fuel

body

of a cylindrical

section,

is constructed

of longi-

routes

to a gaseous

fuel

through

state

before

the

tubing,

injection

chamber.

Turbopump;

high-speed

outboard

is 80 inches

and weight

10,

mechanical

The

section

of seven

The

design

driven,

the

in Figure

stainless

apart.

axis

high-performance

envelope

impulse

and 22-

utilizes

Chamber.
throat

engine

independently

turbopump

Thrust

longitudinal

respectively.

and

is illustrated

90 degrees

stage

control.

specific

22-

parameters

roll

on the

is an advanced,

thrust,

of the

mounted

outboard

The

pounds,

description

engine

and

22- 8,

Figures

Each

engine

consisting

yaw,

chamber,

performance

22-35.

mounted

Figure

2190

thrust

A brief

engines

Nominal

and

shaped

of one

LH 2 as propellants.

seconds

22-24

and after
system

Figure

to a sufficient

injection

consists

pitch,

engine,

and

inches

the

orbit

vehicle
the

a propellant

cluster

gimballed

The

and

complete

system,

ENGINE.

the four
are

propulsion

space

the propulsion
and

SYSTEM.

stage

the

parking

engines

The

S-II

subsequently

earth

22-34.

the

accelerates

Functionally,
J-2

PROPULSION

The

stages

fuel

in addition

pump

driven

turbopump,

Figure

to an inducer.
by the

exhaust

22-12,

is an axial

It is a direct
gases

from

flow pump

turbine

the gas

drive,

generator.

selfThe

-.

..

o_

oa

.f--I

|
22 -25

1 Gimbal
2 Main

Oxidizer

Valve
3 Gas

Generator

Control
4 Fuel

Valve
3

Turbopump

4
5 Gas

Generator

6 Main

Fuel

7 Turbine
Duct

Duct

Bypass
6

8 Oxidizer
Bypass
9 Main

Turbine
Valve

Fuel

Valve
8

I0 Thrust

Chamber
9

ii Fuel

Manifold

12 Exhaust

Manifold

13 Container
Pre s s ur ization
Supply
14 Electrical

(Oxidize

r)

10

Control

Package
15 Helium
Regulator

3 -152
Figure
22-26

22-9.

J-2

Engine

Component
- _.

Locations

1 Gimbal

Z Oxidizer
Turbopump
3 Turbine

Exhaust

Duct

4 Heat

Exchanger
i(

5 Exhaust
Manifold

6 Fuel

Manifold

7 Oxidizer
Bypass

Turbine
Valve

8 Turbine
Duct

Bypass
4
8

9 Fuel
i0 Start

Turbopump
Tank

3 -153

Figure

This page is not classified

22-10.

J-2

Engine

Component

Locations

22-27

O<

0
O_

o_

__<
I

2.-28
_9

Table 22-4.

Performance

Parameters

and

Mechanical

Characteristics,

Item

Liquid

Oxygen

Fuel

Liquid

Hydrogen

(Altitude)

Specific

Impulse

Mixture

Ratio

Rated

200,000

Fuel

pounds

426 seconds
5.00

O/F

250

Duration

Oxidizer

Engine

Characteristic

Oxidizer

Thrust

J-2

Flowrate

seconds

291.30

Flowrate

78.26

Chamber

Pressure,

Expansion

Ratio

pounds
pounds

per

second

per

second

682.5

psia

27.5:1

Diameter

80 inches

Length

116 inches

Weight,

Dry

3028pounds

Weight,

Wet

3188pounds

turbine shaft turns the inducer, forcing LH 2 through a series of seven stages.

22-37.

Oxidizer

Turbopump.

centrifugal

pump,

gases

the

from

22-38.

Gas

pump
fuel

and

22-39.

Propellant
utilization

engine

back

valve

operation,

position
into

provides

propellant

of the

valve.

the pump

inlet.

consists
The

Valve.
for
level

Oxidizer

with

supplies

direct

the

22-13

turbine

hot gases

of a combustor,
gas

turbopumps.

Utilization

Figure

, is a single
drive.

stage,

Exhaust

turbine.

generator

igniters.

oxidizer

turbopump,

self-cooled
the

generator

two spark
and

drive

A gas
gas

oxidizer

and

turbopump

The

the fuel

the

fuel

Generator.

operate

lant

self-lubricated

turbines.
poppets,

The

generator

(Together

they

sensing

devices

modulation

require

in the

of the

8500

motor

turbo-

oxidizer

and

energy

to

horsepower.

driven,

propellants.

propellant

is accomplished

the

sufficient

operated,

depletion

drive

an injector,
supplies

An electrically

simultaneous

that

containers

by bypassing

propelDuring
control
LOX

22-29

3-154

Figure

22-12.

J-2

Fuel

Turbopump

3-155
Figure

22-30

22-13.

J-2

Oxidizer

Turbopump

22-40.

Electrical

exciters

and

receives

28-volt

cutoff.
for

22-41.

tion.

J-2

The

22-42.

engines

the

control

chamber

phase

allowing

fuel

A sequence

valve

start

permits

tem.

The

start

tank

opens,
the

spark

package

engine
and

control

start

or

timing

package

functions

automatically

fuel

and

routed

fuel
ignition

turbine

to be bled
setting
valve

phase

drive

main

timer

timer

system

closes

the

regulator

and

the

if the

When
pressure
both

duct

valve.

along

when
with

turbopumps.

and
of

tank
start

the fuel

engine

to prechill

temperature

in the

The

start,

is energized.

temperature.

the

thrust

downstream

is opened

start

the

oxidizer.

chamber

hardware

fails.

(ASI) valve

controller

thrust

the

energized.

accelerating

with

sequence

initial

under

fuel

regulator

energized

igniter

assembly

the

check

is initially

spark

to

system

pressure

requirements,

(GH2) , stored

supply

Simultaneously,

expires

in the

and purges

valve

through

are

the gas

pneumatic

regulator

valve,

in the

upon

valve

generator
Simul-

in the

a check

after

sequence

chamber.

the helium

high-pressure

open.

in the

oxidizer

ignition

fuel

is initiated,

solenoids

that

augmented

ASI for

timer

meets

event

off the

separa-

in the gas

thrust

through

through

main

oxidizer

overboard

delay

flow

in the helium

depends

manifold

hydrogen

control

injection

delay

located

phase

90-percent
valve

plugs
in the

in the

plane

start

exciters

located

routed

first

spark

igniter

in the

to the

the

the

engine

to spark

is tapped

within

lines,

helium

after

below.

When

ignition

valve
the

in unison

energy

oxidizer

to open

Igniter

time

discharge

gaseous

series

The

sequencing

14).

feed

open

valve

solenoid

located

fuel

delay

the

until

discharge

chamber
and

valves

approximately

tank

delay

noid

dome

valve,

and

allowing

a check

helium

reaches

initiate

is described

is internally

propellant

valves.

the main

which

electrical

started

22-

and the

energized,

control

control

fuel

system.

necessary

The

are

spark

Helium

oxidizer

ignition

pumps

control

through

stage

(Figure

augmented

are

flows

engine

sequencer

system.

and provide

helium

holding

Helium

the

the

of an engine

Sequence

system.

to assure

thrust

the

package

control

the

S-II

operation

energized

and

taneously,

valve

of the

Start

are

stage

performs

engine

of the propellant

combustor,

main

controller

control

contains

capability.

typical

controller

the

cor}tx-ol- package

OPERATION.

Engine

chilldown

:T_le- eIeewica}
which

from

of the

restart

ENGINE

five

the

dc signals

operation

for

.Packa_._

controller

sequence

proper

The

a sequence

The

resets

Cq_._o.[

the

When
sensed

discharge
tank

start
The

This

the

in the
valve

discharge

tank,

flows

relationship

sys-

sole-

valve
through
of

22-31

H
l
__._

13

_N

_o

u_

i
.u

2.

_oo

_o

b-b.I

22 -32

the

fuel

turbopump

bypass
gas

valve,

which

to bypass

During

this

to_id.i:_er'_,_p,]_p.hdil_kl'p

the oxidizer
period,

monitor.
)

If ignition

solenoid

in the

the

Opening
valve

tank

and

duct

thrust

to the

value,

control

opening

valve.

of the

into

oxidizer

occurs

injection

pressure
check

of the

chamber.

ASI ignition
ignition

phase

mainstage

control

are

ignited

the

main

valve.

oxidizer

approximately

control

by the
dome,

valve.

spark

and

25-

plugs;

ignites

the

in the

outlet

pressure

has

main

oxidizer

valve

pressure

valve

to complete

the

is directed
(second

to the

valve

generator

is energized

closing

is ported

turbopump

pressure

controller

oxidizer

actuates

valve

sequence

the oxidizer

oxidizer

expiration

also

overcomes

by the

stage)

and

by GOX diverted
oxidizer

the

spark
of the

stage
from

turbine

this

fuel

control

to close

the

injection

steady

the

reached

oxidizer

turbine

dome
and

gas

Steady-state

operation

container.

GH 2 is tapped
The

high-pressure

stage

results

The

oxidizer

closing

spark

if

the

exciters

timer.

is maintained
off the

oxidizer
duct

pressure,

generator

speeds.

a mainstage-

(Cutoff

timer.

purge

state

level,

switch.

de-energize

de-energize

period

to steady
state

pressure

sparks

igniter

accelerate

sparks

the oxidizer
exhaust

toward

the oxidizer

Operation.
During

turbopumps

of the

augment

by expiration

is initiated.

oxidizer

before

The

as the
increases

by the

Steady-State

to pressurize

in the

the

is de-energized

main

generator

pressure

pressure

valve.

de-energized

signal

main

occurs

is generated

no signal

22-43.

energizes

of the gas

primes

oxidizer

mainstage

injection

OK signal

are

of the

solenoid

the

port

gas

Control

main

turbine

valve.

Transition

purge

the

oxidizer

thrust

at expiration

solenoid

opens

control

the

the

by the

in the

control

increases,

When

predetermined

bypass

flow

oxidizer

a percentage

detected

expiration

control

which

into

through

been

cutoff

timer

mainstage

opening

oxidizer

cause
timer

permitting

overboard
have

the

package.

valve

the

flowing

vent

de-energize

actuator

chamber.

actuated

control

from

propellants

main

As

the

first-position

The

the

is detected,

sparks

position,

should

would

discharge

pressure

percent,

and

of ignition

the

start

turbine

pneumatic

Simultaneously,

normally-open

ASI combustion

(Absence

timer.

and

is in the

_s:con_roi_eci-by

fuel

injection

container

through

until

a heat

a cutoff
manifold

is pressurized
exchanger

located

duct.

22-33

Propellant utilization control is provided by bypas:singoxidize,: ;rom

turbopump

discharge

back

is positioned

by electrical

miner.

The

engine

22-44,

Cutoff

controller
valves

v_lve,

main

control

valve,
bleed

oxidizer

pass

valve.

chamber

valve
As

valve

opens,

allowing
dome.

PROPELLANT

SYSTEM.

propellant
foot

system

consists

LOX container

main

stage

The

feed

systems

operation

employing

main

valves.

each

of the five

possible

to permit

propellants

turbopumps,

the

rate

is measured

the

LOX container
are

on each

pass

cubic

The

valve
ducts

container,

are

for

fuel

21-30

valve,

oxidizer

purge

turbine

from
timer

flow

container

by
the

the

thrust

expires,

to subside.

and

21-31,

and

pressure,

oxidizer

and

bypass

a 11,108

respectively.

pounds.

propellants

valves,

utilization

fuel

de-energize

foot

in Paragraphs

shutoff

main

purge

gas

vented.

to the

and the

and

are

engine

mounted

is provided
both

on each

feed

insulated

similar

systems,

and

have

in design

and

turbopumps

and

LOX turbopump
mounted

on

in the

vacuum-jacketed

lowest

flexible

gimballing.

through

engine

a screen

main

by volumetric

provided.

of a 36,883

for both

engines.

engine

to vent,

22-16)

A propellant

l_osition

pressure

is 930,000

emergency

J-2

solenoid

control

turbine

are

th residual

solenoid

Opening

oxidizer

dome

sequence

phase

ASI valve

valve,

oxidizer

to purge

capacity

(Figure

to the

is routed

below

control

timer.

ASI valve,

pressure

gas

described

propellant

oxidizer

decays

helium

pressure

by the

and ignition

oxidizer

con-

units.

is received

de-energize

valve

propellant

ratio

mainstage

valve,

oxidizer

utilization

in each

signal

tank-discharge

to the

helium
The

the

control

pressure

cutoff

solenoid

control

control

The

22-34

opening

all valve-closing

22-45.

baffles

and

The

and start

is routed

chamber

oxidizer

causing

valves

pressure

+_0.4 mixture

oxidizer

and closing

propellant

be varied

de-energizes

fuel

main

The

devices

15).

to the

main

joints

22-

control

control

cubic

(Figure

inlet.

level-sensing

may

helium

Closing

The

ratio

simultaneously

propellant

check

from

the

generator

The

mixture

turbopump

and energizes

pressure

valve,

input

Sequence

wl_ich

to the

the

assures

shutoff
flow

a minimum

in each
valves
meters.

fuel

and

line

into

the

and

engine.

An exclusion

of residual

through

propellant.

riser

the
Each

engine
engine

in the
Anti-vortex

main
flow

bottom
and

of
slosh

_D

U_
O

b_
i

C'q
I

--L_I

l_[

q_

.)
N

O0
[-...
,--t
I

22-35

>
r_

>

E]!]

--/t

22-36

This

page

is not

classified

22-46.

PROPE

LLANT

Pressurization
suction

of the

head

to launch
engine

for

propellant
J-2

is obtained
start,

from

During

oxygen

obtained

the

system
hydrogen

system

and

the injector.

A 1.5

cubic
flight

spheres
the

foot

3000

engine.

psi

helium
for

The

on the forward

the

S-IC

provide

helium
and

maintain

in the

is pressurized
thrust

on the thrust

cone

two

6.0

the prestart

J-2
pressuri-

LOX turbine
by bleeding

chamber

cubic

flight

prior

by gaseous

located

the

and

positive

phase

is pressurized

between

LOX container

boost

supplies

LH 2 container

mounted

skirt

gaseous

exchanger

at a point

sphere
the

with

helium

the heat

engine

a net

LOX container

through

each

pressurization

mounted

stage-stored

LOX

from

During

the

to provide

pressurization

source.

phase,

of each

off gaseous

start

boost

is required

Initial

a ground

by passing

exhaust

containers

high-pressure
S-II

S.YST.E_I_ .....

T/._N

turbopumps.

separate

zation.

pump

the

21_ES_U]_ZA

cooling

provides

the pre-

foot

psi

3000

pressurization

helium
for

LH 2 container.

22-47.

PROPELLANT

MANAGEMENT

Operation

of the propellant

propellant

mass

in each

SYSTEM.

management
container.

system
Control,

is governed
monitoring

by the
and

amount

checkout

of

is provided

for:

The

a.

Propellant

loading

b.

Propellant

quantity

C.

Propellant

utilization

d.

Propellant

depletion

propellant

propellant

flow

and

quantity

indication

rates,

and

maintain

the

quantity

purposes.

The
mixture

propellant

Full

propellant
ratio

propellant

length

various

is measured

for

depletion

of either

and

utilization
minimizing

engine

cut

reaches

and vernier

combinations.

management

cut off signal

loading

Propellant

engine

indication

provide

mass

telemetered
system

for

control
ratio

monitor

closed-loop

a signal

the

in the

out and

at propellant

provides

and

remaining

check

provides

residuals

depletion

capacitance
These

proper

off system

the

systems

containers.

monitoring
control

of the

depletion.

The

to indicate

when

separately

and

the

level

point.

sensing
the

probes
data

are

necessary

used
for

the

in

propellant

system.
22-37

22-48. CONTROLPRESSURESYSTEM.
A stage mounted control pressure system provides regulated operating pressure
for the electro-pneumatic valves. Each engineis equippedwith a self contained
control pressure system.
22-49. RECIRCULATIONCHILLDOWNSYSTEM.
The enginepropellant pumps andgas generators must be chilled prior to start.

This

is accomplished during S-IC boost phase. LH2 is circulated, Figure 22-17, by means
of stage mountedpumps through the engine LH2 feed lines, engine LH2 pumps, and
gas generator LH2 bleed valves andthen returned to the container.
LOX is circulated, Figure 22-18, by meansof thermal convection through the engine
LOX feed lines, engine LOX pumps andgas generator LOX bleed valves andreturned
to the LOX container.
22-50.
The

S-IVB

S-IVB

stage

propulsion
sion
and

completes
a coast

jectory.

The

auxiliary

powered

flight,

and

22-51.
The

MAIN

main

associated

The

engine,

also

Engine

restart

hydrogen

from

the

seven

seconds

starts

is provided

and

thrust

22-38

used

space
space

system

vehicle

provides

coast

thrust

vehicle

S-II/S-IVB

the

the

into
into

thrust

of the
the

for

propul-

parking

orbit,

transfer

roll

tra-

control

orbit

Figure

main

earth

a lunar

separation,

periods,

and an auxiliary

coast,

during
and

engine

22-19.

SYSTEM.
is composed

on the

capability

engine

of mainstage

chamber.

S-II,

system

of a single

Rocketdyne

J-2

engine

and

system.

ENGINE.

22-35.

during

system

22-52.
J-2

the

during

PROPULSION

propellant

injects

propulsion

the

of the

propulsion
thrust

a main
from

injection

period

control

propulsion

both

separation

the

ullage

attitude

SYSTEMS.

with

After

after

start

PROPULSION

is provided

system.

system
later

STAGE

cycle

S-II

stage,

is described

in detail

is obtained

by refilling

the start

after

initially

is required

by an electrical

spark

starting

to recharge
system

the
the

located

engine.

start
within

in Paragraph
tank

with

gaseous

A minimum

tank.
the

Ignition
gas

of
for the

generator

i
w

- -

_ . "'"

._

ou

..w

_9
D

._..

D
h_
D

I
O0

D
i

0Q

O
o,.-_

9
_9
_D

_.._

_q

_9

_9
D
I

_,]
<]9

._

9
I

22-39

O
_9
>

"_

22-53.

MAIN

PROPELL_NT

SYSTEm!

(F!GJ, RE 22-2C).

_"
I

The

main

feed

systems,

22-54
and

propellant

system

and

recirculation

Propellant

LOX

have

which

volume

of 13,250

of 230,000

pounds

22-55.

F___u91Feed

System_

surized

from

ground

from

feet

source

pressure

is maintained

second

burns.

Pro-pressurization

with

with

fuel

engine

of the S-IVB

feed,

the

and oxidizer

GH 2 bled

from

second

the

stage

engine

LH 2

These

signal.

is initially

engine

ignition,

during

is provided

from

propellant

container

main

burn

SUl)plicd
structure.

to cut,)if

fuel

After

are

stage

main

of full thrust

helium.

for

J-2

a resultant

fuel

of cold

the

part

90 percent

To induce

tainer

for

an integral
cubic

containers,

system.

Propellants

form

capacity

of the propellant

chilldown

Containers.

containers

a total

consists

pres-

the

con-

the

first

and

by 3000

psia

helium

bottles.

The

single

container

vacuum
outlet

freedom

for

fuel

includes

line

pressures

located

experienced

by stage

stored

single

bellows

to ensure

structural

lines,

test

psia

for the

sufficient

bulkhead

fuel

joint.

and

line

to a fuel
To ensure

structural

is designed

sufficient

deflections,
to withstand

the
surge

and in-flight.

LOX feed,

the

located

in the

bottles

LOX turbine

line

is connected

exhaust

J-2

freedom

is pressurized

LH 2 container)

heated

by the

duct.

engine
for

LOX container

is vacuum

jacketed.

mJsalignments

due

Propellants

from

mounted

pumps

It includes

to tolerance

a flexible

buildup

and

deflections.

22-57.
lated

LOX feed

engine

buildup

The

To induce

(3000

J-2

to tolerance

bellows.

System.

in the

to the

of the common

due

during

helium

exchanger

line

forward

a flexible

LOX Feed

The

fuel

misalignments

22-56.

heat

jacketed

Recirculation
prior
engine

respective

to engine
pumps
containers.

Chilldown
start
and

System.

by means

of stage

gas

generator

bleed

This

system

is similar

valves

and

arc

to the S-II

each

container

through
then

the

returned

LH 2 reeirculation

arc
engine

circufeed

to their
system.

q,,)

o_,-4

ul

t _'_

-( )

_=

L/

u1

r_
o

,,-q

c,,1

22-39

_E7_
0

-F-I

L"-

0
0

>

ii

0
0

.o

oo
I
co

22 -40

d2

oq
o3

oo
,if

c',l

<3o
I
c_

22-41

22-53. MAIN PROPELLANT SVSTENI(-FIGURE22-2C).

The main propellant system consists of the propellant containers, fuel and oxidizer
feed systems, and recirculation chilldown system.
22-54. Propellant Containers. Propellants for the J-2 engine are supl)lied from LH2
and LOX containers which form an integral part of the S-IVB stage structure. These
have a totai volume of 13,250 cubic feet with a resultant
main stage
propellant
capacity

of 230,000

pounds

22-55.

Fu_e ! Feed

System.

surized

froth

a grounu

from

90 percent

To induce

source

fuel

of cold

tainer

pressure

is maintained

with

second

burns.

Pre-prcssurization

of full

feed,

helium.

the

from

second

to cut(_i[

fuel

After

GH 2 bled
for

thrust

container

main

the

burn

signal.

is initially

engine

engine

ignition,

during

is provided

pres-

the

con-

the

first

and

by 3000

psia

helium

bottles.

The

single

container

vacuum
outlet

located

freedom

for

fuel

includes

line

pressures

by stage

stored

single

bellows.

The
and

To induce

(3000

psia

for the

sufficient

freedom

bulkhead

buildup
fuel

joint.

and

line

to a fuel
To ensure

structural

is designed

LOX feed,

the

located

in the

exhaust

J-2

is connected

sufficient

deflections,
to withstand

the
surge

in-flight.

botties

LOX turbine

line

common

to tolerance

test

engine

engine

LOX container

is pressurized

LH 2 container)

heated

by the

duct.

is vacuum

jacketed.

for misalignments

due

It includes

to tolerance

a flexible

buildup

and

deflections.

22-57.

Recirculation
prior
engine

respective

22-42

feed

to ensure

structural

lines,

LOX

due

System.

in the

to the J-2

of the

during

helium

exchanger

bellows

lated

Feed

line

forward

a flexible

experienced

LOX

The

fuel

misalignments

22-56.

heat

jacketed

to engine

Chilldown
start

System.

by means

pumps

and gas

containers.

This

Propellants

from

mounted

pumps

of stage

generator

bleed

system

is similar

valves

and

are

to the S-II

each

container

through
then

the

returned

LIt 2 reeireulation

are
engine

circufeed

to their
system.

Container
Pressurization
(Second

Filter

Burn)

and

Antivortex
Screen

LOX

Container

at.---LH Z Container
Pressurization
LH

2 Feed

\
LOX

LOX

Container

Pressurization
3 -171

j_Z

Figure

Feed

Engi

22-20.

Main

Propellant

System,

S-IV

22-43

22-58.
The

AUXILIARY
auxiliary

propulsion

180 degrees
ine,

one

apart

and

22-59.

feed

Two types
ullage

engine

pilot

fueled

module

three

attitude

22-21

and

contains

control

one

mounted

main

ullage

engines,

and

auxiliary

propulsion

eng-

a propellant

22-22).

engines

are

utilized

in the

system,

Ullage

is supplied
nozzle

acceleration

for S-H/S-IVB

by a 1750-pound

assembly

consists

thrust

of a thrust

separation

Marquardt

engine

chamber

and

and

the J-2

in each

module.

related

fuel

and

oxidizer

valves.

22-61.

Attitude

Company)
and,

Control

150-pound

during

consists

orbit

one for

22-62.

coast,

fuel

module

expulsion
system
Since
tion,

stores

the

propulsion

necessary

positive

container

system

The

collapsible

container,

The

propellants

are

and

control

system,

with

of hypergolic
fuel

and

system

a.

propellant
S-II/S-IVB

The

control,

engine

roll

nozzle

solenoid-operated

expulsion

the other

control,

assembly
poppet

in the

appropriate

instrument

is provided
separation

for:
thrust

without

inside

propellant,

oxidizer.

system

propellants

container

the

to the

function

in two identical

for

a pressure

of the

a collapsible
storing

propellants

must

system.

Sufficient

venting.
of redundant

containers,

delivered
located

attitude

Products

SYSTEM.

the

of these

dual

venting

for

auxiliary

for

Aeronautics

for oxidizer.

820 pounds

is comprised

(Thompson

thrust

for hydrogen
and two sets

one

one

TAPCO

provide

PROPELLANT

containers,

the

ullage

and

Four

engines

chamber

AUXILIARY

Each

Engines.

thrust

of a thrust

valves,

22-44

Each

modules

control.

Engines.

restart

engine

(Figures

of two 1630-pound

ENGINES.

of hypergolic

Ullage

aft skirt.

engine,

system

and attitude

22-60.

is comprised

stage

ullage

AUXILIARY

,SYSTEM

system

on the

GH 2 venting

container

The

PROOUiSION

unit,

aid

upon

or upon

accelera-

by utilizing

stainless
command

command

valves.

of ullage

a pressurized
wall

propellant

control

is provided

is a thin
engines

The

and
the

positive

container.
steel

bellows.

of the

guidance

of the

hydrogen

we

we
-

..

.w

.....

- ,_.....

u
-

"

"'e

el

I
o,1

22 -45

b.

The

Ullage

auxiliary
a

thrust

for

propulsion
Roll
Ullage

C.

Hydrogen

d.

Attitude

engine

system

control

b.

J-2

during

during

provides
stage

thrust

for:

mission

S-II/S-IVB

venting

_+.art_ng

separation

and

engine

start.

ullage

control

during

the

coast

periods.

(Refer

to

Figure

+Pitch
IIIp
-CCW

w'J
III II _:_

III IV
oll
+CW

-Yaw

View

Looking

+Yaw

Forward

I II _

I IV
Ip
- Pitch

3-174

22-46

Figure

22-22.

Attitude

Control

Engine

Locations

22-19.)

we

.....

CHAPTER
SECTION

XXIII

MECHANICAL

SYSTEMS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

23-1.

GENERAL

23-2.

ENVIRONMENTAL

23-8.

ENGINE

23-13.

SEPARATION

23-18.

ORDNANCE

SYSTEMS

23-34.

PLATFORM

GAS-BEARING

............................

23-3

CONTROL

GIMBALLING

SYSTEM

SYSTEM

SYSTEM

............

23-3

................

23-12

....................

23-15

......................

23-19

SUPPLY

SYSTEM

........

23-26

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

23-1

Environmental

Control

System,

Air/GN

23-2

Aft

23-3

Interstage

Compartment

Environmental

23-4

Interstage

Compartment

Environmental

23-5

Thermoconditioning

System

23-6

Gimballing

F-1

23-7.

Retromotor

23-8.

MDF

Compartment

System,
Ignition

Installation,

Environmental

S-IVB

Control,

S-IC

23-5
23-7

Control,

S-IC/S-II

23-8

Control,

SII/S-IVB

23-10
23-11

................

...................

Separation

....

........

...................

Engine

System

2 Requirements

23-14
23-24

..............

23-25

LIST OF TABLES
23-1.

S-IC/S-II

and S-II/S-IVB

Staging

Sequence

23-18

23-1

23-2

.....

--S_'F_N

_CXII"I"" "

MECHANICAL

23-1.

GENERAL.

The

mechanical

systems

engine

gimballing,

23-2.

ENVIRONMENTAL

The

Saturn

an

separation,

of the

trolled

The

by ground

vision
unit

for

heat

the

forward

the

system

thermal

system

vehicle

gas-bearing

controls

the

payload.

control,

supply

environment

The

extremes,

system

controls

compartments.

allows

which
The

system.

in certain
protects

humidity

Operation

the use

otherwise
system

of instrumentation

corn-

electrical

and provides

of the

system

is con-

of "off the

could

not be used

is supplemented
located

shelf"

in the

electrical

without

com-

elaborate

pro-

by a thermoconditioning
instrument

unit

and

the

S-IVB

compartments.

Environmental

conditioning

of power

launch

at lift

platform

environmental

SYSTEM.

vehicle

dissipation.

cooling

include

equipment.

control
the

vehicle

and

and Apollo

from

based

on board
for

vehicle

for

environmental

ponents

ordnance,

control

equipment

atmosphere

V launch

CONTROL

launch

mechanical
inert

of the Saturn

V environmental

partments
and

SYSTEMS

to the

off.

The

conditioning

vehicle

mounted
the

and

during
ends

thermoeonditioning

instrumentation
the ascent,

begins

earth

ends

in the

orbital

when

unit

the prelaunch
when

vehicle

continues

instrument

and the

the

unit

translunar

the S-IVB/instrument

phase

upon

umbilicals

to provide

thermal

and the

S-IVB

forward

phases

of the

mission.

unit

is separated

from

the
are

application
disconnected

protection
stage

to
during

Thermothe Apollo

pay-

load.

23-3.
The

OPERATION.
following

controlled

vehicle
dry

air

or

and

payload

GN 2 supplied

areas

are

by ground

conditioned

by filtered

and

thermally

equipment:
23-3

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.

S-IC stage engine cnmpar_,rnent

S-IC stage forward instrument containers
S-IC/SH inter stage
S-II stage aft instrument containers.
S-II stage forward instrument containers
S-II/S-IVB interstage
Instrument unit including S-IVB stage forward compartment

The ground facilities also supply a thermally conditioned fluid to the thermoconditioning unit in the instrument unit throughout the prelaunch and launch phases of the mission.
At the start of the launch vehicle electrical equipment checkoutduring prelaunch, the
environmental control system supplies cool air to all compartments containing electrical equipment. The cool air maintains electrical componentsin these compartments
within design temperature limits. Whenloading of the hypergolic fuel for the auxiliary
propulsion system (APS)of the S-IVB stage begins conditionedair is supplied to the
S-II/S-IVB interstage. The temperature controlled air circulates through the APS
modules maintaining the temperature critical fuel in a liquid state.

Prior to loading LOX in the S-IVB stage, warm air is delivered to the S-II/S-IVB
interstage. Warm air is next delivered to the S-IC/S-II interstage and then to the
S-IC engine compartment prior to loading LOX in the S-II stage andS-IC stage respectively. The warm air flow continues until 30 minutes before the start of LH2
loading in the S-IVB stage.

The environmental control system medium is changedfrom air to GN2 for all compartments and instrument containers a minimum of 30 minutes before the start of
LH2 loading in the S-IVB stage. This prevents possible fire or explosion by maintaining the O2 content below the level which will support combustion and by preventing any significant accumulations of GH2. The flow rates and temperature remain
unchanged. (Figure 23-1.)
The Apollo payload is also conditioned by the environmental control system. The
media, flow rate, temperature, anddelivery schedules are determined by MSC.
23-4

wwu

ww

"1

.w

I
O

0
0
0

q I

o
o

0
r.C',l

, _

qr
(_

r..) o

o-._

r-_

i ,__

a_-

__

e_
O

d_=

00

:E

N m
0_
O

lZ

N
orM

<

<

Z
i-....i

r/l

,,-i

"0

.<

4_
ffl
r_

L)

_
O

I
,

o_.._
>

c_

o
-

I
O
O

I
O
O

I
O
O

I
O
C,

O
O
oo

O
O

I
0
0
r.O

_._

0
0
cO

._

I
0
O

i
0
0

I
0
0

I
0
0

a_N_
_N

23-5

The

vehicle

thermocondit_onLlg

mentation

mounted

Operation

of the

trical

S-IC

The

during

STAGE

and

The

devices

tainer

and

firewall,

grains

per

pound

two,

of dry

icals.

pound

of the

mental

nance

devices

cated

in the

grees

the

engine

the

payload.

launch

area

air

or

between

of the
the

one,

inertia

per

the

the

in the

4-inch

forward

by means

control

fuel

con0 to 43

minute

compartment

F.

above

through

mission.

F and

LOX container

GN 2 (70 to 90 degrees

control

Thermal

phase

within

temper-

components

of 150 pounds

temperature

humidity)

the necessary

GN 2 (45 to 260 degrees

is accomplished

the

and

component

0 to 43

diameter

umbil-

compartment

of the

during

F,

ascent

S-H

out-

stage

phase

environ-

of the

insulation

mission

maintain

ranges.

system

in the

launch

phases
to the

8-inch

for

gimbal

ute

through

Air

or GN 2 at a temperature

23-6

and

compartment

environmental

the design

aft and forward

is supplied

elec-

IMPLEMENTATION.

F) is supplied

minute

specific

means.

control

one,

instru-

vehicle

Apollo

electrical

at a rate

forward

Environmental

located

and

for

compartment.

launch

of the

maintains

F + 10 degrees

air,

environmental
for

80 degrees

containers

or

The

of dry

within

prelaunch

umbilicals.

launch

stage

humidity),

of conditioned

temperatures

ity control

specific

minute

by passive

The

air

system.

Stage

separation

comprises
air

per

instrument

S-II

which

in the

is provided

23-5.

forward

of the

of instruments,

conditioned

diameter

and

control

until

conditioning

stage

start

the prelaunch

located

Prelaunch

side

during

23-2,

receives

containers

per

at the

the S-IC

protection

stage

Figure

38 pounds

grains

tLermal

and in the S-IVB

continues

for

the

at approximately

Instrument
receive

for

in the

7-inch

is maintained

and

system

levels

aft compartment,

through

unit

unit begins

prelaunch

control

humidity

and ordnance

instrument

additional

IMPLEMENTATION.

environmental

ature

lcr6_:ides

thermoconditioning

checkout

23-4.

in the

unit

hydraulic

S-IC/S-II

of the

stage

systems,

interstage

compartments.

2-1/4

inch

temperature

system

is operational
air

Figure

and ord-

containers

lo-

during

or GN 2 (80of 500 pounds

the

to 250-

de-

per

min-

of 25 pounds

per

23-3.

F and

by 8-3/16

rate

and humid-

components

instrument

at a flow

of 60 to 100 degrees
one,

for

Conditioned

interstage
umbilical,

provides
electrical

and

The

mission.

S-IC/S-II

by 17-inch

through

the S-II

a flow rate

inch

umbilical

to the

instrument

-- --

--

"

"

Conditioned Air/GN 2
from GSE

Aft Compartment

Base

RP-1

Heat

Shield

Container

I
I
I

Shroud

Compartment

3-223A
Figure

23-2.

Aft

Compartment

Environmental

Control,

S-IC

23-7

LH2 Container

_LOX

Cont

S-II

__..._

Conditioned

.
____=-"

Interstage

__

fAiorm/GS2

)/ I

_-_i__

S-IC

_'_""

Container

J
3-224A
Figure
23-8

23-3.

Interstage

Compartment

Environmental

Control,

S-IC/S-II

containers

in the

instrument

containers

in the

forward

humidity

in the

system

The

specific

air.

l>re-flight

strument
trol
vided

containers

by passive

S-IVB

The

environmental

midity
ordnance

sists

for

of the

area

cribed

in paragraph

23-7.

INSTRUMENT

F.

The

phase

on cold
of the

stage

and

pound

outside

of the

environmental
mission

incon-

is pro-

Figure

pound

of dry

for

the area
23-4.

one

8-inch

S-IVB

stage

electrical

provide

payload.

The

precon-

S-II/S-IVB

air

or GN 2

humidity)

is sup-

by ll-inch

umbilical
by the

of the
of the

equipment

electrical

the

is conditioned

phases

and

which

inside

control

hu-

during

Conditioned

through

trajectory

which

modules

aft compartment,

specific

critical

and

components

the APS

air

sensitive

Apollo

for

Environmental

translunar

temperature

electrical

includes

F.

of the

plates

provides

of the

minute

Temperature

equipment

S-IVB

instrustage

mission

is ac-

located

in the

in the forward

thermoconditioning

from

thermoconditioning

pre-

system

is des-

23-7.

UNIT
control

through

per

except

IMPLEMENTATION.
system

GN 2 (45 to 120 degrees

The

compartment

system,

system.
and

means

separation

environmental

minute.
grees

orbital,

is mounted

until

humidity)

of dry

of the

and

per

compartment
control

by passive

or

per

ascent

the S-IVB

LOX container

of 300 pounds

compartment.

ed air

at 0 to 43 grains

stage

temperature

0 to 43 grains

forward

launch

The

the

at 70+ 10 degrees

F,

earth

compartment

for

The

the

environmental

ascent,

forward

to the

of the S-IVB

aft compartment

operations.

rate

The

complished

during

gimbal-hydraulic

in the

is controlled

unit

during

engine

beneath

at a flow

ment

umbilical

forward

by means

system

located

launch

connection.

4-in_h:elmrneter

IMPLEMENTATION.

the

(75 to 140 degrees

plied

in the

control

control

and

interstage,

: -

means.

devices

launch

is maintained

is accomplished

STAGE

control

: :

compartment.

control

Environmental

23-6.

7--

aft _9inv_trt_n_._n_'_r,c_gi_,_n_

environmental

system.

-" "" :

one,

temperature
instrument

6-inch

F,
diameter

within
unit

for

the

instrument

0 to 43 grains
umbilical

the instrument

system

unit

provides

per

pound

at a flow
unit

is accomplished
of dry
rate

for

specific

of 150 pounds

is maintained

conditioning

air,

by condition-

per

at 40 to 70 dethe

S-IVB

forward

compartment.

23-9

S-IVB

interstage

S-II

Auxiliary
Propulsion

I
LOX

i
I

Container
I
II

]
i
I

LH 2 Container

t
t
I

Conditioned
Air/GN
2
from

3-225A
Figure

23-4.

Interstage

A thermoconditioning
and
sitive

the

unit

ST-124-M

located
from

is accomplished
by weight)

with

prelaunch

corrosion

sink

that

utilizes

water

loop

that

includes

the

stage,

23-10

are

in the

mounted,

until

a coolant
inhibitors,

solution

as an expendable

plates
Figure

on which
23-5.

payload

through

unit

instrument

compartment

Apollo

control
unit,

the

separation.

plates,

temperature

for

instrumentation
temperature

stage.

methanol/40

coolant

the ST-124-M
sensitive

sen-

The unit

Thermoconditioning

thermoconditioning
The

S-II/S-IVB

and for

of the S-IVB

(60-percent

evaporant.
cold

Control,

temperature

in the

forward

instrument

Environmental

additional

platform

by pumping

the thermoconditioning

Compartment

provides

stabilized

equipment

is operational

GSE

percent
system

circulates
inertial

components

water,
to a heat

in a closed
platform,

and

in the S-IVB

.......

......

l__l__l
Cold
Plate

Cold
Plate

Cold
Plate

'4F
S-IVB

INSTRUMENT

UNIT

Data
Adapter
Cold Plate

Plate
Cold

ST-124-M

Stabilized

Computer

Cold

PLate

Platform
Pump-

_
_'--Ps

es'ure

Assembly

Motor

--_

BilerBypass

Preflight
Sys tem

Fla_v%C"trl

]
|

Water
Boiler

team

Sp_.e
e
Pressure
Control

3-220A
Figure

23-5.

Thermoconditioning

System

23-11

The

thermoconditioning
a.

Heat

conduction.

The

or plate

sipating
b.

has

a square

the

cold

c.

The

is stored

is vented

surface

and the

water

boiler

where

plates,

components:
on which

plate

and

tubes

welded

30 inches

coolant

water

which

with

the

the

instrumentation

components
to the

by 30 inches

takes

place

cold

plates.

and

is capable

heat

transfer

by

Each
of dis-

through

which

acts

as the

medium

boiler.

acts

as

the system

by boiling

an expulsion

heat

water

valve

assembly

which

and

the

sink.

at reduced

diaphragm

a flow-control

Hot coolant
pressure.

pressurized
heat

enters
The

by nitrogen

exchanger,

the

water

gas.

water

vapor

to space.
A motor/pump

e.

A boiler

by-pass

control

through

the

by regulating

the

ture

of the

entering

the

and

launch

coolant

flow

flow

ture

the prelaunch

circulated

through

for

launch

pad

heat

sink

23-8.

area

it is cooled

d.

During

cold

through

mixture

in a reservoir

passing

cold

following

420 watts.

plates

exchanger

or
the

circulates

A methanol/water

between

After

between

coolant

of the

panels,

transfer

approximately

a heat

consists

Thermoconditioning

is mounted.

panel

system

until

the

the

ENGINE

system
water

reaches

GIMBALLING

heat

phases

The

vehicle

valve

the

which

coolant

controls

exchanger

in the
the

closed

coolant

dependent

upon

loop.

tempera-

the

tempera-

pump.

preflight

operation.

circulates

of the

mission

cooler

which

boiler

does

an altitude

ground
acts

conditioned

as the

not function

fluid

system

heat

as an active

of approximately

115,000

is

sink

system
feet.

SYSTEM.

The Saturn V engine gimballing system positions the gimballed engines of the active
stage to provide the thrust vectors required for vehicle control. In performing
function, the gimballing system

is controlled by commands

control and stabilizationfunction. (Refer to Paragraph

The

engine

gimballing

gine

thrust

vectors

system

is active

(throughout
ascends,

23-12

S-[C

system
for

pitch,

steers
yaw,

during

the

ascent

stage,

S-I[

stage,

in addition

to the

region

the
and
and
and

vehicle
roll

the

control
translunar

S-IVB

of high

along

stage

aerodynamic

this

initiatedby the attitude

20-35.)

its

(except

trajectory
for

trajectory
powered
pressure

by providing

the S-IVB
phase

flight).

stage).

of the
As the

(35,000

enThe

mission
vehicle

to 50,000

feet),

it may

The

encouhter

external

forces

by gimballing
vehicle

the
vehicle
S-II

stage

separates

system

the

from

translunar

23-9.

S-IVB

phase

after

vehicle

and

When

the S-IVB
stage

of the

trajectory

function

stage

mission.

The

during

payload

stage
payload

cut

off.

minimize

is separated
gimballed

at propellant

engine

The

obtained

system

second

engines

the
orbital

velocity,

is reactivated
The

the

gimballing

is inactive

burn.

from

depletion,

performs

system

stage

stage

to the

have

gimballing

S-IV-B

the

cutoff

and

are

which

on trajectory.

are

S-IVB

stage

engines

phase

Apollo

the

counteracted

vectors

is switched

engines

and winds.

are

thrust

propellants,

operation

the S-II

the

vehicle

useable

system

disturbance

providing

the

its

thrusi'misalignments

by such

stage

maintain

;rich"a;

vehicle

active

expended

When

the

orbital

and

gimballing

stage.

altitude,

on the

of the

has

functions.

earth

during

the

during

the

system

ceases

to

separation.

OPERATION.

The

gimballed

lar

servo

are

gimballed

engines

actuator

control,

through

provide

The

S-II

Figure

(Refer

The

of the

vectoring

for

engines

by means

pitch
Pitch,
bination

of the S-IC
flight

vectoring

during

the

stage

yaw

S-II

stage

and roll

of the

stage

S-II

burn.

square

area,

to provide

powered

auxiliary

S-IC

engines

is gimballed

S-IVB

of the

pitch,

in a _ 7-degree

stage

of simi-

of the

J-2

during

of moving

engines

for

gimballed

S-IVB

stage,

control

actuator

plane

and

one

in the

vehicle

yaw

and

roll

control

are

commands

illustrated

of pitch,

is accomplished

of a servo

of electrical

control

engines

pattern

vehicle

by means

pitch

flight

propulsion

is ac-

system

IMPLEMENTATION.

vehicle

Thrust

of the

control

F-1

square

outboard

of the

positioned

outboard

capable

Roll

are

22-58).

system

flight.

four

are

of the roll

STAGE

gimballing

four

control

engine

vehicle.

by means

S-IC

of the

the

engines
J-2

V stages

9-minute

and roll

single

to Paragraph

23-10.

Each

gimballed

control

complished

yaw

The

Saturn

Similarly,

pitch,

stage

three

a + 5-degree,

22-1.

22-2.

yaw

of the

systems.

Figure

stage

and

stage

and

of the

and

engines
loading

S-IC

"di's'tur'bffn_s

produced

structural

After
the

the

6the_

resolved

and

roll

plane,

by the

the actuators.

required
control
Fuel,

each

computer
(RP-1)

stage

outboard

actuators,
for

provides

first

the four

Two servo
are

23-6,

during

by positioning
system.

yaw

for

yaw

in Figure

one
outboard
into the

thrust
powered

gimballed
in the

vehicle

engine.
proper

com-

at approximately

23-13

Fuel

In

Fuel

In

GSE
Hydraulic
Supply
Pressure

Turbopump
Fuel

to Main

Fuel

Valve

No.

Filter
Rating
5_ Nominal
To GSE Pressure
Port
on Engine
Start/Stop
Control
Valve
Fuel
Fuel

to Main
Valve
No.

Checkout

Filter
Rating
lqu Nominal
25p Absolute

_P
Gimbal
Filter

Control
Manifold

Valve
A

_ervt
Calv(

Return

Va

to GSE

o-t

Engine

Actuator

]'-0

3-221A
Figvre

1800

psi

is

the

25-micron

The

valves

tuators.
pump

fuel

A separate

off

filter
direct

The

23-11.

23-14

tapped

inlet.

S-II

and
the

RP-1

the

engine
then

hydraulic

Gimballing

turbopump
into

the

high-pressure
from

the

Maximum

STAGE

23-6.

discharge

demand

discharge

high
fuel

System

side
for

line.

pressure
flow

RP-1

to

F-1

port
the

of the

Engine

The
of the

appropriate
actuator

in this

system

fuel

passes

servo

valve

pilots.

of the

engine

side
is

returned

is

235

through

to the

turbo-

each

of the

gpm.

IMPLEMENTAION.
system

is used

to provide

thrust

vector

control

on

ac-

w
w

ew
Q

......

four

outboard

loop

and

voir

manifold

includes

engine

and

the

other

S-I

stage

The

pitch

plies

STAGE

and
pump

pressure
pump

Both

engine
yaw

are

prise

the

I, S-I

Stage

(Refer

primary

tion

of the

ing the

ascent

planation
lunar

To lift

when

stage

payload

the Apollo

restricted

vehicle,
for

continued

on the

each

pitch

plane

Saturn

information.

J-2

receive

type

The

The

system
The

main

is used

to preclude
and

I,

) A typical

control
from

driven
engine

during

a high-pressure
supplies

is similar

vehicle

pressure

undesirable

accumulator

system

for

hydraulic

pad

an accumulator,

engine

- electrically

restart.

to that

pump

a
sup-

driven

hydrau-

engine

firing.

heat

generation

relief

valve,

com-

peak

system

de-

used

on the

Saturn

9-9).

V separation
stage,

mission.

(The

and

of the

is to provide

the S-I/stage

from

from

description

the Apollo

positive

the

S-IVB

does

payload

separastage

not include
during

the

duran ex-

trans-

mission).

into orbit,

it is desirable

of a minimum-weight
program
space

vehicle

to use

vehicle

necessitates

is expended
payload

system

following

of the S-IVB/IU

to present

as a stage

in the

used

additional

the

auxiliary-drive

the S-II

of the

a given

for

operating

to that

An auxiliary

to engine

Saturn

from

separation

design

move

9-4.

actuators

delivery

pumps,

of the

phase

The

for

actuators

SYSTEM.

trajectory

weight.
quired

variable

to Paragraph

phase

of the

prior

high pulsations.

function
S-IC

actuator

positions

system.

system.

SEPARATION

The

loop

servo

engine-LOX

high-pressure
dampens

in Figure

system

Two

system

The

and

thrust

planes.

of the

mands

23-13.

gimballing

on the

operation.

9-9

closed

an accumulator-reser-

servo

is similar

to Paragraph
is shown

in a closed

located

one

system

is a self-contained

IMPLEMENTATION.

to the

pumps

during

schematic

stage

hydraulic

lic

(Refer

The

pattern,

The

system

motor-pump,

actuators.

square

engines.

....

an auxiliary

two servo

plane.

system

S-IVB

and

....

Each hydraulic

pump,

in the yaw

S-IVB

in the

a hydraulic

w
v

engines.

in a + 7-degree

H-1

23-12.

J-2

assembly,

gimbal

hydraulic

_m

gimballed

le
w

......

the

capable
use

technology.

it is discarded

a launch

and

of lifting

of more
During
the next

vehicle

than
the
stage

the

one

of minumum
payload

re-

propulsion

flight
forward

stage

of a multistage
provides

the

boost.

23-15

23-14. OPERATION.
The Saturn V launch vehicle consists of three propulsion stages. The S-IC stage contains five F-1 engines, the S-II stage contains five J-2 engines, and the S-IVB stage
has one J-2 engine. During the ascent phase of the mission, after the S-IC stage has
expendedits useablepropellants it is separated from the launch vehicle and the S-II
stage enginesignite to resume powered flight. The S-II stage in turn is discarded
and the S-IVB stage ultimately achieves orbit along wfth the instrument unit andApollo
payload. Separationof the S-IVB stage/instrument unit
after

S-IVB

The

S-IC

with

a short

sta_c

stage

planes.

coast

stage

station

and

1564,

is little

stages
allowing

vents

thrust

23-[6

starting

engine
stage

of control

is at MSFC

of the

Station

separation

separation

in two

first

the

plane

plane.

and the

occurs

scheme

interstage

to detach

exit

depleted

is at MSFC

Consequently,

S-II

stage

clearance

is achieved

is initiated

J-2

(6 feet)

in a minimum

there

engines,
between

amount

as
the

of time

vehicle.

1760

center
S-IC

F-1

stage

engine

approximately
of the

occurs

about

S-IC

located

thrust

attitude

deviations

which

occur

cutoff

is important

between

S-IC

vehicle

coasts

S-IC

ignition
the

stage
when

thrust

buildup.

could
because

stage

engine

cutoff

the vehicle
required

Physical

for

cutoff

at the

forward

face

of

Cutoff

later

the S-IC

of the

four

unsymmetrical

separation

and S-II

liftoff

F-1

the

F-1

propelland

de-

engines

pre-

burnout.

is a period

engine

with

outboard

booster

there

stage

after

of the four

when

termination
from

seconds

of 3 to 5

mainstage,

during

flight.

an acceleration

acceleration
propellant

separation

stage.

during

in uncontrolled

engine

146.6

4 seconds

A controlled

the

first

Adequate

is given.

Following

provide

away.

signal

seconds,

motor

and

plane

sequence

of the

controlled

which

J-2

plane

S-IC/S-II

in order

payload

_1_a_':'.,of t]_c mission.

a dual

the

The

the S-IC

engines

using

planes

between
falls

trajectory

of severing

stage

the Apollo

intersta.ve.

of the

pletion

stage

interstage.
S-II

recovery

separation

separation

engines

S-IC/S-II

J-2

rapid

the S-II

consists

aft of the

stage

the

the S-IC/S-II

shutdown

the

tb_ '_ansJun_lr

at two separate

decelerates

for

second

which

of collision

S-II

duriag

from

occurs

located

stage
for

The

mode

then

danger

the S-IC

burn

is separated

Separation

S-IC

The

second

h'om

switch

decreases
positioning

of the S-IC

stage

triggers
to 0.5

for S-II
from

S-II

stage

g's.

The

stage

engine

the S-II

stage

ullage

ullage

motors

starting
begins

and
by

simultaneously severing the aft interstage and firing the S-IC stage retromotors.
retromotors

The

decelerate the S-IC stage providing rapid and complete physical separa-

tion of the stages.

When

clearance

is achieved,
mainstage

the

S-II

thrust

1.5

after

the J-2

S-II

interstage

the

axial

of 6 feet
stage

are

and

engines

seconds

stage

start

at full

due

and

the S-II

sequence

begins.

ignition.

occurs

interstage

stage

after

operating

the S-II

on the

the S-IC

J-2

to 3.8

engines

load

between

plume

J-2

exit

separation

stage

plane

engines

separation

of S-II

engines'

Separation of the S-II stage from the S-IVB

plane

Physical

as the result

engine

The

Second

thrust.

to J-2

stage

reach

occurs

of the

S-IC/

acceleration

and

impingement.

stage is initiatedapproximately

543.5

seconds after liftoffwhen propellant low level sensors initiateS-If stage engine cutoff. All five J-2 engines are cutoffat the same
part of the S-IVB auxiliary propulsion system
pellant positioning for S-IVB

The

S-IVB

and

retxomotors

remains

aft

with

Separation
forward

skirt

the

face

of the

S-IVB

are

no retromotors

cated

at MSFC

Station

to decelerate

stage

after

instrument

2747

the S-II

22-59) provide pro-

to achieve

stage.

The

physical

separation

S-II/S-IVB

interstage

separation.

stage/instrument

stage/instrument

(Refer to Paragraph

unit
unit

unit
at MSFC

from
Station

deceleration

on the S-IVB.

The

the

3259.

during

vehicle

Apollo

payload

There

separation

separation

occurs

at the

is no requirement
and

consequently

sequence

there

is tabulated

in

23-1.

23-15.
The

S-II

of the S-IVB

for

Table

fired

Two ullage engines which are

stage J-2 engine starting and thrust buildup.

is severed

are

time.

S-IC

STAGE

separation

system

in pairs

7 degrees

in the

components
S-IC

30 minutes

tromotors

is equal

ines

time

at the

IMPLEMENTATION.

with

the

total

10 percent

of engine

the

plane

impulse
mainstage

fairings.
vehicle

to or greater

of first

or exceeds

engine

on the S-IC

than

The

the

of the four

net

are

New
thrust

The
outboard
to zero

include

motors

centerline.

separation.

thrust

stage

F-1

retromotors

mounted

forward

of the

total

eight

four

retromotor
engines

lo-

at an angle

of

thrust

of seven

re-

outboard

F-1

impulse
during

the

eng-

is equal
time

to

from

thrust.

23-17

"_

_._

_"4

o
o
0
00

._-.I
_

=
0

0
=
o

o
r/l

_1

o
o

,_

0
o

._ _

b_
c_
o_,4

o
o

o
0
t_

CO
I

c_

_"I

"0

.<
h--.I

0
I

0
I

0
o
o

q
o

,.Q
c_

_o o
_

F_

._

o
"_

rll
o

o
._

0r-I
_"I

r/l

.
m

,_

.a i

I,,-4

2
o

d
r/l

0
!

r,.)
I

I
_

23-18

_m
r_

r_

_m

2;

...

.o

23-16.

S-II STAGE

Components

x:w

.....

IMPLEMENTATION.

of the S-II stage separation system

include ullage motors

and linear shaped

charges.

Eight

solid-propellant

interstage.

The

to reduce

the

deviations.
and

ullage
motor

nozzels

motor-out
Each

burns

for

are

moment

ullage

about

motors

mounted

canted

45 degrees

10 degrees

in the event

motor

four

are

produces

from

of ullage

a thrust

apart
the

motor

on the

S-IC/S-H

stage

centerline

S-H

malfunctions

of approximately

or thrust

22,800

pounds

seconds.

Linear shaped charges (LSC) are used to physically sever the S-IC stage from the
S-IC/S-II interstage during first plane separation, and the S-IC/S-II interstage from
the S-H stage during second plane separation.

23-17.
The

S-IVB
S-IVB

detonating

Four

STAGE

stage
fuse

separation

stage

system

components

include

four

retromotors

and

a mild

(MDF).

solid-propellant

S-II/S-IVB

IMPLEMENTATION.

retromotors

interstage

are

used

radially

mounted

to decelerate

at 90 degrees

the S-II

stage

intervals

during

S-II

on the

stage,

S-IVB

separation.

An MDF

is used to physically sever the S-II stage from the S-IVB

stage during sep-

aration.

Retromotors
tion

from

tural

are

not required

the Apollo

capability

for

on the S-IVB

payload.

However,

inclusion

of two

stage

for

the Saturn

TX=280

S-IVB/instrument
V vehicle

solid-propellant

unit

is designed
retromotors

separa-

with

a struc-

on the

S-IVB

stage.

23-18.
The

ORDNANCE
mechanical

short-time

operations

high-energy,

components.
out the

SYSTEMS.

High

performed
concentrated

reliability

during

a Saturn

forces

are

is achieved

V mission

performed

by providing

that

by the

redundant

require

ordnance

components

reliable,
system
through-

system.

23-19

During S-IC/S-II andS-II/S-IVB staging, the vehicle structure is severed andullage

and retromotors are fired to provide auxiliary propulsion. Except for the S-IVB ullage requirements which are provided for by ullage enginesoI the auxiliary propulsion
system, these functions are performed by ordnance system components. The physical separation of the S-IVB/instrument unit from the Apollo payload also is achieved
by meansof an ordnance device. Pyrotechnic - actuated cable cutters are used to release the horizon sensor protective dome. For range safety the ordnance system
provides for the dispersal of vehicle propellants.
23-19. OPERATION.
Ordnancedevices used on the Saturn V launch vehicle are operational during the ascent phase, and at the endof the translunar trajectory phase of the mission. Becauseof the potential hazard involved, the explosive initiators of ordnance devices
are not installed, and the electrical circuits of the ordnance system are not cornplated until all personnel except the ordnance crew are clear of the launch pad.

23-20.
and

Ascent

S-II-S-IVB

of propellants
feed

rapid

Ullage
stage

to prevent

the

to ensure

successful

separation

separation
and

a mild

separation

of the

stages

detonating

fuse

dome-shaped

cover

sensor

aerodynamic

heating

from

jettisoned

4 to 10 seconds

pyrotechnic

Throughout
flight

23-20

the

functions
acceleration

admission

of these

stage

stages

J-2

into

the propellant

engines.

and the
during

S-IC/S-II

for positioning

of vapor

of the

S-IC

during

Retromotors

S-II

stage

S-IC/S-II

providing

and

S-II/SIVB

is accomplished
(MDF)

which

by means
sever

the

of a linear

launch

vehicle

shaped

charge

structure

at

planes.

A fibreglass

the

vehicle

ignition

to decelerate

physical

major

respectively.

Physical

ploys

perform
provide

required

complete

devices
motors

S-II

in order

separation,

the

staging.

the thrust
and

(LSC)

Ordnance

in the

system

provide

Phase.

the
any

after

actuated

ascent

time

the

vehicle

to protect

during

first

S-IC/S-II

cable

phase

is used

the

stage

stage

temperature-sensitive

burn.

separation.

The

horizon

protective

cover

jettison

system

can

terminate

The

is
em-

cutters.

of the

mission

becomes

the range

a hazard

safety

by means

officer

of the propellant

dispersion

system.

To attain

high reliability,

and

independent

dispersion

the

range

officer,

safety

minated.

The

propellant

containers.

safety

officer.

propellant

stage

The

first

between

allow

for

the

Translunar
from

after

vehicle

structure.

23-22.

S-IC

Ordnance

on the

propellant

23-23.

from

ators

in each

nected

the

control
reliability

bridge

wire

vehizte

is equipped

with

onators.

The

ty and arming
used

on the

range

initiates

is built

the

into

the

sys-

command

trajectory

cutting

to

phase

action

during

of

to sever

S-IC/S-II

detonating

during

fuse

the

staging

and

of the four

S-IC

installed

receipt

two

separation

train

in the
volts

detonators

which

detonator

dc pulse

of a triggering

EBW

of the S-IC

to two pyrogen

(CDF)

by 2300+100

upon
and

in each

is distributed

detonators,

units

bridge

detonators

stage

System

ordnance

are

(S&A) device.
S-I

the

of the S-IVB/instrument

the

stage

charge

is fired

units,

a propellant

system

electronic
The

the

are

used

is conblock,

from

signal

initi-

sepa-

from

the

to enhance

the

system.

Dispersion

independent

EBW

detonator

Two firing

Propellant

flight.

Two

firing

23-24.

during

is ter-

fired.

in pairs

S-IC

ignition

of a confined

block.
Each

of the

from

signal

translunar

used

located
of the

The

by means

train.

computer.

retromotors

retromotors,

vehicle.

motor

electronic

are

separation

A LSC provides

deceleration

launch

CDF

required

delay

from

to open

dispersion

LSC's

of the

vehicle

ignited

second

vehicle

ordnance.

Eight

provide

the

the

of the

are

are

has a separate

by the

the flight

propellant

Physical

burn.

signals

a time

the

end

and S-IVB)

LSC's

and

flights

at the

includes

system

to a detonator

ignite
rate

stage

dispersion

stage

and

system

LES before

occurs

and

two signals

of the

Phase.

.....

IMPLEMENTATION.

S-IC

fairings,

the

S-II

of coded

down

flights

execution

second

Retromotors.

engine

shut

On manned
the

payload

STAGE

actuated

are

CM by the

S-IVB

are

arms

Trajectory

the Apollo

the mission

and

of the

receipt

unmanned

sequence.

ejection

23-21.

engines

signal

receipt

.t

(S-IC,

Upon

systems

For

dispersion

tem

unit

active

system.
the

each stage

of the

wire

Ordnance.
dispersion
for

the

firing

to a CDF

The

firing

units

I launch

Saturn

system
S-IC

units

tied

Saturn

The

stage

which

(confined
and
vehicle.

V launch

to provide
consits
are

the S&A device

range

safety

of two separate

connected

detonating

Refer

for

to two

fuse)
are

to Paragraph

and

EBW

det-

through

a safe-

similar

to those

9-25.

Either
23-21

detonator is capable of
ear

shaped

the

fuel

runs

charges

(LSC)

container

which

igniting
which

on the

S-II

motors

and

STAGE
LSC's

CDF.

are

opposite

cut a "window"

23-25.

the

The

located

side.

opening

during

in turn

to cut

The

in each

the

LOX

detonation

container

LSC installation

Ordnance

S-IC/S-II

initiates

of lin-

on one

consists

side

and

of two parallel

container.

IMPLEMENTATION.
used

CDF

staging

on the

S-II

stage

and propellant

consists

dispersion

of ullage

system

ord-

nance.

23-26

Ullage

Motors.

Eight

S-II

stage

during

S-IC/S-II

The

firing

circuit

consists

onators,
the

a detonator

S-IC

firing

units

detonator
ullage

motor

causing
ed on the

the

S-IC/S-II

of each

ance

computer

into the

the

for
of the

firing

the

the firing

stage

during

in the

block
feet

of

of the

installed

to each

per

second

initiators

assemblies

(LSC)

during

first

mount-

from

second

plane

which

includes

discharge

initiate

are

used

plane

separate

to physically

separation,

separation.

Signals

Firing

of the

bridge

from

of a 2300+100-volt

detonation

and

two electronic

two LSC initiators.

causing

System
is similar

V (Refer
connected

(S&A) device.

In the

detonators

receipt

triggering

22,000

charges

system
and

units

det-

the

guid-

capacitor

I_SC initiators

ends.

are

EBW

stage

detonators

Dispersion

Saturn
units

The

LSC at both

the S-II

S-II

detonators

detonators.

Propellant

arming

23 -22

the

EBW

Following

the detonator

fuse

starting.

ignition.

interstage

by an EBW

two EBW
trigger

ignite

ordnance

from

units,

EBW

23-28.

wire

from

two

Two pyrogen

by CDF

shaped

S-IC/S-II

units,

EBW detonators
from

to the

engine

initiates

at approximately

motor

J-2

(CDF).

computer

routed

fired

Linear

the

I_,SC is accomplished

firing

stages

from

interstage

wire

which

stage

Charges_.

fuses

acceleration

for

firing

simultaneously.

are

for

wire

to the

fuse

charge

motor

redundancy

Shaped

applied

to fire

ullage

to provide

the S-IC

firing

bridge

guidance

detonating

motors

of each

Linear

sever

ullage

the

to provide

positioning

detonating

dc are

the

used

propellant

confined

signal,

A confined

eight

head

manifolds

23-27.

and

depletion

propagates

the

for

are

of two electronic

and 2300+100-volts
block.

motors

staging

block

propellant

ullage

Ordnance.
to that

to Paragraph

armed

to the

position

confined

employed

23-24.

to two EBW

The

detonating

dispersion

on the S-IC
Two independent

detonators
the

propellant

on one

S&A device
fuse

side

and

the S-IVB

electronic
of the

transfers

(CDF)

system

initiators.

the

safety
shock
The

bridge
and
wave
CDF

initiators
foot

ignite

the

LSC which

23-29.

used

23-30.

STAGE

of each

CDF

fuse

which

ing unit
er.

ignition

The

each

ignition

Retromotors
the S-IVB
vehicle

and

stage

not required

7 grains

per

foot

A circumferential
interstage

plate

EBW

The

MDF

are

plate

ignite

each

cover

approximately

fired

end of the

MDF's.
0.020

to the

of the

MDF.

The

Each

on the

of the

EBW

eight

detonators

bridge

the

Saturn

the

Apollo

for

inclusion

is used

wire

guidance

V launch

Payload.

fir-

comput-

vehicle

However,

of two

for
the

TX-280

fastened

MDF's

and

plane.

thick.

MDF

solid-

enclosed

Installation

Ordnance.

trains

the

S-II/S-IVB
section

firing

a clear
are

plate

at each

units,

are
vinyl

shown

of the

directly

tension

block

of

plate.

is located

is fired,

details

to the

thinnest

thick,

with

the

compression

The

wire

sever
redundant

bolted

to a detonator
bridge

are

Two

aft skirt

aft skirt

the

electronic

Prol)ellantDispersion System

in the

is 0. 040 inches
When

are

to physically

staging.

separation

which

inches

stage

S-II/S-IVB

at the

by separate

S-II/S-IVB

mounted

two

on

23-7.

An MDF

riveted

of MDF

during

from

(MDF)

mounted

electronic

of a signal

in a groove

aluminum)

fuse

stage.

during

structures

two trains

containing

capability

installed

the

block

from

(MDF).

stage

containing

detonators,

23-32.

S-IVB

(7075-T6

the groove

severed.

Fuse

assemblies.

receipt

separation

on the S-IVB

these

per

ordnance.

initiators

A separate

in Figure

a structural

tension

joins

tension

with

the

upon

stage

fuse

assemblies.

on the S-IVB

unit

Detonating

from

fuse

detonating

retromotors,

to two CDF

to a detonator

is shown

instrument

Mild

to 600 grains

system

the S-II

of two CDF

detonator

retromotors

23-31.

over

EBW

is designed

propellant

the

a mild

dispersion

to decelerate

by means

system

are

charge

solid-propellant

is distributed

is routed

and

propellant

used

charge

to ignite

fires

firing

retromotors

TE-29-1B,

are

retromotor

used

the

containers.

and

Four,

assemblies

are

propogates

includes

staging,

interstage,

The

head

S-II

stage

Retromotors.

staging.

IMPLEMENTATION.

S-II/S-IVB

the S-II/S-IVB

which

the propellant

on the S-IVB

during

train

ruptures

S-IVB

Ordnance

CDF

end.
used

is
Two
to

plastic

in Figure

23-8.

The propellant dispersion

system ordnance for the S-IVB stage is similar to that used on the S-IC and the S-If
stages.

(Refer to Paragraph

23-24).

Propellant dispersion ordnance includes two

23-23

_2
o

O
@
0

_-_

,q
l

23-24

.....

_._

m
w_w

el

ew

wm

_
....

- _
- ....

-(

----_

)-.....
f
| 3 ,J"-T"

,l
I,,,,.

/
/

i,!i
/*/
i

23-25

electronic bridge wire firingunits, two detonators, a safety and arming device, confined detonating fuse (CDF) assemblies
cated in the systems

tunnel rupture the LH 2 container.

open the bottom of the LOX

23-33

INSTRUMENT

UNIT

container.

dome-shaped

cover

sensor

from

aerodynamic

heating

sensor

is located
Before

jettisoned.

18 inches
the

The

triple

redundancy,

skin,

and a length

the

clamping

the

cable

is released.
Sea

level

provides

23-34.
The

the

in three

sure,
form.

thrust

required

GN 2 is supplied

ing prelaunch,
at the

supply

and flow

comple_ion

until

SUPPLY

to the

the

clamp

open

the

dome

spring

if only
14.7

one

psia,

cable

cutter

in

fired,
the

dome

actuates.
the dome,

cover.

SYSTEM.

furnishes

filtered

GN 2 at a regulated

stabilized

from

platform

S-IVB/instrument

trajectory

for

latches

and

inside

be

vehicle

are

pressure

scaled

must

to the

cutter

Figure

cutters

to hold the

of the ST-124-M

translunar

dome
cable

in the cable

under

horizon

unit,

protective

to the gas-be_n_rings

of the

The

instrument

of the dome

charges

the

system

rate

separation

of the

base

at approximately

GAS-BEARING

gas-bearing

which

horizon

vehicle.

of the

satisfactorily

to jettison

launch

pyl"otechnic-actuated

the

latches

operate

pressure

temperature,
The

The

temperature-sensitive

operative

latches

the pyrotechnic

will

of the

three

encircles

places.

system

PLATFORM
platform

which

When

atmospheric

employs

the

interface

become

spring-loaded

of cable

The

ascent

forward

can

system

position.

is cut

to protect

during

sensor

three

An LSC ring is used to cut

The LSC's are tied together by CDF.

is used

aft of the

horizon

jettison

LSC's lo-

IMPLEMENTATION.

A fiberglass

21-14.

and linear shaped charges (LSC).

phase

the

unit
of the

start

from

the

pres-

stabilized
of checkout
Apollo

platdur-

payload

mission.

The system is similar to the platform gas-bearing supply system used on the Saturn
I launch vehicle (Refer to Paragraph

23-26

9-33).

CHAPTER
SECTION
GROUND

XXIV

SUPPORT

EQUIPMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

24-1.

GENERAL

...........................

24-2.

ELECTRICAL

24-3.

GROUND

SUPPORT

EQUIPMENT,

S-IC

...........

24-5

24-4.

GROUND

SUPPORT

EQUIPMENT,

S-II

...........

24-21

24-5.

GROUND

SUPPORT

EQUIPMENT,

S-IVB

SUPPORT

24-3
EQUIPMENT,

SATURN

.....

24-3

..........

24-34

LIST OF TABLES

24-1

Electrical Support

24-2

Test,

24-3

Transportation,

24-4

Maintenance

24-5

Propellant

24-6

Test,

24-7

Transportation,

24-8.

Servicing

Equipment,

S-If

...................

24-30

24-9.

Auxiliary

Equipment,

S-II

...................

24-31

Checkout

Equipment,

and Monitoring
Protection

Equipment,
and Gas

Checkout,

Saturn

and Handling

Servicing

...........

Equipment,

S-IC

S-IC

24-4

.......

Equipment,

S-IC

24-5
.

.................
Equipment,

and Monitoring
Protection,

S-IC

Equipment,

and Handling

24-16
24-18

........

S-If
Equipment,

......
S-If .

24-19
24-21
24-26

24-1

24-2

w_

XXIV.

SECTION
GROUND

24-1.
The

SUPPORT

GENERAL.
Saturn

required
launch

V ground

operations

which

support

to support

instrument

related

unit.

The

is described

GSE

in Volum.e

configurations

vary

tion is not contained

functions

24-2.

Saturn

depending

is used

majority

at all locations

the GSE

involved

the major

in the

an operational

GSE

is
The

Since the operation

used,

and

operations

and unit configurations.

on the location where

Instead,

to launch

operations,

and its stages.

Monitoring

b.

System

c.

Networks,

d.

Ground

e.

Recording

f.

Peripheral

g.

Overall

h.

Systems

MSFC

classifications,
V ESE

EQUIPMENT,

during

ESE

of each
descrip-

is listed and primary

V.

static testing,

is located

and launching

at the Automatic

Ground

of the
Check-

is classified as follows:

and Control

Integration

Equipment

Equipment

Distribution

Equipment
Group

SATURN

the checkout,

of this equipment

This

a.

the exception

Saturn

of the vehicle

SUPPORT

V ESE

The

equipment,

as required

S-II and S-IVB)

peculiar

the above

subsystem,

static testing, and

(S-IC,

GSE

equipment

described.

out Station (AGCS).

With

In supporting

system,

all of the ground

transportation,

and its stages

in this document.

ELECTRICAL

vehicle.

I.

are employed

and development
may

checkout,

includes

in this section excludes

various

configuration

(GSE)

to the vehicle

into functional ground

research

equipment

the fabrication,

formed

The

EQUIPMENT

and Control

Test

Equipment

Sets

Equipment

Equipment

Test

Equipment

Integration

Sets

of the monitoring
is responsible

MSFC

functions

and control

for fabrication

has partial fabrication

is given in Table

equipment,

and recording

of all of the above.

responsibility.

For

summary

group
these

two

of the

24-1.

24-3

Table

24-1.

Electrical

Equipment

Support

Equipment,

Saturn

Function

Monitoring and Control Equipment

a.
Provides
monitoring
and control
of
systems
under
tesk by means
of panel
meters,
switches,
light banks,
and
displays.
b.
Provides
control
and display
equipment for the following
systems:
network,
propulsion,
navigation,
measuring
and RF, ordnance,
emergency
detection,
mechanical,
computer
control
and display,
propellant
loading,
systems
integration,
test conductors
console,
and launch
conductors
console.

Systems

Networks,
Control

Integration Equipment

Distribution
Equipment

and

Used for signal

distribution
to the stage
GSE from the computer
and from the
computer
to the monitoring
and control
consoles.
a.
Provides
proper
distribution
and
sequencing
of the control
signals
and
power
to the particular
stage
under test.
b.
Provides
the capability
of manual
operation
by means
of switches
for
relay
control
and meters
on the front
panels.

Ground

Equipment

Recording

Group

Peripheral

Test Set (GETS)

Equipment

Equipment

Provides
signals
for checking
out the
proper
operation
of the GSE prior
to
connecting
it to the integrated
vehicle
or stage simulators.
Records
all vehicle
discrete
outputs
and inputs during
the checkout
sequence.
a.
The peripheral
equipment
countdown
clock provides
the time base for countdown separation.
The clock,
synehronized
with WWV, has a real-time
readout
eapability and can supply
real-time
commands
to the instrument
unit g'uidanee
programmer
through
the RCA-110
computer.
b.
The signal conditioning
equipment
reduces
the inputs from 28-volt
de to a
standard
5-volt
de acceptable
to the
computer.

24-4

vo

Table

24-1.

Electrical

Support

......

Equipment,

Saturn

Equipment
Overall

Test

Systems

24-3.

Function

Equipment

Integration

GROUND

The S-IC

stage

(OAT)

Sets

SUPPORT

protection

servicing.

Simulates
functions
which actually
cannot
be performed
by the systems
under
test
because
of the resulting
hazardous
conditions.
Simulate

(SIS)

EQUIPMENT_

GSE equipments

transportation,

V (Cont'd)

Tables

24-2

and

are

through

24-

signals

between

stages.

S-IC.

classified

handling;

interface

as test,

checkout

maintenance;

5 list

the

and

equipments

and

monitoring;

propellant
and

and

gas

functions

of each

classification.

Table

24-2.

Test,

Checkout

and Monitoring

Equipment,

Equipment
Electrical

Function

Power

Control

Equipment

a.

Provides

ground

power

a central

Power

400-cps

AC Ground

Battery

Test

UDOP

AZUSA

Test

Test

Set

Set

Bench

Station

Power

Provides
and GSE.
Supply

28-volt

a.
Provides
ac power
for

source

for

all

control.

b. Provides-cisual
present
in the stage.
DC Ground

S-IC

indications

dc power

115-volt,
the stage

for

of voltages

the

stage

400-cps,
and GSE.

three-phase

batteries

deliver

Performs
a complete
evaluation
UDOP tracking
beacon.

of the

stage

Performs
a complete
evaluation
AZUSA tracking
beacon.

of the

stage

Verifies
that the stage
the required
outputs.

24-5

Table

24-2.

Test,

Checkout

and

Monitoring

Equipment,

Equipment

S-IC

(Cont'd)

Function

Antenna

Test Set

Used
for checking
voltage
standing
wave
ratio
(VSWR),
attenuation,
and load
characteristics
of the stage
antennas
and
associated
feed
lines.

Antenna

Couplers

Used
as RF links
antennas.
Limits
the test area.

Exploding

Bridge

Wire

Set

(EBW)

a.

Provides

the

EBW

between
spurious

stimuli

used

Test Set

Checks
detection
stimuli
then
and

Thrust

Vectoring

Stage

Electronic

Range

Safety

Test

Set

Weighing

Test

checkout

the subsystem
and
the compatibility
code with the

c.
The compatibility
or
results
in the generation
GO condition
respectively.
Detection

to

stage
in

subsystem.

b.
Sensors
monitor
the test
set evaluates
of the sensor
response
stimuli
output
code.

Malfunction

GSE and
radiation

incompatibility
of a GO or

the

operation
of the malfunction
system
by supplying
the proper
to simulate
a malfunction
and

checking
for
signal
output.

proper

reaction

time

Checks
the thrust
vectoring
control
system
by injecting
the appropriate
into the control
system
and monitoring
operation
of the control
system
and
ated
engine
displacement.
System

Set

NO-

Used
to weigh
of stage.

the

electronic

signals
the
associ-

complement

Monitors
the Saturn V launch vehicle to
ensure that the vehicle maintains the
programmed
liftoffand flight pattern
within the limits specified for range
safety.

Test

Plate and

Tool Kit

ElectricalPneumatic
Components
Test

24-6

Hydraulic
Stand
(GFE)

Used
to perform
leak
and functional
on the F-1 engine,
and to seal
the
for pressure
tests.
Used
in performing
tests
electrical,
and pneumatic

tests
engine

on hydraulic,
parts.

....

ee

Table

24-2.

Test,

Checkout

and

_o

Monitoring

Equipment

Hydraulic

Vibration

Cable

Power

Safety

Component

Pneumatic

and

Work

Mechanical

Engine
Test

Adapter

Stand

Hose

(Cont'd)

and

Set

Used for testing

actual
operating

Sequencing

Simulator

cryogenic
components
temperatures.

at

Used for flexible

pneumatic
and hydraulic
hookups
between
the stage,
GSE, and
fixed plumbing
for stage
checkout.
to electrical
and
on the periphery

pneumatic
of the

Supplied
to preclude
the possibility
of
mismatched
pneumatic
end connectors
between
the stage
and ground
termination points.

Kit

Bench

Stage

Test

Provide
access
test connections
stage.

Command
Destruct
Test Set

Upper

S-IC

Used during
engine
static
firing
as a combustion
stability
monitor
and control.
Ensures
that the engine
is cut off before
engine
or stage
damage
is incurred
due to
extreme
vibration
levels.

Platforms

Firing
Set

Test

.....

Used in performing
F-1 engine
control
system functional
checks
and engine
gimballing
checks.

Unit

Hydraulic

Engine
and Propellant
Heatup
Test Set

RF

Used at each test location

to store
hook-up
cables,
hoses,
and connectors
required
for the mechanical
tests
sets.

and

Cutoff

Cryogenic

Stage

Function

HydraulicPneumatic
Hose Cart

Ground

Equipment,

System

System

Used
down

during
F-1
sequences.

engine

Used for checking

the
lant heater
systems.

startup

engine

and

and

shut-

propel-

Used to verify
the stage
command
destruct
system.
(The test set generates
coded
RF signals
(stimuli)
and monitors
the
command
destruct
system
responses.
)
Provides
a central
source
of equipment
and power
used to calibrate,
troubleshoot,
and repair
the RF equipment
of
the GSE.
Provides
the proper
loads
which normally
terminate

for circuits
an upper
stage.

24-_

Table

24-2.

Test,

Checkout

and Monitoring

Equipment,

Equipment

S-IC

Supply

Used

High- Pressure

Pressure

Readout

Pneumatic

to checkout

the

Used
to pressurize
pneumatic
systems
of stage
and engine
ponents
tests.

Low- Pressure
Set

Pneumatic
Set

(Cont'd)

Function

Simulator

Pneumatic

S-IC

Supply

Set

Used

stage
prior
leak

to pressurize
system
and engine

component

tests.

to performance
and pressure

actual
supply
high and low-pressure

the setting
valves.

evaluation
panel.

of

Tanking

Fuel

Density

Simulator

Supplies evaluation signals

density monitor panel.

LOX

Tanking

Simulator

Supplies
signals
to the LOX tanking
trol panel
which
allow
the performance
of the control
panel
to be evaluated.
Simulates

Simulator

engine
GSE.
Pneumatic

Flow

Tester

Used

the
and

electrical

verifies

to measure

Portable

Detector

Gas

Set

Mixture

24-8

to the fuel

network

the

fuel

operation

con-

of the
of

the

rates in the

systems.

Used to detect minute leaks in the stage

pneumatic
system,
propellant and
plumbing,
and engine system.
Cart

Used
gen
the

Electrical- Pneumatic
Checkout
Cart

to the

gas-flow

stage pneumatic
Leak

signals

pressure

Fuel

Engine

com-

high-pressure

prior
leak

a.
Used
to indicate
pressure
from
the
supply
sets.

Supplies
control

low-pressure
to performance
and pressure

stage

pneumatic
of stage

b.
Facilitates
switches
relief
Simulator

GSE.

for
gas
leak

mixing

the

with the
detecting

Used
to perform
and functional

pressurizing

tracer
gas
equipment.

used

electro-pneumatic
tests
on the F-1

nitrowith

leak
engine.

Table

24-2.

Test,

Checkout

and Monitoring

Equipment

and

S-IC

(Cont'd}

Function

System
Safety Monitor
Interface
Equipment
Control

Equipment,

Monitor

and

Console

Used
when

to monitor
the stage

a.

Used

and

servicing

all systems
is under
test.

to monitor

and

of the

control

stage

the

test

complex.

b.
Can be used to override
the computer
and electrical
launch
equipment
to stop
test and remove
power
from the stage in
the event of an emergency.
c.
Used
television
Closed-loop

Television

PCM/FM
Station

Telemetry

System

Ground

Telemetry

Ground

a.
Verifies
instrumentation

Telemetry

Ground

T/M

Bench

Inverter

Test

Test

Set

Station

the

closed-loop

visual
display
the stage
test

proper
system

PCM/FM

operation
transducers

airborne

the proper
system

of

operation
of
transducers.

airborne

proper
system

to test the
system.

a.
Verifies
instrumentation
b. Used
telemetry

the

to test the
system.

a.
Verifies
instrumentation
b. Used
telemetry

SS/FM

the

Provides
close range
critical
areas
during
and checkout.

b. Used
telemetry
FM/FM
Station

to control
system.

of

FM/FM

operation
of
transducers.

to test the airborne

system.

Used to perform
bench level
the components
and assemblies
various
telemetry
systems.

SS/FM

tests
on
of

a.
Controls
the 400-cps
primary
ac
power
that is applied
to the inverter.
b.
Performs
under
various
power
factor,
parameters.

tests on the inverter

conditions
of load,
frequency,
and other

24-9

Table 24-2. Test, Checkoutand Monitoring Equipment, S-IC (Cont'd)

Equipment
Emergency

Function

Power

Provides
28-volt
dc and ll5-volt,
60 cps,
three-phase
ac power
to critical
circuits
of stage
and GSE if the DC and AC Power
Stations
lose primary
power
during
test.

Station

Distribution and Junction Boxes

Provide
equipment
flexibility,
tainability,
and accessibility
and GSE test: points.

Electronic Test Bench

Used for calibrating,

trouble-shooting,
and repairing
GSE electronic
equipment.

Tape

Used as a high-frequency recorder.

Recorder

Direct

Stage

Writing

Wiring

Provides
a semi-permanent
visual
record
of a test.
The chart is available
for use upon completion
of test.

Recorder

Checkout

mainto stage

Used to run continuity,

short
circuit,
and ground
isolation
tests on the stage
wiring
system.

Set

a.
Verifies
of the stage

Instrumentation Test Station

the functions
instrumentation

and

calibration
system.

b. Provides
switching
signals
for instrumentation
system
signal conditioners.
Instrumentation Components
Station

Digital
Data Acquisition
Ground
Station

Test

(DDAS)

Leak Detector Test Set

Used to test and calibrate

the measurement transducers,
signal conditioners,
and
instrumentation
racks
prior
to installation
into the instrumentation
system.
Used for automatic
checkout
the stage
instrumentation.
a. Used
vapors.
b. Issues
tamination

Stage

DC Ground

GSE DC Power

24-10

Power

Supply

Supply

to detect

the presence

automatic
warning
level is reached.

of some

of

of dangerous

when

a con-

Provides
dc ground
power
to the stage
during
test and checkout
by means
of two
28-volt
de, 250 amp units,
one for each
major
stage bus.
Provides
dc power
required
by the test and
checkout
equipment
by means
of a single
28-volt
dc, 500 amp unit.

i
o

Table

ww
v

ww

:Tesl;'C-h'dc_Sfit:a_d'lCI'od_or]n'g

24-2.

Equipment
AC Ground

Power

Over-all

Test

Battery

(OAT)

Input/Output

Audio

Communication

Stage

Electronic

Count-

Input/Output
Equipment
Test

Step

Ec_urlSfildrit,

S-IC

(Cont'd)

and

Control

Provides
120/208
volt,
three phase,
60
cycle,
4 wire power
to the ground
computer.
Provides
ground
power
to the stage
battery
bus in lieu of the vehicle
battery
during
test and checkout.

Equipment

Computer

Clock

Supply

DC Power

Weighing

CRT Interface
Equipment

Ground

......

Function

60 Cycle

Computer
Supply

...

Provides
minus
28-volt
to operate
relays
in the
output distribution
rack.

dc power
computer

required
discrete

Provides
general
and local area paging,
and intercommunication
equipment.

System

Used to weigh a dry S-IC stage.

The
system
consists
of electronic
weighing
instruments
and structural
supports.

Logic

The cathode
ray tube (CRT) interface
and control
logic equipment
contains
the interface
and control
logic between
the CRT display
equipment
and the
ground
computer.

System

Utilizes
a general
purpose
digital
computer
for control
testing,
data recording,
and data evaluation
and display
during
stage
testing.

System

Generates
standard
time,
count time,
programmable
time interval
signals,
and square
wave timing
signals.

Distribution

Insures
computer
interface
with other
test and checkout

Indicator

Range Safety and

Set and Antenna

Accepts
programmed
computer
output,
decodes
the information,
transmits
it
to the appropriate
test station,
and displays the test step being accomplished
at the individual
test station.

Equipment

Audio Communication
DC Power
Supply

Equipment

Ordnance

compatibility
equipment.

Test

Provides
the audio

28-volt
dc, 100 amp power
communication
equipment.

to

Used to test the stage

range
safety
and
ordnance
systems
in the installed
state.

24-11

Table 24-2. Test, Checkoutand Monitoring Equipment, S-IC (Cont'd)

Equipment
Electrical Networks Test Set

Function
a.

Commands
outputs
on and

the
off,

computer
discrete
one at a time.

b.
Provides
the necessary
terminations
and control
signals
from the upper
stage,
when the upper
stage
is not available.
c.
Provides
the signals
to program
the
stage
switch
selector
and the computer
interface
to allow these
signals
to be
controlled
by the computer.
d. Simulates
electrical
signals
to permit
a complete
simulated
and launch of the S-IC stage.
e.
Checks
out the
system
of the S-IC

emergency
stage.

necessary
countdown

detection

f. Converts
the count-clock
system
count-time
signals
from parallel
form
serial
form.

to

Signal Monitoring Equipment

Used to record
selected
stage
events
and analog
signals.

Launch andIgnition Sequencing

Equipment

Provides
signals,
in the proper
sequence
and time relationships,
to control
the
launch
functions
required
during
countdown and firing and to control
the ignition
of the five engines
of the S-IC stage.

Mechanical Test Control

Equipment

Controls
the Mechanical
Test Station
through
control
and display
equipment,
status
displays
and communications
equipment.

Pneumatic Supply Unit

Controls
the helium
and either
nitrogen
or dry air pneumatic
facilities
for supplying
the facility
air supply,
valve control
pressure,
LOX dome and gas generator
LOX purge,
fuel gas generator
purge,
pneumatic
pressure
test module,
LOX
container
pre-pressurization,
fuel container
pre-pressurization,
stand-by
purge,
and helium
bottle fill.

24-12

pressures,

i
......

Table

24-2.

Test,"

ChecEoSi'and

lVf(_nit_)r in'g ]_qu fpra'ent,

Equipment

Pressure

Pneumatic

Flowmeters

Hydraulic

Power

Portable
Control

Electrical
Unit

Hydraulic
Power
Equipment

Test

Racks

Group

Supply

Unit

Hydraulic

Distribution

Provide
pneumatic
pressures
the S-IC stage during
testing
pulsion
system.
Measures
flow rates
subsystems
system.

Checkout

Instrumentation

Digital
Data Acquisition
Ground
Equipment

Integrated
Telemetry
Equipment

Terminal

Remote
Unit

System

Group

Equipment

Automatic

Calibration

and flows
of the pro-

to

pneumatic
leakage
rates
and
from various
components
and
of the S-IC stage propulsion

Supplies
RJ-1 fluid to
through
the hydraulic
equipment
to perform
bleeding,
engine
start
gimbal
tests.
Provides
electrical
of hydraulic
power

the S-IC stage

power
distribution
such functions
as
tests,
and engine

control
supplied

and monitoring
to the stage.

Routes
and distributes
hydraulic
fluid
from the hydraulic
supply unit to the
umbilical
substitute
connection
in the
stage

RF

S- IC (Cont'd)

Function

Pneumatic

Non-Flight
Equipment

.....

test

cells.

Used during
factory
test and checkout
to
drive
pressure
_lisplays
in the mechanical
test control
equipment
and to initiate
emergency
vent action upon overpressure
detection.
Performs
demodulation,
re- synchronization,
digital
data reconstruction,
channel
demultiplexing,
serial
to parallel
conversion,
buffering,
digital-to-analog
conversion,
and
provides
for analog
or digital
displays
for
manual
monitoring.
Receives,
demultiplexes,
telemetry
signals
from
factory
checkout.

the

and decodes
stage during

Serves
as a distribution
center
telemetry
RF and video signals
from the several
test cells.

for all
arriving

Provides
an automated
method
bration
and test for the vehicle

of calimeasure-

ment

subsystem.

24-13

Table

24-2.

Test,

Checkout

Equipment

Tape

Calibration
Unit

Recorder

Instrumentation
Equipment

Portable
bration

Equipment,

S-IC

(Cont'd)

Function

Remote
Automatic
Portable
Control

DDAS

and M0nit_0ring

Provides
channel
identification
of all
measurement
channels,
manual
calibration of measurement
signal
conditioners,
and manual
calibration
of the stage
telemetry
subcarrier
oscillators.
Used for recording
DDAS
DDAS/computer
testing.

Calibration

Instrumentation
Equipment

data

during

Provides
the controls,
power
supply,
and signal generator
to calibrate
the
measurement
and telemetry
system.
Cali-

Provides
for ac amplifier
calibration
and temperature,
pressure,
and acoustic
transducer
stimulation
and simulation.

Telemetry

Digitizing Equipment

Receives
the analog outputs
of the PAM/
FM/FM
and the FM/FM
discriminators
from the integrated
ground
station
for
digitizing
and programming
into the
stage
DDAS format.

Electrical

Distribution

Provides
electrical
interconnections
between
the test and checkout
equipment
and the stage
to facilitate
performance
of system
checkout
versatility.

Electrical

Interconnecting

Umbilical

Assembly

Hose

Adapter

and

Pneumatic

2 4-14

Equipment

Cabling

Simulators

Set

Distribution

Provides circuit continuity between the

test and checkout equipment and the
stage.
Provide
fluid
to the vehicle

and
for

electrical
testing

connections
and checkout.

Provides flexiblepneumatic hose lines

for connecting pneumatic feed lines from
the pneumatic supply unit to the pneumatic distributors on the forward and
aft stage test platforms, and connecting
test points on the S-IC stage to the pneumatic distributors on the forward and aft
stage test platforms.
Equipment

Provides
transition
points
between
tubing runs and flexible
hose lines.

hard

Table

24-2.

Test,

Checkout

and

.,

Monitoring

Equipment

Pneumatic
Set
Antenna

System

Leak

Checkout

Weighing

Area

Contamination

Detector

Set

Equipment

Electrical

Special
Stage
nance Set

Mechanical

Fixture

Horizontal
Stage
Equipment

Engine

Engine

Component

Cooling

detecting
propulsion

pneumatic
system.

leaks

Mainte-

Set

in

Equipment

RJ-1,
and

weight
and
of the

and trito monitor

Provides
special
instruments
and tools
required
to perform
maintenance
on installed
stage
electrical
and electronic
equipment.
Provides
required
installed

special
instruments
and tools
to perform
maintenance
on
stage
mechanical
equipment.

Used for sealing

off or plugging
of ducting
and collecting
leakage
valve seats
during
leak testing.
Access

Actuator

Simulator

the dry
of gravity

Used to detect
RP-1,
chloroethylene
vapors,
the content
of oxygen.

Mainte-

Internal

Manual

Used for
the stage

Used in determining
longitudinal
center
S-IC stage.

Detection

Special
Stage
nance Set

Ground

(Cont'd)

Used to test the radiator

VSWR, coaxial
subsystem
attenuation,
and antenna
system
VSWR prior
to system
checkout
of the completely
assembled
stage.

Equipment

Test

S-IC

Function

Stage

Special

Equipment,

Provides
access
to the forward
intertank,
and thrust
structure
of the S-IC stage.

sections
past

skirt,
areas

Provides
for moving or holding
the outboard
F-1 engine
after
the engine
is
stage
mounted.
Set

Provides
exciter
turbine
Provides
electrical
forward

substitutes
for the spark
and monitor
hardware
and
exhaust
igniter
hardware.

the

a source
of air for cooling
equipment
installed
in the
skirt
section
of the S-IC stage.

24-15

Table 24-2. Test, Checkoutand Monitoring Equipment, S-IC

Equipment

Ground

(Cont'd)

Function

Equipment

Test

Set (GETS)

Provides

for

electrical

checkout

and

verification
of the integrated
test and
checkout
complex.
The GETS takes
the place of the stage
for this purpose.
Special
Test
Calibration

and Checkout
Electrical
and Maintenance
Set

Used to perform
calibration
nance of the electrical
test
out equipment.

Special
Test
Mechanical
Maintenance

and Checkout
Calibration
Set

Used
nance

Data

Processing

Forward

Stage

and

out

Station

Test

Intertank

Umbilical

Aft Stage

Test

Table

24-3.

to perform
calibration
and mainteof the mechanical
test and check-

equipment.

Used for processing large volumes of

data at high speed. Utilizes a central
processor control console, magnetic
tape handler, magnetic tape controller,
high speed printer, printer controller,
card reader, card punch, and a paper
tape reader and punch.

Platforms

Provide
personnel
and equipment
access
to various
locations
at the forward
end of
the stage white the stage
is in a horizontal position.

Platform

Provides
personnel
and equipment
access
to the umbilical
plate and to the access
door at the intertank
area while the stage
is in a horizontal
position.
Provide
access
stage
to support
operations.

Platforms

Transportation,

Protection

and Handling

Equipment

Main Stage Transporter

to the a_ft end of the S-IC

test and checkout

Equipment,

S-IC

Function

Dolly

Main Stage Transporter Support

24-16

and mainteand check-

Used

for

moving

the

S-IC

stage

overland.

Supports
the stage during
all phases
of
horizontal
assembly,
movement,
and
testing
in the factory
and field.

Table

24-3.

Transportation,

Protection

Equipment

Forward

o_

and

.....

Handling

Equipment,

S-IC

(Cont'd)

Function

Handling

Ring

Supports
the forward
during
transportation

end of the stage

and handling.

Aft Support

Cradle

Supports
the aft end of the stage
and
provides
tiedown
fittings
for stage
tiedown to transporter
support
structure.

Top

Sling

Used to lift
erection.

Lifting

Bottom

Lifting

Lifting

Yoke

the

stage

Used to lift the aft end

handling
and erection.

Sling

Accessories

Kit

Blocking

Attach

Fittings

Kit

Shroud

Cradle

sling

installing

the stage

to supports

Used for shoring

and blocking
the stage
and main stage
transporter
support
onto
the barge.
Used to prepare the stage for transportation,
protect small parts during transportation
and to prepare the stage for testing after
transport.

Fin Cradle

Shroud Installation
Equipment

for

a.
Used to prepare
the stage
for transportation,
protect
small parts
during
transportation,
and to tie down and
block and shore
the stage.
b.
Used to transfer
during
factory
tests.

and

and

stage

lifting

Used in lifting,
handling,
and
or removing
the stage
fins.

Transportation

Stage

handling

of the

Used to attach
the bottom
to hold down attachments,

Fin Sling

Shoring

for

Supports
and protects
the fins
transportation
and storage.
and

Removal

during

Used to lift,handle, install,and remove

the engine shrouds from the aft end of
the S-IC stage.
Provides
rigid support
and containment
for the F-1 engine
shroud
during
handling,
storage,
and shipping.

24-17

Table 24-3. Transportation, Protection and Handling E4uipment, S-IC (Cont'd)

Equipment

Function

ComponentContainers and
Covers Set

Provides packaging for shipment and

storage of all componentsof the S-IC
stage other than fins and shrouds,
which are too sensitive to remain on
the stage during launch or water transportation operations.

Desiccant Breather Set

Provides the equipment necessary for

propellant container preservation.

Event Recorder

Monitors and records temperature,

pressure, humidity, stresses,, and
acceleration in critical areas of the
stage during transportation.

S-IC StageWeight Simulator

Simulates the S-IC stage weight,

dimensions, center of gravity, and
endmounting conl'iguration for equipment and facility checkoutusage.

Work Platforms and Bulkhead

Protectors

Used in the maintenanceof instrumentation, plumbing, and componentsin

the upper LOX bulkhead area, the stage
intertank area, andthe thrust structure
area, while the stage is in the vertical
position.

Table 24-4. Maintenance Equipment, S-IC

Equipment

Function

Vacuum-Pressure Calibration
Cart

Used to calibrate stage instruments which

operate in a positive pneumatic pressure
environment.

Pneumatic- Pressure Calibration

Set

Used to calibrate stage instruments which

operate in a positive pneumatic pressure
environment.

24-18

Table

24-4.

Maintenance

ei

it

Equipment,

S-IC

Equipment

Function

General
Purpose
Equipment
HydraulicCart

Test

Pressure

Temperature
Cart

Used to support
GSE calibration,
shooting,
and repair.
Calibration

Used to calibrate
stage
ment hydraulic
pressure
gages.

Calibration

Small
Parts
Handling
Special
Tools Kit

Table

24-5.

and

RP-1
Fuel
System

and

Level

Filling

Preflight
System

support
temperature

Provides
the equipment
necessary
to
assemble,
disassemble,
maintain,
inspect,
and service
the S-IC stage
and GSE.

Propellant

and

Gas

Servicing

Equipment,

S-IC

Function

LOX Replenishing

LOX

trouble-

and support
equipswitches
and

Used to calibrate
stage and
equipment
thermo-switches,
gages,
and thermocouples.

Equipment

RP-1
Filling
Equipment

(Cont'd)

and

Ground

Draining

Used for RP-1 filling

and draining
through
a single
interface
disconnect
fitting.

Adjustment

Used to adjust fuel weight

to within
percent
of stage requirements.

System

Draining

Used to maintain
LOX at a tankage
cent of the stage
System

Pressurization

a controlled
supply
of
level within
+0.25 perweight
tolerance.

Used for LOX filling

and draining
through
two interface
quick-disconnect
fittings.
Provides
preflight
ground
of fuel (RP-1)
and helium

Stage LOX Container

Pressurization
System

Provides
preflight
zation
of the LOX

Preflight

a.
Provides
engine
pump

Purging

System

+0.25

b.
for

Charges
inflight

pressurization
containers.

ground
helium
container.

preflight
purging
shaft seals.
the
use.

stage

inert

pressuri-

of the

gas

F-1

supply

24-19

Table 24-5. Propellant and GasServicing Equipment, S-IC (Cont'd)

Equipment

Function

Instrument Unit Conditioner

Uses GN2 to purge and condition the

instrument unit.

StageCompartment
Conditioner

Uses GN2 to purge and condition the forward endof the stage andbetweenthe
propellant containers.

StageFuel and LOX Propellant

Bubbling and Measurement
System

Provides
a helium
propellant
bubbling
measurement.

StageValves Actuation System

provides
a nitrogen
stage
valve actuation.

Water DelugeSystem

Supply water
to an interface
disconnect
fitting
and to a pad spray
system
for
fire or explosive
hazard
control.

F-1 Engine Servicing System

provides
nitrogen
purging,
trichlorethene
flushing,
deionized
water
charging,
and
RP-1 pressurized
fluid for gimballing
and engine valve actuation
systems.

24-20

gas supply for stage

and fuel and LOX

gas

supply

for

24-4.

SUPPORT

GROUND

The S-II stage GSE

"..

b_,P

--

EQUIPMENT,

_,o

S-II.

is classified as test, checkout and monitoring; transportation,

protection and handling; servicing; and auxiliary.

GSE

Tables 24-6 through 24-9 listthe

and functions of each classification.

Table

24-6.

Test,

Checkout,

and

Monitoring

Equipment

Equipment,

S-II

Function

Electric Cable Test Set

Used to test the cables which interconnect the stage component checkout
GSE.

Test

Provides control and display of all

necessary portions of the S-II GSE
required for automatic checkout of
stage systems.

Conductor

Remote

Data

Power

Printout

Console

Distribution

Set

Destruct
Rack

Receiver

Computer

Program

Input

Memory

Provides remote control and transfer

electrical power from facilitypower
to stage.
Provides
essential
the S-II

Command
Checkout

Auxiliary

Rack

Rack

(CDR)

Set

the permanent
printed
for the tests
performed
checkout
GSE.

Used to manually
destruct
receiver
systems.

check out the

and associated

record
by

command
antenna

Provides
the means
for inserting
new
programmed
material
into the computer,
thereby
enabling
the computer
complex
to perform
the desired
automatic
checkout procedures.
Used for data and program
storage.
Data
received
by the auxiliary
memory
from the
computer
will be stored
until the computer
requests
it for data printout
and for use
at the data processing
center.
The program
which the computer
receives
will be stored
in the auxiliary
memory.
The test conductor
will command
the computer
to search
for a
desired
test program.
The test program
is
then shifted
into the computer
memory
and
performed.

24-21

Table

24-6.

Test,

Checkout,

and

Monitoring

Equipment

Buffer

Local

Remote

Computer

Local

Rack

Driver

Digital

Link

Driver

Isolation

Static

S-II

(Cont'd)

Function

Equipment

Digital

Equipment,

Rack

Link

Rack

"A"

between
station.

Provides
between
remote

the digital
the computer
digital
drive

link
the

Provides
between
and the

the digital
communication
link
the local digital
drive
link rack
remote
located
checkout
stations.

communication
complex
and
link rack.

Provides
logic level conversion
for all
GSE buffer
equipment
input lines to the
computer,
and isolates
computer
frame
ground
from other
GSE grounding.

Rack

Firing

Used to isolate
and amplify
signals
the computer
and the GSE checkout

Provides
an interface
the electrical
checkout

Rack

for separation
of
station
at static

firing
sites.
Provides
for manual
control of a limited
number
of functions
required
for static
firing operations.
Hydraulic

Power

Used to provide
check out rocket

Console

Provides
displays
signals,

Local Static Firing "B" Rack

Pneumatic

Remote

Checkout

Console

Set

Static Firing "A" Rack

hydraulic
hydraulic

power
to
system.

vibration
safety
cutoff signals,
of actuation
of engine cutoff
and time code signals.

Used to check out the S-II stage

pressurization
systems,
and performs
or assists
in performing
lead and functional
checks
on the engine and propellant
systems.
Provides
an interface
the electrical
checkout
firing
sites.
to detect
and

24-22

ground
engine

for separation
of
station
at static

Provides
equipment
necessary
coDtrol
hazardous
conditions.

_."

Table 24-6. Test,

Checkout,

and

"t

Monitoring

Equipment,

Equipment

Central

Time

Ground

Buffer

System

Flow

Checkout

Automatic

Control

Signal

Control

Rack

Test

Automatic

Manual

S-II

(Cont'd)

Function

Equipment

Engine

and

Distribution

Used to receive,
translate,
and amplify
timing
signals
and apply these
signals
to computed
and visual
display
stations.

Set

Used to verify
the functional
readiness
of the stage
checkout
GSE and aid in
developing
automatic
checkout
programs.

Monitoring

Computer

Provides
monitoring

a means
engine

for measuring
system
bleed

and
flow.

Used as part of the GSE for automatic

program
control
cf S-II systems
tests,
preliminary
data storage,
and arithmetic
operations.

Rack

Display

Unit

Provides
buffering
and decoding
functions
for automatic
control
of the station,
and
routing
of station
response
signals
to
the computer
or to displays.
Rack

Provides
the local control
capability
of the electrical
checkout
station,
and
displays
the stage response
signals
during
the checkout
of the stage.
Provides

Rack

the

electrical

checkout

station

with the capability

of selecting
and distributing proper
signals
to the S-II stage
or
display
panels
as required.
Scanning Rack

Enables
the automatic
checkout
computer
to readily
scan S-II stage hardware
discrete
signals.

Special

Data

Used for
functions
facilitate

Station

Control

Local

Control

Rack

and

and

Display

Display

Rack

Rack

monitoring
critical
stage
and commercial
items to
calibration
and troubleshooting.

Provides
control
of station
power
supplies,
measuring
instruments,
limit detectors,
echo checks;
and displays
for station
status,
test data,
and stage
responses.
Provides facilitiesfor the local control
of engine stimuli and propellant fill,and
associated displays.

24-23

Table 24-6. Test, Checkout, and Monitoring Equipment, S-II (Cont'd)

Equipment

Function

StageSubstitutes Rack

Provides
necessary
stimuli
to verify
proper
functioning
of the stage flight
control,
engine actuation,
and separation
systems.

Discrete Display Rack

Displays
the discrete
responses
mechanical
station,
S-H stage
and the interlock
relay rack.

Relay Interlock Rack

Provides
relay
interlock
of commands
to the S-II stage and responses
from
S-II stage.

Automatic

Manual

PCM

Control

Control

and

and

Display

Display

Rack

Rack

Rack

from the
systems,

the

Used to display
the responses
of the
digital
data acquisition
station,
accepts
digitally
encoded
logic control
signals
from the general
purpose
computer,
and decodes
program
commands
and
displays
stage
responses.
Provides
the local operation
of the
data acquisition
station
and display
bution.

digital
distri-

Demodulates
the 600 kc carrier
signal
from the DDAS system
on board
the
S-II stage.
Performs
data regeneration,
decommutation,
and series
to parallel
conversion.

Automatic
Rack

Control

and

Digitizing

System

Rack

Display

Displays
the responses
metry
station
and the
acquisition
station.

from
digital

the teledata

a.
Converts
PAM/FM/FM
and FM/FM
data to a PCM format
for comparison
in
the computer
complex
with the digital
data acquisition
station.
b.
Permits
computer
selection
of channels
to be digitized
for computer
entry.

Computer

24-24

Adapter

Rack

Provides
binary
to binary-coded
(BCD) conversion
and routes
the
displays
located
at other
stations
computer
complex.

decimal
BCD to
and the

vT

Table 24-6.

Test,

Checkout,

Equipment

Oscillograph

PCM

Time

EBW

Staging

Equipment,

S-II

(Cont'd)

Rack

Separates
the time shared
channels
the amplitude
modulated
commutated
pulse
train from the discriminator

of
links.

Decommutates
the signal from the DDAS
on board
the S-II stage and allocates
a
particular
signal
to the desired
display
device.

Code

Rack

Provides
a time
various
systems
timing
signal.

Checkout Program

Pulse

Area

Acceptance
Installation

w --

Provides
quick readout
or permanent
recording
of the outputs
from the single
sideband
rack,
discriminator
rack,
decommutation
rack,
and PCM rack.

Rack

Automatic

--

F unction

Rack

Decommutation

and Monitoring

--

Checker

Cable

Stand

Set

code signal
for the
requiring
a synchronous

Provides all of the digitalcomputer

instructions (program tapes) as required
for particular stage systems.
A separate
program set will be provided for each
functionally different stage checkout.
Used during
checkout
to monitor
the pulse
output of EBW system
firing
units of the
destruct
system,
separation
system,
and
the ullage
rocket
motors.

Installation

No.

1 Cable

Used to make the electrical

interconnection
between
facility
power,
GSE, S-II stage,
and computer
complex.
Used on the acceptance
test stand to
connect
the S-II stage to the controlling
GSE through
the facility
wiring.

MTF
Firing Control Center
Cable" Installation

Used to connect
GSE in the
center
to the stage
through

Acceptance Stand No. 2 Cable

Installation

Used on the acceptance test stand to

connect the S-II stage to the controlling
GSE through the facilitywiring.

firing
control
facility
wiring.

24-25

Table 24-7. Transportation, Protection, andHandling Equipment, S-II

Equipment

S-II

Stage

Function

Supports the S-II stage in the horizontal

position and provides a means of rotating
the stage while on the transporter.

Pallet

Transporter

Forward

Transporter

Aft

S-II

Stage

Truck

Converts
roadable

Truck

Interstage

Converts the S-II stage pallet into the

roadable S-II stage transporter.

Pallet

the S-II stage pallet

S-II stage transporter.

Transporter
Truck

Interstate

Transporter

Forward

Stage

Aft Stage

Support

Support

Converts
stage

the

pallet

chassis

forward
into

for

the

stage

end of the

an transporter

S-II
configuration.

Aft

Converts
the aft end of the S-II stage
pallet
into an transporter
configuration.

Ring

Supports
provides
hoisting

stage
attach
frame.

Supports
provides
frame.

stage
attach

Provides

illumination

Ring

Transport Illumination Set

and surrounding
way transportation.
Interstage and Static Firing
Skirt Sling

24-26

the

a. Provides cradles for the horizontal

support of stage.
b. Used as the
transporter.

Interstate
Forward

into

Used
firing

on transporter
and
points
for forward

on transporter
and
points
for aft hoisting

areas

for

the

during

to hoist and maneuver

skirt and interstage.

S-II
night

static

stage
high-

u
.

Table

24-7.

Transportation,

v
_

w.

Protection,

and

Equipment

Stage Front
Body Cover;
Aft Cover

Interstage

Stage

Fit-Up

Provides
interstage
cycle.

Cover

S-II

(Cont'd)

Lock

Engine

Actuator

Simulator

Segment

for the
snow,
etc.,
and

environmental
protection
of the
during
delivery
and storage

Provides
the facilities
required
for proof
loading
and testing
the compatibility
of
the mating
surfaces
and external
connections of the handling
and transportation
equipment
used in conjunction
with the
S-II stage.

Fixture

Actuator

Ring

Equipment,

Provides
environmental
protection
stage against
sand,
dust,
water,
during
handling,
transportation,
storage.

Stage

Engine

Support

Handling

Function

Cover;
Stage

Aft

No.

Sling

Used to immobilize
the engine
actuator
in its neutral
position
during
ground
handling
and maintenance.
Strut used to replace
engine
when the actuator
is removed
nance.

actuator
for mainte-

Used to hoist and maneuver

support
ring
segments
during
assembly
or disassembly
of the forward
and aft stage
support
rings.

Ullage Rocket Sling

Used

Stage Checkout Dolly Spacer

Supports the S-II stage on the stage checkout dolly during checkout of the stage.

Static

Used in conjunction
with the aft stage
support
ring to provide
support
for the
aft end of the stage
during
transportation
and handling
operations.
In addition,
the
skirt provides
support
for the stage
during
static
firing.

Firing

Skirt

to hoist

and

install

ullage

Stage Erecting Sling

Attaches
provide

Forward

Distributes
stage
hoisting
loads
forward
stage
support
ring.

Hoisting

Frame

rockets.

to the forward
hoisting
frame
to
a means
for hoisting
the S-II stage.
to the

24-27

Table 24-7. Transportation, Protection, andHandling Equipment, S-II

Function

Equipment

Aft Hoisting

Aft

Frame

Interstage

(Cont'd)

Used for horizontal

hoisting
and when
rotating
from the horizontal
to vertical
or vertical
to horizontal
position.

Dolly

Provides
support
and mobility
for the
aft interstage
when in a vertical
attitude.

Engine

Component

Manipulator

Used to handle
engine
and engine compartment components
to facilitate
installation
and removal.

Engine

Protective

Frame

Used in conjunction
with the aft stage
cover to provide
environmental
and
physical
protection
for the S-II stage
engine compartment
during
handling
and transportation.

Main

Bus Battery

Holder

Used in conjunction
with the
ponent
manipulator
to install
the main bus battery.

Engine
Protective
Attitude
Control

Frame
Sling

Supports
the engine protective
frame
during
hoisting
operations
for installation
on, or removal
from the S-II stage.

Engine
Sling

Frame

Protective

Segment

Supports
segments

the engine protective

frame
during
hoisting
operations.

Interstage
and Static
Firing
Skirt Segment
Sling

Used
stage

Forward
Hoisting
Holding
Fixture

Supports
the forward
during
assembly
and

24-28

Frame

engine
comand remove

to handle
segments
of the
and static-firing
skirt.

inter-

hoisting
frame
disassembly.

Table 24-7. Transportation, Protection, andHandling Equipment, S-II (Cont'd)

Function

Equipment
Interstage Forward Support
Ring

Provides
a supporting
hoisting
of the forward
interstage.

Interstage Aft SupportRing

Provides
a supporting
structure
for the
aft end of the S-II interstage
to support
and maintain
concentricity
of the aft
interstage
during
handling
and checkout
operations.

Engine Actuator Lock No. 2

Immobilizes
the production
engine
actuator
to prevent
any relative
motion
between
the actuator
body and the rod
during
ground
handling
and maintenance.

StageStorageSupport Forward
Stand

Provides
support
the S-II-F
stage
zontal position.

StageStorage SupportAft
Stand

Provides
support
for the
S-II-F
stage when storing
position.

Aft Hoisting Frame Access

Ladder Sling

Supports
the aft hoisting
frame
access
ladder
during
hoisting
operations.

StageGuide Bracket Set

Provides
positive
control
and guidance
of the S-II stage during
the final phases
of lowering
the stage
on to the test stand.

Tag Lines Adapter Set

Provides
are used
erection.

Transporter ComponentSling

Supports
transporter
hoisting
operations
disassembly
of the

Dock Loading Ramp; Dock

Loading RampSling

Used only at Port Hueneme

for common
bulkhead test speciment, fit-up fixture,
and all systems test vehicle.

LH2 Inlet Duct Handler; Inlet

Duct Handler; GasSpin Bottle
Vertical Installer; LO2 Feed
System Handler; LH2 Feed
System Handler Exhaust System
Handler; SequenceControl Package Handler; LO2 Heat Exchanger
Handler

Used in conjunction
with the engine
component
manipulator
to handle,
remove,
and install
the various
engine
components
as indicated
in the title of
the particular
handler.

structure
to enable
end of the S-II

for the forward

end of
when storing
in a hori-

aft end of the

in a horizontal

attachment
for tag lines
to guide the stage during

components
for assembly
transporter.

which

during
and

24-29

Table 24-8. Servicing Equipment, S-II

Equipment

Function

Pneumatic Servicing ConsoleSet

Used to control the flow of pneumatic fluids

to the stage for pressurization andpurging
purposes when the stage is being prepared
for static firing.

Hydraulic Fluid Servicing Unit

Pre-filters hydraulic fluid prior to

filling the hydraulic power console.

Hydraulic System Jumper Unit

Permits recirculation of hydraulic

fluid through the hydraulic fluid
servicing unit and fluid distribution
system interconnecting the supply
and return line.

Portable Vacuum Pump Unit

For re-evacuating vacuum-jacketed

lines of fluid distribution systems and
stage propellant feed lines.

StageArea Fluid Distribution

System

Used with pneumatic checkout console,

and hydraulic power console to supply,
distribute, and control the fluids
required for checkoutof the S-II stage.

Acceptance StandNo. 1 Fluid

Distribution System

Used with swing arm pneumatic console,

pneumatic checkout console, and
hydraulic power console, to supply,
distribute and control the fluids required
for S-II stage checkoutand static firing.

Acceptance StandNo. 2 Fluid

Distribution System

Used with swing arm pneumatic console,

pneumatic checkoutconsole, hydraulic
power console, and instrument unit air
servicing unit to supply, distribute, and
control the fluids required for checkout
of the S-II stage.

24-30

-.
Table

24-8.

-...'.
Servicing

............

Equipment,

S-II

Equipment

Electrical

Function

Container

Servicing

Electrical
Control

(Cont'd)

Air

Consists

Unit

of manual

control

blower

and

filter
unit,
used to supply
continuous
filtered
air to stage
disconnect.

Container
Unit

GN 2 Thermal

Engine
Compartment
Control
Unit

Controls,
and prior
on static

regulates,
to propellant
firing
site.

and heats
loading

GN2 during
operation

Environmental

Supplies
warm
GN 2 to the S-II stage
engine
compartment
purge
system
for
temperature
control
and inerting
purposes.

Precharge

Used to preeharge
the S-II stage
accumulator-reservoir
to the required
pressure
for hydraulic
operations.

Hydraulic
Accumulator
Servicing
Unit

Table

24-9.

Equipment

Auxiliary

Equipment,

S-II

Function

Umbilical
Disconnect
Carrier
Plate Assembly
Arm No. 3A

Provides
GSE/stage

Transport

Used to monitor
and record
environmental
conditions
and acceleration
loads
on the S-H stage
during
the different
modes
of transportation.

Instrumentation

Vertical
Engine
Platform

Thrust

Aligr_ment

LH 2 Container
Mechanism

Compartment

Set

Servicing

Unit

mounting
facilities
disconnects.

for

all

Provides
access
to engine
compartment
and serves
as a drop screen
to prevent
damage
to engines
when the stage
is in
the vertical
position.
Used to verify
the
engine
assemblies

alignment
of individual
during
engine installation.

Used for "in tank" instrumentation,

lation,
and inspection.

instal-

24-31

Table 24-9. Auxiliary Equipment, S-H (Cont'd)

Equipment

Function

Forward Skirt Maintenance

Walkway

Used during maintenance operations on

the S-II and S-IVB stages.

LH2 Container Servicing Clean

a.

t_oom

Provides uncontaminated

personnel, equipment,
during maintenance.

areas for

and LH2

container

b.
Provides
a clean atmosphere
over
the open LH 2 container
and access
into
the container
for servicing
equipment
and personnel.
Forward

Stage

Access

Static Firing Fragmentation

LH 2 Container
Conditioner

Provides
access
to the forward
hook,
for attaching
or detaching
the hook to
or from the stage
erecting
sling.

Platform

Servicing

Shield

Used to protect the equipment in the

S-II stage engine compartment
in the
event of a J-2 engine explosion.
Provides
tinuous

Air

servicing
Engine

Auxiliary

Piston

Static

Compartment

Engine

Position

Firing

Light

Indicator

Heat

Fixture

No.

Shield

Piston Position Indicator No. 2

24-32

a clean
purge

atmosphere
and
during
interior

con-

of LH 2 container.

Provides
floodlighting
in the engine
compartment
to facilitate
maintenance.

Set

Alignment

air

Used in the placement and alignment of

the ullage engines relative to the S-II
stage centerline.
Indicates
the position
of the piston
in
the preproduction
hydraulic
servo
actuator
or the angular
position
of a
J-2 engine in terms
of the actuator
stroke.
Protects
stage
structure
in the S-II stage
engine

and equipment
section.

Indicates
the position
of the piston
in the
production
hydraulic
servo
actuator
or
the angular
position
of a J-2 engine
in
terms
of the actuator
stroke.

Table 24-9.

Auxiliary Equipment, S-II (Cont'd)

Equipment

Function

Hydraulic SystemInstallation
Fixture

Used to install or remove an intact

hydraulic actuation system.

Hydraulic System Transportation

Fixture

Used in the buildup and transportation

of the hydraulic system.

Aft Hoisting Frame Access Ladder

Provides access to the centerlink of

the aft hoisting frame during installation or removal when the S-II stage
is in a horizontal position.

Pump Shaft Seal Visual Leakage

Indicator

Used to monitor the main and auxiliary

hydraulic pump main shaft leakage
except during static firing and launching.
(Consists of graduated plastic bottles. )

Umbilical Disconnect Carrier

Plat Assembly Arm No. 4

Provides mounting facilities for all

GSEstage disconnects.

Electrical Connector Cover Set

Used to seal umbilicals and open

electrical sockets from dust and dirt.

Fluid Connector Cover Set

Used to seal all open fluid lines and

propellant lines from dust and dirt.

Warning Streamer Set

Warning streamers marked "remove

before flight, " used during transportation and handling of stage.

24-33

24-5.
The
the

GROUND

ground
S-IVB

24 -34

SUPPORT

support
stage

EQUIPMENT,

equipment

of Saturn

for the

IB (Refer

S-IVB.
S-IVB

stage

to Paragraph

of Saturn
17-4.

V is similar

to that

of

CHAPTER
SECTION
STAGE

XXV

CONFIGURATIONS,

SATURN

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Page
25-1.

S-IC

25-2.

S-II

25-3.

S-IVB

Inboard
Inboard
Inboard

Profile
Profile
Profile,

................

25-3/25-4

.................
Saturn

25-5/25-6
V

...........

25-7/25-8

25-1

25-2

Forward

Skirt

LOX Vent

Systems

Tunnel

LOX

396

Systems

Dia.

Tunnel

st!
1541.00

Ins trumentation

/Slosh

Baffles

3- 544

FOLDOUT FRAME /

QI
_1_

I_

o
I

to

Qo

eo_

o_o

_
oQ

Ba

o_

Overall
Length
138.04
FT.
Emergency

LOX Drain

_X Container
7 69.00

ontainer

//

,'L

//

/
/

/
/

/
/
/

\
\

Cruciform
Helium

Bottle

Ba

(4)
Intertank

LOX Fill & Drain

Drain
Lines

Line:

Access

FO UT

Door

ir
_J

w
mo

mo

wo

I
w

_
o

_o.*

_o

i_

so

._

_
oo

o
,j

Umbilical
Fuel

Plate

Container

j
__

GOX

17.00

essure

Line

Holddown

Post

(4

396 Dia.

Fuel

Vent

Oxidizer

Line

Line

Emergency

Tunnels

(5)

Slosh

Baffles

Fuel

Drain

LOX Suction

Line

(5)

Retromotor
Thrust

(8)
Post

(4)

Li _
P6 _ 'j

..

oe

.....: ..- ..: ...

H-1

Engine

(5)

Center
Support
Fuel

Engine

Fill

& Drain

Fuel

Suction

Line

(10)

Base

Heat

Shield

Actuator

(8)

Sta 48.50
.

]
.

Sta 100.00

Gimbal

Sta -115.

494

Plane
Figure

25-1.

S-IC

Inboard

Profile
25-3/25-4

g
gel.

Sta.
2519.00

_ee

e_

Fwd

e#e

ee

oe

eoe

00ooe

Continuous

Skirt

Forward

LH 2 Container

LH 2 Level
LH 2 Diffuser
Manhole

LH 2 Container
:LH 2 Container
Work
Platform
LH 2 Vent

3-545
Fwd

Support

Connect

Ring

Rings

Cover
Press.
Press.

Co_
Receivers
Line

Fittings

(GSE)

oC ouT FRAME I

(2)

'_-,mm';,4
_"

_'

'

oo

........
o_

oo.

eoo

,,

_
_

_'
qo

''

"

oo

..:
aJ

oeo

ooo

oooo

oo
eo

eoe

4 oo

Sta.
LH 2 Feed
ITanking

Line

(5)

1760.0,
y

Separation

P
Aft

Probe

f
Th
Str

ommon

/
/
<
\

\
\
\

\
\
\

LOX

Container

396 Dia.

%
\
%
%
%.
x.
%

\
\
\
\
\
%,
\
%.
\

M
p
_..-=

Gas
LOX
Ltainer

Distributor
Vent

LOX

Line

Insulation

Level
Slosh Baffle
LH 2 Emergency

Propellant
Loading
LOX
Lines

Shut

Recirculation

Pressurization

LH2

Reeireulation

LH 2 Fill
Mast

Off Valve

& Drain

L(

(5)
System

LOX
Crucil
LOX

Fill

-.

...

}
iane

/Aft

Support
(GSE)

S_.

I Sta

Klr+

ust
.
_cmre

/
/

Ring

1664

Gimbal
I
I
_ [._
I

_i;i

00

Sta

1564.00

Plane

Separation
1

Plane
Sta

_1
'_'_

II

. _

1541.00

i
_Aft

Interstage

i__-!-_

Aft

Bulkhead

Center
Support

I/I

i'

Engine

Heat

Shield

LOX

Feed

Line

(5)

J-2 Engine

Interstage Access
Door
)X Container
Press.Receiver
Container
brm

Ullage

Motor

(5)
(8)

Sump

Baffle

& Drain

Line

Figure

25-2.

S-II

Inboard

Profile
25-5/25-6

av "

Auxiliary
Propulsion

Module

(2)
Common
Bulkhead
Forward
Skirt

LOX Container

Maintenance
Platform

......

Removable_

260 Dia.

Forward
Bulkhead

LH 2 Container

7. 851 -'_
Nominal
LH 2 Vent

Sta.
3222.555

3-546

8 Helium
Spheres
(4 per row)
as. shown

Systems

Tunnel

l
oo
.

ooo

_
oo

_.

oo

_,

eo_

oo

4._

9eo

oo

Helium
Bottles

Aft

Interstage
LOX
Transfer

Line

tI t

Aft

/
J-2
Engine

396 Dia.

, Thrust
Structure

Access

Separation Plane
Sta. 2746.50

Door

Gimbal
Plane
Sta. 2645. 853

Retromotor

(4)

Figure

25-3.

S-IVB

Inboard

Profile,

Saturn
25-7/25-8

fw

mw_

CHAPTER
SECTION

-w

XXVI

INTRODUCTION

26-1

26-2

..........

._

we

CHAPTER

This

chapter

contains

development,

and

Section

XXVI

contains

details

of each

Saturn

program.

The

launch

The

governmental

Mississippi

Kennedy,
The

tion

Rocketdyne

Division,

are

California;

testing

The

Boeing

operations

I, Saturn

XXVI.

INTRODU

C TION

on the

River
Center

in Volume

Pratt

Company

and
Michoud

Beach,

Aviation

the

Aircraft
Chrysler

Operations

plants

Systems

at Canoga

Corporation
and

the

at

and

the

Range,

American

Park

Avia-

Mississippi

the

and Santa

Palm

perform

at Santa

California;

West

Cape

Description.

plants

Downey,

Company,

of the

Mississippi.

the North

and

Center

Missile

Company

the

logistics

Louisiana;

at the Atlantic

Aircraft

relates

facilities.

Flight

County,

California;

and at Seal

& Whitney

Orleans,

design,

vehicles.

industrial

Space

the

XXVII

of the

III of the Apollo

Douglas

American

Section

and

in Hancock

and Sacramento,

Oklahoma,

at the

Pearl

New

with

V launch

a description

at the Marshall

Operations,

the

and

governmental

Operations

include

North

both

located

Michoud

Beach,

contains

involved

and Saturn

facilities

SECTION

are

described

and

XXVIII

facilities

IB,

to the

include

Launch

facilities

at Tulsa,

and

Section

the

Huntington

Florida.

of the

Facility

plants

Susana,

description

facilities

Florida,

Monica,

a general

an introduction

of the

industrial

FACILITIES

facilities

Test

facilities

VEHICLE

of the Saturn

Alabama;

5.

LAUNCH

facility.

vehicle

Huntsville,

(The

test

Beach,
manufacturing

Test

Facility.

26-3

26-4

_w

CHAPTER
SECTION

XXVII

FACILITIES

TABLE

27-1.

MARSHALL

SPACE

27-2.

MICHOUD

27-3.

MISSISSIPPI

27 -4.

DOUGLAS

27-5

SPACE
AND
AMERICAN

FLIGHT

OPERATIONS
TEST

ROCKETDYNE

27-7.

PRATT

............

27-3
27-3

FACILITY

.............

COMPANY

INFORMATION
AVIA !_ION
DIVISION,

& WHITNEY

CENTER
..................

AIRCRAFT

27 -6.

OF CONTENTS

.............

DIVISION,
..................
NORTH

AIRCRAFT

27-3
27-4

NORTH

AMERICAN
COMPANY

27-4
AVIATION
..........

27-4
27-4

27-1

27-2

.....

=.

_w

..w

-=-

.w

....

.....

,e

SECTION

--

....

XXVH.

FA CILITIES

27-1.

MARSHALL

SPACE

The

Marshall

Space

and

V launch

vehicles,

The

first

four

checkout
out stage,
design,

Flight

I Block

the

and

S-IC

the first

Test

facilities
dynamic

load

annex,

test

and

test

static

test

stands,

subassembly

test

facilities.

MICHOUD

The

Michoud

test

operations

and

by the

Chrysler

static

and

27-3.

test

Mississippi

S-IC

and S-H

The

facilities

and

control

gas

batteries,

also

test

stand

and S-IB

and

test

three

stage,

I, IB

vehicles.
and

facilities

static

check-

Instrument

unit

at MSFC.

test

facility,

subassembly

test

Saturn

stage

at MSFC.

blockhouse,

static

the

checkout

structural
and

for

dynamic

tested

conducted

and

stage

systems

built

a vertical

are
S-IC

used

by the

facilities

Corporation

Michoud

cleaning

MISSISSIPPI

The

are

first

of the

stand

component

acceptance

F-1

and

J-2

and

blockhouse,

test

facility,

engine

systems

and

other

OPERATIONS.

of the

at the

stage,

are

the design

the S-IB

components

S-I

Operations

Facilities

tests

for

of the

stages,

test

stage

facility,

S-IC

S-I

include

development

27-2.

fabrication

dynamic

at MSFC

facility,

is responsible

II,

flight

manufacture,

CENTER.

Center

and the

Saturn

stage,

FLIGHT

facility,

Company

for

checkout

stage

Chrysler

manufactured

Operations

TEST
Test

for

Boeing

include

Saturn

and

a vertical

dock,

and

other

manufacturing

subsequent
S-I

and

and

flight

stages,

S-IB

stages.

assembly

building,

support

complexes.

hydro-

FACILITY.

Facility

(MTF)

provides

acceptance

test

complexes

for

the

stages.

at MTF
center,
and

include

propellant
test

support

two stage-acceptance
ready

storage

and

test
handling

stands,
facility,

an instrumentation
high-pressure

buildings.

27 -3

27-4.
The

DOUGLAS

Douglas

AIRCRAFT

Aircraft

Company

qualification,

production,

The

include

facilities

ponents

test

stands

ties

at Huntington

tude

control

27-5.
The

North

facilities
the

S-II

The

and

static

assembly,
final

battleship

testing,

facilities

DIVISION,

Space

and

development,

S-IVB

California;

test

Aviation

and

and

and development,

stages.

manufacturing,
assembly

and

Information
qualification,

facili-

testing,

atti-

California.

AMERICAN
Systems

com-

checkout

all-systems

at Sacramento,

NORTH

and

AVIATION.

Division

production

maintains

and testing

of

stage.

facilities

cessing,

include

assembly,

fornia;
tioning,

and

systems

testing

at Tulsa,

research,
and

bulkhead

27-6.

Monica,

for research

S-IV

development,

INFORMATION

research

facilities

of the

California;

tests,

American
for

testing

research,

Beach,

AND

maintains

and

at Santa

motor

SPACE

COMPANY.

electromechanical

fabrication,

final

vertical

assembly
at Santa

development,

at Seal
Susana,

cryogenic
mock-up

assembly,
Beach,

antenna

facilities

hydro-static

California;

California;

test,

and

and

pro-

at Downey,

Cali-

test,

condi-

battleship

detail

test,

water
testing

subassembly

and

all-

operations

Oklahoma.

ROCKETDYNE

The Rocketdyne

DIVISION,

NORTH

AMERICAN

AVIATION.

Division maintains manufacturing and test facilitiesat Canoga

and Santa Susana,

California for the development

and production of the H-1 and F-I

rocket engines.

27-7.
The

PRATT
Pratt

at West
rocket

27-4

& WHITNEY

& Whitney
Palm

engine.

Beach,

Aircraft
Florida

AIRCRAFT
Company
for

COMPANY.
.maintains

the development

Park

manufacturing
and production

and test

facilities

of the RL10A-3

CHAPTER
SECTION

XXVIII

LOGISTICS

28-1

28-2

SECTION

XXVHI.

LOGISTICS

The

logistics

part

of the

between

the

program.

delays

first

The

launch

Block

of testing

stage

will

freighter

or special

The

dynamic

S-IB

and tested

S-I

and the

facilities

The

facilities
and

at Michoud,

shipped

to Cape

S-IVB

stage

will

freighter

or special

The

dynamic

S-IC

first

flight

checkout

stage

Louisiana,

The

stage

S-II

tested

stage

be manufactured

test

and

will

to Cape

stage,

systems

be manufactured

subsequent

flight

at Mississippi

Test

be manufactured

to the

Mississippi

Test

pletion

of the

phase

test

Louisiana,

distances

planning

in order

tested
to the

stage

to the

facility.
tested

also

Upon

Kennedy
Louisiana

Cape.

and

shipped

will

be manufactured

stage

will

Cape

at Michoud,

in California

checkout

at MSFC.

be utilized

Subsequent

at Mississippi

S-IB
Test

by

at the
stages

will

Facility,

and

Kennedy.

aircraft

will

at the launch

and

by barge

tested

checkout

the long

thorough

by barge

be transported

Kennedy.

stage

and

be manufactured

to Cape

be manufactured

The

will

is an important

to a minimum.

be transported

stages

will

stages

be manufactured

aircraft

Facility

by barge

will

vehicles

demand

transportation

and

test

Test

facilities

will

stages

launch

individual

be manufactured

at MSFC.

Mississippi

and

of testing,

of the

launch

II stages

the

of the Saturn

size

and

Subsequent

and at completion

S-IV

large

to handling

S-I

facility.

stages

test,

due

four

completion

The

various

fabrication,

to keep

The

for

Facilitiy
the S-II

and

tested

in California

stage

shipped

by

Kennedy.

checkout
and

tested

stages

will

Facility,

stage,

test

test
The

and

shipped

and

by barge

be transported

static

and

the

facilities

at Michoud,

transported
and

stage,
S-IC

be manufactured

preparation

will

static

at MS:FC.

in California
for

and

to the

Cape.

by special

ship

firing.

by ship

Upon

to Cape

com-

Kennedy.

28-3

28-4

BIBLIOGRAPHY

A-1

A-2

BIBLIOGRAPHY
A General
Description
ASTR-IN-63-27.
Apollo Integrated
30-13-2,
MSFC;

of the

ST-124

Checkout
Implementation
dated 25 July 1963.

Apollo
OMSF;

System
dated

Description;
24 September

Volumes
1962.

Apollo

System

Specification;

Report

C-5 Launch
Vehicle
System
dated
1 November
1962.
Data

C-5

Launch

Design

Fact

Sheet

Design
Whitney

Report
for RL10A-3
Rocket
Aircraft;
dated 28 February

for

Vehicle;
SA-111

Report

No.

F-1

Engine

Data

Report

No.

Equipment
II; Launch

M-DM

Reference
Operations

System
Specification
dated 31 May 1963.

Instrument
Unit
MSFC-CD-505;

System
Specification
dated 25 February

J-2 Rocket
Engine
dated 6 December
Model Specification
D5-11201,
Boeing;
Model Specification
dated
8 June 1962.

Data
1963.

Manual;

R-2823-1,

Model Specification
for
Aviation;
dated 27 July

Saturn
1963.

dated

No.

dated

No.

M-

NASw-410-

dated

2 May

1963.

MSFC-CD-501;

18 December

1962.

MSFC.

PWA

Rocketdyne;

R-3896-1;

FR

324B,

dated

29 October

Pratt

and

23 August

1961.

1963.

Manual
for Saturn
C-l,
Block II Vehicles,
Directorate,
MSFC;
dated
16 May 1962.
Space

Saturn

Report

S-IC

Stage;

Stage

S-II;

Flight

IB Launch

Saturn
1963.

V Launch

No.

for Saturn
S-IC Ground
dated
15 May 1962.
for Saturn

No.

No.

NASw-410-61-14-01,

OMSF;

I; M-P&VE,

Report

Report

Report

No.

8000.001,

Revision

Origins
of the George
C. MarsheJl
No, 1; dated
December
1960.

Instrument
Unit
MSFC-CD-204;

III,

Report

MSFC;

Engine;
1963.

Information;

III,

Specification

Vehicle,

System;

Volume

and

M-P&VE-V,

Design

Ground
Support
Volumes
I and

I, II,

No.

F-1

Manual;

Platform

Plan;

Specification;

Design

Historical
Monograph

M Inertial

Report

No.

Historical

Specification

No.

Specification

No.

Rocketdyne;

Equipment;

Document

MSFC

Vehicle;

Vehicle;

R 3825-1,

Support

Center;

No.

Document

D5-11200-1,

SID 61-361,

No.

Boeing;

North

American

A-3

Model Specification for Saturn StageS-II GroundSupport Equipment (CheckoutEquipment); Report No. SID61-362, North American Aviation; dated 21 May 1962.
Model Specification for Saturn S-IVB Stage; Report No. DS-2163, Douglas; dated
15 February 1963.
Model Specification for Saturn S-IV StageGroundSupport Equipment; Report No.
DS-2131, Douglas; dated 29 December 1961.
Model Specification for Saturn S-IVB StageGroundSupport Equipment; Report No.
DS-2164, Douglas; dated 15 February 1963.
Model Specification 1,500,000-Pound Thrust Liquid OxygenRP-1 Liquid-Propellant
Rocket Engine, RocketdyneModel F-l; Report No. R-1420cS, Rocketdyne;
dated 8 October 1962.
Model Specification 188,000-PoundThrust Liquid-Propellant Rocket Engine Models
H-1A andt[-1B; Report No. R-1141cS, Rocketdyne; dated 5 November 1962.
Propulsion System SchematicS-IC Stage; Dwg. No. 20M97000,MSFC.
S-IB StageSystem Specification Saturn IB Launch Vehicle; Specification No.
MSFC-CD-202; dated 31 May 1963.
S-IC SystemSpecification C-5 Launch Vehicle; Specification No. MSFC-CD-502;
dated 1 November 1962.
S-II SystemSpecification Saturn V Launch Vehicle; Specification No. MSFC-CD-503;
dated 25 February 1963.
S-IVB StageSystem Specification Saturn IB Launch Vehicle; Specification No.
MSFC-CD-203; dated 31 May 1963.
S-IVB SystemSpecification C-5 Launch Vehicle; Specification No. MSFC-CD-504;
dated 1 November 1962.
SA-5 RL10A-3 Engine and Hydraulic System Functional Description, Index of Finding
Numbers and Mechanical Schematic; Dwg. No. 10M30019,M-P&VE, MSFC;
dated 7 June 1963.
Saturn C-5 Project Development Plan; Report No. C-5 PDP, M-SAT, MSFC;
dated 1 November 1962.
Saturn S-IB GroundSupport Equipment Model Specification; Specification No.
CCSD-MS-102, Chrysler; dated 28 September 1962.
Saturn S-IC StageElectrical andGround SupportEquipment Design Criteria Statement;
DocumentNo. D5-11229, Boeing; dated 8 October 1962.
Saturn S-IC StageSystems Description; Report No. IN-P&VE-V-62-5, Revision A,
MSFC; dated 1 November 1962.
Saturn S-II General Manual;
dated 1 August 1963.

A-4

Report No. SM-S-II-01,

North American

Aviation;

Saturn

Design

Criteria

Saturn
Switch Selector,
Division;
dated
26 July

- Saturn

I, Block

Mod I;
1963.

Airborne

Saturn
MSFC;

Technical
Information
dated
15 March
1963.

Saturn

Vehicle

Data

Book,

SA-5;

Saturn
I Technical
Information
dated 4 April 1963.
Saturn
I, IB,
Memorandum
Saturn
Report

Handbook,

Saturn
IB, Launch
Vehicle
dated
31 May 1963.

Saturn
Report

V Launch
Vehicle
No. MPD-SAT-63-1,

I, II,

MSFC;
Report

No.

Specification
MSFC;
dated

10 June

and IV,

SA-5;

15 February

M-P&VE,

1963.

M-P&VE-VA-64-63,

MSFC;

Trajectories;

Mission
Plan and Technical
Information
MSFC;
dated 1 August
1963.

Checklist,

System

MSFC-CD-201;

Rules;

Specification;

Saturn

S-II

Specification

Logistics

No.

Training,

Memorandum

M-P&VE-VA-102-63,

Mission
Plan and
MSFC;
dated

Technical
Information
1 July 1963.

Technical
R-3620-1,

Manual Engine Data Rocket

Engine Model
Rocketdyne;
dated 3 January
1964.

1963.

Astrionics

Weights
and Compatible
13 May 1963.

Manual,
Saturn

North

American

MSFC;

Checklist,

Volume

I;

Illustrated
Parts Breakdown,
Booster
Assembly
Part
No.
System,
Block II Vehicle,
MSFC;
dated 18 October
1962.

Motors
Subsystem
American
Aviation;

Astrionic
Astrionics

dated

Section,

III,

dated

Structural
10M10002,

Ullage
North

MSFC;

Integration

Volumes

Checklist;

Saturn
II Systems
Familiarization,
Aviation;
dated
1 March
1963.
Saturn
V Design
Ground
dated 20 May 1963.

M-P&VE-V,

Systems

M-P&VE,

and V Launch
Vehicle
No. M-P&VE-V-33,

IB, Launch
Vehicle
No. MPD-SAT-63-2,

II;

Report
dated

on Saturn Stage
23 March
1962.

H-1A

S-II;

and H-1B;

Report

System
Handbook,
Saturn Launch Vehicle;
Systems
Laboratory,
MSFC; dated 2 January
1964.

No.

Report

No.

SID 62-143,

Engineering

Office,

A-5

A-6

ma

_w

oe

_o

w..

.....

_-

w
w

ALPHABETICAL

INDEX

13-i

B-2

.....

ALPHABETICAL

Subject

INDEX

Paragraph

Page

A
Accelerometers,

Altimeter,

AN/FPS-16

Apollo

Control

Vehicle

Radar

Radar

System

Program,
Management
Missions
Reliability
Schedules
Test Plan
See

Apollo

Spacecraft
Adapter
Command
Launch
Lunar
Service

Altitude

also

Saturn

Tracking

of Saturn

20-i52

..........

6-62

..........

6-82

6-61

..........

6-79

4-2
3-1
4-6
4-1
4-7

..........
..........
..........
..........
..........

4-3
3-3
4-9
4-3
4-10

3-7
3-7
3-7
3-7
3-7
3-7

..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........

3-7
3-11
3-10
3-10
3-11
3-10

Saturn

Launch

13-19

..........

13-8

15-9
22-58

..........
..........

15-6
22-44

3-6

..........

3-7

.........

Program,

History

System
Module
............

........
.......

of

and Stabilization

System

Auxiliary
Propulsion
S-IVB Stage,
S-IVB Stage,

Axes

..........

..............
........
. ........
Module
...........

See Astrionics,

AROD

20-81

Saturn
Plan
...........
...............
...............
...............
...............

Escape
Excursion
Module

Control

..........

under

appropriate

...........

Systems
Saturn
IB
........
Saturn
V .........

Launch

Vehicles

......

Vehicle

B-3

Subject

Paragraph

AZUSA

Tracking

System

..........

6-57

..........

Saturn

launch

8-68

..........

6-69

-CCheckout
See

Astrionics,

Chill-Down

Purge

Command

Function
See

under

System

..........

Astrionics,

Communications

appropriate

vehicle

8-50

under

appropriate

Saturn

launch

vehicle

under

appropriate

Saturn

launch

vehicle

6-48

..........

6-64

Function
See

Astrionics,

Computer,

Analog

Computer,

Control

.............

20-77

..........

20-132

Computer,

Digital

.............

20-64

..........

20-92

Computer,

Digital,

6-46

..........

6-41

Computer,

RCA-110

..........

20-11

Configurations
Saturn
Saturn
Saturn

Flight

Control

ASC-15

........

............

of Saturn
I
IB
V

......

Launch

20-5

Vehicles

................
...............
................

3-2

..........

3-4

3-3
3-4
3-5

..........
..........
..........

3-4
3-7
3-7

8-27
22-48
8-66

..........
..........
..........

(vehicle
emergency
detection
system)
See Astrionics,
under
appropriate
Saturn

launch

20-45

..........

20-74

20-22

..........

20-37

20-24

..........

20-40

Control

Pressurization
Systems
S-I Stage
...............
S-II Stage
...............

Crew

Safety

......

8-27
22-38
8-49

vehicle

-DData

B-4

Adapter

................

Digital

Data

Acquistion

Digital

Telemetry

System

System
..........

......

.....

2-:

....

"-

....

:.-

Paragraph

E
Electrical

Support
See

Electricai

under

under

Gimballing
See

Engines,

Engines

appropriate

Saturn

launch

vehicle.

appropriate

Saturn

launch

vehicle

Systems
See

Engine

Equipment

mechanical

systems,

under

appropriate

.............

(Main Propulsion),
Saturn
Launch
Saturn
I First
Stage (H-l)
......
Saturn
I Second
Stage (RL10A-3)
.
Saturn
IB First
Stage (H-l)
.....
Saturn
IB Second
Stage (J-2) .....
Saturn
V First
Stage (F-l)
......
Saturn
V Second
Stage (J-2)
.....
Saturn
V Third Stage (J-2) ......

Control
See

stage

Systems

Auxiliary

Environmental

or numbered

Saturn

launch

vehicle

22-59

..........

22-44

Vehicles.
8-4
8-40
15-6
15-7
22-8
22-34
22-52

..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........

8-8
8-3
15-6
15-6
22-10
22-24
22-38

Systems

mechanical

systems,

under

appropriate

Saturn

launch

vehicle

F
F-1

Engine

Facilities,
Frangible

Fuel

.................
Launch
Nuts

22-8

Vehicle

..........

22-10

........................

27-3

...............

Storage
and Feed Systems
S-I Stage
...............
S-IV Stage
..............

9-29

..........

9-37

8-14
8-61

..........
..........

8-21
8-47

20-91

..........

20-162

G
Glotrack
Ground

Tracking
Support
See

System

.........

Equipment
under

appropriate

Saturn

launch

vehicle

or numbered

stage.

B-5

Guidance
Seeunder appropriate Saturn launch vehicle.
GuidanceSignal Processor, GSP-24 ....

6-47 ..........

6-62

8-4 ..........
20-82 .........

8-8
20-154

H
H-1 Engine .................
Horizon Sensor ...............
I
Inertial Platform System, ST-124-M
Instrument Unit, Saturn I
Configuration .............
Electrical System ...........
Platform Gas-Bearing
Supply System .............
Profile
..............................
Structural Design ..........
Instrument unit, Saturn IB
Configuration .............
Electrical System ...........
Platform Gas-Bearing
Supply System .............
Profile ................................
Structural Design ..........................
Instrument unit, Saturn V
Configuration .............
Electrical System ...........
Platform Gas-Bearing
Supply System ............
Profile ...............................
Structural Design ............

20-71 ..........

20-115

7-32 ..........
6-71 ..........

7-29
6-97

9-33 ..........
7-14 ..........

9-43
117-10

14-17 ..........
13-32 ..........

14-12
13-15

16-24 ..........

16-14
1816-3

21-42 ..........
20-100 ..........

21-31
20-174

23-24 ..........

23-26
2521-11

21-15 ..........

Instrumentation
SeeAstrionics, under appropriate Saturn launch vehicle
Insulation
SeeStructures, under appropriate Saturn launch vehicle

B-6

Subject

.u

....

Paragraph
J

J-2

Engine

15-7

.................

15-6

..........

L
Launch

Vehicles
See

Logistics,
Linear

Saturn

Saturn
Shaped

I launch

Launch

Charges

vehicle,

Vehicles

Saturn

IB launch

vehicle.

28-3

.....................

..........

9-26
23-27

9-37
23-22

..........

-MManagement
Manned

Plan, Apollo Program

Flight Program

....

.,,oo,o

..........

.,o**,

Marshall Space Flight Center

Development
...............
Measuring

Mechanical

Systems

2_2

under

appropriate

Saturn

launch

Mild Detonating Fuse (MDF)

Minitrack Tracking System

20-25

16-21
23-31

..........
..........

16-13
23-23

6-60

..........

6-78

6-59

..........

6-75

20-20

..........

20-31

vehicle

Objectives
See

Mission

2-4

..........

20-18

............

.o

Systems
See

Mission

....

under

appropriate

Saturn

launch

vehicle

under

appropriate

Saturn

launch

vehicle

Profiles
See

MISTRAM
Multiplexing,

Tracking
Types

System
of

........
..........

B-7

Paragraph

Subject
N
NPSH

Pressurization
S-I Stage
S-IV Stage

Systems
8-24
8-63

...............
..............

........
.........

8-26
8-49

O
ODOP

Tracking

Optical

System

Systems

Ordnance

.........

..............

6-58

..........

6-73

20-27

.........

20-43

Systems
See

Oxidizer

Storage
S-I Stage
S-IV Stage

Mechanical

and

Systems,

Feed

under

appropriate

Saturn

launch

vehicle

Systems

..............
.............

8-19
8-62

..........
.........

8-25
8-47

4-2
4-6
4-1
4-7

..........
.........
.........
........

4-3
4-9
4-3
4-10

8-28
22-26

..........
..........

8-27
22-22

9-26
23-24
23-28
9-32
23-32

..........
.........
..........
..........
..........

9-33
23-21
23-22
9-43
23-23

8-31
22-29

.........
.........

8-29
22-22

22-47

.........

22-37

-pProgram

Plan,
Saturn
Management
Plan
.........
Reliability
..............
Schedules
..............
Test Plans
.............

Propellant
Conditioning
Systems
S-I Stage
..............
S-IC Stage ..............

Propellant
Dispersion
System
S-I Stage
..............
S-IC Stage ..............
S-II Stage
..............
S-IV Stage ..............
S-IVB Stage
.............

Propellant
Loading
Systems
S-I Stage
..............
S-IC Stage .........

Propellant
S-II

B-8

Management
Stage

..............

Ordnance

.....

System

Page

Paragraph

Subject
Propellant
Pressurization
S-IC Stage
.............
S-II Stage
.............
Propellant
S-IV

Sensing
System
Stage ..............

Systems

(Propellant

22-23
22-46

..........
..........

22-21
22-37

8-66

..........

8-49

8-13
22-20
22 -45
8-60
22-53
22-62

..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........

8-21
22-19
22-34
8-47
22-42
22-44

20-32
8-59

..........
..........

20-23
8-46

8-32

..........

8-29

20-80

..........

20-150

Saturn

launch

Loading)

Propellant Systems
S-I Stage
.............
S-IC Stage .............
S-II Stage
.............
S-IV Stage
.............
S-IVB Stage, Main .........
S-IVB Stage, Auxiliary .......

Propellant UtilizationSystems
S-IC Stage .............
S-IV Stage
.............

Propulsion

Systems
See

Purging

under

Systems

appropriate

numbered

.............

stage

R-

Rate

Range

Gyros

Safety
See

RCA-110

Astrionics,

Computer

under

............

Reliability, Saturn Launch

Vehicle Program
............

Retromotors
S-I Stage ...............
S-IB Stage
..............
S-IC Stage ..............
S-IV Stage ..............
S-IVB Stage
.............
S-IVB Stage
.............

appropriate

vehicle

20-5

..........

20-11

4-5

..........

4-9

9-25
16-11
23-23
9-30
16-20
23-20

..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........

9-31
16-7
23-21
9-41
16-13
23-23

B-9

Subject

Paragraph

RL10A-3

Engine

8-40

.............

Page

..........

8-35

-SS-I

S-IB

S-IC

Stage (First
Stage,
Saturn
I)
Electrical
System
.........
Ground
Support
Equipment
.....
Profile
.................................
Propulsion
System
.........
Structural
Configuration
......
Structural
Design
..........

Stage (First
Stage,
Saturn
IB)
Electrical
System
.........
Ground
Support
Equipment
....
Profile
.................................
Propulsion
System
.........
Structural
Configuration
......
Structural
Design
..........

Stage (First
Stage,
Saturn
Electrical
System
.........
Ground
Support
Equipment
Profile
.................................
Propulsion
Structural
Structural

S-II

S-IV

B-10

System
........
Configuration
Design
..........

............
............

6-97
10-3

8-3
7-15
7-12

............
............
............

8-4
7-10
7-8

13-32
17-3

............
............

13-15
17-5

15-6
14-15
14-12

............
............
............

15-6
14-10
14-7

V)
.....

......

Stage (Second Stage,

Saturn
V)
Electrical
System
.........
Ground
Support
Equipment
.....
Profile
................................
Propulsion
System
.........
Structural
Configuration
......
Structural
Design
.........

Stage
(Second Stage,
Saturn
Electrical
System
.........
Ground
Support
Equipment
Profile
................................
Propulsion
System
........
Structural
Configuration
Structural
Design
.........

6-71
10-2

20-100
24-3

...........
...........

20-174
24-5

22-7
21-16
21-12

...........
...........
...........

22-10
21-11
21-8

20-100
24-4

...........
...........

20-174
24-21

22-33
21-26
21-13

...........
...........
...........

22-24
21-21
21-9

6-71
10-3

...........
...........

6-97
10-7

8-39
7-23
7-13

...........
...........
...........

8-35
7-24
7-9

I)
.....

.....

Subject

S-IVB

S-IVB

Saturn

Paragraph

Stage (Second
Stage,
Saturn
IB)
Electrical
System
.........
Ground
Support
Equipment
.....
Profile
................................
Propulsion
System,
main
.....
Propulsion
System,
Auxiliary
....
Structural
Configuration
.......
Structural
Design
...........

Page

13-32
17-4

...........
...........

13-15
17-9

15-7
15-9
14-16
14-13

...........
...........
...........
...........

15-6
15-6
14-10
14-8

20-100
24-5

...........
...........

20-174
24-34

22-51
22-58
21-34
21-14

...........
...........
...........
...........

22-38
22-44
21-26
21-10

5-1

..........

5-3

Astrionic
s ...........
Attitude
Control
and
Stabilization
........
Checkout
........
Command
Function
.....
Communication
Function
Electrical
System
.....
Guidance
.........
Instrumentation
......
Range Safety
.......
Tracking
.........

6-1

..........

6-3

6-35
6-18
6-2
6-5
6-71
6-38
6-11
6-64
6-51

..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........
..........

6-49
6-32
6-5
6-11
6-97
6-54
6-18
6-87
6-65

Configuration

3-3

..........

3-4

10-1

..........

10-3

Stage
(Third Stage,
Saturn
V)
Electrical
System
..........
Ground
Support
Equipment
.....
Profile
...............................
Propulsion
System,
Main
......
Propulsion
System,
Auxiliary
.....
Structural
Configuration
.......
Structural
Design
...........

I Launch

Ground

Vehicle

........

..........

Support

Equipment

....

Instrument
Unit .......................
Configuration
.......
Structural
Design
.....
Mechanical
Systems
.......
Engine
Gimballing
System
Environmental
Control
System
..........
Ordnance
Systems
.....
Platform
Gas- Bearing
Supply System
.......
Separation
System
.....
Mission

Objectives

Mission

Profile

.......
.........

7-32
7-14

..........
..........

7-29
7-10

9-1
9-7

..........
..........

9-3
9-10

9-2
9-18

..........
..........

9-3
9-23

9-33
9-14

..........
..........

9-43
9-14

5-2

..........

5-,3

5-3

..........

5-6

B-II

Subject

Paragraph
Numbering

...........

3-3

...........

3-4

8-1

...........

8-3

5-4

...........

5-10

7-11

...........

7-7

7-1

...........

7-3

12-1

...........

12-3

13-1

...........

13-3

13-8
13-7
13-2
13-3

...........
...........
...........
...........

13 -6
13-6
13-4
13 -4

13-20
13-32
13-9
13-4
13-31
13-10

...........
............
............
............
............
.............

13-11
13-15
13-6
13-4
13-15
13-6

3-4

............

3-7

17-2

............

17-3

17-1

............

17-3

14-17
14-14

............
............

14-12
14-9

Mechanical
Systems
.......
Engine
Gimballing
System
Environmental
Control
System
..........
Ordnance
Systems
Platform
Gas- Bearing
Supply Sy st em
Separation
System
.....

16-1
16-6

............
............

16-3
16-5

16-2
16-3

............

16-3
16 - 11

16- 24
16-9

............

16 - 14
16-6

Mission

Objectives

12-2

............

12-3

Mission

Profile

12-3

............

12-6

3-4

............

15-1

............

Propulsion

Requirements

Propulsion
See

....

System
......................
under
appropriate
numbered

Requirements

Saturn

..........

Structural

Design

Structural

Requirements

IB Launch

........

Vehicle

.....

.......

Astrionics
...........
Attitude
Control
and
Stabilization
.......
Checkout
.........
Command
Function
....
Communication
Function
Crew Safety (vehicle
emergency
detection
system)
Electrical
System
....
Guidance
.........
Instrumentation
......
Range Safety
.......
Tracking
.........
Configuration
Electrical
Ground

..........
Support

Support

Equipment.
Equipment

....

Instrument
Unit ........................
Configuration
.......
Structural
Design
.....

Numbering
Propulsion

.......
.........

...........
Requirements

....

Propulsion
System
......................
See under
appropriate
numbered

B-12

Page

stage.

stage.

3- 7
15-3

.u

....

u
_e

Subject

Requirements

Saturn

_.w

Paragraph

..........

Structural

Design

Structural

Requirements

V Launch

........

Vehicle

.....

.......

Astrionics
...........
Attitude
Control
and
Stabilization
.......
Checkout
.........
Command
Function
....
Communication
Function
Crew Safety (vehicle
emergency
detection
system)
.....
Electrical
System
.....
Guidance
.........
Instrumentation
......
Range Safety
.......
Tracking
.........
Configuration

............

12-11

14-11

............

14-7

14-1

............

14-3

19-1

............

19-3

20-1

............

20-3

20-35
20-29
20-2
20-11

............
............
............
............

20-53
20-48
20-5
20-19

20-94
20-100
20-41
20-16
20-99
20-83

............
............
............
............
............
............

20-167
20-174
20-61
20-21
20-173
20-158

3-5

..........

3-7

24-2

...........

24-3

20-1

............

20-3

21-42
21-15

............
............

21-31
21-11

Mechanical
Systems
.......
Engine
Gimballing
System.
Environmental
Control
System
..........
Ordnance
Systems
.....
Platform
Gas- Bearing
Supply System
.......
Separation
System
.....

23-1
23-8

...........
............

23-3
23-12

23-2
23-18

...........
...........

23-3
23-19

23-34
23-13

............
..........

23-26
23-15

Mission

Objectives

19-2

...........

19-3

Mission

Profile

19-3

............

19-7

3-5

............

3-7

22-1

............

22-3

19-4

............

19-14

21-11

............

21-8

21-1

............

21-3

Electrical
Ground

..........

12-4

Support
Support

Equipment
Equipment

.
....

Instrument
Unit ........................
Configuration
.......
Structural
Design
.....

Numbering
Propulsion

.......
.........

...........
Requirements

.....

Propulsion
System
......................
See under
appropriate
numbered
Requirements

..........

Structural

Design

........

Structural

Requirements

.....

stage.

B-13

Su___jg_t

Paragraph

Saturn

Program,
History
of
.........
Manned
Flight
Program
.....
Marshall
Space
Flight
Center
Development
..........
Planned
Development
......

Saturn

I-Apollo

Saturn

IB-Apollo

Saturn

V-Apollo

Saturn-Apollo
Missions
Saturn
Saturn
Saturn

Stabilized

Switch

Mission

Mission

Objectives

Objectives

Space
Vehicles
............
I .............
IB
............
V .............

Selector

tloqo

2-2
2-3

,l0-

2-1
2-4
2-4

.o.

5-2

Objectives

Mission

Platform,

,oooo,o.

2-1

............

5-3

12-2

............

12-3

19-2

............

19-3

.....................

ST-124

......

.............

3-1
3-3
3-4
3-5

............
............
............
............

3-3
3-3
3-4
3-7
3-7

6-45

............

6-57

20-10

............

20-13

-TTape

Recorder,

Telemetry

Systems

PAM/FM/FM

Tracking

B-14

..........

.............

.............

20-26

.........

2u-43

6-14

.........

6-24

20-19

.........

20-31

6-14

.........

6-25

PCM/FM/FM

............

6-14

.........

6-27

PDM/FM/FM

............

6-14

.........

6-25

6-1 _
20-23

.........
.........

6-27
20-38

20-93

.........

20-165

.........

6-82

SS/FM/FM

Tracking,

Airborne

Ground
Network

.............

Stations
..............

.........

6-63

o.

Subject

oo

....

Paragraph

Tracking

Systems

Altimeter,
Radar
...........
AN/FPS-16
Radar
System
ASUSA
.................
Glotrack
...............
Minitrack
...............
MISTRAM
...............
ODOP
.................
UDOP
.................

.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........
.........

6-62
6-61
6-57
20-91
6-60
6-59
6-58
6-58

......

6-82
6-79
6-69
20-162
6-78
6-75
6-73
6-73

-UUllage

Ullage

UDOP

Engines
S--IVB Stage

22-60

Motors
S-II Stage
...............
S-IV Stage ...............
S-IVB Stage,
Saturn

23-26
9-28
16-19

.........
.........
.........

23-22
9-37
16-13

6-58

.........

6--"3

IB

.......

.....................

22-40

-VVehicle

Emergency
See

Detection
Astrionics,

System
under

appropriate

Saturn

launch

vehicle

-WWater

Quench

System

..........

8-38

.............

8-33

B-15

B-16

.
.

_.
.

_.

ouo

_--

--

.
o

DISTRIBUTION

LIST

C-1

C-2

DISTRIBUTION
LIST
NASAHeadquarters
National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Washington, D.C.
20546
Code ATSS-IO,
NASA
Attn:
J. M. Hetrick
Code ATSS-6,
Attn:
J. M.

Hqts

NASA Hqts
Hetrick

Code MAP, NASA Hqts

Attn: H. P. Wong
Code MT,
Attn: W.

NASA Hqts
B. Taylor

(3)

Code M, NASA Hqts

Attn:
Dr. Mueller

Code _,
NASA Hqts
Attn: Major T. C. Evans

Code
M (A),
Attn:
BGen.

Code MT, NASA Hqts

Attn: Dr. M. I. Yarymovych

NASA Hqts
Samuel
Phillips

Code MS, NASA Hqt s

Attn:
C. Bothmer

Code MTB, NASA Hqts

Attn: W. D. Green

Code MD,
Attn:
G.

NASA
Low

Code MAR, NASA Hqts

Attn: M. M. Ragsdale

Code MB,
Attn:
B.

NASA Hqts
A. Denicke

Hqts

Code MAP, NASA Hqts

Attn:
E. T. Sullivan

(3)

Code MT, NASA Hqts

Attn: T. W. Gillespie
Code

(8)

Attn:

MT,
D.

NASA
R.

(4)

Hqts

Lord

(5)

Code P, NASA Hqts

Attn:
D. D. Wyatt

Code MAR, NASA

Attn: Director

Code R, NASA
Attn:
Dr. R.

Code MAT, NASA Hqts

Attn: J. Underwood
(2)

Hqts
I. Bisplinghoff

Hqts
(2)

Code RN, NASA Hqts

Attn:
H. B. Finger

Code

Code SM, NASA Hqts

Attn:
Dr. Fryklund

Code MAR, NASA Hqts

Attn: I. L. Cherrick

Code TD,
Attn:
G.

NASA Hqts
M. Truszynski

Code MAR, NASA Hqts

Attn: T. O'Keefe

Code TA,
Attn:
W.

NASA Hqts
L. Folsom

Code MPG, NASA Hqts

Attn: A. L. Liccardi

Code MC, NASA

Attn:
Captain

Hqts
Freitag

Attn:

MC,
P.

Code MT,
Attn: S.

NASA

(8)

Hqts

Selvaggi

(2)

NASA Hqts
Fordyce

c-3

DISTRIBUTION
NASA

Headquarters

Code MGS, NASA

Attn:
E. Hall

Hqts
Code MC,
Attn: W.

Code MAO, NASA Hqts

Attn:
Captain
J. K.

Code MG,
Attn: W.
Holcomb

(2)

Code MAP, NASA Hqts

Attn:
A. O. Tischler

Code MO, NASA Hqts

Attn:
Dr. W. Williams

P.

NASA Hqt s
E. Lilly

Code MP, NASA Hqts

Attn:
R. A. Diaz
NASA Hqts
Risso

Facility
O. Box

NASA Hqts
Conversano

Code MS, NASA Hqts

Attn:
D. A. Linn (4)

C-4

Office

and

Technical

Information

5700
Maryland
Lebow (2)

Massachusetts
Institute
of Technology
Cambridge_
Massachusetts
Attn: Saundra
Lamer,
Librarian
FOR: M. Trageser,
Program
Manager
Resident,
APO (15)
General
Electric
Company
Apollo
Support
Department
P. O. Box 2500
Daytona
Beach,
Florida
Attn: Dave Hovis
FOR:

R.

J. Booser

Bellcomm,
Inc.
ii00 17th Street,
Washington,
D.C.
Attn: D. A. Venor
Attn:

Code MS,
Attn:
A.

Liaison

(Acting)

Code BG, NASA Hqt s

Attn:
Dr. D. H. Stoddard

Code MP,
Attn: W.

Ness

NASA Hqt s
Schneider

Scientific

Bethesda,
Attn: I.

Code MM, NASA Hqts

Attn:
Dr. J. Vinograd

NASA Hqts
Nolan

Van

Code MAR, NASA Technical

General
Electric
Company
Apollo
Support
Department
Post Office
Box 2500

NASA

Code MM, NASA Hqts

Attn:
Dr. G. M. Knauf

Hqts
H. E.

Daytona
Beach,
Florida
Attn: L. Sprott

NASA Hqts
H. Hall

Code MT,
Attn:
J.

NASA Hqts
Miller
(3)

Code MC, NASA

Attn: Captain

Code MC, NASA Hqts

Attn:
S. Smolensky

Code MS,
Attn:
W.

(CONT.)

Code MAT, NASA Hqts

Attn: J. Disher

(Cont.)

Code MAR, NASA Hqt s

Attn: John Marsh

Code MAR,
Attn:
Dr.

LIST

32015
(5)

W.

Security
Coordinator
W. Strack
(2)

NASA Pacific
Launch
P. O. Box 425
Lompoc,

N.

- ATIS

California

(ii)

Operations
93438

Office

go

DIs UnON
NASA

Headquarters

(Cont.)

NASA Western
Operations
150 Pico Boulevard
Santa Monica,
California
NASA

Ames

Research

Office
90406

Center

Moffett
Field,
California
Attn:
Dr. Dale Smith
Attn:
Dr. Smith J. DeFrance

to

LIST
Code

KN-FE6

Code

KN-FA

Code

KN-FM

Code

KN-FP

Code K -PW (13)

Code

NASA Flight
Research
P. 0. Box 273
Edwards,
California
NASA

Lewis

Research

Code LO-TA
Attn: Dr. Knothe

93523
Center

Code MSC-FO
Attn: Mr. J.

Cocoa

F.

Beach;

Kennedy

Florida

Space
32_1

Cape

Kennedy;

LO-Dir

Code
Code

Moses

Florida

AMR Resident
Apollo
Project
Office
Attn: J. F. Valek

32920
Spacecraft

Center
NASA

- Project

Operations
Code

C.

Code K-VT
Attn: E. Moser

NASA Goddard
Space Flight
Center
Greenbelt,
Maryland
20771
Attn:
Mr. J. Mengel
Attn:
N. Keller
Attn:
Librarian
- John

KN-V

Center

21000 Brookpark
Road
Cleveland,
Ohio
44135
Attn:
Dr. A. Silverstein

NASA

(21

94035

Mercury

Field

Office

(2)

(20)
KN-DE

NASA - Manned
Spacecraft
Center
Atlantic
Missile
Range Operations
Attn: G. M. Preston

(2)

CodeLO-GT(2)

Reliability
and
Atlantic
Missile
Attn:

Code

L0-GT-3

(30)

Code

LO-LSOD

(3)

Code

LO-P

Code

K-VE3

Code

LV0-VM

Code

KN-FE

Code

KN-FE2

F. J.

Preflight
Atlantic
Attn: G.

Flight
Range

Safety
Office
Operations

Bailey

Operations
Division
Missile
Range Operations
M. Preston

(i0)

(6)

MSC Operations
Support
Atlantic
Missile
Range
Attn: B. P. Brown

Office
Operations

(4)

C-5

DISTRIBUTION
NASA - Manned
Spacecraft
Houston_
Texas
77001
Office

of Director,

Office

of

Deputy

Deputy
Director
for
and Programs,
DP

(COi_l. )

Manager,
Attn: 0.

Center

Director,

LIST

CSM Engineering
G. Morris

Office,

ASP0

Manager,
LEM Engineering
Attn:
O. Maynard

Office,

ASPO

DO
Manager,
Attn: K.

Development

Technical
Technical

Library,

AATL

Technical

Information

Assistant

Director

Services

Project

E and

Office,

Gemini

Project

Apollo

Spacecraft

Reliability
Office,
RFS
Public

and

Affairs

Office,

Office,

Project
Integration
Attn:
J. T. Markley

D,

Data

Reduction

Instrumentation

and

Electronics

Program
Office,

G
Office,

Crew

Office,

ASPO

c-6

Systems

Enviror_nent

Office,

Flight

Operations

Flight

Crew

ECS

and

Astronaut

Research

Office,

D. Mardel
Requirements

RAA

ESE

ASPO

Division,

Activities

Langley

Development

Division,

Operations

Resident
Office,
Attn: A. Mattson

(2)

Evaluation

Division,

Systems
Evaluation
Division,
ESD

NASA

Integration

Systems
and Mission
Branch,
ASPO
Attn:
R. V. Battey

Systems

and

CSM Engineering
Office,
Attn: W. W. Petynia

and Control
W. Gilbert
Systems

Analysis
PAE

PAO

Deputy
Manager,
ASPO
Spacecraft
Attn:
D. M. Hammock

Manager,
ASPO
Attn:
A.

IIE

Spacecraft
Technology
Division,
EST, ESTW
Attn: G. C. Miller
(ESTW)
(2)

Safety

Space

Spacecraft

ACT

Computation
and
Division,
ICR

Deputy
Manager_
ASPO
Lunar Excursion
Module
Attn:
J. L. Decker

Manager,
ASPO
Guidance
Attn:
D.

Division,

ASP0

Project
Flight

Office,

AATC

Division,
Mercury

Test

(30)

Division,
for

CSM Systems
Turner

0FO

Division,
Office,
Center

OFC

gW
.

.....

:.:

ww_

".

. . .

DIS IB ION
NASA

- Manned

Florida
Box MS

Spacecraft

Center

(Cont.)

Operations

(COn.)
Lockheed
Missiles
and Space Company
P. O. Box 504
Sunnyvale,
California
94086
Attn: A. J. Steele
(Bldg.
537)
(2)

Cocoa

Beach,

Attn:
Attn:
Attn:

HO/Office
of the Manager
HA/Assistant
Manager
for Apollo
HE/Assistant
Manager
for
Engineering
HS/Operations
Support,
Plans and Programs
Office

Douglas
Aircraft,
Incorporated
3000 Ocean Park Boulevard
Santa Monica,
California
90400
Attn: A-2 Library
(lO)
North

American

Attn:

HM/Reliability
Office

Space
12214

and Information
Systems
Lakewood
Boulevard

Attn:

HP/Resident
Apollo
Program
Office

White

Sands_

Attn:

NASA-MSC
White
P. O.

Florida

......

New

and

Resident

White
Attn:

Sands
E. F.

Safety

88268

General
Dynamics/Convair
Little
Joe II Project
Mail Zone 6-135,
P. O.

Range

Spacecraft

Missile
Harris

Chrysler
Corporation
P. O. Box 26018

Project

Ohio
(ASZR)

Boeing
Company
Saturn
Systems
Branch
P. 0. Box 26088
New Orleans,
Louisiana

45433

Chrysler
Corporation
P. O. Box 857

Resident

(2)

Division

70100

70100
Space

(i0)

Division

(30)
Electric

Company

NASA Support
Operations
P. O. Box 294
Huntsville,
Alabama
35804
Attn: R. J. Hassett
(30)

Spacecraft

Manager

Laboratories
Drive

Pasadena,
California
Attn:
C. W. Cole
Chief

1950

Huntsville,
Alabama
35804
Attn: Technical
Library
(5)

Module

General
NASA Resident
Apollo
Project
Office
Attn:
J. W. Small

Box

Space

New Orleans,
Louisiana
Attn: R. L. Wiltse
(lO)

Range

Lunar Excursion
R. S. Mullaney
Program
Manager

Jet Propulsion
4800 Oak Grove

Division

San Diego,
California
92100
Attn:
J. B. Hurt, Program
Manager

Grumman
Aircraft
Engineering
Corp.
Bethpage,
Long Island,
New York
11714

Acting

Incorporated

Downey,
California
90240
Attn: W. D. Smith
(i0)
Attn: R. Ridnour,
Resident
M_r.-ASP0
Attn: E. E. Sack, Manager
Contracts
and Proposals
(30)

Spacecraft

Range

NASA Dyna Soar Office

Wright-Patterson
AFB,
Attn:
P. F. Korcynski

Apollo
Attn:

Aviation,

Office

Commanding
General
White
Sands Missile
Apollo

Flight

Mexico

Sands Missile
Drawer
"D"

Resident
Office

32931

Engineering

91103
Mechanics

Div.

C-7

DISTRIBUTION-LIST
NASA

- Marshall

Huntsville_
DEP-T,
Dr.
AST-S_
Dr.
EX-R_
Mr.
EX-R, Mr.
MS-IS,
Mr.
R-DE,
Dr.
R-FP, Mr.
R-SA, Mr.
R-SA, Mr.
R-SA_ Mr.
R-SA,
Dr.
R-SA, Mr.
R-Ski,
Mr.
R-SAS,
Mr.
R-AER0-DIR_
R-AER0-DIR,
R-AER0-A,
R-AER0-A,
R-AER0-A,
R-AERO-A,
R-AER0-D,
R-AER0-D,
R-AER0-D,
R-AER0-D,
R-AER0-D,
R-AER0-F_
R-AER0-F_
R-AER0-G,
R-AERO-G_
R-AERO-P_
R-AERO-P_
R-AER0-P,

Space

Alabama

Flight
39812

Rees
Lange
Abbott
Sparks
Stewart
McCall
Carter
Barraza
Butler
Dannenberg
Kuettner
Massey
King
Wiley
Dr. Geissler
Mr. Jean
Mr. Dahm
Mr. Holderer
Mr. Linsley
Mr. May
Mr. Douglas
Mr. Golmon
Mr. Ryan
Thomae
Mr
Winch
Mr
Fulmer
Mr
Mr
Dr
Mr
Mr
Mr
Mr.

Lindberg
Hoelker
Lisle
McNair
McQueen
Thionnet

R-AERO-S,
R-AERO-SP,
R-AERO-Y,
R-AERO-Y_
R-AERO-Y;
R-ASTR-DIR,
R-ASTR-A,
R-ASTR-E_
R-ASTR-EA_
R-ASTR-ES_
R-ASTR-F,

Mr. deFries
Mr. Shafer
Mr. Danlels
Mr. Susko
Mr. Vaughan
Dr. Kaeussermann
Mr. Digesu
Mr. Fichtner
Mr. Smith
Mr. Aden
Mr. Hosenthien

R-ASTR-G;
R-ASTR-I,
R-ASTR-IM_
R-ASTR-IP,

Mr. Mandel
Mr. Koberg
Mr. Paludan
Mr. Kampmeier

c-8

Center

(CONf.)

R-ASTR-M_
Mr. Boehm
R-ASTR-N,
Mr. Moore
R-ASTR-NG,
Mr. Blanton
R-ASTR-NG,
Mr. Drawe
R-ASTR-NG,
Mr. Carlile
R-ASTR-P_
Mr. &ngele
R-ASTR-R,
Mr. Taylor
R-ASTR-S,
Mr. Richard
R-ASTR-TJ,
Mr. Brandner
R-COMP-DIR,
Dr. Hoelzer
R-COMP-R_
Mr. Cochran
R-ME-A,
Mr. Nowak
R-ME-TPV,
Mr. Robinson
R-ME-D,
Mr. Eisenhardt
R-ME-MM_
Mr. Wilson
R-ME-P_
Mr. Potter
R-ME-T_
Mr. Franklin
R-ME-I,
Mr. Swanson
R-ME-A,
Mr. Crumpton
R-ME-TPV,
Mr. Kozlowicz
R-RP-DIR,
Dr. Stuhlinger
R-RP-T,
Mr. Snoddy
R-P&VE-DIR,
Dr. Mrazek
R-P&VE-A,
Mr. Goerner
R-P&VE-A,
Mr. Stein
R-P&VE-AA_
R-P&VE-AL,
R-P&VE-AV,
R-P&VE-M,
R-P&VE-ME_
R-P&VE-MM,
R-P&VE-N,
R-P&VE-P_
R-P&VE-PA_
R-P&VE-PA,

Mr. Galzerano
Mr. Johns
Mr. Neighbors
Dr. Lucas
Mr. Kingsbury
Mr. Cataldo
Col. Fellows
Mr. Paul
Mr. Reed
Mr. Richmond

R-P&VE-PA_
Mr. Thompson
R-P&VE-PE,
Mr. Bergeler
R-P&VE-PM,
Mr. Fuhrmann
R-P&VE-PM,
Mr. Voss
R-P&VE-PP,
Mr. Askew
R-P&VE-PPS,
Mr. Eilerman
R-P&VE-PT,
Mr. Connell
R-P&VE-PT,
Mr. Wood
R-P&VE-S,
Mr. Sterett
R-P&VE-S,
Mr. Verble
R-P&VE-SE,
Mr. Sawyer
R-P&VE-SJ,
Mr. Furman
R-P&VE-SL,
Mr. Bullock
R-P&VE-SV,
Mr. Farrow
R-P&VE-SV,
Mr. Gassaway

(3)

w.

NASA

- Marshall

---

Space

Flight

(cozt.
1
R-P&VE-T,
R-P&VE-T,
R-P&VE-V,
R-P&VE-VA,
R-P&VE-VAW,
R-P&VE-VC,
R-P&VE-VF,
R-P&VE-VG,
R-P&VE-VI,
R-P&VE-VJ,
R- P&VE-VK_
R-P&VE-VM,
R-P&VE-VN,
R-P&VE-VO,
R-P&VE-VP,
R-P&VE-VS,
R-P&VE-VSA,
R-P&VE-VSI,
R-P&VE-VSP,
R-QUAL-DIR,
R-QUAL-A,
R-QUAL-J,
R-QUAL-P,
R-QUAL-PFA,
R-QUAL-Q,
R-QUAL-R,
R-QUAL-R,
R-QUAL-R,
R-QUAL-T,
R-QUAL-T,
R-TEST-DIR,
R-TEST-DIR,
R-TEST-I,
R-TEST-M,
R-TEST-S,
R-TEST-V,

Mr. Burrows
Mr. Finzel
Mr. Aberg
Mr. Glover
(20)
Mr. Henry
Mr. Lawson
Mr. Rothe
Mr. McCullough
Mr. Faulkner
Griner
Mr
Boone
Mr
Beck
Mr
Thrower
Mr
Kistler
Mr
Haire
Mr
Mr. Schulze
Mr. Prasthofer
Mr. Kraus
Mr. Akins
Mr. Grau
Mr. Urbansko
Mr. Klauss
Mr. Brooks
Mr. Foster
Mr. Brien
Mr. Peigler
Mr. Smith
Mr. Trapalis
Mr. Smith
Mr. Wittman
Mr. Keimburg
Mr. Marsalis
Dr. Sieber
Mr. Edwards
Mr. Driscoll
Mr. Hamilton

Center

K-E, Mr. Sendler

K-F, Mr. Dodd
K-PB,
Mr. Clearman
K-T, Dr. Knothe
K-VG, Mr. Rigell
K-VM, Mr. Pickett
K-VT, Mr. Moser
I-DIR,
Mr. Hueter
I-RM-D,
Mr. Harper
I-I/IB-DIR,
Col. James
I-I/IB-F,
Mr. Cooper
I-I/IB-SIVB,
Mr. McCulloch
I-I/IB-T,
Mr. Bender
I-I/IB-T,
Mr. Fikes
I-V-DIR,
Dr. Rudolph
I-V-DIR,
Mr. Bramlet
I-V-R,
Mr. Ise
I-V-R,
Mr. Strickland
I-V-SIC,
Mr. Urlaub
I-V-SII,
Mr. Field
I-V-SII,
Mr. Odom
I-E-DIR,
Mr. Belew
I-MICH-MGR,
Mr. Constan
I-MICH-MGR,
Mr. Stamy
I-MICH-D,
Mr. Quinton
I-MICH-OA,
Mr. Stevenson
I-MICH-0B,
Mr. Nuber
I-MICH-Q,
Mr. Smith
I-MT-MGR,
Mr. Auter
Douglas
Aircraft
Inc.
5301 Bolsa Avenue
Huntington
Beach,
California
Attn: A-3 Library
(i0)

L0-PC,
Mr. Body
LVO-AD,
Mr. Zeiler
LVO-L,
Mrs. Bellomy
K-D, Mr. Hamilton
K-DE, Mr. Moore
K-DE4,
Mr. Downs
K-DF, Mr. Yon Tiesenhausen
K-DL,
Mr. Buchanan
K-DP,
Mr. Wasileski
K-DT,

Mr.

NASA-Langley,

Hunter

1964

C-9